SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 or
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                       to                        .
Commission file number 1-5353
_________________________________________________
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________
 
Delaware
 
23-1147939
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. employer identification no.)
 
 
 
550 East Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, Pennsylvania
 
19087
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (610) 225-6800
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $1 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
_________________________________________________  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ý      No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes   ¨     No   ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer x
 
Accelerated filer ¨
 
Non-accelerated filer ¨
 
Smaller reporting company  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes   ¨   No   x
The aggregate market value of the Common Stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant (32,782,693 shares) on June 27, 2014 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed fiscal second quarter) was $3,447,755,823 (1) . The aggregate market value was computed by reference to the closing price of the Common Stock on such date.
The registrant had 41,442,707 Common Shares outstanding as of February 13, 2015.
DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Certain provisions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.
(1) For the purposes of this definition only, the registrant has defined “affiliate” as including executive officers and directors of the registrant and owners of more than five percent of the common stock of the registrant, without conceding that all such persons are “affiliates” for purposes of the federal securities laws.
 




TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiaries of the Company
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(b) UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(b) UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT
 

2



Information Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
All statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “guidance,” “potential,” “continue,” “project,” “forecast,” “confident,” “prospects” and similar expressions typically are used to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on the then-current expectations, beliefs, assumptions, estimates and forecasts about our business and the industry and markets in which we operate. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including:
changes in business relationships with and purchases by or from major customers or suppliers, including delays or cancellations in shipments;
demand for and market acceptance of new and existing products;
our ability to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, realize planned synergies and operate such businesses profitably in accordance with expectations;
our ability to effectively execute our restructuring programs;
our inability to realize savings resulting from restructuring plans and programs at anticipated levels;
the impact of recently passed healthcare reform legislation and changes in Medicare, Medicaid and third-party coverage and reimbursements;
competitive market conditions and resulting effects on revenues and pricing;
increases in raw material costs that cannot be recovered in product pricing;
global economic factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates and sovereign debt issues;
difficulties entering new markets; and
general economic conditions.
For a further discussion of the risks relating to our business, see Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We expressly disclaim any obligation to update these forward-looking statements, except as otherwise specifically stated by us or as required by law or regulation.


3



PART I
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
Teleflex Incorporated is referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” “Teleflex” and the “Company.”
THE COMPANY
Teleflex is a global provider of medical technology products that enhance clinical benefits, improve patient and provider safety and reduce total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and supply single-use medical devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in critical care and surgical applications. We market and sell our products to hospitals and healthcare providers worldwide through a combination of our direct sales force and distributors. Because our products are used in numerous markets and for a variety of procedures, we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure. We manufacture our products at 26 manufacturing sites, with major manufacturing operations located in the Czech Republic, Germany, Malaysia, Mexico and the United States.
We are focused on achieving consistent, sustainable and profitable growth and improving our financial performance by increasing our market share and improving our operating efficiencies through:
development of new products and product line extensions;
investment in new technologies and broadening their applications;
expansion of the use of our products in existing markets and introduction of our products into new geographic markets;
achievement of economies of scale as we continue to expand by leveraging our direct sales force and distribution network for new products, as well as increasing efficiencies in our sales and marketing and research and development structures and our manufacturing and distribution facilities; and
expansion of our product portfolio through select acquisitions, licensing arrangements and business partnerships that enhance, extend or expedite our development initiatives or our ability to increase our market share.
Our research and development capabilities, commitment to engineering excellence and focus on low-cost manufacturing enable us to consistently bring cost effective, innovative products to market that improve the safety, efficacy and quality of healthcare. Our research and development initiatives focus on developing new, innovative products for existing and new therapeutic applications as well as enhancements to, and line extensions of, existing products. We introduced 16 new products and line extensions during 2014 . Our portfolio of existing products and products under development consists primarily of Class I and Class II devices, which require 510(k) clearance by the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for sale in the United States. We believe that 510(k) clearance reduces our research and development costs and risks, and typically results in a shorter timetable for new product introductions as compared to the premarket approval, or PMA, process that would be required for Class III devices. See "Government Regulation" below.

During 2014, we completed the following acquisitions, which were accounted for as business combinations:

Mayo Healthcare Pty Limited, ("Mayo Healthcare"), a distributor of medical devices and supplies primarily in the Australian market, which complements our anesthesia product portfolio, and
the assets of Mini-Lap Technologies, Inc. ("Mini-Lap"), a developer of micro-laparoscopic instrumentation, which complements our surgical product portfolio.
OUR SEGMENTS
Effective January 1, 2014, we realigned our operating segments due to changes in the Company’s internal financial reporting structure. The Vascular North America, Anesthesia/Respiratory North America and Surgical North America businesses, which previously comprised much of our former Americas reportable segment, are now separate reportable segments. The results of all prior comparative periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been restated to reflect the new reporting structure. We conduct our operations through six reportable segments: Vascular North America, Anesthesia/Respiratory North America, Surgical North America, EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa), Asia and OEM. The following charts depict our net revenues by segment as a percentage of our total consolidated net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 .

4



Vascular North America: Our vascular access products facilitate a variety of critical care therapies, including the administration of intravenous medications and other therapies and the measurement of blood pressure and taking of blood samples through a single puncture site. Our vascular access devices, which are primarily catheters and related devices, principally consist of the following products:
ARROW central venous catheters, or CVCs: The ARROW CVCs are inserted in the neck or shoulder area and come in multiple lengths and up to four channels, or lumens. The ARROW CVC has a pressure injectable option which gives clinicians who perform contrast-enhanced CT scans the ability to use an indwelling (in the body) pressure injectable ARROW CVC to inject contrast dye for the scan without having to insert a second catheter.
Arrow EZ-IO system: EZ IO, which was added to our vascular product portfolio through our acquisition of Vidacare Corporation in December 2013, provides immediate vascular access for the delivery of medications and fluids via the intraosseous, or in the bone, route when traditional vascular access is difficult or impossible. In emergency situations, EZ IO enables fast access to deliver lifesaving therapies to help stabilize a patient until a traditional catheter can be inserted.
ARROW jugular axillo-subclavian central catheters, or JACCs, with Chlorag+ard® technology: JACCs are inserted in the neck or shoulder area and provide an alternative to traditional acute CVCs and peripheral central venous access. Introduced in 2013, this CVC for acute or long-term use combines antimicrobial and antithrombogenic protection with smaller external diameter sizes. This product is well suited for patients with renal issues, chronic patients with poor peripheral access or those with a history of or risk for venous thrombosis.
ARROW peripherally inserted central catheters, or PICCs: The ARROW PICCs are soft, flexible catheters that are inserted in the upper arm and advanced into a vein that carries blood to the heart to administer various types of intravenous medications and therapies. ARROW PICCs have a pressure injectable option that can withstand the higher pressures required by the injection of contrast media for CT scans.
ARROW VPS: The ARROW VPS is an advanced vascular positioning system that facilitates precise placement of a PICC or CVC within the heart. The ARROW VPS analyzes multiple metrics, in real time, from its biosensor to help clinicians navigate through the circulatory system and precisely identify the correct catheter tip placement in the heart. Cleared by the FDA as an alternative to chest x-ray confirmation, the ARROW VPS can help to shorten hospital stays while lowering costs associated with catheter insertion procedures. In 2013, we launched the next generation of our ARROW VPS, the ARROW VPS G4, which provides further enhancements to our VPS technology, such as the ability to provide information as to the final catheter position, improved sterile field capability and integration with hospital data management systems.
ARROW arterial catheterization sets: These sets facilitate arterial pressure monitoring and blood withdrawal for glucose, blood-gas and electrolyte measurement in a wide variety of critical care and intensive care settings.
ARROW percutaneous sheath introducers: These introducers are used to insert cardiovascular and other catheterization devices into the vascular system during critical care procedures.

5



The large majority of our CVCs are treated with the ARROWg+ard or ARROWg+ard Blue Plus antimicrobial surface treatments to reduce the risk of catheter related bloodstream infection. ARROWg+ard Blue Plus provides antimicrobial treatment of certain parts of a catheter. The Chlorag+ard technology, an option on our PICC and JACC catheters, provides both antimicrobial and antithrombogenic protection for up to 30 days, reducing the risk of catheter-related infection, thrombosis and occlusion. These surface treatments help reduce healthcare acquired conditions, such as Catheter Related Blood Stream Infection (CRBSI), potentially saving hospitals significant costs under pay for performance standards, which are standards that provide incentives to clinicians for better health outcomes.
We also offer many of our vascular access catheters in a Maximal Barrier Precautions Tray. The tray is available for CVCs, PICCs and multi access catheters (MAC) and includes a full body drape, coated or non-coated catheter and other accessories. These kits are designed to assist healthcare providers in complying with guidelines for reducing catheter-related bloodstream infections that have been established by a variety of health regulatory agencies, such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Joint Commission on the Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. Our ErgoPACK system provides components which are packaged in the tray in the order in which they will be needed during the procedure and incorporates features intended to enhance ease of use and patient and provider safety.
We believe that our vascular product portfolio is well-positioned to enable hospitals to effectively address the financial and clinical issues associated with vascular access. Our products can reduce injuries to the healthcare provider, expedite placement of a central venous catheter, reduce patient exposure to x-rays, expedite infusion of medication and reduce the risk of catheter related infection, thrombosis and occlusion for the patient. Moreover, we believe our products can help hospitals achieve reduced costs, improved quality and patient outcomes, decreased length of stay and increased satisfaction.

Anesthesia/Respiratory North America: Our anesthesia/respiratory segment provides products for clinicians working primarily in emergency rooms, surgery and critical care settings. The product portfolio includes a variety of airway management, pain management and respiratory care products that are designed to help eliminate complications and improve procedural efficiencies. Our airway management products and related devices consist principally of the following:
LMA Airways: LMA laryngeal masks are used by anesthesiologists and emergency responders to establish an airway to channel anesthesia gas or oxygen to a patient's lungs during surgery or trauma. The LMA Supreme Airway is a second generation airway that features an integrated drain tube to channel fluid and gas safely away from the airway, enabling physicians to use an LMA laryngeal mask in more advanced procedures.

LMA Atomization: The LMA Atomization portfolio includes products to facilitate intranasal delivery of medications. The inner cavities of the nose provide an absorptive surface that is highly vascular with direct access to the central nervous system. The advantages of intranasal administration include rapid onset, safety and patient comfort. The LMA MAD Nasal is an intranasal atomization device that is designed to be a safe and painless way to deliver medication to a patient's blood stream without an intravenous line or needle.

RUSCH Endotracheal Tubes and RUSCH Laryngoscopy: We offer a broad range of RUSCH products to facilitate and support endotracheal intubation in multiple settings (surgery, critical care and emergency settings). Endotracheal intubation is commonly used to open the airway to administer oxygen, medication or anesthesia. We provide a broad range of products for laryngoscopy, a procedure that is primarily used to obtain a view of the airway to facilitate tracheal intubation during general anesthesia or cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). In 2014, we introduced the RUSCH DispoLED Laryngoscope Handle. This single-use handle helps facilities comply with standards designed to reduce the risk of patient cross-contamination during intubation.

ISO-Gard Caregiver Safety: The ISO-Gard Mask with ClearAir Technology helps to reduce clinician exposure to hazardous waste anesthetic gases (WAG), which are commonly used in surgical procedures. The ISO-Gard Mask is designed to reduce WAG within a caregiver's breathing zone to minimize the cumulative effect of low-level exposure to these hazardous gases in the post anesthesia care unit. By providing a means to reduce the amount of WAG within the breathing zone of the caregiver, hospitals can better comply with OSHA requirements and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health s recommendations for workplace safety.


6



Our pain management products are designed to provide pain control during a broad range of surgical and obstetric procedures, thereby helping clinicians better manage each patient s individual pain while reducing complications and associated costs. Our pain management portfolio consists principally of the following:

ARROW Epidural Catheters, Needles and Kits: We offer a broad range of ARROW epidural products to facilitate epidural analgesia. Epidural analgesia may be used separately for pain management, as an adjunct to general anesthesia, as a sole technique for surgical anesthesia and for post-operative pain management. The ARROW FlexTip Plus epidural catheter is clinically proven to significantly reduce complications commonly associated with epidural catheters.

ARROW Peripheral Nerve Block (PNB) Catheters, Pumps, Needles and Kits: The ARROW PNB products are used by anesthesiologists to provide localized pain relief by injecting anesthetics to deliberately interrupt the signals traveling along a nerve. Nerve blocks are used in a variety of different procedures, including orthopedics, and can last for hours or days. The ARROW Stimucath and FlexBlock catheters allow for location of the nerves and delivery of the anesthetic. The ARROW Autofuser Ambulatory Pain Pump is a disposable anesthetic pump used in conjunction with the ARROW PNB catheters that facilitates multiple days of post-operative pain management.
Our respiratory products are used in a variety of care settings and include oxygen therapy products, aerosol therapy products, spirometry products, and ventilation management products. Our Hudson RCI brand has been a leader in respiratory care for more than 65 years. In 2014, for the third consecutive year, we were among the six companies to receive the Zenith Award awarded by the American Association for Respiratory Care in recognition of the quality products, programs and support provided to the respiratory community. Our respiratory products consist principally of the following:

Hudson RCI Oxygen Therapy: Supplemental oxygen is one of the most widely used therapies for people admitted to the hospital. It is also frequently used for patients with chronic lung disease who live at home.  Oxygen is administered to treat hypoxemia (low oxygen levels in the blood) and to decrease symptoms associated with hypoxemia.   We offer a broad range of Hudson RCI Oxygen Therapy products to facilitate the delivery of oxygen, including nasal cannulas, nasal catheters, masks and tubing.
 
Hudson RCI Aerosol Therapy:  Aerosol therapy is used in the treatment of bronchopulmonary disease and allows the delivery of medications, humidity or both to the mucosa (mucous lining) of the respiratory tract and pulmonary alveoli (tiny air sacks in the lungs that allow oxygen and carbon dioxide to move between the lungs and bloodstream). We offer a broad range of aerosol therapy products, including small volume nebulizers, large volume nebulizers, masks and tubing.  These aerosol therapy products are designed to deliver agents that may relieve spasm of the bronchial muscles and reduce edema of the mucous membranes, liquefy bronchial secretions so that they are more easily removed, humidify the respiratory tract and administer antibiotics locally by depositing them in the respiratory tract.

Hudson RCI Passive Humidification and Filtration:  We offer a broad portfolio of Hudson RCI and Gibeck passive humidification and filtration products catering to patients on mechanical ventilation in both the intensive care unit and operating room.  When an artificial airway is in place, the respiratory system’s natural processes are bypassed, necessitating the need to heat, humidify and filter the air delivered to the patient.  Our passive humidification devices conserve the patient’s exhaled heat and moisture during expiration and return them to gas being delivered during inspiration.  This mimics the action of the “normal” upper airways.

Hudson RCI Active Humidification and Ventilation Management:  Active humidification provides patients in respiratory distress or with lung failure with heated and humidified gases in order to promote gas exchange, maintain secretion clearance and decrease the risk of infection.  Our ConchaTherm Neptune System is a heated humidifier designed to heat and humidify respiratory gases delivered via endotracheal tubes, nasal cannulas or facemasks to adult, pediatric, infant and neonatal patients.  The system features a reusable, electronic piece of equipment and a full range of disposables, including breathing (or ventilator) circuits, humidification chambers and patient interfaces. 

7



Surgical North America: Our surgical products are predominantly comprised of single-use products, including ligation clips and closure products; appliers and sutures used in a variety of surgical procedures; access ports used in minimally invasive laparoscopic surgical procedures, including robotic surgery, and fluid management products used for chest drainage. Our product portfolio also includes reusable hand-held instruments for general and specialty surgical procedures. Our surgical products, which we market under the Deknatel, Pilling, Pleur-evac, Taut and Weck brands names, include the following:
Hem-o-lok, a significant part of the Weck portfolio, is a locking polymer ligation clip that combines the security of a suture with the speed of a metal clip for open and laparoscopic surgery. Hem-o-lok clips have special applications in urologic, gynecologic and general surgery.
Weck EFx Endo Fascial Closure System is a port site closure device used in laparoscopic surgical procedures. The Weck EFx System encompasses a design for port site closure that enables reproducible fascial closure in varying body types with a controlled suture delivery. This approach to port site closure is designed to minimize complications and costs associated with port-site herniation.
In addition, we have developed the Percuvance percutaneous surgical system, which is a percutaneous approach (where access to inner organs or other tissue is achieved via needle puncture) to laparoscopic surgery. The percutaneous approach reduces the number of trocars (a medical device that functions as a portal for the subsequent placement of other instruments), and provides better angles for the surgeon to address the surgical site, while minimizing trauma to patients. We received 510(k) clearance for this product in January 2015, and expect to initiate a controlled launch of the product in the United States and Europe in 2015. With our 2014 acquisition of the Mini-Lap assets, the combined portfolio of Mini-Lap instruments with our Percuvance percutaneous surgical system will enable us to create and build a new category of percutaneous laparoscopic surgery.
Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“ EMEA ”): Our EMEA segment designs, manufactures and distributes medical devices primarily used in critical care, surgical applications and cardiac care and generally serves two end markets: hospitals and healthcare providers, and home health. The products of the EMEA segment are most widely used in the acute care setting for a range of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty surgical applications, including urology.
Asia: Our Asia segment, like our EMEA segment, designs, manufactures and distributes medical devices primarily used in critical care, surgical applications and cardiac care and generally serves hospitals and healthcare providers. The products of the Asia segment are most widely used in the acute care setting for a range of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty surgical applications.
OEM: The OEM segment designs, manufactures and supplies devices and instruments for other medical device manufacturers. Our OEM division, which includes the TFX OEM ® and Deknatel ® OEM brands, provides custom-engineered extrusions, diagnostic and interventional catheters, sheath/dilator sets (introducers) and kits, sutures, performance fibers, and bioresorbable resins and fibers. We offer an extensive portfolio of integrated capabilities, including engineering, material selection, regulatory affairs, prototyping, testing and validation, manufacturing, assembly and packing.
All other businesses: Certain operating segments are not material to our operations and are therefore included in the “All other” line item in tabular presentations of segment information. Our "All other" line item includes specialty products such as interventional access products, which focus on dialysis, oncology and critical care at hospitals. We also provide urology, respiratory, anesthesia and cardiac care products such as diagnostic and intra-aortic balloon catheters, as well as capital equipment, which is provided to specialty market customers including home care, pre-hospital (typically addressing emergencies) and other alternative channels of care as well as to hospitals. Also included in the "All Other" line item is our Latin American business.
Specialty Product Portfolio
Our specialty product line of urology products provides bladder management for patients in the hospital and individuals in the home care markets. The product portfolio consists principally of a wide range of catheters (including Foley, intermittent, external and suprapubic), urine collectors, catheterization accessories and products for operative endourology marketed under the Rusch brand name.

8



Over the past few years, we have continued to expand our urology product offerings to include a wider range of intermittent catheters, catheter insertion kits and accessories used mainly for people with spinal cord injury, spina bifida, and multiple sclerosis. Many of these products are designed to support user safety and infection prevention efforts. For example, an intermittent catheter with hydrophilic coating (a coating that readily interacts with water), an ergothan tip (a flexible catheter tip that gently adjusts to the anatomy of the urethra), protective sleeve and sterile saline solution is marketed in our EMEA region. In the United States, we recently expanded our hydrophilic coated intermittent catheter line to include FloCath Quick™ coudés (slightly curved tip) for difficult catheterizations as well as Rusch® MMG H2O® Closed Systems without insertion supplies.
Our interventional access products are used in a wide range of applications, including dialysis, oncology and critical care. Dialysis products include the ARROW branded long term hemodialysis catheters, antimicrobial acute hemodialysis catheters and the ARROW-Trerotola™ Percutaneous Thrombectomy Device. Our long term hemodialysis catheter portfolio offers both antegrade and retrograde insertion options for split, step and symmetrical tip configurations. In addition, our symmetrical tip ARROW-Clark™ VectorFlow™ Chronic Hemodialysis catheter was launched in November 2014 after receiving FDA 510(k) clearance. The ARROW acute hemodialysis catheters are available with ARROWg+ard™ antimicrobial technology, which reduces the risk of catheter related infection.
The ARROW Polysite Low Profile Hybrid Port was introduced to the US market in March 2014. Available with or without pressure injection capability, the hybrid design combines a lightweight plastic body for patient comfort and a strong titanium reservoir for durability.
Interventional access products also include several ARROW branded products for critical care applications, including diagnostic and drainage kits, embolectomy balloons, and reinforced percutaneous sheath introducers.
In addition, our acquisition of Vidacare expanded our specialty products portfolio by adding the Vidacare EZ-IO Intraosseous Vascular Access (described above in the Vascular North America product portfolio summary), OnControl® Bone Marrow and OnControl Bone Access systems to the products we offer to our interventional access and specialty markets customers.  Vidacare’s OnControl Bone Marrow System enables rapid and safe access for hematology and oncology diagnostic practices. The Vidacare OnControl Bone Access System provides rapid and safe access for surgical bone applications, such as vertebroplasty (a spinal procedure in which bone cement is injected through a small hole in the skin into a fractured vertebra with the goal of relieving back pain caused by vertebral compression fractures) and the biopsy of the vertebral body (the thick oval segment of bone forming the front of the vertebra) and bone lesions.
The pre-hospital care products also include several of the Rusch, Hudson-RCI and LMA branded products for pre-hospital care applications, including airway management and support along with medication delivery.
Cardiac Care Product Portfolio
Products in this portfolio include diagnostic and intra-aortic balloon catheters and capital equipment. Our diagnostic catheters include thermodilution and wedge pressure catheters; specialized catheters used during the x-ray examination of blood vessels, such as Berman and Reverse Berman catheters; therapeutic delivery catheters, such as temporary pacing catheters; sheaths for femoral and trans-radial aortic access used in diagnostic and therapeutic procedures; and intra-aortic balloon, or IAB, catheters. Capital equipment includes our intra-aortic balloon pump, or IABP, consoles. IABP products are used to augment oxygen delivery to the cardiac muscle and reduce the oxygen demand after cardiac surgery, serious heart attack or interventional procedures. We market our cardiac care products under the Arrow brand name.
The IAB and IABP product lines feature the AutoCAT 2 WAVE console and the FiberOptix catheter, which together utilize fiber optic technology for arterial pressure signal acquisition and enable the patented WAVE timing algorithm to support the broadest range of patient heart rhythms, including severely arrhythmic patients.  
 
Latin America
Our Latin America business generally engages in the same type of operations, and serves the same type of end markets, as the EMEA segment.


9



OUR MARKETS
We generally serve three end-markets: hospitals and healthcare providers, medical device manufacturers and home care. These markets are influenced by a number of factors, including demographics, utilization and reimbursement patterns. The following charts depict the percentage of net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 derived from each of our end markets.
HISTORY AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
Teleflex was founded in 1943 as a manufacturer of precision mechanical push/pull controls for military aircraft. From this original single market, single product orientation, we have grown and evolved through entries into new businesses, development of new products, introduction of products into new geographic or end-markets and acquisitions and dispositions of businesses. Throughout our history, we have continually focused on providing innovative, technology-driven, specialty-engineered products that help our customers meet their business requirements.
Beginning in 2007, we significantly changed the composition of our portfolio of businesses, expanding our presence in the medical device industry, while divesting all of our other businesses, which served the aerospace, automotive, industrial and marine markets. Following the divestitures of our marine business and cargo container and systems businesses in 2011, we became exclusively a medical device company.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
We are subject to comprehensive government regulation both within and outside the United States relating to the development, manufacture, sale and distribution of our products.
Regulation of Medical Devices in the United States
All of our medical devices manufactured or sold in the United States are subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDC Act”), as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA and, in some cases, other government agencies administer requirements for the design, testing, safety, effectiveness, manufacturing, labeling, storage, record keeping, clearance, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-market surveillance, import and export of our medical devices.

10



Unless an exemption or pre-amendment grandfather status applies, each medical device that we market must first receive either clearance as a Class I or Class II device (by submitting a premarket notification (“510(k)”)) or approval as a Class III device (by filing a premarket approval application (“PMA”)) from the FDA pursuant to the FDC Act. To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed 510(k)-cleared device (or pre-amendment device for which FDA has not called for PMAs), referred to as the "predicate device." Substantial equivalence is established by the applicant showing that the proposed device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has the same technological characteristics or has been shown to be equally safe and effective and does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness as compared to the predicate device.  The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from four to twelve months, but it can last longer. A device that is not eligible for the 510(k) process because there is no predicate device may be reviewed through the de novo process (the process for approval when no substantially equivalent device exists) if the FDA agrees it is a low to moderate risk device eligible for Class I or Class II designation. A device not eligible for 510(k) clearance or de novo clearance is categorized as Class III and must follow the PMA approval pathway, which requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction.  The process of obtaining PMA approval is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) process. It generally takes from one to three years or even longer. Our portfolio of existing products and pipeline of potential new products consist primarily of Class I and Class II devices that require 510(k) clearance.  In addition, modifications made to devices after they receive clearance or approval may require a new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA or PMA supplement. We cannot be sure that 510(k) clearance or PMA approval will be obtained for any device that we propose to market.
A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for a 510(k).  The sponsor of a clinical study must comply with and conduct the study in accordance with the applicable federal regulations, including FDA’s investigational device exemption (“IDE”) requirements, and good clinical practice (“GCP”).  Clinical trials must also be approved by an institutional review board, or IRB, which is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to review and monitor biomedical research involving human subjects and which has the authority to approve, require modifications in, or disapprove research to protect the rights, safety, and welfare of the human research subject.  The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients.  An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements, or may impose other conditions.
After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. Those regulatory requirements include the following:
device listing and establishment registration;
adherence to the Quality System Regulation (“QSR”) which requires stringent design, testing, control, documentation, complaint handling and other quality assurance procedures;
labeling requirements;
FDA prohibitions against the promotion of off-label uses or indications;
adverse event reporting;
post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-approval clinical trials or other required testing;
post-market surveillance requirements;
the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can ask for the recall of products from the market; and
voluntary corrections or removals reporting and documentation.
In September 2013, the FDA issued final regulations and draft guidance documents regarding the Unique Device Identification (“UDI”) System, which will require manufacturers to mark certain medical devices with unique identifiers. While the FDA expects that the UDI System will help track products during recalls and improve patient safety, it will require us to make changes to our manufacturing and labeling, which could increase our costs.  The UDI System is being implemented in stages based on device risk, with the first requirements having taken effect in September 2014 and the last taking effect in September 2020.

11



Our manufacturing facilities, as well as those of certain of our suppliers, are subject to periodic and for-cause inspections to verify compliance with the QSR as well as other regulatory requirements. For example, in March 2014, we received a warning letter from the FDA alleging certain violations of the Quality System Regulation observed during a September 2013 inspection of our Arlington Heights, Illinois manufacturing facility.  FDA’s concerns relate to failure to appropriately establish and maintain certain manufacturing, corrective and preventive action, and process validation procedures.  In May 2014, the FDA returned to the Arlington Heights facility and re-issued its inspectional observations from the March 2014 warning letter and also required that we report to the FDA a field corrective action we took with respect to a product manufactured at our Arlington Heights facility, which we did.  We have provided detailed responses and updates to the FDA as to our corrective actions, and continue to work to address the issues identified by the FDA.  Until the violations are corrected, and those corrective actions are accepted and verified by FDA’ s re-inspection, we may be subject to additional enforcement action by the FDA. Additionally, the warning letter states that requests for Certificates to Foreign Governments related to products manufactured at the Arlington Heights facility will not be granted until the violations have been corrected.
Certain of our medical devices are sold in convenience kits that include a drug component, such as lidocaine. These types of kits are generally regulated as combination products within the Center for Devices and Radiological Health under the device regulations because the device generates the primary mode of action of the kit. Although the kit as a whole is regulated as a medical device, it may be subject to certain drug requirements such as current good manufacturing practices (“cGMPs”) to the extent applicable to the drug-component repackaging activities and subject to inspection to verify compliance with cGMPs as well as other regulatory requirements.
If the FDA were to find that we or certain of our suppliers have failed to comply with applicable regulations, it could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from issuance of a warning or untitled letter to more severe sanctions, such as product recalls or seizures, civil penalties, consent decrees, injunctions, criminal prosecution, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, refusal to permit importation or exportation, refusal to grant, or delays in granting, clearances or approvals or withdrawal or suspension of existing clearances or approvals. The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us.  Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on our business.
Regulation of Medical Devices Outside of the United States
Medical device laws also are in effect in many of the markets outside of the United States in which we do business. These laws range from comprehensive device approval requirements for some or all of our products to requests for product data or certifications. Inspection of and controls over manufacturing, as well as monitoring of device-related adverse events, are components of most of these regulatory systems.
Healthcare Laws
We are subject to various federal, state and local laws in the United States targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry.  These laws prohibit us from, among other things, soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration to induce the referral or use of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally or state financed healthcare programs.  Violations of these laws are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.  In addition, we are subject to federal and state false claims laws in the United States that prohibit the submission of false payment claims under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally or state funded programs.  Certain marketing practices, such as off-label promotion, and violations of federal anti-kickback laws may also constitute violations of these laws.
We are also subject to various federal and state reporting and disclosure requirements related to the healthcare industry.  Recent rules issued by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) require us to collect and report information on payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. The reported data is available to the public on the CMS website. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties.  In addition, several states now require medical device companies to report expenses relating to the marketing and promotion of device products and to report gifts and payments to individual physicians in these states.  Other states prohibit various other marketing-related activities.  The federal government and still other states require the posting of information relating to clinical studies and their outcomes. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with the different compliance and/or reporting requirements among a number of jurisdictions increases the possibility that a healthcare company may violate one or more of the requirements, resulting in increased compliance costs that could adversely impact our results of operations.

12



Other Regulatory Requirements
We are also subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws applicable in jurisdictions outside the United State that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from improperly offering or paying anything of value to non-United States government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. In the sale, delivery and servicing of our medical devices and software outside of the United States, we must also comply with various export control and trade embargo laws and regulations, including those administered by the Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and the Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) which may require licenses or other authorizations for transactions relating to certain countries and/or with certain individuals identified by the United States government. Despite our global trade and compliance program, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, distributors or other agents. Violations of these requirements are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines and imprisonment.
COMPETITION
The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many companies, ranging from small start-up enterprises to companies that are larger and more established than us and have access to significantly greater financial resources. Furthermore, extensive product research and development and rapid technological advances characterize the market in which we compete. We must continue to develop and acquire new products and technologies for our businesses to remain competitive. We believe that we compete primarily on the basis of clinical superiority and innovative features that enhance patient benefit, product reliability, performance, customer and sales support, and cost-effectiveness. Our major competitors include C. R. Bard, Inc., Medtronic and CareFusion.
SALES AND MARKETING
Our product sales are made directly to hospitals, healthcare providers, distributors and to original equipment manufacturers of medical devices through our own sales forces through independent representatives and through independent distributor networks.
BACKLOG
Most of our products are sold to hospitals or healthcare providers on orders calling for delivery within a few days or weeks, with longer order times for products sold to medical device manufacturers. Therefore, our backlog of orders is not indicative of revenues to be anticipated in any future 12-month period.
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
We own a portfolio of patents, patents pending and trademarks. We also license various patents and trademarks. Patents for individual products extend for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. Trademark rights may potentially extend for longer periods of time and are dependent upon national laws and use of the marks. All product names throughout this document are trademarks owned by, or licensed to, us or our subsidiaries. Although these have been of value and are expected to continue to be of value in the future, we do not consider any single patent or trademark, except for the Teleflex and Arrow brands, to be essential to the operation of our business.
SUPPLIERS AND MATERIALS
Materials used in the manufacture of our products are purchased from a large number of suppliers in diverse geographic locations. We are not dependent on any single supplier for a substantial amount of the materials used or components supplied for our overall operations. Most of the materials and components we use are available from multiple sources, and where practical, we attempt to identify alternative suppliers. Volatility in commodity markets, particularly aluminum, steel and plastic resins, can have a significant impact on the cost of producing certain of our products. We may not be able to successfully pass cost increases through to all of our customers, particularly original equipment manufacturers.

13



RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
We are engaged in both internal and external research and development. Our research and development costs principally relate to our efforts to bring innovative new products to the markets we serve, and our efforts to enhance the clinical value, ease of use, safety and reliability of our existing product lines. Our research and development efforts support our strategic objectives to provide safe and effective products that reduce infections, improve patient and clinician safety, enhance patient outcomes and enable less invasive procedures. Our research and development expenditures were $61.0 million , $65.0 million and $56.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
We also acquire or license products and technologies that are consistent with our strategic objectives and enhance our ability to provide a full range of product and service options to our customers.
SEASONALITY
Portions of our revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations. Incidence of flu and other disease patterns as well as the frequency of elective medical procedures affect revenues related to single-use products.  Historically, we have experienced higher sales in the fourth quarter as a result of these factors.
EMPLOYEES
We employed approximately 11,700 full-time and temporary employees at December 31, 2014 . Of these employees, approximately 3,100 were employed in the United States and 8,600 in countries other than the United States. Approximately 8% percent of our employees in the United States and in other countries were covered by union contracts or collective-bargaining arrangements. We believe we have good relationships with our employees.
ENVIRONMENTAL
We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside the United States. Our operations, like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental laws, primarily in manufacturing and sterilization processes. While we continue to make capital and operational expenditures relating to compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations, we cannot ensure that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection, health and safety laws and regulations will not exceed our estimates or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, we cannot ensure that we will not be subject to additional environmental claims for personal injury or cleanup in the future based on our past, present or future business activities.
INVESTOR INFORMATION
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Therefore, we file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Copies of these reports, proxy statements, and other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
You can access financial and other information about us in the Investors section of our website, which can be accessed at www.teleflex.com. We make available through our website, free of charge, copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed with or furnished to the SEC under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing or furnishing such material to the SEC. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The reference to our website address is intended to be an inactive textual reference only.
We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1943. Our executive offices are located at 550 East Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, PA 19087.

14



EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The names and ages of our executive officers and the positions and offices held by each such officer are as follows:
 
Name
 
Age
 
Positions and Offices with Company
Benson F. Smith
 
67

 
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Liam Kelly
 
48

 
Executive Vice President, President, Americas
Thomas E. Powell
 
53

 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Thomas Anthony Kennedy
 
52

 
Senior Vice President, Global Operations
Karen Boylan
 
43

 
Vice President, Global RA/QA
Cameron P. Hicks
 
50

 
Vice President, Global Human Resources
James J. Leyden
 
48

 
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
Mr. Smith has been our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2011, and has served as a Director since April 2005. Prior to January 2011, Mr. Smith was the managing partner of Sales Research Group, a research and consulting organization. From 1999 to January 2011, he also served as the Chief Executive Officer of BFS & Associates LLC, which specialized in strategic planning and venture investing. From 2000 until 2005, Mr. Smith also served as a speaker and author at The Gallup Organization, a global research-based consultancy firm. Prior to that, Mr. Smith worked for C.R. Bard, Inc., a company specializing in medical devices, for approximately 25 years, where he held various executive and senior level positions, most recently as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to 1998.
Mr. Kelly has been our Executive Vice President, President, Americas since April 2014. From June 2012 to April 2014 Mr. Kelly served as Executive Vice President, President, International and has held several positions with regard to our EMEA segment, including President from June 2011 to June 2012, Executive Vice President from November 2009 to June 2011, and Vice President of Marketing from April 2009 to November 2009. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Kelly held various senior level positions with Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., a medical device company, from October 2002 to August 2009, serving as its Vice President of International Marketing and R&D from August 2006 to February 2009.
Mr. Powell has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since February 2013. From March 2012 to February 2013, Mr. Powell was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He joined Teleflex in August 2011 as Senior Vice President, Global Finance. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Powell served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Tomotherapy Incorporated, a medical device company, from June 2009 until June 2011. In 2008, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Textura Corporation, a software provider. From April 2001 until January 2008, Mr. Powell was employed by Midway Games, Inc., a software provider, serving as its Executive Vice President, CFO and Treasurer from September 2001 until January 2008. Mr. Powell has also held leadership positions with Dade Behring, Inc. (now Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics), PepsiCo, Bain & Company, Tenneco Inc. and Arthur Andersen & Company.
Mr. Kennedy has been our Senior Vice President, Global Operations since May 2013. He previously held the position of Vice President, International Operations from December 2012 to May 2013. From July 2007 to December 2012, he held the position of Vice President, EMEA Operations. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Kennedy was a managing director for Saint Gobain Performance Plastics, a producer of engineered, high-performance polymer products, from September 2004 to May 2007. Mr. Kennedy has also held leadership positions with Bio-Medical Research Limited, Marconi Plc, Fore Systems, Inc. and American Power Conversion Corporation.
Ms. Boylan has been our Vice President, Global RA/QA since August 2014. She joined Teleflex in January 2013 as Vice President, International RA/QA. Prior to joining Teleflex, Ms. Boylan served as QA Vice President, Corporate Quality Systems for Boston Scientific, a developer, manufacturer and marketer of medical devices, from April 1996 to December 2012.

15



Mr. Hicks has been our Vice President, Global Human Resources since April 2013. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Hicks served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources & Organizational Effectiveness for Harlan Laboratories, a private global provider of pre-clinical and non-clinical research services, from July 2010 to March 2013. From April 1990 to January 2010, Mr. Hicks held various leadership roles with MDS Inc., a provider of products and services for the development of drugs and the diagnosis and treatment of disease, including Senior Vice President of Human Resources for MDS’ global Pharma Services division from November 2000 to January 2010.
Mr. Leyden has been our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since February 2014. He previously held the positions of Acting General Counsel from November 2013 to February 2014, Deputy General Counsel from February 2013 to November 2013 and Associate General Counsel from December 2004 to February 2013. Prior to joining Teleflex, Mr. Leyden served as general counsel of InfraSource Services, Inc., a utility infrastructure construction company, from April 2004 to December 2004. From February 2002 to April 2004, he served as Associate General Counsel of Aramark Corporation, a provider of food, facility and uniform services.
Our officers are elected annually by our board of directors. Each officer serves at the discretion of the board.

ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the following factors which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or stock price. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or stock price.
We face strong competition. Our failure to successfully develop and market new products could adversely affect our business.
The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many domestic and foreign medical device companies ranging from small start-up enterprises that might sell only a single or limited number of competitive products or compete only in a specific market segment, to companies that are larger and more established than us, have a broad range of competitive products, participate in numerous markets and have access to significantly greater financial and marketing resources than we do.
In addition, the medical device industry is characterized by extensive product research and development and rapid technological advances. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to design and manufacture new competitive products and enhance existing products. Our product development efforts may require us to make substantial investments. There can be no assurance that unforeseen problems will not occur with respect to the development, performance or market acceptance of new technologies or products, such as our inability to:
identify viable new products;
obtain adequate intellectual property protection;
gain market acceptance of new products; or
successfully obtain regulatory approvals.
In addition, our competitors currently may be developing, or may develop in the future, products that provide better features, clinical outcomes or economic value than those that we currently offer or subsequently develop. Our failure to successfully develop and market new products or enhance existing products could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

16



Our customers depend on third party coverage and reimbursements and the failure of healthcare programs to provide coverage and reimbursement, or the reduction in reimbursement levels, for our medical products could adversely affect us.
The ability of our customers to obtain coverage and reimbursement for our products is important to our business. Demand for many of our existing and new medical products is, and will continue to be, affected by the extent to which government healthcare programs and private health insurers reimburse our customers for patients’ medical expenses in the countries where we do business. Even when we develop or acquire a promising new product, demand for the product may be limited unless reimbursement approval is obtained from private and governmental third party payors. Internationally, healthcare reimbursement systems vary significantly. In some countries, medical centers are constrained by fixed budgets, regardless of the extent of their patient treatment. Other countries require application for, and approval of, government or third party reimbursement. Without both favorable coverage determinations by, and the financial support of, government and third party insurers, the market for many of our medical products would be adversely affected. We cannot be sure that third party payors will maintain the current level of coverage and reimbursement to our customers for use of our existing products. Adverse coverage determinations or any reduction in the amount of reimbursement could harm our business by reducing customers’ selection of our products and the prices they are willing to pay.
In addition, as a result of their purchasing power, third party payors are implementing cost cutting measures such as seeking discounts, price reductions or other incentives from medical products suppliers and imposing limitations on coverage and reimbursement for medical technologies and procedures. These trends could compel us to reduce prices for our products and could cause a decrease in the size of the market or a potential increase in competition that could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be successful in achieving expected operating efficiencies and sustaining or improving operating expense reductions, and may experience business disruptions associated with restructuring, facility consolidations, realignment, cost reduction and other strategic initiatives.
Over the past several years we have implemented a number of restructuring, realignment and cost reduction initiatives, including the realignment of our North American organizational structure, facility consolidations and reductions in our workforce. While we have realized some efficiencies from these actions, we may not realize the benefits of these initiatives to the extent we anticipated. Further, such benefits may be realized later than expected, and the ongoing difficulties in implementing these measures may be greater than anticipated, which could cause us to incur additional costs or result in business disruptions. In addition, if these measures are not successful or sustainable, we may be compelled to undertake additional realignment and cost reduction efforts, which could result in significant additional charges. Moreover, if our restructuring and realignment efforts prove ineffective, our ability to achieve our other strategic and business plan goals may be adversely affected.

In addition, as part of our efforts to increase operating efficiencies, we have implemented a number of initiatives over the past several years to consolidate our enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems. For example, between 2012 and 2013, we migrated our Arrow business onto our principal ERP system. To date, we have not experienced any significant disruptions to our business or operations in connection with these initiatives. However, as we continue our efforts to further consolidate our ERP systems, we could experience business disruptions, which could adversely affect customer relationships and divert the attention of management away from daily operations. In addition, any delays in the implementation of these initiatives could cause us to incur additional unexpected costs. Should we experience such difficulties, our business, cash flows and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We are subject to extensive government regulation, which may require us to incur significant expenses to ensure compliance. Our failure to comply with those regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our products are classified as medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the United States by the FDA and by comparable government agencies in other countries. The regulations govern, among other things, the development, design, approval, manufacturing, labeling, importing and exporting and sale and marketing of many of our products. Moreover, these regulations are subject to future change.

17



In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, or significant modification to, an existing product, we generally must first receive either 510(k) or de novo clearance or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA, from the FDA. Similarly, most major markets for medical devices outside the United States also require clearance, approval or compliance with certain standards before a product can be commercially marketed. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances and approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA and certain foreign governmental authorities, can be costly and time consuming, and clearances and approvals might not be granted for new products on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, once a device has been cleared or approved, a new clearance or approval may be required before the device may be modified or its labeling changed. Furthermore, the FDA or a foreign governmental authority may make its review and clearance or approval process more rigorous, which could require us to generate additional clinical or other data, and expend more time and effort, in obtaining future product clearances or approvals. The regulatory clearance and approval process may result in, among other things, delayed realization of product revenues, substantial additional costs or limitations on indicated uses of products, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Even after a product has received marketing approval or clearance, such product approval or clearance can be withdrawn or limited due to unforeseen problems with the device or issues relating to its application.
Failure to comply with applicable regulations could lead to adverse effects on our business, which could include:
partial suspension or total shutdown of manufacturing;
product shortages;
delays in product manufacturing;
warning or untitled letters;
fines or civil penalties;
delays in obtaining new regulatory clearances or approvals;
withdrawal or suspension of required clearances, approvals or licenses;
product seizures or recalls;
injunctions;
criminal prosecution;
advisories or other field actions;
operating restrictions; and
prohibitions against exporting of products to, or importing products from, countries outside the United States.
We could be required to expend significant financial and human resources to remediate failures to comply with applicable regulations and quality assurance guidelines. In addition, civil and criminal penalties, including exclusion under Medicaid or Medicare, could result from regulatory violations. Any one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Medical devices are cleared or approved for one or more specific intended uses. Promoting a device for an off-label use could result in government enforcement action.
Furthermore, our facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and other federal, state and foreign government authorities, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, which requires periodic audits, design controls, quality control testing and documentation procedures, as well as complaint evaluations and investigation. For example, in March 2014, we received a warning letter from the FDA with respect to our Arlington Heights, Illinois manufacturing facility. For information regarding the warning letter, see "Business - Government Regulation" in Item 1 of this report. In addition, any facilities assembling convenience kits that include drug components and are registered as drug repackaging establishments are subject to current good manufacturing practices requirements. The FDA also requires the reporting of certain adverse events and may require the reporting of recalls or other field safety corrective actions. Issues identified through such inspections and reports may result in FDA enforcement action through any of the actions discussed above. Moreover, issues identified through such inspections and reports may require significant resources to resolve.

18



We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws, regulation and enforcement; our failure to comply with those laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the governments of those states and foreign countries in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:
the federal healthcare anti-kickback statute, which, among other things, prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully offering or paying remuneration to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, or soliciting payment for such referrals, purchases, orders and recommendations;
federal false claims laws which, among other things, prohibit individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment from the federal government, including Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors;
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which prohibit schemes to defraud any healthcare benefit program and false statements relating to healthcare matters; and
state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.
If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other government regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment of personnel, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of our being found to have violated these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations.
Further, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “Affordable Care Act”), imposed new reporting and disclosure requirements on device manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other healthcare providers. Our first report was submitted in 2014, and the reported information was made publicly available in a searchable format in September 2014. In addition, device manufacturers are required to report and disclose any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members during the preceding calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties for each payment, transfer of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission, up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”).
In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to healthcare providers. Some states, such as California, Connecticut, Nevada and Massachusetts, mandate implementation of compliance programs that include the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation for consulting and other services, and other remuneration to healthcare providers. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with the different compliance and/or reporting requirements among a number of jurisdictions increases the possibility that we may inadvertently violate one or more of the requirements, resulting in increased compliance costs that could adversely impact our results of operations.

19



We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability and warranty claims, as well as product recalls, any of which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, as a medical device company, our reputation may be damaged if one or more of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective.
Our businesses expose us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture and marketing of our products. In particular, our medical device products are often used in surgical and intensive care settings with seriously ill patients. In addition, many of our products are designed to be implanted in the human body for varying periods of time. Product defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks with respect to products we manufacture or sell could result in patient injury or death. In addition, in connection with the divestitures of our former non-medical businesses, we agreed to retain certain liabilities related to those businesses, which include, among other things, liability for products manufactured prior to the date on which we completed the sale of the business. Product liability and warranty claims often involve very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive damages. The magnitude of potential losses from product liability lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time, and the related legal defense costs may be significant. We could experience material warranty or product liability losses in the future and incur significant costs to defend these claims.
In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may voluntarily participate, or be required by regulatory authorities to participate, in a recall of that product. In the event of a recall, we may lose sales and be exposed to individual or class-action litigation claims. Moreover, negative publicity regarding a quality or safety issue, whether accurate or inaccurate, could harm our reputation, decrease demand for our products, lead to product withdrawals or impair our ability to successfully launch and market our products in the future. Product liability, warranty and recall costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations
The ongoing volatility in the domestic and global financial markets, combined with a continuation of constrained global credit markets could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions. The economic slowdown and disruption of credit markets that occurred in recent years, led to recessionary conditions and depressed levels of consumer and commercial spending, resulting in reductions, delays or canceled purchases of our products and services. While recent economic indicators suggest improvement in the global economy, we cannot predict the duration or extent of any economic recovery or the extent to which our customers will return to more typical spending behaviors. If the improvement in economic conditions does not continue, our customers may terminate existing purchase orders or reduce the volume of products or services they purchase from us.
Additionally, our customers, particularly in the European region, have extended or delayed payments for products and services already provided, which has increased our focus on collectability with respect to our accounts receivable from these customers. To date, we have not experienced an inordinate amount of payment defaults by our customers, and we have sufficient lending commitments in place to enable us to fund our foreseeable additional operating needs. However, in light of the ongoing volatility in the European financial markets, combined with a continuation of constrained European credit markets there is a risk that our European customers and suppliers may be unable to access liquidity. As of December 31, 2014 and  2013 , our net current and long term accounts receivable in Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece were $76.2 million and $97.9 million , respectively. In 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , net revenues from these countries were approximately 8% , 8% and 9% of total net revenues, respectively, and average days that accounts receivable from these countries were outstanding were 223 , 260 and 288 days, respectively. Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to cover the estimated losses which may occur when customers cannot make their required payments, we cannot be assured that we will continue to experience the same loss rate in the future given the volatility in the worldwide economy. If our allowance for doubtful accounts is insufficient to address receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.
In addition, adverse economic and financial market conditions may result in future impairment charges with respect to our goodwill and other intangible assets, which would not directly affect our liquidity but could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results.

20



Our strategic initiatives, including acquisitions, may not produce the intended growth in revenue and operating income.
Our strategic initiatives include making significant investments designed to achieve revenue growth and margin improvement targets. If we do not achieve the expected benefits from these investments or otherwise fail to execute on our strategic initiatives, we may not achieve the growth improvement we are targeting and our results of operations may be adversely affected.
In addition, as part of our strategy for growth, we have made, and may continue to make, acquisitions and divestitures and enter into strategic alliances such as joint ventures and joint development agreements. However, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions or integrate acquisitions successfully, and our strategic alliances may not prove to be successful. In this regard, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the integration of acquired operations, technologies, services and products and the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. Even if we are successful in making an acquisition, the products and technologies that we acquire may not be successful or may require significantly greater resources and investments than we originally anticipated. We could also experience negative effects on our results of operations and financial condition from acquisition-related charges, amortization of intangible assets and asset impairment charges, and other issues that could arise in connection with the acquisition of a company or business, including issues related to internal control over financial reporting, regulatory compliance and short-term effects of increased costs on results of operations.  Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular transaction, there can be no assurance that we will identify all such risks or the magnitude of the risks. In addition, prior acquisitions have resulted, and future acquisitions could result, in the incurrence of substantial additional indebtedness and other expenses. Future acquisitions may also result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities. There can be no assurance that difficulties encountered with acquisitions will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Health care reform may have a material adverse effect on our industry and our business.
Political, economic and regulatory developments have effected fundamental changes in the healthcare industry. The Affordable Care Act substantially changed the way health care is financed by both government and private insurers. It also encourages improvements in the quality of health care products and services and significantly impacts the United States pharmaceutical and medical device industries. Among other things, the Affordable Care Act:
established a 2.3% excise tax on sales of medical devices with respect to any entity that manufactures or imports specified medical devices offered for sale in the United States;
established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research;
implemented payment system reforms, including a national pilot program to encourage hospitals, physicians and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain health care services through bundled payment models; and
created an independent payment advisory board that will submit recommendations to reduce Medicare spending if projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.
In 2014 and 2013 , we paid $12.7 million and $11.5 million , respectively, with respect to the medical device excise tax. However, we cannot predict at this time the full impact of the Affordable Care Act or other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
We are subject to risks associated with our non-United States operations.
We have significant manufacturing and distribution facilities, research and development facilities, sales personnel and customer support operations in a number of countries outside the United States, including Canada, Belgium, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Ireland, Malaysia, Mexico, and Singapore. As of December 31, 2014, 73% of our full-time and temporary employees were employed in countries outside of the United States. As of December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012, approximately 45% , 37% and 39%, respectively, of our net property, plant and equipment was located outside the United States. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 approximately 50% , 50% and 49%, respectively, of our net revenues (based on the Teleflex facility generating the sale) were derived from operations outside the United States.

21



Our international operations are subject to risks inherent in doing business outside the United States, including:
exchange controls, currency restrictions and fluctuations in currency values;
trade protection measures;
potentially costly and burdensome import or export requirements;
laws and business practices that favor local companies;
changes in foreign medical reimbursement policies and procedures;
subsidies or increased access to capital for firms that currently are or may emerge as competitors in countries in which we have operations;
substantial foreign tax liabilities, including potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;
restrictions and taxes related to the repatriation of foreign earnings;
differing labor regulations;
additional United States and foreign government controls or regulations;
difficulties in the protection of intellectual property; and
unsettled political and economic conditions and possible terrorist attacks against American interests.
In addition, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-United States jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-United States officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also imposes accounting standards and requirements on publicly traded United States corporations and their foreign affiliates, which, among other things, are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off the books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored health care systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with government entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. However, we operate in many parts of the world that have experienced government corruption to some degree.  Despite meaningful measures that we undertake to facilitate lawful conduct, which include training and compliance programs and internal control policies and procedures, we may not always prevent reckless or criminal acts by our employees, distributors or other agents. In addition, we may be exposed to liability due to pre-acquisition conduct of employees, distributors or other agents of businesses or operations we may acquire. Violations of anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also could be subject to severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement, further changes or enhancements to our procedures, policies and controls, personnel changes and other remedial actions.
Furthermore, we are subject to the export controls and economic embargo rules and regulations of the United States, including the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions against embargoed countries, which are administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the Department of the Treasury, as well as other laws and regulations administered by the Department of Commerce. These regulations limit our ability to market, sell, distribute or otherwise transfer our products or technology to prohibited countries or persons. While we train our employees and contractually obligate our distributors to comply with these regulations, we cannot assure that a violation will not occur, whether knowingly or inadvertently. Failure to comply with these rules and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines and the disgorgement of profits, the imposition of a court-appointed monitor, the denial of export privileges and debarment from participation in United States government contracts.
The risks relating to our foreign operations may have a material adverse effect on our international operations or on our business, results of operations and financial condition generally.

22



Foreign currency exchange rate, commodity price and interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect our results.
We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and interest rates. Products manufactured in, and sold into, foreign markets represent a significant portion of our operations. Our consolidated financial statements reflect translation of financial statements denominated in non-United States currencies to United States dollars, our reporting currency, as well as the foreign currency exchange gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in non-functional currencies. When the United States dollar strengthens or weakens in relation to the foreign currencies of the countries in which we sell or manufacture our products, such as the euro, our United States dollar-reported revenue and income will fluctuate. Although we have entered into forward contracts with several major financial institutions to hedge a portion of projected cash flows denominated in non-functional currencies in order to reduce the effects of currency rate fluctuations, changes in the relative values of currencies may, in some instances, have a significant effect on our results of operations.
Many of our products have significant plastic resin content. We also use quantities of other commodities, such as aluminum and steel. Increases in the prices of these commodities could increase the costs of our products and services. We may not be able to pass on these costs to our customers, particularly with respect to those products we sell under group purchase agreements, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
Increases in interest rates may adversely affect the financial health of our customers and suppliers and thus adversely affect their ability to buy our products and supply the components or raw materials we need. In addition, our borrowing costs could be adversely affected if interest rates increase. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
Fluctuations in our effective tax rate and changes to tax laws may adversely affect our results.
As a global company, we are subject to taxation in numerous countries, states and other jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various countries, states and other jurisdictions in which we operate. In preparing our financial statements, we estimate the amount of tax that will become payable in each of these jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate may, however, differ from the estimated amount due to numerous factors, including a change in the mix of our profitability from country to country and changes in tax laws. Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or our current expectations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.
An interruption in our manufacturing or distribution operations or our supply of raw materials may adversely affect our business.
Many of our key products are manufactured at or distributed from single locations, and the availability of alternate facilities is limited. If operations at one or more of our facilities is suspended due to natural disasters or other events, we may not be able to timely manufacture or distribute one or more of our products at previous levels or at all. Furthermore, our ability to establish replacement facilities or to substitute suppliers may be delayed due to regulations and requirements of the FDA and other regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products. In addition, in the event of delays or cancellations in shipments of raw materials by our suppliers, we may not be able to timely manufacture or supply the affected products at previous levels or at all. The manufacture of our products is highly exacting and complex, due in part to strict regulatory requirements. Problems in the manufacturing process, including equipment malfunction, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, defective raw materials and environmental factors, could lead to launch delays, product shortages, unanticipated costs, lost revenues and damage to our reputation. A failure to identify and address manufacturing problems prior to the release of products to our customers may also result in quality or safety issues.  A reduction or interruption in manufacturing or distribution, or our inability to secure suitable alternative sources of raw materials or components, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our ability to attract, train, develop and retain key employees is important to our success.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain our key personnel, including our executive officers and other members of our senior management team. Our success also depends, in part, on our ability to attract, train, develop and retain other key employees, including research and development, sales, marketing and operations personnel. We may experience difficulties in retaining executives and other employees due to many factors, including:

23



the intense competition for skilled personnel in our industry;
fluctuations in global economic and industry conditions;
changes in our organizational structure;
our restructuring initiatives;
competitors’ hiring practices; and
the effectiveness of our compensation programs.
Our inability to attract, train, develop and retain such personnel could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We depend upon relationships with physicians and other health care professionals.
Research and development for some of our products is dependent on our maintaining strong working relationships with physicians and other healthcare professionals. We rely on these professionals to provide us with considerable knowledge and experience regarding the development and use of our products. Physicians assist us as researchers, product consultants, inventors and public speakers. If we fail to maintain our working relationships with physicians and receive the benefits of their knowledge and advice, our products may not be developed in a manner that is responsive to the needs and expectations of the professionals who use and support our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our technology is important to our success, and our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could put us at a competitive disadvantage.
We rely on the patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws of the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. Although we own numerous United States and foreign patents and have submitted numerous patent applications, we cannot be assured that any pending patent applications will issue, or that any patents, issued or pending, will provide us with any competitive advantage or will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by third parties. In addition, we rely on confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with employees and take other measures to protect our know-how and trade secrets. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology by competitors or other persons who may copy or otherwise obtain and use these products or technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as in the United States. There is no guarantee that current and former employees, contractors and other parties will not breach their confidentiality agreements with us, misappropriate proprietary information, copy or otherwise obtain and use our information and proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology could adversely affect our business. Moreover, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop the know-how and trade secrets or develop better technology than our own, which could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed.
Our products or processes may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from selling our products.
We cannot be certain that our products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, including claims of alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties. Any such claims, whether or not meritorious, could result in litigation and divert the efforts of our personnel. If we are found liable for infringement, we may be required to enter into licensing agreements (which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all) or to pay damages or cease making or selling certain products. We may need to redesign some of our products or processes to avoid future infringement liability. Any of the foregoing events could be detrimental to our business.

24



Other pending and future litigation may involve significant costs and adversely affect our business.
We are party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business involving, among other things, contracts, intellectual property, import and export regulations, employment and environmental matters. The defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, and we may incur significant expenses in defending these lawsuits. In addition, we may be required to pay damage awards or settlements, or become subject to injunctions or other equitable remedies, that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. While we do not believe that any litigation in which we are currently engaged would have such an adverse effect, the outcome of litigation, including regulatory matters, is often difficult to predict, and we cannot assure that the outcome of pending or future litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
As of December 31, 2014 , we had total consolidated indebtedness of $1,068 million .
Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to satisfy our debt obligations. It could also have significant effects on our business. For example, it could:
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;
limit our ability to borrow additional funds for such general corporate purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
restrict us from exploiting business opportunities; and
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness.
If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an amount sufficient to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be forced to:
refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before it matures;
sell assets;
reduce or delay capital expenditures; or
seek to raise additional capital.
We may not be able to affect any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our financial condition at the time, the restrictions in the instruments governing our outstanding indebtedness and other factors, including market conditions.
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our debt agreements impose restrictions on our business, which could prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities and taking some corporate actions and may adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations.
Our revolving credit agreement and the indentures governing our 5.25% senior notes due 2024 (the "2024 Notes") and our 6.875% senior subordinated notes due 2019 (the "2019 Notes") contain covenants that, among other things, impose significant restrictions on our business. The restrictions that these covenants place on us and our restricted subsidiaries include limitations on our and their ability to, among other things:
incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;
create liens;

25



pay dividends, make investments or make other restricted payments;
sell assets;
use the proceeds of permitted sales of our assets;
merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
enter into transactions with our affiliates;
permit layering of debt (with regard to the 2019 Notes); and
designate subsidiaries as unrestricted.
In addition, our revolving credit agreement also contains financial covenants, including covenants requiring maintenance of a consolidated leverage ratio and a consolidated interest coverage ratio, calculated in accordance with the terms of the revolving credit agreement. A breach of any covenants under any one or more of these debt agreements could result in a default, which if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debts. In addition, any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to enter into certain types of transactions.
The contingent conversion features of our convertible notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition.
In August 2010, we issued $400 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2017 (the “Convertible Notes”). The Convertible Notes are convertible under certain circumstances, including the attainment of a last reported sale price per share of our common stock equal to 130% of the conversion price (approximately $79.72) for at least 20 trading days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.  Because our closing stock price has exceeded the 130% threshold in the fourth quarter of 2014, the Convertible Notes are currently convertible into shares of our common stock.  As a result, the Convertible Notes are classified as a current liability, which, in turn, has resulted in a material reduction of our net working capital. At this time, we have elected the net settlement method to satisfy the conversion obligation, under which we will settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes converted in cash and settle the excess conversion value in shares, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. While we believe we have sufficient liquidity to repay the principal amount due through a combination of our existing cash on hand, amounts available under our credit facility and, if necessary, amounts provided through the capital markets, our use of these funds could adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a further discussion regarding the conversion terms of the Convertible Notes.
The convertible note hedge transactions and warrant transactions entered into in connection with the issuance of our Convertible Notes may adversely affect the value of our common stock.
In connection with our issuance of the Convertible Notes, we entered into privately negotiated hedge transactions with two counterparties, which we refer to as the "hedge counterparties." The hedge transactions cover, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, the number of shares of our common stock that underlie the Convertible Notes and are expected to reduce the dilution with respect to our common stock and/or cash payments that we may be required to make upon conversion of the Convertible Notes. Separately, we also entered into privately negotiated warrant transactions relating to the same number of shares of our common stock with the hedge counterparties with a strike price of $74.648, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, pursuant to which we may be obligated to issue shares of our common stock. The warrant transactions could have a dilutive effect with respect to our common stock or, if we so elect, obligate us to make cash payments to the extent that the market price per share of our common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants on any expiration date of the warrants. In addition, under applicable accounting guidance, changes in the share price of our common stock can have a significant impact on the number of shares that we must include in the fully diluted earnings per share calculation with respect to the Convertible Notes and warrants, which, in turn, could impact our reported financial results. Based on the average market price of our common stock during 2014 , 1.9 million shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants were included in the total diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2014 . For additional information, see “Financing Arrangements” under Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

26



In connection with establishing their positions under the convertible note hedge transactions and the warrant transactions, the hedge counterparties (and/or their affiliates) entered into various cash-settled over-the-counter derivative transactions with respect to our common stock concurrently with, or shortly following, the pricing of the Convertible Notes. The hedge counterparties (and/or their affiliates) may, in their sole discretion, with or without notice, modify their hedge positions from time to time (and are likely to do so during any conversion period related to the conversion of the Convertible Notes) by entering into or unwinding various over-the-counter derivative transactions with respect to shares of our common stock, and/or by purchasing or selling shares of our common stock or Convertible Notes in privately negotiated transactions and/or open market transactions. The effect, if any, of these transactions and activities on the market price of our common stock will depend in part on market conditions and cannot be ascertained at this time, but any of these activities could adversely affect the value of our common stock.
We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the convertible note hedge transactions.
Each hedge counterparty is a financial institution or the affiliate of a financial institution, and we will be subject to the risk that one or more hedge counterparties may default under the Convertible Note hedge transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of each hedge counterparty is not secured by any collateral. If a hedge counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under the Convertible Note hedge transaction with that hedge counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, the increase in our exposure will be correlated to the increase in the market price of our common stock and in the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by a hedge counterparty, we may suffer adverse tax consequences and dilution with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of the hedge counterparties.
We may issue additional shares of our common stock or instruments convertible into our common stock, including in connection with conversions of our Convertible Notes, which could lower the price of our common stock.
We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock or other instruments convertible into our common stock. As of December 31, 2014 , we had outstanding approximately 41.4 million shares of our common stock, options to purchase approximately 1.2 million shares of our common stock (of which approximately 0.6 million were vested as of that date), approximately 0.3 million of restricted stock awards (which are expected to vest over the next three years) and approximately 20,000 shares of our common stock to be distributed from our deferred compensation plan. In addition, as of December 31, 2014 , 20.4 million shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options, upon conversion of the Convertible Notes and upon the exercise of the warrants issued in connection with the Convertible Notes. We cannot predict the size of future issuances or the effect, if any, that they may have on the market price for our common stock.
If we issue additional shares of our common stock or instruments convertible into our common stock, such issuances may materially and adversely affect the price of our common stock. Furthermore, the exercise of some or all of the outstanding stock options and warrants, and the conversion of some or all of the Convertible Notes may dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders, and any sales in the public market of such shares of our common stock issuable upon any exercise of stock options or warrants, or conversion of the Convertible Notes could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the issuance and sale, including through exercise of stock options and warrants, of substantial amounts of common stock or conversion of the Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.

27



Disruption of critical information systems or material breaches in the security of our systems may adversely affect our business and customer relationships.
We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information in our day-to-day operations. We also rely on our technology infrastructure, among other functions, to interact with customers and suppliers, fulfill orders and bill, collect and make payments, ship products, provide support to customers, fulfill contractual obligations and otherwise conduct business. Our internal information technology systems, as well as those systems maintained by third-party providers, may be subjected to computer viruses or other malicious codes, unauthorized access attempts, and cyber-attacks, any of which could result in data leaks or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations. Cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated and frequent, and there can be no assurance that our protective measures will prevent security breaches that could have a significant impact on our business, reputation and financial results. If we fail to monitor, maintain or protect our information technology systems and data integrity effectively or fail to anticipate, plan for or manage significant disruptions to these systems, we could, among other things, lose customers, have difficulty preventing fraud, have disputes with customers, physicians and other health care professionals, be subject to regulatory sanctions or penalties, incur expenses or lose revenues or suffer other adverse consequences.  Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
New regulations related to conflict minerals may increase our costs and adversely affect our business.
The SEC has promulgated rules under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as "conflict minerals," included in components of products either manufactured by public companies or for which public companies have contracted to manufacture. These rules require that we undertake due diligence efforts to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the “DRC”) or an adjoining country and whether such minerals helped finance armed conflict in the DRC. We filed our first conflict minerals report in June 2014. As discussed in the report, we have determined that certain of our products contain the specified minerals, and we are in the process of attempting to identify where such minerals originated.  We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the sources of the specified minerals used in our products. In addition, these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. Our customers may require our products be free of conflict minerals, and our revenues and margins may be adversely affected if we are unable to provide assurances to our customers that our products are “DRC conflict free” (generally, the product does not contain conflict minerals originating in the DRC or an adjoining country that directly or indirectly finance or benefit specified armed groups) due to, among other things, our inability to procure conflict free minerals at a reasonable price, or at all, or if we are unable to pass through any increased costs associated with meeting these demands.  We also may face reputational challenges if our due diligence efforts do not enable us to verify the origins of all conflict minerals or to determine that any conflict minerals used in products we manufacture or in products manufactured by others for us are DRC conflict-free.
Our operations expose us to the risk of material environmental liabilities.
We are subject to numerous foreign, federal, state and local environmental protection and health and safety laws governing, among other things:
the generation, storage, use and transportation of hazardous materials;
emissions or discharges of substances into the environment; and
the health and safety of our employees.
These laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. In 2014 , our costs related to compliance with, or liabilities under these laws totaled $1.3 million . We cannot provide assurance that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection and health and safety laws, or our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances, which may include claims for personal injury or cleanup, will not exceed our estimates or will not adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

28



Our workforce covered by collective bargaining and similar agreements could cause interruptions in our provision of products and services.
As of December 31, 2014 , approximately 8% of our employees in the United States and in other countries were covered by union contracts or collective-bargaining arrangements. In addition, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 , approximately 7% of our net revenues were generated by operations for which a significant part of our workforce is covered by collective bargaining agreements and similar agreements. It is likely that a portion of our workforce will remain covered by collective bargaining and similar agreements for the foreseeable future. Strikes or work stoppages could occur that would adversely impact our relationships with our customers and our ability to conduct our business.
We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the future.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, compliance with debt instruments, legal requirements and other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. We cannot assure you that our cash dividend will not be reduced, or eliminated, in the future.
Certain provisions of our corporate governing documents, Delaware law and our Convertible Notes could discourage, delay, or prevent a merger or acquisition.
Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could impede a merger, takeover or other business combination involving us or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock. For example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the number of shares in a series, the consideration, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, terms of redemption, conversion or exchange rights and voting rights, if any, of unissued series of preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders. Thus, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our common stock. We are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which imposes restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our common stock. These provisions could have the effect of delaying or deterring a third party from acquiring us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our stockholders, and accordingly could reduce the market price of our common stock.
Certain provisions in the Convertible Notes and the indentures governing the Convertible Notes, the 2024 Notes and the 2019 Notes could make it more difficult or more expensive for a third party to acquire us. For example, if an acquisition event constitutes a “fundamental change,” as defined in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes, holders of the Convertible Notes will have the right to require us to purchase their notes in cash. Similarly, if an acquisition event constitutes a “change of control” as defined in the indenture governing the 2024 Notes and the 2019 Notes, holders of such notes will have the right to require us to purchase their notes in cash. In addition, if an acquisition event constitutes a “make-whole fundamental change,” as defined in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes, we may be required, under certain circumstances, to increase the conversion rate for holders who convert their notes in connection with such acquisition event. In either case, and in other cases, our obligations under the Convertible Notes, the 2024 Notes and the 2019 Notes could increase the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party from acquiring us or removing incumbent management, and accordingly could reduce the market price of our common stock.
 
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.


29




ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
We own or lease approximately 82 properties consisting of plants, engineering and research centers, distribution warehouses, offices and other facilities. We believe that the properties are maintained in good operating condition and are suitable for their intended use. In general, our facilities meet current operating requirements for the activities currently conducted within the facilities.
Our major facilities (those with 50,000 or greater square feet) are as follows:
 
Location
 
Square
Footage
 
Owned or
Leased
Olive Branch, MS
 
627,000

 
Leased
Nuevo Laredo, Mexico
 
277,000

 
Leased
Asheboro, NC
 
204,000

 
Owned
Reading, PA
 
166,000

 
Owned
Morrisville, NC
 
162,000

 
Leased
Research Triangle Park, NC
 
147,000

 
Owned
Kernen, Germany
 
112,000

 
Leased
Zdar nad Sazavou, Czech Republic
 
108,000

 
Owned
Tongeren, Belgium
 
108,000

 
Leased
Kamunting, Malaysia
 
102,000

 
Owned
Tecate, Mexico
 
96,000

 
Leased
Chihuahua, Mexico
 
95,000

 
Leased
Hradec Kralove, Czech Republic
 
92,000

 
Owned
Chelmsford, MA
 
91,000

 
Leased
Kulim, Malaysia
 
90,000

 
Owned
Arlington Heights, IL
 
86,000

 
Leased
Wayne, PA
 
84,000

 
Leased
Kamunting, Malaysia
 
82,000

 
Leased
Kernan, Germany
 
73,000

 
Owned
Nuevo Laredo, Mexico
 
71,000

 
Leased
Jaffrey, NH
 
65,000

 
Leased
Chihuahua, Mexico
 
63,000

 
Leased
Everett, MA
 
56,000

 
Leased
Limerick, Ireland
 
55,000

 
Leased
Bad Liebenzell, Germany
 
53,000

 
Leased
Ramseur, NC
 
52,000

 
Leased
 
Operations in each of our business segments are conducted at locations both in and outside of the United States. With the exception of our Jaffrey, NH and Limerick, Ireland facilities, which are used solely for the OEM segment, our facilities generally serve more than one business segment and are often used for multiple purposes, such as administrative/sales, manufacturing and/or warehousing/distribution.

In addition to the properties listed above, we own or lease approximately 630,000 square feet of additional warehousing, manufacturing and office space located in the United States, Canada, Mexico, South America, Europe, Asia and Africa. We also own or lease properties that are no longer being used in our operations, which we are actively marketing for sale or sublease. At December 31, 2014 , two unused owned properties were classified as held for sale.


30




ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These lawsuits and claims include actions involving product liability and product warranty, intellectual property, contracts, employment and environmental matters. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , we have accrued liabilities of approximately $6.0 million and $6.8 million , respectively, in connection with these matters, representing our best estimate of the cost within the range of estimated possible loss that will be incurred to resolve these matters. Of the $6.0 million accrued at December 31, 2014 , $2.4 million pertains to discontinued operations. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, established reserves and other resources, we do not believe that any such actions are likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. However, in the event of unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters, if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

ITEM  4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

31



PART II

ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. under the symbol “TFX.” Our quarterly high and low stock prices and dividends for 2014 and 2013 are shown below.
Price Range and Dividends of Common Stock
2014
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividends
First Quarter
 
$
106.70

 
$
90.15

 
$
0.34

Second Quarter
 
$
109.73

 
$
99.56

 
$
0.34

Third Quarter
 
$
111.24

 
$
103.37

 
$
0.34

Fourth Quarter
 
$
119.99

 
$
101.95

 
$
0.34

2013
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividends
First Quarter
 
$
84.58

 
$
71.84

 
$
0.34

Second Quarter
 
$
87.46

 
$
73.83

 
$
0.34

Third Quarter
 
$
82.41

 
$
74.42

 
$
0.34

Fourth Quarter
 
$
99.13

 
$
81.05

 
$
0.34

 
The terms of our senior credit facility, 6.875% senior subordinated notes due 2019 and 5.25% senior notes due 2024 limit our ability to repurchase shares of our stock and pay cash dividends. Under the most restrictive of these provisions, on an annual basis $133.3 million of retained earnings was available for dividends and stock repurchases at December 31, 2014 . On February 18, 2015, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.34 per share on our common stock, which is payable on March 16, 2015 to holders of record on March 3, 2015. As of February 18, 2015, we had approximately 595 holders of record of our common stock.
On June 14, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of our outstanding common stock. Through December 31, 2014 , no shares have been purchased under this Board authorization. See “Stock Repurchase Programs” contained in “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this report for more information.

32



Stock Performance Graph
The following graph provides a comparison of five year cumulative total stockholder returns of Teleflex common stock, the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index. The annual changes for the five-year period shown on the graph are based on the assumption that $100 had been invested in Teleflex common stock and each index on December 31, 2009 and that all dividends were reinvested.
MARKET PERFORMANCE
Company / Index
 
2009

 
2010

 
2011

 
2012

 
2013

 
2014

Teleflex Incorporated
 
100

 
102

 
119

 
142

 
190

 
235

S&P 500 Index
 
100

 
115

 
117

 
136

 
180

 
205

S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index
 
100

 
97

 
97

 
113

 
144

 
182



33



ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial data in the following table includes the results of operations for acquired companies from the respective dates of acquisition.
 
 
2014 (2)
 
2013 (2)
 
2012 (2)
 
2011 (2)
 
2010
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
 
Statement of Income Data (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
1,839,832

 
$
1,696,271

 
$
1,551,009

 
$
1,492,528

 
$
1,397,722

 
Income (loss)  from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishments of debt and taxes
 
$
284,862

 
$
233,261

 
$
(97,375
)
(3)  
$
229,570

 
$
230,290

 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
 
$
191,460

 
$
152,183

 
$
(181,782
)
(3)  
$
119,322

 
$
87,672

(4)  
Amounts attributable to common shareholders for income (loss) from continuing operations
 
$
190,388

 
$
151,316

 
$
(182,737
)
(3)  
$
118,301

 
$
86,811

(4)  
Per Share Data (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations — basic
 
$
4.60

 
$
3.68

 
$
(4.47
)
 
$
2.92

 
$
2.18

(4)  
Income (loss) from continuing operations — diluted
 
$
4.10

 
$
3.46

 
$
(4.47
)
 
$
2.90

 
$
2.16

(4)  
Cash dividends
 
$
1.36

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.36

 
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
3,977,255

 
$
4,209,007

 
$
3,733,687

 
$
3,924,103

 
$
3,643,155

 
Long-term borrowings, less current portion
 
$
700,000

 
$
930,000

 
$
965,280

 
$
954,809

 
$
813,409

 
Shareholders’ equity
 
$
1,911,309

 
$
1,913,527

 
$
1,778,950

 
$
1,980,588

 
$
1,783,376

 
Statement of Cash Flows Data (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations
 
$
290,241

 
$
231,299

 
$
194,618

 
$
94,357

 
$
143,834

(6)  
Net cash (used in) provided by  investing activities from continuing operations
 
$
(108,137
)
 
$
(372,638
)
 
$
(368,258
)
 
$
306,670

 
$
152,138

 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities from continuing operations
 
$
(287,703
)
 
$
231,170

 
$
(65,653
)
 
$
(11,106
)
 
$
(335,499
)
 
Supplemental Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Free cash flow (5)
 
$
222,670

 
$
167,719

 
$
129,224

 
$
49,775

 
$
114,504

 
Certain financial information is presented on a rounded basis, which may cause minor differences.

(1)
Amounts exclude the impact of businesses presented in our consolidated financial results as discontinued operations. 
(2)
Amounts include the impact of businesses acquired during the period. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
(3)
Includes a pretax goodwill impairment charge of $332.1 million, or $315.1 million net of tax. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
(4)
Includes a $29.7 million, net of tax, or a $0.74 per share loss (basic and diluted) on extinguishments of debt.
(5)
Free cash flow is calculated by subtracting capital expenditures from cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations. Free cash flow is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. This financial measure is used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, and should not be considered a substitute for net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations, the most comparable GAAP financial measure. Management believes that free cash flow is a useful measure to investors because it facilitates an assessment of funds available to satisfy current and future obligations, pay dividends and fund acquisitions. We also use this financial measure for internal managerial purposes and to evaluate period-to-period comparisons. Free cash flow is not a measure of cash available for discretionary expenditures since we have certain non-discretionary obligations, such as debt service, that are not deducted from the measure. We strongly encourage investors to review our financial statements and publicly-filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. The following is a reconciliation of free cash flow to the most comparable GAAP measure.
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations
$
290,241

 
$
231,299

 
$
194,618

 
$
94,357

 
$
143,834

(6)  
Less: Capital expenditures
67,571

 
63,580

 
65,394

 
44,582

 
29,330

 
Free cash flow
$
222,670

 
$
167,719

 
$
129,224

 
$
49,775

 
$
114,504

 
 

(6)
2010 cash flow reflects the impact of a refund of $59.5 million of previously submitted estimated tax payments.

34



ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
We are a global provider of medical technology products that enhance clinical benefits, improve patient and provider safety and reduce total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and supply single-use medical devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in critical care and surgical applications. We market and sell our products to hospitals and healthcare providers worldwide through a combination of our direct sales force and distributors. Because our products are used in numerous markets and for a variety of procedures, we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure.
Effective January 1, 2014, we realigned our operating segments due to changes in our internal financial reporting structure. The North American Vascular, Anesthesia/Respiratory and Surgical businesses, which previously comprised much of the Americas operating segment, are now separate reportable segments. As a result, we now conduct our operations through six reportable segments: Vascular North America, Anesthesia/Respiratory North America, Surgical North America, EMEA, Asia and OEM. Certain operating segments are not material and are therefore included in the "All other" line item in tabular presentations of segment information. Additionally, we made changes to the allocation methodology for certain costs, including manufacturing variances and research and development costs, among the businesses to improve accountability, which resulted in changes to the previously reported segment profitability. All prior comparative periods have been restated to reflect these changes.
Since we became exclusively a medical device company in 2011, we have continued to expand our presence in the medical technology industry through strategic acquisitions. The following is a listing of the more significant acquisitions we completed in 2014 and 2013.
During 2014, we acquired:
l
Mayo Healthcare Pty Limited, ("Mayo Healthcare"), a distributor of medical devices and supplies primarily for the Australian market; and
l
the assets of Mini-Lap Technologies, Inc. ("Mini-Lap"), a developer of micro-laparoscopic instrumentation, which complements our surgical product portfolio.
During 2013, we acquired:
l
Vidacare Corporation (“Vidacare”), a provider of intraosseous, or inside the bone, access devices, which complements the vascular access and specialty product portfolios;
l
the assets of Ultimate Medical Pty. Ltd. and its affiliates (“Ultimate”), a supplier of airway management devices with a variety of laryngeal mask airways and other related products, which complement our anesthesia product portfolio; and
l
Eon Surgical, Ltd., a developer of a minimally invasive microlaparoscopy surgical platform technology designed to enhance a surgeon’s ability to perform scarless surgery while producing better patient outcomes, which complements our surgical product portfolio.

We may be required to pay contingent consideration in connection with some of the acquisitions listed above. The amount of contingent consideration we ultimately will pay will be based upon the achievement of specified objectives, including regulatory approvals, sales targets and the passage of time. For additional information on these acquisitions and the related contingent consideration arrangements, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


35



Health Care Reform

On March 23, 2010 the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (as amended, the "Affordable Care Act") was signed into law. This legislation significantly impacts our business. For medical device companies such as Teleflex, the expansion of medical insurance coverage should lead to greater utilization of the products we manufacture, but this legislation also contains provisions designed to contain the cost of healthcare, which could negatively affect pricing of our products. The overall impact of the Affordable Care Act on our business is yet to be determined, mainly due to uncertainties around future customer behaviors, which we believe will be affected by reimbursement factors such as insurance coverage statistics, patient outcomes and patient satisfaction.

In addition, the Affordable Care Act imposed a 2.3% excise tax on sales of medical devices, beginning in 2013. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , we paid medical device excise taxes of $12.7 million and $11.5 million , respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Global Economic Conditions

Global economic conditions in recent years have had adverse impacts on market activities including, among other things, failure of financial institutions, falling asset values, diminished liquidity, reduced demand for products and services and significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. In response, we adjusted production levels and engaged in new restructuring activities. We continue to review and evaluate our manufacturing, warehousing and distribution processes to maximize efficiencies through the elimination of redundancies in our operations and the consolidation of facilities. Although, on a consolidated basis, the economic conditions did not have a significant adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, healthcare policies and practice trends vary by country, and the impact of the global economic downturn was felt to varying degrees in each of our regional markets over the last several years. The continuation of the present broad economic trends of weak economic growth, constricted credit, public sector austerity measures in response to public budget deficits and foreign currency volatility, particularly the euro, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our liquidity.

Hospitals in some regions of the United States experienced a decline in admissions, a weaker payor mix, and a reduction in elective procedures.  Consequently, hospitals took actions to reduce their costs, including limiting their capital spending. More recently, the economic environment has improved somewhat, but has not returned to pre-recession levels, and challenges persist, particularly in some European countries, as discussed below. Approximately 94% of our net revenues come from single-use products primarily used in critical care and surgical applications, and our sales volume could be negatively impacted if hospital admission rates or payor mix change as a result of continuing higher than normal unemployment rates (and subsequent loss of insurance coverage by consumers). Conversely, our sales volume could be positively impacted due to increases in the number of insured individuals as a result of the Affordable Care Act, which has had the effect of facilitating medical insurance coverage for many persons who previously were not covered.  

Europe continues to contend with considerable government debt and annual deficits, high levels of unemployment and the risk of deflation. These factors have resulted in austerity programs that have affected the healthcare sector in European countries. These austerity programs have resulted in delays in elective surgeries in a number of countries and reductions in health budgets. It is likely that funding for publicly funded healthcare institutions will continue to be affected if governments make further spending adjustments and enact healthcare reform measures to lower overall healthcare costs. The public healthcare systems in certain countries in Western Europe, most notably Greece, Spain, Portugal and Italy, have experienced significantly reduced liquidity due to recessionary conditions, which has resulted in a slowdown in payments to us. The slowdown has continued to affect the timing of collections from these customers.
In Asia, recovery from the global recession has varied by country. China announced plans for major healthcare investment directed to second tier cities (newer cities resulting from China's urbanization of the north and west regions of the country) and hospitals, which may provide future growth opportunities for us. Despite these growth opportunities, distributor sales to third parties slowed in 2014, particularly in China, which could have an impact on this future growth. Additionally, slow economic growth and continued pursuit of reimbursement cuts by the public hospital sector in Japan is expected to limit growth in that market.
In Latin America, some highly regulated economies such as Argentina and Venezuela have experienced unusually high inflation rates and weakening currencies. This has impacted the budgets of the public healthcare systems resulting in delays in the importation of medical devices. Although not a significant portion of our business, our operations in this region may be impacted by these factors.

36



Results of Operations
The following comparisons exclude the impact of discontinued operations (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for discussion of discontinued operations). Certain financial information is presented on a rounded basis, which may cause minor differences.
Revenues
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net Revenues
$
1,839.8

 
$
1,696.3

 
$
1,551.0


Comparison of 2014 and 2013
Net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased 8.5% to $1,839.8 million from $1,696.3 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2013. The $143.5 million increase in net revenues is largely due to the businesses acquired during 2013 and 2014, which generated net revenues of $98.6 million, including $79.9 million, $16.6 million and $2.2 million generated by Vidacare, Mayo Healthcare and Ultimate, respectively. Net revenues further benefited from price increases of $23.9 million, primarily in the Asia, EMEA and Surgical North America segments, new product sales of $14.8 million, primarily in the EMEA, Anesthesia/Respiratory North America, Vascular North America and Asia segments and higher sales volume of $12.3 million, primarily in the OEM and EMEA segments. These increases were partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $6.2 million, lower sales volumes in Anesthesia/Respiratory North America and Asia segments and price reductions in the OEM segment.
Comparison of 2013 and 2012
Net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 9.4% to $1,696.3 million from $1,551.0 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The $145.3 million increase in net revenues is largely due to the businesses acquired during 2012 and 2013, which generated net revenues of approximately $121.1 million in 2013, including approximately $110.3 million generated by the assets we acquired in 2012 from LMA International, N.V. (referred to below as "LMA" or the "LMA business"). Net revenues further benefited from new products of $19.2 million, primarily in the Vascular North America, Anesthesia/Respiratory North America, EMEA and OEM segments, price increases of $15.2 million in the Surgical North America, Vascular North America, EMEA and Asia segments, higher sales volume of $9.3 million and $1.3 million in Asia and EMEA, respectively, and the $5.7 million favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates. These increases were partly offset by aggregate lower sales volume of $14.7 million primarily in Anesthesia/Respiratory North America, Surgical North America and Vascular North America and lower OEM sales volumes of $11.8 million, primarily due to lower sales of catheters and performance fibers.
Gross profit
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
Gross profit
$
942.4

 
$
838.9

 
$
748.2

Percentage of revenues
51.2
%
 
49.5
%
 
48.2
%
Comparison of 2014 and 2013
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, gross profit as a percentage of revenues increased 170 basis points compared to the corresponding prior year period. The increase is primarily due to increased sales from higher margin Vidacare products, margin increases in Asia resulting from sales of Mayo Healthcare products, price increases in Asia, EMEA and Surgical North America, and increased sales of higher margin new products, primarily in the EMEA, Vascular North America and Anesthesia/Respiratory North America segments. These improvements in gross profit were partially offset by higher raw materials and manufacturing costs and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates.

37



Comparison of 2013 and 2012
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, gross profit as a percentage of revenues increased 130 basis points compared to the corresponding prior year period. The increase is principally due to the inclusion of higher margin sales from the LMA and Vidacare businesses, price increases in Surgical North America, Vascular North America, EMEA and Asia, new products in Vascular North America, Anesthesia/Respiratory North America, Surgical North America, EMEA and OEM, manufacturing efficiencies in EMEA and OEM and the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates. These benefits were partly offset by higher warehousing and freight costs in Vascular North America, EMEA and Asia and lower sales volumes in Anesthesia/Respiratory North America, Surgical North America, Vascular North America and OEM. In addition, gross profit in the 2012 period was adversely affected by inventory write-offs for excess, slow moving and damaged product in Asia.
Selling, general and administrative
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
Selling, general and administrative
$
578.7

 
$
502.2

 
$
454.5

Percentage of revenues
31.5
%
 
29.6
%
 
29.3
%
Comparison of 2014 and 2013
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $76.5 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2013. The increase is primarily due to $35.4 million of expenses associated with acquired businesses, primarily Vidacare, Mayo Healthcare and Ultimate, $13.8 million of higher sales expense, primarily related to an increase in sales commissions, higher amortization expense of $10.5 million, the majority of which relates to the amortization of Vidacare intangibles, $5.4 million of higher general and administrative costs primarily due to increases in employee related expenses, higher depreciation expense of $2.2 million, resulting from a reduction in the estimated useful life of an administrative building and certain related assets, $1.7 million of higher IT related costs primarily associated with the ongoing maintenance of enterprise resource planning software systems, partially offset by the $3.2 million favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates which caused a reduction of expenses.  In addition, the benefit from contingent consideration reserve reductions for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 was $4.9 million lower than the benefit realized in the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.
Comparison of 2013 and 2012
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $47.7 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The increase is largely due to $36.4 million of expenses associated with acquired businesses, including $29.6 million in expenses associated with the LMA business, $11.5 million in excise taxes on the sale of medical devices imposed by the Affordable Care Act, higher employee related expenses, $4.2 million in increased costs associated with the conversion of several of our locations to a new ERP system, acquisition costs of $3.2 million primarily related to the acquisition of Vidacare, $5.8 million of higher legal costs due to the accrual for loss contingencies to reflect litigation developments, including a verdict against us with respect to a non-operating joint venture, and professional fees and a $1.1 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates. The increases were partly offset by an aggregate of $12.3 million in reversals of contingent consideration related to the acquisitions of Hotspur Technologies Inc. ("Hotspur") ($8.5 million), Semprus BioSciences Corp. (“Semprus”) ($2.4 million) and the assets of Axiom Technology Partners LLP (“Axiom”) ($1.4 million) after determining that conditions for the payment of certain contingent consideration would not be satisfied. Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2012 also reflected the loss of $7.6 million from foreign currency forward exchange contracts entered into in connection with the acquisition of the LMA business.


38



Research and development
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
Research and development
$
61.0

 
$
65.0

 
$
56.3

Percentage of revenues
3.3
%
 
3.8
%
 
3.6
%
Comparison of 2014 and 2013
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, research and development expenses decreased 6.2% compared to the corresponding prior year period. The decrease is primarily due to higher research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting from new activity with respect to businesses acquired in 2012 as well as efficiencies obtained through integrating certain projects into our existing structure.
Comparison of 2013 and 2012
The increase in research and development expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding prior year period is primarily due to the new activity with respect to businesses acquired in 2012.
Goodwill impairment
In the first quarter of 2012, we changed our former North America reporting unit structure from a single reporting unit to five reporting units comprised of Vascular, Anesthesia/Respiratory, Cardiac, Surgical and Specialty. We allocated the assets and liabilities of our former North America segment among the new reporting units based on their respective operating activities, and then allocated goodwill among the reporting units using a relative fair value approach, as required by FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350.
Following this allocation, we performed goodwill impairment tests on these new reporting units. As a result of these tests, we determined that three of the reporting units in our former North America segment were impaired, and, in the first quarter of 2012, we recorded aggregate goodwill impairment charges of $332 million, consisting of $220 million in our Vascular reporting unit, $107 million in our Anesthesia/Respiratory reporting unit and $5 million in our Cardiac reporting unit in the first quarter of 2012.
We did not record any goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
Restructuring and other impairment charges
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
2014 Manufacturing footprint realignment plan
$
9.3

 
$

 
$

2014 European restructuring plan
7.8

 

 

Other 2014 restructuring programs
3.6

 

 

2013 restructuring charges
0.8

 
10.2

 

LMA restructuring program
(3.3
)
 
12.2

 
2.5

2012 restructuring charges
(0.3
)
 
4.2

 
2.4

2011 restructuring program

 
0.8

 

2007 Arrow integration program

 
0.2

 
(1.9
)
In-process research and development impairment

 
7.4

 

Long-lived asset impairment

 
3.5

 

Total
$
17.9

 
$
38.5

 
$
3.0


39



2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan
In April 2014, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan (the "2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan") that involves the consolidation of operations and a related reduction in workforce at certain facilities, and the relocation of manufacturing operations from certain higher-cost locations to existing lower-cost locations. These actions commenced in the second quarter 2014 and are expected to be substantially completed by the end of 2017. We estimate that we will incur aggregate pre-tax charges in connection with the 2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan of approximately $37 million to $44 million, of which we expect $26 million to $31 million will result in cash outlays. Additionally, we expect to incur aggregate capital expenditures of approximately $24 million to $30 million under the restructuring plan. Our prior estimate with respect to the amount of charges we expected to incur was $42 million to $53 million and our prior estimate of cash outlays we expect to make was $32 million to $40 million. The reduction in expected costs and cash outlays was based on our incurrence of lower than anticipated costs in connection with the initial phases of the program and the refinement, based on experrience to date, of our estimates with respect to future costs to be incurred in connection with the transfer of operations under the program.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 , we recorded expenses of $14.2 million related to the 2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan. Of this amount, $9.3 million related to termination benefits and was recorded as restructuring expense and $4.9 million related to accelerated depreciation and certain other costs resulting from the plan and was recorded as cost of sales. As of December 31, 2014 , we have a reserve of $9.1 million in connection with this program.  Additionally, we incurred $6.4 million of capital expenditures and expended $3.1 million in cash outlays for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 related to this plan.
We currently expect that we will begin to realize savings related to this plan beginning in 2015, and expect that we will achieve annualized savings of $28 million to $35 million once the restructuring plan is fully implemented.
2014 European Restructuring Plan
In February 2014, we committed to a restructuring plan (the "2014 European Restructuring Plan"), which impacts certain administrative functions in Europe and involves the consolidation of operations and a related reduction in workforce at certain of our European facilities. We recorded charges of $7.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 related to this program, primarily pertaining to termination benefits. We expect future restructuring expenses associated with the 2014 European Restructuring Plan, if any, to be nominal. As of December 31, 2014 , we have a reserve of $0.4 million in connection with this program.  We expect to realize annual pre-tax savings in the range of $8 million to $9 million by the end of 2015 when these restructuring actions are complete.
Other 2014 Restructuring Programs
In June 2014, we initiated programs to consolidate locations in Australia and terminate certain European distributor agreements in an effort to reduce costs. As a result of these programs, we estimate that we will incur an aggregate of approximately $4 million in restructuring charges over the term of these restructuring programs, of which $3.6 million was incurred through December 31, 2014. These programs include employee termination benefits, contract termination costs and other exit costs. We expect to realize annual pre-tax savings in the range of $4 to $5 million by the end of 2015 when these restructuring actions are complete. As of December 31, 2014, we have a reserve of $0.9 million in connection with these programs.  
2013 Restructuring Charges
In 2013, we initiated restructuring programs to consolidate administrative and manufacturing facilities in North America and warehouse facilities in Europe and terminate certain European distributor agreements in an effort to reduce costs. We estimate that we will incur between $11 million and $12 million in aggregate restructuring charges over the term of these programs, of which $11 million was incurred through December 31, 2014. Of this amount, $5.3 million relates to employee termination costs, $3.5 million relates to termination of certain distributor agreements and $2.1 million relates to facility closure and other exit costs. As of December 31, 2014 , we had a reserve of $0.9 million in connection with these projects. We expect to realize annual pre-tax savings in the range of $11 million to $13 million by the end of 2015, when we anticipate that these programs will have been completed.

40



LMA Restructuring Program
In connection with the acquisition of all of the assets of LMA International N.V. (the "LMA business") in 2012, we formulated a plan related to the future integration of LMA with our businesses. The integration plan, which commenced in 2012, focused on the closure of the LMA business' corporate functions and the consolidation of manufacturing, sales, marketing, and distribution functions in North America, Europe and Asia. $11.4 million has been charged to restructuring and other impairment charges over the term of this program. Of this amount, $5.5 million related to employee termination costs, $5.0 million related to termination of certain distributor agreements and $0.9 million related to facility closure and other costs. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 , we recorded a net credit of $3.3 million primarily resulting from the reversal of contract termination costs due to the favorable settlement of a terminated distributor agreement. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, we incurred restructuring charges of $12.2 million under this program primarily related to employee termination benefits and contract termination costs. As of December 31, 2014 , we had a reserve of $0.2 million in connection with this program.  We expect future restructuring expenses associated with the LMA restructuring program, if any, to be nominal. We anticipate realizing annual pre-tax savings of approximately $20 million by the end of 2015, when we expect this program to be completed.  
2012 Restructuring Charges
In 2012, we initiated a program to improve the effectiveness of our supply chain by consolidating our three North American warehouses into one centralized warehouse, and to lower costs and improve operating efficiencies through the termination of certain distributor agreements in Europe, the closure of certain North American facilities and workforce reductions. We have incurred an aggregate of approximately $6.3 million over the term of this program. We expect future restructuring expenses associated with this restructuring program, if any, to be nominal. As of December 31, 2014, we had a reserve of $0.6 million in connection with these projects. We expect to complete this program in 2015.
2011 Restructuring Program
In 2011, we initiated a restructuring program at three facilities to consolidate operations and reduce costs. Over the term of this program, which was completed in 2013, we recorded restructuring costs of $3.8 million related to contract termination costs, employee termination benefits, and facility closure costs.
2007 Arrow Integration Program
In connection with the acquisition of Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow”) in 2007, we formulated a plan to integrate Arrow's business with our other businesses. Costs related to actions that affected legacy Teleflex employees and facilities were charged to earnings and included in restructuring and other impairment charges within the consolidated statement of operations. In 2012 we reversed approximately $2.0 million of contract termination costs primarily as a result of a settlement of a dispute involving the termination of a European distributor agreement that was established in connection with our acquisition of Arrow. The integration program was completed during 2013.
Impairment Charges
In-process research and development impairments
In the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded a $2.9 million in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) charge after we made the decision to abandon a research and development project associated with our vascular business.
In the first quarter of 2013, we recorded a $4.5 million IPR&D charge pertaining to a research and development project associated with our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Axiom Technology Partners LLC because technological feasibility had not yet been achieved and we determined that the subject technology had no future alternative use.
Long-lived asset impairment
In the third quarter of 2013, we recorded $3.5 million in impairment charges related to assets held for sale that had a carrying value in excess of their appraised fair value.  
For additional information regarding our restructuring programs and impairment charges, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

41



Interest income and expense
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
Interest expense
$
65.5

 
$
56.9

 
$
69.6

Average interest rate on debt during the year
4.10
%
 
3.92
%
 
4.15
%
Interest income
$
(0.7
)
 
$
(0.6
)
 
$
(1.6
)
 
Interest expense increased for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, compared to the corresponding period in 2013, due to an increase of $96 million in average outstanding debt and an increase of 18 basis points in the average interest rate on outstanding debt during 2014.

Interest expense decreased for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to the corresponding period in 2012, primarily because 2012 interest expense included amortization expense related to our termination of an interest rate swap (approximately $11.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012).  We terminated our agreement related to the interest rate swap, covering a notional amount of $350 million, in 2011. The unrealized losses within accumulated other comprehensive income associated with our interest rate swap were reclassified into our statement of income (loss) during 2012.
Loss on extinguishments of debt
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
Loss on extinguishments of debt
$

 
$
1.3

 
$

 
During the third quarter of 2013, we refinanced our $775.0 million senior credit facility, which was comprised of a $375.0 million term loan and a $400.0 million revolving credit facility with a new $850.0 million senior credit facility consisting solely of a revolving credit facility. In connection with the refinancing, we recognized debt extinguishment costs of $1.3 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs resulting from the early repayment of the $375.0 million term loan. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.  
Taxes on income from continuing operations
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Effective income tax rate
13.0
%
 
13.4
%
 
(9.9
)%
The effective income tax rate in 2014 was 13.0% compared to 13.4% in 2013. Taxes on income from continuing operations in 2014 were $28.7 million compared to $23.5 million in 2013. The effective income tax rate for 2014 was impacted by a benefit from a shift in the mix of income to jurisdictions with lower statutory tax rates, tax benefits associated with U.S. federal tax return filings and, although to a lesser extent than 2013, the realization of net tax benefits resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitation for U.S. state and foreign matters.
The effective income tax rate in 2013 was 13.4% compared to (9.9)% in 2012. Taxes on income from continuing operations in 2013 were $23.5 million compared to $16.4 million in 2012. The effective income tax rate for 2013 was impacted by the realization of net tax benefits resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitation for U.S. federal and state and for foreign matters, tax benefits associated with U.S. and foreign tax return filings and the realization of tax benefits resulting from the resolution of a foreign tax matter. The effective income tax rate for 2012 was impacted by a $332 million goodwill impairment charge recorded in the first quarter 2012, for which only $45 million was tax deductible.

42



Segment Results
Segment Net Revenues
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
% Increase/(Decrease)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014 vs 2013
 
2013 vs 2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Vascular North America
$
259.2

 
$
231.1

 
$
222.7

 
12.2

 
3.8

Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
222.6

 
228.5

 
180.4

 
(2.6
)
 
26.7

Surgical North America
150.1

 
146.1

 
143.9

 
2.8

 
1.5

EMEA
593.1

 
557.4

 
510.3

 
6.4

 
9.2

Asia
237.7

 
207.2

 
173.7

 
14.7

 
19.3

OEM
144.0

 
131.2

 
140.2

 
9.8

 
(6.5
)
All other
233.1

 
194.8

 
179.8

 
19.7

 
8.3

Segment Net Revenues
$
1,839.8

 
$
1,696.3

 
$
1,551.0

 
8.5

 
9.4

Segment Operating Profit
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
% Increase/(Decrease)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014 vs 2013
 
2013 vs 2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Vascular North America
$
41.1

 
$
23.8

 
$
26.1

 
72.6

 
(8.6
)
Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
26.6

 
21.9

 
14.0

 
21.3

 
56.0

Surgical North America
49.6

 
50.4

 
50.6

 
(1.5
)
 
(0.6
)
EMEA
114.6

 
87.9

 
65.8

 
30.4

 
33.5

Asia
62.2

 
63.8

 
52.5

 
(2.6
)
 
21.5

OEM
30.6

 
27.3

 
31.7

 
12.1

 
(13.7
)
All other
40.5

 
27.2

 
18.8

 
48.9

 
44.9

Segment Operating Profit (1)
$
365.2

 
$
302.3

 
$
259.5

 
20.8

 
16.5

 
(1)
See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of segment operating profit to our consolidated income/(loss) from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishments of debt and taxes.


Comparison of 2014 and 2013
Vascular North America
Vascular North America net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased $28.1 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 12.2%. The increase is primarily due to Vidacare product sales of $23.5 million, increases in sales volumes of existing products of $2.8 million and new product sales of $2.5 million, which were partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $0.8 million.
Vascular North America operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased $17.3 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 72.6%. The increase was primarily due to operating profit generated by Vidacare product sales, higher sales volume of existing products, increases in sales of higher margin existing and new products and lower research and development expenses. These increases were partially offset by higher sales commissions and administrative expenses.

43



Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
Anesthesia/Respiratory North America net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 decreased $5.9 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, a decrease of 2.6%. The decrease is primarily attributable to declines in sales volumes of existing products of $9.7 million and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $0.6 million, which were partially offset by new product sales of $3.5 million and price increases of $0.9 million.
Anesthesia/Respiratory North America operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased $4.7 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 21.3%. The increase is primarily attributable to sales of higher margin existing and new products, price increases, lower manufacturing costs including warehouse and freight charges and lower general and administrative expenses as a result of the continued integration of our LMA business. The increase was partially offset by lower sales volume of existing products.
Surgical North America
Surgical North America net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased $4.0 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 2.8%. The increase is primarily attributable to price increases of $3.4 million, increased sales volumes of existing products of $0.9 million and new product sales of $0.8 million, partially offset by an unfavorable impact of foreign currency of $1.0 million.
Surgical North America operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 decreased $0.8 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, a decrease of 1.5%. The decrease is primarily due to higher marketing and sales expenses and a lower benefit from reductions in contingent consideration as compared to the prior period, partially offset by improved pricing, increased sales of higher margin products and lower manufacturing costs.
EMEA
EMEA net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased $35.7 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 6.4%. The increase is primarily attributable to Vidacare product sales of $18.4 million, increases in sales volumes of existing products of $7.1 million, new product sales of $4.6 million, $3.7 million resulting from our conversions from distributor sales to direct sales conversions (referred to below as "distributor-to-direct conversions") in several countries and the favorable impact foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations of $1.8 million.
EMEA operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased $26.7 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 30.4%. The increase is primarily attributable to higher margin Vidacare product sales, lower manufacturing costs, higher sales volume of existing products, sales margin increases resulting from our distributor-to-direct sales conversions in several countries as well increased sales of higher margin new and existing products, lower research and development and marketing expenses resulting from the 2014 European Restructuring Plan and the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, which were partially offset by higher information technology and general and administrative expenses.
Asia
Asia net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased $30.5 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 14.7%. The increase is primarily attributable to new revenues generated from recent acquisitions, including $16.6 million, $2.2 million and $2.0 million generated by sales of Mayo Healthcare, Vidacare and Ultimate products, respectively. The change in net revenues also reflects price increases of $16.8 million, primarily related to our distributor-to-direct sales conversions, and new product sales of $1.5 million. These increases in net revenues were partially offset by a $5.2 million decline in sales volume of existing products, and unfavorable foreign exchange rate fluctuations of $3.8 million. We continue to monitor the inventory levels at some of our Asian distributors, particularly in China, due to a recent decline in their sales to third parties, which could adversely impact our future results.
Asia operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 decreased $1.6 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, a decrease of 2.6%. The decrease is primarily attributable to higher marketing and general and administrative expenses, principally due to an increase in personnel to support growth within the segment and lower sales volume of existing products, higher manufacturing costs and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, partially offset by operating profit generated by the acquired businesses including, Mayo Healthcare, Ultimate and Vidacare, price increases and increase sales of higher margin products.

44



OEM
OEM net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased $12.8 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 9.8%. The increase is primarily attributable to increased sales volume of existing products of $14.8 million and new product sales of $0.9 million, which were partially offset by price declines of $2.8 million.
OEM operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased $3.3 million compared to the corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 12.1%. The increase is primarily attributable to higher sales volume of existing products and lower manufacturing costs, partially offset by price reductions, lower sales of higher margin existing products and higher general and administrative expenses.
All Other
The increase in net revenues for our other businesses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 compared to the corresponding period in 2013 primarily reflects sales of Vidacare products, and to a lesser extent, increases in price and sales volume of existing products in Latin America partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
The increase in operating profit for our other businesses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 compared to the corresponding period in 2013 was primarily due to Vidacare product sales. The operating profit increase was partially offset by higher sales expense and lower benefits from the reduction of contingent consideration compared to prior period.
 
Comparison of 2013 and 2012
Vascular North America
Vascular North America net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased $8.4 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, an increase of 3.8% . The increase was primarily due to new product sales of $7.7 million, businesses acquired in 2013, which added $2.4 million and price increases of $2.3 million. These increases in net revenues were partly offset by decreases in sales volume of existing products of $3.7 million and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $0.3 million.
Vascular North America operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 decreased $2.2 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, a decrease of 8.6% . The decrease was primarily due to the decline in sales volume of existing products, higher warehouse and freight costs, a decrease in sales of higher margin products and the excise tax associated with the Affordable Care Act, partially offset by an increase in sales of new products, price increases and operating profit generated from businesses acquired in 2013.
Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
Anesthesia/Respiratory North America net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased $48.1 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, an increase of 26.7% . The increase was primarily due to LMA product sales of $52.0 million and new product sales of $3.0 million, partially offset by lower sales volume of $6.9 million.
Anesthesia/Respiratory North America operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased $7.9 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, an increase of 56.0% . The increase was primarily due to operating profit generated by LMA product sales and an increase in sales of new products, partially offset by the decline in sales volume of existing products, higher raw material and manufacturing costs and the excise tax associated with the Affordable Care Act.
Surgical North America
Surgical North America net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased $2.2 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, an increase of 1.5% . The increase was primarily due to price increases of $4.4 million and sales of new products of $1.3 million, partially offset by a decline in sales volume of existing products of $2.7 million and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $0.5 million.

45



Surgical North America operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 decreased $0.2 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, a decrease of 0.6% . The decrease was primarily due to a decline in volume of sales of existing products and the excise tax associated with the Affordable Care Act, partially offset by improved pricing, sales of higher margin products and the favorable impact from the reversal of contingent consideration related to our Axiom acquisition.
EMEA
EMEA net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased $47.1 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, an increase of 9.2% . The increase was primarily due to businesses acquired in 2012 and 2013, which added net revenues of $25.6 million, including $24.2 million generated by the LMA business; the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $11.6 million, price increases of $5.7 million, including increases resulting from distributor-to-direct conversions, new product sales of $2.9 million and higher sales volume of existing products of $1.3 million.
EMEA segment operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased $22.1 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, an increase of 33.5% . The increase in operating profit reflects lower manufacturing costs due to improved absorption and lower overhead costs as a result of process improvements, margin improvements driven by price increases resulting from distributor-to-direct conversions, as well as other price increases, the operating profit generated by the businesses acquired, primarily the LMA business, partially offset by higher research and development costs related to the Semprus acquisition, the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates and lower material costs. These increases in operating profit were partly offset by higher warehousing and freight costs, including costs to consolidate a distribution facility in France. In 2012, EMEA segment operating profit was adversely impacted by a loss from foreign currency forward exchange contracts entered into in anticipation of the acquisition of the LMA business.
Asia
Asia net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased $33.5 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, an increase of 19.3% . The increase was primarily due to $28.3 million of net revenues generated by the businesses acquired in 2012 and 2013, including $25.6 million generated by the LMA business, volume increases of $9.3 million (volume increases in China and Southeast Asia were largely offset by lower volumes in Japan), price increases of $1.1 million and new product sales of $0.3 million. These increases were partly offset by the $5.5 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates.
Asia segment operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased $11.3 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, an increase of 21.5% . The increase in segment operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 was due to the operating profit generated by the businesses acquired in 2012 and 2013, primarily the LMA business, higher sales volume and price increases, partly offset by higher warehouse and freight costs associated with the volume gains in China and Southeast Asia, higher raw material costs in Japan and an unfavorable impact from foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, Asia segment operating profit was adversely affected by inventory write-offs for excess, slow moving and damaged product.
OEM
OEM net revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 decreased $9.0 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012, a decrease of 6.5% . The decrease was due to a decline in sales volume of $11.8 million, primarily due to a decline in sales of catheter and performance fiber products, and price decreases of $0.4 million offset by new product sales of $2.4 million and the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $0.8 million.
OEM segment operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 decreased $4.3 million compared to the corresponding period in 2012. a decrease of 13.7% . The decrease is due to lower volumes partly offset by lower manufacturing and operating costs.

46



All Other
The increases in net revenues for our other businesses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012 was primarily due to sales of LMA products, sales from businesses acquired in 2013, price increases and new product sales, partially offset by lower sales volume of existing products.
The increases in operating profit for our other businesses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the corresponding period in 2012 was primarily due to operating profit generated by the LMA business and businesses acquired in 2013, improved pricing and an increase in sales of higher margin products, partially offset by higher manufacturing costs and lower sales volume of existing products.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources
We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. Our principal source of liquidity is operating cash flows. In addition to operating cash flows, other significant factors that affect our overall management of liquidity include: capital expenditures, acquisitions, pension funding, dividends, taxes, scheduled principal and interest payments with respect to outstanding indebtedness, adequacy of available bank lines of credit and access to capital markets.
We believe our cash flow from operations, available cash and cash equivalents, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and sales of accounts receivable under our securitization program will enable us to fund our operating requirements, capital expenditures and debt obligations for the next twelve months and the foreseeable future.
To date, we have not experienced significant payment defaults by our customers and we have sufficient lending commitments in place to enable us to fund our anticipated additional operating needs. However, as discussed above in Global Economic Conditions, although there have been recent improvements in certain countries, global financial markets remain volatile and the global credit markets are constrained, which creates risk that our customers and suppliers may be unable to access liquidity. Consequently, we continue to monitor our credit risk, particularly related to customers in Europe. As of December 31, 2014 , our net receivables from publicly funded hospitals in Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece were $46.9 million compared to $63.1 million as of December 31, 2013 . For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , net revenues from customers in these countries was approximately 8% , 8% and 9% , respectively, of total net revenues, and average days that current and long-term accounts receivable were outstanding were 223 , 260 and 288 days, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , net current and long-term accounts receivables from these countries were approximately 27% and 31% , respectively, of our consolidated net current and long-term accounts receivables. If economic conditions in these countries deteriorate, we may experience significant credit losses related to the public hospital systems in these countries. Moreover, if global economic conditions generally deteriorate, we may experience further delays in customer payments, reductions in our customers’ purchases and higher credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows in 2015 and future years. See "Critical Accounting Estimates" below for additional information regarding the critical accounting estimates related to our accounts receivable.
During 2014, we acquired Mayo Healthcare Pty Limited, a distributor of medical devices and supplies primarily in the Australian market which provides distribution for our Asia segment. Additionally, the acquisition of the assets of Mini-Lap Technologies, Inc., a developer of micro-laparoscopic instrumentation, provides new products for our Surgical North America segment. The aggregate total fair value of consideration for these acquisitions is estimated at $66.3 million . See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our acquisitions.
During 2013, we completed the acquisitions of Vidacare Corporation and Ultimate Medical Pty. Ltd., whose products complement our vascular, anesthesia and specialty product portfolios, and Eon Surgical, Ltd, whose technology complements the surgical product portfolio.  The aggregate consideration paid for these acquisitions was $307.0 million. We funded these acquisitions through borrowings under our senior credit facility. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our acquisitions.

47



During 2014, we issued $250 million of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2024 (the "2024 Notes"), and used the $245.0 million net proceeds of the sale of the 2024 Notes to repay borrowings under our senior credit facility. We pay interest on the 2024 Notes semi-annually on June 15 and December 15, at a rate of 5.25% per year. We incurred transaction fees of approximately $4.5 million, including underwriters' discounts and commissions, in connection with the offering of the 2024 Notes. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the notes.
During 2013, we refinanced our senior credit facility, replacing our $375.0 million term loan and $400.0 million revolving credit facility with an $850.0 million dollar revolving credit facility. We used borrowings under the new revolving credit facility to pay down the $375 million principal on the term loan and to fund the related refinancing costs of $6.4 million. The new $850 million senior credit facility bears interest at an applicable rate elected by us equal to either the “base rate” (the greater of either the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, the prime rate or one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus an applicable margin of 0.25% to 1.00%, or a “LIBOR rate” for the period corresponding to the applicable interest period of the borrowings plus an applicable margin of 1.25% to 2.00%.  As of December 31, 2014 , the interest rate on the $850 million senior credit facility was 1.92% (comprised of the LIBOR rate of 0.17% plus a spread of 1.75%).
Approximately $118.6 million of our $290.2 million of net cash provided by operating activities in 2014 was generated in the United States, and approximately $94.1 million of our $231.3 million of net cash provided by operating activities in 2013 was generated in the United States. Of our $303.2 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2014, $274.6 million was held at foreign subsidiaries. We manage our worldwide cash requirements by monitoring the funds available among our subsidiaries and determining the extent to which we can access those funds on a cost effective basis. We are not aware of any restrictions on repatriation of these funds and, subject to cash payment of additional United States income taxes or foreign withholding taxes, these funds could be repatriated, if necessary. Any additional taxes could be offset, at least in part, by foreign tax credits. The amount of any taxes required to be paid, which could be significant, and the application of tax credits would be determined based on income tax laws in effect at the time of such repatriation. We do not expect any such repatriation to result in additional tax expense as taxes have been provided for on unremitted foreign earnings that we do not consider permanently reinvested.
We repatriated approximately $237.1 million and $67.0 million in 2014 and 2013 , respectively, of cash from our foreign subsidiaries to help fund debt service and other cash requirements.  
We have no scheduled principal payments under our senior credit facility until 2018. We anticipate our aggregate domestic interest payments under our senior credit facility, our 2024 Notes, our 6.875% Senior Subordinates Notes due 2019 (the "2019 Notes") and our accounts receivable securitization facility for 2015 will be approximately $51.8 million . We plan to utilize cash from operations, generated from both in and outside of the United States, and our revolving credit facility to meet quarterly debt service or other requirements.
Our 3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the "Convertible Notes") are classified as a current liability because a contingent conversion feature related to our stock price was triggered. Refer to the “Financing Arrangements” section below for additional details.
See "Financing Arrangements" below for further information relating to our debt obligations, including the Convertible Notes.


48



Cash Flows
The following table provides a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
Cash flows from continuing operations provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
290.2

 
$
231.3

 
$
194.6

Investing activities
(108.1
)
 
(372.6
)
 
(368.3
)
Financing activities
(287.7
)
 
231.2

 
(65.7
)
Cash flows used in discontinued operations
(3.7
)
 
(3.3
)
 
(10.2
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(19.4
)
 
8.3

 
2.6

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
$
(128.7
)
 
$
94.9

 
$
(247.0
)
Comparison of 2014 and 2013
 
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $290.2 million during 2014 compared to $231.3 million during 2013. The $58.9 million increase is primarily due to improved operating results and favorable net changes in working capital items, principally reflecting changes in accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and prepaid expenses and other current assets, as well as an $8.0 million decrease in contributions to domestic pension plans. Accounts receivable decreased $9.4 million during 2014 as compared to a $1.3 million increase during 2013, primarily due to increased collections from the Spanish and Portuguese government and Spanish regional health authorities in 2014 and increased collections in Italy and Greece due to government financing. Additionally, there was an overall improvement in days receivables outstanding in 2014. Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased $9.8 million in 2014 compared to an increase of $2.0 million in 2013 primarily due to timing of vendor and employee related benefit payments and increased compensation accruals in 2014. Prepaid expenses and other current assets decreased $1.4 million in 2014 compared to an increase of $5.9 million in 2013 due to timing of payments of and reductions in insurance premiums as well as fewer insurance deposits and maintenance contract payments in 2014.
These favorable impacts to net cash flow from operating activities were partially offset by increased inventories of $15.5 million during 2014 as compared to an increase of $8.9 million in 2013, primarily due to increased inventory purchases to support sales growth internationally and our distributor-to-direct sales conversions in several countries, and an $8.9 million increase in tax payments, net of refunds, in 2014 as compared to 2013 primarily due to timing of tax payments and improved operating results.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $108.1 million during 2014, reflecting net payments for businesses acquired of $45.8 million and capital expenditures of $67.6 million. The net payments for businesses acquired includes the acquisition of Mayo Healthcare and the assets of Mini-Lap Technologies Inc. These payments were partly offset by $5.3 million in proceeds related to the sale of certain assets that were held for sale.

49




Cash Flow from Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations was $287.7 million during 2014, which included repayments of $480.1 million of indebtedness principally under our revolving credit facility, partially offset by proceeds from additional borrowings of $250.0 million from the sale of our 2024 Notes. Net cash used in financing activities also included dividend payments of $56.3 million and underwriters' discount and commission fees of $4.5 million, which were paid in connection with the sale of the 2024 Notes. Net cash used in financing activities were reduced by cash inflows of $7.1 million associated with proceeds from the exercise of share-based awards issued under our stock compensation plans and $5.8 million of excess tax benefits related to the exercise or vesting of those awards, which were partially offset by tax withholdings of $8.7 million remitted by the Company on behalf of employees who elect to have shares withheld by the Company to satisfy their minimum tax withholding obligations arising from the exercise and vesting of their share-based awards. See Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of the reclassification of tax withholding payments related to share-based awards from a cash outflow from operating activities to a cash outflow from financing activities.
Comparison of 2013 and 2012
 
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $231.3 million during 2013 compared to $194.6 million during 2012. The $36.7 million increase is primarily due to improved operating results, partially offset by net unfavorable year-over-year changes in working capital items, primarily reflecting changes in inventories and prepaid expenses and other current assets. Inventories increased $8.9 million during 2013, as compared to a $2.0 million increase during 2012, due to sales volume growth, primarily in Asia. Prepaid expenses and other current assets increased $5.9 million during 2013, as compared to a $9.6 million decrease during 2012, primarily due to the collection of outstanding VAT claims in 2012.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities
 
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $372.6 million during 2013, reflecting net payments for businesses acquired of $309.0 million and capital expenditures of $63.6 million. The net payments for businesses acquired included an aggregate of approximately $307.0 million paid for the acquisitions of Vidacare, EON Surgical, Ltd. and Ultimate; and $3.5 million paid for in-process research and development related to the EON Surgical technology, partly offset by a $1.5 million working capital adjustment with respect to the consideration paid in connection with the LMA acquisition.
Cash Flow from Financing Activities 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations was $231.2 million during 2013. During 2013, we refinanced our senior credit facility, which was comprised of a $375.0 million term loan and $400.0 million revolving credit facility, and replaced it with a new $850.0 million senior credit facility consisting solely of a revolving credit facility. We used borrowings under the new facility to repay the outstanding $375.0 million term loan and to pay costs of $6.4 million associated with the refinancing. During 2013, we borrowed an additional $298.0 million under the revolving credit facility to finance the acquisition of Vidacare. In addition, net cash used in financing activities included dividend payments of $55.9 million, contingent consideration payments of $17.0 million related to our acquisitions of VasoNova Inc. (“VasoNova”), Axiom, LMA, Hotspur and the guided imaging business of MEPY Benelux BVBA and payments to noncontrolling interest shareholders of $0.7 million. These outflows were partially offset by $6.2 million net inflows resulting from share based compensation activity, which included proceeds from the exercise and vesting of share-based awards issued under our stock compensation plans and the related excess tax benefits partially offset by tax withholdings remitted by the Company on behalf of employees who elect to have shares withheld by the Company to satisfy their minimum tax withholding obligations arising from the exercise and vesting of their share-based awards.

50



Financing Arrangements
 
The following table provides our net debt to total capital ratio:
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net debt includes:
 
 
 
Current borrowings
$
368.4

 
$
356.3

Long-term borrowings
700.0

 
930.0

Unamortized debt discount
36.2

 
48.4

Total debt
1,104.6

 
1,334.7

Less: Cash and cash equivalents
303.2

 
432.0

Net debt
$
801.4

 
$
902.7

Total capital includes:
 

 
 

Net debt
$
801.4

 
$
902.7

Shareholders’ equity
1,911.3

 
1,913.5

Total capital
$
2,712.7

 
$
2,816.2

Percent of net debt to total capital
30
%
 
32
%
 
Fixed rate borrowings comprised 81% and 49% of total borrowings at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The increase in fixed rate borrowings as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013 is primarily due to the issuance of the 2024 Notes in 2014 and the $245.0 million repayment of variable rate borrowings under our senior credit facility.

Our senior credit agreement contains covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to incur debt, create liens, consolidate, merge or dispose of certain assets, make certain investments, engage in acquisitions, pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock and enter into swap agreements. Our senior credit agreement also requires us to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (generally, the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA, each as defined in the senior credit agreement) of not more than 4.0:1 and a consolidated interest coverage ratio (generally, Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense, each as defined in the senior credit agreement) of not less than 3.50:1 as of the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters calculated in accordance with the definitions and methodology set forth in the senior credit agreement and, during the six month period prior to the maturity of our Convertible Notes, a minimum liquidity of $400.0 million. At December 31, 2014 , our consolidated leverage ratio was 2.71:1 and our interest coverage ratio was 8.31:1 , both of which are in compliance with the limits described in the preceding sentence. The obligations under the senior credit agreement are guaranteed (subject to certain exceptions) by substantially all of the material domestic subsidiaries of the Company and (subject to certain exceptions and limitations) secured by a pledge on substantially all of the equity interests owned by the Company and each guarantor.
 
At December 31, 2014 , we had $200.0 million in borrowings outstanding and approximately $6.0 million in outstanding standby letters of credit under our $850.0 million revolving credit facility. This facility is used principally for working capital needs and, at certain times, to help fund acquisitions. The availability of loans under our revolving credit facility is dependent upon our ability to maintain our financial condition and our continued compliance with the covenants contained in our senior credit agreement. Moreover, additional borrowings would be prohibited if a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the senior credit agreement) were to occur. Notwithstanding these restrictions, we believe our revolving credit facility provides us with significant flexibility to meet our foreseeable working capital needs.  At our current level of EBITDA (as defined in the senior credit agreement) for the year ended December 31, 2014 , we would have been permitted $533.1 million of additional debt beyond the levels outstanding at December 31, 2014 . Moreover, additional capacity would be available if borrowed funds were used to acquire a business or businesses through the purchase of assets or controlling equity interests so long as the aforementioned leverage and interest coverage ratios are met after calculating EBITDA on a proforma basis to give effect to the acquisition.
 

51



As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2019 Notes and 2024 Notes was $500.0 million. The indentures governing the 2019 Notes and 2024 Notes contain negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to incur debt, create liens, consolidate, merge or dispose of certain assets, make certain investments, engage in acquisitions, and pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock, subject to specified conditions. The obligations under the 2019 Notes and 2024 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of our existing and future 100% owned domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor or other obligor under our senior credit agreement and by certain of our other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2014 , we were in compliance with all of the terms of our senior credit agreement and our 2019 Notes and 2024 Notes.
 
In addition, we have an accounts receivable securitization facility under which we sell a security interest in domestic accounts receivable for consideration of up to $50.0 million to a commercial paper conduit. As of December 31, 2014 , the maximum amount available for borrowing under this facility was $45.3 million . This facility is utilized from time to time to provide increased flexibility in funding short term working capital requirements. The agreement governing the accounts receivable securitization facility contains certain covenants and termination events. An occurrence of an event of default or a termination event under this facility may give rise to the right of our counterparty to terminate this facility. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , we had $4.7 million of outstanding borrowings under our accounts receivable securitization facility.

Our Convertible Notes are included in the dilutive earnings per share calculation using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, we must calculate the number of shares of common stock issuable under the terms of the Convertible Notes based on the average market price of our common stock during the applicable reporting period, and include that number in the total diluted shares figure for the period. At the time we issued the Convertible Notes, we entered into convertible note hedge and warrant agreements that together are intended to have the economic effect of reducing the net number of shares that will be issued upon conversion of the Convertible Notes by, in effect, increasing the conversion price of the Convertible Notes, from our economic standpoint, to $74.65. However, under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP”), since the impact of the convertible note hedge agreements is anti-dilutive, we exclude from the calculation of fully diluted shares the number of shares of our common stock that we would receive from the counterparties to these agreements upon settlement.

Under the treasury stock method, changes in the price per share of our common stock can have a significant impact on the number of shares that we must include in the fully diluted earnings per share calculation. The following table illustrates how changes in our stock price would affect (i) the number of shares issuable issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes, (ii) the number of additional shares deemed outstanding with respect to the Convertible Notes, after applying the treasury stock method, for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share ("Total Treasury Stock Method Incremental Shares") and (iii) the number of shares issuable upon concurrent settlement of the Convertible Notes, the warrant and the convertible note hedge ("Incremental Shares Issued by Teleflex upon Conversion"):

Market Price Per Share
 
 Shares Issuable Upon Conversion of
Convertible Notes
 
Shares Issuable Upon Exercise of Warrants
 
Total Treasury
Stock Method
Incremental
Shares(1)
 
Shares Due to
Teleflex under
Note Hedge
 
Incremental
Shares Issuable by
Teleflex upon
Conversion(2)
 
 
(Shares in thousands)
$70
 
809

 

 
809

 
(809
)
 

$85
 
1,817

 
795

 
2,612

 
(1,817
)
 
795

$100
 
2,523

 
1,654

 
4,177

 
(2,523
)
 
1,654

$115
 
3,045

 
2,289

 
5,334

 
(3,045
)
 
2,289

$130
 
3,446

 
2,778

 
6,224

 
(3,446
)
 
2,778

$145
 
3,765

 
3,165

 
6,930

 
(3,765
)
 
3,165

 
(1)
Represents the number of incremental shares that must be included in the calculation of fully diluted shares under GAAP. 
(2)
Represents the number of incremental shares to be issued by us upon conversion of the convertible notes, assuming concurrent settlement of the convertible note hedges and warrants.


52



Our Convertible Notes are convertible under certain circumstances, including in any fiscal quarter following an immediately preceding fiscal quarter in which the last reported sales price of our common stock for at least 20 days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter exceeds 130% of the conversion price of the Convertible Notes (approximately $79.72). Since the fourth quarter of 2013 and in all subsequent periods through December 31, 2014, the last reported sale price of our common stock exceeded the 130% threshold described above and, accordingly, the Convertible Notes are classified as a current liability as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The determination of whether or not the Convertible Notes are convertible under such circumstances is made each quarter until their maturity, conversion or repurchase.  Consequently, the Convertible Notes may not be convertible in one or more future quarters if the common stock price-based conversion contingency is not satisfied in such quarters, in which case the Convertible Notes would again be classified as long-term debt unless another conversion contingency set forth in the Convertible Notes has been satisfied. We have elected a net settlement method to satisfy our conversion obligation, under which we will settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes in cash and settle the excess conversion value in shares, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. While we believe we have sufficient liquidity to repay the principal amounts due through a combination of cash on hand and amounts available under our credit facility, our use of these funds could adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity.  The classification of the Convertible Notes as a current liability had no impact on our financial covenants.
 
For additional information regarding our indebtedness, please see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Stock Repurchase Programs
In 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of outstanding our common stock. Repurchases of our stock under the Board authorization may be made from time to time in the open market and may include privately-negotiated transactions as market conditions warrant and subject to regulatory considerations. The stock repurchase program has no expiration date and our ability to execute on the program will depend on, among other factors, cash requirements for acquisitions, cash generation from operations, debt repayment obligations, market conditions and regulatory requirements. In addition, under our senior credit agreements, we are subject to certain restrictions relating to its ability to repurchase shares in the event our consolidated leverage ratio (generally, the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit agreement) exceeds certain levels, which may limit our ability to repurchase shares under this Board authorization. Through December 31, 2014 , no shares have been purchased under this Board authorization.
Contractual Obligations  
Contractual obligations at December 31, 2014 are as follows:
 
 
 
 
Payments due by period
 
Total
 
Less than
1 year
 
1-3
years
 
4-5
Years
 
More than
5 years
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Total borrowings (1)
$
1,104,598

 
$
404,598

 
$

 
$
450,000

 
$
250,000

Interest obligations (2)
260,669

 
51,773

 
96,686

 
53,694

 
58,516

Operating lease obligations
117,499

 
27,706

 
42,138

 
30,050

 
17,605

Minimum purchase obligations (3)
3,754

 
3,312

 
442

 

 

Other postretirement benefits
34,976

 
3,268

 
6,696

 
6,783

 
18,229

Total contractual obligations
$
1,521,496

 
$
490,657

 
$
145,962

 
$
540,527

 
$
344,350

 
(1)
The Convertible Notes, which mature in 2017, are included in payment due in less than 1 year due to the satisfaction of the stock price conversion contingency, which is described in more detail in the “Financing Arrangements” section above. Total borrowings also include $4.7 million under the securitization program.  See to Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details regarding this program.
(2)
Interest payments on floating rate debt are based on the interest rate in effect on December 31, 2014 .
(3)
Purchase obligations are defined as agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable pricing provisions based on prices in effect on a particular date and the approximate timing of the transactions. These obligations relate primarily to material purchase requirements.


53



We recorded a noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions of $50.9 million and $55.2 million as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively. Due to uncertainties regarding the ultimate resolution of ongoing or future tax examinations, we are not able to reasonably estimate the amount of any income tax payments to settle uncertain income tax positions or the periods in which any such payments will be made.
 
In 2014 , cash contributions to all defined benefit pension plans were $9.5 million , and we estimate the amount of required cash contributions in 2015 will be approximately $2.9 million . Due to the potential impact of future plan investment performance, changes in interest rates, changes in other economic and demographic assumptions and changes in legislation in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions, we are not able to reasonably estimate the timing and amount of contributions that may be required to fund our defined benefit plans for periods beyond 2015 and as a result, these contributions have been excluded from contractual obligations shown above.
 
See Notes 13 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
 

Critical Accounting Estimates
 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.
 
We have identified the following as critical accounting estimates, which are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, are the most pervasive and important to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions.

Accounting for Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
In the ordinary course of business, we grant non-interest bearing trade credit to our customers on normal credit terms.  In an effort to reduce our credit risk, we (i) establish credit limits for all of our customer relationships, (ii) perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition, (iii) monitor the payment history and aging of our customers’ receivables, and (iv) monitor open orders against an individual customer’s outstanding receivable balance.
An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for accounts receivable based on our historical collection experience and expected collectability of the accounts receivable, considering the period an account is outstanding, the financial position of the customer and information provided by credit rating services. The adequacy of this allowance is reviewed each reporting period and adjusted as necessary.
In light of the volatility in global economic markets during the past several years, we instituted enhanced measures to facilitate customer-by-customer risk assessment when estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts.  Such measures included, monthly credit control committee meetings, at which customer credit risks are identified after review of, among other things, accounts that exceed specified credit limits, payment delinquencies and other customer issues.  In addition, with respect to certain of our non-government customers, we instituted measures designed to reduce our risk exposures, including issuing dunning letters, reducing credit limits, requiring that payments accompany orders and instituting legal action with respect to delinquent accounts.  With respect to government customers, we evaluate receivables for potential collection risks associated with any limitations on the availability of government funding and reimbursement practices.  

54



Some of our customers, particularly in Europe, have extended or delayed payments for products and services already provided resulting in potential collectability concerns regarding our accounts receivable from these customers, for the most part in Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal. At December 31, 2014 , these countries accounted for 27.3% of our total net current and long-term accounts receivable. Net long-term receivables of $11.3 million and $17.6 million are included in other assets on the balance sheet at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.  If the financial condition of these customers or the healthcare systems in these countries deteriorate to the extent that the ability of an increasing number of customers to make payments is uncertain, additional allowances may be required in future periods. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $8.8 million and $10.7 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, which was 2.9% and 3.3% of gross accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to cover the estimated losses which may occur when customers cannot make their required payments, we cannot be assured that we will continue to experience the same loss rate in the future given the volatility in the worldwide economy.  If our allowance for doubtful accounts is insufficient to address receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.  Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

Distributor Rebates
 
We offer rebates to certain distributors and reserve an estimate for the rebate as a reduction of revenues at the time of sale. In estimating rebates, we consider the lag time between the point of sale and the payment of the distributor’s rebate claim, distributor-specific trend analyses, contractual commitments, including stated rebate rates, historical experience and other relevant information. We adjust reserves to reflect differences between estimated and actual experience, and record the adjustment as a reduction of sales in the period of adjustment. Historical adjustments to recorded reserves have not been significant and we do not expect significant revisions of these estimates in the future. The reserve for estimated rebates was $10.4 million and $7.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. We expect the reserve as of December 31, 2014 to be paid within 90 days subsequent to year-end.
 
Inventory Utilization
 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. We maintain a reserve for excess and obsolete inventory that reduces the carrying value of our inventories to reflect the diminution of value resulting from product obsolescence, damage or other issues affecting marketability by an amount equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and its estimated market value.  Factors utilized in the determination of estimated market value include (i) current sales data and historical return rates, (ii) estimates of future demand, (iii) competitive pricing pressures, (iv) new product introductions, (v) product expiration dates, and (vi) component and packaging obsolescence.
The adequacy of this reserve is reviewed each reporting period and adjusted as necessary.  We regularly compare inventory quantities on hand against historical usage or forecasts related to specific items in order to evaluate obsolescence and excessive quantities. In assessing historical usage, we also qualitatively assess business trends to evaluate the reasonableness of using historical information as an estimate of future usage.
Our inventory reserve was $33.9 million and $32.4 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, which equaled 9.2% and 8.9% of gross inventories at those respective dates.

Accounting for Long-Lived Assets
 
We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable (a triggering event). Triggering events include the likely (i.e. more likely than not) disposal of a portion of such assets or the occurrence of an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related assets. Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether a triggering event has occurred. The recoverability evaluation is based on various analyses, including undiscounted cash flow projections, which involves significant management judgment. Any impairment loss, if indicated, equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
 

55



Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets (such as goodwill and certain trade names or brands), as well as finite-lived intangibles (such as trade names or brands that do not have indefinite lives, customer relationships, patents and other technologies). The costs of finite-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated life. Determining the useful life of an intangible asset requires considerable judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily certain trade names and trademarks, are not amortized but are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter, using the first day of the quarter as the measurement date, or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances that indicate an impairment may have occurred. Such conditions may include an economic downturn in a geographic market or a change in the assessment of future operations. Our impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from our impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles.  
Considerable management judgment is necessary in making the assumptions used in the impairment analysis including evaluating the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and estimating future cash flows, which are key elements in determining fair value. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and cost of capital, are consistent with internal projections and operating plans. We believe such assumptions and estimates are also comparable to those that would be used by other marketplace participants.  
Goodwill
 
Goodwill impairment assessments are performed at a reporting unit level. For purposes of this assessment, a reporting unit is an operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment. We have a total of ten reporting units, eight of whose assets include goodwill. In applying the goodwill impairment test, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, and entity specific factors such as strategies and financial performance. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, it is determined more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a two-step quantitative impairment test, described below. Alternatively, we may proceed directly to testing goodwill for impairment through the two-step impairment test without conducting the qualitative analysis. In the fourth quarter 2014, we performed a qualitative assessment on five of our reporting units whose assets include goodwill and determined, based on our assessment, that the fair value of each reporting unit was more likely than not higher than its carrying value and, therefore, that their goodwill is not impaired. For the three remaining reporting units whose assets include goodwill, we elected to forgo the qualitative assessment and test each of those reporting units through the two-step quantitative impairment test.
The first step of the two-step impairment test is to quantitatively compare the fair value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, with its carrying value. In performing the first step, we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit using equal weighting of two methods; one which estimates the discounted cash flows (DCF) of the reporting unit based on projected earnings in the future (the Income Approach) and one which is based on sales of similar businesses to those of the reporting unit in actual transactions (the Market Approach).  If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, we recognize an impairment loss based on the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, which we determine in the second step of the two-step test. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of a reporting unit's identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if that reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed were being determined initially.

56



Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment. The more significant judgments and assumptions used in the Income Approach include (1) the amount and timing of expected future cash flows which are based primarily on our estimates of future sales, operating income, industry trends and the regulatory environment of the individual reporting units, (2) the expected long-term growth rates for each of our reporting units, which approximate the expected long-term growth rate of the global economy and of the medical device industry, and (3) discount rates that are used to discount future cash flows to their present values, which are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units along with various market based inputs.  The more significant judgments and assumptions used in the Market Approach include (1) determination of appropriate revenue and EBITDA multiples used to estimate a reporting unit’s fair value and (2) the selection of appropriate comparable companies to be used for purposes of determining those multiples. There were no changes to the underlying methods used in 2014 as compared to the prior year valuations of our reporting units. The DCF analysis utilized in the fourth quarter of 2014 impairment test was performed over a ten year time horizon for each reporting unit. The discount rate was 10.0% for all reporting units. A perpetual growth rate of 2.5% was assumed for all reporting units.
We determined that no impairment in the carrying value of any of our reporting units had occurred, based on our assessment of their respective fair values in the fourth quarter 2014, using the methodology described above.
Our expected future growth rates estimated for purposes of the goodwill impairment test are based on our estimates of future sales, operating income and cash flow and are consistent with our internal budgets and business plans, which reflect a modest amount of core revenue growth coupled with the successful launch of new products each year; the effect of these growth indicators more than offset volume losses from products that are expected to reach the end of their life cycle. Under the Income Approach, changes in assumptions could cause a reporting unit's carrying value to exceed its fair value. For example, an increase of over 2.0% in the discount rate or a decrease of over 25% percent in the compound annual growth rate of operating income would indicate impairment for the reporting units. While we believe the assumed growth rates of sales and cash flows are reasonable, the possibility remains that the revenue growth of a reporting unit may not be as high as expected, and, as a result, the estimated fair value may decline. If our strategy and new products are not successful and we do not achieve anticipated core revenue growth in the future with respect to a reporting unit, the goodwill in the reporting unit may become impaired and, in such case, we may incur material impairment charges.
Other Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets are assets acquired that lack physical substance and that meet the specified criteria for recognition apart from goodwill. Intangible assets we obtained through acquisitions are comprised mainly of technology, customer relationships, and trade names. Management tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Similar to the goodwill impairment test process, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is greater than its carrying amount, the asset is not impaired. If we conclude it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the carrying value, we then proceed to a quantitative impairment test, which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible assets to their carrying amounts. Alternatively, we may elect to forgo the qualitative analysis and proceed directly to testing the indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment through the quantitative impairment test. In the fourth quarter 2014, we performed a qualitative assessment on all of our indefinite lived assets, except for two trade names, and determined based on the assessment, that their fair values were more likely than not higher than their carrying values. For the remaining two trade names, we elected to test impairment through the quantitative method. 
In connection with the quantitative impairment test, since quoted market prices are seldom available for intangible assets, we utilize present value techniques to estimate fair value. The fair value of trade names is estimated by the use of a relief from royalty method, which values an intangible asset by estimating the royalties saved through the ownership of an asset. Under this method, an owner of an intangible asset determines the arm’s length royalty that likely would have been charged if the owner had to license the asset from a third party. The royalty, which is based on the estimated rate applied against forecasted sales, is tax-effected and discounted to present value using a discount rate commensurate with the relative risk of achieving the cash flow attributable to the asset. Management must estimate the hypothetical royalty rate, discount rate, and terminal growth rate to estimate the forecasted cash flows associated with the asset.  

57



Discount rates and perpetual growth rates utilized in the impairment test of the trade names during the fourth quarter of 2014 are comparable to the rates utilized in the impairment test of goodwill. The compound annual growth rate in revenues projected to be generated from the trade names ranged from 2% to 5% and a royalty rate of 4% was assumed. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows generated from the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which similar trade names are being licensed in the marketplace.
We determined that no impairment in the carrying value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets had occurred, based on our assessment of their respective fair values as determined under the methodology described above.
We are not required to perform an annual impairment test for finite-lived intangible assets (e.g. customer relationships).   For further details on the assessment of recoverability of finite-lived intangible assets see "Accounting for Long-Lived Assets."

In May 2012, we acquired Semprus BioSciences, a biomedical research and development company that developed a polymer surface treatment technology intended to reduce thrombus related complications. As previously disclosed, we experienced difficulties with respect to the development of the Semprus technology and were devoting further research and testing towards attempting to resolve the issue. As a result of these efforts, we believe we have resolved the issue and are focused on seeking regulatory approval and engaging in additional research and development efforts to achieve commercialization of this technology. Despite this progress, significant challenges to commercialization of the Semprus technology remain, and we ultimately may find it necessary to recognize future impairment charges with respect to the related assets, which could be material. As of December 31, 2014 , we have recorded IPR&D intangible assets of approximately $41.0 million related to Semprus.
 
Accounting for Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits
 
We provide a range of benefits to eligible employees and retired employees, including pensions and postretirement healthcare benefits. Several statistical and other factors which are designed to project future events are used in calculating the expense and liability related to these plans. These factors include actuarial assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates. We review the actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when appropriate.

Significant differences in our actual experience or significant changes in our assumptions may materially affect our pension and other postretirement obligations and our future expense. The following table shows the sensitivity of plan expenses and benefit obligations to changes in the weighted average assumptions:
 
 
Assumed Discount Rate
 
Expected Return on Plan Assets
 
Assumed Healthcare Trend Rate
 
50 Basis Point Increase
 
50 Basis Point Decrease
 
50 Basis Point Change
 
1.0% Increase
 
1.0% Decrease
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Net periodic pension and postretirement healthcare expense
$
(0.4
)
 
$
0.4

 
$
1.5

 
$
0.2

 
$
(0.2
)
Projected benefit obligation
$
(33.7
)
 
$
37.7

 
N/A

 
$
4.4

 
$
(3.8
)

For additional information on assumptions pertaining to pension and other postretirement benefit plans, refer to Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


58



Share-based Compensation
 
We estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods. Share-based compensation expense related to stock options is measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account highly subjective and complex assumptions with respect to expected life of options, volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which is derived from the vesting period of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior. Expected volatility is based on a blend of historical volatility and implied volatility derived from publicly traded options to purchase our common stock, which we believe is more reflective of the market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than solely using historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option. Share based compensation expense for 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was $12.2 million , $11.9 million and $8.6 million , respectively.
  Accounting for Contingent Consideration Liabilities
 
In connection with an acquisition, we may be required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of specified objectives, such as receipt of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product, achievement of sales targets, or the passage of time. As of the acquisition date, we record a contingent liability representing the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay. The fair value of the contingent consideration is calculated based on a probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis. We remeasure this liability each reporting period and record the change in the liability's fair value in our consolidated statement of income (loss). An increase or decrease in the fair value can result from changes in the discount rate, timing, estimated probability of achievement of the specified objectives and revenue estimates, among other factors. As of December 31, 2014 , the range of undiscounted amounts the Company could be required to pay under contingent consideration arrangements is between $15.0 million and $83.0 million . As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , we accrued $33.4 million and $20.3 million of contingent consideration, respectively. For the twelve months ended December 31,  2014  and  2013 , we recorded reductions to contingent consideration of  $8.2 million  and  $12.3 million , respectively. These reductions were the result of changes in estimated probabilities associated with certain regulatory sales milestones.

Accounting for Income Taxes
 
Our annual provision for income taxes and determination of the deferred tax assets and liabilities require management to assess uncertainties, make judgments regarding outcomes and utilize estimates. We conduct a broad range of operations around the world, subjecting us to complex tax regulations in numerous international jurisdictions, resulting at times in tax audits, disputes with tax authorities and potential litigation, the outcome of which is uncertain. Management must make judgments about such uncertainties and determine estimates of our tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured and recorded using currently enacted tax rates, which we expect will apply to taxable income in the years in which differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases are recovered or settled. The likelihood of a material change in our expected realization of these assets is dependent on future taxable income, our ability to use foreign tax credit carryforwards and carrybacks, final United States and foreign tax settlements, and the effectiveness of our tax planning strategies in the various relevant jurisdictions. While management believes that its judgments and interpretations regarding income taxes are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience may require future adjustments to our tax assets and liabilities, which could be material.  
We are also required to assess the realizability of our deferred tax assets.  We evaluate all positive and negative evidence and use judgments regarding past and future events, including results of operations and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, we determine when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, in which case we apply a valuation allowance to offset the amount of such deferred tax assets.  To the extent facts and circumstances change in the future, adjustments to the valuation allowances may be required.
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $99.1 million and $86.5 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively, relates principally to the uncertainty of the utilization of tax loss and credit carryforwards in various jurisdictions.

59



Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. We establish additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are supportable, there remain certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold, which is a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority. In the normal course of business, we are examined by various federal, state and foreign tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred taxes in any period in which facts that necessitate an adjustment become known. Specifically, we are currently in the midst of examinations by the Austrian, Canadian, German, and the United States taxing authorities with respect to our income tax returns for those countries for various tax years. The ultimate outcomes of the examinations of these returns could result in increases or decreases to our recorded tax liabilities, which would affect our financial results.
See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our uncertain tax positions.
 
New Accounting Standards
 
See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion on recently issued accounting standards, including estimated effects, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.




ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market Risk
We are exposed to certain financial risks, specifically fluctuations in market interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and, to a lesser extent, commodity prices. We use derivative financial instruments to manage or reduce the impact of some of these risks. We do not enter into derivative instruments for trading purposes. We are also exposed to changes in the market traded price of our common stock as it influences the valuation of stock options and their effect on earnings.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our borrowing activities and our cash balances. The table below provides information regarding the amortization and related interest rates by year of maturity for our fixed and variable rate debt obligations. Variable interest rates on December 31, 2014 were determined using a base rate of the one-month LIBOR rate plus the applicable spread.
 
 
Year of Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Fixed rate debt
$
399,898

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
250,000

 
$
250,000

 
$
899,898

Average interest rate
3.875
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
6.875
%
 
5.250
%
 
5.090
%
Variable rate debt
$
4,700

 
$

 
$

 
$
200,000

 
$

 
$

 
$
204,700

Average interest rate
0.921
%
 
%
 
%
 
1.915
%
 
%
 
%
 
1.893
%
 
A change of 1.0% in variable interest rates would increase or decrease annual interest expense by approximately $1.3 million based on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2014 .

60



Foreign Currency Risk
We are exposed to currency fluctuations in connection with transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of certain subsidiaries. We had no open forward contracts as of December 31, 2014 or 2013. In January 2015 and 2014, we entered into forward contracts with several major financial institutions to hedge a portion of the projected cash flows from these exposures. These are primarily contracts to buy or sell a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar or the euro. The following table provides information regarding our open forward currency contracts entered into in January 2015, which mature during 2015 . Forward contract notional amounts presented below are expressed in the stated currencies. The total notional amount for all contracts is approximately $142.0 million .
 
Forward Currency Contracts:
 
Buy/(Sell)
 
(in thousands)
United States dollars
(8,143
)
Euros
(15,673
)
British pound
(8,064
)
Mexican peso
342,063

Czech koruna
391,385

South African rand
(53,892
)
Malaysian ringgits
107,723

Canadian dollars
(19,847
)
Australian dollars
(13,071
)
Singapore dollars
(13,284
)
 

ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial statements and supplementary data required by this Item are included herein, commencing on page F-1.

ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure. A controls system cannot provide absolute assurance, however, that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected.
(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth on page F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.


61



(c) Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
No change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
None.


62



PART III

ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
For the information required by this Item 10, other than information with respect to our Executive Officers contained at the end of Item 1 of this report, see “Election Of Directors,” “Nominees for Election to the Board of Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” in the Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting will be filed within 120 days of the close of our fiscal year.
For the information required by this Item 10 with respect to our Executive Officers, see Part I of this report on pages 11 - 12.

ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
For the information required by this Item 11, see “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
For the information required by this Item 12 with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock, see “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2014 regarding our equity plans :
 
Plan Category
 
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
 
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in Column (A))
 
 
(A)
 
(B)
 
(C)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
1,233,672
 
$75.93
 
4,903,018
 
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
For the information required by this Item 13, see “Certain Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
For the information required by this Item 14, see “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.


63



PART IV
 
 ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)
Consolidated Financial Statements:
The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule is set forth on page F-1 hereof.

(b)
Exhibits:
The Exhibits are listed in the Index to Exhibits.

64



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized as of the date indicated below.
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Benson F. Smith
 
 
 
Benson F. Smith
 
 
 
Chairman, President and Chief 
Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and as of the date indicated below.
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Thomas E. Powell
 
 
 
Thomas E. Powell
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
By:
 
/s/ George Babich, Jr.
 
By:
 
/s/ Dr. Stephen K. Klasko
 
 
George Babich, Jr.
Director
 
 
 
Dr. Stephen K. Klasko
Director
 
By:
 
/s/ Patricia C. Barron
 
By:
 
/s/ Sigismundus W.W. Lubsen
 
 
Patricia C. Barron
Director
 
 
 
Sigismundus W.W. Lubsen
Director
 
By:
 
/s/ William R. Cook
 
By:
 
/s/ Stuart A. Randle
 
 
William R. Cook
Director
 
 
 
Stuart A. Randle
Director
 
By:
 
/s/ W. Kim Foster
 
By:
 
/s/ Benson F. Smith
 
 
W. Kim Foster
Director
 
 
 
Benson F. Smith
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer & Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
By:
 
/s/ Jeffrey A. Graves
 
By:
 
/s/ Harold L. Yoh III
 
 
Jeffrey A. Graves
Director
 
 
 
Harold L. Yoh III
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: February 20, 2015

65



TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
Page
59  
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
 
Page
60  


F-1



MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 . In making this assessment, management used the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). As a result of this assessment and based on the criteria in the COSO framework, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2014 , the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.
 
/s/ Benson F. Smith
 
/s/ Thomas E. Powell
Benson F. Smith
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Thomas E. Powell
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
February 20, 2015


F-2



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Teleflex Incorporated:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index appearing on page F-1 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index appearing on page F-1 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 , based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” appearing on page F-2. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 20, 2015


F-3



TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except
 per share)
Net revenues
$
1,839,832

 
$
1,696,271

 
$
1,551,009

Cost of goods sold
897,404

 
857,326

 
802,784

Gross profit
942,428

 
838,945

 
748,225

Selling, general and administrative expenses
578,657

 
502,187

 
454,489

Research and development expenses
61,040

 
65,045

 
56,278

Goodwill impairment

 

 
332,128

Restructuring and other impairment charges
17,869

 
38,452

 
3,037

Net gain on sales of businesses and assets

 

 
(332
)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishments of debt and taxes
284,862

 
233,261

 
(97,375
)
Interest expense
65,458

 
56,905

 
69,565

Interest income
(706
)
 
(624
)
 
(1,571
)
Loss on extinguishments of debt

 
1,250

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
220,110

 
175,730

 
(165,369
)
Taxes on income (loss) from continuing operations
28,650

 
23,547

 
16,413

Income (loss) from continuing operations
191,460

 
152,183

 
(181,782
)
Operating loss from discontinued operations (including gain on disposal of $2,205 for 2012)
(3,407
)
 
(2,205
)
 
(9,207
)
Tax benefit on loss from discontinued operations
(698
)
 
(1,770
)
 
(1,887
)
Loss from discontinued operations
(2,709
)
 
(435
)
 
(7,320
)
Net income (loss)
188,751

 
151,748

 
(189,102
)
Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
1,072

 
867

 
955

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
$
187,679

 
$
150,881

 
$
(190,057
)
Earnings per share available to common shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic:
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
$
4.60

 
$
3.68

 
$
(4.47
)
Loss from discontinued operations
(0.06
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.18
)
Net income (loss)
$
4.54

 
$
3.67

 
$
(4.65
)
Diluted:
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
$
4.10

 
$
3.46

 
$
(4.47
)
Loss from discontinued operations
(0.06
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.18
)
Net income (loss)
$
4.04

 
$
3.45

 
$
(4.65
)
 
Dividends per share
$
1.36

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.36

 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
41,366

 
41,105

 
40,859

Diluted
46,470

 
43,693

 
40,859

 
Amounts attributable to common shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax
$
190,388

 
$
151,316

 
$
(182,737
)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
(2,709
)
 
(435
)
 
(7,320
)
Net income (loss)
$
187,679

 
$
150,881

 
$
(190,057
)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4



TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net income (loss)
$
188,751

 
$
151,748

 
$
(189,102
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation continuing operations adjustments, net of tax of $24,818, $(8,086) and $(1,210), respectively
(105,410
)
 
(9,637
)
 
13,071

Foreign currency translation, net of tax
(105,410
)
 
(9,637
)
 
13,071

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans:
 
 
 
 
 
Prior service cost recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of $9, $9 and $8, respectively
(12
)
 
(12
)
 
(12
)
Transition obligation recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of $(2) and $(35) in 2013 and 2012, respectively

 
3

 
62

Unamortized (loss) gain arising during the period, net of tax of $26,624, $(14,638) and $(2,399), respectively
(48,245
)
 
25,641

 
2,796

Net loss recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of $(1,544), $(2,446) and $(2,537), respectively
2,841

 
4,765

 
4,621

Settlement, net of tax of $(40) in 2012

 

 
66

Curtailment, net of tax of $44 in 2012

 

 
(74
)
Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $(265), $(66) and $58, respectively
709

 
(177
)
 
(168
)
Pension and other postretirement benefits plans adjustment, net of tax
(44,707
)
 
30,220

 
7,291

Derivatives qualifying as hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives arising during the period, net of tax $(111), $(265) and $(102), respectively
594

 
(549
)
 
515

Reclassification adjustment on derivatives included in net income, net of tax of $111, $46 and $(3,832), respectively
(594
)
 
930

 
6,361

Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax

 
381

 
6,876

 Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(150,117
)
 
20,964

 
27,238

 Comprehensive income (loss)
38,634

 
172,712

 
(161,864
)
Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest
995

 
638

 
888

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
$
37,639

 
$
172,074

 
$
(162,752
)
  








The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-5



TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars and shares in thousands)
ASSETS
Current assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
303,236

 
$
431,984

Accounts receivable, net
273,704

 
295,290

Inventories, net
335,593

 
333,621

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
35,697

 
39,810

Prepaid taxes
40,256

 
36,504

Deferred tax assets
57,301

 
52,917

Assets held for sale
7,422

 
10,428

Total current assets
1,053,209

 
1,200,554

Property, plant and equipment, net
317,435

 
325,900

Goodwill
1,323,553

 
1,354,203

Intangibles assets, net
1,216,720

 
1,255,597

Investments in affiliates
1,150

 
1,715

Deferred tax assets
1,178

 
943

Other assets
64,010

 
70,095

Total assets
$
3,977,255

 
$
4,209,007

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
Current borrowings
$
368,401

 
$
356,287

Accounts payable
64,100

 
71,967

Accrued expenses
72,383

 
74,868

Current portion of contingent consideration
11,276

 
4,131

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
85,442

 
73,090

Accrued interest
9,169

 
8,725

Income taxes payable
13,768

 
23,821

Other current liabilities
10,360

 
22,231

Total current liabilities
634,899

 
635,120

Long-term borrowings
700,000

 
930,000

Deferred tax liabilities
451,541

 
514,715

Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities
167,241

 
109,498

Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions
50,884

 
55,152

Other liabilities
58,991

 
48,506

Total liabilities
2,063,556

 
2,292,991

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 15)


 

Common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Common shares, $1 par value Issued: 2014 — 43,420 shares; 2013 — 43,243 shares
43,420

 
43,243

Additional paid-in capital
422,394

 
409,338

Retained earnings
1,827,845

 
1,696,424

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(260,895
)
 
(110,855
)
 
2,032,764

 
2,038,150

Less: Treasury stock, at cost
121,455

 
124,623

Total common shareholders’ equity
1,911,309

 
1,913,527

Noncontrolling interest
2,390

 
2,489

Total equity
1,913,699

 
1,916,016

Total liabilities and equity
$
3,977,255

 
$
4,209,007

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6



TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities of Continuing Operations:
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
188,751

 
$
151,748

 
$
(189,102
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from discontinued operations
2,709

 
435

 
7,320

Depreciation expense
50,207

 
42,368

 
36,204

Amortization expense of intangible assets
60,926

 
50,608

 
44,264

Amortization expense of deferred financing costs and debt discount
15,897

 
14,959

 
14,416

Loss on extinguishments of debt

 
1,250

 

Changes in contingent consideration
(7,418
)
 
(12,642
)
 
263

Impairment of long-lived assets

 
3,460

 

Stock-based compensation
12,227

 
11,871

 
8,623

Net gain on sales of businesses and assets

 

 
(332
)
Goodwill impairment

 

 
332,128

Deferred income taxes, net
(14,153
)
 
(10,182
)
 
(39,980
)
Other
(8,968
)
 
(1,319
)
 
(3,776
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and disposals:
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
9,394

 
(1,294
)
 
(2,932
)
Inventories
(15,531
)
 
(8,931
)
 
(1,970
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
1,422

 
(5,926
)
 
9,595

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
9,818

 
2,001

 
155

Income taxes receivable and payable, net
(15,040
)
 
(7,107
)
 
(20,258
)
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations
290,241

 
231,299

 
194,618

Cash Flows from Investing Activities of Continuing Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment
(67,571
)
 
(63,580
)
 
(65,394
)
Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of cash acquired
(45,777
)
 
(309,008
)
 
(369,444
)
Proceeds from sales of businesses and assets
5,251

 

 
66,660

Investments in affiliates
(40
)
 
(50
)
 
(80
)
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations
(108,137
)
 
(372,638
)
 
(368,258
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
250,000

 
680,000

 

Repayment of long-term borrowings
(480,102
)
 
(375,000
)
 

Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment fees
(4,494
)
 
(6,400
)
 

Decrease in notes payable and current borrowings

 

 
(706
)
Proceeds from share based compensation plans and the related tax impacts
4,245

 
6,181

 
8,238

Payments to noncontrolling interest shareholders
(1,094
)
 
(736
)
 

Payments for contingent consideration

 
(16,958
)
 
(17,596
)
Dividends
(56,258
)
 
(55,917
)
 
(55,589
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities from continuing operations
(287,703
)
 
231,170

 
(65,653
)
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
(3,676
)
 
(3,327
)
 
(7,799
)
Net cash used in investing activities

 

 
(2,351
)
Net cash used in discontinued operations
(3,676
)
 
(3,327
)
 
(10,150
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(19,473
)
 
8,441

 
2,394

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(128,748
)
 
94,945

 
(247,049
)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
431,984

 
337,039

 
584,088

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
$
303,236

 
$
431,984

 
$
337,039

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash interest paid
$
49,797

 
$
43,581

 
$
46,683

Income taxes paid, net of refunds
$
52,869

 
$
43,975

 
$
74,908


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7



TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Income (loss)
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Noncontrolling
Interest
 
Total Equity
 
Shares
 
Dollars
 
 
 
 
Shares
 
Dollars
 
 
 
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share)
Balance at December 31, 2011
42,923

 
$
42,923

 
$
380,965

 
$
1,847,106

 
$
(159,353
)
 
2,183

 
$
(131,053
)
 
$
2,195

 
$
1,982,783

Net income (loss)


 


 


 
(190,057
)
 


 


 


 
955

 
(189,102
)
Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)


 


 


 
(55,589
)
 


 


 


 

 
(55,589
)
Other comprehensive income


 


 


 


 
27,305

 


 


 
(67
)
 
27,238

Distributions to noncontrolling interest shareholders


 


 


 


 


 


 


 
(496
)
 
(496
)
Shares issued under compensation plans
179

 
179

 
13,429

 


 


 
(49
)
 
2,989

 


 
16,597

Deferred compensation


 


 
(10
)
 

 

 
(4
)
 
116

 

 
106

Balance at December 31, 2012
43,102

 
43,102

 
394,384

 
1,601,460

 
(132,048
)
 
2,130

 
(127,948
)
 
2,587

 
1,781,537

Net income

 

 

 
150,881

 

 

 

 
867

 
151,748

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

 

 

 
(55,917
)
 

 

 

 

 
(55,917
)
Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 
21,193

 

 

 
(229
)
 
20,964

Distributions to noncontrolling interest shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(736
)
 
(736
)
Shares issued under compensation plans
141

 
141

 
14,963

 

 

 
(65
)
 
3,270

 

 
18,374

 Deferred compensation

 

 
(9
)
 

 

 
(1
)
 
55

 

 
46

Balance at December 31, 2013
43,243

 
43,243

 
409,338

 
1,696,424

 
(110,855
)
 
2,064

 
(124,623
)
 
2,489

 
1,916,016

Net income


 


 


 
187,679

 


 


 


 
1,072

 
188,751

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)


 


 


 
(56,258
)
 


 


 


 


 
(56,258
)
Other comprehensive income


 


 


 


 
(150,040
)
 


 


 
(77
)
 
(150,117
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interest shareholders


 


 


 


 


 


 


 
(1,094
)
 
(1,094
)
Settlement of convertible notes


 


 
(42
)
 


 


 
(1
)
 
43

 



1

Settlement of note hedges associated with convertible notes


 


 
79

 


 


 
1

 
(77
)
 



2

Shares issued under compensation plans
177

 
177

 
13,019

 


 


 
(81
)
 
3,081

 


 
16,277

 Deferred compensation


 


 


 


 


 
(2
)
 
121

 


 
121

Balance at December 31, 2014
43,420

 
$
43,420

 
$
422,394

 
$
1,827,845

 
$
(260,895
)
 
1,981

 
$
(121,455
)
 
$
2,390

 
$
1,913,699

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-8



TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1  — Summary of significant accounting policies
Consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”). Intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Investments in affiliates over which the Company has significant influence but not a controlling equity interest, including variable interest entities where the Company is not the primary beneficiary, are accounted for using the equity method. Investments in affiliates over which the Company does not have significant influence are accounted for using the cost method of accounting. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include management’s estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts.
Effective January 1, 2014, the Company realigned its operating segments to reflect changes in the Company's internal financial reporting structure. All prior comparative periods have been restated to reflect these changes. Refer to Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on the Company's changed reporting structure.
The Company’s share-based compensation plan permits employees to elect to have shares withheld by the Company to satisfy their minimum statutory tax withholding obligations arising from the exercise or vesting of share-based awards.  The Company then remits, in cash, the withholding taxes to the appropriate tax authorities on behalf of the employee.  For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company classified such payments as a cash outflow from financing activities under the line item “Proceeds from share-based compensation plans and the related tax impacts” within the consolidated statement of cash flows (i.e., the payment by the Company of the withholding taxes offsets, in part, increases in cash flow from financing activities resulting from the proceeds of the exercise and vesting of share-based awards and tax benefits related to such exercise and vesting).  The Company views the activity as, in effect, a repurchase of the employee’s shares.  The Company's payments were previously reported as a cash outflow from operating activities; therefore, the Company reclassified the cash outflows of $2.7 million and $1.6 million from operating to financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to conform to the presentation for the year ended December 31, 2014 within the consolidated statement of cash flows and within the condensed consolidating statement of cash flows included in Note 17.
Use of estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents:  All highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less are classified as cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates their current market value.
Accounts receivable:  Accounts receivable represents amounts due from customers related to the sale of products and provision of services. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained and represents the Company’s estimate of the amount of uncollectible receivables. The allowance is provided at such time as management believes reasonable doubt exists that such balances will be collected within a reasonable period of time. The allowance is based on the Company’s historical experience, the length of time an account is outstanding, the financial position of the customer and information provided by credit rating services. In addition, the Company maintains a reserve for returns and allowances based on its historical experience. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for information on the Company’s concentration of credit risk.
 
Inventories:  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. The cost of the Company’s inventories is determined using the average cost method. Elements of cost in inventory include raw materials, direct labor, and manufacturing overhead. In estimating market value, the Company evaluates inventory for excess and obsolete quantities based on estimated usage and sales.

F-9

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Property, plant and equipment:  Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the application development stage generally are capitalized. Costs of enhancements to internal-use computer software are capitalized, provided that these enhancements result in additional functionality. Other additions and those improvements which increase the capacity or lengthen the useful lives of the assets are also capitalized. With minor exceptions, composite useful lives for property, plant and equipment, which are depreciated on a straight-line basis are as follows: land improvements — 5 years ; buildings — 30 years ; machinery and equipment — 3 to 10 years ; computer equipment and software — 3 to 10 years . Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful lives of the leasehold improvements or the remaining lease periods. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Goodwill and other intangible assets:  Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Impairment losses, if any, are included in income from operations. The goodwill impairment test is applied to each of the Company’s reporting units whose assets include goodwill. For purposes of this assessment, a reporting unit is an operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment (also known as a component) if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by segment management. However, separate components are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics.
In applying the goodwill impairment test, the Company may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for the Company’s products and services, regulatory and political developments, and entity specific factors such as strategies and financial performance. If, after completing such assessment, it is determined more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company proceeds to a two-step quantitative impairment test. Alternatively, the Company may proceed directly to testing goodwill for impairment through the two-step quantitative impairment test, described below, without conducting the qualitative analysis. In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company performed a qualitative assessment on five of its reporting units whose assets include goodwill and determined, based on the assessment, that the fair value of each of the reporting units was more likely than not higher than its carrying value. For the three remaining reporting units whose assets include goodwill, the Company elected to forego the qualitative assessment and apply the two-step quantitative impairment test.
The first step of the two-step impairment test is to quantitatively compare the fair value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, to its carrying value. In performing the first step, the Company calculates the fair value of the reporting unit using equal weighting of two methods; one which estimates the discounted cash flows of the reporting unit based on projected earnings in the future (the Income Approach) and one which is based on sales of similar businesses or assets to those of the reporting unit in actual transactions (the Market Approach). If the reporting unit fair value exceeds the carrying value, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, the Company would perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test, in which the Company would recognize an impairment loss if the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of a reporting unit's identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if that reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed were being determined initially. The Company performed the quantitative goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2014 , on three of its reporting units whose assets include goodwill, and determined that the fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded the carrying value.  As a result, no impairment in the carrying value of any of the Company’s reporting units was evident.

F-10

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The Company’s intangible assets consist of customer lists, intellectual property, distribution rights and trade names. The Company tests its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Similar to the goodwill impairment test process, the Company may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is greater than its carrying amount, the asset is not impaired. If the Company concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the carrying value, the Company then proceeds to a quantitative impairment test, which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible assets to their carrying amounts. Alternatively, the Company may elect to forgo the qualitative analysis and proceed directly to testing the indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment through the quantitative impairment test. In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company performed a qualitative assessment on all of its indefinite lived assets, except for two trade names, and determined, based on its assessment, that their fair values were more likely than not higher than their carrying values. For the remaining two trade names, the Company elected to test impairment through the quantitative test and determined that the fair value of the trade names exceeded the respective carrying values. As a result, no impairment in the carrying value of any of the Company's intangible assets was evident. The Company recorded in process research and development (IPR&D) impairment charges of $7.4 million in 2013, following its decision to abandon certain IPR&D projects. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further information related to these charges.
Intangible assets consisting of intellectual property, customer lists, distribution rights and trade names that do not have indefinite lives are being amortized over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows: intellectual property, 3 to 20 years ; customer lists, 5 to 30 years ; distribution rights, 3 to 22 years ; trade names, 1 to 30 years . The weighted average amortization period is approximately 13 years. The Company periodically evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets.
Long-lived assets:  The Company assesses the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The evaluation is based on various analyses, including undiscounted cash flow and profitability projections that incorporate, as applicable, the impact on the existing business.  Therefore, the evaluation involves significant management judgment. Any impairment loss, if indicated, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
Foreign currency translation:  Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with non-United States dollar denominated functional currencies are translated into United States dollars at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date; income and expenses are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The translation adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
Derivative financial instruments:  The Company uses derivative financial instruments primarily for purposes of hedging exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. All instruments are entered into for other than trading purposes. All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) as other comprehensive income, based on whether the instrument is designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if so, the type of hedge transaction. Gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the consolidated statement of income (loss) in the period in which earnings are affected by the underlying hedged item. The ineffective portion of all hedges is recognized in the current period consolidated statement of income (loss). If the hedging relationship ceases to be highly effective or it becomes probable that an expected transaction will no longer occur, gains or losses on the derivative are recorded in the current period consolidated statement of income (loss).
Share-based compensation:  The Company estimates the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods. Share-based compensation expense related to stock options is measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account highly subjective and complex assumptions. The expected life of options granted is derived from the vesting period of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior, and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatility is based on a blend of historical volatility and implied volatility derived from publicly traded options to purchase the Company’s common stock, which the Company believes is more reflective of the market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than would be the case if the Company only used historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.

F-11

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Share-based compensation expense recognized is based on the value of the portion of stock-based awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period less estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant. To minimize fluctuations in share-based compensation expense, management reviews and revises the estimate of forfeitures for all share-based awards on a quarterly basis based on management’s expectation of the awards that will ultimately vest.
As previously noted, the Company modified the presentation of payments made by the Company to tax authorities for employee tax withholding obligations related to share-based compensation.
Income taxes:  The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized to reflect the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases, and to reflect operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Provision has been made for income taxes on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates, except for subsidiaries in which earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested.
Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. The Company establishes additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are supportable, there remain certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold, which is a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority. In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are examined by various federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The Company regularly assesses the potential outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. Interest accrued with respect to unrecognized tax benefits and income tax related penalties are both included in taxes on income from continuing operations. The Company periodically assesses the likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjusts the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to an adjustment become known.
Pensions and other postretirement benefits:  The Company provides a range of benefits to eligible employees and retired employees, including pensions and postretirement healthcare. The Company records annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions such as discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when appropriate. The effect of the modifications is generally amortized over future periods.
Restructuring costs:  Restructuring costs, which include termination benefits, facility closure costs, contract termination costs and other restructuring costs are recorded at estimated fair value. Key assumptions in calculating the restructuring costs include the terms and payments that may be negotiated to terminate certain contractual obligations and the timing of reductions in force.
Contingent consideration related to business acquisitions: In connection with business acquisitions, the Company may be required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of specified objectives such as receipt of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product, achievement of sales targets, or the passage of time (collectively, "milestone payments"). As of the acquisition date, the Company records a contingent liability representing the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration that it expects to pay. The Company is required to reevaluate the fair value of contingent consideration each reporting period based on new developments and record changes in fair value until the contingent consideration obligation either is satisfied through payment upon the achievement of the specified objectives or is no longer payable due to the failure to achieve the specified objectives. The change in the fair value is recorded in the consolidated statement of income (loss). A contingent payment is classified as a financing activity in the consolidated statement of cash flows to the extent it was recorded as a liability as of the acquisition date. Any additional amount paid in excess of the amount initially accrued is classified as an operating activity in the consolidated statement of cash flows.
Revenue recognition:  The Company recognizes revenues from product sales, including sales to distributors, or services provided when the following revenue recognition criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. This generally occurs when products are shipped, when services are rendered or upon customers’ acceptance. Revenues are net of estimated returns and other allowances including rebates.

F-12

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The Company’s normal policy is to accept returns only in cases in which the product is defective and covered under the Company’s standard warranty provisions. However, in the limited cases where an arrangement provides a right of return to the customer, including a distributor, the Company believes it has the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of returns based on its substantial historical experience with respect to these arrangements. The Company accrues any costs or losses that may be expected in connection with any returns in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450, “Contingencies.” Revenues and cost of goods sold are reduced to reflect estimated returns. The reserve for returns and allowances was $4.1 million and $3.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Allowances related to customer incentive programs, which include discounts or rebates, are estimated and provided for in the period that the related sales are recorded. These allowances are recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company also offers rebates to certain distributors and records the estimated rebate as a reduction of revenue at the time of sale. In estimating rebates, the Company considers the lag time between the point of sale and the payment of the distributor’s rebate claim, distributor-specific trend analyses, contractual commitments, including stated rebate rates, historical experience with respect to specific customers and other relevant information. The Company adjusts estimated rebates based on actual experience and records the adjustment as a reduction of sales in the period of adjustment.  The estimated reserve for the customer incentive programs, including distributor rebates, was $10.4 million and $7.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The Company expects the estimated rebates as of December 31, 2014 to be paid within 90 days subsequent to year-end.
 
Note 2  — New accounting standards
Recently issued not yet effective
In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance for the reporting of discontinued operations. Under the new guidance, only those disposals of components of an entity that represent a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results will be reported as discontinued operations in an entity's financial statements. In addition, the new guidance requires additional disclosures for discontinued operations designed to provide users of financial statements with more information about the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of discontinued operations. The new guidance also requires disclosures regarding disposals of a significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations reporting.This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position. 
In May 2014, the FASB, in a joint effort with the International Accounting Standards Board, issued new accounting guidance to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue.  The new guidance is designed to enhance the comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions and capital markets, and will affect any entity that enters into contracts with customers or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets, unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards.  The new guidance establishes principles for reporting information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity's contracts with customers.  The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. The new guidance is effective prospectively for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those years.  Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, and financial position.
From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. The Company has assessed these recently issued standards that are not yet effective and believes the new standards will not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.
 
Note 3  — Acquisitions
The Company made the following acquisitions during 2014, which were accounted for as business combinations:
On February 3, 2014, the Company acquired Mayo Healthcare Pty Limited, ("Mayo Healthcare"), a distributor of medical devices and supplies primarily in the Australian market.

F-13

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


On December 2, 2014, the Company acquired the assets of Mini-Lap Technologies, Inc. ("Mini-Lap"), a developer of micro-laparoscopic instrumentation, which complements the Company's surgical product portfolio.
The aggregate total fair value of consideration for the 2014 acquisitions is estimated at $66.3 million , which included initial payments of $46.3 million in cash and $20.5 million in estimated fair value of contingent consideration (see Note 10 for additional information), partially offset by $0.5 million in favorable working capital adjustments. Transaction expenses associated with the acquisitions, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income (loss) were $0.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 . For the twelve month period ended December 31, 2014 , the Company recorded revenue and operating profit of $27.2 million and $3.6 million , respectively, related to the businesses acquired in 2014. The results of operations and assets of the acquired businesses are included in the consolidated statements of income (loss) from their respective acquisition dates. Pro forma information is not presented as the operations of the acquired businesses are not significant to the overall operations of the Company.
The following table presents the preliminary fair value determination of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions that occurred during 2014 :
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
 

Current assets
$
10,512

Property, plant and equipment
344

Intangible assets:
 

Intellectual property
37,000

Trade name
300

Customer list
9,335

Goodwill
16,392

Total assets acquired
73,883

Less:
 

Current liabilities
4,769

Deferred tax liabilities
2,800

Liabilities assumed
7,569

Net assets acquired
$
66,314

 
The Company is continuing to evaluate the 2014 acquisitions. Further adjustments may be necessary as a result of the Company’s assessment of additional information related to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, primarily related to deferred tax assets and liabilities and goodwill.
Among the acquired assets, intellectual property and the trade name have useful lives of 15 years and the customer list has a useful life of 10 years. The goodwill resulting from the acquisitions primarily reflects the synergies expected to be realized from the integration of the acquired business. Goodwill and the step-up in basis of the intangible assets in connection with stock acquisitions are not deductible for tax purposes.
The Company made the following acquisitions during 2013, which were accounted for as business combinations:
On December 2, 2013, the Company acquired Vidacare Corporation, a provider of intraosseous, or inside the bone, access devices. This acquisition complements the Company's vascular access and specialty product portfolios.
On June 11, 2013, the Company acquired the assets of Ultimate Medical Pty. Ltd. and its affiliates (“Ultimate”), a supplier of airway management devices with a related portfolio of patented products. This acquisition complements the Company's anesthesia product portfolio.
On June 6, 2013, the Company acquired Eon Surgical, Ltd. (“Eon”), a developer of a minimally invasive microlaparoscopy surgical platform technology designed to enhance a surgeon’s ability to perform scarless surgery while producing better patient outcomes. This technology complements the Company's surgical product portfolio.

F-14

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The total fair value of consideration for the 2013 acquisitions was estimated at $307.0 million . The results of operations of the acquired businesses and assets are included in the consolidated statements of income (loss) from their respective acquisition dates. Pro forma information is not presented as the operations of the acquired businesses are not significant to the overall operations of the Company.
Note 4  — Restructuring and other impairment charges
2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan
On April 28, 2014, the Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan (the “2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan”) involving the consolidation of operations and a related reduction in workforce at certain of the Company’s facilities, and the relocation of manufacturing operations from certain higher-cost locations to existing lower-cost locations. These actions commenced in the quarter ended June 29, 2014 and are expected to be substantially completed by the end of 2017.
The Company estimates that it will incur aggregate pre-tax charges in connection with the 2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan of approximately $37 million to $44 million , of which an estimated $26 million to $31 million are expected to result in future cash outlays. Most of these charges are expected to be incurred prior to the end of 2016.  
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s current cost estimates by major type of expense associated with the 2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan:
Type of expense
Total estimated amount expected to be incurred
 
 
Termination benefits
$11 million to $13 million
Facility closure and other exit costs (1)
$2 million to $3 million
Accelerated depreciation charges
$10 million to $11 million
Other (2)
$14 million to $17 million
 
$37 million to $44 million
 
(1)
Includes costs to transfer product lines among facilities and outplacement and employee relocation costs.
(2)
Consists of other costs directly related to the Plan, including project management, legal and regulatory costs.
 
     For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 , the Company recorded expenses of $14.2 million related to the 2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan. Of this amount, $9.3 million related to termination benefits and was included in restructuring expense and $4.9 million related to accelerated depreciation and certain other costs resulting from the plan and was included in cost of goods sold. As of December 31, 2014 , the Company had a restructuring reserve of $9.1 million in connection with this plan, all of which relates to termination benefits.
As the 2014 Manufacturing Footprint Realignment Plan progresses, management will reevaluate the estimated expenses and charges set forth above, and may revise its estimates, as appropriate, consistent with generally accepted accounting principles.
2014 European Restructuring Plan
On February 27, 2014, the Company committed to a restructuring plan (the “2014 European Restructuring Plan”), which impacts certain administrative functions in Europe and involves the consolidation of operations and a related reduction in workforce at certain of the Company’s European facilities.
The Company recorded charges of $7.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 related to this program, primarily pertaining to termination benefits. The Company expects future restructuring expenses associated with the 2014 European Restructuring Plan, if any, to be nominal. As of December 31, 2014 , the Company had a reserve of $0.4 million in connection with the 2014 European Restructuring Plan.  The Company expects to complete this plan in 2015.

F-15

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Other 2014 Restructuring Programs
In June 2014, the Company initiated programs to consolidate locations in Australia and terminate certain European distributor agreements in an effort to reduce costs. As a result of these actions, the Company expects to incur an aggregate of approximately $4 million in restructuring and other impairment charges over the term of these programs, of which $3.6 million has been incurred through December 31, 2014 . These programs include costs related to termination benefits, contract termination costs and other exit costs. As of December 31, 2014 , the Company has a reserve of $0.9 million in connection with these programs. The Company expects to complete the programs in 2015.
2013 Restructuring Charges
In 2013, the Company initiated restructuring programs to consolidate administrative and manufacturing facilities in North America and warehouse facilities in Europe and terminate certain European distributor agreements in an effort to reduce costs. As a result of these actions, the Company estimates that it will incur an aggregate of approximately $11 to $12 million in restructuring and other impairment charges over the term of these programs, of which $11.0 million was incurred through December 31, 2014 . These programs entail costs related to termination benefits, contract termination costs and post-closing obligations associated with acquired businesses. As of December 31, 2014 , the Company had a reserve of $0.9 million in connection with these projects. The Company expects to complete the programs in 2015.
LMA Restructuring Program
In connection with the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of LMA International N.V. (the “LMA business”) in 2012, the Company commenced a program (the "LMA Restructuring Program") related to the integration of the LMA business and the Company’s other businesses. The program focuses on the closure of the LMA business's corporate functions and the consolidation of manufacturing, sales, marketing, and distribution functions in North America, Europe and Asia.
A reconciliation of the changes in accrued liabilities associated with the LMA Restructuring Program from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2014 is set forth in the following table:
 
Termination
benefits
 
 Facility Closure Costs
 
Contract
Termination
Costs
 
Other
Restructuring
Costs
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
1,744

 
$

 
$
277

 
$
12

 
$
2,033

Subsequent accruals
3,282

 
788

 
7,906

 
176

 
12,152

Cash payments
(4,461
)
 
(362
)
 
(4,560
)
 
(164
)
 
(9,547
)
Foreign currency translation
(13
)
 
1

 
63

 
(8
)
 
43

Balance at December 31, 2013
552

 
427

 
3,686

 
16

 
4,681

Subsequent accruals (reversals)
(29
)
 
(112
)
 
(3,188
)
 

 
(3,329
)
Cash payments
(503
)
 
(317
)
 
(260
)
 
(4
)
 
(1,084
)
Foreign currency translation
(20
)
 
2

 
(26
)
 

 
(44
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$

 
$

 
$
212

 
$
12

 
$
224

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 , the Company reversed $3.2 million in contract termination costs due to the favorable settlement of a terminated distributor agreement.
As of December 31, 2014, the Company incurred net aggregate restructuring and other impairment charges over the term of this program of $11.4 million . The Company expects future restructuring expenses associated with this program, if any, to be nominal. The Company expects to complete the program in 2015.

F-16

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


2012 Restructuring Charges
In 2012, the Company initiated a program to improve the effectiveness of its supply chain by consolidating its three North American warehouses into one centralized warehouse and to lower costs and improve operating efficiencies through the termination of certain distributor agreements in Europe, the closure of certain North American facilities, and workforce reductions. The Company has incurred an aggregate of approximately $6.3 million over the term of this program. The Company expects future restructuring expenses associated with this program, if any, to be nominal. As of December 31, 2014 , the Company had a reserve of $0.6 million in connection with the program. The Company expects to complete this program in 2015.
2011 Restructuring Program
In 2011, the Company initiated a restructuring program at three facilities to consolidate operations and reduce costs. In connection with this program, the Company recorded contract termination costs of approximately $2.6 million associated with a lease termination, as the Company had vacated 50% of the premises during 2011. In addition, the Company recorded approximately $0.4 million for employee termination benefits in connection with workforce consolidations. In 2013, the Company recorded an additional $0.8 million in contract termination costs and has completely exited the leased facility. This program was completed in 2013.
2007 Arrow Integration Program
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow”) in 2007, the Company implemented a program in 2007 to integrate Arrow’s businesses into the Company’s other businesses. The aspects of this program that affected legacy Teleflex employees and facilities were charged to earnings and classified as restructuring and other impairment charges. A net credit of $1.9 million with respect to the program was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to a settlement of a dispute involving the termination of a European distributor agreement that was established in connection with the Company's acquisition of Arrow. This program was completed in 2013.
Impairment Charges
The Company incurred the following asset impairment charges during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 . These asset impairments were measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs that are categorized as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy, which is described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.
During the fourth quarter 2013, the Company recorded a $2.9 million IPR&D charge following its decision to abandon a research and development project associated with the Company’s vascular business.
During the third quarter 2013, the Company recorded $3.5 million in impairment charges related to assets held for sale that had a carrying value in excess of their appraised fair value.
During the first quarter 2013, the Company recorded a $4.5 million IPR&D charge pertaining to a research and development project associated with the Company's acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Axiom Technology Partners LLC because technological feasibility had not yet been achieved and the Company determined that the subject technology had no future alternative use.
There were no impairment charges recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 or 2012 .

The restructuring and other impairment charges recognized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

F-17

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
2014
(in thousands)
Termination Benefits

Facility Closure Costs

Contract Termination Costs

Other Exit Costs

Total
2014 Manufacturing footprint realignment plan
$
9,200


$


$


$
60


$
9,260

2014 European restructuring plan
7,237


1


345


225


7,808

Other 2014 restructuring programs
552




2,754


244


3,550

2013 Restructuring programs
562




249


22


833

LMA restructuring program
(29
)
 
(112
)
 
(3,188
)
 

 
(3,329
)
2012 Restructuring program
(619
)

354






(265
)
2011 Restructuring program

 
12

 

 

 
12

Total restructuring and other impairment charges
$
16,903


$
255


$
160


$
551


$
17,869

 
2013
(in thousands)
Termination Benefits

Facility Closure Costs

Contract Termination Costs

Other Exit Costs

Total
2013 Restructuring programs
4,787




3,326


2,117


10,230

LMA restructuring program
3,282


788


7,906


176


12,152

2012 Restructuring program
2,993


935


296


5


4,229

2011 Restructuring


42


728




770

2007 Arrow integration program


230






230


11,062


1,995


12,256


2,298


27,611

Impairment charges






10,841


10,841

Total restructuring and other impairment charges
$
11,062


$
1,995


$
12,256


$
13,139


$
38,452

 
2012
(in thousands)
Termination Benefits

Facility Closure Costs

Contract Termination Costs

Other Exit Costs

Total
LMA restructuring program
$
2,229


$


$
274


$
12


2,515

2012 Restructuring program
1,681




758


20


2,459

2007 Arrow integration program
20


230


(2,166
)

(21
)

(1,937
)
Total restructuring and other impairment charges
$
3,930


$
230


$
(1,134
)

$
11


$
3,037


Termination benefits include employee retention payments and severance payments and benefits for terminated employees. Facility closure costs include general operating costs incurred subsequent to production shut-down as well as equipment relocation and other associated costs. Contract termination costs include costs associated with terminating existing leases and distributor agreements. Other costs include legal, outplacement and employee relocation costs and other employee-related costs.

F-18

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Restructuring and other impairment charges by reportable segment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 , 2013, and 2012 are set forth in the following table:   
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Restructuring and other impairment charges
 
 
 
 
 
Vascular North America
$
7,069

 
$
5,348

 
$
(1,120
)
Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
1,379

 
3,207

 
983

Surgical North America

 
6,525

 
278

EMEA
6,375

 
16,122

 
1,995

Asia
1,305

 
603

 
442

OEM

 
588

 
83

All other
1,741

 
6,059

 
376

Total restructuring and other impairment charges
$
17,869

 
$
38,452

 
$
3,037

 
Note 5  — Inventories
Inventories at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Raw materials
$
68,191

 
$
70,209

Work-in-process
58,526

 
53,672

Finished goods
242,750

 
242,113

 
369,467

 
365,994

Less: Inventory reserves
(33,874
)
 
(32,373
)
Inventories, net
$
335,593

 
$
333,621

 
Note 6  — Property, plant and equipment
The major classes of property, plant and equipment, at cost, at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:  
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Land, buildings and leasehold improvements
$
194,923

 
$
199,741

Machinery and equipment
320,999

 
322,060

Computer equipment and software
107,743

 
102,527

Construction in progress
51,834

 
55,092

 
675,499

 
679,420

Less: Accumulated depreciation
(358,064
)
 
(353,520
)
Property, plant and equipment, net
$
317,435

 
$
325,900

 

F-19

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Note 7  — Goodwill and other intangible assets
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reporting segment, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:
 
Vascular North America
 
Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
 
Surgical North America
 
EMEA
 
Asia
 
All Other
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
$
459,696

 
$
167,195

 
$
250,506

 
$
373,417

 
$
136,946

 
$
298,571

 
$
1,686,331

Accumulated impairment losses
(219,527
)
 
(107,073
)
 

 

 

 
(5,528
)
 
(332,128
)
 
240,169

 
60,122

 
250,506

 
373,417

 
136,946

 
293,043

 
1,354,203

Goodwill related to acquisitions

 

 
406

 


 
15,986

 

 
$
16,392

Translation adjustment

 
(681
)
 

 
(34,388
)
 
(8,220
)
 
(3,753
)
 
(47,042
)
Balance as of December 31, 2014
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Goodwill
459,696

 
166,514

 
250,912

 
339,029

 
144,712

 
294,818

 
1,655,681

Accumulated impairment losses
(219,527
)
 
(107,073
)
 

 

 

 
(5,528
)
 
(332,128
)
 
$
240,169

 
$
59,441

 
$
250,912

 
$
339,029

 
$
144,712

 
$
289,290

 
$
1,323,553


 
 
Vascular North America
 
Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
 
Surgical North America
 
EMEA
 
Asia
 
All Other
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
$
407,090

 
$
167,942

 
$
245,794

 
$
353,282

 
$
139,469

 
$
257,003

 
1,570,580

Accumulated impairment losses
(219,527
)
 
(107,073
)
 

 

 

 
(5,528
)
 
(332,128
)
 
187,563

 
60,869

 
245,794

 
353,282

 
139,469

 
251,475

 
1,238,452

Goodwill related to acquisitions
52,606

 

 
4,712

 
17,922

 
6,394

 
41,650

 
123,284

Translation adjustment

 
(747
)
 

 
2,213

 
(8,917
)
 
(82
)
 
(7,533
)
Balance as of December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Goodwill
459,696

 
167,195

 
250,506

 
373,417

 
136,946

 
298,571

 
1,686,331

Accumulated impairment losses
(219,527
)
 
(107,073
)
 

 

 

 
(5,528
)
 
(332,128
)
 
$
240,169

 
$
60,122

 
$
250,506

 
$
373,417

 
$
136,946

 
$
293,043

 
$
1,354,203

Intangible assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:
 
Gross Carrying Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Customer lists
$
624,574

 
$
628,020

 
$
(192,876
)
 
$
(168,223
)
In-process research and development
68,694

 
68,786

 

 

Intellectual property
467,068

 
435,869

 
(146,131
)
 
(118,086
)
Distribution rights
16,101

 
16,797

 
(14,243
)
 
(14,592
)
Trade names
396,269

 
407,879

 
(2,764
)
 
(1,148
)
Noncompete agreements
337

 
337

 
(309
)
 
(42
)
 
$
1,573,043

 
$
1,557,688

 
$
(356,323
)
 
$
(302,091
)
 
As of December 31, 2014 , trade names of $359.3 million and all of the IPR&D are considered indefinite lived. Acquired in-process research and development is indefinite-lived until the completion of the associated efforts, at which point amortization of the carrying value of the technology will commence.

F-20

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)



In May 2012, the Company acquired Semprus BioSciences, a biomedical research and development company that developed a polymer surface treatment technology intended to reduce thrombus related complications. As previously disclosed, the Company experienced difficulties with respect to the development of the Semprus technology and was devoting further research and testing towards attempting to resolve the issue. As a result of these efforts, the Company believes it has resolved the issue and is focused on seeking regulatory approval and engaging in additional research and development efforts to achieve commercialization of this technology. Despite this progress, significant challenges to commercialization of the Semprus technology remain, and the Company ultimately may find it necessary to recognize future impairment charges with respect to the related assets, which could be material. As of December 31, 2014 , the Company has recorded IPR&D intangible assets of approximately $41.0 million related to this investment which are recorded in intangible assets, net.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $60.9 million , $50.6 million , and $44.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Estimated annual amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years is as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2015
$
55,750

2016
55,400

2017
54,950

2018
54,700

2019
54,500

 
Note 8  — Borrowings
The Company's debt obligations at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are set forth in the following table:
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Senior Credit Facility:
 
 
 
Revolving credit facility, at a rate of 1.92% at December 31, 2014 and 2013, due July 16, 2018
$
200,000

 
$
680,000

3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
399,898

 
400,000

6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019
250,000

 
250,000

5.25% Senior Notes due 2024
250,000

 

Securitization program, at a rate of 0.92% at December 31, 2014 and 2013
4,700

 
4,700

 
1,104,598

 
1,334,700

Less: Unamortized debt discount on 3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
(36,197
)
 
(48,413
)
 
1,068,401

 
1,286,287

Current borrowings
(368,401
)
 
(356,287
)
Long-term borrowings
$
700,000

 
$
930,000


F-21

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Senior Credit Facility
On July 16, 2013, the Company replaced its $775 million senior credit facility comprised of a $375 million term loan and a $400 million revolving credit facility with a new $850 million senior credit facility consisting solely of a revolving credit facility. In connection with this transaction, the Company incurred transaction fees of $6.4 million , which were recorded as a deferred asset and are being amortized over the term of the facility. Additionally, during the third quarter 2013, in connection with the early repayment of its $375 million term loan, the Company recognized expense of approximately $1.3 million resulting from the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. The Company borrowed $382.0 million at the inception of the new $850 million senior credit facility and an additional $298.0 million under the senior credit facility to fund the purchase of the Vidacare business. In 2014, the Company used $245 million of the proceeds from the issuance of the 5.25% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”) to repay borrowings under its revolving credit facility. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.
The new $850 million senior credit facility bears interest at an applicable rate elected by the Company generally equal to either the “base rate” (the greater of either the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% , the prime rate or one month LIBOR plus 1.0% ) plus an applicable margin of 0.25% to 1.00% , or a “LIBOR rate” for the period corresponding to the applicable interest period of the borrowings plus an applicable margin of 1.25% to 2.00% . As of December 31, 2014 , the interest rate on the $850 million senior credit facility was 1.92% (comprised of the LIBOR rate of 0.17% plus a margin of 1.75% ). The obligations under the senior credit facility are guaranteed (subject to certain exceptions) by substantially all of the material domestic subsidiaries of the Company and (subject to certain exceptions and limitations) secured by a pledge on substantially all of the equity interests owned by the Company and each guarantor.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had outstanding irrevocable standby letters of credit of approximately  $6.0 million  with various third parties. The letters of credit, which expire in 2015, reduce the amount of available funds under our revolving credit facility by an equal amount.
Convertible Notes
On August 9, 2010, the Company issued $400.0 million of its 3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Convertible Notes”). The Company pays interest on the Convertible Notes semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year at a rate of 3.875%  per year. The Convertible Notes mature on August 1, 2017. The Convertible Notes are the Company’s unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are (i) not guaranteed by any of the Company’s subsidiaries; (ii) subordinated in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness; and (iii) junior to the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
The Convertible Notes are convertible at the option of the holder upon the occurrence of any of the following circumstances (i) during any fiscal quarter, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter exceeds 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; or (ii) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes is less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the common stock and the applicable conversion rate on each trading day during the measurement period; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events; or (iv) at any time on or after May 1, 2017 up to and including July 28, 2017 . The Convertible Notes are convertible at a conversion rate of 16.3084 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $61.32 . The conversion rate is subject to adjustment upon certain events. Upon conversion, the Company’s conversion obligation may be satisfied, at the Company’s option, in shares of common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of common stock. The Company has elected a net-settlement method to satisfy its conversion obligation. Under the net-settlement method, the Company will settle the $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes in cash and settle the excess conversion value in shares, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares.

F-22

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Since the fourth quarter 2013, the Company's last reported sale price has exceeded the 130% threshold described above and accordingly the Convertible Notes have been classified as a current liability as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 . The determination of whether or not the Convertible Notes are convertible as described above is made each quarter until maturity, conversion or repurchase.  Consequently, it is possible that the Convertible Notes may not be convertible in one or more future quarters, in which case the Convertible Notes would again be classified as long-term debt, unless one of the other conversion contingencies described above were to be satisfied. While the Company believes it has sufficient liquidity to repay the principal amount due through a combination of utilizing its existing cash on hand and accessing its credit facility, the Company's use of these funds could adversely affect its results of operations and liquidity.
In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into convertible note hedge transactions with two counterparties pursuant to which it purchased call options for $88.0 million ( $56.0 million net of tax) in private transactions. The call options enable the Company to receive, in effect for no additional consideration, shares of the Company’s common stock and/or cash from counterparties equal to the amounts of common stock and/or cash related to the excess value over the conversion price that it would pay to the holders of the Convertible Notes upon conversion. These call options will terminate upon the earlier of July 28, 2017 or the first day all of the related Convertible Notes are no longer outstanding due to conversion or otherwise.
The Company also entered into privately negotiated warrant transactions with the same counterparties generally relating to the same number of shares of common stock with each of the option counterparties. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required under the terms of the warrant transactions to issue up to 7,981,422 shares of common stock (subject to adjustments). The warrants have been divided into components that expire ratably over a 180 day period commencing November 1, 2017 . The strike price of the warrants is approximately $74.65 per share of common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Proceeds received from the issuance of the warrants totaled approximately $59.4 million .
The convertible note hedge and warrant transactions described above are intended to reduce the potential dilution with respect to the Company’s common stock and/or reduce the Company’s exposure to potential cash payments that the Company may be required to make upon conversion of the Convertible Notes by, in effect, increasing the conversion price, from the Company’s economic standpoint, to $74.65 per share. However, the warrant transactions could have a dilutive effect with respect to the common stock or, if the Company so elects, obligate the Company to make cash payments to the extent that the market price per share of common stock exceeds $74.65 per share on any expiration date of the warrants.
The Company allocated the proceeds of the Convertible Notes between the liability and equity components of the debt. The initial $316.3 million liability component was determined based on the fair value of a similar debt instrument excluding the conversion feature. The initial $83.7 million ( $53.3 million net of tax) equity component represented the difference between the fair value or carrying value of $316.3 million of the debt and the $400.0 million of proceeds. The related debt discount of $83.7 million is being amortized under the interest method over the remaining life of the Convertible Notes, which, at December 31, 2014 , is approximately 2.6 years. An effective interest rate of 7.814% was used to calculate the debt discount on the Convertible Notes. The following table provides interest expense amounts related to the Convertible Notes for the periods presented:

(in millions)
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Interest cost related to contractual interest coupon
$
15.5

 
$
15.5

 
$
15.5

Interest cost related to amortization of the discount
$
12.2

 
$
11.3

 
$
10.5

The following table provides the carrying value of the Convertible Notes as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 :
 
(in millions)
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
Principal amount of the Convertible Notes
$
399.9

 
$
400.0

Unamortized discount
(36.2
)
 
(48.4
)
Net carrying amount
$
363.7

 
$
351.6


F-23

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes
On June 13, 2011, the Company issued $250.0 million of 6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019 (the “2019 Notes”). The Company pays interest on the 2019 Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1. The 2019 Notes will mature on June 1, 2019, unless earlier redeemed by the Company at its option, as described below, or purchased by the Company at the holder’s option under specified circumstances following a Change of Control or Asset Sale (each as defined in the indenture relating to the 2019 Notes).
The 2019 Notes constitute the Company’s general unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Company’s indebtedness under its senior credit facilities, and are equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness, including the Company’s Convertible Notes. The obligations under the 2019 Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor or other obligor under the Company’s senior credit facilities and by certain of the Company’s other domestic subsidiaries. The guarantees are full and unconditional, subject to certain customary automatic release provisions. The guarantees of the 2019 Notes are subordinated in right of payment to all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of such Guarantors and are equal in right of payment with all of the future senior subordinated indebtedness of such Guarantors. The 2019 Notes and the guarantees are junior to the existing and future secured indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and will be structurally subordinated to all of the existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
At any time on or after June 1, 2015 , the Company may redeem some or all of the 2019 Notes at a redemption price of 103.438% of the principal amount of the 2019 Notes subject to redemption, declining, in annual increments of 1.719% %, to 100% of the principal amount on June 1, 2017, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2015, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the 2019 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2019 Notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest. The “make-whole” premium is the greater of (i)  1.0% of the principal amount of the 2019 Notes subject to redemption or (ii) the excess, if any, over the principal amount of the 2019 Notes of the present value, on the redemption date, of the sum of (a) the June 1, 2015 optional redemption price, plus (b) all required interest payments on the 2019 Notes through June 1, 2015 (other than accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), calculated based on a specified Treasury rate for the period most closely corresponding to the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2015, plus 50 basis points.
The 2019 Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s ability, and the ability of its subsidiaries, to incur debt, create liens, consolidate, merge or dispose of certain assets, make certain investments, engage in acquisitions, and pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock.
5.25% Senior Notes

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued $250 million of its 2024 Notes. The Company pays interest on the 2024 Notes semi-annually on June 15 and December 15, at a rate of 5.25% per year. The 2024 Notes will mature on June 15, 2024 , unless earlier redeemed by the Company at its option, as described below, or purchased by the Company at the holder’s option under specified circumstances following a Change of Control or Asset Sale (each as defined in the indenture related to the 2024 Notes). The Company incurred transaction fees of approximately $4.5 million , including underwriters’ discounts and commissions, in connection with the offering of the 2024 Notes, which were recorded as a deferred asset and are being amortized over the term of the 2024 Notes. As previously mentioned, the Company used $245.0 million of the proceeds to repay borrowings under its revolving credit facility.
The Company's obligations under the 2024 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of the Company’s existing and future 100% owned domestic subsidiaries that is a guarantor or other obligor under the Company’s revolving credit facility and by certain of the Company’s other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries. The guarantees are subject to certain customary automatic release provisions.

F-24

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


At any time on or after June 15, 2019, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the 2024 Notes at a redemption price of 102.625% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes subject to redemption, declining, in annual increments of 0.875% , to 100% of the principal amount on June 15, 2022, plus accrued and unpaid interest.  In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2019 , the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the 2024 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes redeemed, plus a “make-whole” premium and any accrued and unpaid interest.  The “make-whole” premium is the greater of (a)  1.0% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes subject to redemption or (b) the excess, if any, over the principal amount of the 2024 Notes of the present value, on the redemption date, of the sum of (i) the June 15, 2019 optional redemption price  plus (ii) all required interest payments on the 2024 Notes through June 15, 2019 (other than accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), calculated based on a specified Treasury rate, generally for the period most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2019, plus 50 basis points .
In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2017, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Notes, using the proceeds of specified types of Company equity offerings and subject to specified conditions, at a redemption price equal to 105.25% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
The indenture relating to the 2024 Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s ability, and the ability of its subsidiaries, to incur debt, create liens, consolidate, merge or dispose of certain assets, make certain investments, engage in acquisitions, and pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock.
Securitization Program
The Company has an accounts receivable securitization facility under which accounts receivable of certain domestic subsidiaries are sold on a non-recourse basis to a special purpose entity (“SPE”), which is a bankruptcy-remote, consolidated subsidiary of Teleflex. Accordingly, the assets of the SPE are not available to satisfy the obligations of Teleflex or any of its subsidiaries. The SPE sells undivided interests in those receivables to an asset backed commercial paper conduit for consideration of up to $50.0 million . As of December 31, 2014 , the maximum amount available for borrowing under this facility was $45.3 million . This facility is utilized from time to time for increased flexibility in funding short term working capital requirements. The agreement governing the accounts receivable securitization facility contains certain covenants and termination events. An occurrence of an event of default or a termination event under this facility may give rise to the right of its counterparty to terminate this facility. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , the Company had $4.7 million of outstanding borrowings under its accounts receivable securitization facility.
Fair Value of Long-Term Debt
The carrying amount of long-term debt reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 is $1,068.4 million . The Company uses a discounted cash flow technique that incorporates a market interest yield curve with adjustments for duration, optionality, and risk profile to determine the fair value of its debt. The Company’s implied credit rating is a factor in determining the market interest yield curve. The following table provides the fair value of the Company’s debt by fair value hierarchy level (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for further information) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 :
 
 
Fair value of debt
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Level 1
$
1,024,806

 
$
899,390

Level 2
455,222

 
648,712

Total
$
1,480,028

 
$
1,548,102


F-25

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Debt Maturities
As of December 31, 2014 , the aggregate amounts of long-term debt, demand loans and debt under the Company’s securitization program that will mature during each of the next four fiscal years and thereafter were as follows:
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2015 (1)
$
404,598

2016

2017

2018
200,000

2019 and thereafter
500,000


(1)
The Convertible Notes are included in amounts that will mature in 2015 because, at December 31, 2014, they were convertible in accordance with their terms, which are described in more detail above in this section under “Convertible Notes.”

Note 9  — Financial instruments
The Company uses derivative instruments for risk management purposes. Foreign currency forward contracts are used to manage foreign currency transaction exposure. These derivative instruments are designated as cash flow hedges and are recorded on the balance sheet at fair market value. The effective portion of the gains or losses on derivatives is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and thereafter is recognized in the consolidated statement of income (loss) in the period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivatives representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in the consolidated statement of income (loss) in the period in which such gains and losses occur. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , the Company had no open foreign currency forward contracts.
The following table provides information as to the gains and losses attributable to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships that were reported in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) for the years ended December 31, 2014 2013 and 2012 :
 
 
After Tax Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in OCI
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest rate swap
$

 
$

 
$
7,032

Foreign currency exchange contracts

 
381

 
(156
)
Total
$

 
$
381

 
$
6,876

See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for information on the location and amount of gains and losses attributable to derivatives that were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) to expense (income), net of tax.
For the years ended December 31, 2014 2013 and 2012 , there was no ineffectiveness related to the Company’s derivatives.
During 2012, the Company entered into forward exchange contracts for Singapore dollars and U.S. dollars in anticipation of its acquisition of the LMA business. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, a forecasted transaction is not eligible for hedge accounting if the forecasted transaction involves a business combination. Therefore, gains and losses relating to this arrangement were recognized as incurred. The Company realized a pre-tax loss of $7.6 million upon settlement of the forward exchange contracts in 2012. 

F-26

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


In 2011, the Company terminated its interest rate swap covering a notional amount of $350 million designated as a hedge against the variability of the cash flows in the interest payments under the Company's previously outstanding term loan. During 2012, all remaining losses associated with this interest rate swap were reclassified from AOCI to the consolidated statement of income.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is generally limited due to the Company’s large number of customers and their diversity across many geographic areas. A portion of the Company’s trade accounts receivable outside the United States, however, include sales to government-owned or supported healthcare systems in several countries which are subject to payment delays. Payment is dependent upon the financial stability and creditworthiness of those countries’ economies.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company grants non-interest bearing trade credit to customers on normal credit terms. In an effort to reduce its credit risk, the Company (i) establishes credit limits for all of its customer relationships, (ii) performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition, (iii) monitors the payment history and aging of its customers’ receivables, and (iv) monitors open orders against an individual customer’s outstanding receivable balance.
An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for accounts receivable based on the Company’s historical collection experience and expected collectability of the accounts receivable, considering the period an account is outstanding, the financial position of the customer and information provided by credit rating services. The adequacy of this allowance is reviewed each reporting period and adjusted as necessary. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $8.8 million and $10.7 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The current portion of the allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2014 and 2013 of $2.4 million and $5.2 million , respectively, is presented as part of accounts receivable, net. The allowance for doubtful accounts on receivables outstanding for greater than one year at December 31, 2014 and 2013 of $6.4 million and $5.5 million , respectively, is presented as part of other assets.
In light of the disruptions in global economic markets, the Company instituted enhanced measures, within countries for which the Company has collectability concerns, to facilitate customer-by-customer risk assessment when estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts. Such measures included, among others, monthly credit control committee meetings, at which customer credit risks are identified after review of, among other things, accounts that exceed specified credit limits, payment delinquencies and other customer issues. In addition, with respect to certain of the Company’s non-government customers, the Company instituted measures designed to reduce its risk exposures, including issuing dunning letters, reducing credit limits, requiring that payments accompany orders and instituting legal action with respect to delinquent accounts. With respect to government customers, the Company evaluates receivables for potential collection risks associated with any limitations on the availability of government funding and reimbursement practices.
Certain of the Company’s customers, particularly in Europe, have extended or delayed payments for products and services already provided, resulting in potential collectability concerns regarding the Company's accounts receivable from these customers, for the most part in Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal. If the financial condition of these customers or the healthcare systems in these countries deteriorate to the extent that the ability of an increasing number of customers to make payments is uncertain, additional allowances may be required in future periods. The aggregate net current and long-term accounts receivable for customers in Spain, Italy, Greece and Portugal and the percentage of the Company’s total net current and long-term accounts receivable represented by the net current and long-term accounts receivables for customers in those countries at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Current and long-term accounts receivable (net of allowances of $8.1 million and $7.9 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively) in Spain, Italy, Greece and Portugal (1)
$
76,190

 
$
97,852

Percentage of total net current and long-term accounts receivables
27.3
%
 
31.0
%
(1)    The long-term portion of accounts receivable, net from customers in Spain, Italy, Greece and Portugal at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $11.3 million and $17.6 million , respectively, and is reported in other assets.

F-27

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


For the years ended December 31, 2014 2013 and 2012 , net revenues from customers in Spain, Italy, Greece and Portugal were $150.5 million , $142.6 million and $132.5 million , respectively.
 
Note 10  — Fair value measurement
Fair value is defined as the exit price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability, using assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The FASB's fair value guidance establishes a three-level hierarchy of the inputs (i.e., assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability) used to measure fair value, which is designed to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in measuring fair value. The levels within the hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1 inputs — quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 inputs — inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, a Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include:
1.
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets.
2.
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
3.
Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability.
4.
Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3 inputs — unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs may be used to measure fair value only when observable inputs are not available. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s views about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability in achieving the fair value measurement objective of an exit price perspective. An exit price is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability.
The following tables provide information regarding the financial assets and liabilities reported at fair value and measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 :
 
 
Total carrying
value at
December 31,
2014
 
Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
other
observable
inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Investments in marketable securities
$
6,863

 
$
6,863

 
$

 
$

Contingent consideration liabilities
33,433

 

 

 
33,433

 
 
Total carrying
value at
December 31,
2013
 
Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
other
observable
inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Investments in marketable securities
$
6,150

 
$
6,150

 
$

 
$

Contingent consideration liabilities
20,313

 

 

 
20,313

There were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities carried at fair value among Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 inputs within the valuation hierarchy during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 or 2013 .

F-28

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table provides information regarding changes in financial liabilities, the fair value of which is based on Level 3 inputs, related to contingent consideration in connection with various Company acquisitions, including those described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 :
 
Contingent consideration
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance – January 1
$
20,313

 
$
51,196

Initial estimate upon acquisition
20,538

 

Payment

 
(18,880
)
Revaluations
(7,418
)
 
(11,982
)
Translation adjustment

 
(21
)
Ending balance – December 31
$
33,433

 
$
20,313

The Company reduced contingent consideration liabilities and selling, general and administrative expense by $8.2 million and $12.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. These reductions were the result of changes in the estimated probability that specified objectives on which the contingent consideration is conditioned will be achieved.
See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements  for a discussion of the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt.
Valuation Techniques Used to Determine Fair Value
The Company’s financial assets valued based upon Level 1 inputs are comprised of investments in marketable securities held in trust, which are available to satisfy benefit obligations under Company benefit plans and other arrangements. The investment assets of the trust are valued using quoted market prices.
The Company’s financial assets and liabilities valued based upon Level 2 inputs are comprised of foreign currency forward contracts. The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to manage currency transaction exposure. The fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts represents the amount required to enter into offsetting contracts with similar remaining maturities based on quoted market prices. The Company has taken into account the creditworthiness of the counterparties in measuring fair value. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there are no open forward contracts. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
The Company’s financial liabilities valued based upon Level 3 inputs are contingent consideration arrangements pertaining to the Company’s acquisitions. The Company estimates that contingent consideration payments will occur in 2015 and extend until 2029. As of December 31, 2014 , the range of undiscounted amounts the Company could be required to pay under contingent consideration arrangements is between $15.0 million and $83.0 million . The Company determines the fair value of the liabilities for the contingent consideration based on a probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis. This fair value measurement is based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which therefore constitute Level 3 inputs within the valuation hierarchy. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability associated with possible future payments of contingent consideration is based on several factors including:
estimated cash flows projected from the success of market launches;
the estimated time and resources needed to complete the development of acquired technologies;
the uncertainty of obtaining regulatory approvals within the required time periods; and
the risk adjusted discount rate for fair value measurement.

F-29

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table provides information regarding the valuation techniques and inputs used in determining the fair value of the contingent consideration liabilities measured by Level 3 inputs:
 
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range (Weighted Average)
Contingent consideration
Discounted cash flow
 
Discount rate
 
2.3% - 10% (7.0%)
 
 
 
Probability of payment
 
0% - 100% (52.6%)
As of December 31, 2014 , the Company recorded $33.4 million of total liabilities for contingent consideration, of which $11.3 million and $22.1 million were recorded as the current portion of contingent consideration and Other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet.
 

Note 11  — Shareholders' equity
The authorized capital of the Company is comprised of 200 million common shares, $1  par value, and 500,000 preference shares. No preference shares have been outstanding during the last four years.
In 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of outstanding Company common stock. Repurchases of Company stock under the Board authorization may be made from time to time in the open market and may include privately-negotiated transactions as market conditions warrant and subject to regulatory considerations. The stock repurchase program has no expiration date and the Company’s ability to execute on the program will depend on, among other factors, cash requirements for acquisitions, cash generation from operations, debt repayment obligations, market conditions and regulatory requirements. In addition, under the Company’s senior credit agreements, the Company is subject to certain restrictions relating to its ability to repurchase shares in the event the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio (generally, the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit agreement) exceeds certain levels, which may limit the Company’s ability to repurchase shares under this Board authorization. Through December 31, 2014 , no shares have been purchased under this Board authorization.
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner except that the weighted average number of shares is increased for dilutive securities. The following table provides a reconciliation of basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Shares in thousands)
Basic
41,366

 
41,105

 
40,859

Dilutive effect of share based awards
450

 
410

 

Dilutive effect of 3.875% Convertible Notes and warrants
4,654

 
2,178

 

Diluted
46,470

 
43,693

 
40,859

Weighted average shares that were antidilutive and therefore not included in the calculation of earnings per share were approximately 6.3 million , 7.7 million and 9.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
During periods in which the average market price of the Company's common stock is above the applicable conversion price of the Convertible Notes, or $61.32 per share, the impact of conversion would be dilutive and the dilutive effect of conversion of the Convertibles Notes is reflected in diluted earnings per share. As previously noted in Note 8, the Company has elected the net settlement method of accounting for these conversions and as a result, in these periods, under the treasury stock method, the Company calculates the number of shares issuable under the terms of these notes based on the average market price of the stock during the period, and includes that number in the total diluted shares outstanding for the period. 

F-30

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into convertible note hedge and warrant agreements. The convertible note hedge economically reduces the dilutive impact of the Convertible Notes. However, because the Company separately analyzes the impact of the convertible note hedge and the impact of the warrant agreements on diluted weighted average shares outstanding, the effect of the convertible note hedges are disregarded because their impact would be anti-dilutive. The reductions in diluted shares that would result from the convertible note hedges are 2.7 million , 1.6 million , and 0.3 million for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The treasury stock method is applied when the warrants are in-the-money, assuming the proceeds from the exercise of the warrants are used to repurchase shares based on the average stock price during the period. The strike price of the warrants is approximately $74.65 per share of common stock. Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants that were included in the total diluted shares outstanding were 1.9 million and 0.6 million for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The warrants had no dilutive impact for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2012 . For additional information regarding the convertible notes and convertible note hedge and warrant agreements, see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.
The following tables provide information relating to the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 :
 
 
Cash Flow
Hedges
 
Pension and
Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
(381
)
 
$
(127,257
)
 
$
(4,410
)
 
$
(132,048
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
(549
)
 
25,464

 
(9,408
)
 
15,507

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
930

 
4,756

 

 
5,686

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
381

 
30,220

 
(9,408
)
 
21,193

Balance at December 31, 2013

 
(97,037
)
 
(13,818
)
 
(110,855
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
594

 
(47,536
)
 
(105,333
)
 
(152,275
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(594
)
 
2,829

 

 
2,235

Net current-period other comprehensive loss

 
(44,707
)
 
(105,333
)
 
(150,040
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$

 
$
(141,744
)
 
$
(119,151
)
 
$
(260,895
)


F-31

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table provides information relating to the reclassifications of losses/(gain) in accumulated other comprehensive income into expense/(income), net of tax, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and  2013 :
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts:
 
 
 
Cost of goods sold
(705
)
 
884

Total before tax
(705
)
 
884

Taxes
111

 
46

Net of tax
$
(594
)
 
$
930

 
Amortization of pension and other postretirement benefits items (1) :
 
 
 
Actuarial losses
$
4,385

 
$
7,211

Prior-service costs
(21
)
 
(21
)
Transition obligation

 
5

Total before tax
4,364

 
7,195

Tax benefit
(1,535
)
 
(2,439
)
Net of tax
$
2,829

 
$
4,756

Total reclassifications, net of tax
$
2,235

 
$
5,686


(1)
These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net benefit cost of pension and other postretirement benefit plans (see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements  for additional information).
 
Note 12  — Stock compensation plans

In May of 2014, the shareholders of the Company approved the Teleflex Incorporated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan") which replaced the Company's 2008 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (the "Prior Plans"), under which stock options and restricted stock awards previously were granted. The 2014 Plan provides for several different kinds of awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards and other stock-based awards to directors, officers and key employees. Under the 2014 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue up to 5.3 million shares of common stock, subject to adjustment in accordance with special share counting rules in the 2014 Plan that, among other things, (i) count shares underlying a stock option or stock appreciation right (each, an "option award") as one share and each share underlying any other type of award (a "stock award") as 1.8 shares, (ii) increases the shares the Company is authorized to issue by one or 1.8 shares for each share underlying an option award or stock award, respectively, under the Prior Plans that have been cancelled, expired, settled in cash or forfeited after December 31, 2013 and (iii) decrease the number of shares the Company is authorized to issue by one share and 1.8 shares for each share underlying an option award or stock award, respectively, granted under the Prior Plans between January 1, 2014 and the May 2, 2014 adoption of the 2014 Plan by the Company's stockholders. Options granted under the 2014 Plan have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of the grant. In 2014, the Company granted incentive and non-qualified options to purchase 343,580 shares of common stock and granted restricted stock units representing 116,258 shares of common stock under the 2014 Plan. The unrecognized compensation expense for these awards as of the grant date was $17.6 million , which will be recognized over the vesting period of the awards. As of December 31, 2014 , 4,903,018 shares were available for future grants under the 2014 Plan.
Share-based compensation expense for 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was $12.2 million , $11.9 million and $8.6 million , respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses. The total income tax benefit recognized for share-based compensation arrangements for 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was $3.3 million , $3.8 million and $2.7 million , respectively. The higher share-based compensation expense in 2014 and 2013 is primarily due to the increase in the market price of the Company’s common stock.  

F-32

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The fair value of options granted in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was estimated at the date of grant using a multiple point Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Risk-free interest rate
1.45
%
 
0.75
%
 
0.81
%
Expected life of option
4.89 years

 
4.87 years

 
4.85 years

Expected dividend yield
1.34
%
 
1.73
%
 
2.28
%
Expected volatility
21.44
%
 
24.65
%
 
28.46
%
The fair value for non-vested equity awards granted in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was estimated at the date of grant based on the market price for the underlying stock on the grant date discounted for the risk free interest rate and the present value of expected dividends over the vesting period. The following weighted-average assumptions were used:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Risk-free interest rate
0.65
%
 
0.36
%
 
0.37
%
Expected dividend yield
1.34
%
 
1.71
%
 
2.24
%
The Company applied a simplified method to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (“APIC Pool”) related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding.
The following table summarizes the option activity during 2014 :
 
 
Shares Subject to Options
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life In Years
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Outstanding, beginning of the year
1,279,480

 
$
65.05

 
 
 
 
Granted
343,580

 
101.45

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(362,719
)
 
60.86

 
 
 
 
Forfeited or expired
(26,669
)
 
87.37

 
 
 
 
Outstanding, end of the year
1,233,672

 
75.93

 
7.3
 
$
47,974

Exercisable, end of the year
647,425

 
$
64.82

 
6.1
 
$
32,373

The weighted average grant date fair value for options granted during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $18.01 , $14.30 and $11.78 , respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $15.4 million , $4.1 million and $2.7 million during 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively. As of December 31, 2014 , the unamortized share-based compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, net of expected forfeitures, was $5.4 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. New shares of the Company’s common stock are issued upon exercises of options.
The Company recorded $4.6 million of expense related to the portion of the shares underlying options that vested during 2014 , which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

F-33

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table summarizes the non-vested restricted stock unit activity during 2014 :
 
 
Number of
Non-Vested
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life In Years
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Outstanding, beginning of the year
353,357

 
$
62.49

 
 
 
 
Granted
116,258

 
97.87

 
 
 
 
Vested
(128,101
)
 
57.57

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(27,811
)
 
71.63

 
 
 
 
Outstanding, end of the year
313,703

 
76.80

 
1.2
 
$
36,019

The Company issued 116,258 , 148,191 and 178,690 of non-vested restricted stock units in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively, the majority of which vest on the third anniversary of the grant date (cliff vesting). The weighted average grant-date fair value for non-vested restricted stock units granted during 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was $97.87 , $75.60 and $56.95 , respectively. The unamortized share-based compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units, net of expected forfeitures, was $10.4 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. The Company delivers shares of treasury stock upon vesting of the restricted stock award.
The Company recorded $7.6 million of expense related to the portion of the restricted stock units that vested during 2014 , which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
Note 13  — Income taxes
The following table summarizes the components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
12,348

 
$
(2,996
)
 
$
21,046

State
1,912

 
1,736

 
3,623

Foreign
30,748

 
36,422

 
30,389

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
(6,593
)
 
(9,565
)
 
(34,629
)
State
3,435

 
(1,825
)
 
(720
)
Foreign
(13,200
)
 
(225
)
 
(3,296
)
 
$
28,650

 
$
23,547

 
$
16,413

At December 31, 2014 , the cumulative unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside the United States, which are considered non-permanently reinvested and for which U.S. taxes have been provided, approximated $545.5 million .  At December 31, 2014 , the cumulative unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside the United States that are considered permanently reinvested, and, accordingly, for which no income or withholding taxes have been provided, approximated $966.2 million . Earnings considered permanently reinvested are expected to be reinvested indefinitely and, as a result, no deferred tax liability has been recognized with regard to these earnings. It is not practical to determine the deferred income tax liability on these earnings if, in the future, they are remitted to the United States because the income tax liability to be incurred, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing when remittance occurs.

F-34



The following table summarizes the United States and non-United States components of income from continuing operations before taxes:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
United States
$
(23,875
)
 
$
(3,323
)
 
$
(315,707
)
Other
243,985

 
179,053

 
150,338

 
$
220,110

 
$
175,730

 
$
(165,369
)
Reconciliations between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate are as follows:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Federal statutory rate
35.00
 %
 
35.00
 %
 
35.00
 %
Goodwill impairment

 

 
(60.84
)
Tax effect of International items
(22.54
)
 
(14.83
)
 
11.28

State taxes, net of federal benefit
2.10

 
(0.32
)
 
(0.90
)
Uncertain tax contingencies
(0.83
)
 
(4.06
)
 
4.85

Contingent consideration reversals
(1.18
)
 
(2.04
)
 

Other, net
0.47

 
(0.35
)
 
0.68

 
13.02
 %
 
13.40
 %
 
(9.93
)%
The effective income tax rate for 2014 was 13.0% compared to 13.4%  for 2013 . The effective income tax rate for 2014 was impacted by a benefit from a shift in the mix of income to jurisdictions with lower statutory tax rates, tax benefits associated with U.S. federal tax return filings and, although to a lesser extent than 2013, the realization of net tax benefits resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitation for U.S. state and foreign matters.
The effective income tax rate for 2013 was impacted by the realization of net tax benefits resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitation for U.S. federal and state and for foreign matters, tax benefits associated with U.S. and foreign tax return filings and the realization of tax benefits resulting from the resolution of a foreign tax matter.
The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to examinations by various taxing authorities. In conjunction with these examinations and as a regular practice, the Company establishes and adjusts reserves with respect to its uncertain tax positions to address developments related to those positions. The Company realized a net benefit of approximately $1.8 million , $7.1 million and $8.0 million in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively, as a result of reducing its reserves with respect to uncertain tax positions. These reductions principally resulted from the expiration of a number of applicable statutes of limitations.

F-35



The following table summarizes significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2014 and  2013 :
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Tax loss and credit carryforwards
$
112,796

 
$
104,043

Pension
63,669

 
39,310

Reserves and accruals
42,296

 
38,684

Other
28,416

 
27,886

Less: valuation allowances
(99,141
)
 
(86,510
)
Total deferred tax assets
148,036

 
123,413

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
31,143

 
26,550

Intangibles — stock acquisitions
384,734

 
400,297

Unremitted foreign earnings
116,595

 
147,326

Other
10,756

 
12,030

Total deferred tax liabilities
543,228

 
586,203

Net deferred tax liability
$
(395,192
)
 
$
(462,790
)
Under the tax laws of various jurisdictions in which the Company operates, deductions or credits that cannot be fully utilized for tax purposes during the current year may be carried forward, subject to statutory limitations, to reduce taxable income or taxes payable in a future tax year. At December 31, 2014 , the tax effect of such carryforwards approximated $112.8 million . Of this amount, $12.6 million has no expiration date, $0.3 million expires after 2014 but before the end of 2019 and $99.9 million expires after 2019 . A portion of these carryforwards consists of tax losses and credits obtained by the Company as a result of acquisitions; the utilization of these carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which limits a company’s ability to deduct prior net operating losses following a more than 50 percent change in ownership. It is not expected that the Section 382 limitation will prevent the Company from utilizing its loss carryforwards. The determination of state net operating loss carryforwards is dependent upon the United States subsidiaries’ taxable income or loss, the state’s proportion of taxable net income and the application of state laws, which can change from year to year and impact the amount of such carryforward.
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $99.1 million and $86.5 million at December 31, 2014 and  2013 , respectively, relates principally to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to utilize certain deferred tax assets, primarily tax loss and credit carryforwards in various jurisdictions. The valuation allowance was calculated in accordance with applicable accounting standards, which require that a valuation allowance be established and maintained when it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-36



Uncertain Tax Positions : The following table is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits for the twelve month periods ending December 31, 2014 2013 and  2012 :
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at January 1
$
55,771

 
$
62,108

 
$
75,026

Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years

 

 
1,110

Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years

 

 
(6,134
)
Unrecognized tax benefits related to the current year
910

 
1,838

 
4,256

Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to settlements
(132
)
 

 
(8,816
)
Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations
(3,235
)
 
(8,433
)
 
(3,503
)
Increase (decrease) in unrecognized tax benefits due to foreign currency translation
(2,230
)
 
258

 
169

Balance at December 31
$
51,084

 
$
55,771

 
$
62,108

The total liabilities associated with the unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would impact the effective tax rate for continuing operations, were $21.6 million at December 31, 2014 .
The Company accrues interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations, and the corresponding liability is included in the consolidated balance sheets. The interest (benefit) expense (net of related tax benefits where applicable) and penalties reflected in income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $1.0 million and $(0.8) million , respectively; for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.3 million and $(0.8) million , respectively; and for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0.8 million and $0.2 million , respectively. The corresponding liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets for interest and penalties at December 31, 2014 were $6.2 million and $5.0 million , respectively, and at December 31, 2013 were $5.7 million and $6.0 million , respectively.
The taxable years that remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions are as follows:
 
 
Beginning
 
Ending
United States
2010
 
2014
Canada
2005
 
2014
China
2009
 
2014
Czech Republic
2011
 
2014
France
2012
 
2014
Germany
2007
 
2014
India
2008
 
2014
Ireland
2010
 
2014
Italy
2010
 
2014
Malaysia
2010
 
2014
Singapore
2010
 
2014
The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to income tax examinations by various taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2014 , the most significant tax examinations in process are in the jurisdictions of Austria, Canada, Germany and the United States. The date at which these examinations may be concluded and the ultimate outcome of such examinations is uncertain. As a result of the uncertain outcome of these ongoing examinations, future examinations or the expiration of statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken could materially change from those recorded as liabilities at December 31, 2014 . Due to the potential for resolution of certain examinations, and the expiration of various statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits may change within the next twelve months by a range of zero to $2.6 million

F-37

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)



Note 14 Pension and other postretirement benefits
The Company has a number of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans covering eligible U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The defined benefit pension plans are noncontributory. The benefits under these plans are based primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement. The Company’s funding policy for U.S. plans is to contribute annually, at a minimum, amounts required by applicable laws and regulations. Obligations under non-U.S. plans are systematically provided for by depositing funds with trustees or by book reserves.  As of December 31, 2014 , the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plans and the Company’s other postretirement benefit plans, except certain postretirement benefit plans covering employees subject to a collective bargaining agreement, are frozen.
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries provide medical, dental and life insurance benefits to pensioners and survivors. The associated plans are unfunded and approved claims are paid from Company funds.
The following table provides information regarding the net benefit cost of pension and postretirement benefit plans for continuing operations:
 
 
Pension
 
Other Benefits
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Service cost
$
1,794

 
$
1,819

 
$
2,331

 
$
424

 
$
663

 
$
704

Interest cost
18,000

 
16,842

 
16,561

 
2,169

 
2,707

 
2,122

Expected return on plan assets
(25,006
)
 
(23,122
)
 
(20,245
)
 

 

 

Net amortization and deferral
4,371

 
5,847

 
6,474

 
(7
)
 
1,348

 
761

Curtailment gain

 

 
(197
)
 

 

 

Settlement loss

 

 
106

 

 

 

Net benefit cost
$
(841
)
 
$
1,386

 
$
5,030

 
$
2,586

 
$
4,718

 
$
3,587

The following table provides the weighted average assumptions for United States and foreign plans used in determining net benefit cost:
 
 
Pension
 
Other Benefits
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Discount rate
5.0
%
 
4.3
%
 
4.3
%
 
4.7
%
 
3.8
%
 
4.0
%
Rate of return
8.3
%
 
8.3
%
 
8.3
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
Initial healthcare trend rate
%
 
%
 
%
 
7.5
%
 
8.2
%
 
8.5
%
Ultimate healthcare trend rate
%
 
%
 
%
 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%

F-38

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table provides summarized information with respect to the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans, measured as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 :
 
 
Pension
 
Other Benefits
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
Under Funded
 
Under Funded
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Benefit obligation, beginning of year
$
367,731

 
$
397,184

 
$
52,448

 
$
55,609

Service cost
1,794

 
1,819

 
424

 
663

Interest cost
18,000

 
16,842

 
2,169

 
2,707

Actuarial loss (gain)
82,922

 
(30,755
)
 
1,273

 
(3,833
)
Currency translation
(2,973
)
 
861

 

 

Benefits paid
(17,988
)
 
(17,004
)
 
(3,287
)
 
(2,860
)
Medicare Part D reimbursement

 

 
127

 
162

Administrative costs
(1,522
)
 
(1,216
)
 

 

Projected benefit obligation, end of year
447,964

 
367,731

 
53,154

 
52,448

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
305,481

 
276,863

 

 

Actual return on plan assets
34,332

 
28,813

 

 

Contributions
9,539

 
17,724

 

 

Benefits paid
(17,988
)
 
(17,004
)
 

 

Settlements paid

 

 

 

Administrative costs
(1,522
)
 
(1,216
)
 

 

Currency translation
(1,012
)
 
301

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year
328,830

 
305,481

 

 

Funded status, end of year
$
(119,134
)
 
$
(62,250
)
 
$
(53,154
)
 
$
(52,448
)

The following table sets forth the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to the plans:
 
 
Pension
 
Other Benefits
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
$
(1,779
)
 
$
(1,819
)
 
$
(3,268
)
 
$
(3,381
)
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities
(117,355
)
 
(60,431
)
 
(49,886
)
 
(49,067
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
213,117

 
144,866

 
8,353

 
7,073

 
$
93,983

 
$
82,616

 
$
(44,801
)
 
$
(45,375
)

F-39

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following tables set forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) with respect to the plans:
 
 
Pension
 
Prior Service
Cost (Credit)
 
Net (Gain)
or Loss
 
Deferred
Taxes
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss,
Net of Tax
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
216

 
$
186,700

 
$
(67,567
)
 
$
119,349

Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net amortization and deferral
(34
)
 
(5,813
)
 
1,947

 
(3,900
)
Amounts arising during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

 
(36,446
)
 
13,206

 
(23,240
)
Impact of currency translation

 
243

 
(66
)
 
177

Balance at December 31, 2013
182

 
144,684

 
(52,480
)
 
92,386

Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net amortization and deferral
(34
)
 
(4,337
)
 
1,539

 
(2,832
)
Amounts arising during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

 
73,596

 
(26,131
)
 
47,465

Impact of currency translation

 
(974
)
 
265

 
(709
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
148

 
$
212,969

 
$
(76,807
)
 
$
136,310

 
 
Other Benefits
 
Prior Service
Cost (Credit)
 
Initial
Obligation
 
Net (Gain) or
Loss
 
Deferred
Taxes
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss,
Net of Tax
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
(38
)
 
$
5

 
$
12,287

 
$
(4,346
)
 
$
7,908

Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Amortization and deferral
55

 
(5
)
 
(1,398
)
 
492

 
(856
)
Amounts Arising During the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

 

 
(3,833
)
 
1,432

 
(2,401
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
17

 

 
7,056

 
(2,422
)
 
4,651

Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Amortization and deferral
55

 

 
(48
)
 
(4
)
 
3

Amounts Arising During the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

 

 
1,273

 
(493
)
 
780

Balance at December 31, 2014
$
72

 
$

 
$
8,281

 
$
(2,919
)
 
$
5,434


F-40

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table provides the weighted average assumptions for United States and foreign plans used in determining benefit obligations:
 
 
Pension
 
Other Benefits
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
Discount rate
4.1
%
 
5.0
%
 
4.0
%
 
4.7
%
Rate of compensation increase
3.0
%
 
3.0
%
 

 

Initial healthcare trend rate

 

 
7.3
%
 
7.0
%
Ultimate healthcare trend rate

 

 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
 
The discount rate represents the interest rate used to determine the present value of future cash flows currently expected to be required to settle the Company’s pension and other benefit obligations. The weighted average discount rates for United States pension plans and other benefit plans of 4.24% and 3.97% , respectively, were established by comparing the projection of expected benefit payments to the AA Above Median yield curve as of December 31, 2014 . The expected benefit payments are discounted by each corresponding discount rate on the yield curve. For payments beyond 30 years, the Company extends the curve assuming that the discount rate derived in year 30 is extended to the end of the plan’s payment expectations. Once the present value of the string of benefit payments is established, the Company determines the single rate on the yield curve that, when applied to all obligations of the plan, will exactly match the previously determined present value.
As part of the evaluation of pension and other postretirement assumptions, the Company applied assumptions for mortality and healthcare cost trends that incorporate generational white and blue collar mortality trends. In determining its benefit obligations, the Company used generational tables that take into consideration increases in plan participant longevity. During 2014, the Society of Actuaries published new mortality tables (RP-2014), which generally reflect longer life expectancy than was projected by past tables (RP-2000). The Company used the new mortality tables when applying mortality assumptions to the calculation of its projected benefit obligations as of December 31, 2014, which resulted in a 9% increase to the Company’s projected benefit obligation.
The Company’s assumption for the Expected Return on Plan Assets is primarily based on the determination of an expected return for its current portfolio. This determination is made using assumptions for return and volatility of the portfolio. Asset class assumptions are set using a combination of empirical and forward-looking analysis. To the extent historical results have been affected by unsustainable trends or events, the effects of those trends are quantified and removed. The Company applies a variety of models for filtering historical data and isolating the fundamental characteristics of asset classes. These models provide empirical return estimates for each asset class, which are then reviewed and combined with a qualitative assessment of long term relationships between asset classes before a return estimate is finalized. The qualitative analysis is intended to provide an additional means for addressing the effect of unrealistic or unsustainable short-term valuations or trends, resulting in return levels and behavior the Company believes are more likely to prevail over long periods. Effective in 2015, the Company changed its Expected Return on Plan Assets of the United States pension plans from 8.50% to 8.25% to reflect modifications to assumptions resulting from the analysis described above. This change had no impact on the results for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Increasing the assumed healthcare trend rate by 1% would increase the benefit obligation at December 31, 2014 by $4.4 million and would increase the 2014 benefit expense by $0.2 million . Decreasing the trend rate by 1% would decrease the benefit obligation at December 31, 2014 by $3.8 million and would decrease the 2014 benefit expense by $0.2 million .
The accumulated benefit obligation for all United States and foreign defined benefit pension plans was $447.4 million and $367.3 million for 2014 and 2013 , respectively. All of our pension plans had accumulated benefit obligations in excess of their respective plan assets as of December 31, 2014 and  2013 .

F-41

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The Company’s investment objective is to achieve an enhanced long-term rate of return on plan assets, subject to a prudent level of portfolio risk, for the purpose of enhancing the availability of benefits for participants. These investments are held primarily in equity and fixed income mutual funds. The Company’s other investments are largely comprised of a hedge fund of funds and a structured credit fund. The equity funds are diversified in terms of domestic and international equity securities, as well as small, middle and large capitalization stocks. The domestic mutual funds held in the plans are subject to the diversification standards and industry limitations on concentration of holdings set forth in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and SEC staff guidance. The Company’s target allocation percentage is as follows: equity securities (45%) ; fixed-income securities (35%)  and other securities (20%) . Equity funds are held for their expected return over inflation. Fixed-income funds are held for diversification relative to equities and as a partial hedge of interest rate risk to plan liabilities. The other investments are held to further diversify assets within the plans and are designed to provide a mix of equity and bond like return with a bond like risk profile. The plans may also hold cash to meet liquidity requirements. Actual performance may not be consistent with the respective investment strategies. Investment risks and returns are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and investment portfolio reviews to determine whether the asset allocation targets continue to represent an appropriate balance of expected risk and reward.
The following table provides the fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2014 by asset category:
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
Asset Category (a)
 
Total
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash
 
$
659

 
$
659

 
$

 
$

Money market funds
 
31

 
31

 

 

Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Managed volatility (b)
 
83,068

 
83,068

 

 

United States small/mid-cap equity (c)
 
20,312

 
20,312

 

 

World Equity (excluding United States) (d)
 
26,064

 
26,064

 

 

Common Equity Securities – Teleflex Incorporated
 
13,422

 
13,422

 

 

Diversified United Kingdom Equity
 
875

 
875

 

 

Diversified Global
 
2,884

 
2,884

 

 

Emerging Markets
 
1,266

 
1,266

 

 

Fixed income securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long duration bond fund (e)
 
92,553

 
92,553

 

 

UK corporate bond fund
 
2,719

 
2,719

 

 

UK Government bond fund
 
5,078

 
5,078

 

 

High yield bond fund (f)
 
11,618

 
11,618

 

 

Emerging markets debt fund (g)
 
8,531

 


 
8,531

 

Corporate, government and foreign bonds
 
81

 


 
81

 

Asset backed – home loans
 
782

 


 
782

 

Other types of investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Structured credit (h)
 
31,176

 


 

 
31,176

Hedge fund of funds (i)
 
23,171

 


 

 
23,171

UK Property Fund (j)
 
1,549

 


 
1,549

 

Multi asset fund  (k)
 
2,986

 
2,986

 

 

Other
 
5

 

 

 
5

Total
 
$
328,830

 
$
263,535

 
$
10,943

 
$
54,352


F-42

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table provides the fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2013 by asset category:
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
Asset Category (a)
 
Total
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash
 
$
472

 
$
472

 
$

 
$

Money market funds
 
310

 
310

 

 

Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Managed volatility (b)
 
77,140

 
77,140

 

 

United States small/mid-cap equity (c)
 
19,760

 
19,760

 

 

World Equity (excluding United States) (d)
 
30,183

 
30,183

 

 

Common Equity Securities – Teleflex Incorporated
 
10,972

 
10,972

 

 

Diversified United Kingdom Equity
 
928

 
928

 

 

Diversified Global
 
2,319

 
2,319

 

 

Emerging Markets
 
1,270

 
1,270

 

 

Fixed income securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long duration bond fund (e)
 
76,608

 
76,608

 

 

UK corporate bond fund
 
2,569

 
2,569

 

 

UK Government bond fund
 
4,455

 
4,455

 

 

High yield bond fund (f)
 
12,754

 
12,754

 

 

Emerging markets debt fund (g)
 
9,003

 

 
9,003

 

Corporate, government and foreign bonds
 
87

 

 
87

 

Asset backed – home loans
 
847

 

 
847

 

Other types of investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Structured credit (h)
 
29,109

 

 

 
29,109

Hedge fund of funds (i)
 
22,540

 

 

 
22,540

UK Property Fund (j)
 
1,402

 

 
1,402

 

Multi asset fund  (k)
 
2,748

 
2,748

 

 

Other
 
5

 

 

 
5

Total
 
$
305,481

 
$
242,488

 
$
11,339

 
$
51,654


(a)
Information on asset categories described in notes (b)-(k) is derived from prospectuses and other material provided by the respective funds comprising the respective asset categories.
(b)
This category comprises mutual funds that invest in securities of United States and non-United States companies of all capitalization ranges that exhibit relatively low volatility.
(c)
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of small and mid-sized companies. The fund invests in common stocks or exchange traded funds holding common stock of United States companies with market capitalizations in the range of companies in the Russell 2500 Index.
(d)
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of foreign companies. These securities may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, exchange traded funds based on an international equity index and derivative instruments whose value is based on an international equity index and derivative instruments whose value is based on an underlying equity security or a basket of equity securities. The fund invests in securities of foreign issuers located in developed and emerging market countries. However, the fund will not invest more than 30% of its assets in the common stocks or other equity securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.

F-43

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


(e)
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics similar to fixed income securities. The fund invests in investment grade fixed income instruments, including securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government and its agencies and instrumentalities, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities, exchange traded funds, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage-backed securities. The fund invests primarily in long duration government and corporate fixed income securities, and uses derivative instruments, including interest rate swap agreements and Treasury futures contracts, for the purpose of managing the overall duration and yield curve exposure of the Fund’s portfolio of fixed income securities.
(f)
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in higher-yielding fixed income securities, including corporate bonds and debentures, convertible and preferred securities and zero coupon obligations.
(g)
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities of emerging market issuers, primarily in United States dollar-denominated debt of foreign governments, government-related and corporate issuers in emerging market countries and entities organized to restructure the debt of those issuers.
(h)
This category comprises a fund that invests primarily in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and other structured credit vehicles. The fund investments may include fixed income securities, loan participants, credit-linked notes, medium-term notes, pooled investment vehicles and derivative instruments.
(i)
This category comprises a hedge fund that invests in various other hedge funds. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 :
approximately 33% and 28% , respectively, of the assets of the hedge fund were invested in equity hedge based funds, including equity long/short and equity market neutral strategies;
approximately 10% and 18% , respectively, of the assets were held in tactical/directional based funds, including global macro, long/short equity, commodity and systematic quantitative strategies;
approximately 24% and 25% , respectively, of the assets were held in relative value based funds, including convertible and fixed income arbitrage, credit long/short and volatility arbitrage strategies;
approximately 33% and 23% , respectively, of the assets were held in funds with an event driven strategy; and
approximately 6% of the assets were held in cash as of December 31, 2013.
(j)
This category comprises a fund that invests primarily in UK freehold and leasehold property. The fund does not invest in higher risk activities such as developments. The fund may invest in indirect vehicles and property derivatives.
(k)
This category comprises a mutual fund that invests primarily in equities, bonds and alternatives.
The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in pension assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, using Level 3 inputs, from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2014 :
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
48,198

 
Unrealized gain on assets
3,456

 
Balance at December 31, 2013
51,654

 
Unrealized gain on assets
2,698

 
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
54,352

 
The Company’s contributions to United States and foreign pension plans during 2015 are expected to be approximately $2.9 million . Contributions to postretirement healthcare plans during 2015 are expected to be approximately $3.3 million .
The following table provides information about the Company’s expected benefit payments for U.S. and foreign plans for each of the five succeeding years and the aggregate of the five years thereafter, net of the annual average Medicare Part D subsidy of approximately $0.2 million :

F-44

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
 
Pension
 
Other Benefits
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2015
$
17,841

 
$
3,268

2016
18,449

 
3,362

2017
19,023

 
3,334

2018
19,653

 
3,367

2019
20,472

 
3,416

Years 2020 — 2024
114,185

 
18,229

The Company maintains a number of defined contribution savings plans covering eligible United States and non-United States employees. The Company partially matches employee contributions. Costs related to these plans were $11.5 million , $12.1 million and $10.1 million for 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
 
Note 15  — Commitments and contingent liabilities
Operating leases:  The Company uses various leased facilities and equipment in its operations. The lease terms for these leased assets vary depending on the terms of the applicable lease agreement. At December 31, 2014 , the Company had no residual value guarantees related to its operating leases.
Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2014 under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
 
Future Lease Payments
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2015
$
27,706

2016
23,292

2017
18,846

2018
15,474

2019 and thereafter
32,182

Rental expense under operating leases was $29.4 million , $26.4 million and $24.0 million in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
The Company entered into a build-to-suit lease pertaining to a U.S. operating facility in August 2013, and construction on the facility commenced in September 2013. The estimated fair value of the Company’s percentage of the construction costs to complete the build-to-suit lease was approximately $28.3 million . For accounting purposes, the Company was deemed the owner of the asset during the construction period and was required to record the estimated fair value of the Company’s percentage of the construction costs as construction in progress during the construction period and a related liability in the same amount. This noncash activity is not reflective of the Company’s cash obligations, but represents the landlord’s costs to construct the Company’s portion of the building and tenant improvements. The construction pertaining to the build-to-suit leased facility was completed in the fourth quarter 2014, at which point the Company derecognized the assets and related liabilities pertaining to the leased operating facility.
Environmental:  The Company is subject to contingencies as a result of environmental laws and regulations that in the future may require the Company to take further action to correct the effects on the environment of prior disposal practices or releases of chemical or petroleum substances by the Company or other parties. Much of this liability results from the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, often referred to as Superfund, the United States Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and similar state laws. These laws require the Company to undertake certain investigative and remedial activities at sites where the Company conducts or once conducted operations or at sites where Company-generated waste was disposed.

F-45

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Remediation activities vary substantially in duration and cost from site to site. These activities, and their associated costs, depend on the mix of unique site characteristics, evolving remediation technologies, the regulatory agencies involved and their enforcement policies, as well as the presence or absence of other potentially responsible parties. At December 31, 2014 and 2013 , the Company has recorded discounted liabilities of $1.3 million and $2.5 million , respectively, in accrued liabilities and $6.5 million and $5.8 million , respectively, in other liabilities relating to these matters. Considerable uncertainty exists with respect to these liabilities and, if adverse changes in circumstances occur, potential liability may exceed the amount accrued as of December 31, 2014 . The time frame over which the accrued amounts may be paid out, based on past history, is estimated to be 15 - 20 years .
Litigation:  The Company is a party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These lawsuits and claims include actions involving product liability, intellectual property, employment and environmental matters. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , the Company has accrued liabilities of approximately $6.0 million and $6.8 million , respectively, in connection with these matters, representing its best estimate of the cost within the range of estimated possible loss that will be incurred to resolve these matters. Of the amounts accrued as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , $2.4 million and $1.4 million , respectively, pertain to discontinued operations. 
In 2006, the Company was named as a defendant in a wrongful death product liability lawsuit filed in the Louisiana State District Court for the Parish of Calcasieu, involving a product manufactured by the Company’s former marine business. In September 2014, the case was tried before a jury, which returned a verdict in favor of the Company. The plaintiff subsequently filed a motion for a new trial, which was granted, and the case was re-tried before a jury in December 2014. On December 5, 2014, the jury returned a verdict in favor of the plaintiff, awarding $125,000 in compensatory damages and $23 million in punitive damages, plus pre- and post-judgment interest on the compensatory damages and post-judgment interest on the punitive damages. The Company has filed post-trial motions seeking to overturn the verdict or reduce the amount of damages, which the Company believes are excessive. If the Court denies the motions, the Company intends to pursue an appeal. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has accrued a liability representing its best estimate of any probable loss associated with this matter which, is included in the Company’s accrued liabilities relating to discontinued operations discussed in the preceding paragraph. The Company believes that any liability arising from this matter in excess of $10 million will be covered by the Company’s product liability insurance.
Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, established reserves and other resources, the Company does not believe that the outcome of any outstanding litigation and claims is likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to its business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. However, in the event of unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters, if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to selling, general and administrative expenses in the period incurred.
Tax audits and examinations: The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to tax examinations by various taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2014 , the most significant tax examinations in process were in Austria, Canada, Germany and the United States. In conjunction with these examinations and as a regular and routine practice, the Company may establish reserves or adjust existing reserves with respect to uncertain tax positions. Accordingly, developments occurring with respect to these examinations, including resolution of uncertain tax positions, could result in increases or decreases to the Company’s recorded tax liabilities, which could impact the Company’s financial results.
Other:  The Company has various purchase commitments for materials, supplies and items of permanent investment incident to the ordinary conduct of business. On average, such commitments are not at prices in excess of current market prices.
 
Note 16  — Business segments and other information
An operating segment is a component of the Company (a) that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, (b) whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance, and (c) for which discrete financial information is available. The Company does not evaluate its operating segments using discrete asset information.

F-46



Effective January 1, 2014, the Company realigned its operating segments due to changes in the Company’s internal financial reporting structure. The Company’s North American Vascular, Anesthesia/Respiratory and Surgical businesses, which previously comprised much of the former Americas reportable segment, are now separate reportable segments.  As a result, the Company now has six reportable segments: Vascular North America, Anesthesia/Respiratory North America, Surgical North America, EMEA, Asia and OEM. Certain operating segments are not material and are therefore included in the “All other” line item in tabular presentations of segment information. Additionally, the Company changed the allocation methodology for certain corporate costs, including manufacturing variances and research and development costs, among its businesses to improve accountability, which resulted in changes to the previously reported segment operating profit. All prior comparative periods have been restated to reflect these changes.
The Company’s reportable segments other than the OEM segment design, manufacture and distribute medical devices primarily used in critical care, surgical applications and cardiac care and generally serve two end markets: hospitals and healthcare providers, and home health. The products of these segments are most widely used in the acute care setting for a range of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty surgical applications. The Company’s OEM segment designs, manufactures and supplies devices and instruments for other medical device manufacturers.
The following tables present the Company’s segment results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 2013 and 2012 :
 
Year Ended December 31:
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
Vascular North America
$
259,227

 
$
231,112

 
$
222,749

Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
222,650

 
228,485

 
180,363

Surgical North America
150,121

 
146,058

 
143,875

EMEA
593,065

 
557,427

 
510,248

Asia
237,696

 
207,207

 
173,721

OEM
143,966

 
131,173

 
140,230

All other
233,107

 
194,809

 
179,823

Consolidated net revenues
$
1,839,832

 
$
1,696,271

 
$
1,551,009


F-47



 
Year Ended December 31:
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Operating Profit
 
 
 
 
 
Vascular North America
$
41,079

 
$
23,798

 
$
26,048

Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
26,574

 
21,910

 
14,048

Surgical North America
49,592

 
50,334

 
50,615

EMEA
114,650

 
87,902

 
65,822

Asia
62,152

 
63,822

 
52,541

OEM
30,635

 
27,328

 
31,664

All other
40,482

 
27,191

 
18,759

Total segment operating profit (1)
365,164

 
302,285

 
259,497

Unallocated expenses (2)
(80,302
)
 
(69,024
)
 
(356,872
)
Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishments of debt and taxes
$
284,862

 
$
233,261

 
$
(97,375
)
(1)
Segment operating profit includes segment net revenues from external customers reduced by its standard cost of goods sold, adjusted for certain manufacturing variances, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses and an allocation of corporate expenses. Corporate expenses are allocated among the segments in proportion to the respective amounts of one of several items (such as sales, numbers of employees, and amount of time spent), depending on the category of expense involved.
(2)
Unallocated expenses primarily include manufacturing variances and fixed manufacturing costs, with the exception of certain manufacturing variances allocated to the segments as noted above, as well as net gain on sales of assets, goodwill impairment and restructuring and other impairment charges.
 
Year Ended December 31:
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Depreciation and Amortization
 
 
 
 
 
Vascular North America
$
31,782

 
$
28,719

 
$
23,063

Anesthesia/Respiratory North America
17,109

 
13,162

 
7,955

Surgical North America
6,316

 
10,549

 
3,646

EMEA
38,062

 
29,947

 
22,975

Asia
8,515

 
4,960

 
3,653

OEM
6,175

 
4,876

 
4,083

All other
19,071

 
15,722

 
29,509

Consolidated depreciation and amortization
$
127,030

 
$
107,935

 
$
94,884


F-48



The following table provides total net revenues and total net property, plant and equipment by geographic region for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and  2012 :
 
Year Ended
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net revenues (based on the Company's selling location):
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
916,619

 
$
844,884

 
$
789,771

Other Americas
60,736

 
57,098

 
53,665

Europe
664,982

 
568,559

 
516,982

All Other
197,495

 
225,730

 
190,591

 
$
1,839,832

 
$
1,696,271

 
$
1,551,009

Net property, plant and equipment:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
174,893

 
$
203,985

 
$
180,833

Malaysia
36,427

 
29,313

 
27,764

Czech Republic
35,655

 
41,607

 
45,884

All Other
70,460

 
50,995

 
43,464

 
$
317,435

 
$
325,900

 
$
297,945

 
Note 17  — Condensed consolidating guarantor financial information
In June 2011, Teleflex Incorporated (referred to below as “Parent Company”) issued $250 million of 6.875% senior subordinated notes through a registered public offering. The notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain of the Parent Company’s subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The guarantees are full and unconditional, subject to certain customary release provisions. Each Guarantor Subsidiary is directly or indirectly 100% owned by the Parent Company. The Company’s condensed consolidating statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) and condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 and condensed consolidating balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, each of which are set forth below, provide condensed consolidating information for:
a. Parent Company, the issuer of the guaranteed obligations;
b. Guarantor Subsidiaries, on a combined basis;
c. Non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis; and
d. Parent Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidating basis.
The same accounting policies as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements are used by the Parent Company and each of its subsidiaries in connection with the condensed consolidating financial information set forth below, with the exception that the Parent Company and Guarantor Subsidiaries use the equity method of accounting to reflect ownership interests in subsidiaries which are eliminated upon consolidation.
Consolidating entries and eliminations in the following condensed consolidating financial statements represent adjustments to (a) eliminate intercompany transactions between or among the Parent Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-guarantor subsidiaries, (b) eliminate the investments in subsidiaries and (c) record consolidating entries.

F-49

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Parent
Company
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Condensed
Consolidated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net revenues
$

 
$
1,078,851

 
$
1,132,152

 
$
(371,171
)
 
$
1,839,832

Cost of goods sold

 
652,742

 
608,256

 
(363,594
)
 
897,404

Gross profit

 
426,109

 
523,896

 
(7,577
)
 
942,428

Selling, general and administrative expenses
42,829

 
326,282

 
209,930

 
(384
)
 
578,657

Research and development expenses

 
40,546

 
20,494

 

 
61,040

Restructuring and other impairment charges

 
10,189

 
7,680

 

 
17,869

Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest and taxes
(42,829
)
 
49,092

 
285,792

 
(7,193
)
 
284,862

Interest expense
144,869

 
(85,885
)
 
6,474

 

 
65,458

Interest income

 
(1
)
 
(705
)
 

 
(706
)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
(187,698
)
 
134,978

 
280,023

 
(7,193
)
 
220,110

Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from continuing operations
(68,307
)
 
68,690

 
28,159

 
108

 
28,650

Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
308,396

 
233,827

 
252

 
(542,475
)
 

Income from continuing operations
189,005

 
300,115

 
252,116

 
(549,776
)
 
191,460

Operating loss from discontinued operations
(2,196
)
 

 
(1,211
)
 

 
(3,407
)
Taxes (benefit) on loss from discontinued operations
(870
)
 

 
172

 

 
(698
)
Loss from discontinued operations
(1,326
)
 

 
(1,383
)
 

 
(2,709
)
Net income
187,679

 
300,115

 
250,733

 
(549,776
)
 
188,751

Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
1,072

 

 
1,072

Net income attributable to common shareholders
187,679

 
300,115

 
249,661

 
(549,776
)
 
187,679

Other comprehensive loss attributable to common shareholders
(150,040
)
 
(130,691
)
 
(126,317
)
 
257,008

 
(150,040
)
Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders
$
37,639

 
$
169,424

 
$
123,344

 
$
(292,768
)
 
$
37,639

 


F-50

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Parent
Company
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Condensed
Consolidated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net revenues
$

 
$
1,001,404

 
$
963,184

 
$
(268,317
)
 
$
1,696,271

Cost of goods sold

 
582,110

 
543,717

 
(268,501
)
 
857,326

Gross profit

 
419,294

 
419,467

 
184

 
838,945

Selling, general and administrative expenses
39,176

 
284,960

 
178,358

 
(307
)
 
502,187

Research and development expenses

 
55,694

 
9,351

 

 
65,045

Restructuring and other impairment charges
935

 
15,288

 
22,229

 

 
38,452

Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishments of debt and taxes
(40,111
)
 
63,352

 
209,529

 
491

 
233,261

Interest expense
134,879

 
(85,058
)
 
7,084

 

 
56,905

Interest income
(15
)
 
(5
)
 
(604
)
 

 
(624
)
Loss on extinguishments of debt
1,250

 

 

 

 
1,250

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
(176,225
)
 
148,415

 
203,049

 
491

 
175,730

Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from continuing operations
(63,857
)
 
42,804

 
45,354

 
(754
)
 
23,547

Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
263,469

 
141,773

 
288

 
(405,530
)
 

Income from continuing operations
151,101

 
247,384

 
157,983

 
(404,285
)
 
152,183

Operating loss from discontinued operations
(1,947
)
 

 
(258
)
 

 
(2,205
)
Taxes (benefit) on loss from discontinued operations
(1,727
)
 
(170
)
 
127

 

 
(1,770
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
(220
)
 
170

 
(385
)
 

 
(435
)
Net income
150,881

 
247,554

 
157,598

 
(404,285
)
 
151,748

Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
867

 

 
867

Net income attributable to common shareholders
150,881

 
247,554

 
156,731

 
(404,285
)
 
150,881

Other comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders
21,193

 
1,960

 
5,442

 
(7,402
)
 
21,193

Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders
$
172,074

 
$
249,514

 
$
162,173

 
$
(411,687
)
 
$
172,074

 


F-51

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Parent
Company
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Condensed
Consolidated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net revenues
$

 
$
950,888

 
$
833,903

 
$
(233,782
)
 
$
1,551,009

Cost of goods sold

 
552,726

 
482,881

 
(232,823
)
 
802,784

Gross profit

 
398,162

 
351,022

 
(959
)
 
748,225

Selling, general and administrative expenses
34,657

 
259,476

 
160,089

 
267

 
454,489

Research and development expenses

 
48,649

 
7,629

 

 
56,278

Goodwill impairment

 
331,779

 
349

 

 
332,128

Restructuring and other impairment charges

 
598

 
2,439

 

 
3,037

Net gain on sales of businesses and assets
(116,193
)
 
(149,240
)
 
(332
)
 
265,433

 
(332
)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest and taxes
81,536

 
(93,100
)
 
180,848

 
(266,659
)
 
(97,375
)
Interest expense
143,653

 
(81,328
)
 
7,240

 

 
69,565

Interest income
(372
)
 
(23
)
 
(1,176
)
 

 
(1,571
)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
(61,745
)
 
(11,749
)
 
174,784

 
(266,659
)
 
(165,369
)
Taxes (benefit) on income (loss) from continuing operations
(63,806
)
 
45,068

 
35,670

 
(519
)
 
16,413

Equity in net income (loss) of consolidated subsidiaries
(190,742
)
 
124,918

 

 
65,824

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations
(188,681
)
 
68,101

 
139,114

 
(200,316
)
 
(181,782
)
Operating income (loss) from discontinued operations
(2,647
)
 
(9,179
)
 
2,619

 

 
(9,207
)
Tax benefit on income (loss) from discontinued operations
(1,271
)
 
(129
)
 
(487
)
 

 
(1,887
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
(1,376
)
 
(9,050
)
 
3,106

 

 
(7,320
)
Net income (loss)
(190,057
)
 
59,051

 
142,220

 
(200,316
)
 
(189,102
)
Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
955

 

 
955

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
(190,057
)
 
59,051

 
141,265

 
(200,316
)
 
(190,057
)
Other comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders
27,305

 
10,475

 
8,907

 
(19,382
)
 
27,305

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
$
(162,752
)
 
$
69,526

 
$
150,172

 
$
(219,698
)
 
$
(162,752
)
 

F-52

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31, 2014
 
Parent
Company
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Condensed
Consolidated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
27,996

 
$

 
$
275,240

 
$

 
$
303,236

Accounts receivable, net
2,346

 
2,422

 
265,081

 
3,855

 
273,704

Accounts receivable from consolidated subsidiaries
37,378

 
2,303,284

 
272,811

 
(2,613,473
)
 

Inventories, net

 
204,335

 
154,544

 
(23,286
)
 
335,593

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
14,301

 
4,786

 
16,610

 

 
35,697

Prepaid taxes
23,493

 

 
16,763

 

 
40,256

Deferred tax assets
30,248

 
17,387

 
9,666

 

 
57,301

Assets held for sale
2,901

 

 
4,521

 

 
7,422

Total current assets
138,663

 
2,532,214

 
1,015,236

 
(2,632,904
)
 
1,053,209

Property, plant and equipment, net
3,489

 
170,054

 
143,892

 

 
317,435

Goodwill

 
703,663

 
619,890

 

 
1,323,553

Intangibles assets, net

 
743,222

 
473,498

 

 
1,216,720

Investments in affiliates
5,662,773

 
1,359,661

 
21,253

 
(7,042,537
)
 
1,150

Deferred tax assets
52,244

 

 
5,535

 
(56,601
)
 
1,178

Notes receivable and other amounts due from consolidated subsidiaries
1,025,859

 
1,489,994

 

 
(2,515,853
)
 

Other assets
27,999

 
6,801

 
29,210

 

 
64,010

Total assets
$
6,911,027

 
$
7,005,609

 
$
2,308,514

 
$
(12,247,895
)
 
$
3,977,255

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current borrowings
$
363,701

 
$

 
$
4,700

 
$

 
$
368,401

Accounts payable
1,449

 
32,692

 
29,959

 

 
64,100

Accounts payable to consolidated subsidiaries
2,259,891

 
188,908

 
163,291

 
(2,612,090
)
 

Accrued expenses
17,149

 
21,479

 
33,755

 

 
72,383

Current portion of contingent consideration

 
11,276

 

 

 
11,276

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
20,693

 
27,228

 
37,521

 

 
85,442

Accrued interest
9,152

 

 
17

 

 
9,169

Income taxes payable

 

 
13,768

 

 
13,768

Other current liabilities
5

 
3,065

 
7,290

 

 
10,360

Total current liabilities
2,672,040

 
284,648

 
290,301

 
(2,612,090
)
 
634,899

Long-term borrowings
700,000

 

 

 

 
700,000

Deferred tax liabilities

 
462,274

 
45,867

 
(56,600
)
 
451,541

Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities
110,830

 
35,074

 
21,337

 

 
167,241

Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions
11,431

 
15,569

 
23,884

 

 
50,884

Notes payable and other amounts due to consolidated subsidiaries
1,483,984

 
932,718

 
103,908

 
(2,520,610
)
 

Other liabilities
21,433

 
24,900

 
12,658

 

 
58,991

Total liabilities
4,999,718

 
1,755,183

 
497,955

 
(5,189,300
)
 
2,063,556

Total common shareholders' equity
1,911,309

 
5,250,426

 
1,808,169

 
(7,058,595
)
 
1,911,309

Noncontrolling interest

 

 
2,390

 

 
2,390

Total equity
1,911,309

 
5,250,426

 
1,810,559

 
(7,058,595
)
 
1,913,699

Total liabilities and equity
$
6,911,027

 
$
7,005,609

 
$
2,308,514

 
$
(12,247,895
)
 
$
3,977,255

 

F-53

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
December 31, 2013
 
Parent
Company
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Condensed
Consolidated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
42,749

 
$
14,500

 
$
374,735

 
$

 
$
431,984

Accounts receivable, net
1,822

 
10,948

 
279,048

 
3,472

 
295,290

Accounts receivable from consolidated subsidiaries
42,865

 
2,623,314

 
214,469

 
(2,880,648
)
 

Inventories, net

 
211,165

 
138,165

 
(15,709
)
 
333,621

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
15,200

 
6,870

 
17,740

 

 
39,810

Prepaid taxes
27,487

 

 
9,017

 

 
36,504

Deferred tax assets
20,218

 
22,472

 
10,230

 
(3
)
 
52,917

Assets held for sale
1,669

 
3,503

 
5,256

 

 
10,428

Total current assets
152,010

 
2,892,772

 
1,048,660

 
(2,892,888
)
 
1,200,554

Property, plant and equipment, net
14,189

 
188,455

 
123,256

 

 
325,900

Goodwill

 
797,671

 
556,532

 

 
1,354,203

Intangibles assets, net

 
962,243

 
293,354

 

 
1,255,597

Investments in affiliates
5,489,676

 
1,478,429

 
21,382

 
(6,987,772
)
 
1,715

Deferred tax assets
35,877

 

 
4,476

 
(39,410
)
 
943

Notes receivable and other amounts due from consolidated subsidiaries
1,049,344

 
873,105

 
14,169

 
(1,936,618
)
 

Other assets
24,574

 
7,447

 
38,074

 

 
70,095

Total assets
$
6,765,670

 
$
7,200,122

 
$
2,099,903

 
$
(11,856,688
)
 
$
4,209,007

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current borrowings
$
351,587

 
$

 
$
4,700

 
$

 
$
356,287

Accounts payable
2,194

 
45,802

 
23,971

 

 
71,967

Accounts payable to consolidated subsidiaries
2,644,296

 
147,957

 
88,395

 
(2,880,648
)
 

Accrued expenses
15,569

 
21,120

 
38,179

 

 
74,868

Current portion of contingent consideration

 
4,131

 

 

 
4,131

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
15,976

 
21,818

 
35,296

 

 
73,090

Accrued interest
8,720

 

 
5

 

 
8,725

Income taxes payable

 

 
23,821

 

 
23,821

Other current liabilities
9,646

 
7,517

 
5,072

 
(4
)
 
22,231

Total current liabilities
3,047,988

 
248,345

 
219,439

 
(2,880,652
)
 
635,120

Long-term borrowings
930,000

 

 

 

 
930,000

Deferred tax liabilities

 
496,228

 
57,896

 
(39,409
)
 
514,715

Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities
57,406

 
33,777

 
18,315

 

 
109,498

Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions
11,389

 
17,241

 
26,522

 

 
55,152

Notes payable and other amounts due to consolidated subsidiaries
785,476

 
957,451

 
197,173

 
(1,940,100
)
 

Other liabilities
19,884

 
16,221

 
12,401

 

 
48,506

Total liabilities
4,852,143

 
1,769,263

 
531,746

 
(4,860,161
)
 
2,292,991

Total common shareholders' equity
1,913,527

 
5,430,859

 
1,565,668

 
(6,996,527
)
 
1,913,527

Noncontrolling interest

 

 
2,489

 

 
2,489

Total equity
1,913,527

 
5,430,859

 
1,568,157

 
(6,996,527
)
 
1,916,016

Total liabilities and equity
$
6,765,670

 
$
7,200,122

 
$
2,099,903

 
$
(11,856,688
)
 
$
4,209,007

 

F-54

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Parent
Company
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Condensed
Consolidated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities from continuing operations
$
(80,651
)
 
$
322,687

 
$
123,545

 
$
(75,340
)
 
$
290,241

Cash Flows from Investing Activities of Continuing Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment
(2,273
)
 
(30,586
)
 
(34,712
)
 

 
(67,571
)
Proceeds from sale of assets and investments
1,669

 
3,421

 
161

 

 
5,251

Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of cash acquired

 
(17,241
)
 
(28,536
)
 

 
(45,777
)
Investments in affiliates
(60
)
 
20

 

 

 
(40
)
Intercompany dividends received

 

 
229,782

 
(229,782
)
 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities from continuing operations
(664
)
 
(44,386
)
 
166,695

 
(229,782
)
 
(108,137
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from new borrowings
250,000

 

 

 

 
250,000

Repayment of long-term borrowings
(480,102
)
 

 

 

 
(480,102
)
Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment fees
(4,494
)
 

 

 

 
(4,494
)
Proceeds from stock compensation plans and related tax impacts
4,245

 

 

 

 
4,245

Dividends
(56,258
)
 

 

 

 
(56,258
)
Payments to noncontrolling shareholders


 

 
(1,094
)
 

 
(1,094
)
Intercompany transactions
356,847

 
(292,801
)
 
(64,046
)
 

 

Intercompany dividends paid

 

 
(305,122
)
 
305,122

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from continuing operations
70,238

 
(292,801
)
 
(370,262
)
 
305,122

 
(287,703
)
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
(3,676
)
 

 

 

 
(3,676
)
Net cash used in discontinued operations
(3,676
)
 

 

 

 
(3,676
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 
(19,473
)
 

 
(19,473
)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(14,753
)
 
(14,500
)
 
(99,495
)
 

 
(128,748
)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
42,749

 
14,500

 
374,735

 

 
431,984

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
$
27,996

 
$

 
$
275,240

 
$

 
$
303,236

 


F-55

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Parent
Company
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Condensed
Consolidated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities from continuing operations
$
(131,031
)
 
$
205,954

 
$
304,278

 
$
(147,902
)
 
$
231,299

Cash Flows from Investing Activities of Continuing Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment
(1,553
)
 
(47,633
)
 
(14,394
)
 

 
(63,580
)
Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of cash acquired

 
(250,912
)
 
(58,096
)
 

 
(309,008
)
Investments in affiliates
(50
)
 

 

 

 
(50
)
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations
(1,603
)
 
(298,545
)
 
(72,490
)
 

 
(372,638
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from new borrowings
680,000

 

 

 

 
680,000

Repayment of long-term borrowings
(375,000
)
 

 

 

 
(375,000
)
Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment fees
(6,400
)
 

 

 

 
(6,400
)
Proceeds from share based compensation plans and the related tax impacts
6,181

 

 

 

 
6,181

Dividends
(55,917
)
 

 

 

 
(55,917
)
Payments to noncontrolling shareholders

 

 
(736
)
 

 
(736
)
Payments for contingent consideration

 
(14,802
)
 
(2,156
)
 

 
(16,958
)
Intercompany transactions
(141,614
)
 
137,304

 
4,310

 

 

Intercompany dividends paid

 
(17,400
)
 
(130,502
)
 
147,902

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from continuing operations
107,250

 
105,102

 
(129,084
)
 
147,902

 
231,170

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
(2,727
)
 

 
(600
)
 

 
(3,327
)
Net cash used in discontinued operations
(2,727
)
 

 
(600
)
 

 
(3,327
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 
8,441

 

 
8,441

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(28,111
)
 
12,511

 
110,545

 

 
94,945

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
70,860

 
1,989

 
264,190

 

 
337,039

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
$
42,749

 
$
14,500

 
$
374,735

 
$

 
$
431,984

 


F-56

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Parent
Company
 
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Condensed
Consolidated
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities from continuing operations
$
(178,017
)
 
$
310,736

 
$
160,802

 
$
(98,903
)
 
$
194,618

Cash Flows from Investing Activities of Continuing Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment
(7,352
)
 
(39,118
)
 
(18,924
)
 

 
(65,394
)
Proceeds from sales of businesses and assets, net of cash sold
4,301

 
45,204

 
17,155

 

 
66,660

Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of cash acquired

 
(105,195
)
 
(264,249
)
 

 
(369,444
)
Investments in affiliates
(80
)
 

 

 

 
(80
)
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations
(3,131
)
 
(99,109
)
 
(266,018
)
 

 
(368,258
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities of Continuing Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease in notes payable and current borrowings

 
(421
)
 
(285
)
 

 
(706
)
Proceeds from share based compensation plans and the related tax impacts
8,238

 

 

 

 
8,238

Dividends
(55,589
)
 

 

 

 
(55,589
)
Payments for contingent consideration

 
(16,289
)
 
(1,307
)
 

 
(17,596
)
Intercompany transactions
196,850

 
(177,900
)
 
(18,950
)
 

 

Intercompany dividends paid

 
(16,900
)
 
(82,003
)
 
98,903

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from continuing operations
149,499

 
(211,510
)
 
(102,545
)
 
98,903

 
(65,653
)
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:


 


 


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(12,022
)
 
4,223

 

 

 
(7,799
)
Net cash used in investing activities

 
(2,351
)
 

 

 
(2,351
)
Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued operations
(12,022
)
 
1,872

 

 

 
(10,150
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 
2,394

 

 
2,394

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(43,671
)
 
1,989

 
(205,367
)
 

 
(247,049
)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
114,531

 

 
469,557

 

 
584,088

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
$
70,860

 
$
1,989

 
$
264,190

 
$

 
$
337,039

 

F-57



Note 18  — Divestiture-related activities
Assets Held for Sale
The table below provides information regarding assets held for sale at December 31, 2014 and 2013 . At December 31, 2014 , these assets consisted of two buildings and other assets, which the Company is actively marketing.
 
2014
 
2013
Assets held for sale:
(Dollars in thousands)
Property, plant and equipment
$
7,422

 
$
10,428

Total assets held for sale
$
7,422

 
$
10,428

Discontinued Operations
The Company has recorded $3.4 million , $2.2 million and $2.7 million of expense during 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively, associated with retained liabilities related to businesses that have been divested.
On August 26, 2012, the Company completed the sale of the orthopedic business of its OEM segment for $45.2 million in cash and realized a loss of $39 thousand , net of tax, from the sale of this business.
The results of the Company’s discontinued operations for the years 2014 , 2013 and 2012 were as follows:
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net revenues
$

 
$

 
$
16,616

Costs and other expenses
3,407

 
2,205

 
18,328

Goodwill impairment (1)

 

 
9,700

Gain on disposition (2)

 

 
2,205

Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
(3,407
)
 
(2,205
)
 
(9,207
)
Tax benefit on loss from discontinued operations
(698
)
 
(1,770
)
 
(1,887
)
Loss from discontinued operations
$
(2,709
)
 
$
(435
)
 
$
(7,320
)

(1)
During 2012, the Company recognized a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $9.7 million to adjust the carrying value of its former orthopedic business to its estimated fair value.
(2)
The $2.2 million pre-tax gain on disposition during 2012 primarily reflects the gain recognized on the working capital adjustment related to the sale of the Company's former cargo systems and cargo container businesses.


F-58



QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
$
438,546

 
$
468,105

 
$
457,173

 
$
476,008

Gross profit
221,159

 
244,088

 
236,166

 
241,015

Income from continuing operations before interest and taxes
59,020

 
74,752

 
81,935

 
69,155

Income from continuing operations
35,269

 
48,830

 
55,228

 
52,133

Loss from discontinued operations
(125
)
 
(1,125
)
 
(271
)
 
(1,188
)
Net income
35,144

 
47,705

 
54,957

 
50,945

Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
186

 
453

 
126

 
307

Net income attributable to common shareholders
34,958

 
47,252

 
54,831

 
50,638

Earnings per share available to common shareholders — basic (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations
$
0.85

 
$
1.17

 
$
1.33

 
$
1.25

Loss from discontinued operations

 
(0.03
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.03
)
Net income
$
0.85

 
$
1.14

 
$
1.32

 
$
1.22

Earnings per share available to common shareholders — diluted (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations
$
0.77

 
$
1.04

 
$
1.18

 
$
1.10

Loss from discontinued operations
(0.01
)
 
(0.02
)
 

 
(0.03
)
Net income
$
0.76

 
$
1.02

 
$
1.18

 
$
1.07

2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
$
411,877

 
$
420,059

 
$
413,796

 
$
450,539

Gross profit
200,520

 
209,490

 
203,992

 
224,943

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes
49,404

 
63,751

 
66,042

 
54,064

Income from continuing operations
27,701

 
43,401

 
45,779

 
35,302

(Loss) income from discontinued operations
(462
)
 
(766
)
 
1,029

 
(236
)
Net income
27,239

 
42,635

 
46,808

 
35,066

Less: Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
201

 
194

 
234

 
238

Net income attributable to common shareholders
27,038

 
42,441

 
46,574

 
34,828

Earnings per share available to common shareholders — basic (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations
$
0.67

 
$
1.05

 
$
1.11

 
$
0.85

(Loss) income from discontinued operations
(0.01
)
 
(0.02
)
 
0.02

 

Net income
$
0.66

 
$
1.03

 
$
1.13

 
$
0.85

Earnings per share available to common shareholders — diluted (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations
$
0.64

 
$
0.99

 
$
1.05

 
$
0.78

(Loss) income from discontinued operations
(0.01
)
 
(0.01
)
 
0.03

 
(0.01
)
Net income
$
0.63

 
$
0.98

 
$
1.08

 
$
0.77


(1) Each quarter is calculated as a discrete period; the sum of the four quarters may not equal the calculated full year amount.


59



TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(Dollars in thousands)
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
 
Balance at
Beginning of
Year
 
Dispositions
 
Additions
Charged to
Income
 
Accounts
Receivable
Write-offs
 
Translation
and Other
 
Balance at
End of
Year
December 31, 2014
$
10,722

 
$

 
$
1,882

 
$
(2,738
)
 
$
(1,083
)
 
$
8,783

December 31, 2013
$
7,818

 
$

 
$
4,414

 
$
(1,446
)
 
$
(64
)
 
$
10,722

December 31, 2012
$
6,452

 
$

 
$
1,730

 
$
(483
)
 
$
119

 
$
7,818

INVENTORY RESERVE
 
Balance at
Beginning of
Year
 
Dispositions
 
Additions
Charged to
Income
 
Inventory
Write-offs
 
Translation
and Other
 
Balance at
End of
Year
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Raw material
$
5,687

 
$

 
$
1,840

 
$
(2,391
)
 
$
1,755

 
$
6,891

Work-in-process
1,729

 

 
1,239

 
(1,720
)
 
(739
)
 
509

Finished goods
24,957

 

 
10,135

 
(7,317
)
 
(1,301
)
 
26,474

 
$
32,373

 
$

 
$
13,214

 
$
(11,428
)
 
$
(285
)
 
$
33,874

December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Raw material
$
9,394

 
$

 
$
1,931

 
$
(5,774
)
 
$
136

 
$
5,687

Work-in-process
1,646

 

 
855

 
(340
)
 
(432
)
 
1,729

Finished goods
20,663

 

 
11,440

 
(11,663
)
 
4,517

 
24,957

 
$
31,703

 
$

 
$
14,226

 
$
(17,777
)
 
$
4,221

 
$
32,373

December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Raw material
$
9,095

 
$
(504
)
 
$
5,206

 
$
(4,346
)
 
$
(57
)
 
$
9,394

Work-in-process
2,742

 

 
1,107

 
(2,204
)
 
1

 
1,646

Finished goods
21,082

 

 
13,175

 
(12,183
)
 
(1,411
)
 
20,663

 
$
32,919

 
$
(504
)
 
$
19,488

 
$
(18,733
)
 
$
(1,467
)
 
$
31,703

DEFERRED TAX ASSET VALUATION ALLOWANCE
 
Balance at
Beginning of Year
 
Additions
Charged to
Expense
 
Reductions
Credited to
Expense
 
Translation
and Other
 
Balance at
End of Year
December 31, 2014
$
86,510

 
$
13,331

 
$
(3,741
)
 
$
3,041

 
$
99,141

December 31, 2013
$
69,527

 
$
21,118

 
$
(1,553
)
 
$
(2,582
)
 
$
86,510

December 31, 2012
$
66,305

 
$
6,103

 
$
(4,888
)
 
$
2,007

 
$
69,527


60



The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report:
 
Exhibit No.
 
Description
*3.1.1
Articles of Incorporation of the Company are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1985.
*3.1.2
Amendment to Article Thirteenth of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 28, 1987.
*3.1.3
Amendment to the first paragraph of Article Fourth of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation is incorporated by reference to Proposal 2 of the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on March 29, 2007.
*3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2009).
*4.1.1
Indenture, dated August 2, 2010, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-168464) filed on August 2, 2010).
*4.1.2
First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 9, 2010, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 3.875% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).
*4.1.3
Form of 3.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A in Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).
*4.1.4
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated June 13, 2011, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2011).
*4.1.5
Form of 6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A in Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2011).
*4.1.6
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 28, 2013, among the Company, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.6 to the Company's Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2014).
*4.1.7
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated April 18, 2014, among the Company, Vidacare LLC, the other Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2014).
*4.1.8
Indenture, dated as of May 21, 2014, among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company's 5.25% Senior Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2014).
*4.1.9
Form of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A in Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2014).
*4.1.10
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, among the Company, the guarantors named therein and the other parties thereto relating to the Company's 5.25% Senior Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2014).
10.1
Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2014.
+*10.2
Amended and Restated Teleflex Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 26, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2013).
10.3
Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, effective as of January 1, 2014.
+*10.4.1
2000 Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-38224), filed on May 31, 2000).
+*10.4.2
Amendment dated March 28, 2012, to 2000 Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).
+*10.5.1
2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 21, 2008).
+*10.5.2
Amendment dated March 28, 2012, to 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).




Exhibit No.
 
Description
*10.5.3
Form of Stock Option Agreement for stock options granted on or after January 1, 2013 under the Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.
*10.5.4
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for restricted awards granted on or after January 1, 2013 under the Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.
*10.5.5
Restricted Stock Award Agreement between the Company and Benson F. Smith for restricted stock award granted on March 14, 2013.
+*10.6
Teleflex Incorporated 2011 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 25, 2011).
+*10.7
Teleflex Incorporated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 28, 2014).
+*10.8
Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated December 15, 2011, between the Company and Benson F. Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2011).
+*10.9
Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 25, 2011, between the Company and Benson F. Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on April 26, 2011).
+*10.10
Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated July 30, 2012, between the Company and Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on July 31, 2012).
+*10.11
Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated July 30, 2012, between the Company and Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2013).
+*10.12.1
Executive Employment Agreement, dated July 30, 2012, between Teleflex Medical Europe Limited and Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on July 31, 2012).
+*10.12.2
 
Letter Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, between the Company and Liam Kelly, relating to compensation and benefits to be provided to Mr. Kelly in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President and President, Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2014).
+*10.13
Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company and Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013).
+*10.14
Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company and Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2013).
+10.15.1
Contract of Employment, dated September 27, 2011, between the Company and Thomas Anthony Kennedy.
+10.15.2
Letter Agreement, dated April 29, 2013, between the Company and Thomas Anthony Kennedy, relating to Mr. Kennedy's appointment as Senior Vice President, Global Operations.
+10.16
Letter Agreement, dated March 8, 2013, between the Company and Cameron Hicks relating to Mr. Hicks' employment as Vice President, Global Human Resources.
+10.17
Contract of Employment, dated November 26, 2012, between the Company and Karen Boylan.
*10.18.1
Credit Agreement, dated July 16, 2013, among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and each other party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2013).
*10.18.2
Consent and Amendment No. 1, dated March 27, 2014, to Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2013 among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2014).
*10.19
Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction Confirmation, dated August 3, 2010, between the Company and Bank of America, National Association, as dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).




Exhibit No.
 
Description
*10.20
Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction Confirmation, dated August 3, 2010, between the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as agent for JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).
*10.21
Issuer Warrant Transaction Confirmation, dated August 3, 2010, between the Company and Bank of America, National Association, as dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010). 
*10.22
Issuer Warrant Transaction Confirmation, dated August 3, 2010, between the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as agent for JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).
*14
Code of Ethics policy applicable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 11, 2004).
21
Subsidiaries of the Company.
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.
32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.
101.1
The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
_____________________________________________________
*
Each such exhibit has previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of the filing indicated and is incorporated herein by reference.
+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.





Exhibit 10.1















TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2014)





ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
3
1.1
Accrued Benefit     3
1.2
Accumulated Contributions     3
1.3
Actuarial Definitions     4
1.4
Administrative Committee     4
1.5
Aggregation Group     5
1.6
Annuity Starting Date     5
1.7
Arrow Berks Participant     5
1.8
Arrow Hourly Participant     5
1.9
Arrow Salaried Participant     6
1.10
Average Monthly Compensation     6
1.11
Beneficiary     6
1.12
Board of Directors     7
1.13
Break-in-Service     7
1.14
Code     7
1.15
Committee     8
1.16
Compensation     8
1.17
Continuous Service     10
1.18
Covered Compensation     11
1.19
Credited Service     11
1.20
Defined Benefit Plan     12
1.21
Defined Contribution Plan     12
1.22
Determination Date     12
1.23
Early Retirement Date     12
1.24
Effective Date     12
1.25
Employee     12
1.26
Employer     13
1.27
ERISA     13
1.28
Five-Percent Owner     13
1.29
Former Key Employee     13
1.30
Fund     14
1.31
Highly Compensated Employee     14
1.32
Hour of Service     14
1.33
Hourly Participant     16
1.34
Investment Manager     16
1.35
Key Employee     16
1.36
Late Retirement Date     17
1.37
Limitation Year     17
1.38
Monthly Plan Compensation     17
1.39
Non-Key Employee     17
1.40
Normal Retirement Age     17
1.41
Normal Retirement Date     17
1.42
Participant     17
1.43
Participating Employer     17
1.44
Permissive Aggregation Group     17
1.45
Plan     18
1.46
Plan Year     18
1.47
Pre-1998 Employee     18
1.48
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity     18
1.49
Related Employers     18
1.50
“Required Aggregation Group     18
1.51
Required Beginning Date     18
1.52
Salaried Participant     19
1.53
“Severance from Employment     19
1.54
“S ocial Security Retirement Age     19
1.55
Sponsor     19
1.56
Spouse     19
1.57
Total and Permanent Disability     19
1.58
Top-Heavy-Group     19
1.59
Top-Heavy Plan     19
1.60
TRIP Plan     20
1.61
“Treasury Regulations     21
1.62
Trust     21
1.63
Trustee     21
1.64
Terms Defined Elsewhere     21
ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION
22
2.1
Participation     22
2.2
Ineligible Employees     22
2.3
Time of Participation - Excluded Employees     23
2.4
Reemployed Individuals     23
ARTICLE III AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS
24
3.1
Normal Retirement Benefit     24
3.2
Late Retirement Benefit     27
3.3
Early Retirement Benefit     28
3.4
Disability Retirement Benefit     29
3.5
Vested Deferred Retirement Benefit     30
3.6
Return of Accumulated Contributions     32
3.7
Restoration of Accrued Pension Benefit     32
3.8
Minimum Benefit     32
3.9
Medicare Part B Reimbursement     32
3.10
Transfer of Employment     33
3.11
Preservation of Accrued Benefit     33
3.12
Limitations on Benefit Accruals Due to Severe Funding Shortfalls     33
3.13
Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits     35
ARTICLE IV VESTING
38
4.1
Rate of Vesting - General Rule     38
4.2
Full Vesting in Accumulated Contributions     38
ARTICLE V DEATH BENEFITS
39
5.1
Death of Vested Participant Before Annuity Starting Date     39
5.2
Amount and Time of Payment of Vested Terminated Participant’s Death Benefit     39
5.3
Death of Participant On or After Retirement Date     39
5.4
No Other Death Benefits     40
5.5
Military Death Benefits     40
ARTICLE VI PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS
41
6.1
Annuity Payment Date     41
6.2
Normal Form of Retirement Benefit - Unmarried Salaried Participants     41
6.3
Normal Form of Retirement Benefit - Married Salaried Participants     41
6.4
Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit Payment     41
6.5
Special Optional Form of Retirement Benefit Payments for TRIP Plan Participants     42
6.6
Election of Benefits - Notice and Election Procedures     42
6.7
Payment of Small Benefits     44
6.8
Continued Employment After Normal Retirement Date; Reemployed Participants     45
6.9
Required Distributions - Code Section 401(a)(9)     46
6.10
Eligible Rollover Distributions     52
6.11
Limitations on Accelerated Benefit Distributions     54
ARTICLE VII CONTRIBUTIONS
58
7.1
Employer Contributions     58
7.2
Funding Policy     58
7.3
Determination of Contributions     58
7.4
Time of Payment of Employer Contributions     58
7.5
Return of Employer Contributions     58
7.6
Forfeitures     59
7.7
Irrevocability     59
7.8
Employee Contributions     59
7.9
Funding Notice     59
ARTICLE VIII ADMINISTRATION
60
8.1
Fiduciary Responsibility     60
8.2
Appointment and Removal of Committee     60
8.3
Compensation and Expenses of Committee and Administrative Committee     60
8.4
Committee and Administrative Committee Procedures     60
8.5
Plan Interpretation     61
8.6
Fiduciary Duties     61
8.7
Consultants     61
8.8
Method of Handling Plan Funds     61
8.9
Delegation and Allocation of Responsibility     61
8.10
Other Committee, Administrative Committee and Benefits Group Powers and Duties     61
8.11
Records and Reports     63
8.12
Application and Forms for Benefits     63
8.13
Authorization of Benefit Payments     63
8.14
Unclaimed Accrued Benefit - Procedure     63
8.15
Individual Statement     64
8.16
Parties to Litigation     64
8.17
Use of Alternative Media     64
8.18
Personal Data to Benefits Group     64
8.19
Address for Notification     64
8.20
Notice of Change in Terms     65
8.21
Assignment or Alienation     65
8.22
Litigation Against the Plan     65
8.23
Information Available     65
8.24
Presenting Claims for Benefits     65
8.25
Claims Review Procedure     66
8.26
Disputed Benefits     67
8.27
Claims Involving Benefits Related to Disability     68
8.28
Statute of Limitations for Civil Actions     68
ARTICLE IX EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER
69
9.1
Exclusive Benefit     69
9.2
Amendment of the Plan     69
9.3
Amendment to Vesting Provisions     69
9.4
Merger/Direct Transfers and Elective Transfers     70
9.5
Termination of the Pla n    71
9.6
Full Vesting on Termination     71
9.7
Partial Termination     71
9.8
Allocation of Assets Upon Termination of Trust Fund     72
9.9
Manner of Distribution     73
9.10
Overfunding     73
9.11
Amendments Increasing Liability for Benefits     73
ARTICLE X WITHDRAWAL OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER
76
10.1
Withdrawal     76
10.2
Notice of Withdrawal     76
10.3
Withdrawal at Request of Board of Directors     76
10.4
Continuation of Plan     76
ARTICLE XI LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS
77
11.1
Limitation on Annual Benefits     77
11.2
Benefit Limitations - Rules for Certain Highly Compensated Employees     94
ARTICLE XII PROVISIONS RELATING TO TOP-HEAVY PLAN
95
12.1
Top-Heavy Requirement     95
12.2
Minimum Vesting Requirement     95
12.3
Minimum Benefit Requirement     96
12.4
Change in Top-Heavy Status     97
ARTICLE XIII VETERANS’ REEMPLOYMENT RIGHTS
98
13.1
USERRA     98
13.2
Crediting Service     98
13.3
Compensation     98
13.4
Qualified Military Service     99
13.5
Earnings and Forfeitures     99
ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS
100
14.1
Limited Purpose of Plan     100
14.2
Non-alienation     100
14.3
Facility of Payment     100
14.4
Effect of Return of Benefit Checks     100
14.5
Impossibility of Diversion     100
14.6
Unclaimed Benefits     101
14.7
Construction     101
14.8
Governing Law     101
14.9
Contingent Effectiveness of Plan Amendment and Restatement     101

APPENDIX A
A-1
APPENDIX B
B-1
APPENDIX C
C-1
APPENDIX D
D-1
APPENDIX E
E-1
APPENDIX F
F-1
APPENDIX G
G-1
APPENDIX H
H-1


TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2014)

Teleflex Incorporated (the “Sponsor”) hereby amends and restates in its entirety the Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan, formerly known as the Teleflex Incorporated Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan (the “Plan”), generally effective as of January 1, 2014, unless otherwise stated herein.
The Plan has been routinely amended on a timely basis to comply with all applicable laws and required statutory changes. The Plan was most recently restated in 2009 to comply with the requirements reflected in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-108 (the “2008 Cumulative List”), the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as subsequently amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008, and other applicable requirements of Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Plan was subsequently timely amended to comply with Code Section 436 and the final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, and is hereby restated again in connection with its submission to the Internal Revenue Service for an updated determination letter concerning its tax qualified status. Special effective dates are included with respect to a number of provisions as necessary to conform to amendments to the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and the 2013 Cumulative List of Changes in Plan Qualification Requirements provided in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2013-84.
The provisions of this amended and restated Plan shall apply to an Employee whose employment with the Employer terminates on or after the Effective Date of the Plan. Accordingly, except as otherwise provided herein or in any prior document for the Plan, the Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan, the Retirement Plan for Hourly Rated Employees at the Berks County, PA Locations of Arrow International, Inc., the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees of Arrow International, Inc., or the Retirement Plan for Hourly-Rated Employees of Arrow International, Inc., as applicable, (collectively the “Plans”), the entitlement of a Participant to a benefit and the amount of a Participant’s benefit, if any, shall be determined under the provisions of the Plans in effect on the date of his Severance from Employment. Further, if benefit payments commenced to any such individual prior to January 1, 2014, the time and manner of payment of such benefits shall, except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary herein or in any prior document for the Plans, be determined pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plans as in effect at the time benefits commenced.
All former employees and participants in a plan that is merged with and into the Plan (“Merged Plan”) whose employment or active participation in the Merged Plan terminated prior to the date of such plan’s merger into this Plan, their Spouses, Beneficiaries, and anyone else claiming through them shall, except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary herein or in any prior Merged Plan document, have the amount of their benefit, and their right, if any, to receive such benefit determined pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable Merged Plan as in effect at the time of Severance from Employment or cessation of active participation. If benefit payments commenced to any such individual prior to the date such plan merged with and into this Plan, the time and manner of payment of such benefits shall, except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary herein or in any prior Merged Plan document, be determined pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable Merged Plan as in effect at the time benefits commenced.
BACKGROUND INFORMATION
The Teleflex Incorporated Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan was originally effective as of July 1, 1966. Effective as of January 1, 1998, the Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan was merged with and into the Plan and the name of the Plan was changed to the Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan. The Plan has been amended from time to time and was most recently amended and restated effective January 1, 2002, to comply with the requirements reflected in the 2008 Cumulative List.
The Sponsor established the Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan (“Hourly Employees’ Plan”) effective as of January 1, 1985. The Hourly Employees’ Plan was merged with and into the Plan effective as of December 31, 2008. Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow”) adopted the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees (“Arrow Salaried Plan”) effective as of September 1, 1978. The Arrow Salaried Plan was merged with and into the Plan effective as of August 31, 2008. Arrow also adopted the Retirement Plan for Hourly-Rated Employees of the North Carolina and New Jersey Plants of Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow Hourly Plan”), effective as of September 1, 1976. Effective as of September 1, 1997, the name of the Arrow Hourly Plan was changed to the Retirement Plan for Hourly-Rated Employees of Arrow International, Inc. The Arrow Hourly Plan was also merged with and into the Plan effective as of August 31, 2008. In addition, Arrow adopted the Retirement Plan for Hourly Rated Employees of at the Berks County, PA Locations of Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow Berks Plan”), effective as of September 1, 1975. The Arrow Berks Plan was also merged with and into the Plan effective as of August 31, 2008.
The Plan was amended effective as of March 22, 2011, by the Purchase Agreement whereby the Sponsor sold its Marine business unit to Marine Acquisition Corp. (the “Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement: (i) effective as of March 22, 2011, Marine assumed of all of the liabilities under the Plan with respect to certain participants specified in Section 5.4(h)(i) of the Purchase Agreement who were current or former employees of the Marine business unit (“Marine Participants”), (ii) effective as of March 22, 2011 (or such earlier date set forth in the Plan), the Marine Participants ceased to accrue any additional benefits under the Plan, and (iii) all assets in the Plan attributable to the benefits of the Marine Participants (whether or not vested) and related liabilities were required to be transferred to a defined benefit plan established by Marine as soon as practicable following Marine’s establishment of the defined benefit plan. The transfer to the Marine Acquisition Corp. Retirement Income Plan occurred on June 30, 2011, and following this transfer, no Marine Participant is entitled to a benefit from or to continue participation in, the Plan.
Except as otherwise provided in Appendix H, no additional benefits shall be accrued under the Plan after December 31, 2008. Further, no additional benefits shall be accrued under the Plan after December 31, 2012.


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:
1.1      Accrued Benefit ” means:
1.1.1      The accrued benefit of a Salaried Participant expressed in terms of a monthly single life annuity (or a single life annuity with payments guaranteed for five years for a Pre-1998 Employee) beginning at his Normal Retirement Date determined under Section 3.1, or his Late Retirement Date determined under Section 3.2, on the basis of the Participant’s Credited Service as a Participant to the date as of which the computation is made.
1.1.2      The accrued benefit of an Hourly Participant is the retirement benefit that a Participant would receive at his Normal Retirement Date based on the benefit formula set forth in the applicable Schedule to Appendix E.
1.1.3      The accrued benefit of an Arrow Salaried Participant as of any date is the amount of annual Benefit (as defined in Appendix F) earned to such date, payable as a single life annuity beginning at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (or immediately, if the Participant has passed his Normal Retirement Date), calculated in accordance with Section 5.1 of Appendix F.
1.1.4      The accrued benefit of an Arrow Hourly Participant as of any date is the amount of annual Benefit (as defined in Appendix G) earned to such date, payable as a single life annuity beginning at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (or immediately, if the Participant has passed his Normal Retirement Date), calculated in accordance with Section 5.1 of Appendix G.
1.1.5      The accrued benefit of an Arrow Berks Participant as of any date is the amount of annual Benefit earned to such date, payable as a single life annuity beginning at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (or immediately, if the Participant has passed his Normal Retirement Date), calculated in accordance with Section 5.1 of Appendix H.
For purposes of determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the Accrued Benefit of a current Employee shall be determined as if he had a Severance from Employment on the Determination Date. The actuarial assumptions used to determine the present value of Accrued Benefits for the purpose of the Top-Heavy test shall be those set forth in Appendix B for Salaried Participants and those set forth in Appendix E, F, G, or H, as applicable, for other Participants.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in an Appendix or as required by applicable law, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008. No Arrow Berks Participant shall accrue any additional benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2012.
1.2      Accumulated Contributions ” means the sum of a Salaried Participant’s contributions made under the Plan before July 1, 1982, or repaid pursuant to Section 3.7, and interest credited thereon up to the date benefit payments begin under the Plan. The rates of interest credited upon such contributions shall be determined by the Committee, provided that the rate of interest shall not be less than 7%, compounded annually, for each Plan Year prior to January 1, 1988 and for each Plan Year thereafter, 120% of the Federal mid-term rate as in effect under Section 1274 of the Code for January of the relevant Plan Year, compounded annually.
1.3      Actuarial Definitions
1.3.1      Actuarial Equivalent” or “Actuarially Equivalent ”:
1.3.1.1      For Salaried Participants, shall mean the equivalent actuarial value of the normal form of benefit for unmarried Participants, as described in Section 6.2, determined based upon the advice of the Plan’s enrolled actuary using the factors and assumptions listed in Appendix B, attached hereto and made a part hereof;
1.3.1.2      For Hourly Participants, shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix E, attached hereto and made a part hereof;
1.3.1.3      For Arrow Salaried Participants, shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix F, attached hereto and made a part hereof;
1.3.1.4      For Arrow Hourly Participants, shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix G, attached hereto and made a part hereof; and
1.3.1.5      For Arrow Berks Participants, shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix H, attached hereto and made a part hereof.
1.3.2      For purposes of determining the amount of a Participant’s lump sum distribution or the present value of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit, the “Actuarial Equivalent” of such benefit shall be calculated using the “Applicable Interest Rate” and the “Applicable Mortality Table.”
1.3.2.1      For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, or the date determined by applying the rules of transition under Code Section 417(e) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.417(e)-1, the “ Applicable Interest Rate ” is the adjusted first, second and third segment rates applied under rules similar to the rules of Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) (determined without regard to the 24-month averaging provided under Code Section 430(h)(2)(D)(i)) for the November preceding the first day of the Plan Year in which the date of the distribution occurs or such other time as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe. The use of the segment rates as the Applicable Interest Rate shall be phased in over five years in accordance with Code Section 417(e)(3)(D)(ii).
1.3.2.2      For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the “ Applicable Mortality Table ” shall be the applicable Code Section 417(e)(3) mortality table.
1.4      Administrative Committee ” means the Financial Benefit Plans Committee or such other committee appointed by the Committee or the Board of Directors to oversee the administration of the Plan in accordance with its authority under the benefit plan governance structure approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto. The Vice President, Global Human Resources and employees of the Corporate Benefits Department of the Sponsor (collectively the “ Benefits Group ”) have been appointed to assist in the day-to-day administration of the Plan in accordance with their authority under the benefit plan governance structure approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, as amended from time to time.
1.5      Aggregation Group ” means:
1.5.1      A Required Aggregation Group, or
1.5.2      A Permissive Aggregation Group
1.6      Annuity Starting Date ” means for:
1.6.1      A Salaried Participant electing an Early, Normal, Late or Disability Retirement Benefit, the first day of the first month for which the retiring Salaried Participant receives an annuity payment,
1.6.2      The surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary of a deceased Salaried Participant who died having met the requirements for an Early, Normal, Late or Disability Retirement Benefit but who had not reached his Annuity Starting Date, the first day of the month following the date of the Salaried Participant’s death, or
1.6.3      The surviving Spouse of a deceased Salaried Participant who died before having reached his “Earliest Retirement Age,” as defined under Section 417 of the Code, but who had a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit under Section 4.1, the Salaried Participant’s Earliest Retirement Age.
The Annuity Starting Date for a Participant other than a Salaried Participant shall have the meaning set forth in the Appendix applicable to the Participant.
1.7      Arrow Berks Participant ” means a Participant, as defined in Appendix H, who was a Participant in the Retirement Plan for Hourly Rated Employees at the Berks County, PA Locations of Arrow International, Inc. (“ Arrow Berks Plan ”) prior to the merger of the Arrow Berks Plan with and into the Plan effective as of August 31, 2008 and/or who is eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Appendix H hereto. The Plan benefit to which an Arrow Berks Participant is entitled shall be determined in accordance with the Plan and Appendix H hereto. An individual who is an Arrow Berks Participant and who ceases to be an Employee shall nonetheless remain an Arrow Berks Participant for purposes of benefit payments only, until all amounts due him from the Plan have been paid. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee shall become an Arrow Berks Participant after December 31, 2012.
1.8      Arrow Hourly Participant ” means a Participant who was a Participant in the Retirement Plan for Hourly-Rated Employees of Arrow International, Inc. (“ Arrow Hourly Plan ”) prior to the merger of the Arrow Hourly Plan with and into the Plan effective as of August 31, 2008 and/or who is eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Appendix G hereto. The Plan benefit to which an Arrow Hourly Participant is entitled shall be determined in accordance with the Plan and Appendix G hereto. An individual who is an Arrow Hourly Participant and who ceases to be an Employee shall nonetheless remain an Arrow Hourly Participant for purposes of benefit payments only, until all amounts due him from the Plan have been paid. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee whose initial date of hire by a Participating Company described in Appendix G hereto is on or after October 1, 2007, may become an Arrow Hourly Participant or accrue benefits under the Arrow Hourly Plan or Plan.
1.9      Arrow Salaried Participant ” means a Participant who was a participant in the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees of Arrow International, Inc. (“ Arrow Salaried Plan ”) prior to the merger of the Arrow Salaried with and into the Plan effective as of August 31, 2008 and/or who is eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Appendix F hereto. The Plan benefit to which an Arrow Salaried Participant is entitled shall be determined in accordance with the Plan and Appendix F. hereto. An individual who is an Arrow Salaried Participant and who ceases to be an Employee shall nonetheless remain an Arrow Salaried Participant for purposes of benefit payments only, until all amounts due him from the Plan have been paid. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee whose initial date of hire by a Participating Company described in Appendix F hereto is on or after October 1, 2007, may become an Arrow Salaried Participant or accrue benefits under the Arrow Salaried Plan or Plan.
1.10      Average Monthly Compensation ” means the Monthly Compensation of a Salaried Participant who participated in the TRIP Plan before its merger into the Plan, averaged over the 60 consecutive months that produce the highest average during the 120 month period, or the number of months as an Employee if less than 120, ending prior to the Salaried Participant’s date of Severance from Employment, date of death, or December 31, 2008, whichever is applicable. As used in this Section 1.10, “ Monthly Compensation ” means the Compensation (determined under Section 1.16.1.1) paid to a Salaried Participant in a Plan Year for services rendered to the Employer divided by the number of full months that the Salaried Participant was employed during the Plan Year by the Employer, subject to the limits of Code Section 401(a)(17).
Subject to Article XIII, a Salaried Participant on an approved leave of absence shall be deemed to have received remuneration during his period of absence equal to his basic rate of pay in effect immediately prior to such absence.
1.11      Beneficiary ” means:
1.11.1      The Participant’s Spouse,
1.11.2      The person, persons or trust designated by the Participant, with the consent of the Participant’s Spouse if the Participant is married, as direct or contingent beneficiary in a manner prescribed by the Benefits Group, or
1.11.3      If the Participant has no Spouse and has made no effective Beneficiary designation, the Participant’s estate.
A married Participant may designate a person, persons or trust other than his Spouse as Beneficiary, provided that such Spouse consents in writing in a manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee. The Spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a notary public or member of the Benefits Group or Administrative Committee and must be limited to and acknowledge the specific non-Spouse Beneficiary(ies) (including any class of Beneficiaries) designated by the Participant. If the Participant wishes to subsequently change Beneficiary(ies), the consent of the Spouse must be obtained again. Spousal consent shall not be required if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Administrative Committee that the consent cannot be obtained because the Spouse cannot be located or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulations. A subsequent Spouse of a Participant shall not be bound by a consent executed by any previous Spouse of the Participant.
Any prior designation of a Beneficiary shall be revocable at the election of the Participant at any time in the manner and form prescribed by the Administrative Committee until the payment commencement date. The number of revocations shall not be limited. If more than one Beneficiary is designated by the Participant, such Beneficiaries who survive the Participant shall share equally in any death benefit unless the Participant indicates to the contrary, in writing. If a Beneficiary predeceases the Participant, such deceased Beneficiary shall not share in any death benefit and those Beneficiaries who survive the Participant shall share in any death benefit equally, or, if different, in the proportions designated by the Participant. A Beneficiary’s right to information or data concerning the Plan does not arise until the Beneficiary first becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan.
The entry of a decree of divorce shall not automatically revoke a prior written election of a Participant naming such divorced Spouse as a Beneficiary. Except as provided to the contrary under a qualified domestic relations order: (i) a Participant may, subsequent to a divorce, designate someone other than his former Spouse as Beneficiary; and (ii) if a divorced Participant remarries, the new Spouse shall have all of the rights of a Spouse as set forth herein and any prior written Beneficiary designation by the Participant shall be automatically revoked and subject to the rights of the subsequent Spouse. If an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), should die before payment of the benefit assigned to the alternate payee occurs, the portion of the Accrued Benefit assigned to the alternate payee shall revert to the Participant unless the qualified domestic relations order permits the alternate payee to designate a Beneficiary and a Beneficiary has in fact been designated to whom the benefit may be paid.
1.12      Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Sponsor or any committee thereof.
1.13      Break-in-Service ” means, with respect to Salaried Participants:
1.13.1      For the purpose of Article II, relating to eligibility to participate in the Plan, a 12 consecutive month period, measured from the date an Employee is first credited with an Hour of Service or any anniversary thereof (or his reemployment commencement date or any anniversary thereof), within which the Employee is not credited with more than 500 Hours of Service; and
1.13.2      For the purpose of Article IV, relating to vesting, a Plan Year within which an individual is not credited with more than 500 Hours of Service; provided that any Break-in-Service occurring during the July 1, 1997 to December 31, 1997 Plan Year shall be disregarded.
“Break-in-Service” with respect to a Participant other than a Salaried Participant shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix E, F, G, or H, as applicable to that Participant.
1.14      Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.15      Committee ” means the Committee appointed to administer the Plan. The Committee is the Teleflex Incorporated Benefits Policy Committee or any successor thereto. The Committee shall be the “administrator” and “named fiduciary” of the Plan, as those terms are defined by ERISA.
1.16      Compensation
1.16.1      General Rule .
1.16.1.1      Salaried Participants . Compensation means, except as otherwise provided in this Section 1.16.1.1, remuneration paid to a Salaried Participant for services rendered to the Employer. Such remuneration shall include regular or base pay, bonuses, commissions, overtime pay, shift differentials, double-time pay, adjustments, amounts paid for time missed due to holidays, vacations, personal days, jury duty, sick leave and funeral leave, short-term disability pay, payments made as a result of opting out of medical coverage, amounts deferred under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, and Elective Contributions made by the Employer on the Salaried Participant’s behalf. “ Elective Contributions ” are amounts excludible from the Salaried Participant’s gross income under Code Section 402(e)(3) (relating to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement), Code Section 402(h) (relating to a Simplified Employee Pension), Code Section 125 (relating to a cafeteria plan), Code Section 403(b) (relating to a tax-sheltered annuity), and Code Section 132(f)(4) (relating to a qualified transportation fringe benefit plan). Effective January 1, 2009, if Salaried Participants’ Compensation under the Plan was not frozen effective for Plan Years beginning after 2008, Compensation would also include any differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer, as required by Code Section 414(u)(12), as amended by the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (the “ HEART Act ”). Compensation does not include employer contributions to benefit plans, fringe benefits, severance pay, expense reimbursements, tuition reimbursements, relocation expenses, the taxable portion of life insurance coverage, car allowances, personal use of employer aircraft, income recognized on the exercise of a stock option or the vesting of a restricted stock award, payments received while an Employee from a nonqualified deferred compensation plan and any other special pay arrangements.
For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2002, amounts referenced under Code Section 125 include any amounts not available to a Salaried Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Salaried Participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Salaried Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. For any self-employed individual Compensation shall mean earned income, as defined in Code Section 401(c)(2).
For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, Compensation shall include Post-Severance Compensation paid by the later of: (i) two and one-half (2½) months (or such other period as extended by subsequent Treasury Regulations or other published guidance) after Severance from Employment with the Employer; or (ii) the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of the Salaried Participant’s Severance from Employment with the Employer. “ Post-Severance Compensation ” means payments that would have been included in the definition of Compensation if they were paid prior to the Salaried Participant’s Severance from Employment and the payments are: (a) regular Compensation for services during the Salaried Participant’s regular working hours, Compensation for services outside the Salaried Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation, if the payments would have been paid to the Salaried Participant if the Salaried Participant had continued in employment with the Employer; (b) for accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Salaried Participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued; or (c) received by a Salaried Participant pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Salaried Participant at the same time if the Salaried Participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent the payment is includible in the Salaried Participant’s gross income. Any payments not described in the preceding sentence are not considered Post-Severance Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, except for payments (1) to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of Qualified Military Service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent the payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer; or (2) to any Participant who is permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, as determined by the Administrative Committee. For purposes of this Section 1.16.1.1, “permanently and totally disabled” means that the individual is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
Back pay, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8), shall be treated as Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents an amount that would otherwise be Compensation.
Salaried Participants’ Compensation for Plan purposes is frozen effective December 31, 2008.
1.16.1.2      Hourly Participants . Compensation means Limitation Compensation, as defined in Appendix E.
1.16.1.3      Arrow Salaried Participants . Compensation means Average Annual Compensation, as defined in Appendix F.
1.16.1.4      Arrow Hourly Participants . Compensation means Average Annual Compensation, as defined in Appendix G.
1.16.1.5      Arrow Berks Participants . Compensation means Average Annual Compensation, as defined in Appendix H.
1.16.2      Compensation Limitation . In addition to other applicable limits set forth in the Plan, the annual Compensation of each Employee taken into account in determining benefit accruals under the Plan shall not exceed the “ Compensation Limitation .” The Compensation Limitation for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001 is $200,000 and the Compensation Limitation for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2011 is $250,000. The Compensation Limitation shall be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined (the “ Determination Period ”) that begins with or within such calendar year. If a Determination Period consists of fewer than 12 months, the Compensation Limitation will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Determination Period and the denominator of which is 12. If Compensation in any prior Determination Period is taken into account in determining an Employee’s benefits accruing in the current Plan Year, the Compensation for that prior Determination Period is subject to the Compensation Limit in effect for that prior Determination Period. Any increase in the Compensation Limit shall not apply to former Employees.
1.17      Continuous Service ” means, with respect to Salaried Participants:
1.17.1      For periods ending before July 1, 1982, a period of employment that was Continuous Service under the terms of the Plan as in effect before July 1, 1982; and
1.17.2      For periods beginning on or after July 1, 1982, a period of employment with the Employer beginning on the first day of the month in which his date of hire occurs and ending on the date of his Break-in-Service.
1.17.3      The following rules shall also apply in determining a Salaried Participant’s Continuous Service for all purposes under the Plan, unless indicated otherwise:
1.17.3.1      If an Employee quits, retires, is discharged, or is placed on permanent layoff, and within 12 months thereafter returns to service and is credited with an Hour of Service, his Continuous Service shall be computed as though his service had not been severed;
1.17.3.2      If an Employee is absent from service and while so absent quits, retires, is discharged, or is placed on permanent layoff, and within 12 months after the first date upon which he is absent from service, returns to service and is credited with an Hour of Service, his Continuous Service shall be computed as though his service had not been severed;
1.17.3.3      All of an Employee’s nonsuccessive periods of service, including the period of service after a Break-in-Service if the Salaried Participant was vested in his Accrued Benefit or if the Salaried Participant has not incurred five or more consecutive Breaks in Service, shall be aggregated, and less than full years of service (whether or not consecutive) shall also be aggregated;
1.17.3.4      An Employee reemployed by the Employer in accordance with Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code, shall be treated as though he had been actively performing services for the Employer during such Employee’s period of Qualified Military Service (as defined in Section 414(u)(5) of the Code);
1.17.3.5      For purposes of determining whether or not an Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan, and whether or not benefits under the Plan are vested, years of Continuous Service shall include periods as a Leased Employee, including the one-year period on the basis of which the individual is deemed to be a Leased Employee; and
1.17.3.6      A Participant shall be not credited with any additional years of Continuous Service after December 31, 2008; provided, however, that, if a Participant experienced a Severance from Employment pursuant to the 2009 Voluntary Early Retirement Plan, the Participant was credited with two (2) additional years of Continuous Service.
1.18      Covered Compensation ” means, with respect to any Salaried Participant, the average (without indexing) of the contribution and benefit bases in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act for each calendar year in the 35-year period ending with the calendar year in which the Salaried Participant reaches his Social Security Retirement Age. In determining a Salaried Participant’s Covered Compensation for any Plan Year, the contribution and benefit bases in effect at the beginning of such Plan Year shall be assumed to continue in effect for all subsequent Plan Years.
1.19      Credited Service ” means, with respect to Salaried Participants:
1.19.1      For periods ending before July 1, 1982, a period of employment that was a period of Credited Service under the terms of the Plan as in effect before July 1, 1982; and
1.19.2      For periods beginning on or after July 1, 1982, the period of an Employee’s Continuous Service measured from the date he begins to participate in the Plan; provided that Credited Service shall not include periods of Continuous Service credited under Sections 1.17.3.1 and 1.17.3.2 for a period of time when a Participant was on a layoff.
1.19.3      Except as provided otherwise in Section 3.1.6, a Salaried Participant’s Credited Service under the TRIP Plan through December 31, 1997 shall count as Credited Service under this Plan.
1.19.4      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the following individuals shall receive no additional Credited Service for benefit accrual purposes for any period of employment after January 31, 2004, provided that service for periods of employment after such date shall continue to be credited for eligibility and vesting purposes:
1.19.4.1      Employees of Weck Surgical employed at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina;
1.19.4.2      Salaried Exempt and Salaried Non-Exempt Employees of TFX Medical employed at Jaffrey, New Hampshire; and
1.19.4.3      Sales Representatives of Pilling Surgical employed at Horsham, Pennsylvania who were hired on or after December 23, 1993 and before March 28, 1997.
1.19.5      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in Section 1.17.3.6, no Participant shall receive additional Credited Service for benefit accrual purposes for any period of employment after December 31, 2008 .
1.20      Defined Benefit Plan ” means any employee pension plan maintained by the Employer that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and is not a Defined Contribution Plan.
1.21      Defined Contribution Plan ” means an employee pension plan maintained by the Employer that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and provides for an individual account for each Participant and for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the Participant’s account, and any income, expenses, gains and losses, and any forfeitures from accounts of other Participants that may be allocated to such Participant’s account.
1.22      Determination Date ” means:
1.22.1      If the Plan is not included in an Aggregation Group, the last day of the preceding Plan Year; or
1.22.2      If the Plan is included in an Aggregation Group, the Determination Date as determined under Section 1.22.1 that falls within the same calendar year of each other plan included in such Aggregation Group.
1.23      Early Retirement Date ” means the last day of any month coincident with or following a Salaried Participant’s reaching age 60, but not age 65, and after he has been credited with 10 years of Continuous Service. If a Salaried Participant experienced a Severance from Employment pursuant to the 2009 Voluntary Early Retirement Plan, the Participant was credited with two (2) additional years of age and the requirement that the Salaried Participant be credited with 10 years of Continuous Service in order to reach an Early Retirement Date is not applicable. The Early Retirement Date, if applicable, for an Hourly Participant, Arrow Salaried Participant, Arrow Hourly Participant, or an Arrow Berks Participant is set forth in Appendix E, F, G, or H hereto, respectively.
1.24      Effective Date ” means January 1, 2014, except where otherwise provided herein or as required by applicable legislation. The original effective date of the Plan was July 1, 1966. With respect to any Participating Employer adopting the Plan after the Effective Date, the Effective Date shall be the date of adoption unless another date is specified.
1.25      Employee ” means, except as otherwise defined in an Appendix hereto:
1.25.1      An individual who is employed by the Employer and whose earnings are reported on a Form W-2;
1.25.2      An individual who is not employed by an Employer but is required to be treated as a Leased Employee (as defined in Section 2.2.5); provided that if the total number of Leased Employees constitutes 20% or less of the Employer’s non-highly compensated work force, within the meaning of Section 414(a)(5)(c)(ii) of the Code, the term “Employee” shall not include those Leased Employees covered by a “safe harbor” plan described in Section 414(n)(5)(i) of the Code; and
1.25.3      When required by context under Section 1.32 for purposes of crediting Hours of Service, a former Employee.
The term “Employee” shall not include any individual providing services to an Employer as an independent contractor. An individual excluded from participation by reason of independent contractor or Leased Employee status, if determined by the Employer, a court, a governmental agency, or in accordance with law to be a common law employee of the Employer, shall be recharacterized as an Employee under the Plan as of the date of such determination, unless an earlier date is necessary to preserve the tax qualified status of the Plan. Notwithstanding such general recharacterization, such person shall not be considered an eligible Employee for purposes of Plan participation, except and to the extent necessary to preserve the tax qualified status of the Plan.
Effective January 1, 2009, to the extent the Plan is not frozen, any individual in Qualified Military Service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)) who is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer shall be treated as an “Employee” of the Employer solely for purposes of providing contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to such Qualified Military Service, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in an applicable Appendix or required by applicable law, nothing in this provision shall be interpreted to require any benefit accruals under this Plan for Salaried Participants, Hourly Participants, Arrow Salaried Participants or Arrow Hourly Participants after December 31, 2008 or any additional benefit accruals under the Plan for Arrow Berks Participants after December 31, 2012.
1.26      Employer ” means the Sponsor and Participating Employers. If the Employer is a member of a group of Related Employers, the term “Employer” includes the Related Employers for purposes of crediting Hours of Service, applying the participation test of Code Section 401(a)(26) and the coverage test of Code Section 410(b), determining Years of Service and Breaks in Service, applying the limitations of Section 11.1, applying the Top Heavy rules of Article XII, the definitions of Employee, Highly Compensated Employee, Leased Employee and Severance from Employment, and for any other purpose as required by the Code or by the Plan. However, only the Sponsor and Participating Employers may contribute to the Plan and only eligible Employees employed by the Sponsor or a Participating Employer are eligible to participate in this Plan. Unless otherwise provided, service with a Related Employer prior to the date that it either adopted the Plan or became a Related Employer shall not be counted for any purpose under the Plan.
1.27      ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
1.28      Five-Percent Owner ” means any Employee who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the Employer, or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of any Employer. For purposes of this Section 1.28, Section 318(a)(2)(C) of the Code shall be applied by substituting “5%” for “50%” each time it appears therein.
1.29      Former Key Employee ” means an Employee who is a Non-Key Employee with respect to the Plan for the Plan Year if such Employee was a Key Employee with respect to the Plan for any prior Plan Year.
1.30      Fund ” means the assets and all income, gains and losses thereon held by the Trustee under the trust agreement for the exclusive benefit of Participants, their surviving Spouses, and their Beneficiaries.
1.31      Highly Compensated Employee ” means any Employee who:
1.31.1      Was a Five-Percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or
1.31.2      For the preceding Plan Year:
1.31.2.1      Received more than $85,000 ($115,000 for the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2014) in Compensation from the Employer (or such higher amount as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 414(q)(1)); and
1.31.2.2      If the Employer elects, was in the top-paid group of employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)(4)) for such preceding year.
Highly Compensated Employees also include highly compensated former Employees. A highly compensated former Employee includes any Employee who has had a Severance from Employment (or was deemed to have a Severance from Employment) prior to the current or preceding Plan Year, performs no Service for the Employer during such Plan Year, and was a highly compensated active Employee for either the severance year or any Plan Year ending on or after the Employee’s 55th birthday in accordance with the rules for determining Highly Compensated Employee status in effect for that determination year and in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service Notice 97-45.
For purposes of this Section, “Compensation” means Compensation as defined in Section 11.1.1.2, and Related Employers shall be treated as a single employer with the Employer. The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee shall be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
1.32      Hour of Service ” means, except as otherwise set forth in an Appendix hereto, with respect to employment with the Employer:
1.32.1      Each hour for which the Employer, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or for which the Employee is entitled to payment for the performance of duties for the Employer. The Plan shall credit Hours of Service under this Section 1.32.1 to the Employee for the computation period in which the Employee performs the duties, irrespective of when paid;
1.32.2      Each hour for which the Employer, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or for which the Employee is entitled to payment (irrespectively of whether the employment relationship is terminated), for reasons other than the performance of duties during a computation period, such as leaves of absence, vacation, holiday, sick leave, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty or military duty. There shall be excluded from the foregoing those periods during which payments are made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws. An Hour of Service shall not be credited where an employee is being reimbursed solely for medical or medically related expenses. The Plan shall not credit more than 501 Hours of Service under this Section 1.32.2 to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee does not perform any duties (whether or not such period occurs during a single computation period). The Plan shall credit Hours of Service under this Section 1.32.2 in accordance with the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.200b-2, which the Plan, by this reference, specifically incorporates in full within this Section 1.32.2; and
1.32.3      Each hour for back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, to which the Employer has agreed or for which the Employee has received an award. The Plan shall credit Hours of Service under this Section 1.32.3 to the Employee for the computation period(s) to which the award or the agreement pertains rather than for the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.
The Plan shall not credit an Hour of Service under more than one of the above subsections of Section 1.32. A computation period for purposes of this Section 1.32 is the Plan Year, Continuous Service period, Break-in-Service period or other period, as determined under the Plan provision for which the Plan is measuring an Employee’s Hours of Service. The Benefits Group will resolve any ambiguity with respect to the crediting of an Hour of Service in favor of the Employee.
Except as otherwise provided in an Appendix to the Plan, the Plan shall credit every Employee with Hours of Service on the basis of the “actual” method; provided that with respect to an Employee for whom hours of employment are not normally recorded, the Plan may, in accordance with rules applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, elect to credit Hours of Service using one or more of the following equivalencies:
Basis upon Which Records
Are Maintained
 
Credit Granted to Individual
For Period
 
 
 
Shift
 
actual hours for full shift
 
 
 
Day
 
10 Hours of Service
 
 
 
Week
 
45 Hours of Service
 
 
 
Semi-monthly period
 
95 Hours of Service
 
 
 
Month
 
190 Hours of Service

For purposes of this Plan, the “actual” method means the determination of Hours of Service from records of hours worked and hours for which the Employer makes payment or for which payment is due from the Employer.
Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members of a group of Related Employers of which the Employer is a member. Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan to the extent required under Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
Solely for purposes of determining whether the Employee incurs a Break-in-Service under any provision of this Plan, the Plan shall credit Hours of Service during an Employee’s unpaid absence period due to maternity or paternity leave in accordance with this paragraph. The Plan shall consider an Employee on maternity or paternity leave if the Employee’s absence is due to the Employee’s pregnancy, the birth of the Employee’s child, the placement with the Employee of an adopted child, or the care of the Employee’s child immediately following the child’s birth or placement. The Plan shall credit only the number of Hours of Service (up to five hundred one (501) Hours of Service) necessary to prevent an Employee’s Break-in-Service. The Plan shall credit all Hours of Service described in this paragraph to the computation period in which the absence period begins or, if the Employee does not need these Hours of Service to prevent a Break-in-Service in the computation period in which his absence period begins, the Plan shall credit these Hours of Service to the immediately following computation period. Further, if required by the Family and Medical Leave Act, time on a leave of absence, whether or not paid, shall count in determining service and Hours of Service.
1.33      Hourly Participant ” means a Participant who was a participant in the Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan (“Hourly Employees’ Plan”) prior to the merger of the Hourly Employees’ Plan with and into the Plan effective as of December 31, 2008 and/or who is eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Appendix E hereto. The Plan benefit to which an Hourly Participant is entitled shall be determined in accordance with the Plan and Appendix E hereto. An individual who is an Hourly Participant and who ceases to be an Employee shall nonetheless remain an Hourly Participant for purposes of benefit payments only, until all amounts due him from the Plan have been paid. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee whose initial date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 (July 1, 2006 with respect to an Employee who is a member of UAW Local 644 (Marine - Limerick, PA) and who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and UAW Local 644), may become an Hourly Participant or accrue benefits under the Hourly Employees’ Plan or Plan. Except as otherwise provided in Appendix E, no Hourly Participant shall accrue an additional benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
1.34      Investment Manager ” means a person or organization who is appointed to direct the investment of all or part of the Fund, and who is either registered in good standing as an Investment Adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank (as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940), or an insurance company qualified to perform investment management services under the laws of more than one state of the United States, and who has acknowledged in writing that he or it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
1.35      Key Employee ” means any Employee or former Employee (whether living or deceased) who, at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date, is (or was):
1.35.1      An officer of the Employer having annual compensation greater than $170,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2014);
1.35.2      A Five-Percent Owner; or
1.35.3      A one-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee shall be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
For purposes of determining ownership in the Employer under this Section, the employer aggregation rules of Sections 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m) of the Code shall not apply.
1.36      Late Retirement Date ” means the actual date of the Participant’s Severance from Employment after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the day on which a Participant elects to commence receipt of his Plan benefit for any other reason after his Normal Retirement Date, but not later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.
1.37      Limitation Year ” means the Plan Year.
1.38      Monthly Plan Compensation ” means, prior to January 1, 1998, a Salaried Participant’s monthly rate of base earnings for each Plan Year effective as of the May 1 preceding the beginning of such Plan Year, including amounts the Salaried Participant elects to have his Employer or an Employer that is not a Related Employer contribute to a cash or deferred arrangement, but excluding overtime pay, bonuses, employer contributions to or payments under this or any other employee benefit plan to which the Employer contributes, and like forms of additional compensation; provided, however, that if a Salaried Participant is compensated at a weekly rate, his monthly rate shall be deemed to be 4-1/3 times his weekly rate. A Salaried Participant’s rate of base earnings on any May 1 during a period of absence that does not interrupt his Continuous Service or Credited Service shall be deemed to be equal to his rate as of the May 1 next preceding the beginning of such period of absence.
Effective January 1, 1998, Monthly Plan Compensation means the Compensation paid to a Salaried Participant in a Plan Year for services rendered to an Employer divided by the number of full months that the Salaried Participant was employed during the Plan Year by the Employer, subject to the limits of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Monthly Plan Compensation after December 31, 2008, shall be taken into account in determining a Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit.
1.39      Non-Key Employee ” means a Participant in the Plan (including a Beneficiary of such Participant) who is not a Key Employee with respect to the Plan for the Plan Year.
1.40      Normal Retirement Age ” means, except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, age 65. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Normal Retirement Age of a Salaried Participant who is employed by an Employer as a pilot shall be age 60. If a Participant experienced a Severance from Employment pursuant to the 2009 Voluntary Early Retirement Plan, the Participant was credited with two (2) additional years of age for all Plan purposes.
1.41      Normal Retirement Date ” means, except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, the last day of the month in which a Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age.
1.42      Participant ” means a Salaried Participant, Hourly Participant, Arrow Salaried Participant, Arrow Hourly Participant, and an Arrow Berks Participant.
1.43      Participating Employer ” means any subsidiary or affiliated organization of the Sponsor electing to participate in the Plan with the consent of the Committee. A list of such Participating Employers applicable to Salaried Participants is set forth in Appendix A, attached hereto and made a part hereof, as it may be updated from time to time.
1.44      Permissive Aggregation Group ” means:
1.44.1      Each plan of the Employer included in a Required Aggregation Group; and
1.44.2      Each other plan of the Employer if the group of plans consisting of such plan and the plan or plans described in Section 1.44.1, when considered as a single plan, meets the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.
1.45      Plan ” means the Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan as set forth in this document and the related trust agreement pursuant to which the Trust is maintained.
1.46      Plan Year ” means the 12-month period ending each December 31.
1.47      Pre-1998 Employee ” means an individual who was an Employee on December 31, 1997 and was either a Salaried Participant on such date or who was eligible on such date to become a Salaried Participant once the requirements of Section 2.1 were met.
1.48      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity ” means an annuity for the life of the Participant followed immediately thereafter by a survivor annuity for the life of his Spouse. The survivor annuity shall be 50% of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his Spouse. The amount payable under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall in any event be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit payable in the normal form of benefit for an unmarried Participant (“normal form” with respect to an Hourly Participant). If, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order described in Code Section 414(p), more than one individual is a designated Spouse, the amount of the survivor annuity payable under this Section 1.48 shall not exceed the amount that would be paid if there were only one surviving Spouse.
1.49      Related Employers ” means a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)), trades or business (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)), or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Sections 414(m) and (o)).
1.50      “Required Aggregation Group ” means:
1.50.1      Each plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee participated (regardless of whether such plan has been terminated) during the five Plan Years ending on the Determination Date; and
1.50.2      Each other plan of the Employer that enables any plan described in Section 1.50.1 to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410 of the Code, including any such plan terminated within the five-year period ending on the Determination Date.
1.51      Required Beginning Date ” means April 1 of the calendar year following the later of:
1.51.1      The calendar year in which the Participant reaches age 70½; or
1.51.2      The calendar year in which the Participant has a Severance from Employment; provided, that this Section 1.51.2 shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a Five-Percent Owner with respect to the Plan Year ending with the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½.
1.52      Salaried Participant ” means an Employee who has met the eligibility requirements of Article II and has begun to participate in the Plan. An individual who is a Salaried Participant and who ceases to be an Employee shall nonetheless remain a Salaried Participant for purposes of benefit payments only, until all amounts due him from the Plan have been paid. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee whose initial date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006, may become a Salaried Participant in the Plan or accrue benefits under the Plan. Further, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no Salaried Participant shall accrue an additional benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
1.53      “Severance from Employment ” means an Employee’s separation from service with the Employer such that the Employee no longer has an employment relationship with the Employer.
1.54      “S ocial Security Retirement Age ” means the age used as the retirement age under Section 216(l) of the Social Security Act, except that such Section shall be applied without regard to the age increase factor, and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(l)(2) of such Act were 62.
1.55      Sponsor ” means Teleflex Incorporated.
1.56      Spouse ” means, except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, a Participant’s lawful spouse at his Annuity Starting Date or Required Beginning Date or, if earlier, his date of death; provided that a former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order. To the extent that the Plan treats a former Spouse of a Participant as the Spouse of such Participant for purposes of Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, the actual Spouse of such Participant shall not be treated as the Spouse of such Participant for such purposes. For purposes of clarification and not limitation, effective as of June 26, 2013, the Participant’s lawful spouse shall be determined under the law of the State or foreign jurisdiction where the Participant and spouse were married.
1.57      Total and Permanent Disability ” means, except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, a medically determinable disability of a permanent nature such that the Participant is entitled to and receiving disability benefits under the Social Security Act or under the Employer’s long-term salary continuation program.
1.58      Top-Heavy-Group ” means an Aggregation Group in which, as of the Determination Date, the sum of:
1.58.1      The aggregate of the account balances of Key Employees under all Defined Contribution Plans included in such Aggregation Group; and
1.58.2      The aggregate of the present value of cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under all Defined Benefit Plans included in such Aggregation Group,
exceeds 60% of the sum of such aggregates determined for all Employees.
1.59      Top-Heavy Plan ” means, for a Plan Year, the Plan if the Top Heavy ratio as of the Determination Date exceeds 60%. The Top Heavy ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the present value of Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date and the contributions due as of the Determination Date, and the denominator of which is a similar sum determined for all Employees. The Administrative Committee shall calculate the Top Heavy ratio without regard to the Accrued Benefit of any Non‑Key Employee who was formerly a Key Employee. The Administrative Committee shall calculate the Top Heavy ratio by disregarding the Accrued Benefit (including distributions, if any, of the Accrued Benefit) of an individual who has not received credit for at least one Hour of Service with an Employer during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date in such calculation. In addition, the Administrative Committee shall calculate the Top Heavy ratio by including any part of any Accrued Benefit distributed by reason of Severance from Employment, death or Total and Permanent Disability (Disability with respect to Hourly Participants) in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date and, for all other events, the five-year period ending on the Determination Date. The Administrative Committee shall determine the present value of Accrued Benefits as of the most recent valuation date for computing minimum funding costs falling within the twelve month period ending on the Determination Date, whether or not the actuary performs a valuation that year, except as Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations require for the first and second Plan Year of the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall calculate the Top Heavy ratio, including the extent to which it must take into account distributions, rollovers, and transfers, in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
If the Employer maintains other qualified plans (including a simplified employee pension plan), the Plan is Top Heavy only if it is part of the Required Aggregation Group, and the Top Heavy ratio for both the Required Aggregation Group and the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%. The Administrative Committee shall calculate the Top Heavy ratio in the same manner as required by the first paragraph of this Section, taking into account all plans within the Aggregation Group. To the extent the Administrative Committee must take into account distributions to a Participant, the Administrative Committee shall include distributions from a terminated plan that would have been part of the Required Aggregation Group if it were in existence on the Determination Date. The Administrative Committee shall calculate the present value of accrued benefits and the other amounts the Administrative Committee must take into account under qualified plans included within the group in accordance with the terms of those plans, Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. If an aggregated plan does not have a valuation date coinciding with the Determination Date, the Administrative Committee shall value the accrued benefits or accounts in the aggregated plan as of the most recent valuation date falling within the twelve-month period ending on the Determination Date except as required by Code Section 416 and applicable Treasury Regulations. The Administrative Committee shall calculate the Top Heavy ratio with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer; or if there is no such method, then as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).
For purposes of valuing Accrued Benefits under the Plan and accrued benefits under any other defined benefit plan taken into account in the Top Heavy ratio, the Administrative Committee shall use the actuarial assumptions stated in Section 1.3.
1.60      TRIP Plan ” means the plan formerly known as the “Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income Plan,” that was merged into the Plan effective January 1, 1998.
1.61      “Treasury Regulations ” means regulations promulgated under the Code by the Secretary of the Treasury.
1.62      Trust ” means the legal entity created by the trust agreement between the Sponsor and the Trustee, fixing the rights and liabilities with respect to controlling and managing the Fund for the purposes of the Plan.
1.63      Trustee ” means the trustee or any successor trustee or trustees hereafter designated by the Committee and named in the trust agreement or any amendment thereto.
1.64      Terms Defined Elsewhere .
Adjusted funding target attainment percentage or AFTAP    Section 3.12.5.1
Annual Benefit    Section 11.1.1.1
Appropriate Integration Level    Section 3.1.4
Claimant    Section 8.24
Compensation    Section 11.1.1.2
Defined Benefit Plan    Section 11.1.1.3
Defined Contribution Plan    Section 11.1.1.4
Direct Rollover    Section 6.10.2.4
Distributee    Section 6.10.2.3
Distribution Calendar Year    Section 6.9.1.2
Early Retirement Benefit    Section 3.3
Elective Transfer    Section 9.4
Eligible Cost-of Living Index    Section 6.9.1.1.5.1
Eligible Retirement Plan    Section 6.10.2.2
Eligible Rollover Distribution    Section 6.10.2.1
Employer    Section 11.1.1.5
High Three-Year Average Compensation    Section 11.1.1.6
Late Retirement Benefit    Section 3.2
Limitation Year    Section 11.1.1.7
Normal Retirement Benefit    Section 3.1
PBGC Maximum Benefit Guarantee Amount    Section 6.11.7.1
Predecessor Employer    Section 11.1.1.8
Post-Severance Compensation    Sections 1.16.1.1, 11.1.1.2.1.5 and 11.1.1.2.5
Prohibited Payment    Section 6.11.7.2
Projected Annual Benefit    Section 11.1.1.9
Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity    Section 6.4.4
Section 436 Measurement Date    Section 3.12.5.2
Transfer Account    Section 9.4
Unpredictable Contingent Event    Section 3.13
Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefit    Section 3.13
Unrestricted Portion of the Benefit    Section 6.11.7.3
Year of Top Heavy Service    Section 12.3
Years of Service    Section 11.1.1.10


ARTICLE II     

PARTICIPATION
The provisions of this Article II apply only with respect to Employees of an Employer who are eligible to become Salaried Participants. The eligibility and participation provisions applicable to other Employees are set forth in Appendix E, F, G, or H hereto, as applicable.
2.1      Participation .
2.1.1      Prior to January 1, 2004, except as provided in Section 2.2, each eligible Employee shall become a Salaried Participant in the Plan as of the first day of the Plan Year coincident with or immediately following the day he is first credited with six months of Continuous Service and has reached age 20½.
Except as provided in Section 2.2, each eligible Employee whose initial date of hire is on or after January 1, 2004 but prior to January 1, 2006, shall become a Salaried Participant in the Plan as of the earlier of (i) the first day of January or (ii) the first day of July coincident with or immediately following the day he is first credited with six months of Continuous Service and has reached age 21. In no event will an Employee whose initial date of hire occurs on or after January 1, 2006, become a Salaried Participant in the Plan.
2.1.2      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, after January 31, 2004, no Employee of Weck Surgical employed at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, no Salaried Exempt and no Salaried Non-Exempt Employee of TFX Medical employed at Jaffrey, New Hampshire, and no sales representative of Pilling Surgical employed at Horsham, Pennsylvania shall become a new Salaried Participant in the Plan.
2.1.3      A Salaried Participant shall cease his participation in the Plan at such time as he no longer has any right to benefits under the Plan.
2.2      Ineligible Employees . The following individuals shall be ineligible to become a Salaried Participant in the Plan:
2.2.3      An Employee who is employed by an entity that is not an Employer;
2.2.4      An Employee of an Employer who does not work at the locations listed in Appendix A;
2.2.5      Except as to an Employee at a location listed in Appendix A where hourly paid Employees are eligible to participate, an Employee other than individual who is employed by the Employer on a salaried basis or who is classified as a salaried Employee of the Employer;
2.2.6      An Employee who is a member of a unit of Employees as to which there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith collective bargaining, unless a collective bargaining agreement covering those Employees provides for their participation in the Plan;
2.2.7      An Employee who is a Leased Employees, defined as any person who is not an Employee and who provides services to the Employer if: (i) such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person or entity; (ii) such person has performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year; and (iii) such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer;
2.2.8      An Employee who is a non-resident alien and who has no income from sources within the United States;
2.2.9      An individual who has been classified by an Employer as an independent contractor, notwithstanding a contrary determination by any court or governmental agency;
2.2.10      An individual who has been classified by an Employer as a per diem employee, intern or special project employee;
2.2.11      An Employee who is a member of a class of Employees who are excluded from participation in the Plan, as specified in Appendix A;
2.2.12      An Employee who has agreed in writing that he is not entitled to participate in the Plan;
2.2.13      An Employee whose terms and conditions of employment do not provide for participation in or entitlement to benefits under the Plan; and
2.2.14      An Employee whose initial date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006.
With the exception of the Employees listed in Section 2.2.12, the Benefits Group shall interpret the list of persons who are ineligible to participate in the Plan, as set forth above, to comply with Code Section 410(a)(1).
2.3      Time of Participation - Excluded Employees . An Employee whose initial date of hire is prior to January 1, 2006, and who otherwise would be eligible to be a Salaried Participant in the Plan, but is excluded because of the application of any provision of Section 2.2 (other than Section 2.2.12), shall become a Salaried Participant as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date upon which the applicable provision of Section 2.2 (other than Section 2.2.12) ceases to apply. A Salaried Participant who becomes subject to any provision of Section 2.2 (other than 2.2.12) shall cease to accrue Credited Service as of the last day of the month ending with or within which, any such provision becomes applicable.
2.4      Reemployed Individuals . A Salaried Participant who is reemployed by an Employer as an eligible Employee under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 following a Break-in-Service shall again become entitled to participate in the Plan and accrue Credited Service (prior to December 31, 2008 or such later date required by applicable law) as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date he is reemployed. With respect to Participants other than Salaried Participants, the provisions regarding participation following reemployment are set forth in Appendix E, F, G, or H, as applicable.

ARTICLE III     

AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS
3.1      Normal Retirement Benefit . A Salaried Participant who has a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” in the amount of the greatest of (i) his Accrued Benefit calculated under Sections 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3 and 3.1.4 as of his Normal Retirement Date, (ii) the flat rate benefit calculated under Section 3.1.5 as of his Normal Retirement Date, or (iii) the minimum benefit under Section 3.8 as of his Normal Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Salaried Participant who formerly participated in the TRIP Plan and who has a Severance from Employment on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” in the amount of his Accrued Benefit as calculated under Section 3.1.6. A Participant’s Normal Retirement Benefit shall be payable in accordance with Article VI and a Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit. The Normal Retirement Benefit of a Participant who is not a Salaried Participant shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, an Appendix or required by applicable law, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
3.1.15      Participation Before July 1, 1982 . The Accrued Benefit for each year of participation before July 1, 1982 shall equal the sum of the amounts determined under Sections 3.1.1.1 and 3.1.1.2 below:
3.1.15.1      In the case of a Salaried Participant who was a Salaried Participant on July 1, 1979 and who made contributions to the Plan for the month of June 1979, a past service Accrued Benefit equal to the product of Section 3.1.1.1.1 and 3.1.1.1.2 below, where:
3.1.15.1.1      Is the Salaried Participant’s Credited Service on July 1, 1979, and
3.1.15.1.2      Is the sum of 3.1.1.1.2.1 and 3.1.1.1.2.2:
3.1.15.1.2.1      1% of the Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for the Plan Year beginning July 1, 1979, and
3.1.15.1.2.2      1% of the Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for the Plan Year beginning July 1, 1979 that is in excess of $550, if any; provided, however, that if the Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation averaged over the five years immediately preceding the date of his Severance from Employment is less than his Monthly Plan Compensation for the Plan Year beginning July 1, 1979, such average shall be used in determining this portion of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit; and
3.1.15.2      A monthly pension for each Plan Year beginning with July 1, 1979 and ending on June 30, 1982, where the monthly pension for each such year shall be determined as the product of 3.1.1.2.1 and 3.1.1.2.2 below:
3.1.15.2.1      4.16667%, and
3.1.15.2.2      The contributions made by the Salaried Participant for each such Plan Year.
3.1.16      Participation After June 30, 1982 and Before July 1, 1989 . The Accrued Benefit for each year of participation after June 30, 1982 and before July 1, 1989 shall equal the product of 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.2 below, where:
3.1.16.1      Is the Salaried Participant’s Credited Service for each such Plan Year, and
3.1.16.2      Is the sum of:
3.1.16.2.1      1% of the Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for each such Plan Year, and
3.1.16.2.2      1% of the Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for each such Plan Year that is in excess of $550, if any.
3.1.17      Participation After June 30, 1989 and Before January 1, 1998 . The Accrued Benefit for each year of participation after June 30, 1989 and before January 1, 1998 (including the short Plan Year from July 1, 1997 through December 31, 1997) shall equal the amount determined under Section 3.1.3.1 or the amount determined under Section 3.1.3.2 below, whichever is applicable, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months the Salaried Participant was an Employee eligible to accrue Credited Service and the denominator of which is 12:
3.1.17.7      In the case of a Salaried Participant whose Credited Service at the beginning of any such Plan Year is less than 35 years, an Accrued Benefit equal to the sum of 3.1.3.1.1 and 3.1.3.1.2 below:
3.1.17.7.1      1.375% of the Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for the Plan Year up to $880, and
3.1.17.7.2      2.000% of the Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of’ $880, if any.
3.1.17.8      In the case of a Salaried Participant whose Credited Service at the beginning of any such Plan Year is equal to 35 years or more, an Accrued Benefit equal to 1.833% of such Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for the Plan Year.
3.1.18      Participation After December 31, 1997 . The Accrued Benefit of a Salaried Participant for each year of participation beginning after December 31, 1997 shall equal the amount determined under Section 3.1.4.1 or the amount determined under Section 3.1.4.2 below, whichever is applicable, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months the Salaried Participant was an Employee eligible to accrue Credited Service and the denominator of which is 12:
3.1.18.1      In the case of a Salaried Participant whose Credited Service at the beginning of any such Plan Year is less than 35 years, an Accrued Benefit equal to the sum of 3.1.4.1.1 and 3.1.4.1.2 below:
3.1.18.1.1      1.375% of the Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for the prior Plan Year up to one-twelfth of the Appropriate Integration Level, and
3.1.18.1.2      2.000% of the Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for the prior Plan Year in excess of one-twelfth of the Appropriate Integration Level, if any.
3.1.18.2      In the case of a Salaried Participant whose Credited Service at the beginning of any such Plan Year is equal to 35 years or more, an Accrued Benefit equal to 1.8333% of such Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation for the prior Plan Year.
For purposes of this Section 3.1.4, the “ Appropriate Integration Level ” for a Salaried Participant who is a Pre-1998 Employee shall be as set forth in Appendix C. The “ Appropriate Integration Level ” for all other Salaried Participants shall be as set forth in Appendix D.
3.1.19      Flat Rate Benefit . In no event shall the Accrued Benefit of a Salaried Participant who commences receipt of his Plan benefit on or after his Normal Retirement Date be less than $12.00 multiplied by the Salaried Participant’s years of Credited Service on the date of the Participant’s Severance from Employment.
3.1.20      TRIP Plan Participants .
3.1.20.4      The Accrued Benefit of a Salaried Participant who formerly participated in the TRIP Plan and who was employed on December 31, 1997 by Mal Tool & Engineering, Cepco, Inc. or STS/Klock shall be the greatest of (i) the sum of the Salaried Participant’s accrued benefit under the TRIP Plan as of December 31, 1997 and the Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated under Section 3.1.4, (ii) the flat rate benefit calculated under Section 3.1.5, or (iii) the TRIP Plan Benefit calculated under Section 3.1.6.3 below. Such a Salaried Participant’s credited service under the TRIP Plan shall not count as Credited Service under this Plan for purposes of Section 3.1.1, Section 3.1.2 or Section 3.1.3.
3.1.20.5      The Accrued Benefit of a Salaried Participant who formerly participated in the TRIP Plan who was employed on December 31, 1997 by Weck Closure Systems or Pilling-Weck Surgical Instruments shall be the greater of (i) the sum of the Salaried Participant’s accrued benefit under the TRIP Plan as of December 31, 1997 and the Salaried Participant’s accrued benefit calculated under Section 3.1.4, or (ii) the flat rate benefit calculated under Section 3.1.5. Such a Salaried Participant’s credited service under the TRIP Plan shall not count as Credited Service under this Plan for purposes of Section 3.1.1, Section 3.1.2 or Section 3.1.3.
3.1.20.6      A Salaried Participant’s TRIP Plan Benefit shall equal the sum of the amounts determined under 3.1.6.3.1 and 3.1.6.3.2 below, subject to 3.1.6.3.3 and 3.1.6.3.4 below:
3.1.20.6.1      1.05% of the lesser of the Salaried Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation or one-twelfth of his Covered Compensation determined on the date of his Severance from Employment, multiplied by his Credited Service to a maximum of 40 years; and
3.1.20.6.2      1.5% of the excess, if any, of the Salaried Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation over one-twelfth of his Covered Compensation determined on the date of his Severance from Employment, multiplied by his Credited Service to a maximum of 40 years.
3.1.20.6.3      For a Participant with compensation for a plan year prior to June 30, 1994 in excess of $150,000, in no event shall such Salaried Participant’s benefit determined according to Section 3.1.6.3.1 and 3.1.6.3.2 above be less than the sum of: (i) the Salaried Participant’s accrued benefit on June 30, 1994, frozen in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(4)-13; and (ii) the Salaried Participant’s accrued benefit determined using the benefit formula applicable on or after July 1, 1994, with respect to Credited Service earned on or after July 1, 1994.
3.1.20.6.4      In no event shall a Salaried Participant’s benefit determined according to Section 3.1.6.3.1 and 3.1.6.3.2 above be less than the Salaried Participant’s accrued benefit as of July 31, 1989 (June 30, 1989 for employees who met the description in Code Section 414(q)(1)(B) as of June 30, 1989) under Section 5.1 of the TRIP Plan in effect on July 31, 1989.
3.1.21      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the following individuals shall receive no additional Credited Service for benefit accrual purposes for any period of employment after January 31, 2004:
3.1.21.1      Employees of Weck Surgical employed at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina;
3.1.21.2      Salaried Exempt and Salaried Non-Exempt Employees of TFX Medical employed at Jaffrey, New Hampshire; and
3.1.21.3      Sales Representatives of Pilling Surgical employed at Horsham, Pennsylvania (formerly Fort Washington, Pennsylvania) who were hired after December 23, 1993 and before March 28, 1997.
3.1.22      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in an Appendix or required by applicable law, no individuals shall receive additional Credited Service for benefit accrual purposes for any period of employment after December 31, 2008.
3.2      Late Retirement Benefit . A Salaried Participant who commences receipt of his Plan benefit after his Severance from Employment and on his Late Retirement Date shall be entitled to a “ Late Retirement Benefit ” equal to the greater of his Accrued Benefit calculated to his Late Retirement Date, as determined under Section 3.1, or the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Late Retirement Date. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.
In the case of a Participant whose Late Retirement Benefit commences in a calendar year after the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, the Participant’s benefit shall be actuarially increased to take into account the period after age 70½ in which the Participant was not receiving any benefits. The actuarial increase shall be computed (using the assumptions in Section 1.3) beginning on the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ and ending on the date benefits commence in an amount sufficient to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9).
The Trustee shall pay a Participant’s Late Retirement Benefit in accordance with Article VI.
The Late Retirement Benefit of a Participant who is not a Salaried Participant, if any, shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant.
3.3      Early Retirement Benefit .
3.3.3      General Rule . The “ Early Retirement Benefit ” payable to a Salaried Participant who has a Severance from Employment on an Early Retirement Date shall equal his Accrued Benefit, based on the Salaried Participant’s Credited Service at his Early Retirement Date. At the Salaried Participant’s option, such retirement benefit shall be payable either beginning on his Normal Retirement Date without reduction, or beginning as of an Annuity Starting Date coincident with or subsequent to his Early Retirement Date and prior to his Normal Retirement Date. In the event the Salaried Participant elects to have payments begin before his Normal Retirement Date, the rate of the payments shall be reduced by 5/9 of 1% for each month by which his Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date. The Early Retirement Benefit of a Participant who is not a Salaried Participant, if any, shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant.
3.3.4      Weck TRIP Plan Participants . Notwithstanding Section 3.3.1, a Salaried Participant who was employed by Weck Closure Systems or Pilling-Weck Surgical Instruments and was a participant in the TRIP Plan on December 31, 1997 and who has a Severance from Employment after attaining age 55 and being credited with 10 years of Continuous Service, may irrevocably elect to have his benefit payments begin as of the first day of any month after his Severance from Employment date and before attaining age 60. Such benefit payment shall be based on the Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the TRIP Plan as of December 31, 1997, reduced by .35% for each month that the Salaried Participant’s Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date. Once a Salaried Participant making such an election attains age 60, his benefit payments will be based on the greater of (a) the amount described in the preceding sentence, and (b) the amount the Salaried Participant would have been entitled to under Section 3.3.1 had payment of his benefit commenced at age 60. If a Salaried Participant entitled to elect the commencement of payments prior to age 60 under this Section 3.3.2 does not make such an election, but does elect to have payments begin between age 60 and his Normal Retirement Date, his benefit payments will be based on the greater of (a) the Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the TRIP Plan as of December 31, 1997, reduced by .35% for each month that the Salaried Participant’s Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date, and (b) the amount the Salaried Participant is entitled to under Section 3.3.1.
3.3.5      Mal Tool TRIP Plan Participants . Notwithstanding Section 3.3.1, a Salaried Participant who was employed by Mal Tool & Engineering, Cepco, Inc. or STS/Klock and was a participant in the TRIP Plan on December 31, 1997 and who has a Severance from Employment after attaining age 55 and being credited with 10 Years of Continuous Service, may irrevocably elect to have his benefit payments begin as of the first day of any month after his Severance from Employment date and before attaining age 60. Such benefit payments shall be based on the Salaried Participant’s TRIP Plan Benefit, as calculated under Section 3.1.6.3, reduced by .35% for each month that the Salaried Participant’s Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date. Once a Salaried Participant making such an election attains age 60, his benefit payments will be based on the greater of (a) the amount described in the preceding sentence, or (b) the amount the Salaried Participant would have been entitled to under Section 3.3.1 had payment of his benefit commenced at age 60. If a Salaried Participant entitled to elect the commencement of payments prior to age 60 under this Section 3.3.3 does not make such an election, but does elect to have payments begin between age 60 and his Normal Retirement Date, his benefit payments will be based on the greater of (a) the Salaried Participant’s TRIP Plan Benefit, as calculated under Section 3.1.6.3, reduced by .35% for each month that the Salaried Participant’s Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date, and (b) the amount the Salaried Participant is entitled to under Section 3.3.1.
3.4      Disability Retirement Benefit .
3.4.4      The Disability Retirement Benefit payable to a Salaried Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment due to a Total and Permanent Disability before his Normal Retirement Date, but after he has been credited with two or more years of Credited Service, is a benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date equal to the Accrued Benefit the Salaried Participant would have received had he remained employed by the Participating Employer during such time as he is Totally and Permanently Disabled. For purposes of computing a Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit under this Section 3.4.1, he shall receive credit for Continuous Service and Credited Service for the period of his Total and Permanent Disability and it shall be assumed that such Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation during his period of Total and Permanent Disability is that in effect immediately before the beginning of the Total and Permanent Disability; provided, however, that a Salaried Participant will receive no credit for Continuous Service or Credited Service after December 31, 2008, and no Monthly Plan Compensation after December 31, 2008 shall be taken into account in determining the Participant’s Plan benefit. Such benefit shall be payable in accordance with Article VI. In the event such Salaried Participant (a) ceases to have a Total and Permanent Disability before his Normal Retirement Date and is not thereafter reemployed by the Participating Employer, (b) dies before his Normal Retirement Date, or (c) elects to begin receiving an Early Retirement Benefit, the Salaried Participant’s Continuous Service and Credited Service shall be determined as of the date such Salaried Participant ceases to be Totally and Permanently Disabled, dies or begins to receive his Early Retirement Benefit (or December 31, 2008, if earlier), and his further benefit entitlement, if any, shall be based upon such Continuous Service and Credited Service. The Disability Retirement Benefit of a Participant who is not a Salaried Participant, if any, shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant.
3.4.5      In lieu of the benefit accrual under Section 3.4.1, a Salaried Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment due to a Total and Permanent Disability before his Normal Retirement Date, but after he has been credited with 10 or more years of Continuous Service, may elect to receive a reduced benefit beginning on the first day of any month following the month in which he reaches age 60, if he is then disabled. For purposes of computing a Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit under this Section 3.4.2, he shall receive credit for Continuous Service and Credited Service for the period of his Total and Permanent Disability up to the month payment of the reduced benefit begins, and it shall be assumed that such Salaried Participant’s Monthly Plan Compensation during his period of Total and Permanent Disability is that in effect immediately before the beginning of the Total and Permanent Disability; provided, however, that a Salaried Participant will receive no credit for Continuous Service or Credited Service after December 31, 2008, and no Monthly Plan Compensation after December 31, 2008 shall be taken into account in determining the Participant’s Plan benefit. Such benefit shall be payable in accordance with Article VI. In the event such Salaried Participant ceases to be Totally and Permanently Disabled before his Annuity Starting Date and is not thereafter reemployed by the Employer, or dies or elects to begin receiving an Early Retirement Benefit, the Salaried Participant’s Continuous Service and Credited Service shall be determined as of the date such Salaried Participant ceases to be Totally and Permanently Disabled, dies or begins to receive his Early Retirement Benefit (or December 31, 2008, if earlier), and his further benefit entitlement, if any, shall be based upon such Continuous Service and Credited Service. If a Salaried Participant receiving benefit payments hereunder ceases to be Totally and Permanently Disabled before his Normal Retirement Date and is not thereafter reemployed by the Employer, such Salaried Participant’s Continuous Service and Credited Service shall be determined as of the one year anniversary of the date of the Salaried Participant’s last benefit payment hereunder (or December 31, 2008, if earlier). In addition, such Salaried Participant’s benefit payments hereunder shall be discontinued until he again qualifies for a benefit and his retirement benefit, if any, shall be adjusted in accordance with Section 6.8, if he again becomes an eligible Employee.
3.5      Vested Deferred Retirement Benefit . A Salaried Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than early retirement, death or Total and Permanent Disability, and who has not been credited with 10 years of Continuous Service, shall be entitled to begin receiving payment of his Accrued Benefit at his Normal Retirement Date. A Salaried Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than early retirement, death or Total and Permanent Disability, and who has been credited with 10 or more years of Continuous Service, shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the amount determined under Section 3.5.1 or Section 3.5.2, as the Salaried Participant shall elect. Vested terminated Salaried Participants who were participants in the TRIP Plan on December 31, 1997 shall also be entitled to elect benefit payments as provided in Section 3.5.3 or 3.5.4, as applicable. Any benefit under this Section 3.5 shall be paid in accordance with Article VI. The Vested Deferred Retirement Benefit of a Participant who is not a Salaried Participant, if any, shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant.
3.5.1      The Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit, beginning on the first day of any month following the month in which he reaches age 60, reduced as provided in Section 3.3.1, or
3.5.2      A lump sum payment equal to the amount of such Salaried Participant’s Accumulated Contributions on the date of his Severance from Employment, plus a net remaining monthly benefit beginning on the first day of any month following the month in which he reaches age 60, as the Salaried Participant elects. The amount of such net remaining monthly benefit shall be the excess, if any, of the amount determined under Section 3.5.2.1 below, over the amount determined under Section 3.5.2.2 below, with such excess multiplied by the percentage determined under Section 3.5.2.3 below:
3.5.2.1      The Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit on the date of his Severance from Employment.
3.5.2.2      The pension value of the Salaried Participant’s Accumulated Contributions, which shall be the continued product of 3.5.2.2.1, 3.5.2.2.2 and 3.5.2.2.3 below:
3.5.2.2.1      The Salaried Participant’s Accumulated Contributions as of the last day of the Plan Year in which his Severance from Employment occurs, accrued to the Salaried Participant’s Normal Retirement Date at 5% interest, per year, compounded annually.
3.5.2.2.2      The interest rate prescribed in Section 1.3.
3.5.2.2.3      1/12.
3.5.2.3      100% minus 5/9 of 1% for each month by which the start of the net remaining monthly benefit precedes the Salaried Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
3.5.3      Weck TRIP Plan Participants . A vested terminated or retired Salaried Participant who was employed by Weck Closure Systems or Pilling-Weck Surgical Instruments and was a participant in the TRIP Plan on December 31, 1997, may irrevocably elect to have his benefit payments begin as of the first day of any month after he has attained age 55 and before his Normal Retirement Date. Such benefit payment shall be based on the Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the TRIP Plan as of December 31, 1997, reduced for commencement prior to his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with the actuarial factors used under the TRIP Plan at December 31, 1997, as described in Appendix B. If such a Salaried Participant has been credited with 10 years of Continuous Service and elects to have payments commence before he attains age 60, upon his attainment of age 60 his benefit payments will be based on the greater of (a) the amount described in the preceding sentence, and (b) the amount the Salaried Participant would have been entitled to under Section 3.5.1 or Section 3.5.2 had his benefit commenced at age 60. If such a Salaried Participant has been credited with 10 years of Continuous Service and elects to have payments commence on or after he attains age 60 and before his Normal Retirement Date, his benefit payments will be based on the greater of (a) the Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the TRIP Plan as of December 31, 1997, reduced for commencement prior to his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with the actuarial factors used under the TRIP Plan at December 31, 1997, as described in Appendix B, and (b) the amount the Salaried Participant is entitled to under Section 3.5.1 or Section 3.5.2.
3.5.4      Mal Tool TRIP Plan Participants . A vested terminated or retired Salaried Participant who was employed by Mal Tool & Engineering, Cepco, Inc. or STS/Klock and was a participant in the TRIP Plan on December 31, 1997, may irrevocably elect to have his benefit payments begin as of the first day of any month after he has attained age 55 and before his Normal Retirement Date. Such benefit payment shall be based on the Salaried Participant’s TRIP Plan Benefit, as calculated under Section 3.1.6.3, reduced for commencement prior to his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with the actuarial factors used under the TRIP Plan at December 31, 1997, as described in Appendix B. If such a Salaried Participant has been credited with 10 years of Continuous Service and elects to have payments commence before he attains age 60, upon his attainment of age 60 his benefit payments will be based on the greater of (a) the amount described in the preceding sentence, and (b) the amount the Salaried Participant would have been entitled to under Section 3.5.1 or Section 3.5.2 had his benefit commenced at age 60. If such a Salaried Participant has been credited with 10 years of Continuous Service and elects to have payments commence on or after he attains age 60 and before his Normal Retirement Date, his benefit payments will be based on the greater of (a) the Salaried Participant’s TRIP Plan Benefit, as calculated under Section 3.1.6.3, reduced for commencement prior to his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with the actuarial factors used under the TRIP Plan at December 31, 1997, as described in Appendix B, and (b) the amount the Salaried Participant is entitled to under Section 3.5.1 or Section 3.5.2.
3.6      Return of Accumulated Contributions . An individual who was a Salaried Participant in the Plan on June 30, 1982 and who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than death or Total and Permanent Disability before he has been credited with five years of Continuous Service shall be entitled to receive only the amount of his Accumulated Contributions in a lump sum within six months following such Severance from Employment.
3.7      Restoration of Accrued Pension Benefit . If in connection with his Severance from Employment, a Salaried Participant receives a lump sum distribution of his Accumulated Contributions in accordance with Section 3.6, and such Salaried Participant later returns to employment with the Employer and again becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, he may repay the full amount of the lump sum distribution of his Accumulated Contributions he received at the earlier Severance from Employment, plus an amount equal to the interest rate in effect under the definition of Accumulated Contributions in Section 1.2, compounded annually from the date of the distribution to the date of the repayment. The Administrative Committee shall determine the period for repayment; provided that any such period shall not end earlier than the fifth anniversary of the Salaried Participant’s Break-in-Service, as described in Section 1.13. In such event, the Salaried Participant’s Continuous Service, Credited Service and Accrued Benefit, determined at the earlier Severance from Employment, shall be restored.
3.8      Minimum Benefit . This Section applies to a Salaried Participant who has Accumulated Contributions under the Plan and who becomes eligible to elect an Early Retirement Date or reaches his Normal Retirement Date. Such Salaried Participant’s minimum benefit under the Plan shall be equal to the Salaried Participant’s Accumulated Contributions, minus the sum of amounts paid to such Salaried Participant, his surviving Spouse, or other Beneficiary under all other Sections of this Article III or Article V. The minimum benefit shall be paid to the Salaried Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Section 6.4.
3.9      Medicare Part B Reimbursement . Each Salaried Participant who on or after July 1, 1976 but before January 1, 1993, (a) has a Severance from Employment on an Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date, or (b) has a Severance from Employment due to his Total and Permanent Disability, and whose benefit payments have commenced, shall receive reimbursement for the Medicare Part B premium for himself and his Spouse for each month in which the Salaried Participant or his Spouse is eligible for Medicare Part B coverage beginning with the month in which the Participant or his Spouse, respectively, attains age 65. The maximum monthly Medicare Part B premium which will be reimbursed is $46.10. The retiree will be responsible for any Medicare Part B premium over that amount. No benefit shall be paid under this Section 3.9 to a Participant who is only entitled to a vested deferred retirement benefit under 3.5. For each Participant who, on or after January 1, 1993, but before December 31, 2001, (a) has a Severance from employment on an Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date, or (b) has a Severance from Employment due to his Total and Permanent Disability, and whose benefit payments have commenced, shall receive reimbursement for the Medicare Part B premium for himself and his Spouse for each month in which the Salaried Participant or his Spouse is eligible for Medicare Part B coverage beginning with the month in which the Salaried Participant or his Spouse, respectively, attains age 65. This reimbursement is subject to the $46.10 maximum and shall be reduced by the following percentages according to the date of the Participant’s Severance from Employment.
For Severance from
Employment dates:              Reimbursement shall be reduced by:

1/l/1993    -     12/31/1993            10%
1/l/1994    -     12/31/1994            20%
1/l/1995    -     12/31/1995            30%
1/l/1996    -     12/31/1996            40%
1/l/1997    -     12/31/1997            50%
1/l/1998    -     12/31/1998            60%
1/l/1999    -     12/31/1999            70%
1/l/2000    -     12/31/2000            80%
1/l/2001    -     12/31/2001            90%

No benefit shall be paid under this Section 3.9 to a Salaried Participant with a Severance from Employment date after December 31, 2001, and no benefit shall be paid under this Section 3.9 to a Participant whose participation in the Plan began on January 1, 1998 based on his employment with Mal Tool & Engineering, Cepco, Inc., STS/Klock, Weck Closure Systems or Pilling-Weck Surgical Instruments, or to any other Participant hired after such date by these Participating Employers. For purposes of this Section 3.9, a Participant’s Spouse is the Participant’s Spouse on the date of his Severance from Employment, if any.
3.10      Transfer of Employment . Prior to January 1, 2009, upon the transfer of an ineligible Employee whose initial date of hire was before January 1, 2006 (July 1, 2006 with respect to an Employee who is a member of UAW Local 644 (Marine - Limerick, PA) to a status such that the Employee is eligible to be a Salaried Participant in the Plan, the Employee shall be eligible to be a Salaried Participant in the Plan on the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the date on which the Employee’s status changed.
3.11      Preservation of Accrued Benefit . In no event shall the Accrued Benefit of a Salaried Participant who was a Salaried Participant in the Plan as of July 1, 1989 be less than the Accrued Benefit of such Salaried Participant under the Plan immediately before such date.
3.12      Limitations on Benefit Accruals Due to Severe Funding Shortfalls . The provisions set forth in this Section 3.12 are effective as of January 1, 2008, and shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with Code Section 436 and Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1. However, notwithstanding any provision in this Section 3.12, there are no additional benefit accruals under the Plan for Salaried Participants, Hourly Participants, Arrow Salaried Participants or Arrow Hourly Participants after December 31, 2008, and no additional benefit accruals under the Plan for Arrow Berks Participants after December 31, 2012.
3.12.1    Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, if the Plan’s AFTAP for a Plan Year is less than 60%, benefit accruals under the Plan shall cease as of the applicable Section 436 Measurement Date. Any prohibition on benefit accruals under this Section 3.12.1 and Code Section 436(e) as a result of the actuary’s certification that the Plan’s AFTAP for the Plan Year is less than 60% is effective as of the date of such certification.
3.12.2    The limitation on benefit accruals ceases to apply with respect to a Plan Year (effective as of the first day of the Plan Year) if the Employer makes a contribution (in addition to any minimum required contribution under Code Section 430) equal to the amount sufficient to result in an AFTAP for the Plan Year of 60% if the contribution (and any prior contribution made pursuant to Code Section 436 for the Plan Year) is included as part of the Plan assets and the funding target takes into account the adjustments described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.436-1(g)(2)(iii)(A) or (g)(5)(i)(B), whichever applies. Further, any prohibition on benefit accruals under Section 3.12.1 and Code Section 436(e) ceases to be effective on the date the actuary issues a certification that the Plan’s AFTAP for the Plan Year is at least 60%.
3.12.3    Benefit accruals that are limited under Section 3.12.1 shall resume prospectively as of the Section 436 Measurement Date on which the limitation in Section 3.12.1 no longer applies (based on Credited Service, Years of Benefit Accrual Service, or Years of Benefit Service, as applicable, on or after such Section 436 Measurement Date); provided, however, that there shall be no benefit accruals under the Plan for Salaried Participants, Hourly Participants, Arrow Salaried Participants or Arrow Hourly Participants after December 31, 2008, and no benefit accruals under the Plan for Arrow Berks Participants after December 31, 2012. The Plan will comply with the rules relating to partial years of participation and the prohibition on double proration under Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.204-2(c) and (d).
3.12.4    Benefit accruals that were not permitted under the Plan pursuant to Section 3.12.1 shall not be credited under the Plan upon expiration of such limitation.    
3.12.5     Definitions .    For purposes of this Section 3.12 and Sections 3.13, 6.11 and 9.11, the following definitions shall apply:
3.12.5.1     Adjusted funding target attainment percentage or AFTAP . Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(j)(1), the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a Plan Year is the fraction (expressed as a percentage):
3.12.5.1.1    The numerator of which is the adjusted Plan assets for the Plan Year, as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(j)(1)(ii); and
3.12.5.1.2    The denominator of which is the adjusted funding target for the Plan Year, as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(j)(1)(iii).
Notwithstanding the above, for any period during which a presumption under Code Section 436(h) and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.436-1(h)(1), (2), or (3) applies to the Plan, the limitations applicable under Sections 3.12, 3.13, 6.11 and 9.11 of the Plan are applied as if the AFTAP for the Plan Year were the presumed AFTAP determined in accordance with Code Section 436(h) and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.436-1(h)(1), (2), or (3), as applicable, updated to take into account certain Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits, as defined in Section 3.13.1, and Plan amendments in accordance with Code Section 436 and Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(g).
In addition, for purposes of determining whether the accrual limitation under Section 3.12.1 applies to the Plan and/or whether the limitations on accelerated benefit distributions in Section 6.11.1 or 6.11.3 apply to payments under a social security leveling option, within the meaning of Code section 436(j)(3)(C)(i), if applicable, the AFTAP for a Plan Year shall be determined in accordance with the “Special Rules for Certain Years” under Code Section 436(j)(3) and Treasury Regulations or other published guidance thereunder issued by the Internal Revenue Service (except as provided under section 203(b) of the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010, if applicable).
3.12.5.2     Section 436 Measurement Date . Except as otherwise provided in Code Section 436 and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, the Section 436 Measurement Date is the date used to determine whether the limitations of Code Sections 436(d) and (e) apply or cease to apply and for calculations with respect to certain limitations, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(j)(8).
3.13      Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits . The provisions set forth in this Section 3.13 are effective as of January 1, 2008, and shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with Code Section 436 and Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1. However, notwithstanding any provision in this Section 3.13, there are no additional benefit accruals under the Plan for Salaried Participants, Hourly Participants, Arrow Salaried Participants or Arrow Hourly Participants after December 31, 2008, and no additional benefit accruals under the Plan for Arrow Berks Participants after December 31, 2012.
3.13.1    Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is entitled to an Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefit payable with respect to any Unpredictable Contingent Event occurring during any Plan Year, such benefit will not be paid if the AFTAP (as defined in Section 3.12.5.1 of the Plan) for such Plan Year is:
3.13.1.1    Less than 60%; or
3.13.1.2    60% or more but would be less than 60% if it were redetermined by applying an actuarial assumption that the likelihood of the occurrence of the Unpredictable Contingent Event during the Plan Year is 100%.
An “ Unpredictable Contingent Event ” is (i) a plant shutdown (or a similar event, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) an event (including the absence of an event) other than the attainment of any age, performance of any service, receipt or derivation of Compensation, or occurrence of death or disability. An “ Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefit ” is a benefit or increase in benefits to the extent the benefit or increase would not be payable but for the occurrence of an Unpredictable Contingent Event.
3.13.2    The limitation on payment of an Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefit ceases to apply with respect to an Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefit attributable to an Unpredictable Contingent Event occurring during a Plan Year (effective as of the first day of the Plan Year), if the Employer makes a contribution (in addition to any minimum required contribution under Code Section 430) with respect to that Unpredictable Contingent Event equal to:
3.13.2.1    With respect to Section 3.13.1.1, above, the amount of the increase in the funding target of the Plan (under Code Section 430) for the Plan Year if the benefits attributable to the Unpredictable Contingent Event were included in determining the funding target; and
3.13.2.2    With respect to Section 3.13.1.2, above, the amount sufficient to result in an AFTAP of 60% if the contribution (and any prior contribution made pursuant to Code Section 436 for the Plan Year) is included as part of the Plan assets and the funding target takes into account the adjustments described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.436-1(g)(2)(iii)(A), (g)(3)(ii)(A), or (g)(5)(i)(B), whichever applies.
If the Employer makes a contribution with respect to an Unpredictable Contingent Event, all Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits with respect to that Unpredictable Contingent Event will be paid, including Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits for periods prior to the contribution.
3.13.3    If Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits with respect to an Unpredictable Contingent Event that occurs during a Plan Year are not permitted to be paid after the occurrence of the event because of the limitations in this Section 3.13 but are permitted to be paid later in the Plan Year as a result of the Employer’s contribution under Section 3.13.2 or pursuant to the actuary’s certification of the AFTAP for the Plan Year that satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(g)(5)(ii)(B), those Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits will become payable, retroactive to the period the benefits would have been payable under the terms of the Plan. If the Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits do not become payable during the Plan Year in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Plan is treated as if it does not provide for those Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits. However, all or part of the Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits can be restored pursuant to an amendment that satisfies Section 9.11.
3.13.4    During any period in which none of the presumptions under Section 3.15 of the Plan apply to the Plan and the Plan’s actuary has not yet issued a certification of the Plan’s AFTAP for the Plan Year, if applicable, the limitations in Section 3.13.1 shall be based on the inclusive presumed AFTAP for the Plan, calculated in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(g)(2)(iii).
3.14    See Section 101(j) of ERISA for rules requiring the Benefits Group or Administrative Committee to provide a written notice to Participants and Beneficiaries within 30 days after certain specified dates if the Plan has become subject to a limitation described in Sections 3.13.1, 6.11.1, 6.11.2, 6.11.3.
3.15    If a limitation under Section 3.12, 3.13, 6.11 or 9.11 applied to the Plan on the last day of the preceding Plan Year, then, commencing on the first day of the current Plan Year and continuing until the Plan’s actuary issues a certification of the AFTAP for the Plan for the current Plan year or, if earlier, the date set forth in 3.15.3 or 3.15.4 applies to the Plan:
3.15.1    The AFTAP of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to be the AFTAP in effect on the last day of the preceding Plan Year; and
3.15.2    The first day of the current Plan Year is a Section 436 Measurement Date.
3.15.3    If the Plan’s actuary has not issued a certification of the AFTAP for the Plan Year before the first day of the fourth month of the Plan Year and the Plan’s AFTAP for the preceding Plan Year was either at least 60% percent but less than 70% or at least 80% but less than 90%, or is described in Section 1.436-1(h)(2)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations, then, commencing on the first day of the fourth month of the current Plan Year and continuing until the Plan’s actuary issues a certification of the AFTAP for the Plan for the current Plan Year, or, if earlier, the date Section 3.15.4 applies to the Plan:    
3.15.3.1 The AFTAP of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to be the Plan’s AFTAP for the preceding Plan Year reduced by 10 percentage points; and
3.15.3.2 The first day of the fourth month of the current Plan Year is a Section 436 Measurement Date.
3.15.4     If the Plan’s actuary has not issued a certification of the AFTAP for the Plan Year before the first day of the tenth month of the Plan Year (or if the Plan’s actuary has issued a range certification for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 1.436-1(h)(4)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations but has not issued a certification of the specific AFTAP for the plan by the last day of the Plan Year), then, commencing on the first day of the tenth month of the current Plan Year and continuing through the end of the Plan Year:
3.15.4.1 The AFTAP of the Plan for the current Plan Year is presumed to be less than 60%; and
3.15.4.2 The first day of the tenth month of the current Plan Year is a Section 436 Measurement Date.

ARTICLE IV     

VESTING
4.1      Rate of Vesting - General Rule . A Salaried Participant shall have no vested interest in his Accrued Benefit until he has been credited with five years of Continuous Service, at which time he shall have a 100% vested interest in his Accrued Benefit. In any event, a Salaried Participant shall have a 100% vested interest in his Accrued Benefit upon reaching his Normal Retirement Age while employed by the Employer. The Committee or its delegate may determine whether and to what extent service with an acquired, constituent or predecessor company, or service with another company from which a plant or business is acquired, shall be deemed to be Continuous Service for purposes of Plan. Further, the Committee or its delegate shall have the authority to accelerate the vesting of a Participant, except for a Participant who is a Section 16 Officer, as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, so long as such acceleration satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Further, to the extent a divestiture agreement that has been approved by the Board or its delegate provides for the acceleration of vesting for certain Participants, the Plan shall be treated as being amended pursuant to the terms of such divestiture agreement with respect to such Participants. The vesting provisions applicable to the Accrued Benefit of a Participant who is not a Salaried Participant shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant.
4.2      Full Vesting in Accumulated Contributions . A Salaried Participant shall be 100% vested in his Accumulated Contributions at all times.

ARTICLE V     

DEATH BENEFITS
5.1      Death of Vested Participant Before Annuity Starting Date . If a Salaried Participant having a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit, dies before his Annuity Starting Date, and such Salaried Participant is married on his date of death, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.9, his surviving Spouse shall receive a death benefit as provided in Section 5.2. The death benefit provisions applicable with respect to a Participant who is not a Salaried Participant shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant.
5.2      Amount and Time of Payment of Vested Terminated Participant’s Death Benefit .
5.2.6      The monthly death benefit payable under Section 5.1 to the Spouse of a Salaried Participant who dies before his first possible Annuity Starting Date shall be equal to the amount of the survivor annuity the Spouse would have received if the Salaried Participant had died the day after having begun to receive payments as of his first possible Annuity Starting Date having elected to receive his benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Subject to the lump sum payment provisions of Section 6.7, the benefit shall be payable for the life of the Spouse beginning on the Spouse’s Annuity Starting Date under Section 1.6.3.
5.2.7      The monthly death benefit payable under Section 5.1 to the Spouse of a Salaried Participant who dies on or after his first possible Annuity Starting Date shall be equal to the amount of the survivor annuity the Spouse would have received if the Salaried Participant had elected to receive his benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity on the day before his death. Subject to the lump sum payment provisions of Section 6.7, the benefit shall be payable for the life of the Spouse beginning on the date of the Salaried Participant’s death.
5.3      Death of Participant On or After Retirement Date . Upon the death of any Participant on or after the Annuity Starting Date, whether or not the Participant had actually received the first payment of his benefit, the death benefit, if any, payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary (including a joint annuitant) shall be determined in accordance with the form of payment selected by the Participant.
5.3.5      If upon the last to occur of (A) the death of a Salaried Participant who has failed to elect a benefit other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit and who (i) experienced a Severance from Employment on his Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date, (ii) experienced a Severance from Employment on a date other than his Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date for reasons other than death or Total and Permanent Disability and who has been credited with 10 years of Continuous Service, or (iii) experienced a Severance from Employment on a date other than his Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date for reasons other than death or Total and Permanent Disability and who has been credited with 10 years of Continuous Service and who receives a benefit under Section 3.4.2, or (B) the death of such Salaried Participant’s Spouse, the total of the benefit payments to the Salaried Participant and his Spouse are less than the amount of such Salaried Participant’s Accumulated Contributions, the Beneficiary designated by the last to die of the Salaried Participant and his Spouse shall receive a benefit, in the form of a lump sum, equal to the Salaried Participant’s Accumulated Contributions reduced by the aggregate amount of the benefit payments to the Salaried Participant and his Spouse.
5.3.6      If upon the death of a Salaried Participant who has elected the monthly payments for life of the Participant form of benefit described in Section 6.2, and who (A) experienced a Severance from Employment on his Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date, (B) experienced a Severance from Employment on a date other than his Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date for reasons other than death or Total and Permanent Disability, or (C) experienced a Severance from Employment on a date other than his Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date for reasons other than death or Total and Permanent Disability, and who has been credited with 10 years of Continuous Service and who receives a benefit under Section 3.4.2, the number of benefit payments to such Salaried Participant is less than 60, such Salaried Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive a benefit in the form of a lump sum, in an amount equal to the amount of such Salaried Participant’s benefit payments multiplied by 60 and reduced by the aggregate amount of such benefit payments to the Salaried Participant.
5.3.7      If upon the death of a surviving Spouse receiving benefit payments pursuant to Section 5.1, the aggregate amount of such benefit payments is less than the amount of such Salaried Participant’s Accumulated Contributions on the date of his death, the Salaried Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive a benefit in the form of a lump sum, in an amount equal to such Salaried Participant’s Accumulated Contributions on the date of his death reduced by the aggregate amount of benefit payments to the Salaried Participant and Salaried Participant’s surviving Spouse.
5.4      No Other Death Benefits . Except as provided in this Article V or in accordance with a form of benefit elected under Article VI, no death benefits shall be payable with respect to a Salaried Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan.
5.5      Military Death Benefits . In addition to the rights under Code Section 414(u) provided by the provisions of this Plan, in the case of a Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007, while performing Qualified Military Service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant shall be entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of Qualified Military Service as provided by Code Section 414(u)) that are provided under the Plan assuming the Participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death. However, the foregoing sentence shall not provide any additional benefit accruals, and the deemed resumption of employment of the Participant shall be applied only to determine the eligibility of a Beneficiary for any pre-retirement death benefits, and only to the extent required by applicable guidance, as incorporated herein.

ARTICLE VI     

PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS
6.1      Annuity Payment Date . Any benefit due a Participant, surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary under this Article VI shall begin no later than 60 days following the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the latest of:
6.1.8      The Participant’s Normal Retirement Date;
6.1.9      The tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
6.1.10      The Participant’s actual Severance from Employment.
Notwithstanding the above, except as provided in Sections 6.6 and 6.7, a Participant must file a claim for benefits before payment of his Accrued Benefit will commence. However, payment shall begin to be made no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date in accordance with Section 6.9.
6.2      Normal Form of Retirement Benefit - Unmarried Salaried Participants . The normal form of retirement benefit for an unmarried Salaried Participant shall be an annuity for the life of the Salaried Participant continuing until the last payment due before his death (single life annuity with payments guaranteed for five years for a Pre-1998 Employee). Subject to the notice and election procedures of Section 6.6, except as provided in Section 6.7, such a Salaried Participant may elect an optional form of payment under Section 6.4. The normal form of benefit for an unmarried Participant who is not a Salaried Participant shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant.
6.3      Normal Form of Retirement Benefit - Married Salaried Participants . The normal form of retirement benefit for a married Salaried Participant shall be a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Except as provided in Section 6.7, such a Salaried Participant may elect an optional form of benefit under Section 6.4. The Salaried Participant’s election of an optional form of benefit will be valid only if his Spouse consents to his election in writing, signed before a notary public or member of the Benefits Group or Administrative Committee, pursuant to the notice and election procedures set forth in Section 6.6. The normal form of benefit for a married Participant who is not a Salaried Participant shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant.
6.4      Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit Payment . Subject to the notice and election procedures in Section 6.6, except as provided in Section 6.7, a Salaried Participant may elect one of the following forms of benefit payment in lieu of the normal form of benefit payment provided for in Section 6.2 or Section 6.3, each of which shall be the Actuarial Equivalent, as defined in Section 1.3, of the normal form of benefit payment for an unmarried Salaried Participant, as described in Section 6.2:
6.4.1      An annuity for the life of the Salaried Participant;
6.4.2      A joint and survivor annuity providing an annuity for the life of the Salaried Participant with either 50%, 66-2/3% or 100% of such benefit (as elected by the Salaried Participant) continuing after his death for the remaining lifetime of his Beneficiary; or
6.4.3      An annuity for the life of the Salaried Participant, with payments to the Salaried Participant and his Beneficiary (or the estate of the last of the two to survive) guaranteed for a period of 5 or 10 years.
6.4.4      For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, a Salaried Participant may elect a Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. A “ Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity ” is:
6.4.4.1      A joint life annuity payable for the life of the Salaried Participant, with continuation of payments as a survivor annuity for the remaining life of a surviving Spouse at a rate of seventy-five percent (75%) of the rate payable during the Salaried Participant’s lifetime; and
6.4.4.2      The Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of benefit payment for an unmarried Salaried Participant, as described in Section 6.2.
The Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity is the actuarially equivalent to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity described in Section 6.3. Therefore, Spousal consent is not required for a Salaried Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.
No benefit may be elected for a period extending beyond the life expectancy, on the Annuity Starting Date, of a Salaried Participant and his Beneficiary. In addition, the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the benefit payable to the Salaried Participant must be more than 50% of the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the benefit payable to him and his Beneficiary unless his Beneficiary is his Spouse.
The optional forms of benefit for a Participant who is not a Salaried Participant shall be determined pursuant to the Appendix applicable to such Participant.
6.5      Special Optional Form of Retirement Benefit Payments for TRIP Plan Participants . A Salaried Participant who was a TRIP Plan participant may elect, subject to the notice and election procedures in Section 6.6, and in lieu of one of the normal forms of benefit and optional forms of benefit described above, the additional optional form of benefit described below, which shall be the actuarial equivalent (using the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Tables for males, set back one year for retirees and five years for beneficiaries and an interest rate of 7 ½%) of the normal form of benefit payment for an unmarried Salaried Participant, as described in Section 6.2:
6.5.1      A retirement benefit payable for the life of the Salaried Participant, but in the event of the death of the Salaried Participant prior to the receipt of retirement benefits at least equal to the lump sum value of the Salaried Participant’s normal form of benefit, calculated in accordance with Section 1.3, the excess of the lump sum value over the retirement benefit received by the Salaried Participant shall be paid to the Salaried Participant’s Beneficiary.
6.6      Election of Benefits - Notice and Election Procedures .
6.6.4      Initial Notice and Election . Not earlier than 180 days, but not later than 30 days (or seven days if the 30-day period is waived by the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse, if applicable), before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, the Benefits Group shall provide a notice to a Participant who is eligible to make a distribution election under the Plan. The notice shall describe the terms and conditions of the normal form of benefit (“qualified annuity” with respect to Hourly Participants) payable to him, explain the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan, including the eligibility conditions, material features and relative values of those options, explain the Participant’s right to make, and the financial effect of, an election to waive the normal form of benefit (“qualified annuity” with respect to Hourly Participants), explain the rights of the Participant’s Spouse (if the Participant is married), explain the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the normal form of benefit (“qualified annuity” with respect to Hourly Participants), and, except as provided in Section 6.7, explain the Participant’s right to defer distribution until his Required Beginning Date in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.417(a)(3)-1. Notices shall also include a description of how much larger benefits will be if the commencement of distribution is deferred. The notice shall advise the Participant that his benefit shall be paid in the normal form (“qualified annuity” with respect to Hourly Participants) unless within the election period before his Annuity Starting Date, he notifies the Benefits Group of an election to receive a different form of benefit, and, if he is married:
6.6.4.1      His Spouse (to whom the survivor annuity is payable under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) consents in writing to the waiver election;
6.6.4.2      The Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the waiver election and is witnessed by a notary public or member of the Benefits Group or Administrative Committee;
6.6.4.3      The Spouse consents to the alternate form of payment designated by the Participant or to any change in that designated form of payment; and
6.6.4.4      Unless the Spouse is the Participant’s sole primary Beneficiary, the Spouse consents to the Participant’s Beneficiary designation or to any change in the Participant’s Beneficiary designation.
The Spouse’s consent to a waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is irrevocable unless the Participant revokes the waiver election. The Spouse may execute a blanket consent to any form of payment designation or to any Beneficiary designation made by the Participant, if the blanket consent acknowledges the Spouse’s right to limit that consent to a specific designation but, in writing, waives such right.
The Benefits Group may accept as valid a waiver election which does not satisfy the spousal consent requirements of this Section if the Benefits Group establishes the Participant does not have a Spouse, the Benefits Group is not able to locate the Participant’s Spouse, or other circumstances exist under which the Secretary of the Treasury will excuse the consent requirement. If the Participant’s Spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the Spouse’s legal guardian (even if the guardian is the Participant) may give consent. Also, if the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, Spousal consent is not required unless a qualified domestic relations order provides otherwise. Any consent necessary under this Section shall be valid only with respect to a Spouse who signs the consent, or, in the event of a deemed permissible election, the designated Spouse (if any). Additionally, a Participant may revoke a prior waiver without the consent of his Spouse at any time before the Annuity Starting Date. The number of revocations shall not be limited. Any new wavier or change of the terms of a specific consent shall require a new Spousal consent.
6.6.5      Election Period; Extension of Election Period . A Participant’s election period under this Section 6.6 shall be the 180-day period ending on his Annuity Starting Date. If, by not later than the day before his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant notifies the Benefits Group in writing, in accordance with the procedures established by the Benefits Group, as amended from time to time, of an election not to take the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, and, if applicable, his Spouse has consented to such election, his benefit shall be paid in the alternate form selected by the Participant. However, if by not later than the day before his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant requests the Benefits Group to furnish him with additional information relating to the effect of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the election period under this Section 6.6.2 shall be extended and his Annuity Starting Date shall be postponed to a date not later than 180 days following the furnishing to him of the additional information.
6.6.6      Change of Election - Optional Form of Benefit . Any Participant electing an optional form of benefit may revoke such election and file a new election with the Benefits Group at any time prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. Upon the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, his election shall become irrevocable.
6.7      Payment of Small Benefits .
6.7.1      Payment Before Annuity Starting Date . The Benefits Group shall direct the Trustee to make a single lump sum payment to a Participant who is a former Employee, or a surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary of a vested Participant who dies before his Annuity Starting Date, of the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the benefit payable to that Participant, surviving Spouse, or other Beneficiary if the Actuarial Equivalent present value does not exceed $5,000. Such payment shall be made without the consent of the Participant, surviving Spouse, or other Beneficiary and shall fully discharge all Plan liabilities with respect to such benefit.
If a Participant experiences a Severance from Employment for any reason, and the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is $5,000 or less at the time of such Severance from Employment, the Benefits Group shall direct the Trustee to distribute such benefit without the Participant’s consent as soon as administratively feasible as follows:
6.7.1.3      If the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is $1,000 or less and the Participant does not make an affirmative election to have such amount paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan in accordance with Section 6.10 of the Plan, such amount shall be paid directly to the Participant in a cash lump sum.
6.7.1.4      If the Actuarial Equivalent present value of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is more than $1,000 and does not exceed $5,000 and the Participant does not affirmatively elect to have such amount paid directly to him, or to an Eligible Retirement Plan in accordance with Section 6.10 of the Plan, such amount shall be paid directly to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or Section 408(b) (“ IRA ”) established for the Participant pursuant to a written agreement between the Administrative Committee and the provider of the IRA that meets the requirements of Section 401(a)(31) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. The Benefits Group shall establish and maintain procedures to inform each Participant to whom this Section applies of the nature and operation of the IRA and the Participant’s investments therein, the fees and expenses associated with the operation of the IRA, and the terms of the written agreement establishing such IRA on behalf of the Participant.
6.7.1.5      Notwithstanding Sections 6.7.1.1 and 6.7.1.2, the Benefits Group shall direct the Trustee to make a cash lump sum payment to a surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary of a vested Participant who dies before his Annuity Starting Date, equal to the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the benefit payable to that surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary, if the Actuarial Equivalent present value does not exceed $5,000, without the consent of the surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary. Such payment shall be made as soon as feasible after the Participant’s death and will fully discharge all Plan liabilities with respect to such benefit.
6.7.2      Deemed Cash-Outs .
6.7.2.1      Salaried Participants . If a Salaried Participant has a one year Break-in-Service and the Actuarial Equivalent present value of his vested Accrued Benefit is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a cash-out distribution of his entire vested Accrued Benefit on the date of the one year Break-in-Service.
6.7.2.2      Hourly Participants . An Hourly Participant who has no vested interest in his Accrued Benefit at the time of his Severance from Employment shall be deemed to receive a cash-out distribution of his entire vested Accrued Benefit in the amount of $0 as of the date of such Severance from Employment.
6.7.2.3      Arrow Salaried Participants . The deemed cash-out provisions in Section 6.4 of Appendix F apply to Arrow Salaried Participants.
6.7.2.4      Arrow Hourly Participants . The deemed cash-out provisions in Section 6.3 of Appendix G apply to Arrow Hourly Participants.
6.7.2.5      Arrow Berks Participants . The deemed cash-out provisions in Section 6.3 of Appendix H apply to Arrow Berks Participants.
6.7.3      Disregard Prior Service . If a Participant receives a lump-sum distribution under Section 6.7.1 and is subsequently reemployed, his prior service shall be disregarded in any subsequent determination of his Accrued Benefit under the Plan, to the extent permissible under Section 411(a)(7) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a nonvested Participant who receives a lump-sum distribution of $0 under Section 6.7.2 subsequently resumes employment with the Employer or a Related Employer before he has incurred five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, his prior service shall not be disregarded in subsequent determinations of his Accrued Benefit.
6.8      Continued Employment After Normal Retirement Date; Reemployed Participants . Any Salaried Participant who (a) continues in employment after his Normal Retirement Date, or (b) having experienced a Severance from Employment and begun to receive benefits hereunder, is subsequently reemployed as an Employee shall not be entitled to payment of benefits while so employed or reemployed. Prior to January 1, 2009, such a Salaried Participant shall be eligible to accumulate additional Credited Service and, upon his subsequent Severance from Employment, his benefit shall be recomputed based upon his aggregate Credited Service. In the case of a Salaried Participant who is reemployed, retirement benefit payments shall be redetermined as of the subsequent Severance from Employment in accordance with the form of benefit payment in effect prior to the Salaried Participant’s reemployment and adjusted to reflect the increase, if any, in benefits attributable to Credited Service after reemployment. The rules of this Section shall be applied consistent with the provisions of 29 CFR Section 2530.203-3 issued by the United States Department of Labor, which provisions are incorporated herein by reference. With respect to Participants other than Salaried Participants, the provisions regarding reemployment and suspension of benefits are set forth in Appendix E, F, G or H, as applicable.
6.9      Required Distributions - Code Section 401(a)(9) .
6.9.1      Minimum Distribution Requirements for Participants . The Benefits Group may not direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit, nor may the Participant elect to have the Trustee distribute his vested Accrued Benefit, under a method of payment which, as of the Required Beginning Date, does not satisfy the minimum distribution requirements under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) that were finalized in June 2004, as set forth in this Section 6.9.
6.9.1.5      Annuity Distributions . An annuity distribution made to the Participant pursuant to this Article VI or an Appendix hereto must satisfy all of the following requirements:
6.9.1.5.3      The periodic payment intervals under the annuity may not be longer than one year.
6.9.1.5.4      The distribution period must not exceed the life (or joint lives) of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary (as determined in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and applicable Treasury Regulations), or a period certain not longer than the period described in Section 6.9.1.6 or 6.9.2.
6.9.1.5.5      The annuity does not recalculate the life expectancy of a Participant or Spouse more frequently than annually and does not recalculate the life expectancy of a non-Spouse Beneficiary.
6.9.1.5.6      Once payments have begun over a period, the Participant or Beneficiary may not change the period, even if the period is shorter than the maximum period permitted under Code Section 401(a)(9), unless:
6.9.1.5.6.1      The modification occurs when the Participant has had a Severance from Employment or in connection with a Plan termination;
6.9.1.5.6.2      The payment period before the modification is a period certain without life contingencies; or
6.9.1.5.6.3      The annuity payments after the modification are paid under a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity over the joint lives of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary, the Participant’s Spouse is the sole designated Beneficiary, and the modification occurs in connection with the Participant’s becoming married to such Spouse; and
all of the following conditions are satisfied:
6.9.1.5.6.4      The future payments after the modification satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9), the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), and this Section 6.9 (determined by treating the date of the change as a new Annuity Starting Date and the actuarial present value of the remaining payments prior to the modification as the entire interest of the Participant);
6.9.1.5.6.5      For purposes of Code Sections 415 and 417, the modification is treated as a new Annuity Starting Date;
6.9.1.5.6.6      After taking into account the modification, the annuity (including all past and future payments) satisfies the requirements of Code Section 415 (determined at the original Annuity Starting Date, using the interest rate and mortality tables applicable to such date); and
6.9.1.5.6.7      The end point of the period certain, if any, for any modified payment period is not later than the end point available to the Participant at the original Annuity Starting Date under Code Section 401(a)(9) and this Section 6.9.
6.9.1.5.7      The payments are nonincreasing or increase only as follows:
6.9.1.5.7.1      By an annual percentage increase that does not exceed the percentage increase in an index described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-6(A-14)(b)(2), (b)(3), or (b)(4) (an “ Eligible Cost-of-Living Index ”) for a 12-month period ending in the year during which the increase occurs or a prior year;
6.9.1.5.7.2      By a percentage increase that occurs at specified times and does not exceed the cumulative total of annual percentage increases in an Eligible Cost-of-Living Index since the Annuity Starting Date, or if later, the date of the most recent percentage increase;
6.9.1.5.7.3      By a constant percentage of less than 5% per year, applied not less frequently than annually;
6.9.1.5.7.4      As a result of dividend or other payments that result from actuarial gains, provided:
6.9.1.1.5.4.1    Actuarial gain is measured not less frequently than annually;
6.9.1.1.5.4.2    The resulting dividend or other payments are either paid no later than the year following the year for which the actuarial experience is measured or paid in the same form as the payment of the annuity over the remaining period of the annuity (beginning no later than the year following the year for which the actuarial experience is measured);
6.9.1.1.5.4.3    The actuarial gain taken into account is limited to actuarial gain from investment experience;
6.9.1.1.5.4.4    The assumed interest rate used to calculate such actuarial gains is not less than 3%; and
6.9.1.1.5.4.5    The annuity payments are not increased by a constant percentage as described in Section 6.9.1.1.5.3;
6.9.1.5.7.5      To the extent of the reduction in the amount of the Participant’s payments to provide for a survivor benefit upon death, but only if there is no longer a survivor benefit because the Beneficiary whose life was being used to determine the distribution period dies or is no longer the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Code Section 414(p);
6.9.1.5.7.6      To provide a final payment upon the Participant’s death not greater than the excess of the actuarial present value of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit (within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7)) calculated as of the Annuity Starting Date using the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table (or, if greater, the total amount of Employee contributions) over the total payments before the Participant’s death;
6.9.1.5.7.7      To allow a Beneficiary to convert the survivor portion of a joint and survivor annuity into a single sum distribution upon the Participant’s death; or
6.9.1.5.7.8      To pay increased benefits that result from a Plan amendment.
6.9.1.6      Limitation on Distribution Periods . As of the first Distribution Calendar Year, distributions to a Participant, if not made in a single sum, may be made only over one of the following periods:
6.9.1.6.3      The life of the Participant;
6.9.1.6.4      The joint lives of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary;
6.9.1.6.5      A period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant; or
6.9.1.6.6      A period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary.
A “ Distribution Calendar Year ” is a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section 6.9.2.2 or 6.9.2.3.
6.9.1.7      Form of Distribution . Unless the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 6.9.1.1, 6.9.1.4, 6.9.1.5, 6.9.1.6, or 6.9.2. If the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9) of the Treasury Regulations. Any part of the Participant's interest which is in the form of an individual account described in Code Section 414(k) will be distributed in a manner satisfying the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9) of the Treasury Regulations that apply to individual accounts.
6.9.1.8      Amount Required to be Distributed by Required Beginning Date . The amount that must be distributed by the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or, if the Participant dies before distributions begin, the date distributions are required to begin under Section 6.9.2.2 or 6.9.2.3) is the payment for one payment interval. The second payment need not be made until the end of the next payment interval, even if the second payment interval occurs in the calendar year following the year in which the Required Beginning Date occurs. Payment intervals are the periods for which payments are received under the annuity, e.g., bi-monthly, monthly, semi-annually, or annually. All of the Participant’s benefit accruals as of the last day of the first Distribution Calendar Year will be included in the calculation of the amount of the annuity payments for payment intervals ending on or after the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.
6.9.1.9      Additional Accruals . Any additional benefits accruing to the Participant in a calendar year after the first Distribution Calendar Year will be distributed beginning with the first payment interval ending in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such amount accrues. The Annuity Starting Date and form of distribution commenced by the Required Beginning Date applies to the distribution of these additional accruals, unless the Participant, if a Salaried Participant, elects otherwise pursuant to the benefit options described in Section 6.4, and if not a Salaried Participant, elects otherwise pursuant to Appendix E, F, G, or H, as applicable, and that election otherwise complies with the minimum distribution requirements of this Section 6.9.1. An additional accrual includes any portion of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit which becomes nonforfeitable during the applicable calendar year.
6.9.1.10      Period Certain Annuities . Unless the Participant’s Spouse is the sole designated Beneficiary and the form of distribution is a period certain and no life annuity, the period certain for an annuity distribution commencing during the Participant’s lifetime may not exceed the applicable distribution period for the Participant under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-2, for the calendar year that contains the Annuity Starting Date. If the Annuity Starting Date precedes the year in which the Participant reaches age 70, the applicable distribution period for the Participant is the distribution period for age 70 under the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-2, plus the excess of 70 over the age of the Participant as of the Participant’s birthday in the year that contains the Annuity Starting Date. If the Participant’s Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the form of distribution is a period certain and no life annuity, the period certain may not exceed the longer of the Participant’s applicable distribution period, as determined under this Section 6.9.1.6, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse as determined under the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-3, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the calendar year that contains the Annuity Starting Date.
6.9.1.11      Nonannuity Distributions . A lump sum distribution made on or before a Participant’s Required Beginning Date of his entire nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit under the Plan satisfies the minimum distribution requirements of this Section 6.9.1. Furthermore, a lump sum payment of additional accruals, as described in Section 6.9.1.3, no later than the end of the first payment interval ending in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such amount accrues, satisfies the minimum distribution requirements of this Section 6.9.1.
6.9.2      Minimum Distribution Requirements For Death Benefits Payable to Beneficiaries . The method of distribution to the Participant’s Beneficiary must satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) and the applicable Treasury Regulations.
6.9.2.1      If the Participant dies after distribution of his interest begins in the form of an annuity meeting the requirements of this Section 6.9, the remaining portion of the Participant’s interest will continue to be distributed over the remaining period over which distributions commenced, if any.
6.9.2.2      If the Participant dies before the date distribution of his interest begins and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest, if any, will be distributed within 5 years after the date of the Participant’s death (with payment completed by December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the 5th anniversary of the Participant’s date of death) (the “5-Year Rule”).
6.9.2.3      If the Participant dies before the date distribution of his interest begins and there is a designated Beneficiary, unless the Participant or Beneficiary elects the 5-Year Rule, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or will begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
6.9.2.3.3      If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the later of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died or the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½.
6.9.2.3.4      If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed over the life of the designated Beneficiary or over a period certain not exceeding:
6.9.2.3.5      If the Annuity Starting Date is after the first Distribution Calendar Year, the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary determined using the Beneficiary’s age as of the Beneficiary’s birthday in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year of the Participant’s death; or
6.9.2.3.6      If the Annuity Starting Date is before the first Distribution Calendar Year, the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary determined using the Beneficiary’s age as of the Beneficiary’s birthday in the calendar year that contains the Annuity Starting Date.
In order for a Participant or Beneficiary to elect the 5-Year Rule instead of the life expectancy rule set forth in this Section 6.9.2.3, the election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin under 6.9.2.3.3 or 6.9.2.3.4, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the 5 th anniversary or the Participant’s (or, if applicable, surviving Spouse’s) death.
6.9.2.4      If the Participant dies before the date distribution of his interest begins, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is his sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse are required to begin, Sections 6.9.2.2 and 6.9.2.3 shall apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant, except that the provision permitting distributions to a surviving Spouse who is the sole designated Beneficiary to begin by the December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½ (if later than the December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s death occurred) does not apply.
6.9.2.5      For purposes of computing life expectancy, the Benefits Group must use the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1.
6.9.3      Special Rules . The Benefits Group, only upon the Participant’s written request or, in the case of a distribution described in Section 6.9.2, only upon the written request of the Participant’s Spouse, may recalculate the applicable life expectancy period for purposes of calculating the minimum distribution applicable to a Distribution Calendar Year following the first Distribution Calendar Year. The Participant must make a recalculation election not later than his Required Beginning Date. A surviving Spouse must make a recalculation election no later than the December 31 date described in 6.9.2.3.1. A recalculation election applicable to a joint life expectancy payment, where the survivor is a non-Spouse Beneficiary, may not take into account any adjustment to any life expectancy other than the Participant’s life expectancy, as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9). In the absence of a recalculation election, the Plan does not permit recalculation of the applicable life expectancy factor.
6.9.4      Payments to a Surviving Child . Payments made to a Participant’s surviving child until the child reaches the age of majority (or dies, if earlier) shall be treated as if such payments were made to the surviving Spouse to the extent the payments become payable to the surviving Spouse upon cessation of the payments to the child. For purposes of this Section, a child shall be treated as having not reached the age of majority if the child has not completed a specified course of education and is under the age of 26. In addition, a child who is disabled within the meaning of Code Section 72(m)(7) when the child reaches the age of majority shall be treated as having not reached the age of majority so long as the child continues to be disabled.
6.10      Eligible Rollover Distributions .
6.10.1      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Article, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Benefits Group, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (but not less than $500) paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. The Benefits Group may establish rules and procedures governing the processing of Direct Rollovers and limiting the amount or number of such Direct Rollovers in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations. Distributions not transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan in a Direct Rollover shall be subject to income tax withholding as provided under the Code and applicable state and local laws, if any. If a Participant elects to have a portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan pursuant to this Section 6.10, the portion not transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan shall be distributed to the Participant in the same form of benefit as the portion of the distribution that was transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan.
6.10.2      Definitions .
6.10.2.6      Eligible Rollover Distribution :” An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (a) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (b) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); (c) any hardship distribution; (d) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities received in certain distributions); and (e) any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any portion of a distribution after December 31, 2001 that consists of after-tax contributions which are not includible in gross income may be transferred to: (1) an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Sections 408(a) or (b); or (2) a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a) (through a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred (and any related earnings), including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible. In addition, the portion of any distribution on and after January 1, 2007 that consists of after-tax contributions which are not includible in gross income may be transferred (in a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer) to a qualified defined benefit plan or a Code Section 403(b) tax-sheltered annuity that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred (and the earnings thereon), including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
6.10.2.7      Eligible Retirement Plan :” An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, and which accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. In addition, for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, an Eligible Retirement Plan includes a Roth IRA, subject to the restrictions that apply to rollovers from a traditional IRA into a Roth IRA. However, the Benefits Group is not responsible for assuring a recipient is eligible to make a rollover to a Roth IRA. This definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
6.10.2.8      Distributee :” A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee's Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. Effective for distributions on and after January 1, 2007, a Distributee also includes the Participant’s non-Spouse Beneficiary.
6.10.2.9      Direct Rollover :” A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee. In the case of a non-Spouse Beneficiary, a Direct Rollover may be made only to an IRA that is established on behalf of the designated Beneficiary and that will be treated as an inherited IRA pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 402(c)(1). Also, in this case, the determination of any minimum required distribution under Code Section 401(a)(9) that is ineligible for rollover shall be made in accordance with Notice 2007-7, Q&A-17 and 18.
6.11      Limitations on Accelerated Benefit Distributions . The provisions set forth in this Section 6.11 are effective January 1, 2008, and shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with Code Section 436 and Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1.
6.11.3      If the Plan’s AFTAP (as defined in Section 3.12.5.1 of the Plan) for a Plan Year is less than 60%, a Participant or Beneficiary may not elect, and the Plan shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a Prohibited Payment with an Annuity Starting Date on or after the applicable Section 436 Measurement Date (as defined in Section 3.12.5.2 of the Plan), and the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or transfer that is a Prohibited Payment. The “Annuity Starting Date” for purposes of this Section 6.11 shall be the date determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(j)(2). The limitation set forth in this Section 6.11.1 does not apply to any payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant.
6.11.4      A Participant or Beneficiary may not elect, and the Plan shall not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a Prohibited Payment with an Annuity Starting Date that occurs during any period in which the Sponsor is a debtor in a case under Title 11, United States Code, or similar Federal or State law; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to payments made within a Plan Year with an Annuity Starting Date that occurs on or after the date on which the Plan’s actuary certifies that the Plan’s AFTAP for that Plan Year is not less than 100%. In addition, during such period in which the Sponsor is a debtor in a case under Title 11, United States Code, or similar Federal or State law, the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or transfer that is a Prohibited Payment, except for payments that occur on a date within a Plan Year that is on or after the date on which the Plan’s actuary certifies that the Plan’s AFTAP for that Plan Year is not less than 100%. The limitation set forth in this Section 6.11.2 does not apply to any payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant.
6.11.5      If the Plan’s AFTAP for a Plan Year is at least 60% but is less than 80%, a Participant or Beneficiary may not elect, and the Plan will not pay, a single sum payment or other optional form of benefit that includes a Prohibited Payment with an Annuity Starting Date on or after the applicable 436 Measurement Date, and the Plan shall not make any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits or any other payment or transfer that is a Prohibited Payment, unless the present value (determined in accordance with Code Section 417(e)(3)) of the portion of the benefit that is being paid in a Prohibited Payment (as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(d)(3)(iii)(B)) does not exceed the lesser of:
6.11.5.3      50% of the present value (determined in accordance with Code Section 417(e)(3)) of the benefit payable in the optional form of benefit that includes the Prohibited Payment; or
6.11.5.4      100% of the PBGC Maximum Benefit Guarantee Amount.
If an optional form of benefit that is otherwise available under the Plan is not available as of the Annuity Starting Date pursuant to this Section 6.11.3, a Participant or Beneficiary may elect to:

6.11.5.5      Receive payment of the Unrestricted Portion of the Benefit at that Annuity Starting Date, determined by treating the Unrestricted Portion of the Benefit as if it were the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s entire benefit;
6.11.5.6      Commence receipt of his entire Plan benefit in any optional form of benefit available under the Plan at the same Annuity Starting Date that satisfies this Section 6.11.3; or
6.11.5.7      Delay commencement of benefit payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan and applicable qualification requirements of the Code, including Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 401(a)(9).
The limitation set forth in this Section 6.11.3 does not apply to any payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant.

If a Participant or Beneficiary elects to receive payment of the Unrestricted Portion of the Benefit pursuant to Section 6.11.3.3, the Participant or Beneficiary may elect to receive payment of the remainder of his Plan benefit in any optional form of benefit at that Annuity Starting Date available under the Plan that would not have included a Prohibited Payment if that optional form applied to the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s entire benefit.

If a Prohibited Payment (or series of Prohibited Payments under a single optional form of benefit) is made with respect to a Participant pursuant to this Section 6.11.3., no additional Prohibited Payment may be made with respect to that Participant during any period of consecutive Plan Years for which Prohibited Payments are limited under Sections 6.11.1, 6.11.2, or 6.11.3. For this purpose, a Participant and any Beneficiary on his behalf (including an alternate payee, as defined in Code Section 414(p)(8)) shall be treated as one Participant. If the Accrued Benefit of a Participant is allocated to such an alternate payee and one or more other persons, the amount under Section 6.11.3.1 or 2., as applicable, shall be allocated among such persons in the same manner as the Accrued Benefit is allocated unless the qualified domestic relations order provides otherwise.

6.11.6      If a limitation on Prohibited Payments under Section 6.11.1, 6.11.2 or 6.11.3 applied to the Plan as of a Section 436 Measurement Date, but hat limit no longer applies to the Plan as of a later Section 436 Measurement Date, then that limitation does not apply to benefits with Annuity Starting Date that are on or after that later Section 436 Measurement Date.
6.11.7      If a Participant or Beneficiary requests a distribution in an optional form of benefit that includes a Prohibited Payment that is not permitted to be paid under 6.11.1, 6.11.2 or 6.11.3, the Participant or Beneficiary has the right to delay commencement of benefit payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan and applicable qualification requirements of the Code, including Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 401(a)(9).
6.11.8      Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(d), (g) and (h), the limitations in Sections 6.11.1, 6.11.2 and 6.11.3 apply for distributions with Annuity Starting Dates on and after the date of the actuary’s certification of the AFTAP for the Plan Year.
6.11.9      The limitations in Sections 6.11.1, 6.11.2 and 6.11.3 do not apply to Prohibited Payments that are made to carry out the termination of the Plan in accordance with applicable law. Any other limitations under Code Section 436 do not cease to apply as a result of termination of the Plan.
6.11.10      Definitions .    For purposes of this Section 6.11, the following definitions shall apply:
6.11.10.1      PBGC Maximum Benefit Guarantee Amount . The present value (determined under guidance prescribed by the PBGC, using the interest and mortality assumptions under Code Section 417(e)) of the maximum benefit guarantee with respect to a Participant (based on the Participant’s age or the Beneficiary’s age at the Annuity Starting Date) under Section 4022 of ERISA for the year in which the Annuity Starting Date occurs.
6.11.10.2      Prohibited Payment . A Prohibited Payment is:
6.11.10.2.1      Any payment for a month in excess of the monthly amount paid under a single life annuity (plus any Social Security supplements described in the last sentence of Code Section 411(a)(9)) to a Participant or Beneficiary whose Annuity Starting Date occurs during any period that a limitation under Section 6.11.1, 6.11.2, or 6.11.3 is in effect;
6.11.10.2.2      Any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits;
6.11.10.2.3      Any transfer of assets and liabilities to another plan maintained by the same Employer (or any other employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o)) that is made in order to avoid or terminate the application of Code Section 436 benefit limitations; and
6.11.10.2.4      Any other amount that is identified as a Prohibited Payment by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, “ Prohibited Payment ” shall mean “ Prohibited Payment ” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(j)(6), which is hereby incorporated into the Plan.
6.11.10.3      Unrestricted Portion of the Benefit . With respect to any optional form of benefit, 50% of the amount payable under the optional form of benefit. However, if an optional form of benefit is a Prohibited Payment because of a Social Security leveling feature (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-3(g)(16)) or a refund of employee contributions feature (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-3(g)(11)), the Unrestricted Portion of the Benefit is the optional form of benefit that would apply if the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Accrued Benefit was 50% smaller. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the present value of the Unrestricted Portion of the Benefit with respect to an optional form of benefit (determined in accordance with Code Section 417(e)) cannot exceed the PBGC Maximum Benefit Guarantee Amount.
6.11.11      Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 6.11, there are no additional benefit accruals under the Plan for Salaried Participants, Hourly Participants, Arrow Salaried Participants or Arrow Hourly Participants after December 31, 2008, and no additional benefit accruals under the Plan for Arrow Berks Participants after December 31, 2012.
ARTICLE VII     

CONTRIBUTIONS
7.1      Employer Contributions . The Employer shall make the contributions required to fund the cost of the benefits provided by this Plan. The Employer intend to make such contributions as are necessary to fund the Plan in accordance with the minimum funding standards of the Code. Contributions by the Employer are conditioned upon their deductibility under the Code for federal income tax purposes.
7.2      Funding Policy . The Committee shall be responsible for ascertaining the projected financial needs of the Plan in order to provide for the payment of benefits described in the Plan and for establishing a funding policy which it reasonably believes will provide the Plan with the funds to satisfy those needs. The Committee shall have no responsibility for any refusal by any Employer to make contributions, except that the Committee shall give appropriate recognition to the reduced contributions in determining the ongoing funding policy of the Plan. The Committee’s authority to establish the Plan’s funding policy shall include the authority to allocate among the Trustees all of the contributions of the Employer, and all accumulated earnings thereon, whether such contributions have already been made or are made in the future. The Committee shall have the right at any time and from time to time to change the method of funding benefits hereunder. The Committee shall communicate periodically, as it deems appropriate, to the Trustee and to any Plan Investment Manager, the Plan’s short-term and long-term financial needs so that the investment policy can be coordinated with the Plan’s financial requirements.
7.3      Determination of Contributions . The Committee shall determine the amount of contributions the Employer must make to the Trust under the terms of the Plan. In this regard, the Committee may place full reliance upon all reports, opinions, tables, valuations, certificates and computations the actuary furnishes the Committee.
7.4      Time of Payment of Employer Contributions . The Employer shall make its contribution to the Trustee within the time prescribed by the Code or applicable Treasury Regulations.
7.5      Return of Employer Contributions . Notwithstanding Section 9.1 of the Plan:
7.5.7      In the case of a contribution made by the Employer by a mistake of fact, such contribution may be returned to the Employer within one year after its payment.
7.5.8      All Employer contributions to the Plan are conditioned on the allowance of their deductibility for federal income tax purposes under the Code. If the deduction of a contribution is disallowed by the Internal Revenue Service, to the extent of disallowance, the contribution may be returned to the Employer within one year after the disallowance.
7.5.9      Any amounts returned under this Section shall be disposed of as directed by the Committee through uniform and nondiscriminatory rules. The Trustee shall not increase the amount of any contribution returnable under this Section for any earnings attributable to the contribution, but the Trustee shall decrease the Employer contribution returnable for any losses attributable to it.
All returns under this Section 7.5 shall be limited in amount, circumstance, and timing as required by Section 403(c) of ERISA, and no such return shall be made if, solely on account of such return, the Plan would cease to be a qualified plan under Code Section 401(a).
7.6      Forfeitures . Any forfeitures during a year arising from a Participant’s Severance from Employment or otherwise before the termination of the Plan shall be used to reduce the applicable Employers’ contributions under the Plan for following years and shall not increase any benefit otherwise payable hereunder.
7.7      Irrevocability . The Employer shall have no right, title or interest in the contributions made to the Trustee and no part of the Fund shall revert to the Sponsor or any Participating Employer except that, after satisfaction of all liabilities of the Plan as set forth in Section 9.8, any amount remaining shall revert to the Employer.
7.8      Employee Contributions . The Plan does not permit nor require contributions from Participants.
7.9      Funding Notice . For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008 or such later date required by applicable law and/or Department of Labor Regulations or other guidance, if the Employer fails to make an installment or other payment required to meet the minimum funding standard to the Plan within 60 days following the due date for such installment, the Benefits Group must notify all Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, including alternate payees, in accordance with ERISA Section 101(f). However, if the Employer has filed a waiver request with respect to the Plan Year that includes the required installment, no notice is required unless the waiver request is denied, in which case the Benefits Group must provide notice within 60 days after the date of the denial.

ARTICLE VIII     

ADMINISTRATION
8.1      Fiduciary Responsibility . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall be the Plan’s “named fiduciary” and “administrator,” as those terms are defined by ERISA, and its agent designated to receive service of process. All matters relating to the administration of the Plan, including the duties imposed upon the Plan administrator by law, except those duties relating to the control or management of Plan assets, shall be the responsibility of the Committee, Administrative Committee, or Benefits Group, in accordance with their authority under the benefit plan governance structure approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, as amended from time to time. All matters relating to the control or management of Plan assets shall, except to the extent delegated in accordance with the trust agreement, be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Trustee. The Trustee shall be responsible to ensure that contributions are made to the Trust only to the extent required by the terms of the Trust or applicable law. It is intended under this Plan and the Trust that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations under this Plan and the Trust and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary. No fiduciary guarantees the Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value.
8.2      Appointment and Removal of Committee . The Committee shall consist of three or more persons who shall be appointed and may be removed by the Board of Directors. Persons appointed to the Committee may be, but need not be, employees of the Employer. Any Committee member may resign by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, which notice shall be effective 30 days after delivery. A Committee member may be removed by the Board of Directors by written notice to such Committee member, which notice shall be effective upon delivery. In the event of any vacancies on the Committee, the remaining Committee members then in office shall constitute the Committee and shall have full power to act and exercise all powers of the Committee described in this Article VIII. The Board of Directors shall promptly select a successor following the resignation or removal of any Committee member, if necessary to maintain a Committee of at least three persons.
8.3      Compensation and Expenses of Committee and Administrative Committee . Members of the Committee and Administrative Committee who are employees of the Employer shall serve without compensation. Members of the Committee and Administrative Committee who are not employees of the Employer may be paid reasonable compensation for services rendered to the Plan. Such compensation, if any, and all usual and reasonable expenses of the Committee and Administrative Committee may be paid in whole or in part by the Employer, and any expenses not paid by the Employer shall be paid by the Trustee out of the principal or income of the Fund.
8.4      Committee and Administrative Committee Procedures . The Committee and Administrative Committee may enact such rules and regulations for the conduct of their business and for the administration of the Plan as they shall deem necessary or appropriate. To the extent permitted by their by-laws, the Committee and Administrative Committee may act either at meetings at which a majority of its members are present or by a writing signed by a majority of its members without the holding of a meeting. Records shall be kept of the actions of the Committee and Administrative Committee. No Employee who is a Participant in the Plan shall vote upon, or take an active role in resolving, any question affecting only his Accrued Benefit.
8.5      Plan Interpretation . The Committee shall have the duty and authority to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to decide any dispute that may arise regarding the rights of Participants thereunder and, in general, to direct the administration of the Plan. Any such determination shall apply uniformly to all persons similarly situated and shall be binding and conclusive upon all interested persons. The Committee shall have the authority to deviate from the literal terms of the Plan to the extent the Committee shall determine to be necessary or appropriate to operate the Plan in compliance with the provisions of applicable law. When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished by a Participant or Beneficiary, the Employer, the legal counsel of the Employer, or the Trustee.
8.6      Fiduciary Duties . In performing their duties, all fiduciaries with respect to the Plan shall act solely in the interest of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, and:
8.6.3      For the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the Participants and their Beneficiaries;
8.6.4      With the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims;
8.6.5      To the extent a fiduciary possesses and exercises investment responsibilities, by diversifying the investments of the Fund so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and
8.6.6      In accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of Title I of ERISA
8.7      Consultants . The Committee, Administrative Committee, and Benefits Group may, and to the extent necessary for the preparation of required reports shall, employ accountants, actuaries, attorneys and other consultants or advisors. The fees charged by such accountants, actuaries, attorneys and other consultants or advisors shall be paid from the Fund unless paid by the Employer.
8.8      Method of Handling Plan Funds . No Committee, Administrative Committee, or Benefits Group member shall, at any time, handle any assets of the Fund, except that all payments to the Fund shall be made by the officer of the Employer charged with that responsibility by such Employer. All payments from the Fund shall be made by the Trustee.
8.9      Delegation and Allocation of Responsibility . The Committee may delegate any Plan administrative responsibility to any employee of the Employer or any committee of such employees and may allocate any of its responsibilities to such committee, subject to the terms of the Committee’s authority as chartered by the Board of Directors. In the event of any such delegation or allocation the Committee shall establish procedures for the thorough and frequent review of the performance of such duties. Persons to whom responsibilities have been delegated may not delegate to others any discretionary authority or discretionary control with respect to the management or administration of the Plan.
8.10      Other Committee, Administrative Committee and Benefits Group Powers and Duties . The Committee, Administrative Committee and/or Benefits Group have the following powers and duties in accordance with their authority under the benefit plan governance structure approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, as amended from time to time:
8.10.4      To determine the rights of eligibility of an Employee to participate in the Plan, the value of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit and the vested percentage of each Participant’s Accrued Benefit;
8.10.5      To adopt and enforce rules of procedure and regulations necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan, provided the rules are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan and the Trust;
8.10.6      To interpret and construe all terms, provisions, conditions and limitations of the Plan and the rules and regulations it adopts (including the discretionary authority to interpret the Plan documents, without limitation and issues of fact) and to reconcile any inconsistency or supply any omitted detail that may appear in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as the Committee, Administrative Committee and/or Benefits Group shall deem necessary and proper to effectuate the Plan;
8.10.7      To direct the Trustee with respect to the crediting and distribution of the Trust;
8.10.8      To review and render decisions respecting a claim for (or denial of a claim for) a benefit under the Plan;
8.10.9      To furnish the Employer with information which the Employer may require for tax or other purposes;
8.10.10      To enlist or engage the services of employees of the Employer and other agents to assist it with the performance of any of its duties, as the Committee Administrative Committee and/or Benefits Group determines advisable;
8.10.11      To engage the services of an Investment Manager or Managers (as defined in ERISA Section 3(38)), each of whom shall have full power and authority to manage, acquire or dispose (or direct the Trustee with respect to acquisition or disposition) of any Plan asset under its control, to remove any Investment Manager, and to appoint a successor if so desired;
8.10.12      To ensure compliance with the minimum funding standards;
8.10.13      To authorize any one of its members, or its secretary, to sign on its behalf any notices, directions, applications, certificates, consents, approvals, waivers, letters or other documents, such authority being evidenced by an instrument signed by all members and filed with the Trustee;
8.10.14      To amend the Plan pursuant to Section 9.2 with the approval of the Board of Directors if the amendment relates to or otherwise impacts the compensation of Section 16 Officers, as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
8.10.15      As permitted by the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (“EPCRS”) issued by the Internal Revenue Service, as in effect from time to time, (1) to voluntarily correct any Plan qualification failure, including, but not limited to failures involving Plan operation, impermissible discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, the specific terms of the Plan document, or demographic failures; (2) implement any correction methodology permitted under EPCRS; and (3) negotiate the terms of a compliance statement or a closing agreement proposed by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to correction of a Plan qualification failure.
8.11      Records and Reports . The Benefits Group shall exercise such authority and responsibility as it deems appropriate in order to comply with ERISA and regulations issued thereunder relating to records of a Participant’s Service, Accrued Benefit and the percentage of such Accrued Benefit that is vested under the Plan, notifications to Participants, registration with the Internal Revenue Service, and annual reports to the Department of Labor.
8.12      Application and Forms for Benefits . The Benefits Group may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and file with the Benefits Group an application for a benefit and all other forms approved by the Benefits Group, and to furnish all pertinent information requested by the Benefits Group. The Benefits Group may rely upon all such information so furnished it, including the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s current mailing address.
8.13      Authorization of Benefit Payments . The Benefits Group shall issue directions to the Trustee concerning all benefits that are to be paid from the Fund pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, and warrants that all such directions are in accordance with this Plan.
8.14      Unclaimed Accrued Benefit - Procedure . The Plan does not require the Employer, the Trustee, the Committee, the Administrative Committee, or the Benefits Group to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. At the time the Participant's or Beneficiary's benefit becomes distributable under the Plan, the Benefits Group, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Benefits Group or the Employer, shall notify any Participant, or Beneficiary, that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his distributive share or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Benefits Group within six (6) months from the date of mailing of the notice, the Plan shall treat the Participant's or Beneficiary’s unclaimed payable Accrued Benefit as forfeited. Where the benefit is distributable to the Participant, the forfeiture under this paragraph occurs as of the last day of the notice period of this Section, if the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit does not exceed $5,000, or as of the first day the benefit is distributable without the Participant’s consent, if the present value of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit exceeds $5,000. Where the benefit is distributable to a Beneficiary, the forfeiture occurs as of the last day of the notice period of this Section except, if the Beneficiary is the Participant's Spouse and the vested Accrued Benefit payable to the Spouse exceeds $5,000, the forfeiture occurs as of the first day the benefit is distributable without the Spouse’s consent. The Employer shall use the amounts representing the forfeited Accrued Benefit to reduce its contribution for future Plan Years.
If a Participant or Beneficiary who has incurred a forfeiture of his Accrued Benefit under this Section makes a claim, at any time, for his forfeited Accrued Benefit, the Benefits Group shall restore the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s forfeited Accrued Benefit. The Benefits Group shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s restored Accrued Benefit in accordance with Article VI as if the Participant experiences a Severance from Employment in the Plan Year in which the Benefits Group restores the forfeited Accrued Benefit.
8.15      Individual Statement . As determined by the Benefits Group in its discretion, the Benefits Group shall furnish to the Participant (or Beneficiary of such deceased Participant) an individual statement reflecting the value of his Accrued Benefit. In addition, subject to the requirements of ERISA, the Benefits Group shall provide to any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant who so requests in writing, a statement indicating the total value of his Accrued Benefit and the vested portion of such Accrued Benefit, if any. The Benefits Group shall also furnish a written statement to any Participant who has a Severance from Employment during the Plan Year and is entitled to a deferred vested benefit under the Plan as of the end of the Plan Year, if no retirement benefits have been paid with respect to such Participant during the Plan Year. No Participant, except a member of the Committee, the Administrative Committee, Benefits Group and their designees, shall have the right to inspect the records reflecting the Accrued Benefit of any other Participant. Notwithstanding the above, effective January 1, 2008, at least one time every three Plan Years, the Benefits Group shall provide each Participant with a vested Accrued Benefit and who is employed by the Employer at the time the statement is to be furnished, a pension benefit statement that indicates, on the basis of the latest information available, the total benefits accrued and the vested benefits, if any, that have accrued or the earliest date on which benefits will become vested. The statement must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Plan Participant and may be delivered in a manner and otherwise satisfy the requirements of ERISA Section 105(a). Further, for each Plan Year beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the Benefits Group shall prepare and distribute a Plan funding notice that satisfies the requirements of ERISA Section 101(f) and applicable regulations thereunder.
8.16      Parties to Litigation . Except as otherwise provided by ERISA, only the Employer, the Committee and the Trustee shall be necessary parties to any court proceeding involving the Plan, any fiduciary of the Plan, the Trustee or the Fund. No Participant, or Beneficiary, shall be entitled to any notice of process unless required by ERISA. Any final judgment entered in any proceeding shall be conclusive upon the Employer, the Committee, the Administrative Committee, Benefits Group, the Trustee, Participants and Beneficiaries.
8.17      Use of Alternative Media . The Committee, Administrative Committee and Benefits Group may include in any process or procedure for administering the Plan, the use of alternative media, including, but not limited to, telephonic, facsimile, computer or other such electronic means as available. Use of such alternative media shall be deemed to satisfy any Plan provision requiring a “written” document or an instrument to be signed “in writing” to the extent permissible under the Code, ERISA and applicable regulations.
8.18      Personal Data to Benefits Group . Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant must furnish to the Benefits Group such evidence, data or information as the Benefits Group considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan and shall otherwise cooperate fully with the Benefits Group in the administration of the Plan. The provisions of this Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the condition precedent that each Participant will furnish promptly full, true and complete evidence, data and information when requested by the Benefits Group, provided the Benefits Group shall advise each Participant of the effect of his failure to comply with its request. The Benefits Group in its sole discretion may defer benefit commencement until all of the information it requests is provided.
8.19      Address for Notification . Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall file with the Benefits Group from time to time, in writing, his post office address and any change of post office address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant, or Beneficiary, at his last post office address filed with the Benefits Group, or as shown on the records of the Employer, shall bind the Participant, or Beneficiary, for all purposes of this Plan.
8.20      Notice of Change in Terms . The Benefits Group, within the time prescribed by ERISA and the applicable regulations, shall furnish all Participants and Beneficiaries a summary description of any material amendment to the Plan or notice of discontinuance of the Plan and all other information required by ERISA to be furnished without charge.
8.21      Assignment or Alienation . Subject to Code Section 414(p) relating to qualified domestic relations orders, neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary shall anticipate, assign or alienate (either at law or in equity) any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee shall not recognize any such anticipation, assignment or alienation. Furthermore, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable process, including the claims of any trustee in bankruptcy or other representative of the Participant or Beneficiary in such action.
8.22      Litigation Against the Plan . If any legal action filed against the Trustee, the Sponsor, the Employer, the Committee, the Administrative Committee, the Benefits Group, or any member or members of the Board of Directors, Committee, Administrative Committee or Benefits Group, by or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary, results adversely to the Participant or to the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall reimburse itself, the Sponsor, the Employer, the Committee, the Administrative Committee, the Benefits Group, or any member or members of the Board of Directors, Committee, Administrative Committee or Benefits Group all costs and fees expended by it or them by surcharging all costs and fees against the sums payable under the Plan to the Participant or to the Beneficiary, but only to the extent a court of competent jurisdiction specifically authorizes and directs any such surcharges and only to the extent Code Section 401(a)(13) does not prohibit any such surcharges.
8.23      Information Available . Any Participant in the Plan or any Beneficiary may, during reasonable business hours, examine copies of the Plan description, latest annual report, any bargaining agreement, this Plan and Trust, and any contract or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Benefits Group shall maintain all of the items listed in this Section in its offices, or in such other place or places as it may designate from time to time in order to comply with the regulations issued under ERISA. Upon the written request of a Participant or Beneficiary, the Benefits Group shall furnish him with a copy of any item listed in this Section. The Benefits Group may make a reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy so furnished.
8.24      Presenting Claims for Benefits . Any Participant, alternate payee or other person claiming under a deceased Participant, such as a surviving Spouse or Beneficiary, (“ Claimant ”) may submit written application to the Benefits Group for the payment of any benefit asserted to be due him under the Plan. Such application shall set forth the nature of the claim and such other information as the Benefits Group may reasonably request. Promptly upon the receipt of any application required by this Section, the Benefits Group shall determine whether or not the Claimant is entitled to a benefit hereunder and, if so, the amount thereof and shall notify the Claimant of its findings.
If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Benefits Group shall so notify the Claimant within 90 days after receipt of the claim by the Benefits Group, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the end of the initial 90‑day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of such initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Benefits Group expects to render its final decision. Notice of the Benefits Group’s decision to deny a claim in whole or in part shall be set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall contain the following:
8.24.3      The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
8.24.4      Specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
8.24.5      A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
8.24.6      An explanation of the claims review procedure set forth in Section 8.25 hereof, including an explanation that any appeal the Claimant wishes to make of the adverse determination must be made in writing to the Administrative Committee within 60 days after receipt of the Benefit Group’s notice of denial of benefits;
8.24.7      An explanation that the Claimant’s failure to appeal the action to the Administrative Committee in writing within the 60-day period will render the Benefits Group’s determination final, binding and conclusive; and
8.24.8      An explanation that, if an adverse benefit determination is made on appeal, the Claimant has a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.
The Benefits Group’s notice of denial of benefits shall also identify the address to which the Claimant may forward his appeal.

If notice of denial is not furnished, and if the claim is not granted within the period of time set forth above, the claim shall be deemed denied for purposes of proceeding to the review stage described in Section 8.25.
8.25      Claims Review Procedure . If an application filed under Section 8.24 above shall result in a denial by the Benefits Group of the benefit applied for, either in whole or in part, such Claimant shall have the right, to be exercised by written application filed with the Administrative Committee within 60 days after receipt of notice of the denial of his application or, if no such notice has been given, within 60 days after the application is deemed denied under Section 8.24, to request the review of his application and of his entitlement to the benefit applied for. Such request for review may contain such additional information and comments as the Claimant may wish to present. Within 60 days after receipt of any such request for review, the Administrative Committee shall reconsider the application for the benefit in light of such additional information and comments as the Claimant may have presented, and if the Claimant shall have so requested, the Administrative Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine whether to grant the request for a hearing. If a hearing is held, the Claimant and/or his duly authorized representative, shall be entitled to present to the Administrative Committee all facts, evidence, witnesses and/or legal arguments which the Claimant feels are necessary for a full and fair review of his claim. The Administrative Committee may have counsel present at said hearing and shall be entitled to call such individuals as witnesses, including the Claimant, as it feels are necessary to fully present all of the facts of the matter. The terms and conditions pursuant to which any such hearing may be conducted, and any evidentiary matters, shall be determined by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion.
The Administrative Committee shall also permit the Claimant or his designated representative to review pertinent documents in its possession, including copies of the Plan document and information provided by the Employer relating to the Claimant’s entitlement to such benefit.
The Administrative Committee shall make a final determination with respect to the Claimant’s application for review as soon as practicable, and in any event not later than 60 days after receipt of the aforesaid request for review, except that under special circumstances, such as the necessity for holding a hearing, such 60-day period may be extended to the extent necessary, but in no event beyond the expiration of 120 days after receipt by the Administrative Committee of such request for review. If such an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. Notice of such final determination of the Administrative Committee shall be furnished to the Claimant in writing, in a manner calculated to be understood by him, and shall set forth:
8.25.4      The specific reason or reasons for the decision;
8.25.5      Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based;
8.25.6      A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits, and
8.25.7      A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring action under ERISA, if applicable.
If such final determination is favorable to the Claimant, it shall be binding and conclusive. If such final determination is adverse to such Claimant, it shall be binding and conclusive unless the Claimant notifies the Administrative Committee within 90 days after the mailing or delivery to him by the Administrative Committee of its determination that he intends to institute legal proceedings challenging the determination of the Administrative Committee, and actually institutes such legal proceeding within 180 days after such mailing or delivery.
If the Administrative Committee’s decision on review is not furnished within the time period set forth above, the claim shall be deemed wholly denied on review on the latest date the Claimant should have received notice of an adverse benefits determination.
8.26      Disputed Benefits . If any dispute shall arise between a Participant, or other person claiming under a Participant, and the Administrative Committee after the review of a claim for benefits, or in the event any dispute shall develop as to the person to whom the payment of any benefit under the Plan shall be made, the Trustee may withhold the payment of all or any part of the benefits payable hereunder to the Participant, or other person claiming under the Participant, until such dispute has been resolved by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled by the parties involved.
8.27      Claims Involving Benefits Related to Disability . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article VIII to the contrary, the Benefits Group and Administrative Committee shall comply with and follow the applicable Department of Labor Regulations for claims involving a determination of Total and Permanent Disability or benefits related to Total and Permanent Disability, including, but not limited to:
8.27.1      The Benefits Group shall advise a Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 45 days after receipt of the claim by the Plan. If the Benefits Group determines that due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, such decision cannot be reached within 45 days, an additional 30 days may be provided and the Benefits Group shall notify the Claimant of the extension prior to the end of the original 45-day period. The 30-day extension may be extended for a second 30-day period, if before the end of the original extension, the Benefits Group determines that due to circumstances beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within the extension period.
8.27.2      Claimants shall be provided at least 180 days following receipt of a benefit denial in which to appeal such adverse determination.
8.27.3      The Administrative Committee shall review the Claimant's appeal and notify the Claimant of its determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 45 days after receipt of the Claimant’s request for review. Should the Administrative Committee determine that special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time for processing the appeal, the Administrative Committee shall notify the Claimant of the extension before the end of the initial 45 day period. Such an extension, if required, shall not exceed 45 days.
8.27.4      If the Administrative Committee’s final determination is favorable to the Claimant, it shall be binding and conclusive. If such final determination is adverse to such Claimant, it shall be binding and conclusive unless the Claimant notifies the Administrative Committee within 90 days after the mailing or delivery to him by the Administrative Committee of its determination that he intends to institute legal proceedings challenging the determination of the Administrative Committee, and actually institutes such legal proceeding within 180 days after such mailing or delivery.
8.28      Statute of Limitations for Civil Actions . For purposes of filing any civil action against the Plan upon the exhaustion of all other available administrative remedies, including under Section 502(a) of ERISA, legal action may be brought no later than one year from the date of completion of the Plan’s claims appeal process, or if earlier, one year from the date the Claimant became entitled thereto or, if later, knew or should have known that such claim existed.


ARTICLE IX     

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER
9.1      Exclusive Benefit . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Employer shall have no beneficial interest in any asset of the Trust and no part of any asset in the Trust may ever revert to or be repaid to the Employer, either directly or indirectly; nor prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan, shall any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund, or any asset of the Trust, be (at any time) used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.
9.2      Amendment of the Plan . The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Plan may also be amended at any time and from time to time by the Committee (with the approval of the Board of Directors if the amendment relates to or otherwise impacts the compensation of Section 16 Officers, as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The Administrative Committee also has the authority to amend the Plan to the extent such amendments are (i) required by law or (ii) do not result in a material increase in the Employer’s contributions to or the cost of maintaining the Plan, including without limitation merging Employer sponsored retirement plans and adding covered locations to the Plan. No amendment shall divest any vested interest of any Participant, surviving Spouse, or other Beneficiary, and no amendment shall be effective unless the Plan shall continue to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants, surviving Spouses, and other Beneficiaries. In addition, no amendment shall decrease any Participant’s Accrued Benefit, eliminate or reduce any benefit subsidy or early retirement benefit, or eliminate any optional form of benefit except in accordance with Section 411(d)(6) and Section 412(c)(8) of the Code.
In addition to the above, if the Employer makes an alternative deficit reduction contribution pursuant to Code Section 412(l)(12) and ERISA Section 302(d)(12), any amendment to the Plan will satisfy the requirements of Code Section 412(l)(12)(B) and ERISA Section 302(d)(12).
All amendments to the Plan shall be in writing. No oral representation shall act to amend the Plan in any manner or at any time.
9.3      Amendment to Vesting Provisions . The Board of Directors has the right to amend the vesting provisions of the Plan at any time. In addition, the Committee (or the Administrative Committee pursuant to a delegation by the Committee) has the right to amend the vesting provisions of the Plan at any time unless the amendment relates to or otherwise impacts the compensation of Section 16 Officers, as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. However, the Administrative Committee and Benefits Group shall not apply any such amended vesting schedule to reduce the vested percentage of any Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions (determined as of the later of the date the Employer adopts the amendment, or the date the amendment becomes effective) to a percentage less than the vested percentage computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment. An amended vesting schedule shall apply to a Participant only if the Participant receives credit for at least one Hour of Service after the new schedule becomes effective.
If the Employer makes a permissible amendment to the vesting provisions of the Plan, each Salaried Participant having at least three (3) Plan Years of service with the Employer, and each Hourly Participant, Arrow Salaried Participant, Arrow Hourly Participant, and Arrow Berks Participants with at least three Years of Vesting Service, may elect to have the percentage of his vested Accrued Benefit computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment. For Participants who do not have at least one Hour of Service on any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the election described in the preceding sentence applies only to Participants having at least five (5) Plan Years of service with the Employer. The Participant must file his election with the Benefits Group within 60 days of the latest of (a) the adoption of the amendment; (b) the effective date of the amendment; or (c) the Participant's receipt of a copy of the amendment. The Benefits Group, as soon as practicable, shall forward to each affected Participant a true copy of any amendment to the vesting provisions, together with an explanation of the effect of the amendment, the appropriate form upon which the Participant may make an election to remain under the vesting provisions provided under the Plan prior to the amendment, and notice of the time within which the Participant must make an election to remain under the prior vesting provisions. The election described in this Section does not apply to a Participant if the amended vesting provisions provide for vesting at least as rapid at all times as the vesting provisions in effect prior to the amendment. For purposes of this Section, an amendment to the vesting provisions of the Plan includes any Plan amendment which directly or indirectly affects the computation of the vested percentage of an Employee's rights to his Employer derived Accrued Benefit.
9.4      Merger/Direct Transfers and Elective Transfers . The Administrative Committee shall not consent to, or be a party to, any merger or consolidation with another plan, or to a transfer of assets or liabilities to another plan, unless immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, the surviving plan provides each Participant a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit each Participant would have received had the Plan terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer. The Trustee possesses the specific authority to enter into merger agreements or agreements for the direct transfer of assets with the trustee of other retirement plans described in Code Section 401(a), and to accept the direct transfer of plan assets, or to transfer Plan assets as a party to any such agreement, upon the consent or direction of the Administrative Committee.
If permitted by the Administrative Committee in its discretion, the Trustee may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf of an Employee prior to the date the Employee becomes a Participant in the Plan. If the Trustee accepts such a direct transfer of plan assets, the Benefits Group and Trustee shall treat the Employee as a Participant for all purposes of the Plan, except the Employee shall not accrue benefits until he actually becomes a Participant in the Plan.
Unless a transfer of assets to this Plan is an Elective Transfer, the Plan will preserve all Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits with respect to the transferred assets, in the manner described in Section 9.2. A transfer is an “ Elective Transfer ” if: (a) the transfer satisfies the first paragraph of this Section; (b) the transfer is voluntary, under a fully informed election by the Participant; (c) the Participant has an alternative that retains his Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits (including an option to leave his benefit in the transferor plan, if that plan is not terminating); (d) the transfer satisfies the applicable spousal consent requirements of the Code; (e) the transferor plan satisfies the joint and survivor notice requirements of the Code, if the Participant's transferred benefit is subject to those requirements; (f) the Participant has a right to immediate distribution from the transferor plan, in lieu of the Elective Transfer; (g) the transferred benefit is at least the greater of the single sum distribution provided by the transferor plan for which the Participant is eligible or the present value of the Participant's accrued benefit under the transferor plan payable at that plan's normal retirement age; (h) the Participant has a 100% vested interest in the transferred benefit; and (i) the transfer otherwise satisfies applicable Treasury Regulations. If this Plan accepts an Elective Transfer from a defined contribution plan, the Plan guarantees a benefit derived from that Elective Transfer equal to the value of the transferred amount, expressed as an annual benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age in the normal form of benefit. The Trustee shall distribute this guaranteed benefit attributable to the Elective Transfer at the same time and in the same manner as it distributes the Participant's Accrued Benefit, and the Administrative Committee shall treat the guaranteed benefit as part of the Participant's Accrued Benefit for purposes of valuing the Participant's Accrued Benefit under any consent or election requirements provided in the Plan. An Elective Transfer may occur between qualified plans of any type.
The Trustee shall hold, administer and distribute any transferred assets as a part of the Trust Fund, and the Trustee shall maintain a separate “ Transfer Account ” for the benefit of the Employee on whose behalf the Trustee accepted the transfer in order to reflect the value of the transferred assets.
Furthermore, a merger or direct transfer described in this Section of the Plan is not a termination for purposes of the special distribution provisions described in this Section.
9.5      Termination of the Pla n . The Sponsor, through action of its Board of Directors, shall have the right, at any time, to suspend or discontinue its contributions under the Plan, and to terminate, at any time, this Plan and the Trust. The Plan shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following:
9.5.7      The date terminated by action of the Sponsor.
9.5.8      The date the Sponsor shall be judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent.
9.5.9      The dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Sponsor, or the sale by the Sponsor of all or substantially all of its assets, unless the successor or purchaser makes provision to continue the Plan, in which event the successor or purchaser must substitute itself as the Sponsor under this Plan.
The Plan may also be terminated by the Committee (with the approval of the Board of Directors if the amendment relates to or otherwise impacts the compensation of Section 16 Officers, as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).
In addition to the above, while each Participating Employer intends to continue the Plan indefinitely, each reserves the right to terminate or partially terminate the Plan at any time as to its Employees and former Employees. If the Plan is terminated or partially terminated by a Participating Employer, assets shall be allocated to the Accrued Benefits of affected Participants in the manner prescribed in Section 9.8. No Employees of the Participating Employer shall thereafter be admitted to the Plan as new Participants, and no Participating Employer shall make further contributions to the Fund, except as may be required by law.
9.6      Full Vesting on Termination . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon either full or partial termination of the Plan, an affected Participant’s right to his Accrued Benefit shall be 100% vested.
9.7      Partial Termination . Upon termination of the Plan with respect to a group of Participants which constitutes a partial termination of the Plan, the Trustee shall allocate and segregate for the benefit of the Employees then or theretofore employed by the Employer with respect to which the Plan is being terminated the proportionate interest of such Participants in the Fund. Such proportionate interest shall be determined by the actuary. The actuary shall make this determination on the basis of the contributions made by the Employer, the provisions of this Article and such other considerations as the actuary deems appropriate. The fiduciaries shall have no responsibility with respect to the determination of any such proportionate interest.
The funds so allocated and segregated shall be used by the Trustee to pay benefits to or on behalf of Participants in accordance with Section 9.8.
9.8      Allocation of Assets Upon Termination of Trust Fund . If any Participating Employer terminates the Plan with respect to some or all Participants employed by it, the Benefits Group shall first determine the date of distribution, if any, and the value of Plan assets allocable to such Participants. Subject to provision for expense of administration of liquidation, the Benefits Group, with the advice of the Plan’s enrolled actuary, shall determine amounts allocable with respect to each affected Participant, surviving Spouse, and other Beneficiary. Such allocation shall be made among the affected Participants, surviving Spouses, and other Beneficiaries in the following order:
9.8.12      To that portion of a Participant’s benefit, if any, derived from his Accumulated Contributions;
9.8.13      In the case of benefits payable as an annuity:
9.8.13.1      If the benefit of a Participant, surviving Spouse, or other Beneficiary was in pay status as of the beginning of the three year period ending on the termination date of the Plan, to each such benefit, based on the provisions of the Plan (as in effect during the five year period ending on such date) under which the benefit would be the least; or
9.8.13.2      If a benefit (other than a benefit described in Section 9.8.2.1) would have been in pay status as of the beginning of such three year period and if the benefits had begun (in the normal form of annuity under the Plan) as of the beginning of such period, to each such benefit based on the provisions of the Plan (as in effect during the five year period ending on such date) under which such benefit would be the least.
For purposes of Section 9.8.2.1, the lowest benefit in pay status during a three year period shall be considered the benefit in pay status for such period.
9.8.14      Any remaining assets shall be allocated:
9.8.14.1      To all other benefits (if any) of individuals under the Plan guaranteed under Section 4022 of ERISA (without regard to Section 4022(b)(5) of ERISA);
9.8.14.2      To the additional benefits (if any) which would be determined under Section 9.8.3.1 if Section 4022(b)(6) of ERISA did not apply;
9.8.14.3      To all other nonforfeitable benefits under the Plan;
9.8.14.4      To all Accrued Benefits under the Plan; and
9.8.14.5      To the Employer, if all liabilities of the Plan to Participants, their surviving Spouses, and their other Beneficiaries, including liabilities under Section 4044(d)(3) of ERISA, have been satisfied and such distribution is not prohibited by any provision of law.
If the Fund is insufficient to provide in full for any of the classes set forth above, the assets remaining shall be applied proportionately among Participants, surviving Spouses, and other Beneficiaries of that class and nothing shall be applied to any subsequent class.
The above priorities and allocation of assets shall be determined in accordance with Section 4044 of ERISA.
9.9      Manner of Distribution . Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, any distribution after termination of the Plan may be made, in whole or in part, to the extent that no discrimination in value results, in cash, in securities or other assets in kind (based on their fair market value as of the date of distribution), or in nontransferable annuity contracts providing for pensions commencing at Normal Retirement Date, as the Benefits Group in its discretion shall determine.
9.10      Overfunding . If there are assets remaining after satisfying all liabilities to Participants and Beneficiaries upon termination of the Plan, the Trustee shall return the amount by which the Employer has overfunded the Plan to the Employer. The Employer shall instruct the Trustee regarding the amount of overfunding to be so returned.
9.11      Amendments Increasing Liability for Benefits . The provisions set forth in this Section 9.11 are effective as of January 1, 2008, and shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with Code Section 436 and Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1. However, notwithstanding any provision in this Section 9.11, there are no additional benefit accruals under the Plan for Salaried Participants, Hourly Participants, Arrow Salaried Participants or Arrow Hourly Participants after December 31, 2008 and no additional benefit accruals under the Plan for Arrow Berks Participants after December 31, 2012.
9.11.6      No amendment to the Plan that has the effect of increasing liabilities of the Plan by reason of increases in benefits, establishment of new benefits, changing the rate of benefit accrual, or changing the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable may take effect during a Plan Year if the AFTAP (as defined in Section 3.12.5.1 of the Plan) for the Plan Year is:
9.11.6.1      Less than 80%; or
9.11.6.2      80% or more but would be less than 80% if the benefits attributable to the amendment were taken into account in determining the AFTAP.
9.11.7      The limitation on Plan amendments ceases to apply with respect to an amendment if the participating Employer makes a contribution (in addition to any minimum required contribution under Code Section 430) equal to:
9.11.7.4      With respect to Section 9.11.1.1, above, the amount of the increase in the funding target of the Plan (under Code Section 430) for the Plan Year if the liabilities attributable to the amendment were included in determining the funding target; and
9.11.7.5      With respect to Section 9.11.1.2, above, the amount sufficient to result in an AFTAP of 80% if the contribution (and any prior contribution made pursuant to Code Section 436 for the Plan Year) is included as part of the Plan assets and the funding target takes into account the adjustments described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.436-1(g)(2)(iii)(A), (g)(3)(ii)(A), or (g)(5)(i)(B), whichever applies.
An amendment which is permitted to take effect because the participating Employer makes the applicable contribution set forth above will be effective as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the effective date of the amendment.
9.11.8      The limitation on amendments set forth in Section 9.11.1 shall not apply to an amendment:
9.11.8.1      If the contribution required under Section 9.11.2 is zero because the amendment increases benefits solely for future periods;
9.11.8.2      That provides for an increase in benefits under a formula that is not based on a Participant’s Compensation, but only if the rate of increase in benefits does not exceed the contemporaneous rate of increase in average wages of Participants covered by the amendment. The rate of increase in average wages will be determined in accordance Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(c)(4)(i);
9.11.8.3      That provides for (or a pre-existing Plan provision results in) a mandatory increase in the vesting of benefits under the Code or ERISA, to the extent the increase in vesting is necessary to enable the Plan to continue to satisfy the requirements to be a qualified plan under the Code; or
9.11.8.4      In accordance with guidance issued by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue.
9.11.9      If a Plan amendment does not take effect as of the effective date of the amendment because of the limitations in this Section 9.11, but is permitted to take effect later in the same Plan Year as a result of a participating Employer’s contribution under Section 9.11.2 or pursuant to the actuary’s certification of the AFTAP for the Plan Year that satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(g)(5)(ii)(C), the amendment will automatically take effect as of the first day of the Plan Year (or, if later, the original effective date of the amendment). If the amendment cannot take effect during the Plan Year, it must be treated as if it was never adopted, unless the amendment provides otherwise.
9.11.10      If benefit accruals under the Plan are required to cease pursuant to Section 3.12, the Plan will not be amended in a manner that would increase the liabilities of the Plan by reason of an increase in benefits or establishment of new benefits even if such amendment would otherwise be permissible under Sections 9.11.2 or 9.11.3.1.
9.11.11      During any period in which none of the presumptions under Section 3.15 of the Plan apply to the Plan and the Plan’s actuary has not yet issued a certification of the Plan’s AFTAP for the Plan Year, if applicable, the limitations in Section 9.11.1 shall be based on the inclusive presumed AFTAP for the Plan, calculated in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.436-1(g)(2)(iii).

ARTICLE X     

WITHDRAWAL OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER
10.1      Withdrawal . Each Participating Employer may elect, with the consent of the Committee, to cause a withdrawal from the Plan of that share of Plan assets allocable to the benefits of Participants employed by it, their surviving Spouses, and other Beneficiaries. After the effective date of such a withdrawal, the provisions of the Plan shall continue to be effective (with such amendments as may thereafter be made from time to time by the withdrawing Employer) as a separate plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants employed by the withdrawing Participating Employer, their surviving Spouses, and other Beneficiaries, as to which the withdrawing Participating Employer shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the Sponsor under the Plan. In such case, the board of directors of the withdrawing Participating Employer shall succeed to all the rights, powers, and duties of the Board of Directors under the Plan, and the board of directors of the withdrawing Participating Employer shall appoint a committee to administer the separate plan after the effective date of the withdrawal.
10.2      Notice of Withdrawal . Whenever any Participating Employer shall elect to cause a withdrawal from the Plan with respect to its Employees, it shall, by action of its board of directors, file notice in writing with the Committee and the Trustee of its election, and, upon the consent of the Committee to such withdrawal, shall direct the Trustee or a successor trustee named by such withdrawing Participating Employer to hold as a separate trust the amount of assets that the Plan actuary shall certify to the Committee and the Trustee, or successor, to be allocable to the benefits of Participants employed by the withdrawing Participating Employer, their surviving Spouses, and other Beneficiaries. Such separate plan and trust initially shall have the same provisions as the Plan and the trust agreement for the Trust under the Plan, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1.
10.3      Withdrawal at Request of Board of Directors . In the event that the Board of Directors shall determine that a Participating Employer shall no longer participate in the Plan, such Participating Employer shall withdraw from the Plan in the manner provided in Section 10.1 and Section 10.2 within six months after notice of such determination is given.
10.4      Continuation of Plan . Neither the withdrawal from the Plan nor the termination thereof by a Participating Employer pursuant to the provisions of Article IX and Article X shall affect in any manner the continuance of the Plan with respect to any other Employer, and all the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to be applicable to such Employer and its Employees as if such withdrawal or termination had not taken place.

ARTICLE XI     

LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS
11.1      Limitation on Annual Benefits .
11.1.10      Definitions . For purposes of this Section 11.1, the following definitions and rules of interpretation shall apply:
11.1.10.8      Annual Benefit . The Participant’s retirement benefit attributable to Employer contributions (including any portion of such benefit payable to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order satisfying the requirements of Code Section 414(p)), payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity (with no ancillary benefits) under a Defined Benefit Plan subject to Code Section 415(b). The Annual Benefit excludes any benefits attributable to Employee contributions, rollover contributions, or assets transferred from a qualified plan that was not maintained by the Employer. However, effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the determination of the Annual Benefit shall take into account social security supplements described in Code Section 411(a)(9) and benefits transferred from another defined benefit plan, other than transfers of distributable benefits pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3.
Except as provided below, for Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007, the Annual Benefit payable in a form other than a straight life annuity must be adjusted to an actuarial equivalent straight life annuity before applying the limitations of this Section 11.1. For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, except as provided below, if the Participant’s Annual Benefit is payable in a form other than a straight life annuity, the Annual Benefit shall be adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity that begins at the same time as such other form of benefit and is payable on the first day of each month, before applying the limitations of this Section 11.1. In addition, for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, for a Participant who has or will have distributions commencing at more than one Annuity Starting Date, the Annual Benefit shall be determined as of each such Annuity Starting Date (and shall satisfy the limitations of this Section 11.1 as of each such date), actuarially adjusting for past and future distributions of benefits commencing at the other Annuity Starting Date(s). For this purpose, the determination of whether a new Annuity Starting Date has occurred shall be made without regard to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-20, Q&A-10(d) and with regard to Treasury Regulations Sections1.415(b)-1(b)(1)(iii)(B) and (C).
No actuarial adjustment to the Annual Benefit is required for: (i) survivor benefits payable to a surviving Spouse under a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity to the extent such benefits would not be payable if the Participant’s Annual Benefit were paid in another form; (ii) benefits that are not directly related to retirement benefits (such as a qualified disability benefit, preretirement incidental death benefits, and post-retirement medical benefits); or (iii) effective for Limitation Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, the inclusion in the form of benefit of an automatic benefit increase feature, provided the form of benefit is not subject to Code Section 417(e)(3) and would otherwise satisfy the limitations of this Section 11.1, and the Plan provides that the amount payable under the form of benefit in any Limitation Year shall not exceed the limits of this Section 11.1 applicable at the Annuity Starting Date, as increased in subsequent years pursuant to Code Section 415(d). For this purpose, an automatic benefit increase feature is included in a form of benefit if the form of benefit provides for automatic, periodic increases to the benefits paid in that form.
The Benefits Group shall determine actuarial equivalence under this Section 11.1.1.1 in accordance with the following:
11.1.10.8.5      Distributions Beginning After December 31, 2001 and Before January 1, 2004 . The actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using whichever of the following produces the greater amount: (a) (i) with respect to Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Section 1.3 for adjusting benefits in the same form; (ii) with respect to Hourly Participants, the Plan interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix E or a Schedule thereto for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (iii) with respect to Arrow Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix F for adjusting benefits in the same form; (iv) with respect to Arrow Hourly Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix G for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (v) with respect to Arrow Berks Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix H for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (b) a 5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for that Annuity Starting Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to determine actuarial equivalence under this Section 11.1.1.1 for a benefit that is in a form other than a straight life annuity and that is subject to Code Section 417(e)(3), the Applicable Interest Rate shall be substituted for “a 5% interest rate assumption” in the preceding sentence.
11.1.10.8.6      Distributions Beginning in Years After December 31, 2003 .
11.1.10.8.6.1      Benefit Forms Not Subject to Code Section 417(e)(3) . The straight life annuity that is the actuarial equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined under this Section 11.1.1.1.2.1 if the form of the Participant’s benefit is a non-decreasing annuity (other than a straight life annuity) payable for a period of not less than the life of the Participant (or, in the case of a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity, the life of the surviving Spouse), or an annuity that decreases during the life of the Participant merely because of the death of the survivor annuitant (but only if the reduction is not below fifty percent (50%) of the benefit payable before the death of the survivor annuitant) or the cessation or reduction of Social Security supplements or qualified disability payments (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(11)).
11.1.1.1.2.1.1    For Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007, the actuarial equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit computed using whichever of the following produces the greater amount: (I) (i) with respect to Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Section 1.3 for adjusting benefits in the same form; (ii) with respect to Hourly Participants, the Plan interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix E or a Schedule thereto for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (iii) with respect to Arrow Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix F for adjusting benefits in the same form; (iv) with respect to Arrow Hourly Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix G for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (v) with respect to Arrow Berks Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix H for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (II) a 5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table for that Annuity Starting Date.
11.1.1.1.2.1.2    For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greater of: (I) the annual amount of the straight life annuity (if any) payable to the Participant under the Plan commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date as the Participant’s form of benefit; and (II) the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit computed using a 5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table in effect prior to January 1, 2008 for the Annuity Starting Date.
11.1.10.8.6.2      Benefit Forms Subject to Code Section 417(e)(3) . The straight life annuity that is actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined under this Section 11.1.1.1.2.2 if the form of the Participant’s benefit is other than a benefit form described in Section 11.1.1.1.2.1.
11.1.1.1.2.2.1     Annuity Starting Dates in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 . The actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount: (I) (i) with respect to Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Section 1.3 for adjusting benefits in the same form; (ii) with respect to Hourly Participants, the Plan interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix E or a Schedule thereto for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (iii) with respect to Arrow Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix F for adjusting benefits in the same form; (iv) with respect to Arrow Hourly Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix G for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (v) with respect to Arrow Berks Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix H for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (II) a 5.5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Annuity Starting Date is on or after January 1, 2004 and before December 31, 2004, the application of this Section 11.1.1.1.2.2.1 shall not cause the amount payable under the Participant’s form of benefit to be less than the benefit calculated under the Plan, taking into account the limitations of this Section 11.1, except that the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using whichever of the following produces the greatest annual amount: (A) (i) with respect to Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Section 1.3; (ii) with respect to Hourly Participants, the Plan interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix E or a Schedule thereto; and (iii) with respect to Arrow Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix F; (iv) with respect to Arrow Hourly Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix G; and (v) with respect to Arrow Berks Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix H; (B) the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Mortality Table; and (C) the Applicable Interest Rate (as in effect on the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2004, under provisions of the Plan then adopted and in effect) and the Applicable Mortality Table.
11.1.1.1.2.2.2     Annuity Starting Dates in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2005 . The actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using: (I) (i) with respect to Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Section 1.3 for adjusting benefits in the same form; (ii) with respect to Hourly Participants, the Plan interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix E or a Schedule thereto for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (iii) with respect to Arrow Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix F for adjusting benefits in the same form; (iv) with respect to Arrow Hourly Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix G for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (v) with respect to Arrow Berks Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix H for adjusting benefits in the same form; (II) the interest rate assumption specified in Code Section 415(b)(2)(E)(ii)(I) (currently 5.5.%) and the Applicable Mortality Table in effect prior to January 1, 2008; or (III) the Applicable Mortality Table in effect prior to January 1, 2008 and the Applicable Interest Rate, divided by 1.05, whichever produces the greatest benefit.
11.1.10.9      Compensation .
11.1.10.9.1      Salaried Participants . Except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, Compensation with respect to the Limitation Year means the Participant’s wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and bonuses.) A Compensation payment includes Compensation paid by the Employer to an Employee through another person under the common paymaster provisions of Code Sections 3121(s) and 3306(p). However, Compensation does not include:
11.1.10.9.1.1      Employer contributions (other than amounts excludible from the Employee’s gross income under Code Section 402(e)(3) (relating to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement), Code Section 402(h) (relating to a Simplified Employee Pension), Code Section 403(b) (relating to a tax-sheltered annuity), Code Section 408(p) (relating to a Simple Retirement Account), Code Section 125 (relating to a cafeteria plan), Code Section 132(f)(4) (relating to qualified transportation fringe benefits, effective for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2000), or Code Section 457(b) (collectively “Elective Contributions”)) to the extent such contributions are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, and any distributions (whether or not includible in gross income when distributed) from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified), other than amounts received during the year by a Participant pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, which shall be included in Compensation, but only to the extent includible in gross income;
11.1.10.9.1.2      Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
11.1.10.9.1.3      Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option;
11.1.10.9.1.4      Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in Code Section 403(b)), or contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are excludible from the gross income of the Employee), other than Elective Contributions; and
11.1.10.9.1.5      Other items of remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in 11.1.1.2.1.1 through 11.1.1.2.1.4, above.
For Plan Years and Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2002, amounts referenced under Code Section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. For any self-employed individual Compensation shall mean earned income, as defined in Code Section 401(c)(2).
For Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, Compensation shall include Post-Severance Compensation paid by the later of: (i) two and one-half (2½) months (or such other period as extended by subsequent Treasury Regulations or other published guidance) after Severance from Employment with the Employer; or (ii) the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Participating Employer. “ Post-Severance Compensation ” means payments that would have been included in the definition of Compensation if they were paid prior to the Employee’s Severance from Employment and the payments are: (a) regular Compensation for Services during the Participant’s regular working hours, Compensation for Services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation, if the payments would have been paid to the Employee if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer; (b) for accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued; or (c) received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Employee at the same time if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent the payment is includible in the Employee’s gross income. Any payments not described in the preceding sentence are not considered Post-Severance Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, except for payments (1) to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of Qualified Military Service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer; or (2) to any Participant who is permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, as determined by the Benefits Group. For purposes of this Section 11.1.1.2, “permanently and totally disabled” means that the individual is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
Effective January 1, 2009, if Salaried Participants’ Compensation under the Plan was not frozen effective for Plan Years beginning after 2008, Compensation would also include any differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer, as required by Code Section 414(u)(12), as amended by the HEART Act.
Back pay, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8), shall be treated as Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents an amount that would otherwise be Compensation.
11.1.10.9.2      Hourly Participants . Compensation shall mean Limitation Compensation, as defined in Appendix E.
11.1.10.9.3      Arrow Salaried Participants . Compensation shall mean Limitation Compensation, as defined in Appendix F.
11.1.10.9.4      Arrow Hourly Participants . Compensation shall mean Limitation Compensation, as defined in Appendix G.
11.1.10.9.5      Arrow Berks Participants . Compensation with respect to a Limitation Year means wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) (for purposes of income tax withholding at the source), plus Elective Contributions. For purposes of this Section 11.1.1.2.5, “Elective Contributions” are amounts that would be included in an Employee’s wages but for an election under Code Sections 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), 125 (a), 132(f)(4) (relating to qualified transportation fringe benefits, effective for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2000), or Code Section 457(b). However, any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed are disregarded for purposes of determining an Employee’s Compensation. For Plan Years and Limitation Years beginning on and after September 1, 2002, amounts referenced under Code Section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if an Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. For any self-employed individual Compensation shall mean earned income, as defined in Code Section 401(c)(2). For Limitation Years beginning on and after September 1, 2007, Compensation shall not be greater than the limit under Code Section 401(a)(17) that applies to that year.
For Limitation Years beginning on and after August 1, 2007, Compensation shall include Post-Severance Compensation paid by the later of: (A) two and one-half (2½) months (or such other period as extended by subsequent regulations or other published guidance) after Severance from Employment with the Employer; or (B) the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer. “ Post-Severance Compensation ” means payments that would have been included in the definition of Compensation if they were paid prior to the Employee’s Severance from Employment and the payments are: (i) regular Compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, Compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation, if the payments would have been paid to the Employee if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer; (ii) for accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued; or (iii) received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Employee at the same time if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent the payment is includible in the Employee’s gross income. Any payments not described in the preceding sentence are not considered Post-Severance Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, except for payments (I) to an individual who does not currently perform services for an Employer by reason of Qualified Military Service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer; or (II) to any Employee who is permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, as determined by the Committee. For purposes of this Section 5.9(a)(5), “permanently and totally disabled” means that the individual is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
Back pay, within the meaning of treasury regulations section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8), shall be treated as Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents an amount that would otherwise be Compensation.
11.1.10.10      Defined Benefit Plan . A retirement plan that does not provide for individual accounts for Employer contributions. The Benefits Group shall treat all Defined Benefit Plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan.
11.1.10.11      Defined Contribution Plan . A retirement plan that provides for an individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the participant’s account, and any income, expenses, gains, and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other participants that the plan may allocate to such participant’s account. Solely for purposes of this Section 11.1 (except for the $10,000 minimum benefit limitation of Section 11.1.2.4), the Benefits Group shall treat Employee contributions made to any Defined Benefit Plan maintained by a Participating Employer as a separate Defined Contribution Plan. The Benefits Group shall also treat as a Defined Contribution Plan an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2)) included as part of a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by a Participating Employer and a welfare benefit fund under Code Section 419(e) maintained by an Employer to the extent there are post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)). The Benefits Group shall treat all Defined Contribution Plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by an Employer as a single plan.
11.1.10.12      Employer . The Employer that adopts this Plan and any Related Employers. Solely for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 11.1, the Benefits Group shall determine Related Employers by modifying Code Sections 414(b) and (c) in accordance with Code Section 415(h).
11.1.10.13      High Three-Year Average Compensation . The average of the Participant’s Compensation for the three (3) consecutive Years of Service (or, if the Participant has less than three (3) consecutive Years of Service, the Participant’s longest consecutive period of service, including fractions of years, but not less than one year) with the Employer that produces the highest average. Effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, in the case of a Participant who is rehired by the Employer after a Severance from Employment, the Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation shall be calculated by excluding all years for which the Participant performs no services for and receives no Compensation from the Employer (the break period) and by treating the years immediately preceding and following the break period as consecutive. In addition, effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, a Participant’s Compensation for a Year of Service shall not include Compensation in excess of the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) that is in effect for the calendar year in which such Year of Service begins
11.1.10.14      Limitation Year . The Plan Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12 consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.
11.1.10.15      Predecessor Employer . If the Plan, as maintained by the Employer, provides a benefit which a Participant accrued while performing services for a former employer, the former employer is a Predecessor Employer with respect to the Participant. A former entity that antedates the Employer is also a Predecessor Employer with respect to a Participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the Employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity.
11.1.10.16      Projected Annual Benefit . The annual benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if the plan expresses such benefit in a form other than a straight life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which a Participant would be entitled under a Defined Benefit Plan on the assumptions that he continues employment until the normal retirement age (or current age, if that is later) thereunder, that his Compensation continues at the same rate as in effect for the Limitation Year under consideration until such age, and that all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Defined Benefit Plan remain constant as of the current Limitation Year for all future Limitation Years.
11.1.10.17      Year of Service .
11.1.10.17.1      Salaried Participants . A 12 consecutive month period measured from the date an Employee is first credited with an Hour of Service or any anniversary thereof (or his reemployment commencement date or any anniversary thereof), but only if the Plan is in existence for such Year of Service and the Participant is a Participant in the Plan at least one day during that Year of Service.
11.1.10.17.2      Hourly Participants . A Year of Vesting Service, as determined under Section 3.2 of Appendix E, but only if the Plan is in existence for such Year of Vesting Service and the Participant is a Participant in the Plan at least one day during that Year of Vesting Service.
11.1.10.17.3      Arrow Salaried Participants . A Year of Benefit Service, as determined under Section 1.38 of Appendix F, but only if the Plan is in existence for such Year of Benefit Service and the Participant is a Participant in the Plan at least one day during that Year of Benefit Service.
11.1.10.17.4      Arrow Hourly Participants . A Year of Benefit Service, as determined under Section 1.38 of Appendix G, but only if the Plan is in existence for such Year of Benefit Service and the Participant is a Participant in the Plan at least one day during that Year of Benefit Service.
11.1.10.17.5      Arrow Berks Participants . A Year of Benefit Service, as determined under Section 1.33 of Appendix H, but only if the Plan is in existence for such Year of Benefit Service and the Participant is a Participant in the Plan at least one day during that Year of Benefit Service.
If the Participant receives credit for only a partial Year of Service, he will receive credit for only a partial Year of Service for purposes of the limitations of this Section 11.1. For any other Defined Benefit Plan taken into account, a Year of Service is each accrual computation period for which the Participant receives credit for at least the number of Hours of Service (or period of service, if the Defined Benefit Plan uses elapsed time) necessary to accrue a benefit for that accrual computation period and the eligibility conditions of the Defined Benefit Plan include the Participant as a participant in that plan on at least one day of that accrual computation period. If the Employee satisfies the conditions described in the previous sentence, he will receive credit for a Year of Service (or a partial Year of Service, if applicable) equal to the amount of benefit accrual service (computed to fractional parts of a year) credited under that Defined Benefit Plan for the accrual computation period. A Participant receives credit for a Year of Service under another Defined Benefit Plan only if the Defined Benefit Plan was established no later than the last day of the accrual computation period to which the Year of Service relates. The Participant will not receive credit for more than one Year of Service under this paragraph with respect to the same 12-month period.
11.1.11      Limitation on Annual Benefit . A Participant’s Annual Benefit payable at any time within a Limitation Year may not exceed the limitations of this Section 11.1.2, even if the benefit formula under the Plan would produce a greater Annual Benefit.
11.1.11.1      General Rule . Effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, with respect to Participants who are credited with an Hour of Service after such date, a Participant’s Annual Benefit may not exceed the lesser of $160,000 (as automatically adjusted under Code Section 415(d), effective January 1 of each year, as published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin), payable in the form of a straight life annuity (the “Dollar Limitation”); or 100% of the Participant’s “High Three-Year Average Compensation,” payable in the form of a straight life annuity (the “Compensation Limitation”).
If a Participant is rehired after a Severance from Employment, the Compensation Limitation is the greater of 100% of the Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, as determined prior to the Severance from Employment, or 100% of the Participant’s High Three-Year Average Compensation, as determined after the Severance from Employment.
Effective for Annuity Starting Dates in Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, the Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted if the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is before age 62 or after age 65. If the Annuity Starting Date is before age 62, the Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted under Section 11.1.2.2. If the Annuity Starting Date is after age 65, the Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted under Section 11.1.2.3. However, no adjustment shall be made to the Dollar Limitation to reflect the probability of a Participant’s death between the Annuity Starting Date and age 62 or between age 65 and the Annuity Starting Date, as applicable, if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the Participant prior to the Annuity Starting Date. To the extent benefits are forfeited upon death before the Annuity Starting Date, such an adjustment shall be made. For this purpose, no forfeiture shall be treated as occurring upon the Participant’s death if the Plan does not charge Participants for providing a qualified preretirement survivor annuity, as defined in Code Section 417(c), upon the Participant’s death.
11.1.11.2      Annuity Starting Date Prior To Age 62 . The following rules apply if distribution of a Participant's Annual Benefit commences prior to his attaining age 62:
11.1.11.2.1      Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007 . The Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Dollar Limitation (adjusted under Section 11.1.2.5 for years of participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using whichever of the following produces the smaller annual amount: (a) (i) with respect to Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Section 1.3 for adjusting benefits in the same form; (ii) with respect to Hourly Participants, the Plan interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix E or a Schedule thereto for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (iii) with respect to Arrow Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix F for adjusting benefits in the same form; (iv) with respect to Arrow Hourly Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix G for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (v) with respect to Arrow Berks Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix H for adjusting benefits in the same form; or (b) a 5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table.
11.1.11.2.2      Limitation Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007 .
11.1.11.2.2.8      If the Plan does not have an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Dollar Limitation (adjusted under Section 11.1.2.5 for years of participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using a 5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table in effect prior to January 1, 2008 for the Annuity Starting Date (and expressing the Participant’s age based on completed calendar months as of the Annuity Starting Date).
11.1.11.2.2.9      If the Plan has an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the lesser of the Dollar Limitation determined under Section 11.1.2.2.2.1 and the Dollar Limitation (adjusted under Section 11.1.2.5 for years of participation less than 10, if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Participant’s Benefit Annuity Starting Date to the annual amount of the immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 62, both determined without applying the limitations of this Section 11.1.
11.1.11.3      Annuity Starting Date After Age 65 .
11.1.11.3.1      Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007 . The Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Dollar Limitation (adjusted under Section 11.1.2.5 for years of participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using whichever of the following produces the smaller amount: (a) (i) with respect to Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Section 1.3 for adjusting benefits in the same form; (ii) with respect to Hourly Participants, the Plan interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix E or a Schedule thereto for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (iii) with respect to Arrow Salaried Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix F for adjusting benefits in the same form; (iv) with respect to Arrow Hourly Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix G for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (v) with respect to Arrow Berks Participants, the Plan’s interest rate and mortality table specified in Appendix H for adjusting benefits in the same form; or (b) a 5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table.
11.1.11.3.2      Limitation Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007 .
11.1.11.3.2.9      If the Plan does not have an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, the Dollar Limitation at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the actuarial equivalent of the Dollar Limitation (adjusted under Section 11.1.2.5 for years of participation less than 10, if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using a 5% interest rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table in effect prior to January 1, 2008 for that Annuity Starting Date (and expressing the Participant’s age based on completed calendar months as of the Annuity Starting Date).
11.1.11.3.2.10      If the Plan has an immediately commencing straight life annuity payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, then the Dollar Limitation for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date shall be the lesser of the Dollar Limitation determined under Section 11.1.2.3.2.1 and the Dollar Limitation (adjusted under Section 11.1.2.5 for years of participation less than 10, if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date (the annual amount of such annuity payable to the Participant, computed disregarding the Participant’s accruals after age 65 but including actuarial adjustments, even if those actuarial adjustments are used to offset accruals) to the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan at age 65 (the annual amount of such annuity that would be payable under the Plan to a hypothetical Participant who is age 65 and has the same Accrued Benefit as the Participant), both determined without applying the limitations of this Section 11.1
11.1.11.4      Minimum Benefit Limitation . If a Participant’s Annual Benefit payable for a Limitation Year under any form of benefit under this Plan and all other Defined Benefit Plans ever maintained by the Employer (without regard to whether a plan has been terminated) does not exceed $10,000 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s number of Years of Service (or part thereof, but not less than one year and not to exceed 10) and the denominator of which is 10, and the Participant does not participate (and has never participated) in any Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer (or a Predecessor Employer) , the Annual Benefit satisfies the limitations of this Section 11.1.2 even if it exceeds the limitations set forth in Section 11.1.2.1. For this purpose, mandatory employee contributions under a defined benefit plan, individual medical accounts under Code Section 401(h), and accounts for postretirement medical benefits established under Code Section 419A(d)(1) are not considered a separate Defined Contribution Plan.
11.1.11.5      Adjustment For Years of Service/Participation Less Than 10 . If a Participant has less than ten (10) Years of Service with the Employer at the time benefits commence, the Benefits Group shall multiply the Compensation Limitation and the $10,000 Minimum Benefit Limitation of Section 11.1.2.4 by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Years of Service (computed to fractional parts of a year) with the Employer and the denominator of which is ten (10). If a Participant has less than ten (10) years of participation in the Plan at the time benefits commence, the Benefits Group shall multiply the Dollar Limitation by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of years of participation (computed to fractional parts of a year) in the Plan and the denominator of which is ten (10). The reduction described in this Section 11.1.2.5 shall not reduce a Participant’s maximum Annual Benefit to less than one-tenth of the maximum Annual Benefit determined without regard to such reduction. To the extent required by Treasury Regulations or by other published Internal Revenue Service guidance, the Committee shall apply the reduction of this Section 11.1.2.5 separately to each change in the benefit structure of the Plan.
11.1.11.6      Adjustments To Dollar Limitation . The Dollar Limitation of this Section 11.1 2 shall be automatically adjusted under Code Section 415(d), effective January 1 of each year, as published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. The adjusted Dollar Limitation is applicable to the Limitation Year ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment; provided, however, that effective for Limitation Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, a Participant’s benefits shall not reflect the adjusted limit before January 1 of that calendar year.
11.1.11.7      Current Accrued Benefit Exception . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.1 to the contrary, the maximum Annual Benefit for any individual who was a Participant as of the first day of the Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more Defined Benefit Plans maintained by a Participating Employer on May 6, 1986, shall not be less than the Current Accrued Benefit for all such Defined Benefit Plans. The “ Current Accrued Benefit ” shall mean a Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan, and under all other Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer, determined as if the Participant had experienced a Severance from Employment as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, when expressed as an Annual Benefit within the meaning of Code Section 415(b)(2). In determining the amount of a Participant’s Current Accrued Benefit, any change in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986, and any cost of living adjustment occurring after May 5, 1986, shall be disregarded. This Section applies only if the Plan and any other Defined Benefit Plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.
11.1.11.8      Application Of Limitations . A Participant’s Accrued Benefit at any time may not exceed the applicable limitation under this Section 11.1.2. The Benefits Group shall calculate the Participant’s normal retirement pension without regard to the limitations of this Section 11.1.2 and then apply these limitations (as reduced, if applicable, pursuant to Section 11.1.3) to the determination of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit.
11.1.11.9      Aggregation Rules . For purposes of this Section 11.1, all qualified Defined Benefit Plans (whether terminated or not) ever maintained by the Employer shall be treated as one Defined Benefit Plan, and all qualified Defined Contribution Plans (whether terminated or not) ever maintained by the Employer shall be treated as one Defined Contribution Plan. The rules under Code Section 415(j) shall apply as appropriate for purposes of this Section 11.1 for Limitation Years that begin on or after July 1, 2007. In no event shall a Participant’s benefit be double counted in the application of these aggregation rules. The limitations of this Section 11.1 shall be determined and applied taking into account the aggregation rules provided herein, and the aggregation rules not otherwise provided in this Section 11.1, as incorporated by reference from Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(f)-1. However, any increase in benefits resulting from the application of such rules in effect as of the Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, shall apply only to Participants who have completed at least one (1) Hour of Service with the Employer after the last day of Limitation Year that ends just before the Limitation Year that begins on or after July 1, 2007.
11.1.11.10      Special Rule for Pre-2000 Annuity Starting Dates . With respect to a Participant who has an Annuity Starting Date prior to the first Limitation Year commencing on or after January 1, 2000, his benefit shall continue to be subject to the maximum Annual Benefit limits and the provisions of the Plan that were in effect at his Annuity Starting Date, and shall not be increased due to the repeal of Code Section 415(e).
11.1.11.11      Special Rule for New Benefit Limits Under EGTRRA . Any benefit increases resulting from the increase in the limitations of Code Section 415(b) effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001 shall be provided to all Employees participating in the Plan who have one Hour of Service on or after the first day of the first Limitation Year ending after December 31, 2001.
11.1.11.12      2007 Grandfather Provisions . The application of the provisions of this Section 11.1 effective as of the first Limitation Year on or after July 1, 2007, shall not cause the maximum Annual Benefit for any Participant to be less than the Participant’s accrued benefit under all the Defined Benefit Plans of the Participating Employer (or a predecessor) as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, under provisions of the Plan or plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007. The preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of such Defined Benefit Plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007 satisfied the applicable requirements of statutory provisions, Treasury Regulations, and other published guidance relating to Code Section 415 in effect as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(a)-1(g)(4). In addition, the Plan will not be treated as failing to satisfy the limitations of Code Section 415 merely because the definition of Compensation for a Limitation Year as used for purposes of the limitations of this Section 11.1 reflects compensation for a Plan Year that is in excess of the annual compensation limit under Code Section 401(a)(17) that applies to that Plan Year.
11.1.11.13      Benefits Under Terminated Plans . If a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer has terminated with sufficient assets for the payment of benefit liabilities of all participants and a participant in the plan has not yet commenced benefits under the plan, the benefits provided pursuant to the annuities purchased to provide the Participant’s benefits under the terminated Defined Benefit Plan at each possible Annuity Starting Date shall be taken into account in applying the limitations of this Section 11.1. If there are not sufficient assets for the payment of all participants’ benefit liabilities, the benefits taken into account shall be the benefits that are actually provided to the Participant under the terminated plan.
11.1.11.14      Benefits Transferred from the Plan . If a participant’s benefits under a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer are transferred to another Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), the transferred benefits are not treated as being provided under the transferor plan. Instead the benefits are taken into account as benefits provided under the transferee plan. If a participant’s benefits under a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer are transferred to another Defined Benefit Plan that is not maintained by the Employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c),the transferred benefits are treated by the Employer’s plan as if such benefits were provided under annuities purchased to provide benefits under a plan maintained by the Employer that terminated immediately before the transfer with sufficient assets to pay all participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan. If a participant’s benefits under a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer are transferred to another Defined Benefit Plan in a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), the amount transferred is treated as a benefit paid from the transferor plan.
11.1.11.15      Formerly Affiliated Plans of a Participating Employer . A formerly affiliated plan of the Employer shall be treated as a plan maintained by the Employer, but the formerly affiliated plan shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation with sufficient assets to pay participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan and had purchased annuities to provide benefits.
11.1.11.16      Plans of a Predecessor Employer . If the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit Plan that provides benefits accrued by a participant while performing services for a Predecessor Employer, the participant’s benefits under a plan maintained by the Predecessor Employer shall be treated as provided under the plan maintained by the Employer. However, for this purpose, the plan of the Predecessor Employer shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the event giving rise to the Predecessor Employer relationship with sufficient assets to pay participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan, and had purchased annuities to provide benefits; the Employer and Predecessor Employer shall be treated as if they were a single employer immediately prior to such event and as unrelated employers immediately after the event; and, if the event giving rise to the predecessor relationship is a benefit transfer, the transferred benefits shall be excluded in determining the benefits provided under the plan of the Predecessor Employer.
11.1.11.17      Aggregation With Multiemployer Plans. If the Employer maintains a multiemployer plan, as defined in Code Section 414(f), and the multiemployer plan so provides, only the benefits under the multiemployer plan that are provided by the Employer shall be treated as benefits provided under a plan maintained by the Employer for purposes of this Section 11.1. Effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001, a multiemployer plan shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the Compensation Limitation and the limitation in Section 11.1.2.4.
11.1.12      Incorporation by Reference . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 11.1 to the contrary, the limitations, adjustments and other requirements provided in this Section 11.1 shall at all times comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, the terms of which are specifically incorporated into this Plan by reference.
11.1.13      Repeal of Provision . Should Congress provide by statute, or the Internal Revenue Service provide by regulation or ruling, that any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 11.1 are no longer necessary for the Plan to meet the requirements of Section 401 or other applicable provisions of the Code then in effect, such conditions shall immediately become void and shall no longer apply, without the necessity of further amendment to the Plan.
11.2      Benefit Limitations - Rules for Certain Highly Compensated Employees . If the Plan is terminated, the benefit due any Participant or former Participant who is one of the 25 highest paid Highly Compensated Employees shall be restricted in the manner set forth in Section 11.2.1 and Section 11.2.2.
11.2.4      Benefit Restriction . The benefit payable shall be limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.
11.2.5      Distribution Restriction . The annual payment shall be restricted to an amount equal to the payments that would be made on behalf of such Participant under a single life annuity that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the sum of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit and the Participant’s other benefits, as defined below.
11.2.6      Definition of “Benefits ”. For purposes of this Section, the term “benefits” shall include loans in excess of the amounts set forth in Section 72(p)(2)(A) of the Code, any periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living Participant, and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the Participant’s life.
11.2.7      Restrictions Not Applicable . The restrictions described in this Section 11.2 shall not apply if:
11.2.7.3      After payment to a Participant described in this Section 11.2 of all benefits described in Section 11.2.3, the value of Plan assets equals or exceeds 110% of the value of the Plan’s current liabilities, as defined in Section 412(l)(7) of the Code; or
11.2.7.4      The value of the benefits described in Section 11.2.3 for a Participant described in this Section 11.2 is less than 1% of the value of the Plan’s current liabilities.
Should Congress provide by statute, or the Internal Revenue Service provide by regulation or ruling, that any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 11.2 are no longer necessary for the Plan to meet the requirements of Section 401 or other applicable provisions of the Code then in effect, such conditions shall immediately become void and shall no longer apply, without the necessity of further amendment to the Plan.

ARTICLE XII     

PROVISIONS RELATING TO TOP-HEAVY PLAN
12.1      Top-Heavy Requirement . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan within the meaning of Section 1.59 and Section 416(g) of the Code, then the Plan shall meet the requirements of Sections 12.2, 12.3, and 12.4 for any such Plan Year, but only to the extent required by Code Section 416. In the event that Congress should provide by statute, or the Treasury Department should provide by regulation or ruling, that the limitations provided in this Article are no longer necessary for the Plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401 or other applicable law then in effect, such limitations shall become void and shall no longer apply, without the necessity of further amendment to the Plan. The provisions of this Article do not apply to the collectively bargained portion of this Plan.
12.2      Minimum Vesting Requirement . For any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the nonforfeitable interest of each Participant in his Accrued Benefits shall be based on the following schedule:
12.2.10      Salaried Participants :
Years of Continuous Service
As Defined in Plan
Section 1.17

Vested Interest
 
 
   Less than two
0%
   Two but less than three
20%
   Three but less than four
40%
   Four but less than five
60%
   Five or more
100%

12.2.11      Hourly Participants :
Years of Vesting Service
Vested Percentage
Less than 2
0%
2
20%
3
40%
4
60%
5
80%
6
100%

12.2.12      Arrow Salaried Participants : In a Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, each Participant who has earned three or more Years of Vesting Service shall be fully vested in his Accrued Benefit.
12.2.13      Arrow Hourly Participants : In a Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, each Participant who has earned three or more Years of Vesting Service shall be fully vested in his Accrued Benefit.
12.2.14      Arrow Berks Participants : In a Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, each Participant who has earned three or more Years of Vesting Service shall be fully vested in his Accrued Benefit.
The vesting schedules set forth in this Section 12.2 do not apply to the Accrued Benefit of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become Top Heavy.
12.3      Minimum Benefit Requirement . If this Plan is Top Heavy in any Plan Year, the Plan guarantees a minimum benefit to each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant eligible for such benefit as provided in this Article XII. A Participant’s Top Heavy minimum benefit is an annual benefit, payable as a straight life annuity commencing at his Normal Retirement Age equal to the Participant's average Compensation (as defined in Section 11.1.1.2) for the period of consecutive years (not exceeding five) during which the Participant had the greatest aggregate Compensation from the Employer, multiplied by the applicable percentage equal to 2% multiplied by the number (not exceeding 10) of Years of Top Heavy Service as a Non-Key Employee Participant in the Plan. When determining whether years are consecutive for purposes of averaging Compensation, the Benefits Group shall disregard years for which the Participant does not complete at least 1,000 Hours of Service. A “ Year of Top Heavy Service ” is a Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy and: (i) with respect to a Salaried Participant, the Participant is credited with a year of Credited Service; (ii) with respect an Hourly Participant, the Participant is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service; and (iii) with respect to an Arrow Salaried Participant, Arrow Hourly Participant, or an Arrow Berks Participant, a 12-consecutive-month period that begins on a Participant’s Employment Date or Reemployment Date (whichever is applicable), or on any anniversary of such date, in which a Participant completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service. If a Non-Key Employee participates in this Plan and in a Top Heavy Defined Contribution Plan included in the Required Aggregation Group, the minimum benefits shall be provided under this Plan. No accrual shall be provided pursuant to this paragraph for a Plan Year in which the Plan does not benefit any Key Employee or former Key Employee.
A Participant under this Section shall include an Employee who is otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan, but who receives no accrual or a partial accrual because of the level of his Compensation, because he is not employed on the last day of the accrual computation period, or because the Plan is integrated with Social Security. If the accrual computation period does not coincide with the Plan Year, a minimum benefit accrues with respect to each accrual computation period falling wholly or partly in a Plan Year in which the Top Heavy minimum benefit requirement applies.
If a Participant accrues an additional benefit for a Plan Year by reason of this Section, the Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall never be less than the Accrued Benefit determined at the end of that Plan Year, irrespective of whether the Plan is a Top Heavy plan for any subsequent Plan Year. The Employer shall not impute Social Security benefits to determine whether the Plan has satisfied the Top Heavy minimum benefit requirement for a Participant, nor shall the Plan offset a Participant’s Social Security benefit from his Accrued Benefit attributable to the Top Heavy minimum benefit requirement.
No additional benefit accruals shall be provided pursuant to this Section 12.3 above to the extent that the total accruals on behalf of the Participant attributable to Employer contributions will provide a benefit expressed as a life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Age that equals or exceeds 20% of the Participant’s average Compensation (as defined in Section 11.1.1.2) for the period of consecutive years (not exceeding five) during which the Participant had the greatest aggregate Compensation from the Employer. If the form of benefit is other than a single life annuity, the Non-Key Employee must receive an amount that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the minimum single life annuity benefit. If the benefit commences at a date other than at Normal Retirement Age, the Non-Key Employee must receive at least an amount that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the minimum single life annuity benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Age.
12.4      Change in Top-Heavy Status
. If the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan and subsequently ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the vesting schedule in Section 12.2 shall continue to apply in determining the vested percentage of the Accrued Benefit of: (i) any Salaried Participant who had at least three years of Credited Service as of the last day of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan; (ii) any Hourly Participant who had at least three Years of Vesting Service as of the July 31 of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan; and (iii) any Arrow Salaried Participant, Arrow Hourly Participant, or Arrow Berks Participant who had a least three Years of Vesting Service as of the last day of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan. For all other Participants, the vesting schedule in Section 12.2 shall apply only to their Accrued Benefits as of such last day.
ARTICLE XIII     

VETERANS’ REEMPLOYMENT RIGHTS
13.1      USERRA . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to Qualified Military Service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
13.2      Crediting Service .
13.2.5      An Employee reemployed by the Employer in accordance with Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code shall be treated as not having incurred a Break-in-Service by reason of such Employee’s period of Qualified Military Service.
13.2.6      Upon reemployment by the Employer in accordance with Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code, an Employee’s period of Qualified Military Service:
13.2.6.9      With respect to Salaried Participants shall be deemed Continuous Service.
13.2.6.10      With respect to Hourly Participants, shall be counted for purposes of determining such Employee’s and/or Participant’s Years of Vesting Service and Years of Benefit Accrual Service.
13.2.6.11      With respect to Arrow Salaried Participants, shall be counted for purposes of determining such Employee’s and/or Participant’s Years of Vesting Service and Years of Benefit Service.
13.2.6.12      With respect to Arrow Hourly Participants, shall be counted for purposes of determining such Employee’s and/or Participant’s Years of Vesting Service and Years of Benefit Service.
13.2.6.13      With respect to Arrow Berks Participants, shall be counted for purposes of determining such Employee’s and/or Participant’s Years of Vesting Service and Years of Benefit Service.
13.3      Compensation . An Employee who is in Qualified Military Service shall be treated as receiving compensation from the Employer during such period of Qualified Military Service equal to:
13.3.3      The Compensation the Employee would have received during such period if the Employee were not in Qualified Military Service, determined based on the rate of pay the Employee would have received from the Employer but for absence during the period of Qualified Military Service; or
13.3.4      If the Compensation the Employee would have received during such period was not reasonably certain, the Employee’s average compensation from the Employer during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Qualified Military Service (or, if shorter, the period of employment immediately preceding the Qualified Military Service).
13.4      Qualified Military Service . For purposes of the Plan, the term “Qualified Military Service” means any service in the “uniformed services” (as defined in Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code) by any Employee if such Employee is entitled to reemployment rights under such Chapter with respect to such service.
13.5      Earnings and Forfeitures . Nothing in this Article XIII shall be construed as requiring:
13.5.16      Any crediting of earnings to an Employee with respect to any contribution before such contribution is actually made; or
13.5.17      The allocation of any forfeiture with respect to the period of an Employee’s Qualified Military Service.

ARTICLE XIV     

MISCELLANEOUS
14.1      Limited Purpose of Plan . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant or other Employee the right to be continued as an Employee, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge or otherwise deal with him without regard to the existence of the Plan and without liability for any claim for any payment whatsoever except to the extent expressly provided for in the Plan. Each Employer expressly reserves the right to discharge any Employee whenever in its judgment its best interests so require.
14.2      Non-alienation . No benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, assignment, or voluntary or involuntary alienation. This Section shall not preclude the Trustee from complying with the terms of a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
14.3      Facility of Payment . If the Benefits Group, in its sole discretion, deems a Participant, surviving Spouse, or other Beneficiary who is entitled to receive any payment hereunder to be incompetent to receive the same by reason of age, illness or any infirmity or incapacity of any kind, the Benefits Group may direct the Trustee to apply such payment directly for the benefit of such person, or to make payment to any person selected by the Benefits Group to disburse the same for the benefit of the Participant, surviving Spouse, or other Beneficiary. Payments made pursuant to this Section shall operate as a discharge, to the extent thereof, of all liabilities of the Employer, the Board of Directors, the Committee, the Administrative Committee, the Benefits Group, the Trustee and the Fund to the person for whose benefit the payments are made.
14.4      Effect of Return of Benefit Checks . Each person entitled to benefits under this Plan shall furnish the Benefits Group with the address to which his benefit checks shall be mailed. If any benefit check mailed by regular United States mail to the last address appearing on the Benefits Group’s records is returned because the addressee is not found at that address, the mailing of benefit checks shall stop. Thereafter, if the Benefits Group receives written notice of the proper address of the person entitled to receive such benefit checks and is furnished with evidence satisfactory to the Benefits Group that such person is living, all amounts then due but unpaid shall be forwarded to such person.
14.5      Impossibility of Diversion .
14.5.1      General Rule . All Plan assets shall be held as part of the Fund, until paid to satisfy allowable Plan expenses or to provide benefits to Participants, surviving Spouses and other Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Sections 7.5 or 7.7 or Article IX, it shall be impossible for any part of the Fund to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants, surviving Spouses, or other Beneficiaries under the Plan or the payment of reasonable expenses of the administration of the Plan. The reasonable expenses incident to the operation of the Plan shall be paid out of the Fund, but the Employer in its discretion may determine at any time to pay part or all thereof directly. Any such determination shall not require the Employer to pay the same or other expenses at any other time.
14.5.2      Special Rule; Return of Contributions . It is intended that the Plan and the Fund shall continue to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code. Therefore, Section 14.5.1 shall be subject to the following provisions:
14.5.2.14      Contributions are conditioned upon their deductibility under Section 404 of the Code; the entire contribution attributable to any Plan Year as to which deductibility is disallowed may be recovered, to the extent of the amount of the disallowance, within one year after the disallowance. Nondeductible contributions that are treated as de minimis pursuant to Revenue Procedure 90-49 shall be returned to the Participating Employer within one year of the date of the Plan actuary’s certification of such nondeductibility.
14.5.2.15      In the case of a contribution which is made in whole or in part by reason of a mistake of fact, so much of such contribution as is attributable to the mistake of fact shall be returnable to the Participating Employer upon demand by the Committee, upon presentation of evidence of the mistake of fact to the Trustee and of calculations as to the impact of such mistake. Demand and repayment must be effectuated within one year after the payment of the contribution to which the mistake applies.
Income and gains attributable to the excess contributions may not be recovered by the Participating Employer. Losses attributable to such contribution shall reduce the amount the Participating Employer may recover.
14.6      Unclaimed Benefits . If a Participant, surviving Spouse, or other Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan cannot be located following a reasonable effort to do so by the Benefits Group, such benefit shall be forfeited but shall be reinstated if a claim therefor is filed by the Participant, surviving Spouse, or other Beneficiary.
14.7      Construction . The masculine gender includes the feminine and the singular may include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
14.8      Governing Law . Except to the extent such laws are superseded by ERISA, the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania shall govern.
14.9      Contingent Effectiveness of Plan Amendment and Restatement . The effectiveness of the Plan as amended and restated, including but not limited to the contributions made by the Employer, shall be subject to and contingent upon a determination by the District Director of Internal Revenue that the Plan continues to be qualified under the applicable provisions of the Code. If the District Director determines that the amendment and restatement does adversely affect the prior qualification of the Plan under the applicable Sections of the Code, then, upon notice to the Trustee, the Board of Directors shall have the right further to amend the Plan or to rescind the amendment and restatement.
This Plan has been executed on December 22, 2014.
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

By: /s/ Douglas R. Carl
Title: Director of Benefits

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
APPENDIX A     
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
Name of Participating Employer
Covered Divisions and Locations
Effective Date of Participation in Plan
Covered Employees (Salaried and/or Hourly)
Special Eligibility and Vesting Dates
Special Credited Service Dates
 
 
 
 
 
 
Teleflex Incorporated
Corporate Headquarters
● Plymouth Meeting, PA
● Blue Bell, PA
● Limerick, PA
July 1, 1966
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marine Mechanical Systems
● Limerick, PA

July 1, 1966
(non-Marine Participants only; assets and liabilities with respect to Marine Participants transferred to the Marine Acquisition Corp. Retirement Income Plan on June 30, 2011)

Salaried
 
 
 
Teleflex
Electrical
● Sarasota, FL
(closed 6/09)
July 1, 1966
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Teleflex Automotive
● VanWert, OH (divested 12/31/07)
July 1, 1966
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Teleflex Automotive
● Hillsdale, MI (closed)
July 1, 1966

Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Teleflex Automotive
● Troy, MI (divested 12/31/07)
July 1, 1966
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Teleflex Automotive   Manufacturing Corporation
Teleflex Automotive

 
 
 
 
 
● Waterbury, CT (closed)
January 1, 1998
Salaried
Date of Hire with Teleflex
 
 
● Lebanon, VA
     (closed 1/31/06)
July 1, 1997
Salaried
Date of Hire with Teleflex
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sermatech Incorporated
Corporate Headquarters – Sermatech International
● Plymouth Meeting, PA
     (sold 2/28/05)
● Limerick, PA
     (sold 2/28/05)
July 1, 1976
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sermatech
Middle Atlantic
● Limerick, PA (sold 2/28/05)
July 1, 1976
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sermatech Texas Group (formerly Gas-Path)
● Houston, TX (closed 1/10/05)
July 1, 1976
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sermatech
West
● Compton, CA (sold 2/28/05)
July 1, 1976
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sermatech
Maine
● Biddeford, ME (sold 2/28/05)
July 1, 1976
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Teleflex Fluid Systems, Inc.
Fluid Systems
● Suffield, CT (divested 12/31/07)
July 1, 1982
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fluid Systems Manufacturing Headquarters
● Grand River, OH (divested 12/31/07)
July 1, 1966
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Airfoil Management Company
Airfoil Management Company
● Compton, CA
     (divested 2009)
July 1, 1982
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Airfoil Technologies International, LLC
Airfoil Technologies International, LLC (ATI)
    Cincinnati, OH
(closed 8/31/08)
September 5, 1995
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Teleflex Medical Incorporated
TFX Medical Incorporated
● Jaffrey, NH
July 1, 1984
Salaried
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mal Tool & Engineering
Mal Tool Headquarters
● Manchester, CT
     (divested 6/29/07)
January 1, 1998 (as a result of plan merger)
Salaried and Hourly
 
July 1, 1976
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mal Tool
● South Windsor, CT
     (divested 6/29/07)
January 1, 1998 (as a result of plan merger)
Salaried and Hourly
 
July 1, 1976
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mal Tool
● Rutland, VT (divested 6/29/07)
January 1, 1998 (as a result of plan merger)
Salaried and Hourly
 
July 1, 1976
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mal Tool
● North Charlestown, NH
     (divested 6/29/07)
January 1, 1998 (as a result of plan merger)
Salaried and Hourly
 
July 1, 1976
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cepco, Inc.
Cepco
● Chester, VT
(divested 6/29/07)
● Brattleboro, VT
(divested 6/29/07)
January 1, 1998 (as a result of plan merger)
Salaried and Hourly
 
July 1, 1976
 
 
 
 
 
 
STS/Klock
Sermatech  
Klock
● Manchester, CT
     (divested 2/25/08)
January 1, 1998 (as a result of plan merger)
Salaried and Hourly
 
July 1, 1976
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weck Closure Systems
Weck Closure Systems
● Research Triangle Park, NC
January 1, 1998 (as a result of plan merger)
Salaried and Hourly
Date of Hire with Weck
December 23, 1993
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pilling-Weck Surgical Instruments
Pilling-Weck Surgical
● Irvington, NJ (closed)
January 1, 1998 (as a result of plan merger)
Salaried and Hourly
Date of Hire with Weck
December 23, 1993
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aviation Product Support, Inc.
Aviation Product Support, Inc.
● Mentor, OH
(closed 8/31/08)
July 1, 1997
Salaried
Date of Hire with APS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lehr Precision, Inc.
Lehr Precision
● Cincinnati, OH
      (divested 6/29/07)
January 1, 1999
Salaried and Hourly
Date of Hire with Lehr
January 1, 1998


TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
APPENDIX B     
ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS
The UP-1984 Mortality Table, unrated for the employee and set back three years for the contingent annuitant, with interest at the rate of 9% per annum compounded annually, shall be used in determining Actuarial Equivalency. Effective for Annuity Starting Dates beginning on or after January 1, 2003, the mortality table prescribed in Rev. Rul. 2001-62 shall be used in determining Actuarial Equivalency under Section 1.3.1.1 of the Plan.
Notwithstanding the above (1) in no event will an actuarially equivalent amount as to any Participant on any given date which falls on or after August 1, 1983 be less than the product of the Participant’s accrued monthly pension as of August 1, 1983 and the appropriate factor from the actuarial equivalency tables which were in use on July 31, 1983 (specifically, the Basic (Unloaded) Group Annuity Table for 1951 projected to 1965 by Scale C and rated back five years for females, and 9% interest compounded annually), (2) in no event will the actuarially equivalent amount of an optional form of payment for a Participant who was a participant in the TRIP Plan on December 31, 1997 be less than the actuarial equivalent amount for such optional form of benefit based on the Participant’s accrued benefit under the TRIP Plan and the actuarial assumptions used under the TRIP Plan at December 31, 1997, (specifically the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table for males, set back one year for retirees and five years for beneficiaries and an interest rate of 7½%) (the “TRIP Plan Assumptions”), if the TRIP Plan provided the same optional form of payment, and (3) in determining the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit of a Mal Tool & Engineering, Cepco, Inc. or STS/Klock employee under Section 3.1.6.1(iii), the TRIP Plan Assumptions shall be used.

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
APPENDIX C     
APPROPRIATE INTEGRATION LEVEL FOR PRE-1998 EMPLOYEES

Plan Year
Appropriate
Integration Level
1998
13,000
1999
15,500
2000
18,000
2001
20,500
2002
23,000
2003
25,500
2004
28,000
2005
30,500
2006
33,000
2007
35,500
2008 and after
38,000




TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
APPENDIX D     
APPROPRIATE INTEGRATION LEVEL FOR PARTICIPANTS OTHER THAN
PRE-1998 EMPLOYEES


Plan Year
Appropriate
Integration Level
1998
30,000
1999
30,800
2000
31,600
2001
32,400
2002
33,200
2003
34,000
2004
34,800
2005
35,600
2006
36,400
2007
37,200
2008 and after
38,000


TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
APPENDIX E
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED HOURLY EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN


ARTICLE I
INTRODUCTION

The provisions in this Appendix E apply with respect to Participants in the Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan (“Hourly Employees’ Plan”) before its merger with and into the Plan effective as of December 31, 2008. The provisions in this Appendix E shall continue to apply on and after January 1, 2014 to Eligible Employees and Participants eligible for the benefits described in this Appendix E. Except for the provisions set forth in this Appendix E, the Plan provisions, including terms defined therein, shall apply with respect to Participants eligible for the benefits described in this Appendix E.


ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS

Terms used but not defined in this Appendix E shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. Except with respect to the references to Articles and Sections of the Plan herein, references in this Appendix E to Articles and Section numbers are references to the Articles and Sections in this Appendix E.

2.1    “ Actuarial Equivalent ” means, unless otherwise provided in an applicable Schedule, the amount computed on the basis of the Applicable Interest Rate and according to the Applicable Mortality Table.

2.2    “ Adjustment Factor ” means the cost of living adjustment factor prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 415(d) of the Code, as applied to such items and in such manner as the Secretary shall provide.

2.3    “ Annuity Starting Date ” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or in any other form.

2.4    “ Compensation” or “Limitation Compensation ” means wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the trade or business of the Employer) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee with a written statement under Section 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), or 6052 of the Code, determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed, plus amounts that would be paid to the Employee during the year but for the Employee's election under a cash or deferred arrangement described in Section 401(k) of the Code, a cafeteria plan described in Section 125 of the Code, a simplified employee pension described in Section 402(h) of the Code, a qualified transportation fringe benefit plan under Section 132(f) of the Code, an annuity program described in Section 403(b) of the Code, or a government plan described in Section 457 of the Code.

Any reference in this Appendix E to Compensation is a reference to the definition in this Section, unless the Appendix reference specifies a modification to this definition. Except as provided herein, the Plan shall take into account only Compensation actually paid by the Employer during the Plan Year to which reference is made. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Schedule, Compensation for Plan purposes is frozen effective as of December 31, 2008.

For Plan Years and Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2002, amounts referenced under Code Section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant's other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

For Limitation Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, Limitation Compensation shall include Post-Severance Compensation paid by the later of: (i) two and one-half (2½) months (or such other period as extended by subsequent regulations or other published guidance) after Severance from Employment with the Employer; or (ii) the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer. “ Post-Severance Compensation ” means payments that would have been included in the definition of Limitation Compensation if they were paid prior to the Employee’s Severance from Employment and the payments are regular Compensation for Services during the Participant’s regular working hours, Compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation, if the payments would have been paid to the Employee if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer. Any payments not described in the preceding sentence are not considered Post-Severance Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, except for payments (i) to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of Qualified Military Service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer; or (ii) to any Participant who is permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, as determined by the Benefits Group. For purposes of this Section, “ permanently and totally disabled ” means that the individual is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

Effective January 1, 2009, if an Hourly Participants’ Compensation under the Plan is not frozen, Compensation includes any differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer, as required by Code Section 414(u)(12), as amended by the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (the “ HEART Act ”).

Back pay, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8), shall be treated as Limitation Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents an amount that would otherwise be Limitation Compensation.

In addition to other applicable limits set forth in the Plan, the annual Limitation Compensation of each Employee taken into account in determining benefit accruals under the Plan shall not exceed the “ Compensation Limitation .” The Compensation Limitation for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001 is $200,000 and the Compensation Limitation for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007 is $230,000. The Compensation Limitation shall be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined (the “ Determination Period ”) that begins with or within such calendar year. If a Determination Period consists of fewer than 12 months, the Compensation Limitation will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Determination Period and the denominator of which is 12. If Compensation in any prior Determination Period is taken into account in determining an Employee’s benefits accruing in the current Plan Year, the Compensation for that prior Determination Period is subject to the Compensation Limit in effect for that prior Determination Period. Any increase in the Compensation Limit shall not apply to former Employees.

2.5    “ Early Retirement Date ” means, unless otherwise provided in an applicable Schedule, the first day of any month (prior to the Normal Retirement Date) coinciding with or following the date on which a Participant attains age 60 and has completed at least 10 Years of Vesting Service.

2.6    “ Effective Retirement Date ” means a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, unless the Participant elects early retirement pursuant to Section 5.3 of this Appendix E, in which case it shall mean the Participant’s Early Retirement Date, or the Participant commences benefit payments after his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with Section 5.4 of this Appendix E, in which case it shall mean the Participant’s Postponed Retirement Date.

2.7    “ Eligible Employee ” means any Employee whose initial date of hire is prior to January 1, 2006 (July 1, 2006 with respect to an Employee who is a member of UAW Local 644 (Marine - Limerick, PA) and who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and UAW Local 644), and who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with the terms of this Appendix E based on the terms of a Schedule.

Effective January 1, 2009, to the extent the Plan is not frozen, any individual in Qualified Military Service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)) who is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer shall be treated as an “Employee” of the Employer solely for purposes of providing contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to such Qualified Military Service, as applicable.
2.8     “ Life Annuity ” means an annual benefit payable for the annuitant’s lifetime only in monthly installments. At the annuitant’s death, all benefit payments cease. A Life Annuity is the normal form of benefit under the Plan for Hourly Participants, as described in Section 5.5 of this Appendix E.

2.9    “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date on which a Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age.

2.10    “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who is or becomes covered under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Appendix E and who has not yet reached his Effective Retirement Date or terminated participation in accordance with Section 4.2 of this Appendix E. Where appropriate, “Participant” also includes an individual who is no longer an Eligible Employee but retains a right to a benefit under the Plan.

2.11    “ Postponed Retirement Date ” means the first day of the month following the date on which a Participant has a Severance from Employment after such Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the first day of any month on which a Participant elects to commence receipt of his Plan benefit for any other reason after his Normal Retirement Date, but not before the Participant’s Severance from Employment and not later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

2.12    “ Schedule ” means a schedule supplemental to this Appendix E setting forth the eligibility requirements, retirement benefits (including provisions for early retirement), vesting provisions, and/or other provisions applicable to a group or groups of Eligible Employees.


ARTICLE III
SERVICE

3.1    “ Year of Benefit Accrual Service shall have the meaning given such term in the applicable Schedule. The Committee or its delegate may determine, in accordance with any agreements and/or resolutions of the Board of Directors, and subject to any applicable laws or regulations, whether and to what extent service with an acquired, constituent or predecessor company, or service with another company from which a plant or business is acquired, shall be deemed to be a Year of Benefit Accrual Service under the Plan and the applicable Schedule. Except as otherwise provided in a Schedule attached hereto and incorporated herein or as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Employee or Participant shall be credited with any Years of Benefit Accrual Service under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
3.2     “Year of Vesting Service”
(a)          “Year of Vesting Service” means each full 12 consecutive month period included in an Employee’s Period of Service as determined below:
(1)          If an Employee quits, retires, or is discharged, and within 12 months thereafter is credited with an Hour of Service, his Years of Vesting Service shall be computed as though his employment had not been severed; and
(2)          If an Employee is absent from service for any reason other than those described in (a)(1), above, and while so absent quits, retires, or is discharged, and within 12 months after the first date upon which he is absent from service is credited with an Hour of Service, his Years of Vesting Service shall be computed as though his employment had not been severed.
(b)          If a Participant has a Period of Severance, and is thereafter reemployed, the Employee shall be credited with all Years of Vesting Service prior to the Employee’s Period of Severance if, when the Employee left employment, he was eligible for a vested pension hereunder, or if the number of his consecutive Breaks in Service during the Period of Severance, was less than the greater of five (5) or his prior Years of Vesting Service.
(c)          The Committee or its delegate may, in accordance with any agreements and/or resolutions of the Board of Directors, and subject to any applicable laws or regulations, whether and to what extent service with an acquired, constituent or predecessor company, or service with another company from which a plant or business is acquired, shall be deemed to be a Year of Vesting Service under the Plan and the applicable Schedule. Further, the Committee or its delegate shall have the authority to accelerate the vesting of a Participant so long as such acceleration satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
(d)          In addition to the definitions set forth in other Sections of this Appendix E, the following definitions shall apply:
(1)          “ Break-in-Service ” means a 12 consecutive month period beginning on an Employee’s Severance from Service Date (and each anniversary thereof) during which an Employee does not perform an Hour of Service. However, in the case of an Employee who is absent from work for any period by reason of:
(i)          The pregnancy of the Employee;
(ii)          The birth of a child of the Employee;
(iii)          The placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee; or
(iv)          The care of a child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement,
the 12 consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a Break-in-Service.
(2)          “ Employment Commencement Date means the date upon which an Employee is first credited with an Hour of Service.
(3)          “ Period of Service ” means the period between the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date, as applicable, and the Employee’s Severance from Service Date.
(4)          “ Period of Severance means the period between an Employee’s Severance from Service Date and his Reemployment Commencement Date.
(5)          “ Reemployment Commencement Date means the date upon which an Employee is first credited with an Hour of Service following a Severance from Service Date or Break-in-Service.
(6)          “ Severance from Service Date means the date upon which an Employee severs his service with the Employer and its Related Employers, which date shall be the earlier of:
(i)          The date upon which the Employee quits, retires, is discharged, or dies; or
(ii)          The first anniversary of the date of such Employee’s absence from service for any other reason.


ARTICLE IV
EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION

4.1     Eligibility Requirements . An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant upon the date set forth in the applicable Schedule. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in the Plan or this Appendix E and its Schedules to the contrary, no Employee whose initial date of hire with the Employer is on or after January 1, 2006 (July 1, 2006 with respect to an Employee who is a member of UAW Local 644 (Marine - Limerick, PA) and who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and UAW Local 644), is eligible to become a Participant or, except as provided in a Schedule, accrue benefits under the Plan.
4.2     Termination of Participation . A Participant shall cease active participation in the Plan as of the earlier of (a) his Severance from Employment, or (b) such time as he has a Break-in-Service; provided, if after such Break-in-Service he again becomes an active Eligible Employee, he shall again become an active Participant as of the first day on which he again satisfies the Eligibility Requirements. Nothing in this Section shall permit the duplication of benefits. A Participant shall cease his participation in the Plan at such time as he no longer has any right to benefits under the Plan.

ARTICLE V
RETIREMENT BENEFITS

5.1     Participants Retiring on Their Normal Retirement Dates . A Participant who has a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a Normal Retirement Benefit, payable in the form of a Life Annuity, determined on the basis specified in the Schedule applicable to the Participant.
No benefit payments shall commence prior to a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date unless he elects in writing to commence receipt of his benefit on an Early Retirement Date in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan during the 180-day period ending on his Annuity Starting Date, except as provided in Section 6.7 of the Plan and in Article VII of this Appendix E. In addition, no benefit payments shall commence prior to a Participant’s Severance from Employment.
Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the annual Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a vested terminated Participant who was a participant in the Teleflex Incorporated Pension Plan for Production and Maintenance Employees of the Aerospace Nuclear Group (the “ Aerospace/ Nuclear Plan ”) shall be the accrued benefit as merged into the Hourly Employees’ Plan as of December 31, 1994 (the “ Merger Date ”). The form, timing, and amount of benefit payments to any such Participant shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Aerospace/Nuclear Plan as of the Merger Date insofar as such terms and conditions do not contravene Section 401(a) of the Code or any Treasury Regulations thereunder as they may be amended from time to time. Benefit payments to any participant in the Aerospace/Nuclear Plan who was already in pay status as of the Merger Date shall continue to said participant uninterrupted in the same form and amount as under the Aerospace/Nuclear Plan. Except as otherwise specified under this Section 5.1 of this Appendix E, the Hourly Employees’ Plan shall be retroactively applicable to January 1, 1989 to the Aerospace/Nuclear Plan.
5.2     Early Retirement . A Participant who has experienced a Severance from Employment may commence receipt of his Plan benefit on an Early Retirement Date. A Participant eligible for early retirement under this Section 5.2 of this Appendix E may elect early commencement of retirement benefits under Section 5.3 of this Appendix E. Except as provided in Section 6.7.1 or 6.7.2.2 of the Plan, no distribution shall be made prior to the Participant’s Required Beginning Date without his written consent.
5.3     Early Commencement of Retirement Benefits . If a Participant has experienced a Severance from Employment, he may elect to receive, in lieu of a retirement benefit commencing on his Normal Retirement Date, a benefit commencing on an Early Retirement Date and before his Normal Retirement Date (an “ Early Retirement Benefit ”). The amount of any such Early Retirement Benefit shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable Schedule and shall not be less than the reduced Normal Retirement Benefit to which the Participant was entitled as of his Early Retirement Date (or, if earlier, his Severance from Employment or December 31, 2008).
5.4     Postponed Retirement . A Participant who remains in employment with the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date shall not receive any retirement benefits hereunder as long as he is so employed. Upon such Participant’s Severance from Employment, he shall receive a “ Postponed Retirement Benefit ” computed in accordance with the applicable Schedule based upon Years of Accrual Service to his Postponed Retirement Date or, if greater and payments are not suspended pursuant to Section 5.8 of this Appendix E, the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.
5.5     Normal Form of Benefit . The normal form of retirement benefit under the Plan shall be a Life Annuity.
5.6     Qualified Annuity . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.7, unless a Participant elects a different optional form of benefit in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be paid in the form of a qualified annuity.
(a)    A qualified annuity for an unmarried Participant means a Life Annuity.
(b)    A qualified annuity for a married Participant means a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
5.7
Optional Forms of Payment .
(a)    Each Participant who has made an election under Section 6.6 of the Plan not to receive his benefits in the form of a qualified annuity may elect, subject to the rules of (b), below, and to the requirements of Article VI of the Plan, to receive his benefits in an amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Normal Retirement Benefit in an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or over the lives of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).
(b)    Rules Governing Election of an Optional Form: No survivor annuity election under this Section 5.7 of Appendix E shall be effective unless:
(i)    The Beneficiary is living on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date; and
(ii)    The Participant’s death occurs after his Annuity Starting Date.
After the first annuity payment check is negotiated, no election may be changed, and no new Spouse or other Beneficiary may be substituted for the designated Beneficiary determined on the Annuity Starting Date.
5.8     Suspension of Benefits and Reemployment of Persons Receiving Retirement Benefits
(a)    Benefits in pay status shall be suspended for each calendar month during which the Employee completes at least 40 Hours of Service with the Employer or an Affiliate (“ERISA Section 203(a)(3)(B) service”). Normal retirement benefits shall be suspended for an Employee who has reached Normal Retirement Age and has not yet received benefits but continues in ERISA Section 203(a)(3)(B) service.
(b)    If benefit payments have been suspended, payments shall resume no later than the first day of the third calendar month after the calendar month in which the Employee ceases to be employed for purposes of ERISA Section 203(a)(3)(B) service. The initial payment upon resumption shall include the payment scheduled to occur in the calendar month when payments resume and any amounts withheld during the period between the cessation of ERISA Section 203(a)(3)(B) service and the resumption of payments. The Participant’s benefits shall also be actuarially increased to take into account any period after age 70½ during which the Participant was not receiving any benefits under the Plan.
(c)    No payment shall be withheld by the Plan pursuant to this Section 5.8 of Appendix E unless the Plan notifies the Employee by personal delivery or first class mail during the first calendar month or payroll period in which the Plan withholds payments that his benefits are suspended. Such notifications shall contain a description of the specific reasons why benefit payments are being suspended, a description of the Plan provision relating to the suspension of payments, a copy of such provisions, and a statement to the effect that applicable Department of Labor regulations may be found in 29 C.F.R. Section 2530.203-3. In addition, the notice shall inform the Employee of the Plan’s procedures for affording a review of the suspension of benefits. Requests for such reviews may be considered in accordance with the claims procedure adopted by the Plan pursuant to Section 503 of ERISA and applicable regulations.
(d)    This Section 5.8 of Appendix E does not apply to the minimum benefit to which the Participant is entitled under the provisions of Article XII of the Plan.
(e)    In the case of a retiree whose benefits are suspended upon his return to employment with the Employer subsequent to his Effective Retirement Date, his retirement benefits upon the termination of his period of reemployment shall be computed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan as if he were then first retired. However, his retirement benefits shall be reduced on an actuarial basis for the amount of the benefits he previously received. In no event shall the retirement benefits payable upon termination of his period of reemployment be less than the retirement benefits previously paid, adjusted to reflect any change in the form of benefits.
5.9     Calculation of Benefits of Reemployed Participants . A reemployed Participant who has a Severance from Employment with a vested Accrued Benefit and who has not received any retirement benefits under the Plan shall upon his subsequent Severance from Employment receive benefits amounting to the greater of the following:
(a)    The sum of:
(i)    The benefits from the previous employment period calculated using the benefit formula and Years of Accrual Service for the applicable previous employment period; plus
(ii)    The benefits, deemed to be fully vested regardless of length of service, from the latest employment period calculated using only Years of Accrual Service for the latest employment period; or
(b)    An amount based on the provisions of this Article V of Appendix E for the total Years of Accrual Service during all employment periods.
Payment of the benefits so calculated may be made to the Participant in any of the optional forms provided for in the Plan at the time of his Severance from Employment.

ARTICLE VI
VESTING ON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT
PRIOR TO RETIREMENT

If a Participant’s has a Severance from Employment (under circumstances other than death or retirement) after satisfying the requirement for vesting of benefits specified in the applicable Schedule and on and after the date specified in such Schedule, he shall be entitled to a retirement benefit, commencing on his Normal Retirement Date, computed in accordance with Article V of this Appendix E, up to the time of his Severance from Employment, based upon his Years of Accrual Service. Except as provided in Section 6.7 of the Plan, no distribution shall be made prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date without his written consent.
A Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall become fully vested if he reaches his Normal Retirement Age while in the employ of the Employer or an Affiliate. Such benefit shall become payable commencing on his Effective Retirement Date.

ARTICLE VII
BENEFITS ON DEATH PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT
OF RETIREMENT INCOME

7.1     Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity .
(a)    The provisions of this Section 7.1 shall apply to any Participant with a vested Accrued Benefit, who dies before his Annuity Starting Date. No death benefits shall be payable under the Plan to any unmarried Participant who dies prior to his Early, Normal or Postponed Retirement Date.
(b)    If a Participant described in Section 7.1(a) dies after his Earliest Retirement Age, the Participant’s surviving Spouse shall receive the survivor annuity that would have been payable if the Participant had retired with an immediate Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity on the day before the Participant’s date of death.
(c)    If a Participant described in Section 7.1(a) dies on or before his Earliest Retirement Age, the Participant’s surviving Spouse shall receive the survivor annuity that would be payable if the Participant had:
(i)    Experienced a Severance from Employment on his date of death (or his actual Severance from Employment date, if earlier);
(ii)    Survived to his Earliest Retirement Age;
(iii)    Commenced receiving benefits in the form of an immediate Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity at his Earliest Retirement Age; and
(iv)    Died on the day after his Earliest Retirement Age.
7.2     Definitions .
(a)    “ Earliest Retirement Age ” means the earliest age at which, under this Appendix E and the applicable Schedule, the Participant could elect to begin receiving retirement benefits, based on his actual Years of Vesting Service at death.
(b)    “ Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity ” means the annuity benefit payable to a Participant’s surviving Spouse under Section 7.1(b) or (c).
7.3     Commencement of Payments . Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.1(c), benefits payable under this Article VII of Appendix E shall commence as soon as practicable after the Participant’s death; provided, however, that the Spouse must consent to the commencement of benefits before the Participant would have reached age 65. If the Spouse postpones the commencement of benefits, the assumed retirement date for the purpose of calculating benefits shall be the date the Spouse elects to commence benefits but no later than the date the Participant would have reached age 65. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the lump sum value of such benefit is not greater than $5,000, such lump sum amount shall be distributed as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death, and no other benefit shall be payable under this Article VII of Appendix E.
7.4     No Other Death Benefits . Except as provided in this Article VII of Appendix E, no benefits shall be payable under this Plan in the event of the death of a Participant prior to his Annuity Starting Date.





ARTICLE VIII
DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

8.1     Limits on Settlement Options . Distributions, if not made in a lump sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

(a)    The life of the Participant;

(b)    The joint lives of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary;

(c)    A period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant;

(d)    A period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary; and

(e)    For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, a Participant may elect a “Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.” A Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity is:

(i)    A joint life annuity payable for the life of the Participant, with continuation of payments as a survivor annuity for the remaining life of a surviving Spouse at a rate of 75% of the rate payable during the Participant’s lifetime; and

(ii)    The Actuarial Equivalent of the Life Annuity.

If the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity is not actuarially equivalent to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, Spousal consent is required for a Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.

For purposes of this Section 8.1, life expectancies shall not be redetermined.

Schedule No. 1A Sermatech - Supplemental to
Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan
(For Southeast and Southwest Division)
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
Each hourly-paid Eligible Employee of Sermatech International Incorporated in its Southeast and Southwest Division (“Participating Employer”) becomes a Participant as of his date of hire with the Participating Employer. No Employee of the Participating Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Retirement Benefits and Benefits on Death
(a)    The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to the monthly dollar amount indicated below for each Year of Benefit Accrual Service and fraction thereof:
Date of Participant’s Severance from Employment
 
Monthly Amount
Before July 1, 1997
 
$13
On or after July 1, 1997
 
$15
Benefit Accrual Service ” means an individual’s period of employment with the Participating Employer beginning on his date of hire and ending on the date he incurs a Break-In-Service, credited at the rate of 1/10 of a Year of Benefit Accrual Service for each 170 straight-time Hours of Service; provided that an individual shall not be credited with more than one Year of Benefit Accrual Service in a Plan Year. Except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
The Normal Retirement Benefit of each Participant shall not be less than the largest periodic benefit that would have been payable to the Participant upon Severance from Employment at or prior to Normal Retirement Age under the Plan exclusive of social security supplements, premiums on disability or term insurance, and the value of disability benefits not in excess of the Normal Retirement Benefit. For purposes of comparing periodic benefits in the same form, commencing prior to and at Normal Retirement Age, the greater benefit is determined by converting the benefit payable prior to Normal Retirement Age into the same form of annuity benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age and comparing the amount of such annuity payments.
(b)    A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an “ Early Retirement Benefit ” commencing on his Early Retirement Date equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit reduced by 1/15 th for each of the first five (5) years and 1/30 th for each of the next five (5) years and reduced actuarially for each additional year thereafter that the first day of the month on which his Early Retirement Benefit commences precedes his Normal Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit if such benefit is distributed in a form other than a nondecreasing life annuity payable for a period not less than the life of such Participant.
(c)    A Participant may elect to defer commencement of his Plan benefit until his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant who commences receipt of his Plan benefit on a Postponed Retirement Date will receive a “ Postponed Retirement Benefit ” equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit as of his Postponed Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.
(d)    In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Plan not to receive his benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a Life Annuity, the Benefits Group, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or his Beneficiary an amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly retirement benefit provided in Section 2(a) above in an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).
(e)    In the event the Actuarial Equivalent Section of the Plan is amended, the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit on or after the date of change shall be the greater of (1) the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit as of the date of the change computed on the old basis, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of the total Accrued Benefit computed on the new basis.
(3)     Vesting of Benefits
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.
(4)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.


Schedule No. 2A Automotive Manufacturing - Supplemental to
Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan
(For Hillsdale, Michigan)
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
Each hourly-paid Eligible Employee of the Sponsor in its Hillsdale, Michigan location becomes a Participant as of the later of July 1, 1997 or his date of hire with the Sponsor. Except as otherwise provided in another Schedule to this Appendix E, no Employee of the Sponsor whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Retirement Benefits and Benefits on Death
(a)    The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to $15 for each Year of Benefit Accrual Service and fraction thereof.
Benefit Accrual Service ” means an individual’s period of employment with the Sponsor beginning on his date of hire and ending on the date he incurs a Break-In-Service, credited at the rate of 1/10 of a Year of Benefit Accrual Service for each 170 straight-time Hours of Service; provided that an individual shall not be credited with more than one Year of Benefit Accrual Service in a Plan Year. Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
The Normal Retirement Benefit of each Participant shall not be less than the largest periodic benefit that would have been payable to the Participant upon Severance from Employment at or prior to Normal Retirement Age under the Plan exclusive of social security supplements, premiums on disability or term insurance, and the value of disability benefits not in excess of the Normal Retirement Benefit. For purposes of comparing periodic benefits in the same form, commencing prior to and at Normal Retirement Age, the greater benefit is determined by converting the benefit payable prior to Normal Retirement Age into the same form of annuity benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age and comparing the amount of such annuity payments.
(b)    A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an “ Early Retirement Benefit ” commencing on his Early Retirement Date equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit reduced by 1/15 th for each of the first five (5) years and 1/30 th for each of the next five (5) years and reduced actuarially for each additional year thereafter that the first day of the month on which his Early Retirement Benefit commences precedes his Normal Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit if such benefit is distributed in a form other than a nondecreasing life annuity payable for a period not less than the life of such Participant.
(c)    A Participant may elect to defer commencement of his Plan benefit until his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant who commences receipt of his Plan benefit on a Postponed Retirement Date will receive a “ Postponed Retirement Benefit ” equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit as of his Postponed Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.    
(d)    In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Plan not to receive his benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a Life Annuity, the Benefits Group, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or his Beneficiary an amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly retirement benefit provided in Section 2(a) above in an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).
(e)    In the event the Actuarial Equivalent Section of the Plan is amended, the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit on or after the date of change shall be the greater of (1) the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit as of the date of the change computed on the old basis, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of the total Accrued Benefit computed on the new basis.
(3)     Vesting of Benefits
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.
(4)     Prior Service
Eligible Employees under this Schedule No. 2A shall receive credit for all service with the Employer since their most recent date of hire for purposes of eligibility to participate in, and vesting in benefits accrued under the Plan. Such Eligible Employees shall receive credit for service with the Hillsdale, Michigan facility of the Sponsor on or after July 1, 1997 for purposes of benefit accrual under the Plan.
(5)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.


Schedule No. 3A Automotive - Supplemental to
Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan
(For Automotive-Lebanon, VA)
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
Each hourly-paid Eligible Employee of Teleflex Automotive Manufacturing Corporation in its Lebanon, Virginia location (“Participating Employer”) becomes a Participant as of the later of July 1, 1997 or his date of hire with the Participating Employer. No Employee of the Participating Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Retirement Benefits and Benefits on Death
(a)    The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to $15 for each Year of Benefit Accrual Service and fraction thereof.
Benefit Accrual Service ” means an individual’s period of employment with the Participating Employer beginning on his date of hire and ending on the date he incurs a Break-In-Service, credited at the rate of 1/10 of a Year of Benefit Accrual Service for each 170 straight-time Hours of Service; provided that an individual shall not be credited with more than one Year of Benefit Accrual Service in a Plan Year. Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
The Normal Retirement Benefit of each Participant shall not be less than the largest periodic benefit that would have been payable to the Participant upon Severance from Employment at or prior to Normal Retirement Age under the Plan exclusive of social security supplements, premiums on disability or term insurance, and the value of disability benefits not in excess of the Normal Retirement Benefit. For purposes of comparing periodic benefits in the same form, commencing prior to and at Normal Retirement Age, the greater benefit is determined by converting the benefit payable prior to Normal Retirement Age into the same form of annuity benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age and comparing the amount of such annuity payments.
(b)    A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an “ Early Retirement Benefit ” commencing on his Early Retirement Date equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit reduced by 1/15 th for each of the first five (5) years and 1/30 th for each of the next five (5) years and reduced actuarially for each additional year thereafter that the first day of the month on which his Early Retirement Benefit commences precedes his Normal Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit if such benefit is distributed in a form other than a nondecreasing life annuity payable for a period not less than the life of such Participant.
(c)    A Participant may elect to defer commencement of his Plan benefit until his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant who commences receipt of his Plan benefit on a Postponed Retirement Date will receive a “ Postponed Retirement Benefit ” equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit as of his Postponed Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.    
(d)    In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Plan not to receive his benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a Life Annuity, the Benefits Group, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or his Beneficiary an amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly retirement benefit provided in Section 2(a) above in an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).
(e)    In the event the Actuarial Equivalent Section of the Plan is amended, the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit on or after the date of change shall be the greater of (1) the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit as of the date of the change computed on the old basis, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of the total Accrued Benefit computed on the new basis.
(3)     Vesting of Benefits
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.
(4)     Prior Service
Eligible Employees under this Schedule No. 3A shall receive credit for all service with the Employer since their most recent date of hire for purposes of eligibility to participate in, and vesting in benefits accrued under the Plan. Such Eligible Employees shall receive credit for service with the Participating Employer on or after July 1, 1997 for purposes of benefit accrual under the Plan.
(5)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.


Schedule No. 4A/Aviation Product Support -
Supplemental to Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan
(For Aviation Product Support - Employees in Mentor,
OH represented by P.A.C.E. Local 5-0826)
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
Each hourly-paid Eligible Employee of Aviation Product Support, Inc. in the Mentor, Ohio Plant (“Participating Employer”) represented by P.A.C.E. Local 5-0826 becomes a Participant as of the later of his date of hire with the Participating Employer or January 26, 1998. No Employee of the Participating Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Retirement Benefits and Benefits on Death
(a)    The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to the monthly dollar amount indicated below for each Year of Benefit Accrual Service and fraction thereof:
Participant’s Severance from Employment Date
 
Monthly Amount
From January 26, 1998 - January 31, 2000
 
$18
On or after February 1, 2000
 
$19
On or after February 1, 2001
 
$21
On or after February 1, 2002
 
$22
On or after February 1, 2003
 
$23
On or after February 1, 2004
 
$24

Benefit Accrual Service ” means an individual’s period of employment with the Participating Employer beginning on his date of hire and ending on the date he incurs a Break-In-Service, credited at the rate of 1/10 of a Year of Benefit Accrual Service for each 170 straight-time Hours of Service; provided that an individual shall not be credited with more than one Year of Benefit Accrual Service in a Plan Year. Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
The Normal Retirement Benefit of each Participant shall not be less than the largest periodic benefit that would have been payable to the Participant upon Severance from Employment at or prior to Normal Retirement Age under the Plan exclusive of social security supplements, premiums on disability or term insurance, and the value of disability benefits not in excess of the Normal Retirement Benefit. For purposes of comparing periodic benefits in the same form, commencing prior to and at Normal Retirement Age, the greater benefit is determined by converting the benefit payable prior to Normal Retirement Age into the same form of annuity benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age and comparing the amount of such annuity payments.
(b)    A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an “ Early Retirement Benefit ” commencing on his Early Retirement Date equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit reduced by 1/15 th for each of the first five (5) years and 1/30 th for each of the next five (5) years and reduced actuarially for each additional year thereafter that the first day of the month on which his Early Retirement Benefit commences precedes his Normal Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit if such benefit is distributed in a form other than a nondecreasing life annuity payable for a period not less than the life of such Participant.
(c)    A Participant may elect to defer commencement of his Plan benefit until his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant who commences receipt of his Plan benefit on a Postponed Retirement Date will receive a “ Postponed Retirement Benefit ” equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit as of his Postponed Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.    
(d)    In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Plan not to receive his benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a Life Annuity, the Benefits Group, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or his Beneficiary an amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly retirement benefit provided in Section 2(a) above in an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).
(e)    In the event the Actuarial Equivalent Section of the Plan is amended, the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit on or after the date of change shall be the greater of (1) the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit as of the date of the change computed on the old basis, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of the total Accrued Benefit computed on the new basis.

(3)     Vesting of Benefits
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.
(4)     Prior Service
Eligible Employees under this Schedule No. 4A shall receive credit for all service with the Employer since their most recent date of hire for purposes of vesting in benefits accrued under the Plan. Such Eligible Employees shall receive credit for service with the Participating Employer from the later of his date of hire or January 1, 1990 for purposes of benefit accrual under the Plan.
(5)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.


Schedule No. 5A Sermatech Gas-Path Supplemental to
Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan
(For Sermatech Gas-Path Houston, TX)
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
Each hourly-paid Eligible Employee of Gas-Path Technology, Inc. in its Houston, Texas location (“Participating Employer”) becomes a Participant as of the later of January 1, 1999 or his date of hire with the Participating Employer. No Employee of the Participating Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Retirement Benefits and Benefits on Death
(a)    The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to $15 for each Year of Benefit Accrual Service and fraction thereof.
Benefit Accrual Service ” means an individual’s period of employment with the Participating Employer beginning on his date of hire and ending on the date he incurs a Break-In-Service, credited at the rate of 1/10 of a Year of Benefit Accrual Service for each 170 straight-time Hours of Service; provided that an individual shall not be credited with more than one Year of Benefit Accrual Service in a Plan Year. Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
The Normal Retirement Benefit of each Participant shall not be less than the largest periodic benefit that would have been payable to the Participant upon Severance from Employment at or prior to Normal Retirement Age under the Plan exclusive of social security supplements, premiums on disability or term insurance, and the value of disability benefits not in excess of the Normal Retirement Benefit. For purposes of comparing periodic benefits in the same form, commencing prior to and at Normal Retirement Age, the greater benefit is determined by converting the benefit payable prior to Normal Retirement Age into the same form of annuity benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age and comparing the amount of such annuity payments.
(b)    A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an “ Early Retirement Benefit ” commencing on his Early Retirement Date equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit reduced by 1/15 th for each of the first five (5) years and 1/30 th for each of the next five (5) years and reduced actuarially for each additional year thereafter that the first day of the month on which his Early Retirement Benefit commences precedes his Normal Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit if such benefit is distributed in a form other than a nondecreasing life annuity payable for a period not less than the life of such Participant.
(c)    A Participant may elect to defer commencement of his Plan benefit until his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant who commences receipt of his Plan benefit on a Postponed Retirement Date will receive a “ Postponed Retirement Benefit ” equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit as of his Postponed Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.    
(d)    In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Plan not to receive his benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a Life Annuity, the Benefits Group, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or his Beneficiary an amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly retirement benefit provided in Section 2(a) above in an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).
(e)    In the event the Actuarial Equivalent Section of the Plan is amended, the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit on or after the date of change shall be the greater of (1) the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit as of the date of the change computed on the old basis, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of the total Accrued Benefit computed on the new basis.

(3)     Vesting of Benefits

A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.

(4)     Prior Service

Eligible Employees under this Schedule No. 5A shall receive credit for all service with the Employer since their most recent date of hire for purposes of eligibility to participate in, and vesting in benefits accrued under the Plan. Such Eligible Employees shall receive credit for service with the Participating Employer on or after January 1, 1999 for purposes of benefit accrual under the Plan.

(5)     Other Provisions

Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.



Schedule No. 6A Teleflex Fluid Systems, Inc. Supplemental to
Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan
(For Teleflex Fluid Systems, Inc. Suffield, CT)
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
Each hourly-paid Eligible Employee of Teleflex Fluid Systems, Inc. in its Suffield, Connecticut location (“Participating Employer”) becomes a Participant as of the later of January 1, 1999 or his date of hire with the Participating Employer. No Employee of the Participating Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Retirement Benefits and Benefits on Death
(a)    The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to $15 for each Year of Benefit Accrual Service and fraction thereof.
Benefit Accrual Service ” means an individual’s period of employment with the Participating Employer beginning on his date of hire and ending on the date he incurs a Break-In-Service, credited at the rate of 1/10 of a Year of Benefit Accrual Service for each 170 straight-time Hours of Service; provided that an individual shall not be credited with more than one Year of Benefit Accrual Service in a Plan Year. Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
The Normal Retirement Benefit of each Participant shall not be less than the largest periodic benefit that would have been payable to the Participant upon Severance from Employment at or prior to Normal Retirement Age under the Plan exclusive of social security supplements, premiums on disability or term insurance, and the value of disability benefits not in excess of the Normal Retirement Benefit. For purposes of comparing periodic benefits in the same form, commencing prior to and at Normal Retirement Age, the greater benefit is determined by converting the benefit payable prior to Normal Retirement Age into the same form of annuity benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age and comparing the amount of such annuity payments.
(b)    A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an “ Early Retirement Benefit ” commencing on his Early Retirement Date equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit reduced by 1/15 th for each of the first five (5) years and 1/30 th for each of the next five (5) years and reduced actuarially for each additional year thereafter that the first day of the month on which his Early Retirement Benefit commences precedes his Normal Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit if such benefit is distributed in a form other than a nondecreasing life annuity payable for a period not less than the life of such Participant.
(c)    A Participant may elect to defer commencement of his Plan benefit until his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant who commences receipt of his Plan benefit on a Postponed Retirement Date will receive a “ Postponed Retirement Benefit ” equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit as of his Postponed Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.    
(d)    In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Plan not to receive his benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a Life Annuity, the Benefits Group, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or his Beneficiary an amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly retirement benefit provided in Section 2(a) above in an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).
(e)    In the event the Actuarial Equivalent Section of the Plan is amended, the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit on or after the date of change shall be the greater of (1) the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit as of the date of the change computed on the old basis, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of the total Accrued Benefit computed on the new basis.

(3)     Vesting of Benefits

A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.

(4)     Prior Service

Eligible Employees under this Schedule No. 6A shall receive credit for all service with the Employer since their most recent date of hire for purposes of eligibility to participate in, and vesting in benefits accrued under the Plan. Such Eligible Employees shall receive credit for service with the Participating Employer on or after January 1, 1999 for purposes of benefit accrual under the Plan.

(5)     Other Provisions

Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.

Schedule No. 7A Sermatech Maine Supplemental to
Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan
(For Sermatech, Biddeford, ME)
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
Each hourly-paid Eligible Employee of Sermatech International Incorporated in its Biddeford, Maine location (“Participating Employer”) becomes a Participant as of the later of January 1, 2000 or his date of hire with the Participating Employer. No Employee of the Participating Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Retirement Benefits and Benefits on Death
(a)    The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to $15 for each Year of Benefit Accrual Service and fraction thereof.
Benefit Accrual Service ” means an individual’s period of employment with the Participating Employer beginning on his date of hire and ending on the date he incurs a Break-In-Service, credited at the rate of 1/10 of a Year of Benefit Accrual Service for each 170 straight-time Hours of Service; provided that an individual shall not be credited with more than one Year of Benefit Accrual Service in a Plan Year. Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
The Normal Retirement Benefit of each Participant shall not be less than the largest periodic benefit that would have been payable to the Participant upon Severance from Employment at or prior to Normal Retirement Age under the Plan exclusive of social security supplements, premiums on disability or term insurance, and the value of disability benefits not in excess of the Normal Retirement Benefit. For purposes of comparing periodic benefits in the same form, commencing prior to and at Normal Retirement Age, the greater benefit is determined by converting the benefit payable prior to Normal Retirement Age into the same form of annuity benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age and comparing the amount of such annuity payments.
(b)    A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an “ Early Retirement Benefit ” commencing on his Early Retirement Date equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit reduced by 1/15 th for each of the first five (5) years and 1/30 th for each of the next five (5) years and reduced actuarially for each additional year thereafter that the first day of the month on which his Early Retirement Benefit commences precedes his Normal Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit if such benefit is distributed in a form other than a nondecreasing life annuity payable for a period not less than the life of such Participant.
(c)    A Participant may elect to defer commencement of his Plan benefit until his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant who commences receipt of his Plan benefit on a Postponed Retirement Date will receive a “ Postponed Retirement Benefit ” equal to the greater of (1) his Accrued Benefit as of his Postponed Retirement Date, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Postponed Retirement Date. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.    
(d)    In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Plan not to receive his benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a Life Annuity, the Benefits Group, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or his Beneficiary an amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly retirement benefit provided in Section 2(a) above in an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).
(e)    In the event the Actuarial Equivalent Section of the Plan is amended, the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit on or after the date of change shall be the greater of (1) the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit as of the date of the change computed on the old basis, or (2) the Actuarial Equivalent of the total Accrued Benefit computed on the new basis.

(3)     Vesting of Benefits

A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.

(4)     Prior Service

Eligible Employees under this Schedule No. 7A shall receive credit for all service with the Employer since their most recent date of hire for purposes of eligibility to participate in, and vesting in benefits accrued under the Plan. Such Eligible Employees shall receive credit for service with the Participating Employer on or after January 1, 2000 for purposes of benefit accrual under the Plan.

(5)     Other Provisions

Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.



Schedule No. 8A Morse Controls Division Supplemental to
Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan
(For Morse Controls Division Retirement Plan)
Effective July 2, 1999, all benefit accruals ceased under the Retirement Plan for Hourly Employees, Morse Controls Division IMO Industries Inc. (the “Morse Plan”). Effective June 30, 2001, the Morse Plan was merged into and with the Hourly Employees’ Plan. This Schedule attempts to catalogue and preserve the benefits, rights and features unique to the Morse Plan. All such benefits, rights and features which are required to be preserved under section 411(d)(6) of the Code or the terms of such merged plan shall be so preserved. The provisions of this Schedule shall replace and supersede all similar provisions contained in the Plan proper and shall only apply to those Participants covered by this Schedule.
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
Only a participant in the Morse Plan as of June 30, 2001 shall be a Participant in the Plan as set forth in Appendix E and this Schedule 8A. No Employee of the Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Definitions
For the purpose of this Schedule only:
(a)    “ Actuarial Equivalent ” shall mean (for purposes other than lump sum calculations) a benefit of equivalent value, computed on the basis of the following actuarial assumptions:
Interest -     Five and one-half percent (5½%) per annum.
Mortality -    UP 1984 Mortality Table.
(b)    “ Early Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of any month following a Participant’s completion of 10 years of Years of Vesting Service and the Participant’s attainment of age 55.
(c)    “ Total Disability ” or “ Totally Disabled ” means complete disability by bodily or mental injury or disease so as to be prevented thereby from engaging in any occupation or employment for remuneration or profit, provided, such Total Disability shall have continued for a period of at least 21 consecutive weeks, and in the opinion of a qualified physician, will be permanent and continuous during the remainder of the Participant’s life, and provided, such Total Disability:
(i)    Was not contracted, suffered or incurred while the Participant was engaged in, or did not result from his having engaged in, a criminal enterprise;
(ii)    Did not result from his habitual drunkenness or addiction to narcotics;
(iii)    Did not result from an intentionally self-inflicted injury;
(iv)    Did not result from service in the armed forces of any country after January 1, 1965, which prevents a return to employment as an Employee and for which the Participant receives a military pension.
(d)    “ Years of Benefit Accrual Service ” shall mean an individual’s “Years of Benefit Service” under the Morse Plan on June 30, 2001.
(3)     Normal Retirement Benefit
(a)    The monthly “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” amount for a Participant shall be determined under this Section 3 based on the date of the Participant’s Severance from Employment.
(b)    The Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment on or after May 1, 1986, shall be an amount equal to $13.00 or his actual retirement benefit accrued under the Morse Plan or any prior plan for any year prior to January 1, 1981, whichever amount is higher, multiplied by his years (and twelfths of years) of Years of Vesting Service.
(c)    The Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment on or after May 1, 1988 shall be $13.00 per month for each year of his Years of Benefit Accrual Service as of December 31, 1980 plus $16.00 per month for each year (twelfths of years) of Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 1980.
(d)    Effective May 1, 1989, the Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment after May 1, 1989 shall be an amount equal to $16.00 per month for each year (and twelfths of years) of Years of Benefit Accrual Service.
(e)    Effective January 1, 1990, the Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment on or after such date shall be $17.00 per month for each year (and twelfths of years) of Years of Benefit Accrual Service.
(f)    Effective January 1, 1994, the Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment on or after such date shall be $17.50 per month for each year (and twelfths of years) of Years of Benefit Accrual Service.
(g)    Effective January 1, 1995, the Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment on or after such date shall be $18.00 per month for each year (and twelfths of years) of Years of Benefit Accrual Service.
(h)    Effective July 1, 1995, the Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment on or after such date shall be $20.00 per month for each year (and twelfths of years) of Years of Benefit Accrual Service.
(i)    Effective July 1, 1998, the Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment on or after such date shall be $21.00 per month for each year (and twelfths of years) of Years of Benefit Accrual Service .
(j)    Effective June 1, 1999, the Normal Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment on or after such date shall be $23.00 per month for each year (and twelfths of year) of Years of Benefit Accrual Service up to July 2, 1999.
No further Years of Benefit Accrual Service shall be allowed for a Participant under this Schedule No. 8A on and after July 2, 1999.
(4)     Early Retirement Benefit
A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, a Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive payment of an “ Early Retirement Benefit ” commencing on his Early Retirement Date equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit reduced by one-half percent (.5%) for each month the Participant is under age 62 on his Early Retirement Date. Accordingly, a vested Participant who has completed 10 Years of Vesting Service but has a Severance from Employment prior to age 55, shall be entitled to begin an Early Retirement Benefit on the first day of any month after he attains age 55, with the amount of such benefit determined in accordance with the prior sentence.
(5)     Disability Retirement
Participants eligible for benefits under this Schedule may also be eligible for disability retirement.
(a)    An active Participant who has completed at least 10 Years of Vesting Service and who becomes Totally Disabled on or after April 20, 1980, shall receive a “ Total Disability Benefit ” as provided in Section 3 of this Schedule in the form of a Life Annuity, which benefit will continue until the later of age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the date of the Participant’s Total Disability.
(b)    If a dispute arises concerning the Total Disability of a Participant based upon the Participant’s physician’s certification, said Participant shall submit to an examination by the Sponsor’s and/or Participating Employer’s physician, or by a physician selected by the Administrative Committee, and if the physician’s finding are not in accord with the Participant’s physician’s findings, and if the matter cannot be settled otherwise, the Sponsor’s and/or Participating Employer’s physician, or the physician selected by the Administrative Committee, as applicable, and the Participant’s physician shall mutually agree upon a third physician whose determination as to the extent of the disability shall be accepted as binding. The Participant may continue on sick leave or working under the limitations stipulated by the Participant’s physician until the report from the third physician is received and evaluated. A copy of the Sponsor’s, Participating Employer’s or Administrative Committee’s physician’s report shall be presented to the United Rubber, Cork, Linoleum and Plastic Workers of America, Local 924. The expense of the Participant’s physician shall be borne by the Participant and the expense of the third physician shall be equally shared by the Participating Employer and the Participant.
(c)    If the Total Disability of a Participant receiving a Total Disability Benefit ceases before his Severance from Employment on or before his Normal Retirement Date, his monthly Total Disability Benefit will cease. If he hereafter again becomes an active Participant, his Years of Service prior to his disability will be reinstated.
(d)    On his Normal Retirement Date, a Participant receiving a Total Disability Benefit will be retired in accordance with Section 3 of this Schedule. Upon his retirement, he shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, which shall not be offset by the Actuarial Equivalent amount of the Total Disability Benefit that he received prior to his Normal Retirement Date.    
(e)    The Annuity Starting Date of a Participant who is eligible to receive a Total Disability Benefit is the date that his benefits commence to be paid in accordance with paragraph (d) above. The auxiliary Total Disability Benefit shall be disregarded in determining the Annuity Starting Date of the Participant.
(f)    If a Participant who receives a Total Disability Benefit under this Section is determined by the Social Security Administration not to be eligible to receive disability benefits under the Social Security Act, then the Participant is eligible to receive a temporary benefit not to exceed $400.00 per month (but, otherwise equal to his Normal Retirement Benefit at the time his disability payments commence) payable upon commencement of the Participant’s Total Disability Benefit until the Participant attains age 65 or until the Participant becomes eligible for Federal Social Security Benefits (either for disability or for age, at the full rate). Upon fulfillment of these conditions this temporary benefit shall cease.
(6)     Vesting of Benefits
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.
(7)     Normal Form of Benefit
The normal form of benefit for Participants covered by this Schedule No. 8A shall be:
(a)    For an unmarried Participant, a Life Annuity, with 60 monthly payments guaranteed to be paid to the Participant and his Beneficiary.
(b)    For a married Participant, a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, with 60 monthly payments (in the amount to be received by the Participant) guaranteed to be paid to the Participant, and his Spouse and Beneficiary.
(8)     Optional Forms of Payment
In addition to the forms of payment provided under Section 7 of this Schedule, above, a Participant may elect to receive his benefit in one of the following optional forms, provided the procedures for electing an optional form under Section 6.6 of the Plan are satisfied:
(a)    A monthly income payable for the lifetime of a Participant with 10 or 15 years of payments guaranteed, as elected by the Participant. If the Participant dies prior to the expiration of the 10 or 15 year period, such payments shall be continued to the Participant’s Beneficiary to complete the balance of the guarantee period.
(b)    A monthly income payable for the lifetime of the Participant and continuing thereafter in an amount equally as great, to the Participant’s Spouse for the lifetime of said Spouse with 60 payments guaranteed.
(c)    A monthly income payable for the lifetime of the Participant and continuing thereafter in an amount one-half or equally as great, as elected by the Participant, to the Participant’s Beneficiary with 60 payments guaranteed.
(d)    For a benefit commencing before the retirement age of the Participant established under the Social Security Act, the Participant may elect a converted portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit to begin on his Effective Retirement Date and which shall provide for payment at a certain rate prior to the first day on which he shall be entitled (upon proper application) to receive his primary old age Social Security insurance benefit, regardless of actuarial reduction on account of commencement of such Social Security benefit prior to the retirement age established under the Social Security Act for the Participant, and at a reduced rate thereafter, such Normal Retirement Benefit to be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit provided for him under Section 3, above, and calculated so that the difference in amounts payable before and after the first day on which he shall be entitled to receive such Social Security benefit shall equal as nearly as possible the estimated old age insurance benefit payable under the Social Security law to the member commencing on such first day.
(e)    In no event may any form of payment provided above exceed the greater of: (i) the life of the Participant; (ii) the life of the Participant and his Spouse; (iii) a period certain not exceeding the Participant’s life expectancy; or (iv) a period certain not exceeding the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his Spouse or Beneficiary, whichever is applicable. Such life expectancy or joint life expectancy shall be determined in accordance with regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. The availability of any form of benefit shall be subject to any limitations contained in Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and notwithstanding any provisions in this Plan to the contrary, in no event will a distribution be permitted which would violate the terms of Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
(9)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.



Schedule No. 9A Teleflex UAW Local 1039 Retirement Plan - Supplemental to
Teleflex Incorporated Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan
(For UAW Local 1039 Plan)
On January 22, 1996, all benefit accruals ceased under the Teleflex UAW Local 1039 Retirement Plan (the “Local 1039 Plan”). Effective June 30, 2001, the Local 1039 Plan was merged into and with the Hourly Employees’ Plan. This Schedule attempts to catalogue and preserve the benefits, rights and features unique to the Local 1039 Plan. All such benefits, rights and features which are required to be preserved under section 411(d)(6) of the Code or the terms of such merged plan shall be so preserved. The provisions of this Schedule shall replace and supersede all similar provisions contained in the Plan and shall only apply to those Participants covered by this Schedule.
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
Only a participant in the Local 1039 Plan on June 30, 2001 shall be a Participant in the Plan as set forth in Appendix E and this Schedule 9A. No Employee of the Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Definitions
For the purpose of this Schedule only:
(a)    “ Actuarial Equivalent ” shall mean the equivalent actuarial value of the normal form of benefit for unmarried Participants, as described in Section 6.2 of the Plan, determined based upon the advice of the Plan’s actuary using the following factors and assumptions:
The UP-1984 Mortality Table, unrated for the employee and set back three years for the co-pensioner, with interest at the rate of 8% per annum compounded annually, shall be used in determining actuarial equivalency; provided, however, that in no event will an actuarially equivalent amount as to any Participant on any given date that falls on or after August 1, 1983 be less than the product of the Participant’s accrued monthly pension as of August 1, 1983 and the appropriate factor from the actuarial equivalency tables that were in use on July 31, 1983, specifically the Basic (Unloaded) Group Annuity Table for 1951 projected to 1965 by Scale C and rated back five years for females, and 8% interest compounded annually.
These factors and assumptions shall be at least as favorable to the Participant as the factors and assumptions listed in Table I of the Local 1039 Plan, as restated effective February 26, 1976.
(b)    “ Early Retirement Date ” shall mean the last day of any month coincident with or following a Participant’s completion of 10 years of Years of Vesting Service and the Participant’s attainment of age 55.
(c)    “ Total and Permanent Disability ” shall mean the total and permanent incapacity of an Employee after he has been credited with 10 years of Vesting Service, but prior to his Normal Retirement Date, and which entitles him to disability benefits under the Social Security Act as then in effect.
(d)    “ Years of Benefit Accrual Service ” shall mean an individual’s years of “Credited Service” under the Local 1039 Plan as of June 30, 2001.
(3)     Normal Retirement Benefit
The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who has a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to the monthly dollar amount indicated below multiplied by the Years of Benefit Accrual Service and fractions thereof:
Participant’s Severance from Employment Date
 
Monthly Amount
March 1, 1988 through February 28, 1989
 
$18.00
March 1, 1989 through February 23, 1990
 
$19.00
February 24, 1990 through February 23, 1991
 
$20.00
February 24, 1991 through February 23, 1992
 
$21.00
February 24, 1992 through February 23, 1994
 
$22.00
February 24, 1994 and thereafter
 
$23.00

Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

(4)     Early Retirement Benefit
A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an Early Retirement Benefit commencing on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his Early Retirement Date. The “ Early Retirement Benefit ” under this Schedule shall equal the Participant’s Accrued Benefit multiplied by the applicable early retirement percentage, as follows:
Participant’s Age
at his Annuity Starting Date
Early Retirement
Percentage
55
33.33%
56
40.00
57
46.66
58
53.33
59
60.00
60
66.67
61
73.33
62
80.00
63
86.67
64
93.33
65
100.00

For each additional full month of age attained at his Annuity Starting Date, the applicable early retirement percentage shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation from the early retirement percentage applicable to the next lower age to the early retirement percentage applicable to the next higher age in the above table, rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%.

A vested Participant who has completed 10 Years of Vesting Service but has a Severance from Employment prior to age 55, shall be entitled to begin an Early Retirement Benefit on the first day of any month after he attains age 55, with the amount of such benefit determined in accordance with this Section 4.

(5)     Disability Retirement Benefit and Other Benefits
Participants eligible for benefits under this Schedule may also be eligible for other benefits under this Plan.
(a)     Disability Retirement Benefit . The “ Disability Retirement Benefit ” payable to a Participant who incurs a Total and Permanent Disability while he is an active employee of the Employer shall be his Accrued Benefit based on his Years of Benefit Accrual Service up to his Severance from Employment date due to such Total and Permanent Disability and the rate applicable to him under Section 3 of this Schedule based upon his Severance from Employment date. Payment of such Disability Retirement Benefit shall begin as of the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, which shall be the first day of the month following the later of:
(i)    The date the Participant begins to receive disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act as in effect at the time of the Participant’s Severance from Employment due to his Total and Permanent Disability; or
(ii)    The approval by the Administrative Committee of the Participant’s application for a Disability Retirement Benefit under the Plan,
and shall continue until the date such Participant ceases to receive disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act; provided that if such Participant continues to receive benefits under this provision until he reaches age 65, such benefits hereunder will continue for the remainder of the Participant’s life. Disability Retirement Benefits shall not be paid in any month for which the Participant receives illness or injury benefits under any program maintained by the Employer.
(b)     Mutually Satisfactory Retirement Benefit . A Participant who has five (5) Years of Vesting Service and who has a Severance from Employment at the request of the Employer, with his consent, shall be entitled to a benefit for each month during which he is not entitled to an unreduced primary insurance amount under the federal Social Security Act, beginning on the first day of the month following his Severance from Employment and ending on the first to occur of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or his death, equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit based on his Years of Accrual Service up to the date of his Severance from Employment, multiplied by two. For each month in such period during which the Participant is entitled to an unreduced primary insurance amount under the federal Social Security Act, such Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit based on his Years of Benefit Accrual Service up to the date of his Severance from Employment.
(c)     Medicare Benefits . Each Participant who retires on or after his Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date or who has a Severance from Employment due to a Total and Permanent Disability shall be paid an amount equal to the premium under Part B of Medicare, as contained in the federal Social Security Act, for him and his Spouse for each month in which the Participant or his Spouse is eligible for Part B coverage under Medicare, as contained in the federal Social Security Act. For Participants who retired on or after February 26, 1994, the Plan’s payment of Medicare Part B premiums shall be capped at the 1997 premium levels, as determined by the United States Government.
(6)     Vesting of Benefits
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service. A Participant who experienced a Severance from Employment on the date the Employer’s Aerospace/Defense Division was sold to Triumph Controls Systems, Inc. shall also be vested.
(7)     Spousal Benefits
(a)    If a Participant retires on or after an Early Retirement Date, the amount of the Participant’s monthly benefit under a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be determined as follows:
Multiply the Participant’s benefit determined under Section 3 or 4 of this Schedule, as applicable,
By
95%, increased by 1/2 of 1% for each year in excess of five (5) years that the age of the Participant’s Spouse exceeds the Participant’s age, with both ages determined as of the birthday nearer the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, to a maximum of 100%, or decreased by 1/2 of 1% for each year in excess of five (5) years that the age of the Participant’s spouse is less than the Participant’s age, with both ages determined as of the birthday nearer the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date.
(b)     Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity . The amount of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (“ QPSA ”) payable to a Participant who has a Severance from Employment on or after an Early Retirement Date shall be determined based on the amount of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity the Participant would be entitled to in accordance with Section 7(a) of this Schedule. To be eligible to receive a QPSA, a Spouse must have been married to a Participant throughout the three month period ending with the date of the Participant’s death.
(8)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.



Schedule No. 10A Teleflex Incorporated Pension Plan for Employees
Represented by PACE Local 5-0524 -
Supplemental to Teleflex Incorporated
Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan (For PACE Plan)
Effective June 30, 2001, the Teleflex Incorporated Pension Plan for Employees Represented by PACE Local 5-0524 (the “ PACE Plan ”) was merged into and with the Hourly Employees’ Plan. This Schedule attempts to catalogue and preserve the benefits, rights and features unique to the PACE Plan. All such benefits, rights and features which are required to be preserved under section 411(d)(6) of the Code or the terms of such merged plan shall be so preserved. The provisions of this Schedule shall replace and supersede all similar provisions contained in the Plan and shall only apply to those Participants covered by this Schedule.
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
An Eligible Employee in the Teleflex Incorporated Automotive Division in Van Wert, Ohio (“Participating Employer”) who is represented for collective bargaining purposes by the Union shall become a Participant as of the later of June 30, 2001 or his date of hire as such. No Employee of the Participating Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Definitions
For the purpose of this Schedule only:
(a)    “ Early Retirement Date ” shall mean the last day of any month coincident with or following a Participant’s attainment of age sixty 60, but not sixty-five 65, after being credited with ten 10 Years of Vesting Service.
(b)    “ Hours of Service ” shall mean the definition set forth in the Plan augmented by the following additional terms:
A Participant who is absent from employment with the Employer because of illness or injury sustained in the course of employment with the Employer and with respect to which he receives workers’ compensation benefits shall be credited with Hours of Service at the rate of eight (8) hours for each working day of such absence, not to exceed 40 hours for each week, during the period he normally would have been scheduled to work for the Employer during such period of absence, provided he returns to employment with the Employer within 90 days after final payment of statutory compensation for such illness or injury or within 90 days after the end of the period used in calculating a lump sum payment with respect to statutory compensation.
A Participant who is the full-time president of the Union and who is compensated by the Union for such duties shall be credited with Hours of Service at the rate of eight (8) hours for each working day, not to exceed 40 hours for each week, during the period he is full-time president of the Union.
A Participant who is absent from employment in connection with the business of the Union pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and the Union shall be credited with Hours of Service at the rate of eight (8) hours for each working day of such absence, not to exceed 40 hours for each week, during the period of such absence, provided:
(i)    No such credit shall be granted for more than a two consecutive year period with respect to any one such period of absence; and
(ii)    No more than two Participants shall be granted such credit at any one time; provided, however, that no more than one Participant shall be granted such credit if Hours of Service are being granted at the same time to the full-time president of the Union pursuant to the preceding paragraph.
(c)    “ Total and Permanent Disability ” shall mean the total and permanent incapacity of an Employee after he has been credited with 10 years of Vesting Service, but prior to his Normal Retirement Date, and which entitles him to disability benefits under the Social Security Act as then in effect.
(d)    “ Union ” means the PACE Union Local 5-0524.
(3)     Normal Retirement Benefit
The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who has a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to the monthly dollar amount indicated below multiplied by the Years of Benefit Accrual Service and fractions thereof:
Participant’s Severance from Employment Date
 
Monthly Amount
April 3, 1989 through March 31, 1990
 
$9.50
April 1, 1990 through March 31, 1991
 
$10.50
April 1, 1991 through March 31, 1992
 
$11.50
April 1, 1992 through March 31, 1993
 
$12.50
April 1, 1993 through March 31, 1994
 
$13.00
April 1, 1994 through March 31, 1995
 
$13.50
April 1, 1995 through March 31, 1996
 
$14.50
April 1, 1996 through March 31, 1997
 
$15.50
April 1, 1997 through March 31, 1998
 
$16.50
April 1, 1998 through January 1, 1999
 
$17.50
January 1, 1999 through March 31, 2000
 
$18.50
April 1, 2000 through March 31, 2001
 
$19.00
April 1, 2001 through March 31, 2002
 
$19.50
April 1, 2002 through March 31, 2003
 
$20.50
April 1, 2003 through March 31, 2004
 
$21.50
April 1, 2004 and thereafter
 
$22.00

Years of Benefit Accrual Service ” means a Participant’s “Credited Service” under the PACE Plan on June 30, 2001, plus service in covered employment after such date, credited at the rate of 1/10 of a Year of Benefit Accrual Service for each 170 Hours of Service.
Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
(4)     Early Retirement Benefit
A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an Early Retirement Benefit commencing on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his Early Retirement Date. The “ Early Retirement Benefit ” under this Schedule shall equal the Participant’s Accrued Benefit reduced by 5/9 of 1% for each month that the Participant’s commencement of the Early Retirement Benefit precedes his Normal Retirement Date.
A vested Participant who has completed 10 Years of Vesting Service but has a Severance from Employment prior to age 60, shall be entitled to begin an Early Retirement Benefit at any time after he attains age 60, with the amount of such benefit determined in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.

(5)     Disability Retirement Benefit
Participants eligible for benefits under this Schedule may also be eligible for a Disability Retirement Benefit. The “ Disability Retirement Benefit ” payable to a Participant who incurs a Total and Permanent Disability while he is an active employee of the Employer shall be his Accrued Benefit based on his Years of Benefit Accrual Service up to his Severance from Employment date due to such Total and Permanent Disability and the rate applicable to him under Section 3 of this Schedule based upon his Severance from Employment date. Payment of such Disability Retirement Benefit shall begin as of the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, which shall be the first day of the month following the later of:
(a)    The date the Participant begins to receive disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act as in effect at the time of the Participant’s Severance from Employment due to his Total and Permanent Disability; or
(b)    The approval by the Administrative Committee of the Participant’s application for a Disability Retirement Benefit under the Plan,
and shall continue until the date such Participant ceases to receive disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act; provided that if such Participant continues to receive benefits under this provision until he reaches age 65, such benefits hereunder will continue for the remainder of the Participant’s life. Disability Retirement Benefits shall not be paid in any month for which the Participant receives illness or injury benefits under any program maintained by the Employer, or for which such Participant is covered under a medical insurance program maintained by the Employer and, pursuant to such coverage, the Employer pays a premium for the Participant for such month.
(6)     Form of Benefit
The amount of the monthly payment to a Participant under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be determined as follows:
Multiplying the Participant’s benefit determined under Section 3 or 4 of this Schedule, as applicable
By
The applicable factor listed in Table 1 attached to this Schedule.
(7)     Vesting of Benefits
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service
(8)     Death Benefits
The surviving Spouse of a Participant covered by this Schedule shall only be eligible for the death benefit provided under Article VII of Appendix E, if such Spouse was married to the Participant throughout the one-year period ending on the Participant’s date of death.
(9)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.



Schedule 10A-Table 1

TABLE OF FACTORS TO CONVERT AN AMOUNT OF PENSION PAYABLE
TO AN EMPLOYEE FOR LIFE TO AN ACTUARIALLY EQUIVALENT AMOUNT OF PENSION PAYABLE TO THE EMPLOYEE FOR LIFE WITH ONE-HALF OF THE PENSION
AMOUNT PAYABLE TO THE EMPLOYEE CONTINUED TO THE EMPLOYEE’S
SPOUSE FOR THE PERIOD, IF ANY, THAT THE SPOUSE SURVIVES THE EMPLOYEE

AGE NEAREST BIRTHDAY OF EMPLOYEE’S SPOUSE IN RELATION TO EMPLOYEE’S
AGE NEAREST BIRTHDAY



EMPLOYEE’S AGE NEAREST BIRTHDAY
 
 
 
60
 
61
 
62
 
63
 
64
 
65
 
15 YEARS YOUNGER
.8649
 
.8585
 
.8519
 
.8452
 
.8383
 
.8314
 
14 YEARS YOUNGER
.8670
 
.8608
 
.8544
 
.8479
 
.8413
 
.8345
 
13 YEARS YOUNGER
.8693
 
.8633
 
.8571
 
.8507
 
.8443
 
.8378
 
12 YEARS YOUNGER
.8721
 
.8662
 
.8602
 
.8541
 
.8478
 
.8415
 
11 YEARS YOUNGER
.8749
 
.8693
 
.8635
 
.8576
 
.8516
 
.8455
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 YEARS YOUNGER
.8771
 
.8716
 
.8660
 
.8603
 
.8546
 
.8487
 
9 YEARS YOUNGER
.8794
 
.8741
 
.8687
 
.8632
 
.8576
 
.8519
 
8 YEARS YOUNGER
.8830
 
.8779
 
.8727
 
.8674
 
.8621
 
.8566
 
7 YEARS YOUNGER
.8859
 
.8810
 
.8760
 
.8710
 
.8659
 
.8606
 
6 YEARS YOUNGER
.8880
 
.8833
 
.8785
 
.8737
 
.8688
 
.8637
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 YEARS YOUNGER
.8913
 
.8868
 
.8823
 
.8777
 
.8730
 
.8682
 
4 YEARS YOUNGER
.8949
 
.8906
 
.8863
 
.8820
 
.8776
 
.8731
 
3 YEARS YOUNGER
.8976
 
.8936
 
.8895
 
.8854
 
.8812
 
.8769
 
2 YEARS YOUNGER
.9008
 
.8970
 
.8932
 
.8893
 
.8853
 
.8813
 
1 YEAR YOUNGER
.9041
 
.9006
 
.8970
 
.8934
 
.8896
 
.8858
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SAME AGE
.9076
 
.9043
 
.9010
 
.8975
 
.8940
 
.8904
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 YEAR OLDER
.9107
 
.9076
 
.9045
 
.9012
 
.8979
 
.8945
 
2 YEARS OLDER
.9137
 
.9108
 
.9079
 
.9048
 
.9016
 
.8984
 
3 YEARS OLDER
.9172
 
.9145
 
.9118
 
.9089
 
.9059
 
.9029
 
4 YEARS OLDER
.9207
 
.9282
 
.9155
 
.9128
 
.9100
 
.9071
 
5 YEARS OLDER
.9246
 
.9223
 
.9198
 
.9173
 
.9146
 
.9118
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 YEARS OLDER
.9284
 
.9262
 
.9239
 
.9215
 
.9189
 
.9163
 
7 YEARS OLDER
.9317
 
.9296
 
.9274
 
.9250
 
.9226
 
.9202
 
8 YEARS OLDER
.9349
 
.9329
 
.9308
 
.9285
 
.9263
 
.9241
 
9 YEARS OLDER
.9381
 
.9362
 
.9341
 
.9320
 
.9300
 
.9281
 
10 YEARS OLDER
.9417
 
.9398
 
.9379
 
.9361
 
.9344
 
.9328
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 YEARS OLDER
.9440
 
.9422
 
.9405
 
.9389
 
.9375
 
.9362
 
12 YEARS OLDER
.9464
 
.9448
 
.9434
 
.9420
 
.9408
 
.9397
 
13 YEARS OLDER
.9503
 
.9490
 
.9478
 
.9468
 
.9458
 
.9449
 
14 YEARS OLDER
.9531
 
.9520
 
.9510
 
.9501
 
.9493
 
.9486
 
15 YEARS OLDER
.9548
 
.9539
 
.9531
 
.9524
 
.9517
 
.9510

Schedule No. 11A Sermatech International Incorporated Pension Plan for Employees
Represented by United Automobile Workers of America Local No. 644 -
Supplemental to Teleflex Incorporated
Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan (For Sermatech Plan)
Effective June 30, 2002, the Sermatech Incorporated Pension Plan for Employees Represented by United Automobile Workers of America Local No. 644 (the “ Sermatech Plan ”) was merged into and with the Hourly Employees’ Plan. This Schedule attempts to catalogue and preserve the benefits, rights and features unique to the Sermatech Plan. All such benefits, rights and features which are required to be preserved under section 411(d)(6) of the Code or the terms of such merged plan shall be so preserved. The provisions of this Schedule shall replace and supersede all similar provisions contained in the Plan and shall only apply to those Participants covered by this Schedule.
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
An Eligible Employee in the Sermatech International Middle Atlantic facility in Limerick (“Participating Employer”) who is represented for collective bargaining purposes by the Union shall become a Participant as of the later of June 30, 2002 or his date of hire as such. However, no Employee of the Participating Employer whose date of hire is on or after July 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Definitions
For the purpose of this Schedule only, “ Union ” means the International Union, United Automobile Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America - Local No. 644.
(3)     Normal Retirement Benefit
The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who has a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his “ Normal Retirement Benefit ”). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to the monthly dollar amount indicated below multiplied by the Years of Benefit Accrual Service and fractions thereof:
Participant’s Severance from Employment Date
 
Monthly Amount
July 1, 1989 through June 30, 1990
 
$9.00
July 1, 1990 through June 30, 1992
 
$11.00
July 1, 1992 through June 30, 1993
 
$12.00
July 1, 1993 through June 30, 1994
 
$13.00
July 1, 1994 through June 30, 1995
 
$14.00
July 1, 1995 through June 30, 1996
 
$15.00
July 1, 1996 through June 30, 1997
 
$19.00
July 1, 1997 through June 30, 1998
 
$20.00
July 1, 1998 through June 30, 1999
 
$21.00
July 1, 2000 through June 30, 2001
 
$22.50
July 1, 2001 through June 30, 2002
 
$24.00
July 1, 2002 forward
 
$25.50

Years of Benefit Accrual Service ” means a Participant’s “Credited Service.” Credited Service means the sum of a Participant’s “Credited Service” in the case of a Participant holding seniority with the Participating Employer on December 31, 1981, his total seniority as determined under the collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union on that date, calculated to the nearest 1/10 of a year, and a Participant’s Credited Future Service, which means, for periods beginning on or after January 1, 1982, a period of employment with the Participating Employer credited during each calendar year at the rate of 1/10 of a year for each 170 hours such participant is employed by the Participating Employer during such year, provided that not more than one year of Credited Future Service be credited for one calendar year.
Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

(4)     Early Retirement Benefit
A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an Early Retirement Benefit commencing on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his Early Retirement Date. The “ Early Retirement Benefit ” under this Schedule shall equal the Participant’s Accrued Benefit reduced by 5/9 of 1% for each month that the Participant’s commencement of the Early Retirement Benefit precedes his Normal Retirement Date.
(5)     Form of Benefit
The amount of the monthly payment to a Participant under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be calculated by multiplying the Participant’s benefit determined under this Section 3 or 4 of this Schedule, as applicable, by the applicable factor listed in Table 1, attached to this Schedule.
(6)     Vesting of Benefits
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.

(7)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.

Schedule 11A-Table 1
TELEFLEX, INCORPORATED
PENSION PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES REPRESENTED BY UNITED AUTOWORKERS OF AMERICA – LOCAL NO. 644
TABLE 1
 
Actuarial Reduction Factors to Convert Monthly Pension On Single Life-Life Only Basis To Monthly Pension Payable To Participant With 50% Continuation Thereof   To The Participant’s Spouse Upon The Death Of The Participant
Age of Participant’s Spouse Nearest Birthday In Relation to Participant’s Age Nearest Birthday At The Time The Participant’s Pension Commences


Male Participant’s Age Nearest Birthday On the Date His Pension Commences
 
65
66
67
68
69
70-74
75 or Older
15 years younger
.8190
.8101
.8009
.7913
.7812
.7483
.7124
14 years younger
.8228
.8142
.8051
.7957
.7858
.7536
.7185
13 years younger
.8269
.8184
.8096
.8003
.7906
.7591
.7249
12 years younger
.8301
.8217
.8131
.8040
.7945
.7637
.7305
11 years younger
.8336
.8254
.8170
.8081
.7987
.7688
.7367
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 years younger
.8374
.8295
.8212
.8125
.8034
.7744
.7435
9 years younger
.8414
.8336
.8256
.8171
.8083
.7803
.7508
8 years younger
.8455
.8380
.8301
.8219
.8134
.7864
.7584
7 years younger
.8498
.8425
.8348
.8269
.8187
.7929
.7663
6 years younger
.8535
.8464
.8390
.8313
.8234
.7989
.7739
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 years younger
.8585
.8517
.8446
.8372
.8298
.8067
.7832
4 years younger
.8627
.8561
.8492
.8423
.8352
.8135
.7916
3 years younger
.8669
.8606
.8540
.8474
.8408
.8204
.7998
2 years younger
.8719
.8659
.8598
.8536
.8475
.8285
.8094
1 year younger
.8759
.8702
.8645
.8588
.8530
.8353
.8177
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Same Age
.8801
.8747
.8694
.9641
.8588
.8421
.8263
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 year older
.8849
.8800
.8751
.8703
.8654
.8498
.8362
2 years older
.8898
.8853
.8808
.8763
.8717
.8573
.8457
3 years older
.8954
.8913
.8872
.8831
.8788
.8659
.8562
4 years older
.9000
.8962
.8924
.8885
.8844
.8732
.8654
5 years older
.9050
.9015
.8979
.8942
.8906
.8812
.8751
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 years older
.9101
.9068
.9034
.9002
.8970
.8892
.8851
7 years older
.9511
.9124
.9095
.9066
.9041
.8977
.8954
8 years older
.9195
.9168
.9142
.9119
.9096
.9048
.9041
9 years older
.9243
.9220
.9199
.9179
.9161
.9130
.9135
10 years older
.9289
.9269
.9251
.9234
.9220
.9205
.9216
Note :
Factors for ages or combinations of ages not shown in the table will be determined using the same actuarial basis as was used for calculating the factors show in the table.
Wyco; 8% Interest
TELEFLEX, INCORPORATED
PENSION PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES REPRESENTED BY UNITED AUTOWORKERS OF AMERICA – LOCAL NO. 644
TABLE 1
 
Actuarial Reduction Factors to Convert Monthly Pension On Single Life-Life Only Basis To Monthly Pension Payable To Participant With 50% Continuation Thereof To The Participant’s Spouse Upon The Death Of The Participant
Age of Participant’s Spouse Nearest Birthday In Relation to Participant’s Age Nearest Birthday At The Time The Participant’s Pension Commences


Female Participant’s Age Nearest Birthday On the Date Her Pension Commences
 
65
66
67
68
69
70-74
75 or Older
15 years younger
.8891
.8835
.8775
.8714
.8651
.8446
.8222
14 years younger
.8922
.8867
.8810
.8750
.8690
.8492
.8281
13 years younger
.8953
.8900
.8845
.8788
.8729
.8540
.8341
12 years younger
.8990
.8939
.8886
.8832
.8776
.8598
.8412
11 years younger
.9018
.8969
.8918
.8867
.8814
.8645
.8473
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 years younger
.9047
.8999
.8952
.8903
.8853
.8694
.8534
9 years younger
.9080
.9036
.8991
.8945
.8898
.8751
.8603
8 years younger
.9114
.9072
.9030
.8988
.8944
.8808
.8669
7 years younger
.9153
.9115
.9076
.9037
.8996
.8872
.8743
6 years younger
.9183
.9148
.9112
.9076
.9038
.8924
.8804
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 years younger
.9218
.9186
.9153
.9119
.9084
.8979
.8871
4 years younger
.9255
.9225
.9195
.9164
.9132
.9034
.8942
3 years younger
.9296
.9269
.9242
.9213
.9184
.9095
.9016
2 years younger
.9327
.9302
.9277
.9250
.9223
.9142
.9077
1 year younger
.9364
.9341
.9317
.9293
.9267
.9199
.9146
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Same Age
.9398
.9377
.9354
.9332
.9309
.9251
.9211
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 year older
.9438
.9418
.9397
.9378
.9359
.9311
.9286
2 years older
.9477
.9459
.9441
.9425
.9410
.9370
.9360
3 years older
.9503
.9486
.9472
.9459
.9446
.9414
.9415
4 years older
.9536
.9524
.9512
.9501
.9490
.9471
.9482
5 years older
.9570
.9560
.9551
.9541
.9532
.9525
.9541
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
6 years older
.9593
.9584
.9575
.9567
.9562
.9565
.9583
7 years older
.9628
.9621
.9614
.9608
.9606
.9617
.9634
8 years older
.9656
.9549
.9645
.9643
.9645
.9660
.9676
9 years older
.9682
.9678
.9677
.9678
.9682
.9699
.9713
10 years older
.9708
.9707
.9708
.9712
.9719
.9733
.9745
Note :
Factors for ages or combinations of ages not shown in the table will be determined using the same actuarial basis as was used for calculating the factors shown in the table.
Wyco; 8% Interest

Schedule No. 12A - Teleflex Incorporated Pension Plan for Employees
Represented by UAW Local No. 644 -
Supplemental to Teleflex Incorporated
Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan (For UAW-644 Plan)
Effective June 30, 2002, the Teleflex Incorporated UAW Local No. 644 Employees’ Pension Plan (the “UAW 644 Plan”) was merged into and with the Hourly Employees’ Plan. This Schedule attempts to catalogue and preserve the benefits, rights and features unique to the UAW 644 Plan. All such benefits, rights and features which are required to be preserved under section 411(d)(6) of the Code or the terms of such merged plan shall be so preserved. The provisions of this Schedule shall replace and supersede all similar provisions contained in the Plan and shall only apply to those Participants covered by this Schedule.
The Plan was amended effective as of March 22, 2011, by the Purchase Agreement whereby Teleflex Incorporated sold its Marine business unit to Marine Acquisition Corp. (the “Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement: (i) effective as of March 22, 2011, Marine assumed of all of the liabilities under the Plan with respect to certain participants specified in Section 5.4(h)(i) of the Purchase Agreement who were current or former employees of the Marine business unit (“Marine Participants”), (ii) effective as of March 22, 2011 (or such earlier date set forth in the Plan), the Marine Participants ceased to accrue any additional benefits under the Plan, and (iii) all assets in the Plan attributable to the benefits of the Marine Participants (whether or not vested) and related liabilities were required to be transferred to a defined benefit plan established by Marine as soon as practicable following Marine’s establishment of the defined benefit plan. The transfer to the Marine Acquisition Corp. Retirement Income Plan occurred on June 30, 2011, and following this transfer, no Marine Participant is entitled to a benefit from or to continue participation in, the Plan. Accordingly, effective on and after June 30, 2011, this Schedule applies only to the Participant who is not a Marine Participant.
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
An Eligible Employee in the Teleflex Incorporated Marine Industrial Division (“Participating Employer”) who is represented for collective bargaining purposes by the Union shall become a Participant as of the later of June 30, 2002 or his date of hire as such. However, no Employee of the Participating Employer who is represented for collective bargaining purposes by the Union whose initial date of hire is on or after July 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Definitions
(a)    “Total and Permanent Disability” means the total and permanent incapacity of an Employee prior to his Normal Retirement Date and after he has been credited with 10 years of Vesting Service, and as a result of which an Employee is entitled to receive and is receiving disability benefits under the Social Security Act.
(b)    “Union” means the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America - Local No. 644.
(3)     Retirement Benefit
The amount of monthly retirement benefit to be provided for each Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit (herein called his Normal Retirement Benefit). A Participant’s Accrued Benefit is based on a retirement benefit formula equal to the monthly dollar amount indicated below multiplied by the Years of Benefit Accrual Service and fractions thereof:



Participant’s Severance from Employment Date
 
Monthly Amount
June 1, 1989 through June 31, 1990
 
$17.50
July 1, 1990 through May 31, 1991
 
$18.50
June 1, 1991 through May 31, 1992
 
$19.50
June 1, 1992 through June 30, 1993
 
$20.50
July 1, 1993 through May 31, 1994
 
$21.50
June 1, 1994 through May 31, 1995
 
$23.50
June 1, 1995 through May 31, 1996
 
$26.50
June 1, 1996 through May 31, 1997
 
$27.00
June 1, 1997 through May 31, 1998
 
$28.00
June 1, 1998 through May 31, 2000
 
$29.00
June 1, 2000 through May 31, 2001
 
$30.00
June 1, 2001 through May 31, 2002
 
$31.00
June 1, 2002 through May 31, 2003
 
$32.00
June 1, 2003 through May 31, 2004
 
$33.00
June 1, 2004 through May 31, 2009
 
$34.00
June 1, 2009 through May 31, 2010
 
$35.00
June 1, 2010 and after
 
$36.00

“Years of Benefit Accrual Service” means a Participant’s “Credited Service.” Credited Service means a Participant’s “Credited Past Service” in the case of a Participant holding seniority with the Participating Employer on January 1, 1972, his total seniority as determined under the collective bargaining agreement between the Participating Employer and the Union on that date, calculated to the nearest 1/12 th of a year, and a Participant’s Credited Future Service, which means, for periods beginning after January 1, 1972, a period of employment with the Participating Employer credited during each calendar year at the rate of 1/10 th of a year in each 170 hours such Participant is employed by the Participating Employee during such year, provided that not more than one year of Credited Future Service shall be credited for any one calendar year.
Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

(4)     Early Retirement
A Participant may elect to retire on an Early Retirement Date. In the event that a Participant makes such an election, he shall be entitled to receive an Early Retirement Benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date. However, if a Participant so elects, he may receive payment of an Early Retirement Benefit commencing on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his Early Retirement Date. This Early Retirement Benefit under this Schedule, shall equal the Participant’s Accrued Benefit reduced by 1/2 of 1% for each month that the Participant’s commencement of the Early Retirement Benefit precedes his Normal Retirement Date.
(5)     Disability Retirement Benefit
The disability retirement benefit payable to a Participant who incurs a Total and Permanent Disability shall be his Accrued Benefit based on his years of Credited Service up the date he has a Severance from Employment due to such disability. Payment of such disability benefit shall begin as of the first day of the month following the later of:
(a)    The date the Participant begins to receive disability benefits under the Federal Social Security Act as in effect at the time of such disability retirement, or
(b)    The approval by the Administrative Committee of the Participant’s application for disability retirement under the Plan,
and shall continue until the date such Participant ceases to receive disability benefits under the Federal Social Security Act; provided that if such Participant continues to receive benefits until he reaches age 65, such benefits hereunder will continue for the remainder of the Participant’s life. Disability benefits shall not be paid in any month for which the Participant receives illness or injury benefits under any program maintained by the Employer.
(6)     Form of Benefit
The amount of the monthly payment to a Participant under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be calculated by multiplying the Participant’s benefit determined under Section 3 or 4 of this Schedule, as applicable, by the applicable factor listed in Table 1, attached to the end of this Schedule.
(7)     Vesting of Benefits on Ceasing to be an Employee
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service. A Participant’s interest in his Accrued Benefit shall in any case become 100% vested if, while employed by the Employer, he reaches his Normal Retirement Date, dies or sustains a Total and Permanent Disability.
(8)     Death Benefits
The surviving Spouse of a Participant covered by this Schedule shall only be eligible for the death benefit provided under Article VII of Appendix E, if such Spouse was married to the Participant throughout the three-month period ending on the Participant’s date of death.
(9)     Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
(a)    For a married Participant who retires on or after his Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date, the product of (i) and (ii) below, paid in the form of a monthly joint and survivor annuity that provides an annuity for the life of the Participant’s surviving Spouse equal to 50% of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his Spouse:
(i)    The Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined under Section (3) , (4) or (5) above, as applicable;
(ii)    90%, increased by ½ of 1% for each year in excess of five years that the age of the Participant’s Spouse exceeds the Participant’s age, with both ages determined as of the birthday nearer the Participant’s retirement date, to a maximum of 100%, or decreased by ½ of 1% for each year in excess of five years that the age of the Participant’s Spouse is less than the Participant’s age, with both ages determined as of the birthday nearer the Participant’s retirement date;
(b)    For a married Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment prior to his Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date due to a Total and Permanent Disability or for any other reason, the Participant’s Accrued Benefit paid in the form of a monthly joint and survivor annuity that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of benefit for an unmarried Participant, and that provides an annuity for the life of the Participant’s surviving Spouse equal to 50% of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his Spouse.
(10)     Medicare Benefits
Each Participant who retires on or after his Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date or who has a Severance from Employment due to a Total and Permanent Disability shall receive the premium under Part B of Medicare, as contained in the Federal Social Security Act, for him and his Spouse for each month in which the Participant or his Spouse is eligible for Part B coverage under Medicare, as contained in the Federal Security Act.
(11)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.


Schedule 12A-Table 1

TABLE OF FACTORS TO CONVERT AN AMOUNT OF PENSION PAYABLE
TO AN EMPLOYEE FOR LIFE TO AN ACTUARIALLY EQUIVALENT AMOUNT OF PENSION PAYABLE TO THE EMPLOYEE FOR LIFE WITH ONE-HALF OF THE PENSION
AMOUNT PAYABLE TO THE EMPLOYEE CONTINUED TO THE EMPLOYEE’S
SPOUSE FOR THE PERIOD, IF ANY, THAT THE SPOUSE SURVIVES THE EMPLOYEE


A.    If ages of spouse and Participant are 5 years or less apart: 90%

B.
If spouse if more than 5 years older than Participant: 90% increased by ½ of 1% (.005) for each year in excess of 5 years that the age of the spouse exceeds the age of the Participant (up to a maximum of 100%).

C.
If spouse if more than 5 years younger than Participant: 90% decreased by ½ of 1% (.005) for each year in excess of 5 years that the age of the Spouse is less the age of the Participant.

For purposes of the above, the Participant’s and Spouse’s age nearest his or her birthday is used.





Schedule No. 13A DeCouper Industries, Inc. U.A.W. Retirement Income Plan
Represented by the International Union, Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America, No. 540 and Local 1155 -
Supplemental to Teleflex Incorporated
Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan (For PACE Plan)
Effective July 31, 2002, the DeCouper Industries, Inc. U.A.W. Retirement Income Plan (the “ DeCouper Plan ”) was merged into and with the Hourly Employees’ Plan. This Schedule attempts to catalogue and preserve the benefits, rights and features unique to the DeCouper Plan. All such benefits, rights and features which are required to be preserved under section 411(d)(6) of the Code or the terms of such merged plan shall be so preserved. The provisions of this Schedule shall replace and supersede all similar provisions contained in the Plan and shall only apply to those Participants covered by this Schedule.
(1)     Eligibility for Participation
An Eligible Employee in the Warren, Michigan facility of DeCouper Industries, Inc. (“Participating Employer”) who is represented for collective bargaining purposes by the Union shall become a Participant as of the later of July 31, 2002 or his date of hire as such. No Employee of the Participating Employer whose date of hire is on or after January 1, 2006 shall become a Participant.
(2)     Definitions
For the purpose of this Schedule only:
(a)    “ Disability ” shall mean the total and permanent incapacity of an Employee after he has been credited with 10 years of Vesting Service, but prior to his Normal Retirement Date, and which entitles him to disability benefits under the Social Security Act as then in effect.
(b)    “ Union ” means the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America, No. 540 and Local 1155.
(3)     Accrued Benefit
Accrued Benefit ” means the monthly amount payable to the Participant on his Normal Retirement Date in the form of a Life Annuity determined on the basis of such Participant’s Years of Benefit Service as of the date of determination, in an amount determined under the provisions shown below:
(a)    Participants employed by Thomas Die and Stamping, Inc.
(i)    Three Dollars and Fifty Cents ($3.50) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date occurred prior to August 1, 1980.
(ii)    Four Dollars ($4.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date occurred on or after August 1, 1980 but prior to June 1, 1987.
(iii)    Five Dollars ($5.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date occurred on or after June 1, 1987 but prior to June 1, 1988.
(iv)    Six Dollars ($6.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date is on or after June 1, 1988 but prior to June 1, 1989.
(v)    Seven Dollars ($7.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date is on or after June 1, 1989 but prior to June 1, 1990.
(vi)    Eight Dollars ($8.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date is on or after June 1, 1990 but prior to June 1, 1991.
(vii)    Nine Dollars ($9.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date is on or after June 1, 1991 but prior to June 1, 1992.
(viii)    Ten Dollars ($10.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date is on or after June 1, 1992.
(ix)    Twelve Dollars ($12.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date is on or after June 1, 1999.
(x)    Thirteen Dollars ($13.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date is on or after June 1, 2002.
In addition, a Participant who was covered under the Prior Plan shall receive a lump sum payment equal to his Prior Plan Profit Sharing Account, if any. Such lump sum payment equal to the Prior Plan Profit Sharing Account shall also be available to such Participants as an in-service benefit. An in-service payment may be elected by the Participant with the in-service payment date being the first day of the second month following the date the Benefits Group receives proper application from such Participant. Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
(b)    Participants employed by the Stamping Services Division U.A.W. Retirement Income Plan:
(i)    Three Dollars ($3.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date is prior to August 1, 1977.
(ii)    Four Dollars ($4.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date occurred on or after August 1, 1977 but prior to August 1, 1980.
(iii)    Four Dollars and Fifty Cents ($4.50) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date occurred on or after August 1, 1980 but prior to August 1, 1981.
(iv)    Five Dollars ($5.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date occurred on or after August 1, 1981 but prior to August 1, 1985.
(v)    Six Dollars ($6.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date occurred on or after August 1, 1985 but prior to August 1, 1986.
(vi)    Six Dollars and Fifty Cents ($6.50) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date occurred on or after August 1, 1986 but prior to August 1, 1987.
(vii)    Seven Dollars ($7.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service if such Participant’s Severance from Employment date occurred on or after August 1, 1987 but prior to March 31, 1988.
(viii)    Five Dollars ($5.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1988 but prior to March 31, 1989.
(ix)    Six Dollars ($6.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1989 but prior to March 31, 1990.
(x)    Seven Dollars ($7.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1990 but prior to March 31, 1991.
(xi)    Eight Dollars ($8.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April, 1 1991 but prior to March 31, 1992.
(xii)    Nine Dollars ($9.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1992 but prior to March 31, 1993.
(xiii)    Ten Dollars ($10.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1993.
(xiv)    Eleven Dollars ($11.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1996.
(xv)    Twelve Dollars ($12.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1997.
(xvi)    Thirteen Dollars ($13.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 2000.
(xvii)    Fourteen Dollars ($14.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 2001.
(xviii)    Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 2002.
Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

(c)    Participants employed by the Handi-Vet Division U.A.W. Retirement Income Plan:
(i)    Two Dollars and Fifty Cents ($2.50) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service earned prior to April 1, 1988.
(ii)    Five Dollars ($5.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1988 but prior to March 31, 1989.
(iii)    Six Dollars ($6.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1989 but prior to March 31, 1990.
(iv)    Seven Dollars ($7.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1990 but prior to March 31, 1991.
(v)    Eight Dollars ($8.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1991 but prior to March 31, 1992.
(vi)    Nine Dollars ($9.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1992 but prior to March 31, 1993.
(vii)    Ten Dollars ($10.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1993 but prior to March 31, 1996.
(viii)    Eleven Dollars ($11.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1996 but prior to March 31, 1997.
(ix)    Twelve Dollars ($12.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1997 but prior to March 31, 2000.
(x)    Thirteen Dollars ($13.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 2000 but prior to March 31, 2001.
(xi)    Fourteen Dollars ($14.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 2001 but prior to March 31, 2002.
(xii)    Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 2002 but prior to March 31, 2003.
Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

(d)     Other DeCouper Employees :
(i)    Service prior to August 1, 1987: $4.00.
(ii)    Service prior to August 1, 1988: $5.00.
(iii)    Six Dollars ($6.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April, 1989 but prior to March 31, 1990.
(iv)    Seven Dollars ($7.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1990 but prior to March 31, 1991.
(v)    Eight Dollars ($8.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April, 1991 but prior to March 31, 1992.
(vi)    Nine Dollars ($9.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1,1992 but prior to March 31, 1993.
(vii)    Ten Dollars ($10.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1993 but prior to March 31, 1996.
(viii)    Eleven Dollars ($11.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1996 but prior to March 31, 1997.
(ix)    Twelve Dollars ($12.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 1997 but prior to March 31, 2000.
(x)    Thirteen Dollars ($13.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 2000 but prior to March 31, 2001.
(xi)    Fourteen Dollars ($14.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 2001 but prior to March 31, 2002.
(xii)    Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after April 1, 2002 but prior to March 31, 2003.
Except to the extent required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, an individual shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Accrual Service after December 31, 2008. As a result, except as required by applicable law or a collective bargaining agreement, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

(4)     Normal Retirement Benefits
A Participant who has reached his Normal Retirement Date, who is not receiving Disability Benefits and who either (a) is an Eligible Employee as of his Normal Retirement Date or (b) was credited:
(a)    In either the Plan Year in which his Normal Retirement Date occurs or in one of the two Plan Years immediately preceding the Plan Year in which his Normal Retirement Date occurs, with at least one-tenth of a Year of Benefit Service; or
(b)    In the Plan Year in which his Normal Retirement Date occurs or in the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which his Normal Retirement Date occurs, with at least half the number of Hours of Service required for him to be credited with a Year of Vesting Service for such Plan Year,
shall be entitled to a Normal Retirement Benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit. If the Participant has experienced a Severance from Employment, the Participant may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to commence receipt of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Normal Retirement Date or the first day of any month following his Normal Retirement Date (such later date being a Postponed Retirement Date and such benefit being a Postponed Retirement Benefit).
(5)     Early Retirement Benefits
A Participant with at least 10 Years of Vesting Service or 10 Years of Benefit Service who has attained age 60 but who experiences a Severance from Employment before his Normal Retirement Date and who is not receiving a Disability Retirement Benefit may elect to receive his Accrued Benefit beginning on his Normal Retirement Date (or Postponed Retirement Date). Alternatively, the Participant may elect to receive payment of an Early Retirement Benefit commencing on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the later of his Early Retirement Date or 30 days after the date the Benefits Group receives the Participant’s election to commence benefits, but no later than his Normal Retirement Date (in which case the benefit will be a Normal Retirement Benefit). The “ Early Retirement Benefit ” under this Schedule shall equal the Participant’s Accrued Benefit reduced by one-half of one percent (.5%) for each full month by which that the Participant’s commencement of the Early Retirement Benefit precedes his Normal Retirement Date.
(6)     Disability Retirement Benefits
A Participant with at least 10 Years of Vesting Service or ten 10 Years of Benefit Service who incurs a Disability, without fulfilling the requirements of Section (4) or (5) of this Schedule, above, and who has been credited with at least one Year of Benefit Service since the end of any period of three or more consecutive calendar years in which he was not credited with at least one-tenth of a Year of Benefit Service, shall entitled to a Disability Retirement Benefit if he has a Severance from Employment on account of Disability.
A Participant may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to commence receipt of a “ Disability Retirement Benefit ” on the first day of any month coinciding with or next following the later of his Severance from Employment on account of Disability or 30 days after the date the Benefits Group receives the Participant’s election to commence benefits, but no later than his Normal Retirement Date (in which case the benefit will be a Normal Retirement Benefit), provided he provides proof of Disability satisfactory to the Benefits Group. The Benefits Group may require proof of a Participant’s continued Disability prior to the Participant’s 65th birthday at intervals of not less than 12 months.
If a Participant has been married for at least 12 months as of his Annuity Starting Date, his Disability Retirement Benefit shall be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Pension in the amount described below, unless the Participant waives payment in that form in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan and his Spouse consents.
If a Participant has not been married for at least 12 months as of his Annuity Starting Date (or if he has waived payment of his Disability Retirement Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan) and his Spouse has consented, his Disability Retirement Benefits shall be paid in the form of a monthly amount equal to his Accrued Benefit, payable until the first to occur of the Participant’s death or his attainment of age 65. If the first to occur is the Participant’s death, the last Disability Retirement Benefit payment shall be made as of the month in which his death occurs. If the first to occur is the Participant’s attainment of age 65, monthly payments beginning the month after the Participant attains age 65 shall be made as follows:
(a) If the Participant has not been married at least 12 months as of the date he attains age 65, Disability Retirement Benefits after he attains age 65 shall be paid in the form of the Single Life Annuity equal to his Accrued Benefit.
(b) If the Participant has been married at least 12 months as of the date he attains age 65, Disability Retirement Benefits after he attains age 65 shall be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity which is the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Disability Retirement Benefit shall cease as of the first day of the month next following the earlier of his death or his recovery from his Disability before his Normal Retirement Date. If a Participant recovers from his Disability before his Normal Retirement Date, any Plan benefits that later become payable shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any Disability Retirement Benefits previously paid.
(7)     Severance from Employment With Right to a Deferred Retirement Benefit
Upon his Severance from Employment, a Participant who is credited with at least five (5) Years of Vesting Service (if the person is credited with at least one Hour of Service on or after August 1, 1989) or ten (10) Years of Vesting Service (if the person is not credited with at least one Hour of Service on or after August 1, 1989) but does not satisfy the requirements of Sections (4), (5) or (6) of this Schedule, above, shall be entitled to a Plan benefit commencing (a) any time on or after his Normal Retirement Date (but no later than his Required Beginning Date) if he is credited with fewer than 10 Years of Vesting Service and fewer than 10 Years of Benefit Service, such benefit being a Normal Retirement Benefit or Postponed Retirement Benefit, as applicable, or (b) any time after attaining age 60 if he is credited with at least 10 Years of Vesting Service or 10 Years of Benefit Service, such benefit being an Early Retirement Benefit computed in accordance with Section (5) of this Schedule, above.
(8)     Non-Duplication of Benefits with DeCouper Industries Inc .
If a Participant receives benefits from any other defined benefit pension plan (or such other retirement plan as the Administrative Committee shall designate) other than the DeCouper Industries, Inc. U.A.W. Retirement Income Plan, and if the computation of the Participant’s Plan benefit under this Schedule includes any Benefit Service for any years, which years (the Common Years) are also included in determining the Participant’s benefits under such other defined benefit pension plan (or years during which the Participant was accruing benefits under another retirement plan designated by the Benefits Group), except as otherwise provided by the Employer and attached as an exhibit to the Plan, the Participant’s Plan benefit under this Schedule shall be the Participant’s Accrued Benefit, determined in accordance with Section 3 of this Schedule, reduced by the lesser of (i) such portions of the Participant’s benefits from such other plan as are attributable to the Common Years or (ii) such portions of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan as are attributable to such Common Years, as determined by the Benefits Group.
(9)     Form of Benefit
Benefits under the Plan and this Schedule shall be payable as follows, except for Disability Retirement Benefits, which shall be payable as provided in Section 6 of this Schedule:
(a) A Participant who is married on the date payment of his Plan benefit commences shall automatically receive his Plan benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity unless the Participant validly waives the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elects an optional form of payment set forth in Section 10 of this Schedule in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan.
(b) A Participant who, as of the date payment of his Plan benefits commences is not married shall automatically receive his Plan benefit in the form of a Life Annuity, unless such Participant waives the Life Annuity and elects an optional form of payment set forth in Section 10 of this Schedule in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan.
(10)     Optional Forms of Payment
A Participant may elect to receive his Plan benefit under this Schedule in the form of a reduced monthly pension payable to the Participant during his lifetime, and upon the Participant’s death, provided the Participant’s Beneficiary survives him, monthly payments shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary for the Beneficiary’s life in a monthly amount equal to 50% of the monthly payments previously made to the Participant. The amount of this optional form of payment shall be determined as an amount equal to 85% of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit payable at Normal Retirement if the Participant’s age and his eligible Spouse’s age are the same (age for purposes hereof being the age at his last birthday prior to the Annuity Starting Date). Such percentage shall be increased by one-half of one percent (1/2%), up to a maximum of 100% for each twelve (12) months that the Spouse’s age exceeds the Participant’s age and shall be decreased by one-half of one percent (1/2%) for each twelve (12) months that the Spouse’s age is less than the Participant’s age.
A Participant may not elect an optional form of payment providing monthly benefits to a Beneficiary other than his Spouse unless (1) the Participant has waived the automatic form of benefit applicable to him and has obtained Spousal consent, (2) if the payment of the Participant’s benefit commenced prior to August 1, 1989, the Actuarial Equivalent of the payments expected to be made to the Participant was more than 50% of the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit, and (3) if the payment of the Participant’s Plan benefit commences on or after August 1, 1989, the optional form is payable over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant and an individual Beneficiary designated by the Participant, measured as of the Required Beginning Date which period shall not be longer than the period permitted under the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

(11)     Effect of Pensioner Resuming Employment
If a Participant receiving benefit payments resumes employment with an Employer or a Related Employer, payment of his Plan benefits shall be discontinued for each month that such Participant earns 40 or more Hours of Service. Determination of said employment status shall be made in the sole discretion of the Administrative Committee under such rules and procedures as may from time to time be established by the Administrative Committee. In the event a Participant’s Plan benefit payments are suspended, the Administrative Committee shall give such Participant notification of his rights, offset such Participant’s future Plan benefits and recommence payment of such Participant’s Plan benefit in a manner determined in its sole discretion subject to any requirements imposed by law.
Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the amount of a Participant’s Plan benefits which is attributable to Years of Benefit Service that accrued while a Participant is receiving Plan benefit payments will be reduced (but not below zero) by the Actuarial Equivalent of the Plan benefit paid while a Participant is credited with Years of Benefit Service.
(12)     Vesting of Benefits
A Participant will vest upon completing five (5) Years of Vesting Service.
(14)     Other Provisions
Provisions not covered by this Schedule may be determined by reference to the Plan and Appendix E thereto.


TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
APPENDIX A     
RETIREMENT PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES OF ARROW INTERNATIONAL, INC.
The provisions in this Appendix F apply with respect to Participants in the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees of Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow Salaried Plan”) before its merger with and into the Plan effective as of August 31, 2008. The provisions in this Appendix F shall continue to apply on and after January 1, 2014 to eligible Employees and Participants eligible for the benefits described in this Appendix F. Except for the provisions set forth in Appendix F, the Plan provisions, including terms defined therein, shall apply with respect to Participants eligible for the benefits described in this Appendix F.

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Terms used but not defined in this Appendix F shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. Except with respect to the references to Articles and Sections of the Plan herein, references in this Appendix F to Articles and Section numbers are references to the Articles and Sections in this Appendix F.

1.1     Active Participant ” shall mean a Participant who is an Employee in the Covered Class.
1.2     Actuarial Equivalent” or “Actuarially Equivalent shall mean of equal actuarial value on the basis of the assumptions and factors described in Schedule A.
1.3    “ Age ” shall mean, for any individual, his age on his last birthday, except that an individual attains Age 70 1/2 on the corresponding date in the sixth calendar month following the month on which his 70 th birthday falls (or the last day of such month if there is no corresponding date therein).
1.4    “ Annual Compensation ” shall mean:
(a)    Effective for any Plan Year beginning on or after September 1, 2001 and prior to September 1, 2005, the total wages paid to a Participant by a Participating Company which must be taken into account for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, increased by (a) any elective contributions to a Participating Company’s plan under Sections 125, 132(f), 402(g)(3), 402(h), and 403(b) of the Code, and reduced by the dollar amount or value of each of the following: reimbursements and other expense allowances, fringe benefits (both cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.
(b)    Effective September 1, 2005, the total wages paid to a Participant by a Participating Company from the following sources: base salary, bonuses, and commissions paid to a Participant by a Participating Company, increased by any elective contributions to a Participating Company’s plan under sections 125, 132(f), 402(g)(3), 402(h), and 403(b) of the Code.
(c)    For Participants on short term disability, Annual Compensation received from a Participating Company’s general assets shall be included in calculating Annual Compensation, while short term disability benefits paid by a third-party shall not be included in calculating Annual Compensation.
(d)    Participants employed by an acquired company shall have their Annual Compensation in the year of acquisition calculated by pro-rating the entire calendar year’s pay using a fraction in which the denominator is 12 and the numerator is the number of months in the calendar year from the acquisition date to the end of the calendar year.
In general, all Annual Compensation up to a Participant’s actual Severance from Employment (or December 31, 2008, if earlier) shall be taken into account in calculating benefits. However, in the case of a Participant who does not have any period of employment on or after September 1, 1988, Annual Compensation received after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date shall not be taken into account in calculating benefits under this Plan.
In calculating a Disabled Participant’s benefit, it will be assumed that the Participant’s Annual Compensation has continued unchanged from his Severance from Employment on account of Total and Permanent Disability to his Normal Retirement Date (or December 31, 2008, if earlier).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective September 1, 2004, Annual Compensation shall exclude amounts included in the taxable income of the Participant as a result of the grant of a non-qualified stock option by a Participating Company or a 50% Related Employer, amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option (or incentive stock option to the extent such exercise is taxable) or from stock or property which is currently taxable under section 83 of the Code, and such other extraordinary items includable in the taxable income of the Participant.
Effective January 1, 2009, if Participants’ Annual Compensation under the Plan was not frozen effective as of December 31, 2008, Annual Compensation would also include any differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer, as required by Code Section 414(u)(12), as amended by the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (the “HEART Act”).

1.5    “ Annuity Starting Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-20, Q&A-10 (the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form).

1.6     Average Annual Compensation ” shall mean:

(a)    Prior to September 1, 2005, Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by 12.
(b)    Effective September 1, 2005:
(i)    For a Participant with an Employment Date prior to September 1, 2005, the greater of:
(A)    The Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by 12; or
(B)    The average of the Participant’s Annual Compensation, calculated on calendar year basis, during the five consecutive calendar years in the final 10 (or fewer) consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee which yield the highest average. For purposes of this Paragraph, nonconsecutive calendar years interrupted by periods in which the Participant is not an Employee shall be treated as consecutive. If a Participant does not have five full consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee, his Average Annual Compensation shall be the amount determined by averaging Annual Compensation, calculated on calendar year basis, during the period in which he is an Employee.
(ii)    For a Participant with an Employment Date on or after September 1, 2005, the average of the Participant’s Annual Compensation, calculated on calendar year basis, during the five consecutive calendar years in the final 10 (or fewer) consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee which yield the highest average. For purposes of this Paragraph, nonconsecutive calendar years interrupted by periods in which the Participant is not an Employee shall be treated as consecutive. If a Participant does not have five full consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee, his Average Annual Compensation shall be the amount determined by averaging Annual Compensation, calculated on calendar year basis, during the period in which he is an Employee.
1.7    “ Average Monthly Compensation ” shall mean the average of a Participant’s monthly compensation during the 60 consecutive months in the final 120 (or fewer) consecutive months of employment as an Employee (or as of December 31, 2008, if earlier) which yield the highest average. For purposes of this Paragraph, nonconsecutive months interrupted by periods in which the Participant is not an Employee shall be treated as consecutive. If a Participant does not have 60 full consecutive months of employment as an Employee, his Average Monthly Compensation shall be the amount determined by averaging Monthly Compensation during the period in which he is an Employee.
1.8    “ Benefit ” shall mean the amount to which a Participant shall become entitled, is entitled to or is receiving under the Plan in accordance with the terms of this Appendix F.
1.9    “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Sponsor or any committee thereof.
1.10    “ Break-in-Service ” shall mean a twelve-consecutive month Period of Severance, as further defined in Article III.
1.11    “ Committee ” or “ Retirement Committee ” shall mean the Teleflex Incorporated Benefits Policy Committee.
1.12    “ Computation Period ” shall mean for any Employee the 12-month period beginning on the Employee’s Employment or Reemployment Date or on any anniversary of such date, and ending on the day before the anniversary thereof.
1.13    “ Covered Class ” shall mean the class consisting of each Employee who (a) is employed by a Participating Company; (b) receives a regular stated salary from the Participating Company, other than a pension, severance pay, retainer or fee under a contract, and who is not paid on an hourly or piecework basis; (c) is not covered by a collective bargaining agreement, unless such agreement specifically provides for participation hereunder; and (d) is not covered by another qualified defined benefit pension plan to which the Participating Company makes contributions. An Employee who is such solely by reason of being a leased employee within the meaning of section 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code shall not be in the Covered Class. The determination of whether an Employee is in the Covered Class shall be made by the Benefits Group on a uniform basis consistent with the intent expressed hereunder.
1.14    “ Disability Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of the month next following the date on which a Participant who has been credited with five or more Years of Vesting Service suffers a Total and Permanent Disability which has resulted in his Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers. A Participant shall not have a Disability Retirement Date unless he has been credited with five or more Years of Vesting Service.
1.15    “ Disabled Participant ” shall mean a Participant who has a Disability Retirement Date and who has not ceased to be a Disabled Participant pursuant to Section 4.4(b).
1.16    “ Early Retirement Age ” shall mean for any Participant the later of (a) the Participant’s 55 th birthday and (b) the date on which the Participant completes 10 Years of Benefit Service. For a former employee of Kontron, “Early Retirement Age” shall be defined as described in Schedule C.
1.17    “ Early Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of any month (prior to a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date) following the date on which a Participant attains Early Retirement Age.
1.18    “ Employee ” shall mean an individual who is classified as an employee by a Participating Company or a Related Employer, including officers, shareholders, or directors who are employees, but excluding (a) independent contractors, whether or not such persons are later determined to be common-law employees by a court or an administrative agency, and (b) employees who are nonresident aliens (within the meaning of section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from a Participating Company or a Related Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of section 861(a)(3) of the Code).
Effective January 1, 2009, to the extent the Plan is not frozen, any individual in Qualified Military Service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)) who is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer shall be treated as an “Employee” of the Employer solely for purposes of providing contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to such Qualified Military Service, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this provision shall be interpreted to require any benefit accruals under the Plan and this Appendix F after December 31, 2008.
1.19    “ Employment Date ” shall mean the date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service for a Participating Company, a Predecessor Company, or a Related Employer. The Employment Date of an Employee at Arrow’s New Jersey Plant shall not be earlier than April 1, 1987, and at all other locations shall not be earlier than September 1, 1975.
1.20    “ Late Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of the month next following the date on which a Participant experiences a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the first day of any month on which a Participant elects to commence receipt of his Plan benefit for any other reason after his Normal Retirement Date, but not before the Participant’s Severance from Employment and not later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.
1.21     “ Mandatory Benefit Commencement Date ” shall mean the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, as defined in Section 1.51 of the Plan.
1.22    “ 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee ” shall mean any Participant whose accrued benefit as of August 31, 1989 (calculated under the Arrow Salaried Plan as in effect on August 31, 1989) was based on annual compensation of more than $200,000.

1.23    “ 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee ” shall mean any Participant whose accrued benefit as of the last day of the 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, or 1993 Plan Year (calculated under the Arrow Salaried Plan as in effect on such date) was based on annual compensation of more than $150,000.

1.24    “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean for any Participant the later of (a) his 65 th birthday and (b) the fifth anniversary of the date on which he commenced participation in the Plan.

1.25    “ Normal Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of the month next following the date on which a Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

1.26    “ Participant ” shall mean an individual who is an Active Participant, a former Active Participant receiving benefits under the Plan, a former Active Participant who has a present or future right to receive benefits under the Plan, or an Employee who was once an Active Participant and has been transferred out of the Covered Class.

1.27    “ Participating Company ” shall mean Arrow and each Related Employer which is authorized by the Committee to adopt the Plan by action of its board of directors or other governing body (as reflected in Schedule D).

1.28    “ Period of Severance ” shall mean the period of time commencing on an Employee’s Severance Date and ending on the date on which the Employee is again entitled to be credited with an Hour of Service described in Section 1.32 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Period of Severance shall not occur as a result of (a) Total and Permanent Disability; (b) an authorized leave of absence for a period not exceeding one year for any reason in accordance with the uniform policy established by the Committee; (c) temporary layoff of less than one year duration; or (d) absence due to involuntary service (or voluntary service in a time of national emergency) in any uniformed services of the United States.

1.29    “ Plan Year ” shall mean the 12-month period ending each December 31; prior to the merger of the Arrow Salaried Plan with and into the Plan, a 12-month period which shall commence each September 1 and end on the next following August 31.

1.30    “ Predecessor Company ” shall mean each business entity that is a predecessor in interest to Arrow, whether due to change of name, merger, consolidation, asset acquisition, or stock acquisition.

1.31    “ Present Value ” shall mean, in relation to a benefit that is expressed as a monthly or annual annuity, the Actuarial Equivalent single-sum value of such benefit as of any given date, determined in accordance with Schedule A.

1.32    “ Reemployment Date ” shall mean the first day, following a Break-in-Service, on which an Employee performs an Hour of Service.

1.33    “ Severance Date ” shall mean the date, as recorded on the records of a Participating Company or a Related Employer, on which an employee of such company quits, retires, is discharged, or dies, or, if earlier, the first anniversary of the first day of a period during which the employee remains absent from service with a Participating Company and all Related Employers (with or without pay) for any other reason, (excluding Total and Permanent Disability), including but not limited to, by reason of vacation, holiday, layoff or leave of absence except as expressly provided otherwise in the Plan and/or this Appendix F.

1.34    “ Spouse ” shall mean the person to whom a Participant is legally married on any date of reference.

1.35    “ Total and Permanent Disability ” shall mean a disability for which a Participant is receiving benefits under a long-term disability program sponsored by a Participating Company or a Related Employer, or, if the Participant is denied benefits solely because of a pre-existing condition, or if the Participant does not participate in the long-term disability plan, then a disability for which the Participant qualifies to receive disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act. The Administrative Committee or its delegee may require such proof of Total and Permanent Disability as it sees fit.

1.36     “ Year of Eligibility Service ” shall mean, for any Employee in the Covered Class, a credit used to determine his eligibility to become an Active Participant. An Employee in the Covered Class shall be credited with a Year of Eligibility Service as of the close of the 12-consecutive-month period that begins on his Employment Commencement Date if he is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service during such period. An Employee in the Covered Class who is not credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service during such period shall be credited with a Year of Eligibility Service as of the close of the first Plan Year in which he is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service. An Employee shall earn Years of Eligibility Service for all employment with Therex Corporation, Arrow-Therex Corporation or Shamie Management Corporation (renamed Arrow Infusion Corporation) prior to September 1, 1996. An Employee shall be credited with Hours of Service toward a Year of Eligibility Service for any period beginning after August 4, 1993 during which he is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993. No Employee whose initial date of hire is on or after October 1, 2007, is eligible to become a Participant in the Plan.

1.37    “ Years of Benefit Service ” or “ Benefit Service ” shall mean the number of Computation Periods counted with respect to determining a Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan, as further described in Article III. A Participant shall not be credited with any Benefit Service or Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008.

1.38    “ Years of Vesting Service ” or “ Vesting Service ” shall mean the number of Computation Periods counted with respect to determining a Participant’s vested status under the Plan, as further described in Article III.


ARTICLE II
PARTICIPATION

2.1     Date of Participation . Prior to October 1, 2007, each Employee in the Covered Class shall become a Participant on the September 1 or March 1 next following the date on which he attains Age 21 and completes one Year of Eligibility Service. Notwithstanding the preceding, no Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan effective as of September 30, 2008. As a result, no Employee whose initial date of hire by a Participating Company is on or after October 1, 2007 shall become a Participant in the Plan.

2.2     Participation After Reemployment .

(a)    A Participant who has a Severance Date and who is later reemployed as an Employee shall resume his participation in the Plan as of his Reemployment Date.

(b)    If an Employee completes the age and service requirements for participation in the Plan but has a Severance from Employment before becoming a Participant, he shall become a Participant in the Plan on the September 1 or March 1 immediately following his Reemployment Date, if he is reemployed as an Employee before he has a Break-in-Service. If such an individual is reemployed after he has a Break-in-Service, he shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of this Plan.

(c)    If an Employee has a Severance from Employment before completing the age and service requirements for participation in the Plan and then is reemployed, he shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of this Plan.


ARTICLE III
VESTING SERVICE AND BENEFIT SERVICE

3.1     Service for Vesting .

(a)    An Employee in a Covered Class shall earn Years of Vesting Service for all employment with a Participating Company, Predecessor Companies, and Related Employers with which he is credited after Age 18. Years of Vesting Service shall be calculated from the employee’s Employment Date or Reemployment Date to the Severance Date, subject to the rules set forth below.

(b)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service calculated from the Employee’s Employment Date or Reemployment Date for all employment with the Strato/Infusaid division of Pfizer, Inc. prior to July 16, 1997.

(c)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service calculated from the Employee’s Employment Date or Reemployment Date for all employment by the Cardiac Assist division of C.R. Bard, Inc. prior to December 1, 1998.

(d)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service calculated from the Employee’s Employment Date or Reemployment Date for all employment by Kontron, Inc. prior to September 1, 1996.

(e)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service calculated from the Employee’s Employment Date or Reemployment Date for all employment Therex Corporation, Arrow-Therex Corporation or Shamie Management Corporation (renamed Arrow Infusion Corporation) prior to September 1, 1996.

(f)    An Employee in a Covered Class on September 1, 1975 under the plan in effect immediately prior to this Plan is credited with additional Years of Vesting Service for any period of employment under Rockwell International or TMW prior to September 1, 1975.

(g)    An Employee of Arrow at the New Jersey Plant is credited with additional Years of Vesting Service for any period of employment with the Arrow not included in 3.1(a) and any period with Johnson & Johnson prior to his Employment Date.

(h)    If an Employee experiences a Severance from Employment by reason of a quit, discharge, or retirement and then is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer before he incurs a Break-in-Service, the Employee shall earn credit toward a Year of Vesting Service for all of his Period of Severance.

(i)    If an Employee experiences a Severance from Employment by reason of quit, discharge, or retirement during an absence from service for 12 months or less for any reason other than a quit, discharge, or retirement, and if he is then reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer within 12 months of the date on which he was first absent from service, he shall earn credit toward a Year of Vesting Service for his Period of Severance.

(j)    An Employee shall be credited with Hours of Service toward a Year of Vesting Service for any period beginning after August 4, 1993 during which he is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

(k)    An Employee shall be credited with Years of Vesting Service for all employment with The Stepic Medical Distribution Company prior to September 1, 2003.

3.2     Benefit Service for Benefit Accrual .

(a)    Prior to a December 31, 2008, a Participant shall earn a Year of Benefit Service for each Year of Vesting Service earned after his Employment Date while he is a Participant and he is employed with a Participating Company in a Covered Class. For purposes of this Section and Section 3.3, the period during which an individual would have been a Participant but for the service requirement for participation under Article II shall be treated as a period during which he was a Participant. Except to the extent required by applicable law, a Participant shall not earn any additional Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008.

(b)    A Participant shall earn Years of Benefit Service until the earliest of:

(i)    Transfer to a job classification in which he is not eligible to participate in the Plan, as modified by this Appendix F;

(ii)    Transfer to a Related Employer that is not a Participating Company the Plan, as modified by this Appendix F; or

(iii)    Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers for any reason except Total and Permanent Disability.

Except to the extent required by applicable law, a Participant shall not earn any additional Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008.

(c)    If a Participant is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer before he incurs a Break-in-Service, and if his Period of Severance commenced with a quit, discharge, or retirement, he shall not earn Years of Benefit Service for any portion of his Period of Severance.

(d)    An Employee shall earn Years of Benefit Service for all employment Therex Corporation, Arrow-Therex Corporation or Shamie Management Corporation (renamed Arrow Infusion Corporation) prior to September 1, 1996.

(e)    A Participant shall not be credited with any Hours of Service toward a Year of Benefit Service for a period during which he is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

(f)    A former Employee of The Stepic Medical Distribution Company shall earn Years of Benefit Service from the later of the Employee’s Employment Date or September 1, 2003.

3.3     Partial Years . Years of Vesting Service and Years of Benefit Service shall be calculated on the basis of completed months, with a “completed month” meaning the period from a given day of the month through the day preceding that day in the next month. An additional full month shall be awarded for any portion of a month of employment beyond a completed month.

3.4     Breaks-in-Service .

(a)    A Break-in-Service shall be a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company or a Related Employer for a 12-consecutive-month period which begins on an Employee’s Severance Date (or on any anniversary of that date) and ends on the day before the anniversary thereof.

(b)    Solely for the purpose for determining when an Employee’s Severance Date occurs, an absence for one or more of the following reasons shall not be considered a Severance from Employment:

(i)    Layoff for a period not in excess of one year;

(ii)    Leave of absence with the approval of the Administrative Committee for a period not in excess of one year, unless such period is extended by the Administrative Committee;

(iii)    Military service such that the Employee meets the requirements for coverage under USERRA or such that his right to reemployment is protected by any other law; or

(iv)    Unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 for a period beginning on or after August 5, 1993.

(c)    If an Employee is absent from work beyond the first anniversary of the first day on which he is absent by reason of pregnancy, childbirth, or adoption or for purposes of the care of his child immediately after birth or adoption, the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such absence shall be neither a Break-in-Service nor a Year of Vesting Service.

3.5     Effect of Break-in-Service .

(a)    A Participant who has a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit and who incurs a Break-in-Service shall have his Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service before his Severance Date aggregated with any Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service he may later earn. However, except to the extent required by applicable law, a Participant shall not earn any Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008.

(b)    A Participant who does not have a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit shall have his Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service before his Severance Date aggregated with any Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service he may later earn if, as of his Reemployment Date, the number of his consecutive Breaks-in-Service is less than the greater of:

(i)    The number of Years of Vesting Service he had earned prior to his Severance Date; or

(ii)    Five.

If the Participant does not meet this requirement, he shall receive no credit for the Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service he has earned before his Severance Date.

3.6     Effect of Cash-Out . Section 3.5 notwithstanding, a Participant who receives a single-sum distribution pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Plan, or elects to have the amount of his single-sum distribution transferred in a direct rollover pursuant to Section 6.10 of the Plan, shall immediately lose all credit for the Years of Benefit Service attributable to the single-sum distribution.

ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY FOR RETIREMENT BENEFITS

4.1     Normal Retirement . A Participant who is employed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer when he attains Normal Retirement Age shall immediately become fully vested in his Accrued Benefit and shall be eligible for a Normal Retirement Benefit if he experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date. Normal Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix F and Article VI of the Plan.

4.2     Late Retirement . A Participant who continues his employment with a Participating Company or a Related Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date shall continue to accrue benefits until the earlier of his Late Retirement Date or December 31, 2008 (or such later date required by applicable law). Such a Participant shall be eligible for a Late Retirement Benefit on his Late Retirement Date. In addition, a Participant who has a vested Accrued Benefit and has experienced a Severance from Employment may elect to commence receiving payment of a Late Retirement Benefit on a Late Retirement Date. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.9 of the Plan, Late Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix F and Article VI of the Plan.

4.3     Early Retirement . If a Participant has experienced a Severance from Employment, he may elect to commence receipt of an Early Retirement Benefit on an Early Retirement Date. Early Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix F and Article VI of the Plan.

Except as provided in Section 6.7.1 or 6.7.2.2 of the Plan, no distribution shall be made prior to the Participant’s Required Beginning Date without his written consent

4.4     Disability Retirement .

(a)    A Participant who has a Disability Retirement Date shall continue to be credited with Years of Benefit Service as set forth in Article III while he remains a Disabled Participant. However a Disabled Participant shall not be credited with additional Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008. A Disabled Participant shall be entitled to a Benefit under Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 6.2 of this Appendix F, whichever is applicable, determined as if the Participant had a Severance Date on the date he ceases to be a Disabled Participant under Subsection (b) of this Section 4.4.

(b)    A Participant will cease to be a Disabled Participant on the earliest of the date on which he:

(i)    Reaches his Normal Retirement Date;

(ii)    Ceases to suffer from a Total and Permanent Disability;

(iii)    Dies; or

(iv)    Is eligible for and elects to receive payment of his Benefit under any other provision of the Plan.

(c)    When a Disabled Participant ceases to be such (or on December 31, 2008 or such later date required by applicable law, if earlier), he shall cease to be credited with Years of Benefit Service, and he shall be entitled to a Benefit (or death Benefit) under the other provisions of the Plan, applied as if he had a Severance Date on the date he ceased to be a Disabled Participant.








ARTICLE V
CALCULATION OF BENEFITS

5.1     Accrued Benefit and Benefit Formula .

(a)    (i)    A Participant’s “ Accrued Benefit ” is an annual pension, payable monthly, in the form of a single life annuity commencing at his Normal Retirement Date equal to one and one quarter percent (1.25%) of the Participant’s Average Annual Compensation as of the date of determination multiplied by the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service as of the date of determination; provided, however, that for Participants who do not have any Accrued Benefits earned on or after September 1, 1999, the Accrued Benefit calculated under this Section 5.1 shall not exceed a maximum annual Accrued Benefit of $25,000.

(ii)    The amount of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit may be affected by the provisions of the following Subsections and by Articles XI, XII and/or XIII of the Plan.

(iii)    Except as otherwise required by applicable law, a Participant shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Service and his Average Annual Compensation will not change after December 31, 2008. As a result, except to the extent required by applicable law, no Participant shall accrue any additional Benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

(b)    A 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee’s Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the greater of (i) or (ii):

(i)    The sum of:

(A)    The 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee’s accrued benefit as of August 31, 1989 under the Arrow Salaried Plan as in effect on August 31, 1989; and

(B)    The amount determined under the Plan’s benefit formula set forth in this Appendix F when only the Years of Benefit Service earned by the 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee after August 31, 1989 are taken into account; or

(ii)    The amount determined under the Plan’s benefit formula set forth in this Appendix F when all Years of Credited Service earned by the 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee are taken into account.

In calculating the August 31, 1989 accrued benefit under paragraph (i)(A), the provisions of Section 11.1 of the Plan shall be applied as if the 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee terminated employment on August 31, 1989. The August 31, 1989 accrued benefit shall not at any time increase because of cost-of-living increases in the dollar limit of Section 11.1.2.1 of the Plan that occur after August 31, 1989 or because of an adjustment under Section 11.1.2.5 of the Plan.


(c)    A 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee’s Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the greater of (i) or (ii):

(i)    The sum of:

(A)    The 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee’s accrued benefit as of August 31, 1994 under the Arrow Salaried Plan as in effect on August 31, 1994; and

(B)    The amount determined under the Plan’s benefit formula set forth in this Appendix F when only the Years of Credited Service earned by the 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee after August 31, 1994 are taken into account; or

(ii)    The amount determined under the Plan’s benefit formula set forth in this Appendix F when all Years of Credited Service earned by the 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee are taken into account.

In calculating the August 31, 1994 accrued benefit under paragraph (i)(A), the provisions of Section 11.1 of the Plan shall be applied as if the 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee terminated employment on August 31, 1994. The August 31, 1994 accrued benefit shall not at any time increase because of cost-of-living increases in the dollar limit of Section 11.1.2.1 of the Plan that occur after August 31, 1994 or because of an adjustment under Section 11.1.2.5 of the Plan.

(d)    Notwithstanding the above, an Employee who was a former participant in the Pension Plan for Employees of Kontron, Incorporated, or an employee of Arrow Interventional hired on or after September 1, 1996 but before September 1, 1999 shall be entitled the annual benefit described in Schedule C of this Appendix F.

5.2     Normal Retirement Benefit . A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” in the amount of his Accrued Benefit. The Participant may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to commence receipt of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Normal Retirement Date.

5.3     Late Retirement Benefit .

(a)    A Participant who elects, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to commence receipt of his Benefit after his Severance from Employment and on his Late Retirement Date shall be entitled to a “ Late Retirement Benefit ” that is equal to the greater of:

(i)    The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Late Retirement Date; or

(ii)    The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Normal Retirement Date, Actuarially increased to take into account the period after Normal Retirement Date during which the Participant did not receive benefit payments.

    
Notwithstanding the above, except to the extent required by applicable law, no Participant shall accrue any additional Benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008. A Participant must have a Severance from Employment in order to commence receipt of his Plan benefit.

(b)    If a Participant’s Late Retirement Benefit commences in a calendar year after the calendar year in which he attains Age 70½, his Accrued Benefit shall be Actuarially increased to take into account the period after Age 70½ during which the Participant did not receive benefits. The Actuarial increase shall be computed (using the applicable assumptions in Schedule A) beginning on the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ and ending on the date benefits commence in an amount sufficient to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9).

5.4     Early Retirement Benefit . A Participant who has experienced a Severance from Employment and is eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to receive either of the following:

(a)    An annual pension, payable monthly equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, reduced by 1/180 for each of the first 60 full calendar months and by 1/360 for each of the next 60 full calendar months by which the Participant’s chosen benefit commencement date precedes his Normal Retirement Date (an “ Early Retirement Benefit ”).

(b)    A deferred, unreduced annual pension, payable monthly equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, with payment commencing at his Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who experienced a Severance from Employment on or between November 10, 2004 and January 31, 2005 pursuant to Arrow’s Early Retirement Incentive Program shall be entitled to receive an annual pension, payable monthly beginning on such Participant’s chosen benefit commencement date, equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date without reduction for early commencement of benefits, as if the Participant benefit commencement date is his Normal Retirement Date.

5.5     Disability Retirement .

(a)    A Participant who has a Disability Retirement Date shall be entitled to a Benefit under Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 6.2 of this Appendix F, whichever is applicable, determined as if the Participant had a Severance Date on the date he ceases to be a Disabled Participant under Section 4.4(b), and may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to receive an Early, Normal or Late Retirement Benefit, as applicable.

(b)    In the event of the death of a Disabled Participant prior to the commencement of his Benefit, survivor’s benefits shall be paid only in accordance with the other provisions of this Article V.





5.6     Reemployed Participants . If a Participant has a Severance from Employment, incurs a Break-in-Service, and then is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer in such a capacity that he again becomes a Participant, his future Benefit shall be calculated as follows:

(a)    If the reemployed Participant had a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date, he shall retain his right to the vested portion of his pre-severance Accrued Benefit. Any additional Benefit to which he is entitled for the period of his reemployment shall be calculated on the basis of his Years of Benefit Service and Average Monthly Compensation (effective September 1, 2005, Average Annual Compensation) for the period of reemployment (or through December 31, 2008, if earlier).

(b)    If the reemployed Participant did not have a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date, and if he subsequently becomes eligible for a Benefit pursuant to Article IV or VI of this Appendix F, his Benefit for his period of reemployment, calculated on the basis of his Years of Benefit Service and Average Monthly Compensation (effective September 1, 2005, Average Annual Compensation) during such period (or through December 31, 2008, if earlier), shall be added to any Benefit to which he may be entitled by reason of Years of Benefit Service earned prior to his Severance Date (if such Years of Benefit Service are retained under Section 3.5).

Notwithstanding the above, except to the extent required by applicable law, no reemployed Participant shall accrue any additional Benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

5.7     Death Before Commencement of Benefits .

(a)    If a vested Participant dies prior to the commencement of his benefits, his Spouse shall be entitled to the surviving Spouse’s benefit described in Section 5.7. If such a Participant has no Spouse at his death, his benefits hereunder shall be forfeited.

(b)    If a non-vested Participant dies prior to the commencement of his benefits, the Participant’s benefits shall be forfeited.

5.8     Surviving Spouse’s Benefit .

(a)    In the event of the death of a Participant who:

(i)    Has been credited with at least one Hour of Service after August 22, 1984;

(ii)    Has a surviving Spouse;

(iii)    Has any vested interest in his Accrued Benefit; and

(iv)    Dies before beginning to receive Benefit from this Plan, such Participant’s surviving Spouse shall receive a survivor’s benefit.


(b)    The benefit payable under this Section shall be a annual pension, payable monthly for the surviving Spouse’s life commencing on the first day of any month when the Participant could have elected to receive immediate retirement benefits, but not later than the date that would have been the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, as elected in writing by the Spouse; or, if the Participant dies on or after his Normal Retirement Date, commencing on the first day of the month following the month in which he dies. The benefit shall be equal to the benefit such Spouse would have received if the Participant:

(i)    Had experienced a Severance from Employment on the earlier of (A) the date of his death or (B) the date of his actual Severance from Employment;

(ii)    Had survived to the benefit commencement date described in (i);

(iii)    Had then begun to receive an immediate retirement benefit in the form of a joint and 50% survivor annuity with his Spouse as the Beneficiary; and

(iv)    Had died on the following day.

5.9     Death Benefit After Retirement . Upon the death of a Participant after his Severance from Employment and the commencement of his benefits, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive any amount which may be payable under the form of benefit in effect or under any annuity contract which has been distributed to provide the Benefit to which the Participant was entitled hereunder.

5.10     Suspension of Benefits .

(a)    In the event that a Participant is employed in “qualified reemployment” (as defined in Subsection (b)) after payment of his Benefit commences, the benefits otherwise payable to the Participant shall be suspended for each calendar month of qualified reemployment, except as may be required to comply with Section 6.9 of the Plan. If the Participant is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer under any other circumstances, the benefits being paid to the Participant shall continue.

(b)    A Participant is employed in “qualified reemployment” if, after his Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers, he is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer in such a capacity that he receives pay for or is entitled to be paid for at least 40 Hours of Service (not including Hours of Service credited as a result of back pay) during a calendar month.

(c)    (i)     A Participant receiving benefits under the Plan shall be required to give notice to the Benefits Group of any employment relationship he has with a Participating Company or a Related Employer. The Benefits Group shall have the right to use all reasonable efforts to determine whether such employment constitutes qualified reemployment. The Benefits Group shall also have the right to require the Participant to provide information sufficient to prove that such employment does not constitute qualified reemployment.

(ii)    A Participant may ask the Benefits Group in writing to determine whether specific contemplated employment constitutes qualified reemployment. The Benefits Group shall respond to such a request in writing within 60 days of the date on which it receives the request.

(d)    If a Participant’s benefits are being suspended because he is employed in qualified reemployment, the Benefits Group shall notify the Participant of this during the first month in which the suspension occurs. Notification shall be by personal delivery or first-class mail.

(e)    (i)    If a Participant’s benefits have been suspended, benefit payments shall resume no later than the first day of the third month following the month in which the Participant’s qualified reemployment ceases (or, if later, the first day of the month following the date on which the Benefits Group receives the Participant’s notice that his qualified reemployment has ceased).

(ii)    When benefit payments resume, the first payment shall include payment for the current month and for all previous months since the cessation of the Participant’s qualified reemployment.

(iii)    When benefit payments resume, the Benefits Group shall reduce the Participant’s payments by an amount equal to any benefits paid to the Participant with respect to a month during which he was engaged in qualified reemployment. However, the reduction in any benefit payment (other than the first payment) shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total payment.

(iv)    If a Participant’s benefit payments are being reduced as provided in paragraph (iii), the Benefits Group shall notify the Participant of this, in writing, when payments resume.

(f)    Under this Plan, benefit commencement is conditioned upon Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers. Therefore, except as may be required to comply with Section 6.9 of the Plan, no benefits shall be payable to a Participant who continues his employment with a Participating Company or a Related Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date. The Benefits Group shall notify the Participant of this “suspension” of his benefits during the month in which his Normal Retirement Date occurs.


ARTICLE VI
VESTING AND VESTED BENEFITS

6.1     Nonforfeitable Amounts .

(a)    A Participant shall be vested in his Accrued Benefit if he has earned five or more Years of Vesting Service. If a Participant has earned fewer than five Years of Vesting Service, he shall not be vested in his Accrued Benefit. Notwithstanding the above, a former Participant of the Pension Plan for Employees of Kontron, Incorporated, and an employee of Arrow Interventional hired on or after September 1, 1996 but before September 1, 1999 shall be vested as described in Schedule C.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is an Employee shall have a 100% nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit upon the later of (i) the date on which he attains Age 65 or (ii) the 5th anniversary of his commencement of participation in the Plan.

6.2     Terminated Vested Participant .

(a)    A Participant who has a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers before his Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date shall nevertheless be eligible for a benefit from the Plan if he is vested in his Accrued Benefit. If the Participant is not vested, he shall forfeit his Accrued Benefit.

(b)    Payment of a Participant’s vested benefit shall commence on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date unless (i) the benefit is cashed out (as provided in Section 6.3 of this Appendix F and Section 6.7 of the Plan) or (ii) the Participant elects an earlier or later benefit commencement date in accordance with Subsection (c).

(c)    A terminated vested Participant who has 10 or more Years of Vesting Service may elect to have his vested benefit payments commence:

(i)    On the first day of the month coincident with or next following the later of (A) his 55th birthday or (B) his Severance Date; or

(ii)    On the first day of any month after that, up to his Required Beginning Date.

(d)    If a terminated vested Participant is to begin receiving benefit payments on his Normal Retirement Date, he shall receive an annual benefit, payable monthly equal to his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date.

(e)    (i)    A Participant with an Employment Date prior to January 1, 2006 who elects under Subsection (c) to have his vested benefit payments commence prior to his Normal Retirement Date shall receive an annual benefit, payable monthly equal to his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date, reduced under Section 5.4 of this Appendix F;

(ii)    A Participant with an Employment Date on or after January 1, 2006 who elects under Subsection (c) to have his vested benefit payments commence prior to his Normal Retirement Date shall receive an annual benefit, payable monthly, equal to his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date, reduced by the applicable reduction factor in the following table:

Reduction
Age         Factor   
55     37.26%
56     40.87%
57     44.87%
58     49.33%
59     54.31%
60     59.87%
61     66.11%
62     73.12%
63     81.00%
64     89.91%
65     100.00%

(iii)    For purposes of this Subsection (e), a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be calculated using eight percent (8%) interest and the 1994 GAR mortality table.
(f)    If a terminated vested Participant is to begin receiving benefit payments on his Late Retirement Date, he shall receive an annual benefit, payable monthly equal to the greater of:
(i) The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Late Retirement Date; or
(ii) The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Normal Retirement Date, Actuarially increased to take into account the period after Normal Retirement Date during which the Participant did not receive benefit payments.

(g)    A vested benefit payable under this Section shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Article VII of this Appendix F and Article VI of the Plan.
6.3     Cash-Outs of Small Benefits . If the Present Value of a terminated Participant’s vested benefit is $5,000 or less, the vested benefit shall be distributed in a single-sum payment (i.e., “cashed out”), as provided in Section 6.7 of the Plan.
6.4     Deemed Cash-Out . A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers before he is vested in his Accrued Benefit shall be deemed to have received a complete distribution of his Accrued Benefit on his Severance Date. However, if he is subsequently reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer before he incurs five consecutive Breaks-in-Service, his Accrued Benefit shall immediately be restored.
ARTICLE VII
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

The provisions of this Article VII of Appendix F are applied in conjunction with the provisions of Article VI of the Plan, where applicable.
7.1     Mandatory Benefit Commencement . Section 6.9 of the Plan sets forth the provisions regarding required minimum distributions under Code Section 401(a)(9) and shall override any distribution options or provisions under the Plan which are inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).
7.2     Additional Distribution Rules .
(a)    The provisions set forth in Section 6.1 of the Plan apply to the distribution of a Participant’s Benefit.

(b)    (i)    Except when benefits are paid in a single sum, benefits shall be paid monthly in an amount equal to the benefit calculated under the Plan, subject to an Actuarial Equivalent adjustment for form of benefit under this Article VII of Appendix F.
(ii)    At the direction of the Administrative Committee, benefits payable in annuity form may be provided by an annuity contract purchased from an insurance company. The terms of such annuity contract shall prohibit the cash surrender of the annuity contract and shall make the payments due under the annuity contract non-assignable. The distribution of such annuity contract shall be in complete discharge of the Plan’s liability to the Participant accepting the annuity contract.
7.3     Normal Form of Benefit .
(a)    The normal form of benefit for a Participant who has a Spouse shall be a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
(b)    The normal form of benefit for a Participant who has no Spouse shall be a single life annuity, with equal monthly installments payable to the Participant for his lifetime.
7.4     Optional Forms of Benefit .
(a)    A Participant’s pension shall be paid in his normal form of benefit unless the Participant elects to receive one of the optional forms of benefit described below. Any such election shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.6 of the Plan.
(b)    The optional forms of benefit available under this Appendix F are:
(i)    A single life annuity, with equal monthly installments payable to the Participant for his lifetime;
(ii)    A joint and survivor annuity with the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, payable in monthly installments to the Participant for his lifetime and with one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of such monthly installment payable after the death of the Participant to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, if then living, for the life of the designated Beneficiary. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Beneficiary named by the Participant is a person other than the Participant’s Spouse, the percentage payable to such Beneficiary under the joint and survivor annuity may not at any time exceed the applicable percentage given in Schedule A;
(iii)    A joint and survivor annuity with the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, payable in monthly installments to the Participant for his lifetime and with seventy five percent (75%) of the amount of such monthly installment payable after the death of the Participant to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, if then living, for the life of the designated beneficiary. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Beneficiary named by the Participant is a person other than the Participant’s Spouse, the percentage payable to such Beneficiary under the joint and survivor annuity may not at any time exceed the applicable percentage given in Schedule A;
(iv)    A 10-year certain and life annuity, with equal monthly installments payable to the Participant for his lifetime, and with 120 monthly payments guaranteed; provided, however, that a Participant may not elect this form of benefit if the period certain will exceed the applicable period given in Schedule A;
(v)    The portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Pension Plan for Employees of Kontron, Incorporated prior to September 1, 1996, and the portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit earned under the Plan prior to September 1, 1999 by former employees of Kontron, Incorporated, and former employees of Arrow Interventional hired on or after September 1, 1996 but before September 1, 1999 shall be paid in a form permitted in Schedule C.
(c)    A Participant shall have the right to elect a direct rollover in accordance with Section 6.10 of the Plan if he is to receive an Eligible Rollover Distribution.
(d)    Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, a Participant may elect a Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. A “ Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity ” is:
(i)    A joint life annuity payable for the life of the Participant, with continuation of payments as a survivor annuity for the remaining life of a surviving Spouse at a rate of seventy-five percent (75%) of the rate payable during the Participant’s lifetime; and
(ii)    The Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of benefit payment for an unmarried Participant, as described in Section 7.3(b) of this Appendix F.
If the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity is not Actuarially Equivalent to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, Spousal consent is required for a Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.
(e)    After the first annuity payment check is negotiated, no election may be changed, and no new Spouse or other Beneficiary may be substituted for the designated Beneficiary determined on the Annuity Starting Date.
(f)    In the event of the death of a Participant’s Spouse or other designated Beneficiary prior to the Participant’s benefit commencement date, but after an election of a joint and survivor annuity has been made hereunder, the election shall automatically be revoked.
7.5     Termination of Benefits . The last benefit payment hereunder shall be made for the month in which:
(a)    In the case of a single life annuity, the Participant dies;
(b)    In the case of a surviving Spouse’s benefit or a joint and survivor annuity, the Participant dies or the Participant’s Spouse or designated Beneficiary dies, whichever is later;
(c)    In the case of a 10-year certain and life annuity, the Participant dies or the 120th monthly payment is due, whichever is later; or
(d)    In the case of a single-sum payment, the single-sum payment is distributed or is transferred in a direct rollover under Section 6.10 of the Plan.


SCHEDULE A

Actuarial Equivalent Factors and Assumptions
Effective September 1, 2005, unless Otherwise Noted

Effective September 1, 2005, notwithstanding any other provision of this Schedule A to the contrary, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined on the following generally applicable basis:

(a)    Interest Assumption: 8% compounded annually.
(b)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: the 1994 GAR mortality table, based on age nearest birthday.
(c)    Mortality Assumption for a Beneficiary: the 1994 GAR mortality table, based on age nearest birthday.
The following exceptions apply:

1.    For the purpose of determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy:

(a)    Interest Assumption: 5% per annum, compound.

(b)    Mortality Assumption: As above.
2.    For the purpose of determining lump sum values for payment:

(a)    Interest Assumption: Applicable Interest Rate
(b)    Mortality Assumption: Applicable Mortality Table.
(c)    Age at Retirement: Age 65, or current Age if older, or current Age if the Benefit is already in pay-status, or when a deceased Participant would have first been eligible to retire.
(d)    Form of Benefit: Straight life annuity, or actual form of payment elected if already in pay-status.
3.    For the purpose of determining the benefit payable before the Normal Retirement Date and/or payable in a form other than straight life:

(a)    The benefit shall first be adjusted based on the number of months, if any, by which commencement of payment precedes the Normal Retirement Date, using the basis specified in the Plan. For commencement more than 120 months before the Normal Retirement Date (if elected by a surviving Spouse), the generally applicable basis shall be used to find the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit that would be payable commencing 120 months before the Normal Retirement Date; for this purpose the number of months shall be recognized by linear interpolation.



(b)    The benefit shall then be adjusted for payment in a form other than straight life, if applicable, determined by the following generally applicable basis:

(i)    Interest Assumption: 8% compounded annually.
(ii)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: the 1994 GAR mortality table
(iii)    Mortality Assumption for a Beneficiary: the 1994 GAR mortality table
4.    For the purpose of determining the increase in the Accrued Benefit as of the Normal Retirement Date to the Late Retirement Date, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined by the following basis:

(a)     For the period (if any) between Normal Retirement Date and September 1, 2005:
(i)    Interest Assumption:    7% per annum, compound
(ii)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: The UP-1984 Table, based on age nearest birthday.
(b)     For the period after September 1, 2005:
(i)    Interest Assumption: 8% compounded annually.
(ii)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: the 1994 GAR mortality table



SCHEDULE B
ADJUSTMENTS TO CERTAIN BENEFITS

If the Arrow Salaried Plan satisfies the requirements of Section 1.401(a)(4)-13(d) of the Treasury Regulations for a fresh-start as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, then, any other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, any section 401(a)(17) employee’s accrued benefit, frozen in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations as of a fresh-start date, is adjusted to reflect increases in the employee’s compensation after the fresh-start date. However, this adjustment may be made only if the adjustment will not cause the plan to fail to satisfy the consistency requirement of Section 1.401(a)(4)-13(c) of the Treasury Regulations, as modified by Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(e) of the Proposed Treasury Regulations.
In determining a section 401(a)(17) employee’s accrued benefit in any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the portion of the employee’s frozen accrued benefit attributable to Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1994 will be determined in accordance with Method A for statutory section 401(a)(17) employees and Method B for section 401(a)(17) employees other than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees.
A statutory section 401(a)(17) employee shall mean an employee whose current accrued benefit as of a date on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994 is based on compensation for a year beginning prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1989 that exceeded $200,000.
A section 401(a)(17) employee shall mean an employee whose current accrued benefit as of a date on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994 is based on compensation for a year beginning prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994 that exceeded $150,000.
Method A (statutory section 401(a)(17) employees):
Step 1:
Determine each statutory section 401(a)(17) employee’s accrued benefit as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1989, frozen in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations.
Step 2:
Adjust the amount in step 1 up through the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994 under the method provided under the Plan for increasing the amount in step 1 to take into account increases in compensation in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989. However, if the Plan does not provide for such increases, the amount in step 2 shall be equal to the amount in step 1.
Step 3:
Determine the statutory section 401(a)(17) employee’s accrued benefit as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, frozen in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations.
Step 4:
Subtract the amount determined in step 2 from the amount determined in step 3.
Step 5:
Adjust the amount in step 4 by multiplying it by the following fraction (not less than 1). The numerator of the fraction is the statutory section 401(a)(17) employee’s average compensation determined for the current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17)), using the same definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994. The denominator of the fraction is the employee’s average compensation for the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, using the definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994.
Step 6:
Adjust the amount in step 1 by multiplying it by the following fraction (not less than 1). The numerator of the fraction is the statutory section 401(a)(17) employee’s average compensation for the current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17)), using the same definition of compensation and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1989. The denominator of the fraction is the employee’s average compensation for the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1989, using the definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1989.
Step 7:
Add the amounts determined in step 5, and the greater of steps 6 or 2.
Method B (section 401(a)(17) employees other than
statutory section 401(a)(17) employees):
Step 1:
Determine the accrued benefit of each section 401(a)(17) employee other than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees as of the last day of the Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, frozen in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations.
Step 2:
Adjust the amount in step 1 by multiplying it by the following fraction (not less than 1). The numerator of the fraction is the average compensation of the section 401(a)(17) employee who is not a statutory section 401(a)(17) employee determined for the current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17)), using the same definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994. The denominator of the fraction is the employee’s average compensation for the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, using the definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994.
SCHEDULE C
KONTRON PROVISIONS
    
The following special provisions are effective as of September 1, 1996, the date the Pension Plan for Employees of Kontron, Incorporated (the “Kontron Plan”) was merged into the Arrow Salaried Plan, unless otherwise indicated. These provisions apply only to those former salaried participants in the Kontron Plan whose accrued benefits were merged from the Kontron Plan into the Arrow Salaried Plan or an employee of Arrow Interventional hired on or after September 1, 1996 but before September 1, 1999 (“Affected Participants”). These special provisions apply to the Affected Participants notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and/or Appendix F to the contrary.

C.1     Accrued Benefit .
(a)    An Affected Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be equal to $12.50 times his Years of Benefit Service completed after January 1, 1986.
(b)    Notwithstanding the above, effective September 1, 1999, an Affected Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be equal to the sum of:
(1)    $12.50 times his Years of Benefit Service completed after January 1, 1986 but before September 1, 1999; plus
(2)    The Plan’s Benefit formula described in Plan Section 5.1 of Appendix F taking into account the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service completed on or after September 1, 1999 and before January 1, 2009.
C.2     Optional Forms of Benefit Payment .
(a)    In addition to the optional forms of Benefit payment described in Section 7.4 of Appendix F, the benefits accrued by Affected Participants, prior to September 1, 1996 under the Kontron Plan may be paid in one of the optional forms described below (which were available to the Affected Participants under the Kontron Plan), subject to the provisions of Section 6.9 of the Plan.
(1)    Joint and Survivor Annuity - a life annuity paid to the Affected Participant with the provision that, if a joint annuitant survives the Affected Participant, payments are continued in the same amount or a reduced amount for the joint annuitant’s lifetime.
(2)    Life Annuity with Stipulated Payments - a life annuity paid to the Affected Participant with the provision that, if the Affected Participant dies before receiving 60, 120, 180 or 240 stipulated monthly payments, either payments will be continued to a Beneficiary until the balance of the stipulated monthly payments has been paid or the commuted value of the balance of the stipulated monthly payments will be paid to a Beneficiary.
(3)    Temporary Annuity - an annuity payable from an Early Annuity Commencement Date to a specified date, or death if earlier, that will provide an approximately level amount of benefit, inclusive of Social Security and any annuity not converted to a Temporary Annuity, before and after receipt of Social Security.
(b)    The optional forms of Benefit payment described in Section C.2 of this Schedule C (paragraphs (1) through (3)) shall not be available to Affected Participants for payment of their Benefits accrued on and after September 1, 1999.
C.3     Early Retirement .
(a)    “ Early Retirement Age ” shall mean the later of (i) the Participant’s 55 th birthday and (ii) the date on which the Participant completes five Years of Benefit Service.
(b)     Early Retirement . A Participant who is eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit shall receive either of the following:
(1)    A annual pension, payable monthly equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, reduced by 5/9 of 1% for each of the first 60 full calendar months and by 5/18 of 1% for each additional calendar months by which the Participant’s chosen benefit commencement date precedes his Normal Retirement Date (an “ Early Retirement Benefit ”).
(2)    A deferred, unreduced annual pension, payable monthly equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, with payment commencing at his Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date.
C.4     Non-Forfeitable Amounts .
A Participant shall be vested in his Accrued Benefit in accordance with the following schedule:
Years of Vesting Service
 
Percent Vested
Less than 1 year
 
0
1
 
20
2
 
40
3
 
60
4
 
80
5 years or more
 
100

SCHEDULE D
PARTICIPATING COMPANIES


Arrow Interventional, Inc. - effective September 1, 1999

Arrow Therex Corporation - effective May 1, 1980

The Stepic Medical Distribution Company - effective September 1, 2003


TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
APPENDIX B     
RETIREMENT PLAN FOR HOURLY-RATED EMPLOYEES
OF ARROW INTERNATIONAL, INC.
The provisions in this Appendix G apply with respect to Participants in the Retirement Plan for Hourly-Rated Employees of Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow Hourly Plan”) before its merger with and into the Plan effective as of August 31, 2008. The provisions in this Appendix G shall continue to apply on and after January 1, 2014 to eligible Employees and Participants eligible for the benefits described in this Appendix G. Except for the provisions set forth in Appendix G, the Plan provisions, including terms defined therein, shall apply with respect to Participants eligible for the benefits described in this Appendix G.

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Terms used but not defined in this Appendix G shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. Except with respect to the references to Articles and Sections of the Plan herein, references in this Appendix G to Articles and Section numbers are references to the Articles and Sections in this Appendix G.
1.1     Active Participant ” shall mean a Participant who is an Employee in the Covered Class.
1.2     Actuarial Equivalent” or “Actuarially Equivalent shall mean of equal actuarial value on the basis of the assumptions and factors described in Schedule A.
1.3    “ Age ” shall mean, for any individual, his age on his last birthday, except that an individual attains Age 70 1/2 on the corresponding date in the sixth calendar month following the month on which his 70 th birthday falls (or the last day of such month if there is no corresponding date therein).
1.4    “ Annual Compensation ” shall mean:
(a)    Effective for any Plan Year beginning on or after September 1, 2001 and prior to September 1, 2005, for a given calendar month, the total wages paid to a Participant by a Participating Company which must be taken into account for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, increased by (a) any elective contributions to a Participating Company’s plan under Sections 125, 132(f), 402(g)(3), 402(h), and 403(b) of the Code, and reduced by the dollar amount or value of each of the following: reimbursements and other expense allowances, fringe benefits (both cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.
(b)    Effective September 1, 2005, the total wages paid to a Participant by a Participating Company from the following sources: regularly hourly rate of pay, bonuses, overtime, and commissions paid to a Participant by a Participating Company, increased by any elective contributions to a Participating Company’s plan under sections 125, 132(f), 402(g)(3), 402(h), and 403(b) of the Code.
(c)    For Participants on short term disability, Annual Compensation received from a Participating Company’s general assets shall be included in calculating Annual Compensation, while short term disability benefits paid by a third-party shall not be included in calculating Annual Compensation.
(d)    Participants employed by an acquired company shall have their Annual Compensation in the year of acquisition calculated by pro-rating the entire calendar year’s pay using a fraction in which the denominator is 12 and the numerator is the number of months in the calendar year from the acquisition date to the end of the calendar year.
In general, all Annual Compensation up to a Participant’s actual Severance from Employment (or December 31, 2008, if earlier) shall be taken into account in calculating benefits. However, in the case of a Participant who does not have any period of employment on or after September 1, 1988, Annual Compensation received after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date shall not be taken into account in calculating benefits under this Plan.
In calculating a Disabled Participant’s benefit, it will be assumed that the Participant’s Annual Compensation has continued unchanged from his Severance from Employment on account of Total and Permanent Disability to his Normal Retirement Date (or December 31, 2008, if earlier).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective September 1, 2004, Annual Compensation shall exclude amounts included in the taxable income of the Participant as a result of the grant of a non-qualified stock option by a Participating Company or a 50% Related Employer, amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option (or incentive stock option to the extent such exercise is taxable) or from stock or property which is currently taxable under section 83 of the Code, and such other extraordinary items includable in the taxable income of the Participant.
Effective January 1, 2009, if Participants’ Annual Compensation under the Plan was not frozen effective as of December 31, 2008, Annual Compensation would also include any differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer, as required by Code Section 414(u)(12), as amended by the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (the “HEART Act”).
1.5    “ Annuity Starting Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-20, Q&A-10 (the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form).
1.6    “ Average Annual Compensation ” shall mean:
(a)    Prior to September 1, 2005, Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by 12.
(b)    Effective September 1, 2005:
(i)    For a Participant with an Employment Date prior to September 1, 2005, the greater of:
(A)    The Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by 12; or
(B)    The average of the Participant’s Annual Compensation, calculated on calendar year basis, during the five consecutive calendar years in the final 10 (or fewer) consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee which yield the highest average. For purposes of this Paragraph, nonconsecutive calendar years interrupted by periods in which the Participant is not an Employee shall be treated as consecutive. If a Participant does not have five full consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee, his Average Annual Compensation shall be the amount determined by averaging Annual Compensation, calculated on calendar year basis, during the period in which he is an Employee.
(ii)    For a Participant with an Employment Date on or after September 1, 2005, the average of the Participant’s Annual Compensation, calculated on calendar year basis, during the five consecutive calendar years in the final 10 (or fewer) consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee which yield the highest average. For purposes of this Paragraph, nonconsecutive calendar years interrupted by periods in which the Participant is not an Employee shall be treated as consecutive. If a Participant does not have five full consecutive calendar years of employment as an Employee, his Average Annual Compensation shall be the amount determined by averaging Annual Compensation, calculated on calendar year basis, during the period in which he is an Employee.
1.7    “ Average Monthly Compensation ” shall mean the average of a Participant’s monthly compensation during the 60 consecutive months in the final 120 (or fewer) consecutive months of employment as an Employee (or as of December 31, 2008 if earlier) which yield the highest average. For purposes of this Paragraph, nonconsecutive months interrupted by periods in which the Participant is not an Employee shall be treated as consecutive. If a Participant does not have 60 full consecutive months of employment as an Employee, his Average Monthly Compensation shall be the amount determined by averaging Monthly Compensation during the period in which he is an Employee.
1.8    “ Benefit ” shall mean the amount to which a Participant shall become entitled, is entitled to or is receiving under the Plan in accordance with the terms of this Appendix G.    
1.9    “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Sponsor or any committee thereof.
1.10    “ Break-in-Service ” shall mean a twelve-consecutive month Period of Severance, as further defined in Article III.
1.11    “ Committee ” or “ Retirement Committee ” shall mean the Teleflex Incorporated Benefits Policy Committee.
1.12    “ Computation Period ” shall mean for any Employee the 12-month period beginning on the Employee’s Employment or Reemployment Date or on any anniversary of such date, and ending on the day before the anniversary thereof.
1.13    “ Covered Class ” shall mean the class consisting of each Employee who (a) is either (i) regularly employed by Arrow at its North Carolina plant; (ii) regularly employed by Arrow at its New Jersey plant; (iii) regularly employed by Arrow at its Massachusetts plant, or (iv) regularly employed by a Participating Company at a designated plant, if any; (b) receives compensation from a Participating Company on a stated hourly basis, other than a pension, severance pay, retainer or fee under a contract; (c) is not covered by a collective bargaining agreement, unless such agreement specifically provides for participation hereunder; and (d) is not covered by another qualified defined benefit pension plan to which a Participating Company makes contributions. An Employee who is such solely by reason of being a leased employee within the meaning of section 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code shall not be in the Covered Class. The determination of whether an Employee is in the Covered Class shall be made by the Benefits Group on a uniform basis consistent with the intent expressed hereunder.
1.14    “ Disability Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of the month next following the date on which a Participant who has been credited with five or more Years of Vesting Service suffers a Total and Permanent Disability which has resulted in his Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers. A Participant shall not have a Disability Retirement Date unless he has been credited with five or more Years of Vesting Service.
1.15    “ Disabled Participant ” shall mean a Participant who has a Disability Retirement Date and who has not ceased to be a Disabled Participant pursuant to Section 4.4(c).
1.16    “ Early Retirement Age ” shall mean for any Participant the later of (a) the Participant’s 55 th birthday and (b) the date on which the Participant completes 10 Years of Benefit Service. For a former employee of Kontron, “Early Retirement Age” shall be defined as described in Schedule C.
1.17    “ Early Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of any month (prior to a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date) following the date on which a Participant attains Early Retirement Age.
1.18    “ Employee ” shall mean an individual who is classified as an employee by a Participating Company or a Related Employer, including officers, shareholders, or directors who are employees, but excluding (a) independent contractors, whether or not such persons are later determined to be common-law employees by a court or an administrative agency, and (b) employees who are nonresident aliens (within the meaning of section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from a Participating Company or a Related Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of section 861(a)(3) of the Code).
Effective January 1, 2009, to the extent the Plan is not frozen, any individual in Qualified Military Service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)) who is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer shall be treated as an “Employee” of the Employer solely for purposes of providing contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to such Qualified Military Service, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this provision shall be interpreted to require any benefit accruals under the Plan and this Appendix G after December 31, 2008.
1.19    “ Employment Date ” shall mean the date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service for a Participating Company, a Predecessor Company, or a Related Employer. The Employment Date of an Employee at Arrow’s New Jersey Plant shall not be earlier than April 1, 1987, and at all other locations shall not be earlier than September 1, 1975.
1.20    “ Late Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of the month next following the date on which a Participant experiences a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the first day of any month on which a Participant elects to commence receipt of his Plan benefit for any other reason after his Normal Retirement Date, but not before the Participant’s Severance from Employment and not later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.
1.21     “ Mandatory Benefit Commencement Date ” shall mean the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, as defined in Section 1.51 of the Plan.
1.22    “ 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee ” shall mean any Participant whose accrued benefit as of August 31, 1989 (calculated under the Arrow Hourly Plan as in effect on August 31, 1989) was based on annual compensation of more than $200,000.

1.23    “ 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee ” shall mean any Participant whose accrued benefit as of the last day of the 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, or 1993 Plan Year (calculated under the Arrow Hourly Plan as in effect on such date) was based on annual compensation of more than $150,000.

1.24    “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean for any Participant the later of (a) his 65 th birthday and (b) the fifth anniversary of the date on which he commenced participation in the Plan.

1.25    “ Normal Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of the month next following the date on which a Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

1.26    “ Participant ” shall mean an individual who is an Active Participant, a former Active Participant receiving benefits under the Plan, a former Active Participant who has a present or future right to receive benefits under the Plan, or an Employee who was once an Active Participant and has been transferred out of the Covered Class.

1.27    “ Participating Company ” shall mean Arrow and each Related Employer which is authorized by the Committee to adopt the Plan by action of its board of directors or other governing body (as reflected in Schedule D).

1.28    “ Period of Severance ” shall mean the period of time commencing on an Employee’s Severance Date and ending on the date on which the Employee is again entitled to be credited with an Hour of Service described in Section 1.32 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Period of Severance shall not occur as a result of (a) for New Jersey Participants, Total and Permanent Disability; (b) for North Carolina Participants, illness or disability of up to one year; (c) an authorized leave of absence for a period not exceeding one year for any reason in accordance with the uniform policy established by the Committee; (d) temporary layoff of less than one year duration; or (e) absence due to involuntary service (or voluntary service in a time of national emergency) in any uniformed services of the United States.

1.29    “ Plan Year ” shall mean the 12-month period ending each December 31; prior to the merger of the Arrow Hourly Plan with and into the Plan, a 12-month period which shall commence each September 1 and end on the next following August 31.

1.30    “ Predecessor Company ” shall mean each business entity that is a predecessor in interest to Arrow, whether due to change of name, merger, consolidation, asset acquisition, or stock acquisition.

1.31    “ Present Value ” shall mean, in relation to a benefit that is expressed as a monthly or annual annuity, the Actuarial Equivalent single-sum value of such benefit as of any given date, determined in accordance with Schedule A.

1.32    “ Reemployment Date ” shall mean the first day, following a Break-in-Service, on which an Employee performs an Hour of Service.

1.33    “ Severance Date ” shall mean the date, as recorded on the records of a Participating Company or a Related Employer, on which an employee of such company quits, retires, is discharged, or dies, or, if earlier, the first anniversary of the first day of a period during which the employee remains absent from service with a Participating Company and all Related Employers (with or without pay) for any other reason, (excluding Total and Permanent Disability), including but not limited to, by reason of vacation, holiday, layoff or leave of absence except as expressly provided otherwise in the Plan and/or this Appendix G.

1.34    “ Spouse ” shall mean the person to whom a Participant is legally married on any date of reference.

1.35    “ Total and Permanent Disability ” shall mean a disability for which a Participant is receiving benefits under a long-term disability program sponsored by a Participating Company or a Related Employer, or, if the Participant does not participate in a long-term disability plan or is denied benefits solely because of a preexisting condition, for which a Participant qualifies for and receives disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act. The Administrative Committee or its delegee may require such proof of Total and Permanent Disability as it sees fit.

1.36     “ Year of Eligibility Service ” shall mean, for any Employee in the Covered Class, a credit used to determine his eligibility to become an Active Participant. An Employee in the Covered Class shall be credited with a Year of Eligibility Service as of the close of the 12-consecutive-month period that begins on his Employment Commencement Date if he is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service during such period. An Employee in the Covered Class who is not credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service during such period shall be credited with a Year of Eligibility Service as of the close of the first Plan Year in which he is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service. An Employee shall earn Years of Eligibility Service for all employment with Therex Corporation, Arrow-Therex Corporation and Arrow Therex Limited Partnership prior to September 1, 1996. An Employee shall be credited with Hours of Service toward a Year of Eligibility Service for any period beginning after August 4, 1993 during which he is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993. No Employee whose initial date of hire is on or after October 1, 2007, is eligible to become a Participant in the Plan.







1.37    “ Years of Benefit Service ” or “ Benefit Service ” shall mean the number of full and partial Computation Periods counted with respect to determining a Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan, as further described in Article III. A Participant shall not be credited with any Benefit Service or Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008.

1.38    “ Years of Vesting Service ” or “ Vesting Service ” shall mean the number of Computation Periods counted with respect to determining a Participant’s vested status under the Plan, as further described in Article III.


ARTICLE II
PARTICIPATION

2.1     Date of Participation . Prior to October 1, 2007, each Employee in the Covered Class shall become a Participant on the first day of the Plan Year in which he completes one Year of Eligibility Service. Notwithstanding the preceding, no Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan effective as of September 30, 2008. As a result, no Employee whose initial date of hire by a Participating Company is on or after October 1, 2007 shall become a Participant in the Plan.

2.2     Participation After Reemployment .

(a)    A Participant who has a Severance Date and who is later reemployed as an Employee shall resume his participation in the Plan as of his Reemployment Date.

(b)    If an Employee completes the service requirement for participation in the Plan but has a Severance from Employment before becoming a Participant, he shall become a Participant in the Plan on the first day immediately following his Reemployment Date, if he is reemployed as an Employee before he has a Break-in-Service. If such an individual is reemployed after he has a Break-in-Service, he shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of this Plan.

(c)    If an Employee has a Severance from Employment before completing the service requirement for participation in the Plan and then is reemployed, he shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of this Plan.


ARTICLE III
VESTING SERVICE AND BENEFIT SERVICE

3.1     Service for Vesting .

(a)    An Employee in a Covered Class shall earn Years of Vesting Service for all employment with a Participating Company, Predecessor Companies, and Related Employers with which he is credited after September 1, 1975. Years of Vesting Service shall be calculated from the employee’s Employment Date or Reemployment Date to the Severance Date, subject to the rules set forth below.

(b)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service for all employment with the Strato/Infusaid division of Pfizer, Inc. prior to July 16, 1997.

(c)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service for all employment by the Cardiac Assist division of C.R. Bard, Inc. prior to December 1, 1998.

(d)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service for all employment by Johnson & Johnson prior to the employee’s Employment Date.

(e)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service for all employment by Kontron, Inc. prior to September 1, 1996.

(f)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service for all employment with Therex Corporation, Arrow-Therex Corporation and Arrow Therex Limited Partnership prior to September 1, 1996.

(g)    If an Employee experiences a Severance from Employment by reason of a quit, discharge, or retirement and then is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer before he incurs a Break-in-Service, the Employee shall earn credit toward a Year of Vesting Service for all of his Period of Severance.

(h)    If an Employee experiences a Severance from Employment by reason of quit, discharge, or retirement during an absence from service for 12 months or less for any reason other than a quit, discharge, or retirement, and if he is then reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer within 12 months of the date on which he was first absent from service, he shall earn credit toward a Year of Vesting Service for his Period of Severance.

(i)    An Employee shall be credited with Hours of Service toward a Year of Vesting Service for any period beginning after August 4, 1993 during which he is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

(j)    An Employee shall be credited with Years of Vesting Service for all employment with The Stepic Medical Distribution Company prior to September 1, 2003.

3.2     Benefit Service for Benefit Accrual .

(a)    Prior to a December 31, 2008, a Participant shall earn a Year of Benefit Service for each Year of Vesting Service earned after September 1, 1975 while he is a Participant and he is employed with a Participating Company in a Covered Class. For purposes of this Section and Section 3.3, the period during which an individual would have been a Participant but for the service requirement for participation under Article II shall be treated as a period during which he was a Participant. Except to the extent required by applicable law, a Participant shall not earn any additional Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008.

(b)    A Participant shall earn Years of Benefit Service until the earliest of:

(i)    Transfer to a job classification in which he is not eligible to participate in the Plan, as modified by this Appendix G;

(ii)    Transfer to a Related Employer that is not a Participating Company in the Plan, as modified by this Appendix G; or

(iii)    Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers for any reason except Total and Permanent Disability.

Except to the extent required by applicable law, a Participant shall not earn any additional Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008.

(c)    If a Participant is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer before he incurs a Break-in-Service, and if his Period of Severance commenced with a quit, discharge, or retirement, he shall not earn Years of Benefit Service for any portion of his Period of Severance.

(d)    An Employee shall earn Years of Benefit Service for all employment with Therex Corporation, Arrow-Therex Corporation and Arrow Therex Limited Partnership prior to September 1, 1996.

(e)    A Participant shall not be credited with any Hours of Service toward a Year of Benefit Service for a period during which he is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

(f)    A former Employee of The Stepic Medical Distribution Company shall earn Years of Benefit Service from the later of the Employee’s Employment Date or September 1, 2003.

3.3     Partial Years . Years of Vesting Service and Years of Benefit Service shall be calculated on the basis of completed months, with a “completed month” meaning the period from a given day of the month through the day preceding that day in the next month. An additional full month shall be awarded for any portion of a month of employment beyond a completed month.

3.4     Breaks-in-Service .

(a)    A Break-in-Service shall be a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company or a Related Employer for a 12-consecutive-month period which begins on an Employee’s Severance Date (or on any anniversary of that date) and ends on the day before the anniversary thereof.

(b)    Solely for the purpose for determining when an Employee’s Severance Date occurs, an absence for one or more of the following reasons shall not be considered a Severance from Employment:

(i)    Layoff for a period not in excess of one year;

(ii)    Leave of absence with the approval of the Administrative Committee for a period not in excess of one year, unless such period is extended by the Administrative Committee;

(iii)    Military service such that the Employee meets the requirements for coverage under USERRA or such that his right to reemployment is protected by any other law; or

(iv)    Unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 for a period beginning on or after August 5, 1993.

(c)    If an Employee is absent from work beyond the first anniversary of the first day on which he is absent by reason of pregnancy, childbirth, or adoption or for purposes of the care of his child immediately after birth or adoption, the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such absence shall be neither a Break-in-Service nor a Year of Vesting Service.

3.5     Effect of Break-in-Service .

(a)    A Participant who has a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit and who incurs a Break-in-Service shall have his Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service before his Severance Date aggregated with any Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service he may later earn. However, except to the extent required by applicable law, a Participant shall not earn any Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008.

(b)    A Participant who does not have a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit shall have his Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service before his Severance Date aggregated with any Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service he may later earn if, as of his Reemployment Date, the number of his consecutive Breaks-in-Service is less than the greater of:

(i)    The number of Years of Vesting Service he had earned prior to his Severance Date; or

(ii)    Five.

If the Participant does not meet this requirement, he shall receive no credit for the Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service he has earned before his Severance Date.

3.6     Effect of Cash-Out . Section 3.5 notwithstanding, a Participant who receives a single-sum distribution pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Plan, or elects to have the amount of his single-sum distribution transferred in a direct rollover pursuant to Section 6.10 of the Plan, shall immediately lose all credit for the Years of Benefit Service attributable to the single-sum distribution.


ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY FOR RETIREMENT BENEFITS

4.1     Normal Retirement . A Participant who is employed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer when he attains Normal Retirement Age shall immediately become fully vested in his Accrued Benefit and shall be eligible for a Normal Retirement Benefit if he experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date. Normal Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix G and Article VI of the Plan.


4.2     Late Retirement . A Participant who continues his employment with a Participating Company or a Related Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date shall continue to accrue benefits until the earlier of his Late Retirement Date or December 31, 2008 (or such later date required by applicable law). Such a Participant shall be eligible for a Late Retirement Benefit on his Late Retirement Date. In addition, a Participant who has a vested Accrued Benefit and has experienced a Severance from Employment may elect to commence receiving payment of a Late Retirement Benefit on a Late Retirement Date. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.9 of the Plan, Late Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix G and Article VI of the Plan.

4.3     Early Retirement . If a Participant has experienced a Severance from Employment, he may elect to commence receipt of an Early Retirement Benefit on an Early Retirement Date. Early Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix G and Article VI of the Plan.

Except as provided in Section 6.7.1 or 6.7.2.2 of the Plan, no distribution shall be made prior to the Participant’s Required Beginning Date without his written consent

4.4     Disability Retirement .

(a)    A Disabled Participant employed by Arrow at the New Jersey plant or the Massachusetts plant who has a Disability Retirement Date shall continue to be credited with Years of Benefit Service as set forth in Article III while he remains a Disabled Participant. However a Disabled Participant shall not be credited with additional Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2008. A Disabled Participant shall be entitled to a Benefit under Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 6.2 of this Appendix G, whichever is applicable, determined as if the Participant had a Severance Date on the date he ceases to be a Disabled Participant under Subsection (c) of this Section.

(b)    Notwithstanding the above, a Disabled Participant employed at the North Carolina facility may elect to begin receiving a Disability Retirement Benefit on his Disability Retirement Date instead of beginning to receive Benefit payments on his Early, Normal or Late Retirement Date. Disability Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix G and Article VI of the Plan.

(c)    A Participant will cease to be a Disabled Participant on the earliest of the date on which he:

(i)    Reaches his Normal Retirement Date;

(ii)    Ceases to suffer from a Total and Permanent Disability;

(iii)    Dies; or

(iv)    Is eligible for and elects to receive payment of his Benefits under any other provision of the Plan.

(d)    When a Disabled Participant described in Subsection (a) of this Section ceases to be such (or on December 31, 2008 or such later date required by applicable law, if earlier), he shall cease to be credited with Years of Benefit Service, and he shall be entitled to a Benefit (or death Benefit) under the other provisions of the Plan, applied as if he had a Severance Date on the date he ceased to be a Disabled Participant.


ARTICLE V
CALCULATION OF BENEFITS

5.1    Accrued Benefit and Benefit Formula.

(a)    (i)    A Participant’s “ Accrued Benefit ” is an annual pension, payable monthly, in the form of a single life annuity commencing at his Normal Retirement Date equal to one percent (1%) of the Participant’s Average Annual Compensation as of the date of determination multiplied by the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service; provided, however, that the Accrued Benefit calculated under this Section 5.1 shall not exceed a maximum annual Accrued Benefit of $25,000.

(ii)    The amount of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit may be affected by the provisions of the following Subsections and by Articles XI, XII and/or XIII of the Plan.

(iii)    Except as otherwise required by applicable law, a Participant shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Service and his Average Annual Compensation will not change after December 31, 2008. As a result, except to the extent required by applicable law, no Participant shall accrue any additional Benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

(b)    A 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee’s Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the greater of (i) or (ii):

(i)    The sum of:

(A)    The 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee’s accrued benefit as of August 31, 1989 under the Arrow Hourly Plan as in effect on August 31, 1989; and

(B)    The amount determined under the Plan’s benefit formula set forth in this Appendix G when only the Years of Benefit Service earned by the 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee after August 31, 1989 are taken into account; or

(ii)    The amount determined under the Plan’s benefit formula set forth in this Appendix G when all Years of Credited Service earned by the 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee are taken into account.

In calculating the August 31, 1989 accrued benefit under paragraph (i)(A), the provisions of Section 11.1 of the Plan shall be applied as if the 1989 Section 401(a)(17) Employee terminated employment on August 31, 1989. The August 31, 1989 accrued benefit shall not at any time increase because of cost-of-living increases in the dollar limit of Section 11.1.2.1 of the Plan that occur after August 31, 1989 or because of an adjustment under Section 11.1.2.5 of the Plan.

(c)    A 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee’s Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the greater of (i) or (ii):

(i)    The sum of:

(A)    The 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee’s accrued benefit as of August 31, 1994 under the Arrow Hourly Plan as in effect on August 31, 1994; and

(B)    The amount determined under the Plan’s benefit formula set forth in this Appendix G when only the Years of Credited Service earned by the 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee after August 31, 1994 are taken into account; or

(ii)    The amount determined under the Plan’s benefit formula set forth in this Appendix G when all Years of Credited Service earned by the 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee are taken into account.

In calculating the August 31, 1994 accrued benefit under paragraph (1)(A), the provisions of Section 11.1 of the Plan shall be applied as if the 1994 Section 401(a)(17) Employee terminated employment on August 31, 1994. The August 31, 1994 accrued benefit shall not at any time increase because of cost-of-living increases in the dollar limit of Section 11.1.2.1 of the Plan that occur after August 31, 1994 or because of an adjustment under Section 11.1.2.5 of the Plan.

(d)    Notwithstanding the above, an Employee who was a former participant in the Pension Plan for Employees of Kontron, Incorporated, or an employee of Arrow Interventional hired on or after September 1, 1996 but before September 1, 1999 shall be entitled the annual benefit described in Schedule C of this Appendix G.

5.2     Normal Retirement Benefit . A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” in the amount of his Accrued Benefit. The Participant may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to commence receipt of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Normal Retirement Date.

5.3     Late Retirement Benefit .

(a)    A Participant who elects, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to commence receipt of his Benefit after his Severance from Employment and on his Late Retirement Date shall be entitled to a “ Late Retirement Benefit ” that is equal to the greater of:

(i)    The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Late Retirement Date; or

(ii)    The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Normal Retirement Date, Actuarially increased to take into account the period after Normal Retirement Date during which the Participant did not receive benefit payments.
Notwithstanding the above, except to the extent required by applicable law, no Participant shall accrue any additional Benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

(b)    If a Participant’s Late Retirement Benefit commences in a calendar year after the calendar year in which he attains Age 70½, his Accrued Benefit shall be Actuarially increased to take into account the period after Age 70½ during which the Participant did not receive benefits. The Actuarial increase shall be computed (using the applicable assumptions in Schedule A) beginning on the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ and ending on the date benefits commence in an amount sufficient to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9).

5.4     Early Retirement Benefit . A Participant who has experienced a Severance from Employment and is eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to receive either of the following:

(a)    An annual pension, payable monthly equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, reduced by 1/180 for each of the first 60 full calendar months and by 1/360 for each of the next 60 full calendar months by which the Participant’s chosen benefit commencement date precedes his Normal Retirement Date (an “ Early Retirement Benefit ”).

(b)    A deferred, unreduced annual pension, payable monthly equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, with payment commencing at his Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date.

5.5     Disability Retirement .

(a)    A Participant who has a Disability Retirement Date shall be entitled to a Benefit under Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 6.2 of this Appendix G, whichever is applicable, determined as if the Participant had a Severance Date on the date he ceases to be a Disabled Participant under Section 4.4(b), and may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to receive an Early, Normal or Late Retirement Benefit, as applicable (and to the extent eligible with respect to an Early Retirement Benefit).

(b)    Notwithstanding the above, a Participant employed at the North Carolina facility who is eligible for a Disability Retirement Benefit may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan to receive either of the following:

(i)    An immediate annual pension, payable monthly equal to his Accrued Benefit as of his Disability Retirement Date (a “ Disability Retirement Benefit ”); or

(ii)    An annual pension, payable monthly commencing on his Early Retirement Date, if he is eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit, with his Accrued Benefit determined as of his Disability Retirement Date;

(iii)    A deferred annual pension, payable monthly commencing on his Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date with his Accrued Benefit determined as of his Disability Retirement Date.

(c)    In the event of the death of a Disabled Participant prior to the commencement of his Benefit, survivor’s benefits shall be paid only in accordance with the other provisions of this Article V.

5.6     Reemployed Participants . If a Participant has a Severance from Employment, incurs a Break-in-Service, and then is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer in such a capacity that he again becomes a Participant, his future Benefit shall be calculated as follows:

(a)    If the reemployed Participant had a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date, he shall retain his right to the vested portion of his pre-severance Accrued Benefit. Any additional Benefit to which he is entitled for the period of his reemployment shall be calculated on the basis of his Years of Benefit Service and Average Monthly Compensation (effective September 1, 2005, Average Annual Compensation) for the period of reemployment (or through December 31, 2008, if earlier).

(b)    If the reemployed Participant did not have a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date, and if he subsequently becomes eligible for a Benefit pursuant to Article IV or VI of this Appendix G, his Benefit for his period of reemployment, calculated on the basis of his Years of Benefit Service and Average Monthly Compensation (effective September 1, 2005, Average Annual Compensation) during such period (or through December 31, 2008, if earlier), shall be added to any Benefit to which he may be entitled by reason of Years of Benefit Service earned prior to his Severance Date (if such Years of Benefit Service are retained under Section 3.5).

Notwithstanding the above, except to the extent required by applicable law, no reemployed Participant shall accrue any additional Benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

5.7     Death Before Commencement of Benefits .

(a)    If a vested Participant dies prior to the commencement of his benefits, his Spouse shall be entitled to the surviving Spouse’s benefit described in Section 5.8. If such a Participant has no Spouse at his death, his benefits hereunder shall be forfeited.

(b)    If a non-vested Participant dies prior to the commencement of his benefits, the Participant’s benefits shall be forfeited.

5.8     Surviving Spouse’s Benefit .

(a)    In the event of the death of a Participant who:

(i)    Has been credited with at least one Hour of Service after August 22, 1984;

(ii)    Has a surviving Spouse;

(iii)    Has any vested interest in his Accrued Benefit; and

(iv)    Dies before beginning to receive Benefits from this Plan, such Participant’s surviving Spouse shall receive a survivor’s benefit.

(b)    The benefit payable under this Section shall be a annual pension, payable monthly for the surviving Spouse’s life commencing on the first day of any month when the Participant could have elected to receive immediate retirement benefits, but not later than the date that would have been the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, as elected in writing by the Spouse; or, if the Participant dies on or after his Normal Retirement Date, commencing on the first day of the month following the month in which he dies. The benefit shall be equal to the benefit such Spouse would have received if the Participant:

(i)    Had experienced a Severance from Employment on the earlier of (A) the date of his death or (B) the date of his actual Severance from Employment;

(ii)    Had survived to the benefit commencement date described in (i);

(iii)    Had then begun to receive an immediate retirement benefit in the form of a joint and 50% survivor annuity with his Spouse as the Beneficiary; and

(iv)    Had died on the following day.

5.9     Death Benefit After Retirement . Upon the death of a Participant after his Severance from Employment and the commencement of his benefits, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive any amount which may be payable under the form of benefit in effect or under any annuity contract which has been distributed to provide the Benefit to which the Participant was entitled hereunder.

5.10     Suspension of Benefits .

(a)    In the event that a Participant is employed in “qualified reemployment” (as defined in Subsection (b)) after payment of his Benefit commences, the benefits otherwise payable to the Participant shall be suspended for each calendar month of qualified reemployment, except as may be required to comply with Section 6.9 of the Plan. If the Participant is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer under any other circumstances, the benefits being paid to the Participant shall continue.

(b)    A Participant is employed in “qualified reemployment” if, after his Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers, he is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer in such a capacity that he receives pay for or is entitled to be paid for at least 40 Hours of Service (not including Hours of Service credited as a result of back pay) during a calendar month.

(c)    (i)     A Participant receiving benefits under the Plan shall be required to give notice to the Benefits Group of any employment relationship he has with a Participating Company or a Related Employer. The Benefits Group shall have the right to use all reasonable efforts to determine whether such employment constitutes qualified reemployment. The Benefits Group shall also have the right to require the Participant to provide information sufficient to prove that such employment does not constitute qualified reemployment.

(ii)    A Participant may ask the Benefits Group in writing to determine whether specific contemplated employment constitutes qualified reemployment. The Benefits Group shall respond to such a request in writing within 60 days of the date on which it receives the request.

(d)    If a Participant’s benefits are being suspended because he is employed in qualified reemployment, the Benefits Group shall notify the Participant of this during the first month in which the suspension occurs. Notification shall be by personal delivery or first-class mail.

(e)    (i)    If a Participant’s benefits have been suspended, benefit payments shall resume no later than the first day of the third month following the month in which the Participant’s qualified reemployment ceases (or, if later, the first day of the month following the date on which the Benefits Group receives the Participant’s notice that his qualified reemployment has ceased).

(ii)    When benefit payments resume, the first payment shall include payment for the current month and for all previous months since the cessation of the Participant’s qualified reemployment.

(iii)    When benefit payments resume, the Benefits Group shall reduce the Participant’s payments by an amount equal to any benefits paid to the Participant with respect to a month during which he was engaged in qualified reemployment. However, the reduction in any benefit payment (other than the first payment) shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total payment.

(iv)    If a Participant’s benefit payments are being reduced as provided in paragraph (iii), the Benefit Group shall notify the Participant of this, in writing, when payments resume.

(f)    Under this Plan, benefit commencement is conditioned upon Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers. Therefore, except as may be required to comply with Section 6.9 of the Plan, no benefits shall be payable to a Participant who continues his employment with a Participating Company or a Related Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date. The Benefits Group shall notify the Participant of this “suspension” of his benefits during the month in which his Normal Retirement Date occurs.


ARTICLE VI
VESTING AND VESTED BENEFITS

6.1     Nonforfeitable Amounts .

(a)    A Participant shall be vested in his Accrued Benefit if he has earned five or more Years of Vesting Service. If a Participant has earned fewer than five Years of Vesting Service, he shall not be vested in his Accrued Benefit. Notwithstanding the above, a former Participant of the Pension Plan for Employees of Kontron, Incorporated, and an employee of Arrow Interventional hired on or after September 1, 1996 but before September 1, 1999 shall be vested as described in Schedule C.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is an Employee shall have a 100% nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit upon the later of (i) the date on which he attains Age 65 or (ii) the 5th anniversary of his commencement of participation in the Plan.

6.2     Terminated Vested Participant .

(a)    A Participant who has a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers before his Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date shall nevertheless be eligible for a benefit from the Plan if he is vested in his Accrued Benefit. If the Participant is not vested, he shall forfeit his Accrued Benefit.

(b)    Payment of a Participant’s vested benefit shall commence on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date unless (i) the benefit is cashed out (as provided in Section 6.3 of this Appendix G and Section 6.7 of the Plan) or (ii) the Participant elects an earlier or later benefit commencement date in accordance with Subsection (c).

(c)    A terminated vested Participant who has 10 or more Years of Vesting Service may elect to have his vested benefit payments commence:

(i)    On the first day of the month coincident with or next following the later of (A) his 55th birthday or (B) his Severance Date; or

(ii)    On the first day of any month after that, up to his Required Beginning Date.

(d)    If a terminated vested Participant is to begin receiving benefit payments on his Normal Retirement Date, he shall receive an annual benefit, payable monthly equal to his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date.

(e)    (i)    A Participant with an Employment Date prior to January 1, 2006 who elects under Subsection (c) to have his vested benefit payments commence prior to his Normal Retirement Date shall receive an annual benefit, payable monthly equal to his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date, reduced under Section 5.4 of this Appendix G;

(ii)    A Participant with an Employment Date on or after January 1, 2006 who elects under Subsection (c) to have his vested benefit payments commence prior to his Normal Retirement Date shall receive an annual benefit, payable monthly, equal to his Accrued Benefit as of his Severance Date, reduced by the applicable reduction factor in the following table:

Reduction
Age         Factor   
55     37.26%
56     40.87%
57     44.87%
58     49.33%
59     54.31%
60     59.87%
61     66.11%
62     73.12%
63     81.00%
64     89.91%
65     100.00%

(iii)    For purposes of this Subsection (e), a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be calculated using eight percent (8%) interest and the 1994 GAR mortality table.
(f)    If a terminated vested Participant is to begin receiving benefit payments on his Late Retirement Date, he shall receive an annual benefit, payable monthly equal to the greater of:
(i)
The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Late Retirement Date; or
(ii) The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Normal Retirement Date, Actuarially increased to take into account the period after Normal Retirement Date during which the Participant did not receive benefit payments.
(g)    A vested benefit payable under this Section shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Article VII of this Appendix G and Article VI of the Plan.
6.3     Cash-Outs of Small Benefits . If the Present Value of a terminated Participant’s vested benefit is $5,000 or less, the vested benefit shall be distributed in a single-sum payment (i.e., “cashed out”), as provided in Section 6.7 of the Plan.
6.4     Deemed Cash-Out . A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers before he is vested in his Accrued Benefit shall be deemed to have received a complete distribution of his Accrued Benefit on his Severance Date. However, if he is subsequently reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer before he incurs five consecutive Breaks-in-Service, his Accrued Benefit shall immediately be restored.

ARTICLE VII
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
The provisions of this Article VII of this Appendix G are applied in conjunction with the provisions of Article VI of the Plan, where applicable.
7.1     Mandatory Benefit Commencement . Section 6.9 of the Plan sets forth the provisions regarding required minimum distributions under Code Section 401(a)(9) and shall override any distribution options or provisions under the Plan which are inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).


7.2     Additional Distribution Rules .
(a)    The provisions set forth in Section 6.1 of the Plan apply to the distribution of a Participant’s Benefit.
(b)    (i)    Except when benefits are paid in a single sum, benefits shall be paid monthly in an amount equal to the benefit calculated under the Plan, subject to an Actuarial Equivalent adjustment for form of benefit under this Article VII of Appendix G.
(ii)    At the direction of the Administrative Committee, benefits payable in annuity form may be provided by an annuity contract purchased from an insurance company. The terms of such annuity contract shall prohibit the cash surrender of the annuity contract and shall make the payments due under the annuity contract non-assignable. The distribution of such annuity contract shall be in complete discharge of the Plan’s liability to the Participant accepting the annuity contract.
7.3     Normal Form of Benefit .
(a)    The normal form of benefit for a Participant who has a Spouse shall be a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
(b)    The normal form of benefit for a Participant who has no Spouse shall be a single life annuity, with equal monthly installments payable to the Participant for his lifetime.
7.4     Optional Forms of Benefit .
(a)    A Participant’s pension shall be paid in his normal form of benefit unless the Participant elects to receive one of the optional forms of benefit described below. Any such election shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.6 of the Plan.
(b)    The optional forms of benefit available under this Appendix G are:
(i)    A single life annuity, with equal monthly installments payable to the Participant for his lifetime;
(ii)    A joint and survivor annuity with the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, payable in monthly installments to the Participant for his lifetime and with one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of such monthly installment payable after the death of the Participant to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, if then living, for the life of the designated Beneficiary. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Beneficiary named by the Participant is a person other than the Participant’s Spouse, the percentage payable to such Beneficiary under the joint and survivor annuity may not at any time exceed the applicable percentage given in Schedule A;
(iii)    A joint and survivor annuity with the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, payable in monthly installments to the Participant for his lifetime and with seventy five percent (75%) of the amount of such monthly installment payable after the death of the Participant to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, if then living, for the life of the designated beneficiary. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Beneficiary named by the Participant is a person other than the Participant’s Spouse, the percentage payable to such Beneficiary under the joint and survivor annuity may not at any time exceed the applicable percentage given in Schedule A;
(iv)    A 10-year certain and life annuity, with equal monthly installments payable to the Participant for his lifetime, and with 120 monthly payments guaranteed; provided, however, that a Participant may not elect this form of benefit if the period certain will exceed the applicable period given in Schedule A;
(v)    The portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Pension Plan for Employees of Kontron, Incorporated prior to September 1, 1996, and the portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit earned under the Plan prior to September 1, 1999 by former employees of Kontron, Incorporated, and former employees of Arrow Interventional hired on or after September 1, 1996 but before September 1, 1999 shall be paid in a form permitted in Schedule C.
(c)    A Participant shall have the right to elect a direct rollover in accordance with Section 6.10 of the Plan if he is to receive an Eligible Rollover Distribution.
(d)    Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, a Participant may elect a Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. A “ Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity ” is:
(i)    A joint life annuity payable for the life of the Participant, with continuation of payments as a survivor annuity for the remaining life of a surviving Spouse at a rate of seventy-five percent (75%) of the rate payable during the Participant’s lifetime; and
(ii)    The Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of benefit payment for an unmarried Participant, as described in Section 7.3(b) of this Appendix G.
If the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity is not Actuarially Equivalent to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, Spousal consent is required for a Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.
(e)    After the first annuity payment check is negotiated, no election may be changed, and no new Spouse or other Beneficiary may be substituted for the designated Beneficiary determined on the Annuity Starting Date.
(f)    In the event of the death of a Participant’s Spouse or other designated Beneficiary prior to the Participant’s benefit commencement date, but after an election of a joint and survivor annuity has been made hereunder, the election shall automatically be revoked.
7.5     Termination of Benefits . The last benefit payment hereunder shall be made for the month in which:

(a)    In the case of a single life annuity, the Participant dies;

(b)    In the case of a surviving Spouse’s benefit or a joint and survivor annuity, the Participant dies or the Participant’s Spouse or designated Beneficiary dies, whichever is later;

(c)    In the case of a 10-year certain and life annuity, the Participant dies or the 120th monthly payment is due, whichever is later; or

(d)    In the case of a single-sum payment, the single-sum payment is distributed or is transferred in a direct rollover under Section 6.10 of the Plan.

SCHEDULE A

Actuarial Equivalent Factors and Assumptions
Effective September 1, 2005, unless Otherwise Noted

Effective September 1, 2005, notwithstanding any other provision of this Schedule A to the contrary, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined on the following generally applicable basis:

(a)    Interest Assumption: 8% compounded annually.
(b)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: the 1994 GAR mortality table, based on age nearest birthday.
(c)    Mortality Assumption for a Beneficiary: the 1994 GAR mortality table, based on age nearest birthday.
The following exceptions apply:

1.    For the purpose of determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy:

(a)    Interest Assumption: 5% per annum, compound.

(b)    Mortality Assumption: As above.
2.    For the purpose of determining lump sum values for payment:

(a)    Interest Assumption: Applicable Interest Rate
(b)    Mortality Assumption: Applicable Mortality Table.
3.    For the purpose of determining the benefit payable before the Normal Retirement Date and/or payable in a form other than straight life:

(a)    The benefit shall first be adjusted based on the number of months, if any, by which commencement of payment precedes the Normal Retirement Date, using the basis specified in the Plan. For commencement more than 120 months before the Normal Retirement Date (if elected by a surviving spouse), the generally applicable basis shall be used to find the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit that would be payable commencing 120 months before the Normal Retirement Date; for this purpose the number of months shall be recognized by linear interpolation.

(b)    The benefit shall then be adjusted for payment in a form other than straight life, if applicable, determined by the following generally applicable basis:

(i)    Interest Assumption: 8% compounded annually.
(ii)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: the 1994 GAR mortality table
(iii)    Mortality Assumption for a Beneficiary: the 1994 GAR mortality table
4.    For the purpose of determining the increase in the Accrued Benefit as of the Normal Retirement Date to the Late Retirement Date, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined by the following basis:

(a)     For the period (if any) between Normal Retirement Date and September 1, 2005:
(i)    Interest Assumption:    7% per annum, compound
(ii)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: The UP-1984 Table, based on age nearest birthday.
(b)     For the period after September 1, 2005:
(i)    Interest Assumption: 8% compounded annually.
(ii)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: the 1994 GAR mortality table


SCHEDULE B
ADJUSTMENTS TO CERTAIN BENEFITS

If the Arrow Hourly Plan satisfies the requirements of Section 1.401(a)(4)-13(d) of the Treasury Regulations for a fresh-start as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, then, any other provisions of the plan notwithstanding, any section 401(a)(17) employee’s accrued benefit, frozen in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations as of a fresh-start date, is adjusted to reflect increases in the employee’s compensation after the fresh-start date. However, this adjustment may be made only if the adjustment will not cause the plan to fail to satisfy the consistency requirement of Section 1.401(a)(4)-13(c) of the Treasury Regulations, as modified by Section 1.401(a)(17)-1(e) of the Proposed Treasury Regulations.
In determining a section 401(a)(17) employee’s accrued benefit in any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the portion of the employee’s frozen accrued benefit attributable to Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1994 will be determined in accordance with Method A for statutory section 401(a)(17) employees and Method B for section 401(a)(17) employees other than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees.
A statutory section 401(a)(17) employee shall mean an employee whose current accrued benefit as of a date on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994 is based on compensation for a year beginning prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1989 that exceeded $200,000.
A section 401(a)(17) employee shall mean an employee whose current accrued benefit as of a date on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994 is based on compensation for a year beginning prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994 that exceeded $150,000.
Method A (statutory section 401(a)(17) employees):
Step 1:
Determine each statutory section 401(a)(17) employee’s accrued benefit as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1989, frozen in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations.
Step 2:
Adjust the amount in step 1 up through the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994 under the method provided under the plan for increasing the amount in step 1 to take into account increases in compensation in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989. However, if the plan does not provide for such increases, the amount in step 2 shall be equal to the amount in step 1.
Step 3:
Determine the statutory section 401(a)(17) employee’s accrued benefit as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, frozen in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations.
Step 4:
Subtract the amount determined in step 2 from the amount determined in step 3.
Step 5:
Adjust the amount in step 4 by multiplying it by the following fraction (not less than 1). The numerator of the fraction is the statutory section 401(a)(17) employee’s average compensation determined for the current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17)), using the same definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994. The denominator of the fraction is the employee’s average compensation for the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, using the definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994.
Step 6:
Adjust the amount in step 1 by multiplying it by the following fraction (not less than 1). The numerator of the fraction is the statutory section 401(a)(17) employee’s average compensation for the current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17)), using the same definition of compensation and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1989. The denominator of the fraction is the employee’s average compensation for the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1989, using the definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1989.
Step 7:
Add the amounts determined in step 5, and the greater of steps 6 or 2.
Method B (section 401(a)(17) employees other than
statutory section 401(a)(17) employees):
Step 1:
Determine the accrued benefit of each section 401(a)(17) employee other than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees as of the last day of the Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, frozen in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations.
Step 2:
Adjust the amount in step 1 by multiplying it by the following fraction (not less than 1). The numerator of the fraction is the average compensation of the section 401(a)(17) employee who is not a statutory section 401(a)(17) employee determined for the current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17)), using the same definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994. The denominator of the fraction is the employee’s average compensation for the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994, using the definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994.
SCHEDULE C
KONTRON PROVISIONS
The following special provisions are effective as of September 1, 1996, the date the Pension Plan for Employees of Kontron, Incorporated (the “Kontron Plan”) was merged into the Arrow Hourly Plan, unless otherwise indicated. These provisions apply only to those former salaried participants in the Kontron Plan whose accrued benefits were merged from the Kontron Plan into the Arrow Hourly Plan or an employee of Arrow Interventional hired on or after September 1, 1996 but before September 1, 1999 (“Affected Participants”). These special provisions apply to the Affected Participants notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan and/or Appendix G to the contrary.

C.1     Accrued Benefit .
(a)    An Affected Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be equal to $12.50 times his Years of Benefit Service completed after January 1, 1986.
(b)    Notwithstanding the above, effective September 1, 1999, an Affected Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be equal to the sum of:
(1)    $12.50 times his Years of Benefit Service completed after January 1, 1986 but before September 1, 1999; plus
(2)    The Plan’s Benefit formula described in Plan Section 5.1 of Appendix G taking into account the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service completed on or after September 1, 1999 and before January 1, 2009.
C.2     Optional Forms of Benefit Payment .
(a)    In addition to the optional forms of Benefit payment described in Section 7.4 of Appendix G, the benefits accrued by Affected Participants, prior to September 1, 1996 under the Kontron Plan may be paid in one of the optional forms described below (which were available to the Affected Participants under the Kontron Plan), subject to the provisions of Section 6.9 of the Plan.
(1)    Joint and Survivor Annuity - a life annuity paid to the Affected Participant with the provision that, if a joint annuitant survives the Affected Participant, payments are continued in the same amount or a reduced amount for the joint annuitant’s lifetime.
(2)    Life Annuity with Stipulated Payments - a life annuity paid to the Affected Participant with the provision that, if the Affected Participant dies before receiving 60, 120, 180 or 240 stipulated monthly payments, either payments will be continued to a Beneficiary until the balance of the stipulated monthly payments has been paid or the commuted value of the balance of the stipulated monthly payments will be paid to a Beneficiary.
(3)    Temporary Annuity - an annuity payable from an Early Annuity Commencement Date to a specified date, or death if earlier, that will provide an approximately level amount of benefit, inclusive of Social Security and any annuity not converted to a Temporary Annuity, before and after receipt of Social Security.
(b)    The optional forms of Benefit payment described in Section C.2 of this Schedule C (paragraphs (1) through (3)) shall not be available to Affected Participants for payment of their Benefits accrued on and after September 1, 1999.
C.3     Early Retirement .
(a)    “ Early Retirement Age ” shall mean the later of (i) the Participant’s 55 th birthday and (ii) the date on which the Participant completes five Years of Benefit Service.
(b)     Early Retirement . A Participant who is eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit shall receive either of the following:
(1)    A annual pension, payable monthly equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, reduced by 1/180 for each of the first 60 full calendar months and by 1/360 for each additional calendar months by which the Participant’s chosen benefit commencement date precedes his Normal Retirement Date (an “ Early Retirement Benefit ”).
(2)    A deferred, unreduced annual pension, payable monthly equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, with payment commencing at his Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date.
C.4     Non-Forfeitable Amounts .
A Participant shall be vested in his Accrued Benefit in accordance with the following schedule:
Years of Vesting Service
 
Percent Vested
Less than 1 year
 
0
1
 
20
2
 
40
3
 
60
4
 
80
5 years or more
 
100

SCHEDULE D
PARTICIPATING COMPANIES
Arrow Interventional, Inc. - effective September 1, 1999
Arrow Therex Corporation - effective May 1, 1980
The Stepic Medical Distribution Company - effective September 1, 2003



TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
APPENDIX C     
RETIREMENT PLAN FOR HOURLY RATED EMPLOYEES
AT THE BERKS COUNTY, PA LOCATIONS OF
ARROW INTERNATIONAL, INC.
The provisions in this Appendix H apply with respect to Participants in the Retirement Plan for Hourly Rated Employees at the Berks County, PA Locations of Arrow International, Inc. (“Arrow Berks Plan”) before its merger with and into the Plan effective as of August 31, 2008. The provisions in this Appendix H shall continue to apply on and after January 1, 2014 to eligible Employees and Participants eligible for the benefits described in this Appendix H. Except for the provisions set forth in Appendix H, the Plan provisions, including terms defined therein, shall apply with respect to Participants eligible for the benefits described in this Appendix H.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Terms used but not defined in this Appendix H shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. Except with respect to the references to Articles and Sections of the Plan herein, references in this Appendix H to Articles and Section numbers are references to the Articles and Sections in this Appendix H.

1.1    “ Active Participant ” shall mean a Participant who is an Employee in the Covered Class.
1.2.     Actuarial Equivalent” shall mean having or that which has equal actuarial value based on the assumptions and factors described in Schedule A. “Actuarially” shall mean performed by use of the assumptions and factors described in Schedule A.
1.3    “ Age ” shall mean, for any individual, his age on his last birthday, except that an individual attains Age 70 1/2 on the corresponding date in the sixth calendar month following the month on which his 70 th birthday falls (or the last day of such month if there is no corresponding date therein).
1.4    “ Annual Compensation ” shall mean, for any Active Participant, effective September 1, 2001, for a given calendar month, the total wages paid to a Participant by a Participating Company which must be taken into account for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, increased by (a) any elective contributions to a Participating Company’s plan under sections 125, 132(f), 402(g)(3), 402(h), and 403(b) of the Code, and reduced by the dollar amount or value of each of the following: reimbursements and other expense allowances, fringe benefits (both cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.
In general, all Annual Compensation up to a Participant’s actual Severance from Employment (or December 31, 2012, if earlier) shall be taken into account in calculating benefits. However, in the case of a Participant who does not have any period of employment on or after September 1, 1988, Annual Compensation received after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date shall not be taken into account in calculating benefits under this Plan.
    
In calculating a Disabled Participant’s benefit, it will be assumed that the Participant’s Annual Compensation has continued unchanged from his Severance from Employment (or December 31, 2012, if earlier) on account of Total and Permanent Disability to his Normal Retirement Date (or December 31, 2012, if earlier).

Effective January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2012, Annual Compensation also include any differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer, as required by Code Section 414(u)(12), as amended by the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (the “HEART Act”).
1.5    “ Annuity Starting Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-20, Q&A-10 (the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form).

1.6    “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Sponsor or any committee thereof.
1.7    “ Break-in-Service ” shall mean a twelve-consecutive month Period of Severance.
1.8    “ Collective Bargaining Agreement ” shall mean at any time the labor agreement between the Arrow and the Union that is then in effect.

1.9    “ Committee ” or “ Retirement Committee ” shall mean the Teleflex Incorporated Benefits Policy Committee.

1.10    “ Computation Period ” shall mean for any Employee the 12-month period beginning on the Employee’s Employment or Reemployment Date or on any anniversary of such date, and ending on the day before the anniversary thereof.

1.11    “ Covered Class ” shall mean the class consisting of each Employee who (a) is regularly employed by Arrow at a Berks County, Pennsylvania plant, or by any Participating Company at a designated plant; (b) receives compensation from the Participating Company, on a stated hourly basis other than a pension, severance pay, retainer or fee under a contract, and who is not paid on an hourly or piecework basis; (c) is not covered by a collective bargaining agreement, unless such agreement specifically provides for participation hereunder; and (d) is not covered by another qualified defined benefit pension plan to which the Participating Company makes contributions. An Employee who is such solely by reason of being a leased employee within the meaning of section 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code shall not be in the Covered Class. The determination of whether an Employee is in the Covered Class shall be made by the Benefits Group on a uniform basis consistent with the intent expressed hereunder.

1.12    “ Disability Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date (prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date) on which a Participant who has been credited with five or more Years of Vesting Service experiences a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers as a result of his Total and Permanent Disability. A Participant shall not have a Disability Retirement Date unless he has been credited with five or more Years of Vesting Service.



1.13    “ Disabled Participant ” shall mean a Participant who has a Disability Retirement Date and who has not ceased to be a Disabled Participant pursuant to Section 4.4(b).

1.14    “ Early Retirement Age ” shall mean for any Participant the later of (a) the Participant’s 55 th birthday and (b) the date on which the Participant completes 10 Years of Vesting Service.

1.15    “ Early Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of any month (prior to Normal Retirement Date) coincident with or next following the date on which a Participant attains Early Retirement Age.

1.16    “ Employee ” shall mean an individual who is classified as an employee by a Participating Company or a Related Employer, including officers, shareholders, or directors who are employees, but excluding independent contractors, whether or not such persons are later determined to be common-law employees by a court or an administrative agency. An Employee shall also include a “leased employee,” as defined in Section 414(n)(2) of the Code, who is not an employee of a Participating Company or a Related Employer, but who provides services to a Participating Company or a Related Employer where (a) such services are performed pursuant to an agreement between the recipient of those services and any other person or entity, (b) the person performing the services has done so on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year, and (c) the services so performed are performed under the primary direction and control of the recipient of those services, except that even if an individual would otherwise be considered a “leased employee” hereunder, that person shall not be considered a “leased employee” if (i) he is covered by a money purchase pension plan which (A) covers all employees of the leasing organization (other than those rendering service directly to the leasing organization), (B) provides a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation (as defined for the purposes of Section 415 of the Code), and (C) allows immediate participation and full and immediate vesting, and (ii) “leased employees” (including, for this purpose, those who would be “leased employees” but for the operation of this sentence) do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of that part of the recipient’s workforce consisting of non-highly compensated employees.

Effective January 1, 2009, to the extent the Plan is not frozen, any individual in Qualified Military Service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)) who is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer shall be treated as an “Employee” of the Employer solely for purposes of providing contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to such Qualified Military Service, as applicable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this provision shall be interpreted to require any benefit accruals under the Plan and this Appendix H after December 31, 2012.
1.17    “ Employment Date ” shall mean the date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service for a Participating Company, a Predecessor Company, or a Related Employer. The Employment Date of an Employee shall not be earlier than September 1, 1975.
1.18    “ Late Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date on which a Participant experiences a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the first day of any month on which a Participant elects to commence receipt of his Plan benefit for any other reason after his Normal Retirement Date, but not before the Participant’s Severance from Employment and not later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.
1.19    “ Mandatory Benefit Commencement Date ” shall mean the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, as defined in Section 1.51 of the Plan.
1.20    “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean for any Participant the later of (a) his 65 th birthday and (b) the fifth anniversary of the date on which he commenced participation in the Plan.
1.21    “ Normal Retirement Date ” shall mean the first day of the month next coincident with or next following the date on which a Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.
1.22    “ Participant ” shall mean an individual who is an Active Participant, a former Active Participant receiving benefits under the Plan, a former Active Participant who has a present or future right to receive benefits under the Plan, or an Employee who was once an Active Participant and has been transferred out of the Covered Class.
1.23    “ Participating Company ” shall mean Arrow and each Related Employer which is authorized by the Committee to adopt the Plan by action of its board of directors or other governing body.
1.24    “ Period of Severance ” shall mean the period of time commencing on an Employee’s Severance Date and ending on the date on which the Employee is again entitled to be credited with an Hour of Service described in Section 1.32 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Period of Severance shall not occur as a result of (a) for New Jersey Participants, Total and Permanent Disability; (b) for North Carolina Participants, illness or disability of up to one year; (c) an authorized leave of absence for a period not exceeding one year for any reason in accordance with the uniform policy established by the Committee; or (d) temporary layoff of less than one year duration; or (e) absence due to involuntary service (or voluntary service in a time of national emergency) in any uniformed services of the United States.
1.25    “ Plan Year ” shall mean the 12-month period ending each December 31; prior to the merger of the Arrow Berks Plan with and into the Plan, a 12-month period which shall commence each September 1 and end on the next following August 31.
1.26    “ Predecessor Company ” shall mean each business entity that is a predecessor in interest to Arrow, whether due to change of name, merger, consolidation, asset acquisition, or stock acquisition.
1.27    “ Present Value ” shall mean, in relation to a benefit that is expressed as a monthly or annual annuity, the Actuarial Equivalent single-sum value of such benefit as of any given date, determined in accordance with Schedule A.
1.28    “ Reemployment Date ” shall mean the first day, following a Break-in-Service, on which an Employee performs an Hour of Service.
1.29     “ Severance Date ” shall mean the date, as recorded on the records of a Participating Company or a Related Employer, on which an employee of such company quits, retires, is discharged, or dies, or, if earlier, the first anniversary of the first day of a period during which the employee remains absent from service with a Participating Company and all Related Employers (with or without pay) for any other reason, (excluding leave of absence) including but not limited to by reason of vacation, holiday or layoff; or if earlier the third year anniversary of a leave of absence, except as expressly provided otherwise in the Plan and/or this Appendix H.
1.30    “ Spouse ” shall mean the person to whom a Participant is legally married on any date of reference.
1.31    “ Total and Permanent Disability ” shall mean a disability of a nature that enables a Participant to qualify for and to receive disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act. The Administrative Committee or its delegee may require such proof of Total and Permanent Disability as it sees fit. For purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability ends on the day preceding the earlier of: (a) the date the Participant is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Participating Company’s Related Employer, (b) the date the Participant is no longer eligible for disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act, and (c) the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.    
1.32    “ Union ” shall mean the United Steelworkers of America, AFL-CIO, CLC.
1.33    “ Years of Benefit Service ” or “ Benefit Service ” shall mean the number of Computation Periods counted with respect to determining a Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan, as further described in Article III. A Participant shall not be credited with any Benefit Service or Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2012.
1.34    “ Years of Vesting Service ” or “ Vesting Service ” shall mean the number of Computation Periods counted with respect to determining a Participant’s vested status under the Plan, as further described in Article III.

ARTICLE II
PARTICIPATION

2.1     Date of Participation .

(a)    Prior to December 31, 2012, each Employee in the Covered Class shall become an Active Participant on the first date on which he is in the Covered Class.

(b)    A Participant who has a Severance Date and who is later reemployed as an Employee in the Covered Class shall become an Active Participant as of the date on which he first again completes an Hour of Service in the Covered Class.

(c)    If an Employee participated in another qualified defined benefit plan of a Participating Company immediately prior to becoming a member of the Covered Class, prior to January 1, 2013, such Employee became an Active Participant on the first day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following the date on which he became a member of the Covered Class. Such Employee remained an active participant in the preceding defined benefit plan until last day of the Plan Year in which he transferred into the Covered Class.

(d)    If a Participant transfers from being a member of the Covered Class to being a member of the covered class of another defined benefit plan of a Participating Company, such Participant shall continue to be an Active Participant in the Plan until the last day of the Plan Year in which he transferred out of the Covered Class.

Notwithstanding the preceding, no Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan after December 31, 2012.




ARTICLE III
VESTING SERVICE AND BENEFIT SERVICE

3.1     Service for Vesting .

(a)    An Employee shall earn Years of Vesting Service for all employment with a Participating Company, Predecessor Companies, and Related Employers. Years of Vesting Service shall be calculated from the employee’s Employment Date or Reemployment Date to the Severance Date, subject to the rules set forth below.

(b)    If an Employee experiences a Severance from Employment by reason of a quit, discharge, or retirement and then is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer before he incurs a Break-in-Service, the Employee shall earn credit toward a Year of Vesting Service for all of his Period of Severance.

(c)    If an Employee experiences a Severance from Employment by reason of quit, discharge, or retirement during an absence from service for 12 months or less for any reason other than a quit, discharge, or retirement, and if he is then reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer within 12 months of the date on which he was first absent from service, he shall earn credit toward a Year of Vesting Service for his Period of Severance.

(d)    An Employee shall be credited with service toward a Year of Vesting Service for any period beginning after August 4, 1993 during which he is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

(e)    An Employee shall be credited with service toward a Year of Vesting Service in the first or second year following a leave from a Participating Company for maternity or paternity reasons for which the Employee would otherwise lose a Year of Vesting Service because of this absence.

(f)    An Employee shall be credited with an additional Year(s) of Vesting Service equal to the period of service with which he was credited for purposes of benefit accrual as a participant under the defined benefit plan sponsored by Rockwell International or Textile Machine Works.

(g)    For purposes of determining an Employee’s total Years of Vesting Service, all Vesting Service (whether or not successive) shall be aggregated.

3.2     Benefit Service .

(a)    Prior to January 1, 2013, a Participant shall earn a Year of Benefit Service for each Year of Vesting Service earned (except for any Period of Vesting Service earned solely due to Section 3.1(c)) while he is a Participant and he is employed with a Participating Company in a Covered Class. A Participant shall not earn any additional Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2012. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2014, for purposes of determining a Participant’s Years of Benefit Service, employment with a Participating Company in a Covered Class (determined without respect to Section 1.11(c)) prior to September 1, 1975 will be taken into account.

(b)    A Participant shall earn Years of Benefit Service until the earliest of:

(i)    Transfer to a job classification in which he is not eligible to participate in the Plan, as modified by this Appendix H;

(ii)    Transfer to a Related Employer which has not adopted this Plan, as modified by this Appendix H, or

(iii)    Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers; notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a layoff, a Participant shall earn Years of Benefit Service for an additional twelve months from the date of such layoff.

Except to the extent required by applicable law, a Participant shall not earn any additional Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2012.

(c)    If a Participant is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer before he incurs a Break-in-Service, and if his Period of Severance commenced with a quit, discharge, or retirement, he shall not earn Years of Benefit Service for any portion of his Period of Severance.

(d)    A Participant shall not be credited with any service toward a Year of Benefit Service for a period during which he is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

(e)    An Employee shall be credited with an additional Year(s) of Benefit Service equal to the period of service with which he was credited for purposes of benefit accrual as a participant under the defined benefit plan sponsored by Rockwell International or Textile Machine Works.

(f)    For purposes of determining an Employee’s total Periods of Benefit Service, all Periods of Benefit Service (whether or not successive) shall be aggregated.

3.3     Partial Years . Years of Vesting Service and Years of Benefit Service shall be calculated on the basis of completed months, with a “completed month” meaning the period from a given day of the month through the day preceding that day in the next month. An additional full month shall be awarded for any portion of a month of employment beyond a completed month.

3.4     Effect of Break-in-Service .

(a)    A Participant who has a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit and who incurs a Break-in-Service shall have his Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service before his Severance Date aggregated with any Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service he may later earn. However, a Participant shall not earn any Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2012.

(b)    A Participant who does not have a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit shall have his Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service before his Severance Date aggregated with any Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service he may later earn if, as of his Reemployment Date, the number of his consecutive Breaks-in-Service is less than the greater of:

(i)    The number of Years of Vesting Service he had earned prior to his Severance Date; or

(ii)    Five.

If the Participant does not meet this requirement, he shall receive no credit for the Years of Vesting Service and Benefit Service he has earned before his Severance Date.

3.5     Effect of Cash-Out . Section 3.4 notwithstanding, a Participant who receives a single-sum distribution pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Plan, or elects to have the amount of his single-sum distribution transferred in a direct rollover pursuant to Section 6.10 of the Plan, shall immediately lose all credit for the Years of Benefit Service attributable to the single-sum distribution.


ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY FOR RETIREMENT BENEFITS

4.1     Normal Retirement . A Participant who is employed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer when he attains Normal Retirement Age shall immediately become fully vested in his Accrued Benefit and shall be eligible for a Normal Retirement Benefit if he experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date. Normal Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix H and Article VI of the Plan.

4.2     Late Retirement . A Participant who continues his employment with a Participating Company or a Related Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date shall continue to accrue benefits until the earlier of his Late Retirement Date or December 31, 2012 (or such later date required by applicable law). Such a Participant shall be eligible for a Late Retirement Benefit on his Late Retirement Date. In addition, a Participant who has a vested Accrued Benefit and has experienced a Severance from Employment may elect to commence receiving payment of a Late Retirement Benefit on a Late Retirement Date. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.9 of the Plan, Late Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix H and Article VI of the Plan.

4.3     Early Retirement . If a Participant has experienced a Severance from Employment, he may elect to commence receipt of an Early Retirement Benefit on an Early Retirement Date. Early Retirement Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Articles V and VII of this Appendix H and Article VI of the Plan.

Except as provided in Section 6.7.1 or 6.7.2.2 of the Plan, no distribution shall be made prior to the Participant’s Required Beginning Date without his written consent




4.4     Disability Retirement .

(a)    A Disabled Participant who has a Disability Retirement Date at a time when the Actuarial Equivalent single sum value of his vested Accrued Benefit exceeds $5,000 may elect to begin receiving a Disability Retirement Benefit commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or next following his Disability Retirement Date and ending on the date he ceases to be a Disabled Participant as described in Section 4.4(b).
(b)    A Participant will cease to be a Disabled Participant on the earliest of the date on which he:
(i)    Reaches his Normal Retirement Date;
(ii)    Ceases to suffer from a Total and Permanent Disability; or
(iii)    Dies.
ARTICLE V
CALCULATION OF BENEFITS

5.1     Accrued Benefit and Benefit Formula .
(a)    A Participant’s “ Accrued Benefit ” is a monthly pension in the form of a single life annuity commencing at his Normal Retirement Date which is equal to:
(i)    For retirements on and after October 1, 1994 but before October 1, 1995, the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service multiplied by $20.00, increasing to $20.25 on September 1, 2003, and increasing to $20.75 on September 1, 2006;
(ii)    For retirements on and after October 1, 1995, but before October 1, 1996, $20.50 multiplied by the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service, increasing to $20.75 on September 1, 2003, and increasing to $21.25 on September 1, 2006;
(iii)    For retirements on and after October 1, 1996 but before September 7, 1997, the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service multiplied by $21.00, increasing to $21.25 on September 1, 2003, and increasing to $21.75 on September 1, 2006;
(iv)    For retirements on and after September 8, 1997 but before September 13, 1998, the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service multiplied by $22.00, increasing to $22.25 on September 1, 2003, and increasing to $22.75 on September 1, 2006;
(v)    For retirements on and after September 14, 1998 but before September 1, 2000, the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service multiplied by $23.00, increasing to $23.25 on September 1, 2003, and increasing to $23.75 on September 1, 2006;
(vi)    For retirements on and after September 1, 2000 but before September 1, 2001, the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service multiplied by $25.00, increasing to $26.00 on September 1, 2001, to $27.00 on September 1, 2002, increasing to $27.25 on September 1, 2003, and increasing to $27.75 on September 1, 2006;
(vii)    For retirements on and after September 1, 2001 but before September 1, 2002, the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service multiplied by $26.00, increasing to $27.00 on September 1, 2002, increasing to $27.25 on September 1, 2003, and increasing to $27.75 on September 1, 2006;
(viii)    For retirements on and after September 1, 2002 but before September 1, 2003, the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service multiplied by $27.00, increasing to $27.25 on September 1, 2003, and increasing to $27.75 on September 1, 2006;
(ix)    For retirements on and after September 1, 2003 but before September 1, 2006, the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service multiplied by $31.00, increasing to $31.50 on September 1, 2006; and
(x)    For retirements on and after September 1, 2006, the Participant’s Years of Benefit Service multiplied by $36.00.
If provided under the Collective Bargaining Agreement, at the start of the first, second and third years of retirement, a Participant’s monthly pension will increase to reflect any increase in the applicable monthly pension. A Participant shall not be credited with any additional Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 2012. As a result, no Participant shall accrue any additional benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2012 and a Participant’s Accrued Benefit will not increase after December 31, 2012.
(b)    The Accrued Benefit calculated under this Section shall be reduced in accordance with Section 5.7 of this Appendix H for each month that the Participant has not waived surviving Spouse’s benefit coverage.
5.2     Normal Retirement Benefit . A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment on his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” in the amount of his Accrued Benefit. The Participant may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to commence receipt of his Normal Retirement Benefit on his Normal Retirement Date.

5.3     Late Retirement Benefit .

(a)    A Participant who elects, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to commence receipt of his Benefit after his Severance from Employment and on his Late Retirement Date shall be entitled to a “ Late Retirement Benefit ” that is equal to the greater of:

(i)    The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Late Retirement Date; or

(ii)    The Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Normal Retirement Date, Actuarially increased to take into account the period after Normal Retirement Date during which the Participant did not receive benefit payments.
    
Notwithstanding the above, except to the extent required by applicable law, no Participant shall accrue any additional Benefit under the Plan after December 31, 2012.

(b)    If a Participant’s Late Retirement Benefit commences in a calendar year after the calendar year in which he attains Age 70½, his Accrued Benefit shall be Actuarially increased to take into account the period after Age 70½ during which the Participant did not receive benefits. The Actuarial increase shall be computed (using the applicable assumptions in Schedule A) beginning on the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ and ending on the date benefits commence in an amount sufficient to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9).
  
5.4     Early Retirement Benefit . A Participant who has experienced a Severance from Employment and is eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to receive either of the following:
(a)    A monthly pension equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, reduced in accordance with the following table:
Full Years Early
Percent Applicable
0
100.0%
1
100.0%
2
100.0%
3
100.0%
4
100.0%
5
100.0%
6
79.0%
7
75.0%
8
71.0%
9
67.0%
10
63.0%
(If benefits commence other than an integral number of years early, the applicable percentage shall be obtained by interpolation.)
Effective as of September 1, 2006:
Full Years Early
Percent Applicable
0
100.0%
1
100.0%
2
100.0%
3
100.0%
4
100.0%
5
100.0%
6
85.0%
7
82.0%
8
79.0%
9
75.0%
10
71.0%
(If benefits commence other than an integral number of years early, the applicable percentage shall be obtained by interpolation.) (an “ Early Retirement Benefit ”).
(b)    A deferred, unreduced monthly pension equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, with payment commencing at his Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date.
(c)    A Participant who is eligible for and elects to receive an Early Retirement Benefit and has a Severance from Employment at Age 60 or older shall receive an additional $850 per month commencing on his Early Retirement Date and continuing until the earlier of the expiration of twenty-four months or until the Participant receives 80% of his Social Security benefit.
5.5     Disability Retirement Benefit .
(a)    A Participant who is eligible for a Disability Retirement Benefit may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to receive one of the following:

(i)    An immediate monthly pension equal to his Accrued Benefit as of his Disability Retirement Date (a “ Disability Retirement Benefit ”) payable in the form of a single life annuity, and not reduced to reflect commencement prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date;

(ii)    A monthly pension commencing on his Early Retirement Date, if he is eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit, with his Accrued Benefit determined as of his Disability Retirement Date; or

(iii)    A deferred monthly pension commencing on his Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date, with his Accrued Benefit determined as of his Disability Retirement Date.

(b)    If a Participant who is eligible for a Disability Retirement Benefit elects to receive a Disability Retirement Benefit, payment of the Disability Retirement Benefit will continue until the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age or, if earlier, the date the Participant ceases to be a Disabled Participant. If payment of the Participant’s Disability Retirement Benefit continues until his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant may elect to receive any form of payment available to the Participant under the Plan and this Appendix H beginning on his Normal Retirement Date. If payment of a Participant’s Disability Retirement Benefit ceases before the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and the Participant does not return to employment with a Participating Company or a Participating Company’s Related Employer, the Participant’s Severance Date will be treated as the date he ceases to be eligible for a Disability Retirement Benefit and the Participant may elect, in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan, to receive an Early, Normal or Late Retirement Benefit, as applicable (and to the extent eligible with respect to an Early Retirement Benefit).
(c)    In the event of the death of a Disabled Participant prior to the commencement of his Benefit, survivor’s benefits shall be paid only in accordance with the other provisions of this Article V.

5.6     Transfers . An Employee of a Participating Company or a Related Employer who is eligible for benefits under Article IV and who has been transferred to or from an eligible classification (as described in Section 2.1) shall have his benefit calculated on the basis of his Years of Benefit Service and the benefit formula in effect under Section 5.1 as of the date of his Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers (or December 31, 2012, if earlier).
5.7     Death Before Commencement of Benefits .
(a)    If a vested Participant dies prior to the commencement of his benefits, his Spouse shall be entitled to the surviving Spouse’s benefit described in Section 5.8. If such a Participant has no Spouse at his death, his benefits hereunder shall be forfeited.
(b)    If a non-vested Participant dies prior to the commencement of his benefits, the Participant’s benefits shall be forfeited.
5.8     Surviving Spouse’s Benefit .
(a)    In the event of the death of a Participant who:
(i)    Has been credited with at least one Hour of Service after August 22, 1984;
(ii)    Has a surviving Spouse;
(iii)    has any vested interest in his Accrued Benefit, and
(iv)    Dies before beginning to receive benefits from this Plan, such Participant’s surviving Spouse shall receive a survivor’s benefit.
(b)    The benefit payable under this Section shall be a monthly pension for the surviving Spouse’s life commencing on the first day of any month when the Participant could have elected to receive immediate retirement benefits, but not later than the date that would have been the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, as elected in writing by the Spouse; or, if the Participant dies on or after his Normal Retirement Date, commencing on the first day of the month following the month in which he dies. The benefit shall be equal to the benefit such Spouse would have received if the Participant:
(i)    Had experienced a Severance from Employment on the earliest of (A) the date of his death, (B) the date of his actual Severance from Employment or (C) December 31, 2012;
(ii)    Had survived to the benefit commencement date described in (i);
(iii)    Had then begun to receive an immediate retirement benefit in the form of a joint and 50% survivor annuity with his Spouse as the Beneficiary; and
(iv)    Had died on the following day.
(c)    The consent of a surviving Spouse to the payment of death benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary other than the surviving Spouse shall be made in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Plan.
5.9     Death Benefit After Retirement . Upon the death of a Participant after his Severance from Employment and the commencement of his benefits, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive any amount which may be payable under the form of benefit in effect or under any annuity contract which has been distributed to provide the benefits to which the Participant was entitled hereunder.
5.10     Suspension of Benefits .
(a)    In the event that a Participant is employed in “qualified reemployment” (as defined in Subsection (b)) after his benefits commence, the benefits otherwise payable to the Participant shall be suspended for each calendar month of qualified reemployment, except as may be required to comply with Section 6.9 of the Plan. If the Participant is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer under any other circumstances, the benefits being paid to the Participant shall continue.
(b)    A Participant is employed in “qualified reemployment” if, after his Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers, he is reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer in such a capacity that he receives pay for or is entitled to be paid for at least 40 Hours of Service (not including Hours of Service credited as a result of back pay) during a calendar month.
(c)    (i)    A Participant receiving benefits under the Plan shall be required to give notice to the Benefits Group of any employment relationship he has with a Participating Company or a Related Employer. The Benefits Group shall have the right to use all reasonable efforts to determine whether such employment constitutes qualified reemployment. The Benefits Group shall also have the right to require the Participant to provide information sufficient to prove that such employment does not constitute qualified reemployment.
(ii)    A Participant may ask the Benefits Group in writing to determine whether specific contemplated employment constitutes qualified reemployment. The Benefits Group shall respond to such a request in writing within 60 days of the date on which it receives the request.
(d)    If a Participant’s benefits are being suspended because he is employed in qualified reemployment, the Benefits Group shall notify the Participant of this during the first month in which the suspension occurs. Notification shall be by personal delivery or first-class mail.
(e)    (i)    If a Participant’s benefits have been suspended, benefit payments shall resume no later than the first day of the third month following the month in which the Participant’s qualified reemployment ceases (or, if later, the first day of the month following the date on which the Benefits Group receives the Participant’s notice that his qualified reemployment has ceased).
(ii)    When benefit payments resume, the first payment shall include payment for the current month and for all previous months since the cessation of the Participant’s qualified reemployment.
(iii)    When benefit payments resume, the Benefits Group shall reduce the Participant’s payments by an amount equal to any benefits paid to the Participant with respect to a month during which he was engaged in qualified reemployment. However, the reduction in any monthly benefit payment (other than the first payment) shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total payment.
(iv)    If a Participant’s benefit payments are being reduced as provided in paragraph (iii), the Benefits Group shall notify the Participant of this, in writing, when payments resume.
(f)    Under this Plan, benefit commencement is conditioned upon Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers. Therefore, except as may be required to comply with Section 6.9 of the Plan, no benefits shall be payable to a Participant who continues his employment with a Participating Company or a Related Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date. The Benefits Group shall notify the Participant of this “suspension” of his benefits during the month in which his Normal Retirement Date occurs.
5.11     Protected Benefit . Subject to the maximum benefit limits set forth in Section 11.1 of the Plan, a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall in no event be less than his accrued benefit as of August 31, 1997 under the Plan as in effect on August 31, 1997.

ARTICLE VI
VESTING AND VESTED BENEFITS

6.1     Nonforfeitable Amounts .

(a)    A Participant who is credited with one or more Hours of Service as an Employee on or after September 1, 1988 shall have a 100% nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit when he has to his credit five Years of Vesting Service. A Participant who has fewer than five Years of Vesting Service to his credit shall have no nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is an Employee shall have a 100% nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit upon the later of (i) the date on which he attains Age 65 or (ii) the 5 th anniversary of his commencement of participation in the Plan.

6.2     Cash-Outs of Small Benefits . If the Present Value of a terminated Participant’s vested benefit is $5,000 or less, the vested benefit shall be distributed in a single-sum payment (i.e., “cashed out”), as provided in Section 6.7 of the Plan.

6.3     Deemed Cash-Out . A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment with a Participating Company and all Related Employers before he is vested in his Accrued Benefit shall be deemed to have received a complete distribution of his Accrued Benefit on his Severance Date. However, if he is subsequently reemployed by a Participating Company or a Related Employer before he incurs five consecutive Breaks-in-Service, his Accrued Benefit shall immediately be restored.


ARTICLE VII
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

The provisions of this Article VII of this Appendix H are applied in conjunction with the provisions of Article VI of the Plan, where applicable.
7.1     Mandatory Benefit Commencement . Section 6.9 of the Plan sets forth the provisions regarding required minimum distributions under Code Section 401(a)(9) and shall override any distribution options or provisions under the Plan which are inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).
7.2     Additional Distribution Rules .
(a)    The provisions set forth in Section 6.1 of the Plan apply to the distribution of a Participant’s Benefit.
(b)    The provisions set forth in Section 6.9 of the Plan apply to the distribution of a Participant’s Benefit.
(c)    (i)    Except when benefits are paid in a single sum, benefits shall be paid monthly in an amount equal to the benefit calculated under the Plan, subject to an Actuarial Equivalent adjustment for form of benefit under this Article VII of Appendix H.
(ii)    At the direction of the Administrative Committee, benefits payable in annuity form may be provided by an annuity contract purchased from an insurance company. The terms of such annuity contract shall prohibit the cash surrender of the annuity contract and shall make the payments due under the annuity contract non-assignable. The distribution of such annuity contract shall be in complete discharge of the Plan’s liability to the Participant accepting the annuity contract.
7.3     Normal Form of Benefit .
(a)    The normal form of benefit for a Participant who has a Spouse shall be a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
(b)    The normal form of benefit for a Participant who has no Spouse shall be a single life annuity, with equal monthly installments payable to the Participant for his lifetime.
7.4     Optional Forms of Benefit .
(a)    A Participant’s pension shall be paid in his normal form of benefit unless the Participant elects to receive one of the optional forms of benefit described below. Any such election shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.6 of the Plan.
(b)    The optional forms of benefit available under this Appendix H are:
(i)    A single life annuity, with equal monthly installments payable to the Participant for his lifetime;
(ii)    A joint and survivor annuity with the Participant’s Spouse, payable in monthly installments to the Participant for his lifetime and with seventy-five percent (75%) of the amount of such monthly installment payable after the death of the Participant to the Participant’s Spouse, if then living, for the life of the Spouse;
(iii)    A joint and survivor annuity with the Participant’s Spouse, payable in monthly installments to the Participant for his lifetime and with one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of such monthly installment payable after the death of the Participant to the Participant’s Spouse, if then living, for the life of the Spouse; or
(iv)    A 10-year certain and life annuity, with equal monthly installments payable to the Participant for his lifetime, and with 120 monthly payments guaranteed; provided, however, that a Participant may not elect this form of benefit if the period certain will exceed the applicable period given in Schedule A.
(c)    Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, a Participant may elect a Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. A “ Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity ” is:
(i)    A joint life annuity payable for the life of the Participant, with continuation of payments as a survivor annuity for the remaining life of a surviving Spouse at a rate of seventy-five percent (75%) of the rate payable during the Participant’s lifetime; and
(ii)    The Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of benefit payment for an unmarried Participant, as described in Section 7.3(b) of this Appendix H.
If the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity is not Actuarially Equivalent to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, Spousal consent is required for a Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.
(d)    After the first annuity payment check is negotiated, no election may be changed, and no new Spouse or other Beneficiary may be substituted for the designated Beneficiary determined on the Annuity Starting Date.
(e)    In the event of the death of a Participant’s Spouse or other designated Beneficiary prior to the Participant’s benefit commencement date, but after an election of a joint and survivor annuity has been made hereunder, the election shall automatically be revoked.
7.5     Termination of Benefits . The last benefit payment hereunder shall be made for the month in which:

(a)    In the case of a single life annuity, the Participant dies;

(b)    In the case of a surviving Spouse’s benefit or a joint and survivor annuity, the Participant dies or the Participant’s Spouse or designated Beneficiary dies, whichever is later;

(c)    In the case of a 10-year certain and life annuity, the Participant dies or the 120th monthly payment is due, whichever is later; or

(d)    In the case of a single-sum payment, the single-sum payment is distributed or is transferred in a direct rollover under Section 6.10 of the Plan.


SCHEDULE A
ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENTS AND CERTAIN LIMITATIONS

Actuarial Equivalent Factors and Assumptions
Effective September 1, 2005, unless Otherwise Noted

Effective September 1, 2005, notwithstanding any other provision of this Schedule A to the contrary, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined on the following generally applicable basis:

(a)    Interest Assumption: 8% compounded annually.
(b)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: the 1994 GAR mortality table, based on age nearest birthday.
(c)    Mortality Assumption for a Beneficiary: the 1994 GAR mortality table, based on age nearest birthday.
The following exceptions apply:

1.    For the purpose of determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy:

(a)    Interest Assumption: 5% per annum, compound.

(b)    Mortality Assumption: As above.
2.    For the purpose of determining lump sum values for payment:

(a)    Interest Assumption: Applicable Interest Rate
(b)    Mortality Assumption: Applicable Mortality Table.
3.    For the purpose of determining the benefit payable before the Normal Retirement Date and/or payable in a form other than straight life:

(a)    The benefit shall first be adjusted based on the number of months, if any, by which commencement of payment precedes the Normal Retirement Date, using the basis specified in the Plan. For commencement more than 120 months before the Normal Retirement Date (if elected by a surviving spouse), the generally applicable basis shall be used to find the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit that would be payable commencing 120 months before the Normal Retirement Date; for this purpose the number of months shall be recognized by linear interpolation.

(b)    The benefit shall then be adjusted for payment in a form other than straight life, if applicable, determined by the following generally applicable basis:

(i)    Interest Assumption: 8% compounded annually.
(ii)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: the 1994 GAR mortality table
(iii)    Mortality Assumption for a Beneficiary: the 1994 GAR mortality table
4.    For the purpose of determining the increase in the Accrued Benefit as of the Normal Retirement Date to the Late Retirement Date, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined by the following basis:

(a)     For the period (if any) between Normal Retirement Date and September 1, 2005:
(i)    Interest Assumption:    7% per annum, compound
(ii)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: The UP-1984 Table, based on age nearest birthday.
(b)     For the period after September 1, 2005:
(i)    Interest Assumption: 8% compounded annually.
(ii)    Mortality Assumption for a Participant: the 1994 GAR mortality table


1
- -


Exhibit 10.3





TELEFLEX 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN








Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2014
















DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 1.01 ACCOUNT     2
SECTION 1.02 ACCOUNTING DATE     2
SECTION 1.03 ADDITIONAL MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS     2
SECTION 1.04 ADDITIONAL MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     2
SECTION 1.05 AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS     2
SECTION 1.06 AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     2
SECTION 1.07 BENEFICIARY     2
SECTION 1.08 BOARD     3
SECTION 1.09 CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS     3
SECTION 1.10 CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     3
SECTION 1.11 CODE     3
SECTION 1.12 COMMITTEE     3
SECTION 1.13 COMPANY     3
SECTION 1.14 COMPENSATION     3
SECTION 1.15 COVERED PARTICIPANT     5
SECTION 1.16 DISABILITY     6
SECTION 1.17 EFFECTIVE DATE     6
SECTION 1.18 ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS     6
SECTION 1.19 ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     6
SECTION 1.20 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE     6
SECTION 1.21 EMPLOYEE     7
SECTION 1.22 EMPLOYER     8
SECTION 1.23 ERISA     8
SECTION 1.24 ESOP LOAN     8
SECTION 1.25 ESOP STOCK     8
SECTION 1.26 ESOP STOCK FUND     8
SECTION 1.27 FIVE-PERCENT OWNER     8
SECTION 1.28 FORMER PARTICIPANT     8
SECTION 1.29 FULL-TIME EMPLOYEE     9
SECTION 1.30 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE     9
SECTION 1.31 INCOME     9
SECTION 1.32 INVESTMENT MANAGER     9
SECTION 1.33 LEASED EMPLOYEE     9
SECTION 1.34 LIMITATION YEAR     10
SECTION 1.35 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS     10
SECTION 1.36 MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     10
SECTION 1.37 NET PROFIT     10
SECTION 1.38 NONFORFEITABLE     10
SECTION 1.39 NONFORFEITABLE ACCOUNT BALANCE     10
SECTION 1.40 NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE     10
SECTION 1.41 NON-SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS     10
SECTION 1.42 NON-SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     11
SECTION 1.43 NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE     11
SECTION 1.44 PART-TIME EMPLOYEE     11
SECTION 1.45 PARTICIPANT     11
SECTION 1.46 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER     11
SECTION 1.47 PLAN     11
SECTION 1.48 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR     11
SECTION 1.49 PLAN YEAR     11
SECTION 1.50 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS     11
SECTION 1.51 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     11
SECTION 1.52 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS     11
SECTION 1.53 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     12
SECTION 1.54 QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS     12
SECTION 1.55 QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     12
SECTION 1.56 RELATED EMPLOYERS     12
SECTION 1.57 REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE     12
SECTION 1.58 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS     12
SECTION 1.59 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     12
SECTION 1.60 ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS     12
SECTION 1.61 ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     13
SECTION 1.62 SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS     13
SECTION 1.63 SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT     13
SECTION 1.64 SERVICE AND BREAK-IN-SERVICE DEFINITIONS     13
SECTION 1.65 SPOUSE     17
SECTION 1.66 STOCK     17
SECTION 1.67 TRANSFER ACCOUNT     18
SECTION 1.68 TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS     18
SECTION 1.69 TREASURY REGULATIONS     18
SECTION 1.70 TRUST     18
SECTION 1.71 TRUST FUND     18
SECTION 1.72 TRUSTEE     18
SECTION 1.73 UNALLOCATED ESOP STOCK ACCOUNT     18
SECTION 1.74 VALUATION DATE     18
SECTION 1.75 TERMS DEFINED ELSEWHERE     18
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
20
SECTION 2.01 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION     20
SECTION 2.02 ENROLLMENT     21
SECTION 2.03 PARTICIPATION UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT     21
SECTION 2.04 TRANSFERS BETWEEN PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS     22
SECTION 2.05 TIME OF PARTICIPATION – EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES     22
SECTION 2.06 CHANGES IN PARTICIPANT’S JOB CLASSIFICATION     22
CONTRIBUTIONS
24
SECTION 3.01 INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS     24
SECTION 3.02 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS     24
SECTION 3.03 CHANGES AND SUSPENSIONS OF ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS, CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS AND/OR ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS     28
SECTION 3.04 WITHDRAWAL OF AUTOMATIC ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS     28
SECTION 3.05 MATCHING AND QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS     29
SECTION 3.06 MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION AND ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT     31
SECTION 3.07 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS     31
SECTION 3.08 PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION AND ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT     32
SECTION 3.09 AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS     33
SECTION 3.10 QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS     33
SECTION 3.11 TIME OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTION     36
SECTION 3.12 FORM OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS     36
SECTION 3.13 ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES     36
SECTION 3.14 ROLLOVER AND TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS     36
SECTION 3.15 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS     37
SECTION 3.16 RELEASE OF ESOP STOCK FOR ALLOCATION     37
SECTION 3.17 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS - ESOP STOCK ALLOCATIONS     39
SECTION 3.18 ALLOCATION OF EXCESS MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS     39
SECTION 3.19 UNALLOCATED ESOP STOCK ACCOUNT     39
SECTION 3.20 FURTHER REDUCTIONS OF CONTRIBUTIONS     40
TERMINATION OF SERVICE; PARTICIPANT VESTING
41
SECTION 4.01 VESTING     41
SECTION 4.02 INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE – VESTING     46
SECTION 4.03 FORFEITURE OCCURS     46
SECTION 4.04 RESTORATION OF FORFEITED PORTION OF ACCOUNT     46
SECTION 4.05 TRANSFERS BETWEEN PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS     47
SECTION 4.06 CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS     47
TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
49
SECTION 5.01 DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT ON OR AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE     49
SECTION 5.02 DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE     49
SECTION 5.03 TIME OF DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNT BALANCE     50
SECTION 5.04 DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH     51
SECTION 5.05 DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY     52
SECTION 5.06 FAILURE OF BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION     53
SECTION 5.07 OTHER RULES GOVERNING THE TIME OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS     53
SECTION 5.08 FORM OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS     53
SECTION 5.09 OPTION TO HAVE COMPANY PURCHASE ESOP STOCK     54
SECTION 5.10 MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS     55
SECTION 5.11 DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRUSTEE-TO-TRUSTEE TRANSFER FROM THE INMED CORPORATION EMPLOYEE SAVINGS/RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN     60
SECTION 5.12 DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRUSTEE-TO-TRUSTEE TRANSFER FROM THE MATTATUCK MANUFACTURING CO. & UAW LOCAL #1251 MONEY PURCHASE PLAN     60
SECTION 5.13 DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRUSTEE-TO-TRUSTEE TRANSFER FROM THE HUDSON RESPIRATORY CARE, INC. PROFIT SHARING PLAN     61
SECTION 5.14 SPECIAL RULES FOR TRANSFER ACCOUNTS     61
SECTION 5.15 DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS     61
SECTION 5.16 LOST PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY     62
SECTION 5.17 FACILITY OF PAYMENT     62
SECTION 5.18 NO DISTRIBUTION PRIOR TO SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT, DEATH OR DISABILITY     63
SECTION 5.19 DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS TRANSFERRED FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN     64
SECTION 5.20 WRITTEN INSTRUCTION NOT REQUIRED     64
WITHDRAWALS, DIRECT ROLLOVERS AND WITHHOLDING, LOANS
66
SECTION 6.01 HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS     66
SECTION 6.02 SPECIAL WITHDRAWAL RULES APPLICABLE TO AFTER-TAX AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS     68
SECTION 6.03 WITHDRAWALS UPON ATTAINMENT OF AGE 59½     68
SECTION 6.04 DISTRIBUTION/REINVESTMENT ELECTIONS     68
SECTION 6.05 DIRECT ROLLOVER AND WITHHOLDING RULES     68
SECTION 6.06 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS     70
SECTION 6.07 SPECIAL WITHDRAWAL RULES APPLICABLE TO TRANSFER ACCOUNTS     71
SECTION 6.08 QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTIONS     71
VOTING AND TENDER OF STOCK AND ESOP STOCK
73
SECTION 7.01 VOTING OF STOCK AND ESOP STOCK     73
SECTION 7.02 TENDER OF STOCK AND ESOP STOCK     73
SECTION 7.03 PROCEDURES FOR VOTING AND TENDER     73
SECTION 7.04 FAILURE BY PARTICIPANT TO VOTE OR DETERMINE TENDER     73
EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
74
SECTION 8.01 ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST     74
SECTION 8.02 INFORMATION TO COMMITTEE, PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND BENEFITS GROUP     74
SECTION 8.03 NO LIABILITY     74
SECTION 8.04 INDEMNITY OF COMMITTEE, PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND BENEFITS GROUP     74
SECTION 8.05 INVESTMENT FUNDS     74
SECTION 8.06 EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN     76
PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
78
SECTION 9.01 PERSONAL DATA TO PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND BENEFITS GROUP     78
SECTION 9.02 ADDRESS FOR NOTIFICATION     78
SECTION 9.03 ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION     78
SECTION 9.04 NOTICE OF CHANGE IN TERMS     78
SECTION 9.05 PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT     78
SECTION 9.06 CHANGE OF INVESTMENT DESIGNATIONS     80
SECTION 9.07 TRANSFERS AMONG INVESTMENTS     80
SECTION 9.08 ESOP DIVERSIFICATION ELECTION     80
SECTION 9.09 LITIGATION AGAINST THE TRUST     80
SECTION 9.10 INFORMATION AVAILABLE     80
SECTION 9.11 PRESENTING CLAIMS FOR BENEFITS     81
SECTION 9.12 APPEAL PROCEDURE FOR DENIAL OF BENEFITS     81
SECTION 9.13 CLAIMS INVOLVING BENEFITS RELATED TO DISABILITY     82
SECTION 9.14 DISPUTED BENEFITS     83
SECTION 9.15 USE OF ALTERNATIVE MEDIA     83
SECTION 9.16 STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS FOR CIVIL ACTIONS     83
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
84
SECTION 10.01 ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY AMONG FIDUCIARIES FOR PLAN AND TRUST ADMINISTRATION     84
SECTION 10.02 APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF COMMITTEE     84
SECTION 10.03 COMMITTEE PROCEDURES     85
SECTION 10.04 RECORDS AND REPORTS     85
SECTION 10.05 OTHER COMMITTEE POWERS AND DUTIES     85
SECTION 10.06 RULES AND DECISIONS     86
SECTION 10.07 APPLICATION AND FORMS FOR BENEFITS     86
SECTION 10.08 APPOINTMENT OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR     86
SECTION 10.09 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR     86
SECTION 10.10 FUNDING POLICY     87
SECTION 10.11 FIDUCIARY DUTIES     87
SECTION 10.12 ALLOCATION OR DELEGATION OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES     88
SECTION 10.13 PROCEDURE FOR THE ALLOCATION OR DELEGATION OF FIDUCIARY DUTIES     88
SECTION 10.14 SEPARATE ACCOUNTING     88
SECTION 10.15 VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT     89
SECTION 10.16 REGISTRATION AND VOTING OF EMPLOYER COMMON STOCK     89
SECTION 10.17 INDIVIDUAL STATEMENT     89
SECTION 10.18 AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT NOTICE     89
SECTION 10.19 FEES AND EXPENSES FROM FUND     90
TOP HEAVY RULES
91
SECTION 11.01 MINIMUM EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION     91
SECTION 11.02 ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTION     91
SECTION 11.03 DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS     92
SECTION 11.04 TOP HEAVY VESTING SCHEDULE     92
SECTION 11.05 DEFINITIONS     93
MISCELLANEOUS
95
SECTION 12.01 EVIDENCE     95
SECTION 12.02 NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR EMPLOYER ACTION     95
SECTION 12.03 FIDUCIARIES NOT INSURERS     95
SECTION 12.04 WAIVER OF NOTICE     95
SECTION 12.05 SUCCESSORS     95
SECTION 12.06 WORD USAGE     95
SECTION 12.07 HEADINGS     95
SECTION 12.08 STATE LAW     95
SECTION 12.09 EMPLOYMENT NOT GUARANTEED     95
SECTION 12.10 RIGHT TO TRUST ASSETS     96
SECTION 12.11 UNCLAIMED BENEFIT CHECKS     96
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION
97
SECTION 13.01 EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT     97
SECTION 13.02 AMENDMENT     97
SECTION 13.03 AMENDMENT TO VESTING PROVISIONS     97
SECTION 13.04 DISCONTINUANCE     98
SECTION 13.05 FULL VESTING ON TERMINATION     98
SECTION 13.06 MERGER, DIRECT TRANSFER AND ELECTIVE TRANSFER     99
SECTION 13.07 LIQUIDATION OF THE TRUST FUND     100
SECTION 13.08 TERMINATION     100

APPENDIX A
DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRANSFER FROM THE INMED CORPORATION EMPLOYEE SAVINGS/RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN    A-1
APPENDIX B
DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRANSFER FROM THE MATTATUCK MANUFACTURING CO. & UAW LOCAL #1251 MONEY PURCHASE PLAN    B-1
APPENDIX C
INVESTMENT FUNDS    C-1
APPENDIX D
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS: ELIGIBILITY, CONTRIBUTION AND VESTING PROVISIONS BY LOCATION    D-1
APPENDIX E
SPECIAL RULES REGARDING PARTICIPANTS IN THE ARROW INTERNATIONAL, INC. 401(K) PLAN    E-1
APPENDIX F
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS    F-1
APPENDIX G
SPECIAL RULES REGARDING PARTICIPANTS IN THE VASONOVA, INC. 401(K) PLAN    G-1
APPENDIX H
DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRANSFER FROM THE HUDSON RESPIRATORY CARE, INC. PROFIT SHARING PLAN    H-1
APPENDIX I
PARTICIPANT LOAN POLICY    I-1



TELEFLEX 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
Teleflex Incorporated, a Pennsylvania corporation, (the “Company”) hereby amends and restates in its entirety the Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, generally effective as of January 1, 2014, unless otherwise stated herein. The Plan, originally adopted effective as of July 1, 1985, and was formerly known as the Teleflex Incorporated Voluntary Investment Plan.
The Plan has been routinely amended on a timely basis to comply with all applicable laws and required statutory changes. The Plan was most recently restated in 2009 to comply with the requirements reflected in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-108, the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as subsequently amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008, and other applicable requirements of Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Plan was subsequently amended from time to time and is hereby restated again in connection with its submission to the Internal Revenue Service for an updated determination letter concerning its tax qualified status. Special effective dates are included with respect to a number of provisions as necessary to conform to amendments to the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and the 2013 Cumulative List of Changes in Plan Qualification Requirements provided in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2013-84.
The Company intends that the Plan be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, with a cash or deferred arrangement qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code and a trust exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code. The Plan is composed of both an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”), as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and a profit sharing plan pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(27). The ESOP is designed to invest primarily in qualifying employer securities and is comprised of the ESOP Stock Fund.
The purpose of this Plan is to encourage Eligible Employees to accumulate savings for retirement and to further their financial independence by affording them an opportunity to make systematic contribution to the Plan, supplemented by contributions made by the Employer. The provisions of this Plan shall apply only to an Employee who experiences a Severance from Employment with an Employer on or after the Effective Date. Unless otherwise indicated herein, the rights and benefits, if any, of an Employee who incurred a Severance from Employment prior to the Effective Date shall be determined in accordance with the prior provisions of the Plan in effect on the date of his Severance from Employment.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
Each word and phrase defined in this Article I shall have the following meaning whenever such word or phrase is capitalized and used herein unless a different meaning is clearly required by context.
Section 1.01      Account . The separate bookkeeping account that the Plan Administrator or the Trustee shall maintain for a Participant pursuant to Section 10.14 of this Plan.
Section 1.02      Accounting Date . The last day of the Plan Year.
Section 1.03      Additional Matching Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.05.C.
Section 1.04      Additional Matching Contribution Account . The portion of a Participant’s Account credited with Additional Matching Contributions under Section 3.05.C., together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.05      After-Tax Contributions . A Participant’s voluntary, after-tax contributions made to his After-Tax Contributions Account. No After-Tax Contributions are permitted to be made after December 31, 1986.
Section 1.06      After-Tax Contribution Account . The portion of a Participant’s Account to which a Participant's After-Tax Contributions were allocated prior to January 1, 1987, together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.07      Beneficiary .
A.
The Participant’s Spouse;
B.
The person, persons or trust designated by the Participant, with the consent of the Participant’s Spouse if the Participant is married, as direct or contingent beneficiary in a manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator; or
C.
If the Participant has no Spouse and has made no effective Beneficiary designation, the Participant’s estate.
A married Participant may designate a person, persons or trust other than his Spouse as Beneficiary, provided that such Spouse consents in writing in a manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator. The Spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a notary public or the Plan Administrator (or its representative) and must be limited to and acknowledge the specific non-Spouse Beneficiary(ies) (including any class of Beneficiaries) designated by the Participant. If the Participant wishes to subsequently change Beneficiary(ies), the consent of the Spouse must be obtained again. Spousal consent shall not be required if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that the consent cannot be obtained because the Spouse cannot be located or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulations. A subsequent Spouse of a Participant shall not be bound by a consent executed by any previous Spouse of the Participant.
Any prior designation of a Beneficiary shall be revocable at the election of the Participant at any time in the manner and form prescribed by the Plan Administrator until the payment commencement date. The number of revocations shall not be limited. If more than one Beneficiary is designated by the Participant, such Beneficiaries who survive the Participant shall share equally in any death benefit unless the Participant indicates to the contrary, in writing. If a Beneficiary predeceases the Participant, such deceased Beneficiary shall not share in any death benefit and those Beneficiaries who survive the Participant shall share in any death benefit equally, or, if different, in the proportions designated by the Participant. A Beneficiary’s right to (and the Plan Administrator’s, the Committee’s, or the Trustee’s duty to provide to the Beneficiary) information or data concerning the Plan does not arise until the Beneficiary first becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan.
The termination of a Participant’s marriage shall not automatically result in a revocation or change of the Participant’s Beneficiary designation. Except as provided to the contrary under a qualified domestic relations order: (i) a Participant may, subsequent to a divorce, designate someone other than his former Spouse as Beneficiary; and (ii) if a divorced Participant remarries, the new Spouse shall have all of the rights of a Spouse as set forth herein and any prior written Beneficiary designation by the Participant shall be automatically revoked and subject to the rights of the subsequent Spouse. If an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), should die before payment of the benefit assigned to the alternate payee occurs, the portion of the Participant’s Account assigned to the alternate payee shall revert to the Participant unless the qualified domestic relations order permits the alternate payee to designate a Beneficiary and a Beneficiary has in fact been designated to whom the benefit may be paid.
Section 1.08      Board . The Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof.
Section 1.09      Catch-Up Contributions . For each calendar year, the pre-tax contributions made to the Plan by a Participating Employer in accordance with and subject to the limitations of Section 414(v) of the Code at the election of a Participant who has reached age 50 before the close of the calendar year. Such Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(13), 410(b) or 416 of the Code by reason of making such Catch-Up Contributions.
Section 1.10      Catch-Up Contribution Account . That portion of a Participant's Account credited with Catch-Up Contributions under Section 3.02.B., together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.11      Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.
Section 1.12      Committee . The Teleflex Incorporated Benefits Policy Committee or any successor thereto. The Committee is the “plan administrator”, as defined in ERISA, and a named fiduciary of the Plan.
Section 1.13      Company . Teleflex Incorporated, a Pennsylvania corporation.
Section 1.14      Compensation .
A.
Compensation . The total cash remuneration paid to a Participant by the Employer, as defined in Code Section 3401(a), for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, for personal services rendered during the period considered as Service, including overtime payments, plus “ Elective Contributions ” made by the Employer on the Employee’s behalf. Elective Contributions are amounts excludable from the Employee’s gross income under Code Section 402(e)(3) (relating to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement), Code Section 402(h) (relating to a Simplified Employee Pension), Code Section 125 (relating to a cafeteria plan), Code Section 403(b) (relating to a tax-sheltered annuity) or Code Section 132(f)(4) (relating to a qualified transportation fringe benefit). Compensation includes compensation paid by the Employer to an Employee through another person under the common paymaster provisions of Code Sections 3121(s) and 3306(p). Compensation does not include contributions by the Employer to this or any other plan or plans for the benefits of its employees, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 1.14, or amounts identified by the Employer as expense allowances or reimbursements, fringe benefits (cash and noncash) (including severance pay benefits), moving expenses, non-qualified deferred compensation (contributions and distributions), and welfare benefits, regardless of whether such amounts are treated as wages under the Code. By way of clarification and not limitation, for purposes of the preceding sentence, “welfare benefits” do not include short-term disability benefits paid out of an Employer’s general assets. Any reference in this Plan to Compensation is a reference to the definition in this Section 1.14, unless the Plan reference specifies a modification to this definition. Except as provided herein, the Plan Administrator shall take into account only Compensation actually paid by the Employer during the Plan Year to which reference is made.
Amounts referenced under Code Section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant's other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
B.
Compensation shall include Post-Severance Compensation paid by the later of: (i) two and one-half (2½) months (or such other period as extended by subsequent regulations or other published guidance) after Severance from Employment with the Employer; or (ii) the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer. “ Post-Severance Compensation ” means payments that would have been included in the definition of Compensation if they were paid prior to the Employee’s Severance from Employment and the payments are regular Compensation for Services during the Participant’s regular working hours, Compensation for Services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation, if the payments would have been paid to the Employee if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer. Any payments not described in the preceding sentence are not considered Post-Severance Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, except for payments (i) to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of “ Qualified Military Service ,” as defined in Code Section 414(u)(5), to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer; or (ii) to any Participant who is permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, as determined by the Committee. For purposes of this Section 1.14.A., “permanently and totally disabled” means that the individual is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
Back pay, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8), shall be treated as Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents an amount that would otherwise be Compensation.
Compensation shall also include any differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) made by the Employer after December 31, 2008, as required by Code Section 414(u)(12), as amended by the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (the “ HEART Act ”).
C.
Compensation Limit . In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the annual Compensation of each Employee taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the “ Compensation Limitation ” under Code Section 401(a)(17) in effect for the applicable Determination Period as defined herein. Effective January 1, 2014, the Compensation Limitation is $260,000, and is subject to cost of living adjustments in future years in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B) and applicable statutory changes. Any such cost of living adjustment or statutory change in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined (the “ Determination Period ”) beginning in such calendar year. If a Determination Period consists of fewer than 12 months, the Compensation Limitation will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Determination Period, and the denominator of which is 12. Any reference in this Plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the Compensation Limitation set forth in this provision.
D.
Compensation – Special Rules . For purposes of determining whether the Plan discriminates in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, the Employer may elect to use an alternate nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation, in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. In determining Compensation (for purposes of determining whether the Plan discriminates in favor of Highly Compensated Employees), the Employer may elect to include as Compensation all Elective Contributions made by the Employer on behalf of Employees. The Employer's election to include Elective Contributions must be consistent and uniform with respect to Employees and all plans of the Employer for any particular Plan Year. The Employer may make this election to include Elective Contributions for nondiscrimination testing purposes, irrespective of whether Elective Contributions are included in the general definition of Compensation applicable to the Plan. “ Elective Contributions ” are amounts excludible from the Employee’s gross income under Code Sections 402(e)(3), 402(h), 125, 132(f)(4), or 403(b).
Section 1.15      Covered Participant . A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who does not have an affirmative election in effect on January 1, 2009 regarding Elective Deferral Contributions and each Eligible Employee who first becomes a Participant on or after January 1, 2009, unless a collective bargaining agreement that governs the Participant’s employment with the Employer does not provide for the automatic Elective Deferral Contributions described in Section 3.02.C. An Arrow Union Participant is not a Covered Participant. An “ Arrow Union Participant ” is a Participant who is an hourly-rated Employee at the Berks County, Pennsylvania location of Arrow International, Inc. (“ Arrow ”) and a member of the production and maintenance collective bargaining unit at the Berks County, Pennsylvania location of Arrow.
Section 1.16      Disability . A physical or mental condition that has qualified the Employee for benefits under the Employer's long-term disability plan and will prevent the Employee from satisfactorily performing his usual duties for the Employer or the duties of such other position or job that the Employer makes available to him and for which such Employee is qualified by reason of his training, education or experience, for an indefinite period that the Plan Administrator considers will be of long-continued duration. The Plan considers a Participant disabled on the date that the Participant has satisfied the requirements for disability benefits under the applicable long-term disability plan. If the Participant is not eligible for long-term disability benefits, the Participant shall be considered disabled upon qualifying for Social Security disability benefits.
Section 1.17      Effective Date . January 1, 2014, the date on which the provisions of this amended and restated Plan become effective, except as otherwise provided herein. In addition, the provisions of Plan with respect to the Employees of a Participating Employer may be subject to a different Effective Date, as specified in Appendix D hereto. The original Effective Date of the Plan was July 1, 1985.
Section 1.18      Elective Deferral Contributions . Pre-tax contributions made to the Plan by the Employer at the election of the Participant (or deemed election of the Participant), in lieu of receipt of current Compensation.
Section 1.19      Elective Deferral Contribution Account . That portion of a Participant’s Account credited with Elective Deferral Contributions under Sections 3.02.A. and C., together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.20      Eligible Employee . Any Employee who has attained age 21 (or such lower age as is specified in an Appendix hereto) other than:
A.
An Employee who is not compensated on a salaried basis, unless such Employee is employed and compensated on an hourly-paid basis by an Employer that has adopted the Plan for the benefit of any or all of its hourly-paid Employees, and the Employee is such an hourly-paid Employee;
B.
An Employee who is a member of a unit of Employees as to which there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith collective bargaining, unless a collective bargaining agreement covering those Employees provides for their participation in the Plan;
C.
An Employee who is a Leased Employee;
D.
An Employee who is a non-resident alien and who has no income from sources within the United States;
E.
An individual who has been classified by an Employer as an independent contractor, notwithstanding a later contrary determination by any court or governmental agency;
F.
An individual who has been classified by an Employer as a per diem employee, intern or special project employee;
G.
An individual who performs Services for an Employer but who is paid by a temporary or other employment or staffing agency, whether or not such individual is determined by any court or governmental agency to be a common-law employee of the Employer;
H.
An Employee who has made a one-time irrevocable election to waive participation in the Plan; such an election must be made no later than the date that the Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan or any other plan or arrangement of the Employer that is described in Code Section 219(g)(5)(A);
I.
An Employee who has agreed in writing that he is not entitled to participate in the Plan; and
J.
An Employee who is a member of a class of Employees who are excluded from participation in the Plan, if any, as specified in an Appendix hereto.
The Plan Administrator shall interpret the list of persons who are ineligible to participate in the Plan, as set forth above, to comply with Code Section 410(a)(1).
Section 1.21      Employee .
A.
An individual who is employed by the Employer and whose earnings are reported on a Form W-2;
B.
An individual who is not employed by the Employer but is required to be treated as a Leased Employee (as defined in Section 1.33); provided that if the total number of Leased Employees constitutes 20% or less of the Employer’s non-highly compensated work force, within the meaning of Section 414(a)(5)(c)(ii) of the Code, the term “Employee” shall not include those Leased Employees covered by a “safe harbor” plan described in Section 414(n)(5)(i) of the Code; and
C.
When required by context under Section 1.64 for purposes of crediting Hours of Service, a former Employee.
The term “Employee” shall not include any individual providing services to the Employer as an independent contractor. An individual excluded from participation by reason of independent contractor or Leased Employee status, if determined by the Plan Administrator, a court, a governmental agency, or in accordance with law to be a common law employee of the Employer, shall be recharacterized as an Employee under the Plan as of the date of such determination, unless an earlier date is necessary to preserve the tax qualified status of the Plan. Notwithstanding such general recharacterization, such person shall not be considered an Eligible Employee for purposes of Plan participation, except and to the extent necessary to preserve the tax qualified status of the Plan.
Effective January 1, 2009, an Employee includes any individual in Qualified Military Service who is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer solely for the purposes of providing contributions, benefits and Service credit with respect to such Qualified Military Service, as applicable.
Section 1.22      Employer . The Company and the Participating Employers that have ratified and adopted this Plan in a manner satisfactory to, and with the consent of, the Company, as listed in Appendix D. Whenever the terms of this Plan authorize the Employer or the Company to take any action, such action shall be considered properly authorized if taken by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, any committee of the Board, or by the Committee for the Plan in accordance with its procedures under Section 10.03 hereof.
Section 1.23      ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or as it may be amended from time to time.
Section 1.24      ESOP Loan . A loan made to the ESOP portion of the Plan by a disqualified person or a loan to the ESOP portion of the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. An ESOP Loan includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of the obligations of the ESOP portion of the Plan. “Guarantee” includes an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be guaranteed under applicable state law. An amendment of an ESOP Loan in order to qualify as an exempt loan is not a refinancing of the ESOP Loan or the making of another ESOP loan.
Any ESOP Loan must be made without recourse against the Plan and only the ESOP Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan or prior ESOP Loan repaid with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan may be given as collateral on an ESOP.
Section 1.25      ESOP Stock . Common stock issued by the Company which is readily tradable on an established securities market (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(5)) . If there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the prior sentence, the ESOP Stock is the common stock issued by the Company (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combination of voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Company (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power, and (B) that class of common stock of the Company (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.
Section 1.26      ESOP Stock Fund . The portion of the Plan that is invested in ESOP Stock. The ESOP Stock Fund shall be maintained as an investment option (as described in Appendix C, attached hereto and made a part hereof) at all times during which a portion of the Plan is intended to constitute an ESOP.
Section 1.27      Five-Percent Owner . Any Employee who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the Employer, or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. For purposes of this Section 1.27, Section 318(a)(2)(C) of the Code shall be applied by substituting “5%” for “50%” each time it appears therein.
Section 1.28      Former Participant . A Participant who has transferred to a classification of Employees ineligible to participate in the Plan or a Participant whose employment with the Employer has terminated but who has a vested Account balance under the Plan that has not been paid in full and, therefore, is continuing to participate in the allocation of Trust Fund Income.
Section 1.29      Full-time Employee . Except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, an Employee who is regularly scheduled to work 32 or more hours per week. Effective January 1, 2015, except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, an Employee who is regularly scheduled to work 30 or more hours per week.
Section 1.30      Highly Compensated Employee . Any Employee who:
A.
Was a Five-Percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or
B.
For the preceding Plan Year:
1.
Received more than $90,000 ($115,000 for the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2014) in annual Compensation from the Employer (or such higher amount as adjusted pursuant to Section 414(q)(1) of the Code); and
2.
If the Employer elects, was in the top 20% of Employees when ranked on the basis of Compensation for the prior Plan Year.
Highly Compensated Employees also include highly compensated former Employees. A highly compensated former Employee includes any Employee who has had a Severance from Employment (or was deemed to have a Severance from Employment) prior to the current or preceding Plan Year, performs no Service for the Employer during such Plan Year, and was a Highly Compensated Employee for either the severance year or any Plan Year ending on or after the Employee’s 55th birthday in accordance with the rules for determining Highly Compensated Employee status in effect for that determination year and in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations and IRS Notice 97-45.
For purposes of this Section, “Compensation” means Compensation as defined in Section 1.14; and Related Employers to the Employer shall be treated as a single employer with the Employer. The determination of who is Highly Compensated shall be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
Section 1.31      Income . The net gain or loss of the Trust Fund from investments, as reflected by interest payments, dividends, realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities, other investment transactions and expenses paid from the Trust Fund. In determining the Income of the Trust Fund as of any date, assets shall be valued on the basis of their then fair market value.
Section 1.32      Investment Manager . A person or organization who is appointed under Section 10.05 to direct the investment of all or part of the Trust Fund, and who is either (A) registered in good standing as an Investment Adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (B) a bank, as defined in that Act, or (C) an insurance company qualified to perform investment management services under the laws of more than one state of the United States, and who has acknowledged in writing that he is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
Section 1.33      Leased Employee . Any person (other than an Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person (“Leasing Organization”), has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, which services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. Contributions or benefits provided to a Leased Employee by the Leasing Organization that are attributable to services performed for the Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer. If applicable, Compensation under Section 1.14 includes compensation from the Leasing Organization that is attributable to services performed for the Employer.
A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the Employer if (A) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent of compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement that are excludible from the employee's gross income under Section 125, Section 132(f)(4), Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h) or Section 403(b) of the Code, (ii) immediate participation, and (iii) full and immediate vesting; and (B) leased employees do not constitute more than 20% of the Employer's nonhighly compensated workforce.
Section 1.34      Limitation Year . The Plan Year.
Section 1.35      Matching Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.05. Effective January 1, 2009, Matching Contributions include Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Additional Matching Contributions.
Section 1.36      Matching Contribution Account . That portion of a Participant’s Account credited with Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.05, including reallocated forfeitures, if any, together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto. A Participant’s Matching Contribution Account may include one or more subaccounts, including a Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, and Additional Matching Contribution Account.
Section 1.37      Net Profit . Each Participating Employer’s current or accumulated surplus, reserves and net or retained earnings determined on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles before contributions to the Trust Fund. Net Profit shall be computed on the basis of the Participating Employer's taxable year.
Section 1.38      Nonforfeitable . A Participant’s or Beneficiary’s unconditional claim, legally enforceable against the Plan, to all or a portion of the Participant’s Account.
Section 1.39      Nonforfeitable Account Balance . The aggregate value of the Participant’s vested Account balances derived from Employer and Employee contributions (including Rollover Contributions and Transfer Contributions), whether vested before or upon death.
Section 1.40      Non-highly Compensated Employee . Any Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.
Section 1.41      Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.05.A.
Section 1.42      Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account . The portion of a Participant’s Account credited with Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under Section 3.05.A., together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.43      Normal Retirement Date . The later of the date on which a Participant reaches age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. However, in no event shall the Normal Retirement Date of a Participant who had an Account balance on July 1, 1991 be later than the date such Participant reaches age 65.
Section 1.44      Part-Time Employee . Except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, an Employee who is not a Full-Time Employee or a temporary or seasonal Employee who is regularly scheduled to work any number of hours per week but who is expected to work for less than one year or who was engaged to serve an Employer’s temporary staffing need.
Section 1.45      Participant . An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01 and becomes a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.01 and 2.02. An Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant shall remain a Participant or Former Participant under the Plan until the Trustee has fully distributed the vested amount in his Account to him.
Section 1.46      Participating Employer . Any subsidiary or affiliated organization of the Company electing to participate in the Plan with the consent of the Committee. A list of the Participating Employers is set forth in Appendix D, attached hereto and made a part hereof, as it may be updated from time to time.
Section 1.47      Plan . The plan designated as the Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan as set forth herein or in any amendments hereto. Prior to October 1, 2004, the Plan was known as the Teleflex Incorporated Voluntary Investment Plan.
Section 1.48      Plan Administrator . The Committee or the person(s) or entity appointed by the Committee or the Board to oversee the administration of the Plan. The Financial Benefit Plans Committee has been appointed to oversee the administration of the Plan in accordance with its authority under the benefit plan governance structure approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto. Further, the Vice President, Global Human Resources and employees of the Corporate Benefits Department of the Company (collectively the “ Benefits Group ”) have been appointed to assist in the day-to-day administration of the Plan in accordance with their authority under the benefit plan governance structure approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board, as amended from time to time.
Section 1.49      Plan Year . The calendar year commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.
Section 1.50      Profit Sharing Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan at the discretion of the Employer pursuant to Section 3.07.
Section 1.51      Profit Sharing Contribution Account . The portion of a Participant’s Account credited with Profit Sharing Contributions under Section 3.07, including reallocated forfeitures, if any, together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.52      Qualified Matching Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan at the discretion of the Employer pursuant to Section 3.05.E.
Section 1.53      Qualified Matching Contribution Account . That portion of a Participant's Account credited with Qualified Matching Contributions under Section 3.05.E., together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.54      Qualified Non-elective Contributions . Contributions (other than Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions, or Qualified Matching Contributions) made to the Plan at the discretion of the Employer pursuant to Section 3.10.
Section 1.55      Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account . That portion of a Participant's Account credited with Qualified Non-elective Contributions under Section 3.10, together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.56      Related Employers . A controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)), trades or business (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)), or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Sections 414(m) and (o)). If the Employer is a member of a group of Related Employers, the term “Employer” includes the Related Employers for purposes of crediting Hours of Service, applying the coverage test of Code Section 410(b) (except to the extent that the Plan employs the qualified separate line of business rules of Code Section 414(r)), determining Years of Service and Breaks-in-Service under Section 1.64 and Article IV, applying the limitations described in Appendix F, applying the Top Heavy rules of Article XI, the definitions of Employee, Highly Compensated Employee, and Leased Employee, and Service contained in this Article I, and for any other purpose as required by the Code or by the Plan. However, only an Employer described in Section 1.22 may contribute to the Plan and only Eligible Employees employed by an Employer described in Section 1.22 are eligible to participate in this Plan. Unless otherwise provided, service with a Related Employer prior to the date that it either adopted the Plan or became a Related Employer shall not be counted for any purpose under the Plan. A Related Employer shall cease to be an Employer on the date such entity ceases to qualify as a Related Employer to the Company, unless the Related Employer continues to maintain the Plan with the consent of the Company.
Section 1.57      Required Beginning Date . The April 1 of the calendar year following the later of:
A.
The calendar year in which the Participant reaches age 70½; or
B.
The calendar year in which the Participant has a Severance from Employment; provided, that this Section 1.57.B. shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a Five-Percent Owner with respect to the Plan Year ending with the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½.
Section 1.58      Rollover Contributions . Contribution made to the Plan by an Employee or Participant pursuant to Section 3.14.
Section 1.59      Rollover Contribution Account . That portion of a Participant's Account credited with Rollover Contributions under Section 3.14, together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.60      Roth Elective Deferral Contributions . Elective Deferral Contributions that are made in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 402A of the Code and relevant regulations thereto and are (A) designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of the cash or deferred election as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions that are being made in lieu of all or a portion of the pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions the Participant is otherwise eligible to make under the Plan, and (B) treated by the Employer as includible in the Participant's income at the time the Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Participant had not made a cash or deferred election.
Section 1.61      Roth Elective Deferral Contribution Account . The portion of a Participant’s Account credited with Roth Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 3.02.D., together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.62      Safe Harbor Matching Contributions . Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.05.B.
Section 1.63      Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account . The portion of a Participant's Account credited with Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under Section 3.05.B., together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto
Section 1.64      Service and Break-in-Service Definitions .
A.
Absence from Service . A severance or absence from service for any reason other than a quit, discharge, retirement or death, such as vacation, holiday, sickness, or layoff. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an absence due to an “ Authorized Leave of Absence ,” or Qualified Military Service in accordance with Code Section 414(u) shall not constitute an Absence from Service.
B.
Authorized Leave of Absence . An Authorized Leave of Absence shall mean:
1.
A leave of absence, with or without pay, granted by the Employer in writing under a uniform, nondiscriminatory policy applicable to all Employees; however, such absence shall constitute an Authorized Leave of Absence only to the extent that applicable federal laws and regulations permit Service credit to be given for such leave of absence;
2.
A leave of absence due to service in the Armed Forces of the United States to the extent required by Code Section 414(u); or
3.
A leave of absence authorized under the Family and Medical Leave Act, but only to the extent that such Act requires that service credit be given for such period.
C.
Break-in-Service . Each 12 consecutive months in the period commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Employee quits, is discharged, retires or dies, or (ii) the first anniversary of the first day of any Absence from Service, within which the Employee is not credited with more than 500 Hours of Service, and ending on the date the Employee is again credited with an Hour of Service for the performance of duties for the Employer. If an Employee is on maternity or paternity leave, and the absence continues beyond the first anniversary of such absence, the Employee’s Break-in-Service will commence no earlier than the second anniversary of such absence. The period between the first and second anniversaries of the first date of a maternity or paternity leave is not part of either a Period of Service or a Break-in-Service. The Plan Administrator shall consider an Employee on maternity or paternity leave if the Employee's absence is due to the Employee's pregnancy, the birth of the Employee's child, the placement with the Employee of an adopted child, or the care of the Employee's child immediately following the child's birth or placement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such maternity or paternity leave constitutes an Authorized Leave of Absence, such leave shall not be considered part of a Break-in-Service.
D.
Employment Commencement Date . The date upon which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.
E.
Hour of Service . Hour of Service shall mean:
1.
Each hour for which the Employer, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or for which the Employee is entitled to payment, for the performance of duties during the Plan Year. The Plan Administrator shall credit Hours of Service under this subparagraph 1. to the Employee for the Plan Year in which the Employee performs the duties, irrespective of when paid;
2.
Each hour for which the Employer, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or for which the Employee is entitled to payment (irrespectively of whether the employment relationship is terminated), for reasons other than the performance of duties during a computation period, such as leaves of absence, vacation, holiday, sick leave, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty or military duty. There shall be excluded from the foregoing those periods during which payments are made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws. An Hour of Service shall not be credited where an employee is being reimbursed solely for medical or medically related expenses. The Plan Administrator shall not credit more than 501 Hours of Service under this Section 1.64.E.2. to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee does not perform any duties (whether or not such period occurs during a single computation period). The Plan Administrator shall credit Hours of Service under this Section 1.64.E.2. in accordance with the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.200b-2, which the Plan, by this reference, specifically incorporates in full within this Section 1.64.E.2.; and
3.
Each hour for back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, to which the Employer has agreed or for which the Employee has received an award. The Plan Administrator shall credit Hours of Service under this Section 1.64.E.3. to the Employee for the computation period(s) to which the award or the agreement pertains rather than for the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.
The Plan Administrator shall not credit an Hour of Service under more than one of the above paragraphs. Furthermore, if the Plan Administrator is to credit Hours of Service to an Employee for the 12-month period beginning with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or with an anniversary of such date, then the 12-month period shall be substituted for the term “Plan Year” wherever the latter term appears in this Section. A computation period for purposes of this Section 1.64 is the Plan Year, Break-in-Service period or other period, as determined under the Plan provision for which the Plan Administrator is measuring an Employee’s Hours of Service. The Plan Administrator will resolve any ambiguity with respect to the crediting of an Hour of Service in favor of the Employee.
The Plan Administrator shall credit every Employee with Hours of Service on the basis of the “actual” method; provided that with respect to an Employee for whom hours of employment are not normally recorded, the Plan Administrator may, in accordance with rules applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, elect to credit Hours of Service using one or more of the following equivalencies:
Basis upon Which Records
Are Maintained
 
Credit Granted to Individual
For Period
 
 
 
Shift
 
actual hours for full shift
 
 
 
Day
 
10 Hours of Service
 
 
 
Week
 
45 Hours of Service
 
 
 
Semi-monthly period
 
95 Hours of Service
 
 
 
Month
 
190 Hours of Service

For purposes of this Plan, the “actual” method means the determination of Hours of Service from records of hours worked and hours for which the Employer makes payment or for which payment is due from the Employer.
Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members of a group of Related Employers of which the Employer is a member. Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan to the extent required under Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
Solely for purposes of determining whether the Employee incurs a Break-in-Service under any provision of this Plan, the Plan Administrator shall credit Hours of Service during an Employee’s unpaid absence period due to maternity or paternity leave. The Plan Administrator shall consider an Employee on maternity or paternity leave if the Employee’s absence is due to the Employee’s pregnancy, the birth of the Employee’s child, the placement with the Employee of an adopted child, or the care of the Employee’s child immediately following the child’s birth or placement. The Plan Administrator shall credit only the number (up to 501 Hours of Service) necessary to prevent an Employee’s Break-in-Service. The Plan Administrator shall credit all Hours of Service described in this paragraph to the computation period in which the absence period begins or, if the Employee does not need these Hours of Service to prevent a Break-in-Service in the computation period in which his absence period begins, the Plan Administrator shall credit these Hours of Service to the immediately following computation period. Further, if required by the Family and Medical Leave Act, time on a leave of absence, whether or not paid, shall count in determining Service and Hours of Service.
F.
Period of Service . The period of Service commencing on an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Re-employment Commencement Date, whichever is applicable, and ending on the Employee’s Severance from Service Date. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, a Period of Service will include (i) any Period of Severance resulting from a quit, discharge, or retirement if within 12 months of his Severance from Service Date, the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service for the performance of duties for the Employer, (ii) any Period of Severance if the Employee quits, is discharged, or retires during an Absence from Service of less than 12 months and is then credited with an Hour of Service within 12 months of the date on which the Absence from Service began, and (iii) any other period of Service as defined in subsection J. below.
G.
Period of Severance . The period commencing on any Severance from Service Date and ending on the date an Employee is again credited with an Hour of Service for the performance of duties for the Employer.
H.
Re-employment Commencement Date . The date upon which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer following a Break-in-Service.
I.
Severance from Employment . A separation from Service with the Employer maintaining this Plan and any Related Employers such that the Employee no longer has an employment relationship with any Employer or Related Employer. In addition, a Severance from Employment shall be deemed to occur with respect to the Employees of a Related Employer effective as of the date such Related Employer ceases to qualify as a Related Employer to the Employer, unless such employer continues to maintain the Plan with the consent of the Company. A change in status from a common law employee to a Leased Employee does not constitute a Severance from Employment. In addition, an Employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer is an Employer or a Related Employer.
J.
Service . Any period of time the Employee is in the employ of the Employer, whether before or after adoption of the Plan, determined in accordance with reasonable and uniform standards and policies adopted by the Plan Administrator, which standards and policies shall be consistently observed. For purposes of counting an Employee's Service, the Plan shall treat an Employee's Service with employers who are part of a group of Related Employers of which the Employer is a member as Service with the Employer for the period during which the employers are Related Employers. Service for purposes of determining eligibility to participate and vesting may also be granted for an Employee's Period of Service prior to the date his employer became a Related Employer if such Service is granted in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and the regulations thereunder. For all Plan purposes, the Plan shall treat the following periods as Service:
1.
Any Authorized Leave of Absence, subject to the service crediting limitations set forth in Section 1.64.B;
2.
Any Qualified Military Service; and
3.
Any other absence during which the Participant continues to receive his regular Compensation.
Effective January 1, 2009, as required by Code Section 414(u), as amended by the HEART Act, any individual in Qualified Military Service who is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer shall be treated as an “Employee” of the Employer solely for purposes of providing contributions, benefits and Service credit with respect to such Qualified Military Service in accordance with Code Section 414(u).
K.
Severance from Service Date . The earlier of (i) the date on which an Employee quits, is discharged, retires, or dies, or (ii) the first anniversary of the first date of any Absence from Service.
L.
Year of Service . Except as otherwise provided in an Appendix to the Plan:
1.
For purposes of Article II relating to eligibility to participate, a 12 consecutive month period beginning on the date an Employee performs his first Hour of Service (or his Re-employment Commencement Date following a Break-in-Service) and each anniversary thereof during which such Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer; and
2.
For all other purposes under the Plan, a 12 consecutive month period beginning on the date an Employee performs his first Hour of Service (or his Re-employment Commencement Date following a Break-in-Service) and each anniversary thereof, without regard to any number of Hours of Service.
3.
Subject to the requirements of the Code and at the discretion of the Committee, a continuous period of service as an employee of an entity before such entity becomes an Employer shall be counted for purpose of eligibility to participate under Article II and vesting under Article IV. The amount of any such service, as approved by the Committee, shall be specified in the declaration by which such entity joins the Plan.
Section 1.65      Spouse . Prior to June 26, 2013, the lawful spouse of the Participant as determined under the law of the state where the Participant resides at the date of determination. Effective June 26, 2013, the lawful spouse of the Participant as determined under the law of the State or foreign jurisdiction where the Participant and spouse were married.
Section 1.66      Stock . The voting common stock of the Company of the same class and having the same voting and dividend rights as the common stock of the Company that from time to time is listed for public trading on a national securities exchange.
Section 1.67      Transfer Account . That portion of a Participant’s Account credited with Transfer Contributions under Section 3.14, together with any income, gains and losses credited thereto.
Section 1.68      Transfer Contributions . Contribution made to the Plan by an Employee or Participant pursuant to Section 3.14.
Section 1.69      Treasury Regulations . Regulations promulgated under the Code by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Section 1.70      Trust . The Trust known as the Teleflex Incorporated Master Trust and maintained in accordance with the terms of the trust agreement, as from time to time amended, between Teleflex Incorporated and the Trustee.
Section 1.71      Trust Fund . All property of every kind held or acquired by the Trustee under the Trust agreement other than incidental benefit insurance contracts.
Section 1.72      Trustee . Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company, a Pennsylvania Trust Company, or such other entity or person(s) that subsequently may be appointed by the Company or the Committee.
Section 1.73      Unallocated ESOP Stock Account . The suspense account maintained by the Trustee to hold ESOP Stock pursuant to Section 3.19 that has not yet been allocated to the Accounts of Participants.
Section 1.74      Valuation Date . Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.
Section 1.75      Terms Defined Elsewhere .
Actual Contribution Percentage    Appendix F
Actual Deferral Percentage    Appendix F
Annual Additions    Appendix F
Arrow    Section 1.15
Arrow Union Participant    Section 1.15
Arrow Union Profit Sharing Contribution    Section 3.07
Cash-out Distribution    Section 5.02.A.
Contribution Percentage Amounts    Appendix F
Determination Date    Section 11.05.G.
Direct Rollover    Section 6.05.B.4.
Distributee    Section 6.05.B.3.
Elective Deferrals    Appendix F
Eligible Retirement Plan    Section 6.05.B.2.
Eligible Rollover Distribution    Section 6.05.B.1.
Employer Common Stock Fund    Section 8.05
EPCRS    Section 10.05.I.
Excess Aggregate Contributions    Appendix F
Excess Compensation Deferrals    Appendix F
Excess Elective Deferrals    Appendix F
Forfeiture Break-in-Service    Section 4.02
Gap Period    Appendix F
HEART Act    Section 1.14.B.
Investment Funds    Section 8.05
IRS    Section 6.07
Key Employee    Section 11.05A.
Limitation Year    Appendix F
Maximum Permissible Amount    Appendix F
Non-Key Employee    Section 11.05.B.
Permissive Aggregation Group    Section 11.05.E.
Qualified Military Service    Section 1.14.B.
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity    Appendix A and Appendix B
Required Aggregation Group    Section 11.05.D.
Tender Offer    Section 8.05
Top Heavy    Section 11.03

ARTICLE II.     
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
Section 2.01      ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION .
A.
Each Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the Plan on the day before the Effective Date of this restated Plan shall continue as a Participant in this Plan as restated.
B.
Except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, an Eligible Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant as follows:
1.
An Eligible Employee who is a Full-time Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant on his date of hire by the Employer.
2.
An Eligible Employee who is a Part-time Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant on the day he completes a Year of Service with the Employer.
C.
Each person who was an active employee of Arrow or any of its Subsidiaries (as set forth in Section 3.01(b) of the Disclosure Letter to the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Teleflex Incorporated, AM Sub Inc. and Arrow International, Inc.) immediately prior to October 1, 2007 shall receive full credit for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with Arrow or any of its Subsidiaries to the same extent recognized by Arrow or any of its Subsidiaries immediately prior to October 1, 2007, except to the extent such credit would result in duplication of benefits for the same period of service.
D.
Each person who was an active employee of VasoNova, Inc. (“ VasoNova ”) immediately prior to January 10, 2011 shall receive full credit for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with VasoNova.
E.
Each person who was an active employee of Semprus BioSciences Corp. (“ Semprus ”) immediately prior to May 22, 2012 shall receive full credit for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with Semprus.
F.
Each person who was an active employee of Hotspur Technologies, Inc. (“ Hotspur ”) immediately prior to June 22, 2012 shall receive full credit for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with Hotspur.
G.
Each person who was an active employee of LMA North America, Inc. (“ LMANA ”) or Wolfe Tory Medical, Inc. (“ Wolfe Tory ”) immediately prior to October 23, 2012 shall receive full credit for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with LMANA or Wolfe Tory, respectively.
H.
Each person who was an active employee of VidaCare Corporation (“ VidaCare ”) on October 29, 2013 shall receive full credit for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan for his period of service with VidaCare.
Section 2.02      ENROLLMENT . As soon as administratively practicable, the Plan Administrator shall notify each Employee who is eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan and shall explain the rights, privileges and duties of a Participant in the Plan.
A.
An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the conditions for eligibility under Section 2.01 shall become a Participant by filing a written election with the Plan Administrator (or complying with such other reasonable enrollment procedures as the Plan Administrator may implement). An election that complies with the Plan Administrator’s procedures shall be effective on the first day of the first payroll period immediately following the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the election or at such other time as designated by the Employer. The election shall authorize the Employer to withhold a specified percentage of the Participant’s Compensation to be paid into his Elective Deferral Contribution Account and provide such additional information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require. The Plan Administrator may establish additional rules and procedures governing the time and manner in which Elective Deferral Contribution elections shall be processed.
B.
If a Participant who is a Covered Participant does not elect to make Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan or affirmatively elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan, the Covered Participant shall automatically be deemed to have elected to make Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan in accordance with Section 3.02.C and shall become a Participant on the effective date of such automatic election. Unless and until the Covered Participant makes an election otherwise, the Participant shall be deemed to have authorized the Employer to withhold the percentage of his Compensation set forth in Section 3.02.C. to be paid into his Elective Deferral Contribution Account.
Section 2.03      PARTICIPATION UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT .
A.
An Eligible Employee who experiences a Severance from Employment after satisfying the conditions for eligibility under Section 2.01 but before becoming a Participant shall be eligible to participate in the Plan:
1.
As though his employment had been uninterrupted if he is reemployed as an Eligible Employee before incurring a Break-in Service; or
2.
As of the first day of the payroll period immediately following his date of reemployment as an Eligible Employee if he has incurred a Break-in-Service.
B.
An Eligible Employee who experiences a Severance from Employment after becoming a Participant shall again become a Participant on the date he is re-employed as an Eligible Employee by the Employer. Any Eligible Employee who experiences a Severance from Employment prior to satisfying the conditions for eligibility may become a Participant upon satisfying the conditions for eligibility under Section 2.01.
1.
If an Eligible Employee is rehired more than 24 following the date of his Severance from Employment, he shall be treated as a new Eligible Employee for purposes of Section 3.02.
2.
If an Eligible Employee is rehired within 24 following the date of his Severance from Employment:
(a)
If the Eligible Employee had not previously made an affirmative election with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions, he shall not be treated as a new Eligible Employee for purposes of Section 3.02.C. Such Eligible Employee’s default Elective Deferral Contribution percentage will be the default Elective Deferral Contribution percentage applicable at the time of his Severance from Employment, plus any increase in the default Elective Deferral Contribution percentage that would have occurred if he had not experienced a Severance from Employment.
(b)
If the Eligible Employee had previously made an affirmative election with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions, the Eligible Employee’s Elective Deferral Contribution percentage will be the Elective Deferral Contribution percentage applicable at the time of his Severance from Employment, plus any increase in the default Elective Deferral Contribution percentage that would have occurred if he had not experienced a Severance from Employment based on the Eligible Employee’s election.
Section 2.04      TRANSFERS BETWEEN PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS . A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who transfers employment from one Employer to another Employer shall continue to participate in the Plan. An Employee who is an Eligible Employee shall continue to be an Eligible Employee following a transfer between Employers as if the Eligible Employee had performed all Service during the Plan Year for the Employer to which the Eligible Employee is transferred.
Section 2.05      TIME OF PARTICIPATION – EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES . An Employee of the Employer who becomes an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with Section 2.01. A Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee shall cease to be eligible to make or receive contributions under the Plan as of the last day of the payroll period during which he ceases to be an Eligible Employee.
Section 2.06      CHANGES IN PARTICIPANT’S JOB CLASSIFICATION . A Participant who transfers to a classification of Employee which causes him to cease to meet the definition of Eligible Employee, or who is granted a leave of absence or placed on inactive status by the Employer, shall not be deemed to have experienced a Severance from Employment and shall not be entitled to a distribution based upon a Severance from Employment; provided, however that, effective January 1, 2009, as required by Code Section 414(u), as amended by the HEART Act, a Participant in Qualified Military Service shall be treated as having incurred a Severance from Employment for purposes of eligibility to receive a distribution from his Account. While such Participant is employed by the Employer but not as an Eligible Employee, or is on an unpaid leave of absence or in inactive status, neither the Participant nor the Employer on his behalf shall make contributions to the Plan other than Rollover Contributions pursuant to Section 3.14. If the Participant is later employed by the Employer, transfers to a classification of Employee which is eligible to participate in the Plan, returns to employment immediately upon expiration of a leave of absence, or is restored to active status, contributions to the Participant’s Account may resume under all applicable Plan provisions.

ARTICLE III.     
CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 3.01      INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS . The Plan Administrator shall establish an Account for each Participant and Former Participant having an amount to his credit in the Trust Fund. Each Account shall be divided into separate subaccounts, as applicable, for “Elective Deferral Contributions,” “Catch-Up Contributions,” “Roth Elective Deferral Contributions,” “Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions,” “Safe Harbor Matching Contributions”, “Additional Matching Contributions,” and “Profit Sharing Contributions.” If a Participant has made a “Rollover Contribution” or “Transfer Contribution,” as defined below, or if the Employer elects to make “Qualified Non-elective Contributions” or “Qualified Matching Contributions,” as defined below, separate subaccounts shall be established for such contributions. In addition, if a Participant made “After-tax Contributions” prior to January 1, 1987, a separate subaccount referred to as the “After-tax Contribution Account” shall be established for the Participant. Furthermore, if a Participant re-enters the Plan subsequent to a “Forfeiture Break-in-Service” (as defined in Section 4.02), a separate Account shall be maintained for the Participant’s pre-Forfeiture Break-in-Service Account and a separate Account for his post-Forfeiture Break-in-Service Account, unless the Participant’s entire Account under the Plan is 100% Nonforfeitable. Allocations shall be made to the Accounts of the Participants in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.14. The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to maintain a temporary segregated investment Account in the name of a Participant to prevent a distortion of income, gain, or loss allocations under Section 10.14. The Plan Administrator shall ensure that records are maintained for all Account allocations and related recordkeeping activities.
Section 3.02      PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS .
C.
Elective Deferral Contributions .
1.
Contribution Limits . For any Plan Year, each Participant may have allocated to his Account an amount of his Compensation for such Plan Year, which amount shall be a whole percentage, rounded to the nearest dollar, of not less than two percent (2%) but not more than the lesser of $13,000 ($17,500 in 2014) (or such larger dollar amount as the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue may prescribe in accordance with Code Section 402(g)(4)) or fifty percent (50%) of his Compensation for such Plan Year (as may be adjusted from time to time by the Committee). Such amount shall be known as the Participant's “Elective Deferral Contributions.” Except for occasional, bona fide administrative considerations, Elective Deferral Contributions cannot be made before the earlier of (a) the performance of Services with respect to which the contributions are made; or (b) the date that the Compensation, which is subject to the Elective Deferral Contribution election, would be currently available to the Participant in the absence of the election. Notwithstanding any other provision hereunder, Elective Deferral Contributions may not be made from any element of Compensation that does not meet the requirements set forth in Section 1.14 and Code Section 415 and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.
2.
Amount of Elective Deferral Contribution . A Participant's Compensation for a Plan Year shall be reduced by: (a) the amount of the Elective Deferral Contributions affirmatively elected by the Participant for such Plan Year; or (b) the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.02.C.
D.
Catch-Up Contributions . Each Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions under this Plan and who has or will attain at least age 50 before the close of the taxable year shall be eligible to defer an additional amount of his Compensation for such Plan Year (known as “ Catch-up Contributions ”), which such amount shall not exceed the dollar amount prescribed in Code Section 414(v) (e.g., $5,500 in 2014).
E.
Automatic Elective Deferral Contributions .
1.
A Covered Participant who has not affirmatively elected to make Elective Deferral Contributions under the Plan or affirmatively elected to make no Elective Deferral Contributions under the Plan shall automatically begin making Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan at the “qualified percentage” (described below) of Compensation on the later of January 1, 2009 or as soon as administratively practicable after the date he becomes a Covered Participant (but no later than the earlier of (a) the pay date for the second payroll period that begins after the date the notice described in Section 3.02.C.4 is provided; and (b) the first pay period that occurs at least 30 days after the notice is provided). Subject to the limits set forth in Section 3.02.A.1. and Appendix F, such Covered Participants will be deemed to have elected to defer 3% (referred to herein as the “qualified percentage”) of their Compensation under the Plan on a pre-tax basis for each payroll period during the 2009 Plan Year or the first Plan Year in which they become Covered Participants, if later, unless and until they affirmative elect otherwise by filing a written election with the Plan Administrator (or complying with such other reasonable election procedures as the Plan Administrator may implement) or cease to be Eligible Employees. The qualified percentage for Covered Participants who have been automatically enrolled in the Plan and have not otherwise made an affirmative election with respect to their Elective Deferral Contribution percentage (including an election not to make Elective Deferral Contributions) shall increase by 1% for each of the next three Plan Years (i.e., up to 6%). The increase for a Plan Year will be effective as of the first pay period in the March of the Plan Year. Except as provided in Section 3.02.C.3. below or to the extent of the increasing qualified percentage described in the preceding sentence, the same qualified percentage will be withheld as automatic Elective Deferral Contributions from all Covered Participants subject to the qualified percentage. The Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to Article III, along with the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.05.B., are intended to satisfy the requirements to be a qualified automatic contribution arrangement within the meaning of Code Sections 401(k)(13) and 401(m)(12) and the Treasury Regulations and other guidance issued thereunder. The Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to Article III are also intended to satisfy the requirements to be an eligible automatic contribution arrangement within the meaning of Code Section 414(w) and the Treasury Regulations and other guidance issued thereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision hereunder, Compensation for purposes of automatic Elective Deferral Contributions shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.14, modified to the extent necessary to be safe harbor compensation within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-3(b)(2).
2.
Automatic Elective Deferral Contributions described in Section 3.02.C.1. will be reduced or stopped to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations under Code Sections 401(a)(17), 402(g), and 415 and to satisfy any suspension period required after a hardship distribution.
3.
A Covered Participant will have a reasonable period of time after receipt of the notice described in Section 3.02.C.4. below to make an affirmative election regarding Elective Deferral Contributions (either to make no Elective Deferral Contributions or to make Elective Deferral Contributions in a percentage other than the qualified percentage) before Elective Deferral Contributions are automatically made to the Plan on his behalf pursuant to this Section 3.02.C.; provided, however, that automatic Elective Deferral Contributions will begin to be made to the Plan on behalf of a Covered Participant no later than the earlier of (a) the pay date for the second payroll period that begins after the date the notice is provided; and (b) the first pay period that occurs at least 30 days after the notice is provided. Automatic Elective Deferral Contributions being made to the Plan on a Covered Participant’s behalf will cease as soon as administratively feasible after the Covered Participant makes such an affirmative election regarding Elective Deferral Contributions.
4.
At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Plan Administrator will provide each Covered Participant a comprehensive notice of the Covered Participant’s rights and obligations under the qualified automatic contribution arrangement and eligible automatic contribution arrangement described in this Section 3.02.C., written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Covered Participant. If an Eligible Employee becomes a Covered Participant after the 90 th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice will be provided no more than 90 days before the Eligible Employee becomes a Covered Participant but not later than the pay date for the payroll period that includes the date the Eligible Employee becomes a Covered Participant. The notice will accurately describe:
(a)
The amount of automatic Elective Deferral Contributions that will be made to the Plan on the Covered Participant’s behalf in the absence of an affirmative election;
(b)
The Covered Participant’s right to elect to have no Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf or to have a different amount of Elective Deferral Contributions made;
(c)
How automatic Elective Deferral Contributions will be invested in the absence of the Covered Participant’s investment instructions; and
(d)
The Covered Participant’s right to make a withdrawal of automatic Elective Deferral Contributions pursuant to Section 3.04 and the procedures for making such a withdrawal.
F.
Roth Elective Deferral Contributions .
1.
General Application . The Plan will accept Roth Elective Deferral Contributions made on behalf of the Participants. A Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Contributions shall be allocated to a separate account maintained for such contributions as described in Section 3.02.D.2. Unless specifically stated otherwise, Roth Elective Deferral Contributions shall be treated Elective Deferral Contributions for all purposes under the Plan.
2.
Separate Accounting . Contributions and withdrawals of Roth Elective Deferral Contributions shall be credited and debited to the Roth Elective Deferral Contribution Account maintained for each Participant. The Plan shall maintain a record of the amount of Roth Elective Deferral Contributions in each Participant's Account. Gains, losses and other credits or charges must be separately allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis to each Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Contribution Account and the Participant’s other Accounts under the Plan. No contributions other than Roth Elective Deferral Contributions and properly attributable earnings will be credited to each Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Contribution Account.
3.
Direct Rollovers . Notwithstanding Section 6.05 of the Plan, a direct rollover of a distribution from a Participant's Roth Elective Deferral Contribution Account under the Plan will only be made to another Roth elective deferral contribution account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) or to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c). Notwithstanding Section 3.14 of the Plan, the Plan shall accept a Rollover Contribution to a Participant's Roth Elective Deferral Contribution Account only if it is a direct rollover from another Roth elective deferral contribution account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c). Eligible rollover distributions from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Contribution Account shall be taken into account in determining whether the Participant’s vested Account under the Plan exceeds $1,000 for purposes of Section 5.03 of the Plan.
4.
Correction of Excess Compensation Deferrals and Excess Elective Deferrals . In the case of a distribution of Excess Compensation Deferrals and Excess Elective Deferrals, a Participant may designate the extent to which the excess amount is composed of pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions but only to the extent such types of contributions were made for the Plan Year. If the Participant does not designate which types of Elective Deferral Contributions are to be distributed, the Plan will distribute pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions first.
Section 3.03      CHANGES AND SUSPENSIONS OF ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS, CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS AND/OR ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS . A Participant may change the rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions and/or Roth Elective Deferral Contributions to his Account at any time during each Plan Year, effective for the first payroll period for which it is administratively feasible to change the rate of such Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions and/or Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, by communicating such rate change in accordance with uniform rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator regarding the timing and manner of making such elections. In addition, a Participant may at any time elect to suspend all contributions to his Account, effective for the first payroll period for which it is administratively feasible to stop such Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions and/or Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, by giving advance notice in any manner specified by the Plan Administrator. An election to recommence contributions shall be effective for the first payroll period in which it is administratively feasible to begin deferral withholdings. All suspensions and recommencements of Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions and/or Roth Elective Deferral Contributions shall be made in the manner and at the times specified in uniform rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator, which rules and procedures may be changed from time to time.
Section 3.04      WITHDRAWAL OF AUTOMATIC ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS . A Covered Participant who makes automatic Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan pursuant to Section 3.02.C. may elect to withdraw such Elective Deferral Contributions (and earnings attributable thereto). The withdrawal election must be made no later than 90 days after automatic Elective Deferral Contributions are first withheld from the Covered Participant’s Compensation. No Spousal consent is required for a withdrawal pursuant to this Section 3.04. A Participant shall make an election under this Section 3.04 in accordance with uniform rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator. The amount that shall be distributed from the Plan upon a Covered Participant’s request under this Section 3.04 is equal to the amount of automatic Elective Deferral Contributions made under the Plan through the earlier of (A) the pay date for the second payroll period that begins after the Covered Participant’s withdrawal request, and (B) the first pay date that occurs at least 30 days after the Covered Participant’s request, plus attributable earnings through the date of distribution. In addition, the amount distributed to the Participant under this Section 3.04 may be reduced by any fees generally applicable to distributions; provided, however, that any such fees may not be greater than any other fees charged for a cash distribution. Further, any Matching Contributions made with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions distributed to a Participant pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall be forfeited. A distribution may be made under this Section 3.04 without regard to any notice or consent otherwise required by Code Sections 401(a)(11) or 417.
Unless the Covered Participant affirmatively elects otherwise, any withdrawal request pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall be treated as an affirmative election to stop having Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan on the Covered Participant’s behalf as of the earlier of (C) the pay date for the second payroll period that begins after the Covered Participant’s withdrawal request, and (D) the first pay date that occurs at least 30 days after the Covered Participant’s request. Elective Deferral Contributions distributed to a Covered Participant pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall not be counted towards the dollar limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions contained in Code Section 402(g) nor for purposes of the actual deferral percentage test described in Code Section 401(k)(3), to the extent applicable.
Section 3.05      MATCHING AND QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS .
D.
Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions . With respect to any Employer that is designated by the Committee as a separate line of business and authorized by the Committee to make a Matching Contribution that is different than the Matching Contribution set forth in Section 3.05.B. or to the extent the terms of a collective bargaining agreement provide for a Matching Contribution that is different than the Matching Contribution set forth in Section 3.05.B., the Employer may contribute to the Account of each eligible Participant employed by it “ Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions ” in an amount determined by the Employer from time to time in its discretion, subject to the approval of the Committee. The Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions shall be an amount (when added to forfeitures of Matching Contributions that are reallocated pursuant to Appendix F.05) that does not exceed:
1.
A percentage, elected by each Employer, of such Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions made under Section 3.02, minus
2.
The fair market value of ESOP Stock allocated to the Accounts of such Participants under Section 3.17 (Matching Contributions-ESOP Stock Allocation).
The discretionary Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution amounts or rates of contribution in any year may vary, in the Employer’s discretion and among Employers or divisions, subject to the approval of the Committee, and the discretionary amounts so contributed shall be allocated among the eligible Participants of such Employers or divisions. However, the rate of the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution shall not increase as the rate of a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions increase. Further, the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made for any eligible Highly Compensated Employee at any rate of Elective Deferral Contributions cannot be greater than that for any eligible Non-highly Compensated Employee who makes Elective Deferral Contributions at the same rate. Whenever different levels of Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are provided for the Plan Year on behalf of different Employers or divisions, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Trustee, in writing, of the amount of the contribution allocable to each group for allocation to the eligible Participants employed within each such group. Each level of Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution for a Plan Year is also required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(4).
E.
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions . Except any Employer that is designated by the Committee as a separate line of business and authorized by the Committee to make a different Matching Contribution or to the extent not required by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement, the Employer will contribute Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Account of each Participant employed by it in an amount equal to 100% of a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions up to 5% of the Participant’s Compensation. The Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made pursuant to this Section 3.05.B. are intended to satisfy the matching contribution requirement in Code Section 401(k)(13)(D) for the Plan to be a qualified automatic contribution arrangement.
Notwithstanding any provision of Section 3.05.B. to the contrary, the Employer reserves the right to reduce or suspend future Safe Harbor Matching Contributions at any time provided the procedures for implementing such suspensions are consistent with the Treasury Regulations.
F.
Additional Matching Contributions . With the prior approval of the Committee, for any Plan Year the Employer may elect to make Matching Contributions in addition to those described in Sections 3.05.A. or B. Matching Contributions made pursuant to this Section 3.05.C. are referred to as “ Additional Matching Contributions .” In addition to any other limitations on Matching Contributions under the Plan, Employers making Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under Section 3.05.B. shall not make Additional Matching Contributions under this Section 3.05.C. in an amount which would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(12). Pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations, the limitation on a Matching Contribution made at such Employer’s discretion on behalf of a Participant is an amount which, in the aggregate, does not exceed 4% of the Participant’s Compensation. This limitation shall be observed only to the extent required by law to meet the requirements for the safe harbor under Code Section 401(m)(12).
G.
Except where the context indicates otherwise, Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, and Additional Matching Contributions shall be referred to in the Plan collectively as “ Matching Contributions .”
H.
Qualified Matching Contributions . To the extent the Actual Deferral Percentage test and Actual Contribution Percentage test apply to the Employer, if the Employer so elects, the Employer may also make Matching Contributions to the Plan that are “ Qualified Matching Contributions. ” Qualified Matching Contributions shall mean Matching Contributions that are at all times Nonforfeitable and subject to the distribution requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code when made to the Plan. Additional contributions subject to these rules may be made by the Employer, or some of all of the existing Matching Contributions can be designated as fully vested and subject to the distribution restrictions in order to satisfy these rules. Furthermore, the election to make any Qualified Matching Contributions may also vary among the Employers or divisions of the Employer.
The Employer may make a Qualified Matching Contribution that is taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test only to the extent the Qualified Matching Contribution is a Matching Contribution that is not precluded from being taken into account under the Actual Contribution Percentage test for the Plan Year under the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii). Further, Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test to the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other actual deferral percentage test, any actual contribution percentage test, or the requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4.
I.
Additional Provisions Regarding Matching Contributions .
1.
An Employer may make a Matching Contribution on behalf of another Employer in any case where the latter is prevented from making such contribution because its Net Profit is insufficient to allow it to make such contribution. In addition, the Employers shall contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to discharge all indebtedness due during such Plan Year with respect to all ESOP Loans. The Employer shall designate the ESOP Loan to which a contribution is to be applied, and the Trustee shall apply such contribution to the ESOP Loan so designated.
2.
Except for forfeitures, released ESOP shares and occasional bona fide administrative considerations, an Employer contribution is not a Matching Contribution made on account of an Elective Deferral Contribution if it is contributed before the Elective Deferral Contribution election is made or before the performance of Services with respect to which the Elective Deferral Contribution is made (or when the cash that is subject to the Elective Deferral Contribution election would be currently available, if earlier).
3.
The Employer shall not make a Matching Contribution to the Trust for any Participant to the extent that the contribution would exceed the Participant’s “Maximum Permissible Amount” as described in Appendix F.
Section 3.06      MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION AND ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT . Only Participants who have made Elective Deferral Contributions (and Catch-Up Contributions, if applicable) during the applicable payroll period shall be eligible to share in the allocation of Matching Contributions as set forth in Section 3.05. Such Matching Contributions (and forfeitures then to be applied to reduce such contributions) shall be paid to the Plan as soon as practicable after the end of each payroll period but no later than the end of the month succeeding such payroll period. In all cases, the allocation of Matching Contributions shall be based on the amount or rate established for such contributions relative to the Elective Deferral Contributions (and Catch-Up Contributions, if applicable) being matched. No Matching Contributions shall be made, however, with respect to “Excess Compensation Deferrals.”
Matching Contributions shall become Nonforfeitable in accordance with Section 4.01 of the Plan. In any event, Matching Contributions shall be fully vested and Nonforfeitable upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, death or Disability while still actively employed, upon the complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete discontinuance of Employer contributions. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions, other than Excess Aggregate Contributions, shall be made in accordance with Section 4.03 of the Plan.
A Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007, while performing Qualified Military Service shall be treated as if he resumed employment with the Employer immediately prior to his death and then experienced a Severance from Employment on account of his death. A Participant who becomes Disabled on or after January 1, 2010, while performing Qualified Military Service and does not return to active employment with the Employer as a result of the Disability shall be treated as if he resumed employment with the Employer immediately prior to becoming Disabled and then experienced a Severance from Employment due to his Disability.
Section 3.07      PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS . For each Plan Year, each Employer may contribute to the Trust amounts determined in its discretion based on profitability or other relevant factors. Any contributions made pursuant to this Section 3.07 are referred to as “ Profit Sharing Contributions .” The amount contributed in any year may vary, in the Employer’s discretion, among each Employer, and the discretionary amounts so contributed shall be allocated only among the eligible Participants employed by such Employer for which the contribution was made. In addition, the amount contributed by an Employer may vary among the divisions within such Employer to the extent such variation does not violate the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b). Whenever an Employer elects to make a Profit Sharing Contribution for a Plan Year on behalf of its eligible Participants, then prior to the effective date of such contribution, such Employer shall notify the Plan Administrator of the amount of the contribution and any additional requirements for allocation to the eligible Participants employed by such Employer. An Employer shall not make a Profit Sharing Contribution to the Trust for any taxable year to the extent the contribution would exceed the maximum deduction limitations under Code Section 404 or fail to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b). All Profit Sharing Contributions are conditioned on their deductibility under the Code and shall be returned to the applicable Employer if determined to be nondeductible, as provided in Section 3.15.
Notwithstanding the above, pursuant to the Memorandum of Agreement between the Company and United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers International Union AFL-CIO, CLC agreed upon by the parties during the negotiations leading to the 2012-2015 collective bargaining agreement, for the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2015 only, the Employer shall make a one-time Profit Sharing Contribution to the Account of each Eligible Arrow Union Participant in the amount of $2,000 (the “ Arrow Union Profit Sharing Contribution ”). The Arrow Union Profit Sharing Contribution will be allocated on the first pay date for the first full pay period in January 2015. An “ Eligible Arrow Union Participant ” is an Arrow Union Participant who was an active Employee of Arrow and a member of the production and maintenance collective bargaining unit at the Berks County, Pennsylvania location of Arrow on the date the 2012-2015 collective bargaining agreement was ratified and who is an active Employee and an Arrow Union Participant on the first pay date for the first full pay period in January 2015.
Section 3.08      PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION AND ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT .
A.
Method of Allocation . Subject to Appendix F and any restoration allocation required under Section 4.04, and except as provided in Section 3.07 with respect to the Arrow Union Profit Sharing Contribution, the Plan Administrator shall allocate and credit to the Account of each Participant who satisfies the conditions of Section 3.08.B. a percentage of the Profit Sharing Contribution, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.07 for a Plan Year that is allocable to Participants of the applicable Employer in the ratio that the sum of the Participant’s total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the sum of all such Participants’ total Compensation for the Plan Year.
B.
Accrual of Benefit . Except as provided in Section 3.07 with respect to the Arrow Union Profit Sharing Contribution, the Plan Administrator shall determine the accrual of a Participant's benefit on the basis of the Plan Year. Although contributions may be made at other times (and therefore credited to Accounts at such other times), except with respect to the Arrow Union Profit Sharing Contribution, the Participant’s status as of the end of the Plan Year for which the Profit Sharing Contribution is made shall determine his entitlement to share in an allocation of such Profit Sharing Contribution, regardless of when credited to his Account. In allocating any Profit Sharing Contributions to a Participant’s Account, the Plan Administrator, subject to Section 11.01, shall take into account only Compensation paid to the Employee during the portion of the Plan Year during which the Employee was a Participant. However, except with respect to the Arrow Union Profit Sharing Contribution or as provided otherwise in an Appendix, the Plan Administrator shall not allocate any portion of a Profit Sharing Contribution for a Plan Year to the Account of any Participant if such Participant has not been credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service with the applicable Employer during the Plan Year and is not employed by the applicable Employer on the last day of that Plan Year. Except with respect to the Arrow Union Profit Sharing Contribution, if Participants must satisfy allocation requirements in order to receive an allocation of any Profit Sharing Contributions, such allocation requirements shall not apply to Participants who experience a Severance from Employment during the applicable Plan Year after their Normal Retirement Date or due to death or Disability.
Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, a Profit Sharing Contribution shall not be allocated to a Participant’s Account to the extent the contribution would exceed the Participant’s “Maximum Permissible Amount” under Appendix F, Section F.07. of the Plan for the Plan Year in which he contribution is made. In addition, if, in any given Plan Year, the Plan fails to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(1), any Hours of Service requirement to receive an allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions shall be disregarded for that Plan Year with respect to the Participant(s) with the next highest number of Hours of Service and continuing with each Participant, one by one, until the Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(1). If, after eliminating any Hours of Service allocation requirement for all Participants, the Plan still fails to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(1), a last day of the Plan Year allocation requirement, if any, shall be eliminated with respect to the Participant(s) who incurred a Severance from Employment with the Employer latest in the Plan Year, and continuing with each Participant, one by one, until the Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(1).
A Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2010, while performing Qualified Military Service shall be treated as if he resumed employment with the Employer immediately prior to his death and then experienced a Severance from Employment on account of his death. A Participant who becomes Disabled on or after January 1, 2010, while performing Qualified Military Service and does not return to active employment with the Employer as a result of the Disability shall be treated as if he resumed employment with the Employer immediately prior to becoming Disabled and then experienced a Severance from Employment due to his Disability.
Section 3.09      AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS . Participants shall not be permitted to make After-tax Contributions to the Plan after January 1, 1987.
Section 3.10      QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS .
A.
Purpose . If the limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions in Section F.01 of Appendix F or the limitation on Matching Contributions in Section F.04 of Appendix F is exceeded, the Employer may make “ Qualified Non-elective Contributions ” to a Participant’s Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account under the Plan on behalf of (i) all Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees, or (ii) the number of Non-highly Compensated Employees, beginning with the least highly Compensated Employee, necessary to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage test, the Actual Contribution Percentage test, or both, or the coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b). For purposes of this Article III, Qualified Non-elective Contributions shall mean contributions (other than Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions) made by the Employer and allocated to Participants’ Accounts that the Participants may not elect to receive in cash until distributed from the Plan; that are Nonforfeitable when made; and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions.
B.
Limitations .
1.
A Qualified Non-elective Contribution made on behalf of a Non-highly Compensated Employee cannot be taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Actual Contribution Percentage test for a Plan Year to the extent the Qualified Non-elective Contribution exceeds the product of the Non-highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation and the greater of (i) 5% (up to 10% if the Qualified Non-elective Contribution is made in connection with a Participating Employer’s obligation to pay a prevailing wage under the Davis-Bacon Act (46 Stat. 1494), Public Law 71-798, Service Contract Act of 1965 (79 Stat. 1965), Public Law 89-286, or similar legislation); or (ii) 2 times the Plan’s “Representative Contribution Rate.”
2.
Qualified Non-elective Contributions cannot be taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test to the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other actual deferral percentage test, any actual contribution percentage test, or the requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4. Similarly, if this Plan switches from the current Plan Year testing method to the prior Plan Year testing method pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-2(c), Qualified Non-elective Contributions that are taken into account under the current Plan Year testing method for a Plan Year may not be taken into account under the prior Plan Year testing method for the next Plan Year.
3.
Qualified Non-elective Contributions cannot be taken into account for purposes of the Actual Contribution Percentage test to the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other actual contribution percentage test, any actual deferral percentage test, or the requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4. Similarly, if this Plan switches from the current Plan Year testing method to the prior Plan Year testing method pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(1), Qualified Non-elective Contributions that are taken into account under the current Plan Year testing method for a Plan Year may not be taken into account under the prior Plan Year testing method for the next Plan Year.
C.
Allocation . Qualified Non-elective Contributions shall be allocated to Participants’ Accounts either (i) in the same proportion that each Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year for which the Employer makes the contribution bears to the total Compensation of all Non-highly Compensated Participants, or (ii) in a flat dollar amount, as determined by the Employer. Qualified Non-elective Contributions may be made only with respect to eligible Participants within one or more Employers or divisions or with respect to all eligible Participants, as determined by the Administrator.
D.
Definitions.
4.
The “ Representative Contribution Rate ” is the greater of (i) the lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any eligible Non-highly Compensated Employee among a group of eligible Non-highly Compensated Employees that consists of half of all eligible Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year, or (ii) the lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any eligible Non-highly Compensated Employee in the group of all eligible Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and who is employed by a Participating Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.
(a)
Any Qualified Non-elective Contribution taken into account under the Actual Deferral Percentage test pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the Representative Contribution Rate for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv)(B)) is not permitted to be taken into account for purposes of the Actual Contribution Percentage test (including the determination of the Representative Contribution Rate).
(b)
Any Qualified Non-elective Contribution taken into account under the Actual Contribution Percentage test pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the Representative Contribution Rate for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v)(B)) is not permitted to be taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test (including the determination of the Representative Contribution Rate).
5.
The “ Applicable Contribution Rate ” for an eligible Non-highly Compensated Employee is:
(a)
Actual Deferral Percentage Test . The sum of the Qualified Matching Contributions taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test for the eligible Non-highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified Non-elective Contributions made for the eligible Non-highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year divided by the Non-highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.
(b)
Actual Contribution Percentage Test . The sum of the Matching Contributions taken into account for purposes of the Actual Contribution Percentage test for the Non-Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified Non-elective Contributions made for the eligible Non-highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year divided by the Non-highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.
Section 3.11      TIME OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTION . The Employer may make its contribution for each Plan Year in one or more installments of cash or ESOP Stock without interest. The Employer must make its contribution that Participants have affirmatively elected to defer or that are automatically deferred on behalf of Participants, under Section 3.02 in cash as soon as such amounts may reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general assets, but in no event later than 15 business days after the end of the calendar month in which such amounts were withheld from the Participant's Compensation, or such later time as may be permitted by regulations under ERISA and Section 401(k) of the Code. The Employer must make the balance, if any, of its contribution to the Trustee within the time prescribed (including extensions) for filing its tax return for the taxable year for which it claims a deduction for its contribution, in accordance with Code Section 404(a)(6).
Section 3.12      FORM OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS .
E.
In General . Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Qualified Non-elective Contributions, and Profit Sharing Contributions made under the Plan shall be made in ESOP Stock, cash, or both; provided that contributions intended to satisfy an ESOP Loan shall not be made in ESOP Stock. The value of each share contributed shall be the Stock’s closing price per share on the New York Stock Exchange for the last trading day immediately preceding the date the ESOP Stock is contributed to the Plan.
F.
Disposition of Contributions . ESOP Stock purchased under Section 5.08 shall be held in Trust, and when allocated in accordance with Section 3.16 shall remain so allocated to Participants’ Accounts until distributed in accordance with Article V or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the Plan and Trust.
Section 3.13      ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES . Subject to any restoration allocation required under Section 4.04 of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall allocate and use the amount of a Participant's benefit forfeited under the Plan to pay Plan expenses and reduce Matching Contributions and/or Profit Sharing Contributions. Such forfeitures, if any, shall be used to reduce the contributions of the Employer for whom the Participant was working when the Participant's Severance from Employment which produced the forfeiture occurred. The Plan Administrator shall continue to hold the undistributed, nonvested portion of the benefit of a Participant who has incurred a Severance from Employment in his Account solely for his benefit until a forfeiture occurs at the time specified in Section 4.03 of the Plan.
Section 3.14      ROLLOVER AND TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS . The Trustee is authorized to accept and hold as part of the Trust Fund assets transferred on behalf of a Participant (“ Transfer Contributions ”), provided that such transfer satisfied any procedures or other requirements established by the Plan Administrator. The Trustee shall also accept and hold as part of the Trust Fund assets transferred in connection with a merger or consolidation of another plan with or into the Plan pursuant to Section 13.06 hereof and as may be approved by the Plan Administrator. In addition, the Trustee shall also accept “rollover” amounts contributed directly by or on behalf of a Participant in accordance with procedures and rules established by the Plan Administrator in respect of a distribution made to or on behalf of such Participant from another plan pursuant to Section 13.06 hereof. The Plan shall accept such assets from all permissible sources including a qualified plan, an employee annuity, an annuity contract, an individual retirement account, an individual retirement annuity or an eligible governmental deferred compensation plan, including any after-tax contributions from such source. Subject to the approval of the Plan Administrator, rollover amounts may also include any outstanding participant loans from another plan qualified under either Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) rolled over to the Plan in kind, provided such other qualified plan permits rollover of loans in kind. All amounts so transferred to the Trust Fund shall be held in a segregated subaccount and shall be referred to as “ Rollover Contributions .”
Rollover Contributions must conform to rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator including rules designed to assure the Plan Administrator that the funds so transferred qualify as a Rollover Contribution under the Code. An Eligible Employee, prior to satisfying the Plan’s eligibility conditions, may make Rollover Contributions and Transfer Contributions to the Trust to the same extent and in the same manner as a Participant. If an Eligible Employee makes a Rollover Contribution or Transfer Contribution to the Trust prior to satisfying the Plan’s eligibility conditions, the Plan Administrator and Trustee must treat the Eligible Employee as a Participant for all purposes of the Plan, except that the Eligible Employee is not a Participant for purposes of making Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-up Contributions, or Roth Elective Deferral Contributions or receiving Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Qualified Non-elective Contributions, or Participant forfeitures under the Plan until he actually becomes a Participant in the Plan. If the Eligible Employee has a Severance from Employment prior to becoming a Participant, the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account and Transfer Account shall be distributed to him as if it were an Employer contribution Account.
In the case of any rollover or transfer of assets to this Plan from a Keogh plan, the Plan Administrator shall maintain records which enable the Plan Administrator to identify which portion of the Rollover Account is comprised of Keogh plan amounts (and earnings thereon).
Section 3.15      RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS . All contributions to the Plan are conditioned upon their deductibility under the Code. The Trustee, upon written request from the Employer, shall return to the Employer the amount of the Employer's contribution made by the Employer by mistake of fact or the amount of the Employer's contribution disallowed as a deduction under Code Section 404. The Trustee shall not return any portion of the Employer's contribution under this provision more than one year after:
A.
The Employer made the contribution by mistake of fact; or
B.
The disallowance of the contribution as a deduction, and then, only to the extent of the disallowance.
The Trustee shall not increase the amount of the Employer contribution returnable under this Section 3.15 for any earnings attributable to the contribution, but the Trustee shall decrease the Employer contribution returnable for any losses attributable to it. The Trustee may require the Employer to furnish it whatever evidence the Trustee deems necessary to enable the Trustee to confirm the amount the Employer has requested be returned is properly returnable under ERISA.
Section 3.16      RELEASE OF ESOP STOCK FOR ALLOCATION . As of each Valuation Date that ends a calendar quarter during which Matching Contributions or earnings on Matching Contributions are applied to satisfy a portion of the ESOP Loan, a certain number of shares or ESOP Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, calculated in accordance with Section 3.16.A.1. or Section 3.16.B., shall be released for allocation among Participants’ Accounts in accordance with Section 3.17.
A.
If:
1.
The ESOP Loan provides for payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years; and
2.
Interest included in any payment is disregarded (in determining the portion of such payment constituting principal) only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, then the number of shares released from the Unallocated Stock Account shall bear the same ratio to the number of shares attributable to the ESOP Loan that are then in the Unallocated Stock Account (prior to the release) as (a) the principal payments made on the ESOP Loan in the calendar quarter ending with such Valuation Date bear to (b) the quarter's principal payments described in (a), plus the total remaining principal payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of such calendar quarter) to satisfy the ESOP Loan. If the ESOP Loan does not meet the requirements of the preceding sentence, or if, at any time, by reason of a renewal, extension or refinancing, the sum of the expired duration of the ESOP Loan, the renewal period, the extension period, and the duration of the new ESOP Loan exceeds 10 years, then the number of shares released shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.16.B.
B.
Unless Section 3.16.A.1. applies, the number of shares released from the Unallocated Stock Account shall bear the same ratio to the number of shares attributable to the ESOP Loan that are then in the Unallocated Stock Account (prior to the release) as (1) the principal and interest payments made on the ESOP Loan in the calendar quarter ending with such Valuation Date bear to (2) the quarter's payments described in (1), plus the total remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of such calendar) to satisfy the ESOP Loan.
C.
For purposes of this Section, each ESOP Loan, the ESOP Stock purchased in connection with it, and any stock dividends on such ESOP Stock, shall be considered separately.
D.
At the time that an ESOP Loan is made, the interest rate for the ESOP Loan and the price of ESOP Stock to be acquired with the ESOP Loan proceeds should not be such that the Plan assets might be drained off.
E.
No person entitled to payment under an ESOP Loan shall have any right to assets of the Plan other than:
1.
Collateral given for the ESOP Loan;
2.
Contributions (other than contributions of the ESOP Stock) that are made under the Plan to meet its obligations under the ESOP Loan; and
3.
Earnings attributable to such collateral and the investment of such contributions.
F.
The payments made with respect to an ESOP Loan by the Plan during a Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of such contributions and earnings received during or prior to the year less such payments in prior years. In addition, such contributions and earnings must be accounted for separately in the books of account of the plan until the ESOP Loan is repaid.
Section 3.17      MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS - ESOP STOCK ALLOCATIONS . As of a date determined by each Employer, the sum of:
A.
The ESOP Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Account for the calendar quarter ending on that Valuation Date, as determined in accordance with Section 3.16; plus
B.
Any Matching Contributions, and any earnings, gains or losses thereon, for the then current Plan Year not designated to be applied against the ESOP Loan and not previously allocated, shall be allocated among the Accounts of eligible Participants in an amount not to exceed the percentage of Elective Deferral Contributions made under Section 3.02.
Section 3.18      ALLOCATION OF EXCESS MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS . If the fair market value of shares of ESOP Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Account under Section 3.16 exceeds the applicable Matching Contribution for the Plan Year, the excess shall, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be allocated:
K.
As a bonus Matching Contribution allocated as provided in Section 3.17 ratably to the Accounts of all Employees eligible to receive Matching Contributions, subject to the limitations on Additional Matching Contributions set forth in Section 3.05.C.; or
L.
As a Profit Sharing Contribution allocated as provided in Section 3.07 to the Accounts of the class of Employees selected in the same manner as indicated in Section 3.05 for Qualified Matching Contributions.
Section 3.19      UNALLOCATED ESOP STOCK ACCOUNT . The Plan Administrator shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, an Unallocated Stock Account. The Plan's holdings of ESOP Stock that have been purchased on credit, whether or not the ESOP Stock is pledged as collateral, shall be segregated in the Unallocated Stock Account until payments on the corresponding ESOP Loan permit the release and allocation of the ESOP Stock to Participant Accounts in accordance with Sections 3.16, 3.17, and 3.18. Any dividends with respect to such segregated ESOP Stock that are paid by the Company in the form of additional shares of ESOP Stock shall also be segregated in the Unallocated Stock Account and thereafter treated in the same manner as the underlying segregated ESOP Stock.
In the event of default of an ESOP Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the ESOP Loan must not exceed the amount of default. Further, if the lender with respect to the ESOP Loan is a disqualified person, the assets transferred cannot exceed the payment schedule of the ESOP Loan.
Section 3.20      FURTHER REDUCTIONS OF CONTRIBUTIONS . In addition to the reductions and recharacterizations provided for under Appendix F, in any Plan Year in which the Committee deems it necessary to do so to meet the requirements of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the Committee may further reduce the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions that may be made to a Participant's Account, or refund such amounts previously contributed.
ARTICLE IV.     
TERMINATION OF SERVICE; PARTICIPANT VESTING
Section 4.01      VESTING .
G.
Vesting — In General .
3.
A Participant's interest in his Elective Deferral Contribution Account, Catch-Up Contribution Account, Roth Elective Deferral Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Transfer Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account, and Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account, if any, and dividends paid on the Stock held in the portion of his Account that is invested in the ESOP Stock Fund, if any, shall at all times be fully vested and Nonforfeitable. In addition, the Arrow Union Profit Sharing Contribution described in Section 3.07, if any, made to an Eligible Arrow Union Participant’s Account shall at all times be fully vested and Nonforfeitable.
4.
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in an Appendix hereto, a Participant’s interest in his Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Additional Matching Contribution Account, and Profit Sharing Contribution Account, and an Arrow Union Participant’s interest in his entire Matching Contribution Account shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:
Years of Service              Vested Percentage
Less than three (3)                0%
Three (3) or more             100%
3.
The interest of a Participant other than an Arrow Union Participant in his Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:
Years of Service              Vested Percentage
Less than two (2)                0%
Two (2) or more             100%
4.
Matching Contributions made under the Plan for Plan Years prior to January 1, 2009 by the following Employers shall be fully vested and Nonforfeitable after one (1) Year of Service: Teleflex Incorporated (Corporate Headquarters), Teleflex CT Devices (now known as Coventry, CT, a business unit of Teleflex Medical Incorporated), Telair International, Inc. (divested December 31, 2011), Telair Los Angeles (Century Aero Products), Sermatech International (sold February 28, 2005; automatic vesting for transferred employees on February 28, 2005), Sermatech Middle Atlantic (sold February 28, 2005; automatic vesting for transferred employees on February 28, 2005), Sermatech West (sold February 28, 2005; automatic vesting for transferred employees on February 28, 2005), Sermatech Power Solutions (sold February 28, 2005; automatic vesting for transferred employees on February 28, 2005), Sermatech Texas Group (formerly Gas-Path; closed January 10, 2005), Sermatech – Lehr (divested on June 29, 2007; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on June 29, 2007), Airfoil Management (divested in 2009), Sermatech – Aeroforge (divested on June 29, 2007; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on June 29, 2007), Sermatech Dynamic (Year of Service measured from later of January 1, 2003 or date of hire; sold February 28, 2005; automatic vesting for transferred employees on February 28, 2005), Sermatech Ethylene (sold February 28, 2005; automatic vesting for transferred employees on February 28, 2005), Sermatech Castings (closed August 31, 2005), Sermatech IGT Engineering (closed October 31, 2004), Sermatech Fuel Nozzle (closed October 31, 2004), Sermatech Power Solutions (formerly Klock; sold February 28, 2005; automatic vesting for transferred employees on February 28, 2005), Aviation Product Support – Employees Represented By Paper, Allied-Industrial, Chemical and Energy Workers International Union (P.A.C.E.) 5-0826 (formerly 7826) (closed August 31, 2008), Airfoil Technologies International LLC (ATI) (closed August 31, 2008), Turbine Technology Services (closed December 31, 2004), Cepco – Chester, VT (divested June 2, 2007), Mal Tool (Manchester, CT and North Charlestown, NH; divested June 29, 2007; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on June 29, 2007), Teleflex Automotive Group, Manufacturing (Van Wert OH; divested December 31, 2007; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on December 31, 2007), Teleflex Automotive Group, Headquarters (Troy, MI; divested December 31, 2007; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on December 31, 2007), Teleflex Automotive Group, Manufacturing (Lebanon, VA; closed January 31, 2006), Teleflex Automotive Group, Manufacturing (Lyons, OH and Kendallville, IN; divested August 12, 2005; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on August 12, 2005), Teleflex Automotive (Lyons, OH; divested August 12, 2005; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on August 12, 2005), Teleflex Fluid Systems, Inc. (Suffield, CT, Grand River, OH, Pickens, SC (formerly Teleflex Machine Products, Inc., McKechnie Vehicle Components) and Sterling Heights, MI; divested December 31, 2007; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on December 31, 2007), Capro, Inc. (Willis, TX, Shreveport, LA, Swainsboro, GA and Seimer, TN; divested December 31, 2007; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on December 31, 2007), Norland Plastics Company (divested December 31, 2007; automatic vesting for certain Participants actively employed on December 31, 2007), Teleflex GFI Control Systems, Inc. (Missouri; U.S. Employees; closed December 31, 2004), Southwest Wire Rope, LP (divested June 30, 2010), Southern Wire, LLC (divested June 30, 2010), Teleflex Incorporated – Marine (divested March 22, 2011; Participants who were Employees on March 22, 2011 are 100% vested), Teleflex Morse – Motion Systems (closed June 2009), Teleflex Morse Electrical Systems (closed June 2009), Teleflex Morse Techsonic Industries, Inc.(sold May 7, 2004; automatic vesting for Participants actively employed on May 5, 2004), Sierra International Inc. (divested March 22, 2011), and Rüsch Inc. (closed October 32, 2005; Matching Contributions made prior to January 1, 2004 only).
5.
Matching Contributions made under the Plan for Plan Years prior to January 1, 2009 by the following Employers shall be fully vested and Nonforfeitable after three (3) Years of Service: Teleflex Medical Incorporated (Jaffrey, NH), Weck Surgical (a business unit of Teleflex Medical Incorporated), TFX Medical Wire Products, Inc. (TFX Medical Extrusion Products – Plymouth, MN), Beere Precision Medical Instruments (a business unit of Teleflex Medical Incorporated), Arrow International, Inc., Arrow Interventional, Inc., Arrow Med Tech LLC, Arrow Union Participant, Rüsch Inc. (closed October 31, 2005; Matching Contributions made on and after January 1, 2004 only), Pilling Surgical (closed March 31, 2006), Medical Marketing Group (closed December 31, 2004), and KMEDIC (closed September 30, 2006).
6.
In addition to the above, a Participant’s interest in his Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Additional Matching Contribution Account, and Profit Sharing Contribution Account shall be fully vested if, while employed by the Employer, he reaches his Normal Retirement Date, dies or sustains a Disability.
7.
A Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007, while performing Qualified Military Service shall be treated as if he resumed employment with the Employer immediately prior to his death and then experienced a Severance from Employment on account of his death. A Participant who becomes Disabled on or after January 1, 2010, while performing Qualified Military Service and does not return to active employment with the Employer as a result of the Disability shall be treated as if he resumed employment with the Employer immediately prior to becoming Disabled and then experienced a Severance from Employment due to his Disability.
8.
The Committee or its delegate shall have the authority to accelerate the vesting of a Participant, except for a Participant who is a Section 16 Officer, as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, so long as such acceleration satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Further, to the extent a divestiture agreement that has been approved by the Board or its delegate provides for the acceleration of vesting for certain Participants, the Plan shall be treated as being amended pursuant to the terms of such divestiture agreement with respect to such Participants.
H.
Vesting — Special Rule with Respect to Techsonic Industries, Inc . Notwithstanding Section 4.01.A. above, any Participant who was actively employed by Techsonic Industries on May 5, 2004, shall have a 100% vested interest in his Matching Contributions; provided that such Participant shall have no vested interest in Matching Contributions that are attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions that are Excess Elective Deferrals or Excess Compensation Deferrals.
I.
Vesting — Special Rule with Respect to the Sermatech Coatings Business . Notwithstanding Section 4.01.A. above, any Participant whose employment was transferred from the Employer to the buyer as a result of the sale of the “Business” on February 28, 2005, shall have a 100% vested interest in his Matching Contributions; provided that such Participant shall have no vested interest in Matching Contributions that are attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions that are Excess Elective Deferrals or Excess Compensation Deferrals. The “Business” for purposes of this Section 4.01.C. shall mean the provision and sale of engineered coating services for the aerospace, power generation, offshore oil and gas, process and general industrial markets, each as conducted by the Sermatech Coatings division of the Company and its Related Employers as of February 28, 2005.
J.
Vesting — Special Rule with Respect to Automotive Pedals Business . Notwithstanding Section 4.01.A. above, any Participant who was actively employed by the “Business” on August 12, 2005, shall have a 100% vested interest in his Matching Contributions; provided that such Participant shall have no vested interest in Matching Contributions that are attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions that are Excess Elective Deferrals or Excess Compensation Deferrals. The “Business” for purposes of this Section 4.01.D. shall mean the development, manufacture and sale of accelerator, brake and clutch pedals (including, fixed and adjustable pedals and electronic throttle control systems) to the light-duty over-the-highway automotive market, as conducted by the Automotive Group Pedal Products Business as of August 12, 2005.
K.
Vesting — Special Rule with Respect to Teleflex Aerospace Manufacturing Group . Notwithstanding Section 4.01.A. above, any Participant who was actively employed by the “Business” on June 29, 2007, shall have a 100% vested interest in his Matching Contributions; provided that such Participant shall have no vested interest in Matching Contributions that are attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions that are Excess Elective Deferrals or Excess Compensation Deferrals. The “Business” for purposes of this Section 4.01.E. shall mean the design and, manufacture and sale of fan blades, blisks, compressor airfoils, outer guide vanes and turbine airfoils for aircraft turbine engines by the “Acquired Companies” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the UK Seller (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) to original equipment manufacturers of aircraft engines.
L.
Vesting — Special Rule with Respect to Arrow International, Inc . Each person who was an active employee of Arrow or any of its Subsidiaries (as set forth in Section 3.01(b) of the Disclosure Letter to the Agreement and the Plan of Merger among Teleflex Incorporated, AM Sub Inc. and Arrow International, Inc.) immediately prior to October 1, 2007 shall receive full credit for purposes of vesting under the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with Arrow or any of its subsidiaries, to the same extent recognized by Arrow or any of its Subsidiaries immediately prior to October 1, 2007, except to the extent such credit would result in duplication of benefits for the same period of service.
M.
Vesting — Special Rule with Respect to Automotive and Industrial . Notwithstanding Section 4.01.A. above, any Participant who was actively employed by the “Business” on December 31, 2007, shall have a 100% vested interest in his Matching Contributions; provided that such Participant shall have no vested interest in Matching Contributions that are attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions that are Excess Elective Deferrals or Excess Compensation Deferrals. The “Business” for purposes of this Section 4.01.G. shall mean the development, manufacture and sale of (i) shift towers, shifters, shift knobs, lumbar products, head restraints and other seat modules, seat actuators and other electro-mechanical devices and cables to original equipment manufacturers and Tier 1 suppliers in automotive markets, (ii) steering systems, shifters, heavy duty cables, light duty cables, fixed and adjustable foot pedals, displays and electronics to manufacturers in vehicular (but not marine vessel) and related industrial markets, and (iii) nylon and nylon assemblies, convoluted hose, smooth bore PTFE hose, fittings and connectors and fluid delivery systems to the customers, and in the markets, described in (i) and (ii) above.
N.
Vesting – Special Rule with Respect to VasoNova, Inc . Each person who was an active employee of VasoNova immediately prior to January 10, 2011 shall receive full credit for purposes of vesting under the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with VasoNova.
O.
Vesting – Special Rule with Respect to Semprus BioSciences Corp . Each person who was an active employee of Semprus immediately prior to May 22, 2012, shall receive full credit for purposes of vesting under the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with Semprus.
P.
Vesting – Special Rule with Respect to Hotspur Technologies, Inc . Each person who was an active employee of Hotspur immediately prior to June 22, 2012 shall receive full credit for purposes of vesting under the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with Hotspur.
Q.
Vesting – Special Rule with Respect to LMNA North America, Inc. and Wolfe Tory, Inc . Each person who was an active employee of LMANA and Wolfe Tory prior to October 23, 2012 shall receive full credit for purposes of vesting under the Plan for his most recent continuous period of service with LMANA or Wolfe Tory, respectively.
R.
Vesting – Special Rule with Respect to VidaCare . Subject to the Break-in-Service provisions in the Plan, each person who was an active employee of VidaCare on October 29, 2013 shall receive full credit for purposes of vesting under the Plan for his period of service with VidaCare.
Section 4.02      INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE – VESTING . For purposes of determining Years of Service under Section 4.01, the Plan shall take into account all Years of Service an Employee completes except any Year of Service after the Participant first incurs a " Forfeiture Break-in-Service ." The Participant incurs a Forfeiture Break-in-Service when he incurs five consecutive Breaks in Service. This exception excluding Years of Service after a Forfeiture Break-in-Service shall apply for the sole purpose of determining the Nonforfeitable percentage of a Participant’s Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Additional Matching Contribution Account, and Profit Sharing Contribution Account that accrued for his benefit prior to the Forfeiture Break-in-Service.
Elective Deferral Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of Code Section 411(a) except that Elective Deferral Contributions are disregarded for purposes of applying Code Section 411(a)(2) to other contributions or benefits.
Section 4.03      FORFEITURE OCCURS . A Participant’s forfeiture, if any, of the nonvested portion of his Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Additional Matching Contribution Account, and/or Profit Sharing Contribution Account shall occur under the Plan:
A.
As soon as administratively practicable after the Participant first incurs a Forfeiture Break-in-Service; or
B.
If earlier than A., above, and if applicable, as soon as administratively practicable after the date the Participant receives (or is deemed to receive) a “Cash-out Distribution,” as defined in Section 4.06, of the Nonforfeitable percentage of his Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Additional Matching Contribution Account, and/or Profit Sharing Contribution Account, if any, as a result of his Severance from Employment in accordance with Section 4.06 below.
The Plan Administrator shall determine the percentage of a Participant's Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Additional Matching Contribution Account, and/or Profit Sharing Contribution Account forfeiture, if any, under this Section 4.03 solely by reference to the vesting schedule of Section 4.01 or as provided in an Appendix hereto, if applicable. A Participant shall not forfeit any portion of his Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Additional Matching Contribution Account, and/or Profit Sharing Contribution Account for any other reason or cause except as expressly provided by this Section 4.03. If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, ESOP Stock must be forfeited only after other assets.
Section 4.04      RESTORATION OF FORFEITED PORTION OF ACCOUNT . If the nonvested portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited under Section 4.03 and the Participant is re-employed as an Employee before he incurs a Forfeiture Break-in-Service, the Plan Administrator shall restore the portion of his Account attributable to Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Additional Matching Contributions, and/or Profit Sharing Contributions that was forfeited to the same dollar amount as the dollar amount of such portion of his Account on the Accounting Date on which the forfeiture occurred, unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring subsequent to that Accounting Date. The Plan Administrator shall restore the Participant’s Account as of the Plan Year Accounting Date coincident with or immediately following the Employee’s re-employment. To restore the Participant’s Account, the Plan Administrator, to the extent necessary, shall allocate to the Participant’s Account:
J.
First, the amount, if any, of Participant forfeitures the Plan Administrator would otherwise allocate under Section 3.13; and
K.
Second, the Profit Sharing Contribution and/or Matching Contribution, if any, for the Plan Year to the extent made under a discretionary formula.
To the extent the amount(s) available for restoration for a particular Plan Year are insufficient to enable the Plan Administrator to make the required restoration, the Employer shall contribute, without regard to any requirement or condition of Sections 3.06 and 3.08, such additional amount as is necessary to enable the Plan Administrator to make the required restoration. If, for a particular Plan Year, the Plan Administrator must restore the Account of more than one re-employed Participant, then the Plan Administrator shall make the restoration allocation(s) to each such Participant’s Account in the same proportion that a Participant’s restored amount for the Plan Year bears to the restored amount for the Plan Year of all re-employed Participants. The Plan Administrator shall not take into account the allocation(s) under this Section 4.04 in applying the limitation on allocations described in Appendix F.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 4.04 shall not apply to reinstate any amounts which were forfeited prior to January 1, 2014 without the possibility of reinstatement upon reemployment.
Section 4.05      TRANSFERS BETWEEN PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS . For purposes of vesting, in the case of an Employee who transfers between Employers with different vesting schedules, the Employee’s Nonforfeitable percentage shall be determined in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to the Employer at which the Employee first commenced employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the vesting schedule at the Employer to which the Employee is transferred is more advantageous in all respects than the Employee’s vesting schedule at his original Employer, such Employee’s Nonforfeitable percentage shall be determined in accordance with the vesting schedule of the subsequent Employer. If the vesting schedule may be more advantageous depending on an Employee's Years of Service and the Employee has performed three or more Years of Service for the Employer at the time of the transfer, the Employee may elect between the vesting schedule of his prior Employer and his current Employer in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 13.03.
Section 4.06      CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS . If, pursuant to Article V, a partially-vested Participant receives a Cash-out Distribution before he incurs a Forfeiture Break-in-Service, the Cash-out Distribution will result in a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of the Participant's Account balance derived from Employer contributions as soon as administratively practicable. A partially-vested Participant is a Participant whose Nonforfeitable percentage determined under Section 4.01 is less than 100%. A “ Cash-out Distribution ” is a lump sum distribution of the Participant’s entire Nonforfeitable Account balance.
A “deemed” Cash-out Distribution rule applies to a 0% vested Participant. A 0% vested Participant is a Participant whose Account balance is entirely forfeitable at the time of his Severance from Employment. If the Participant’s Account is not entitled to an allocation of Employer contributions or Participant forfeitures for the Plan Year in which he has a Severance from Employment, the Plan Administrator will apply the deemed Cash-out Distribution rule as if the 0% vested Participant received a Cash-out Distribution on the date of the Participant’s Severance from Employment. If the Participant’s Account is entitled to an allocation of Employer contributions or Participant forfeitures for the Plan Year in which he has a Severance from Employment, the Plan Administrator will apply the deemed Cash-out Distribution rule as if the 0% vested Participant received a Cash-out Distribution on the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after his Severance from Employment. For purposes of applying the restoration provisions of Section 4.04, the Plan Administrator will treat the 0% vested Participant as repaying his Cash-out Distribution on the first date of his re-employment with the Employer.
ARTICLE V.     
TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
Section 5.01      DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT ON OR AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE . Subject to Sections 5.03 and 5.10, upon a Participant’s Severance from Employment (for any reason other than death) on or after his Normal Retirement Date, the Participant shall be entitled to payment of his Account in accordance with the provisions of this Article V, as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s Severance from Employment or the date the Participant files an application for distribution in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator, as the same may be amended from time to time, whichever is later. The form of payment shall be the same as for other Severance from Employment distributions, as set forth in Sections 5.03 and 5.10 of the Plan. If the Participant does not file a claim for benefits, payment shall in any event be made no later than the time required under Section 5.10. A Participant who remains in the employ of the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date shall continue to participate in Employer contributions, if any.
Section 5.02      DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE . Upon a Participant’s Severance from Employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date (for any reason other than death), payment shall commence to the Participant of the value of his Nonforfeitable Account balance as provided in Sections 5.02 and 5.03 of the Plan.
The Participant must consent in writing to a distribution (including the form of the distribution) if: (1) the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance on the date the distribution commences exceeds $5,000, and (2) the Plan Administrator directs the Trustee to make a distribution to the Participant prior to the later of his Normal Retirement Date or his attaining age 62. Furthermore, the Participant’s Spouse must consent in writing to the distribution if the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance on the date the distribution commences exceeds $5,000.
The consent of the Participant, and the Participant’s Spouse, if applicable, shall be obtained in writing within the 180-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The “ Annuity Starting Date ” is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or in any other form. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse of the right to defer distribution until the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance is no longer immediately distributable. Such notice shall include a general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of benefit, if any, available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and its applicable Treasury Regulations (including a description of the consequences of failing to defer receipt of a distribution). Further, such notice shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days prior to the date of distribution. However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice is provided if the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider whether or not to elect a distribution, and the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse, if applicable, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elect a distribution. Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Participant’s Spouse shall be required to the extent that distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) or 415. An Account balance is immediately distributable if any part of the Account balance could be distributed to the Participant (or the surviving Spouse) before the Participant attains, or would have attained if not deceased, the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.
Section 5.03      TIME OF DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNT BALANCE . Upon a Participant’s Severance from Employment, other than for death, and subject to the consent requirements set forth in Section 5.02, the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be distributed as follows:
L.
If the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance on the date the distribution commences is $1,000 or less, and the Participant does not elect to have such Account paid in the form of a direct rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant, the Trustee shall pay such Nonforfeitable Account balance to the Participant in the form of a single, lump sum Cash-out Distribution as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s Severance from Employment. For purposes of determining whether such payment may be made, the value of the Account shall be determined by including that portion of the Account that is attributable to Rollover Contributions. If the Participant does not have a Nonforfeitable interest in his Account, he shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his entire vested Account.
M.
If the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance on the date the distribution commences is greater than $1,000 and does not exceed $5,000, and the Participant does not affirmatively elect to have such Nonforfeitable Account balance paid directly to him or to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant, his Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be paid as a direct rollover distribution to an individual retirement plan or account (“ IRA ”) established for the Participant pursuant to a written agreement between the Committee and the provider of the IRA that meets the requirements of Section 401(a)(31) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant’s Severance from Employment. For this purpose, the Committee may execute the necessary documents to establish an IRA on behalf of the Participant, using such Participant’s most recent mailing address in the records of the Employer. For purposes of determining whether such payment may be made, the value of such Account shall be determined by including that portion of the Account that is attributable to Rollover Contributions. In addition, if a Participant has a Roth Account, the $1,000 automatic rollover threshold described above is applied separately to the Participant’s Roth Account and the Participant’s Roth Account is not taken into account for purposes of determining whether the amount of the Participant’s other Accounts exceeds the $1,000 automatic rollover threshold. The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain procedures to inform each Participant to whom this Section applies of the nature and operation of the IRA and the Participant’s investments therein, the fees and expenses associated with the operation of the IRA, and the terms of the written agreement establishing such IRA on behalf of the Participant.
N.
If the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance on the date the distribution commences is greater than $5,000, the Trustee shall pay such Nonforfeitable Account balance to the Participant as soon as administratively practicable after he files a claim for benefits in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator, as the same may be amended from time to time, and consents to the distribution in accordance with Section 5.02, to the extent applicable. Consent to such distribution shall not be valid unless the Participant is informed of his right to defer receipt of the distribution.
If the Participant does not file a claim for benefits in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator, as the same may be amended from time to time, and consent to the distribution in accordance with Section 5.02, to the extent applicable, the Participant’s Account shall be held in trust until the earlier to occur of (1) the date that is as soon as administratively practicable following the date that the Participant files a claim for benefits in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator, as the same may be amended from time to time, or (2) the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, as defined in Section 5.10. At that time, the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Article V; provided, however, if the Participant dies after his Severance from Employment but prior to commencing receipt of his Plan Account, the Plan Administrator, upon notice of the death, shall direct the Trustee to commence payment of the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account to his Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.03 and 5.10.
A Participant who has experienced a Severance from Employment and elected to delay receiving a distribution of his Account may elect to receive a distribution of his Nonforfeitable Account balance as soon as administratively practicable following the date he properly completes the appropriate distribution election forms or procedures. If no such election is made, the Participant's Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be paid as provided in Section 5.10. The Trustee shall be authorized to charge a reasonable fee for maintaining the Nonforfeitable Account balance of a Participant who has experienced a Severance from Employment.
Section 5.04      DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH . Upon the death of the Participant, the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be paid in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9), including the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, Section 5.10, and this Section 5.04.
A.
Distribution Beginning Before Death . If the Participant’s death occurs after payment of the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance has commenced, the Plan Administrator shall complete payment of the remaining Account balance at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution used prior to the Participant’s death.
B.
Distribution Beginning After Death of Employee . If the Participant’s death occurs before distribution of his Account has commenced, the distribution of the Participant’s entire Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Section 5.08 and the method of payment selected by the Participant prior to his death. If no method of payment was selected by the Participant, the Beneficiary shall select the method of payment.
Notwithstanding the above, except as otherwise set forth in an Appendix hereto, the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be distributed in a lump sum distribution to the Participant’s Beneficiary as soon as administratively practicable after notification of the Participant’s death. However, if the Participant's Nonforfeitable Account balance at the time of distribution exceeds $5,000, the Account shall not be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary prior to the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the date the Participant would have attained age 62 without the written consent of the Beneficiary if the Beneficiary is the Participant’s surviving Spouse. If the Beneficiary is not the Participant’s surviving Spouse, the Beneficiary must elect to have distribution of the entire amount payable completed on or before the last day of the calendar year that contains the fifth anniversary of the date of the Participant’s death.
In the case of a Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007, while performing Qualified Military Service, the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of Qualified Military Service as provided by Code Section 414(u)) that are provided under the Plan assuming the Participant resumed employment with the Employer and then experienced a Severance from Employment on account of death. However, the foregoing shall not provide any additional benefit accruals, and the deemed resumption of employment of the Participant shall be applied only to determine the eligibility of a Beneficiary for any pre-retirement death benefits, and only to the extent required by published guidance, as incorporated herein.
C.
Nonforfeitable Account Balance . For purposes of this Section 5.04, the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance at Severance from Employment shall include all amounts credited to the Participant’s Account for the Plan Year in which the Severance from Employment occurs even where such contributions are not yet allocated to the Participant’s Account, provided such amounts are vested.
Section 5.05      DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY . A Participant may, from time to time, designate in writing a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, contingently or successively, to whom his Nonforfeitable Account shall be paid in the event of his death. A Participant’s Beneficiary designation shall not be valid unless the Participant’s Spouse consents (in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 417) to the Beneficiary designation or to any change in the Beneficiary designation. A Participant’s Beneficiary designation does not require spousal consent if the Participant’s Spouse is the Participant’s designated Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator shall prescribe the form for the written designation of Beneficiary and, upon the Participant's filing the form with the Plan Administrator and the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the form prior to the Participant’s death, the Participant shall effectively revoke all designations filed prior to that date by the same Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may designate a Beneficiary through the use of any alternative media as provided in Section 9.14 of the Plan. If more than one person is designated as a Beneficiary, each shall have an equal share unless the designation directs otherwise. Any designation, change or revocation by a Participant shall be effective only if it is received by the Plan Administrator before the death of such Participant.
The termination of a Participant’s marriage shall not automatically result in a revocation or change of the Participant’s Beneficiary designation. Further, no provision in any court order, judgment, decree, or similar document shall be effective to revoke or change a Participant’s Beneficiary designation, except to the extent that such order, judgment or decree is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order that must be honored by the Plan. A Participant’s Beneficiary designation may be changed only by the Participant making a new Beneficiary designation in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator. Any new Beneficiary designation, change or revocation by a Participant shall be effective only if it is received by the Plan Administrator before the Participant’s death.
Section 5.06      FAILURE OF BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION . If a Participant fails to name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 5.05 of the Plan, or if the Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him, then the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a single lump sum to the Participant’s surviving Spouse, if any, and if there is no surviving Spouse, to the Participant's estate.
If the Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before complete distribution of the Participant’s Account, the remaining portion of the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a lump sum to any contingent Beneficiaries named by the Participant or, if there are none, to the legal representative of the estate of such deceased Beneficiary. The Administrator shall determine the method and to whom payment shall be made under this Section 5.06.
Section 5.07      OTHER RULES GOVERNING THE TIME OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS .
A.
Minimum Legal Distribution Requirements . Unless the Participant elects otherwise in writing, distribution of a Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be made not later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the later of the following events occurs:
1.
The date the Participant reaches his Normal Retirement Date;
2.
The tenth anniversary of the date on which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
3.
The date of the Participant’s Severance from Employment with the Employer.
Notwithstanding the above, except as provided in Sections 5.03.A. or B. and 5.10, a Participant must file a claim for benefits before payment of his Nonforfeitable Account balance will commence. In no event shall distributions commence nor shall the Participant elect to have distributions commence later than his Required Beginning Date. Furthermore, once distributions have begun to a Five-percent Owner, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a Five-percent Owner in a subsequent year.
B.
In no event shall payment commence later than the time prescribed by this Article V or in a form not permitted under Article V. The Plan Administrator shall make its determinations under this Article V in a nondiscriminatory, consistent and uniform manner. If the Plan Administrator directs payment to commence to the Participant under this Article V, it shall provide the Participant (and, if applicable, the Participant's Spouse) with the appropriate form to consent to the distribution direction, if required.
Section 5.08      FORM OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS . Except as otherwise provided in an Appendix hereto, a Participant shall receive payment of his Nonforfeitable Account balance in a single lump sum.
A.
The portion of a Participant’s Account invested in an investment other than Stock or ESOP Stock shall be distributed in a single lump sum cash payment.
B.
Amounts invested in Stock and ESOP Stock shall be distributed as follows:
4.
If the value of a Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account (including amounts not invested in Stock and/or ESOP Stock) is $5,000 or less, and the Participant does not elect, pursuant to a procedure established by the Plan Administrator, to receive a distribution in Stock, such distribution shall be made in cash in accordance with Section 5.03.; and
5.
If the value of a Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account (including amounts not invested in Stock and/or ESOP Stock) is more than $5,000, distribution shall be made in either Stock or cash, as elected by the distributee pursuant to a procedure established by the Plan Administrator.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to elect a distribution in the form of Stock shall not apply to the portion of the Participant’s Account that he has elected to diversify pursuant to Section 9.08.
C.
If a distributee elects to receive a distribution in cash, the Trustee shall:
1.
Buy for the Plan the distributee’s shares of Stock at the fair market value on the date they are to be delivered;
2.
Sell such shares on a national securities exchange, or, if the shares are not listed on such an exchange, the over-the-counter market; or
3.
Provide for the liquidation of the distributee’s shares using a combination of Sections 5.08.C.1 and 5.08.C.2.
D.
Before any distribution is made from a Participant’s Account pursuant to this Article V, any fractional share of Stock allocated to that Account shall be converted to cash on the basis of its pro rata share of the price of a whole share of Stock on the date of distribution.
E.
Any shares of Stock distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions on their subsequent transfer as shall be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws and may bear appropriate legends evidencing such restrictions.
Section 5.09      OPTION TO HAVE COMPANY PURCHASE ESOP STOCK . Any Participant who receives ESOP Stock pursuant to Section 5.08.B., and any person who has received ESOP Stock from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, shall have the right to require the Company to purchase the ESOP Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put option”). The put option shall only apply if the Stock is not publicly traded when the ESOP Stock is distributed or if, when the ESOP Stock is distributed, it is subject to a restriction under federal or state securities laws or regulations or an agreement affecting the ESOP Stock that would make the ESOP Stock not as freely tradable as a security not subject to such restriction. The put option shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the 15 months after the ESOP Stock is distributed by the Plan. If the put option is exercised, the Trustee may, in the Trustee’s sole discretion, assume the Company’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the ESOP Stock. The Company, or the Trustee if applicable, may elect to pay for the ESOP Stock in equal periodic installments (not less frequent than annually) over a period not longer than five years from the date the put option is exercised, with interest at a reasonable rate, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with usual business terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default. With the seller’s consent, the installment period may be extended to the earlier of 10 years from the exercise of the put option or the date on which the ESOP Loans related to the ESOP Stock have been satisfied, if that is longer than five years, provided the purchaser furnishes adequate security in addition to the purchaser’s promissory note. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate the Company to register any ESOP Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create a public market to facilitate transferability of ESOP Stock. The put option herein described may only be exercised by a person described in the first sentence of this Section 5.09 and may not be transferred either separately or together with any ESOP Stock to any other person. The put option shall continue in effect to the extent provided herein in the event that the Plan ceases to have a qualified employee stock ownership plan feature.
Section 5.10      MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS . The Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be distributed, as of the Required Beginning Date, in accordance with the minimum distribution requirements established by Code Section 401(a)(9) and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.
A.
Definitions . For purposes of this Section 5.10, the following definitions shall apply:
4.
Designated Beneficiary ” is the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Plan Section 1.07 and is the Designated Beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4.
5.
Distribution Calendar Year ” is a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participant's Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which the distributions are required to begin under Section 5.10.B.2. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.
6.
Life Expectancy ” is a beneficiary’s life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9.
7.
RMD Account Balance ” is the Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (the “ Valuation Calendar Year ”) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account as of dates in the Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date. The Account balance for the Valuation Calendar Year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the Valuation Calendar Year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the Valuation Calendar Year.
8.
Special Election ” is a provision of the Plan included in this Section which supersedes the general presumptions set forth in Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. To the extent that this Section does not include any provisions for Special Elections, the default provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9), as set forth below shall apply.
B.
Time and Manner of Distribution . Subject to any Special Election set forth in this Section 5.10, the following rules shall apply:
6.
Required Beginning Date . The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant's Required Beginning Date.
7.
Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin . If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(a)
If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then, except as provided herein, distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½, if later.
(b)
If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then, except as provided herein, distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
(c)
If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(d)
If the Participant's surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this Section 5.10.C, other than Section 5.10.C.2.(a), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.
For purposes of this Section 5.10.B.2. and Sections 5.10.E., unless subsection (d) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If subsection (d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subsection (a), above. If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant's Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant's surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subsection (a)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
8.
Forms of Distribution . Unless all or part of a Participant’s Account is payable in the form of an annuity under the terms of the Plan, including an Appendix hereto, a Participant’s interest shall be distributed in the form of a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, which shall satisfy and be in accordance with Sections 5.10.C. and 5.06.D. herein. If all or part of a Participant’s Account is payable in the form of an annuity under the terms of the Plan, including an Appendix hereto, unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 5.10.C. and 5.10.D. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations..
C.
Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime . Subject to any Special Election set forth in this Section 5.10, unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date in accordance with Section 5.10.B.3., the following rules shall apply:
1.
Amount of Required Minimum Distributions for Each Distribution Calendar Year . During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:
(a)
The quotient obtained by dividing the RMD Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant's age as of the Participant's birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or
(b)
If the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant's Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the RMD Account Balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and the Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse's birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.
2.
Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death . Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
D.
Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death . Subject to any Special Election set forth in this Section 5.10, unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date in accordance with Section 5.10.B.3., the following rules shall apply:
1.
Death On or After Date Distributions Begin .
(a)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the remaining amount in the Participant’s Account, if any, shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution used prior to the Participant’s death. The minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the RMD Account Balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant's Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:
(i)
The Participant's remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(ii)
If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant's sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
(iii)
If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(b)
No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death or the Designated Beneficiary cannot be located, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the RMD Account Balance by the Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
2.
Death Before Date Distributions Begin .
(c)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . Except as provided herein, if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s RMD Account Balance by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Subsection 5.10.E.1.
(d)
No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(e)
Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse are Required to Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Section 5.10.C.2.(a), this Section will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.
E.
General Rules .
3.
Precedence . If any payment under the terms of the Plan would violate the requirements of this Section 5.10, this Section 5.10 will supersede such contrary provisions of the Plan.
4.
Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this Section 5.10 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).
5.
TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.10, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to TEFRA Section 242(b)(2).
F.
Special Election: Application of the 5-Year Rule to Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries . If the Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, distribution to the Designated Beneficiary is not required to begin by the date specified in Plan Section 5.10.C.2., but the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving Spouse begin, this paragraph will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. This paragraph shall apply to all distributions.
G.
Special Rules for 2009 Required Minimum Distributions . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.10 of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant or Beneficiary who had reached his Required Beginning Date on or before December 31, 2008, and who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years, will receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary elects not to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to stop receiving the distributions described in the preceding sentence.
A Participant or Beneficiary who reached his Required Beginning Date on or between January 1, 2009 and December 31, 2009 and who would have been required to receive 2009 RMDs, and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years, will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence.
Section 5.11      DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRUSTEE-TO-TRUSTEE TRANSFER FROM THE INMED CORPORATION EMPLOYEE SAVINGS/RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any amounts attributable to amounts transferred from the Inmed Corporation Employee Savings/Retirement Income Plan to this Plan on or after September 1, 1990 shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Inmed Corporation Employee Savings/Retirement Income Plan as in effect on such date, as set forth in Appendix A, attached hereto and made a part hereof, but only to the extent the distribution provisions of that plan are inconsistent with the distribution provisions of this Plan.
Section 5.12      DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRUSTEE-TO-TRUSTEE TRANSFER FROM THE MATTATUCK MANUFACTURING CO. & UAW LOCAL #1251 MONEY PURCHASE PLAN . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, amounts attributable to amounts transferred from the Mattatuck Manufacturing Co. & UAW Local #1251 Money Purchase Plan to this Plan shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Mattatuck Manufacturing Co. & UAW Local #1251 Money Purchase Plan as in effect on such date and as set forth in Appendix B, attached hereto and made a part hereof, but only to the extent the distribution provisions of that plan are inconsistent with the distribution provisions of this Plan.
Section 5.13      DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRUSTEE-TO-TRUSTEE TRANSFER FROM THE HUDSON RESPIRATORY CARE, INC. PROFIT SHARING PLAN . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any amounts attributable to amounts transferred from the Hudson Respiratory Care, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan to this Plan on July 3, 2006 shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Hudson Respiratory Care, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan as in effect on such date, as set forth in Appendix H, attached hereto and made a part hereof, but only to the extent the distribution provisions of that plan are inconsistent with the distribution provisions of this Plan.
Section 5.14      SPECIAL RULES FOR TRANSFER ACCOUNTS . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article V to the contrary, with respect to any Participant who has a Transfer Account consisting in whole or in part of Transfer Contributions which, by operation of relevant law and regulation (including, but not limited to, ERISA and the Code), must be distributed or made available under the same terms and conditions under which amounts held thereunder were previously held (prior to their becoming Transfer Contributions) to the extent that such terms and conditions must be preserved in order to comply with Code Section 411(d)(6), the Plan Administrator shall, upon the written request of the Participant (in the case of optional forms of benefit), cause the Trustee to distribute or make available such Transfer Contributions at such times and in such manner as may be so required.
Section 5.15      DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Trustee from complying with the provisions of a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)). This Plan specifically permits distribution to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order at any time, irrespective of whether the Participant has attained his earliest retirement age (as defined under Code Section 414(p)) under the Plan. A distribution to an alternate payee prior to the Participant's attainment of the earliest retirement age is available only if the order specifies distribution at that time or permits an agreement between the Plan and the alternate payee to authorize such an earlier distribution. In addition, if the value of the alternate payee's benefits under the Plan exceeds $5,000 and the order requires, the alternate payee must consent to any distribution occurring prior to the Participant's attainment of the earliest retirement age. Nothing in this Section gives a Participant the right to receive a distribution at a time not permitted under the Plan, nor does this Section 5.15 give the alternate payee the right to receive a form of payment not permitted under the Plan.
The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator promptly shall notify the Participant and any alternate payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the Plan's procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall determine the qualified status of the order and shall notify the Participant and each alternate payee, in writing, of its determination. The Plan Administrator shall provide notice under this paragraph by mailing to the individual's address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Labor Regulations.
If any portion of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Account balance is payable during the period the Plan Administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, the Trustee shall segregate the amounts payable in a separate account and invest the segregated account solely in fixed income investments or maintain a separate bookkeeping account of said amounts. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of the first date on which payments were due under the terms of the order, the Trustee shall distribute the separate account in accordance with the order. If the Plan Administrator does not make its determination of the qualified status of the order within the above-described 18-month period, the Trustee shall distribute the segregated account in the manner the Plan would distribute it if the order did not exist, and shall apply the order prospectively if the Plan Administrator later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.
To the extent it is not inconsistent with the provisions of the qualified domestic relations order, the Trustee shall invest any partitioned amount in a segregated subaccount or separate account and invest the account in the money market investment option or in other fixed income investments. A segregated subaccount shall remain a part of the Trust, but it alone shall share in any income it earns, and it alone shall bear any expense or loss it incurs.
The Trustee shall make any payment or distributions required under this Section by separate benefit checks or other separate distribution to the alternate payee(s).
Section 5.16      LOST PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY . If the Participant or Beneficiary to whom benefits are to be distributed cannot be located, the Benefits Group shall make reasonable efforts to find such individual(s), such as (A) the sending of notification by certified or registered mail to his/her last known address, (B) contacting other designated Beneficiaries, or (C) using a letter-forwarding service. If, after reasonable effort, the Benefits Group is still unable to locate such Participant or Beneficiary, the Participant’s Account shall be forfeited as allowed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(a)-4(b)(6). The amount of the forfeiture shall reduce Matching Contributions under Section 3.05 of the Plan and/or Profit Sharing Contributions under Section 3.07, as elected by the Employer. However, any such forfeited Account will be reinstated and become payable if a claim is made by the Participant or Beneficiary for such Account. The Benefits Group shall prescribe uniform and non-discriminatory rules for carrying out this provision.
Section 5.17      FACILITY OF PAYMENT . If the Plan Administrator deems any person entitled to receive any amount under the provisions of this Plan to be incapable of receiving or disbursing the same by reason of minority, illness or infirmity, mental incompetency, or incapacity of any kind, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, take any one or more of the following actions:
A.
Apply such amount directly for the comfort, support and maintenance of such person;
B.
Reimburse any person for any such support theretofore supplied to the person entitled to receive any such payment; and
C.
Pay such amount to any person selected by the Plan Administrator to disburse it for such comfort, support and maintenance, including without limitation, any relative who has undertaken, wholly or partially, the expense of such person's comfort, care and maintenance, or any institution in whose care or custody the person entitled to the amount may be. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, deposit any amount due to a minor to his credit in any savings or commercial bank of the Plan Administrator’s choice.
Receipt by any above-described individual or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit or installment thereof. Deposit to the credit of a Participant, Spouse or other Beneficiary (including a minor) in any bank or trust company shall be deemed payment into such person’s hands.
Section 5.18      NO DISTRIBUTION PRIOR TO SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT, DEATH OR DISABILITY . Except as provided below, Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions, Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Non-elective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions, and income allocable to each, are not distributable to a Participant or his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, in accordance with such Participant’s or Beneficiary’s election, earlier than upon Severance from Employment, death or Disability.
Such amounts may also be distributed upon:
A. Termination of the Plan without the establishment or maintenance of another defined contribution plan, as defined in the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.
A.      The hardship of the Participant, as described in Section 6.01 herein.
B.      The attainment by the Participant of age 59½, as described in Section 6.03 herein.
C.      Effective January 1, 2009, as required by Code Section 414(u), as amended by the HEART Act, with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-up Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, pursuant to Code Section 414(u)(12)(B), a Participant in Qualified Military Service, while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days, shall be treated as having incurred a Severance from Employment for purposes of eligibility to receive a distribution from his Account attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-up Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions during any period the Participant is performing services in the uniformed services while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days. However, if a Participant obtains a distribution according to the foregoing provision, such Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-up Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions to this Plan shall be suspended for six months following the date of distribution.
D.      Effective January 1, 2010, with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-up Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, a Participant who is a Qualified Reservist (by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in Section 101 of Title 37 of the United States Code)) who was ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period is eligible for a Qualified Reservist Distribution, as described in Section 6.08 of the Plan.
All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of the foregoing distributable events are subject to the spousal and Participant consent requirements (if applicable) contained in Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. In addition, with respect to a distribution to a Participant on account of an event described in subsection A, above, such distribution shall be paid in the form of a lump sum (as defined in Code Section 402(d)(4), without regard to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of subparagraph (A), subparagraph (B), or subparagraph (F) thereof).
Section 5.19      DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS TRANSFERRED FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional form of benefit under the Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee’s retirement, death, Disability, or Severance from Employment, and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 414(l), to the Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to after-tax contributions). The conversion of a plan from a money purchase pension plan to a profit sharing plan shall be treated as a transfer subject to Code Section 414(l) for the purpose of this Section.
Section 5.20      WRITTEN INSTRUCTION NOT REQUIRED . Any elections made or distributions processed under this Article V may be accomplished through telephonic, electronic or similar instructions in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator, to the extent they are consistent with the requirements of the Code, Treasury Regulations, and ERISA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, except to the extent otherwise permitted in applicable Treasury Regulations, spousal consents and waivers, to the extent required or permitted hereunder, may only be granted in writing.
ARTICLE VI.     
WITHDRAWALS, DIRECT ROLLOVERS AND WITHHOLDING, LOANS
Section 6.01      HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS . Upon the application of any Participant or Other Designee, the Plan Administrator, in accordance with a uniform, nondiscriminatory policy, may permit such Participant or Other Designee to withdraw all or a portion of the vested amounts then credited to his Elective Deferral Contribution Account and Catch-Up Contribution Account (excluding trust earnings credited thereto after December 31, 1988) if the withdrawal is necessary due to the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant.
A.
Only distributions made pursuant to conditions arising under the following circumstances shall be conclusively considered to be made on account of immediate and heavy financial need:
3.
Alleviating extraordinary financial hardship arising from deductible medical expenses (within the meaning of Code Section 213(d) determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income) previously incurred by the Participant or his Spouse, children or other dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 and without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) or the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, necessary for those persons to obtain medical care described in Code Section 213(d) and not reimbursed or reimbursable by insurance;
4.
Purchasing real property (excluding mortgage payments) that is to serve as the principal residence of the Participant;
5.
Expenditures necessary to prevent eviction from the Participant's principal residence or foreclosure of a mortgage on the same;
6.
Financing the tuition and related educational fees for up to the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his Spouse, his children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 and without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) or the Participant’s designated Beneficiary;
7.
Paying funeral or burial expenses incurred due to the death of the Participant’s parent, Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)), or the Participant’s designated Beneficiary;
8.
Repairing the damage to a Participant’s principal residence where such expenses would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (without regard to the 10% adjusted gross income limitation); or
9.
Any other reason deemed to be an immediate and heavy financial need by the Secretary of the Treasury.
B.
A distribution will be considered to be necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if:
1.
The Participant has obtained all distributions other than hardship distributions (including distribution of ESOP dividends under Code Section 414(k)), and all nontaxable loans, currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer (including all qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation and a cash or deferred arrangement that is part of a cafeteria plan under Code Section 125, but excluding mandatory employee contribution portions of a defined benefit plan or health and welfare plan);
2.
A Participant who receives a hardship distribution shall be prohibited from making Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-up Contributions or other Participant contributions, if applicable, under this and all other plans of the Employer (including any stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or arrangement) for six months after receipt of the distribution (which this Plan hereby so provides);
3.
The distribution is not in excess of the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need, including any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution; and
4.
The need cannot be satisfied through reimbursement, compensation by insurance, liquidation of the Participant’s assets, or the cessation of Elective Deferral Contributions.
If a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions are suspended pursuant to Section 6.01.B.2., at the end of the six month suspension period the Plan Administrator must either reinstate the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contribution election that was in effect immediately prior to the Participant’s receipt of the hardship distribution, if applicable, or begin to make automatic Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan on behalf of the Participant in accordance with Section 3.02.C. of the Plan.
C.
A Participant making an application under this Section 6.01 shall have the burden of presenting to the Plan Administrator evidence of such need, and the Plan Administrator shall not permit withdrawal under this Section without first receiving such evidence. Spousal consent for a hardship distribution under this Section 6.01 is not required. If a Participant’s application for a hardship withdrawal is approved, the Trustee shall make payment of the approved amount of the hardship withdrawal to the Participant.
D.
Payment of a withdrawal requested under this Section 6.01 shall be made within an administratively reasonable period of time after the Plan Administrator determines that the withdrawal request satisfies the requirements of this Section 6.01. Withdrawals shall be made on a pro-rata basis if a Participant elects to make a withdrawal from more than one sub-account in his Account. A Participant may specify the Investment Fund or Funds from which the withdrawal shall be made. If the Participant does not make an Investment Fund election under this Section 6.01, the withdrawal shall be made on a pro-rata basis from all of the applicable Investment Funds.
Section 6.02      SPECIAL WITHDRAWAL RULES APPLICABLE TO AFTER-TAX AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS . A Participant shall be entitled to withdraw any portion of the amounts credited to his After-tax Contribution Account and his Rollover Contribution Account, if any, in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator. Payment of a withdrawal requested under this Section 6.02 shall be made within an administratively reasonable period of time after the withdrawal request is received by the Plan Administrator. Withdrawals shall be made on a pro-rata basis if a Participant elects to make a withdrawal from more than one sub-account in his Account. A Participant may specify the Investment Fund or Funds from which the withdrawal shall be made. If the Participant does not make an Investment Fund election under this Section 6.02, the withdrawal shall be made on a pro-rata basis from all of the applicable Investment Funds.
Section 6.03      WITHDRAWALS UPON ATTAINMENT OF AGE 59½ . A Participant who is an Employee and has attained age 59½ may elect to withdrawal any portion of his Nonforfeitable Account in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator. Payment of a withdrawal requested under this Section 6.03 shall be made within an administratively reasonable period of time after the withdrawal request is received by the Plan Administrator. Withdrawals shall be made on a pro-rata basis if a Participant elects to make a withdrawal from more than one sub-account in his Account. A Participant may specify the Investment Fund or Funds from which the withdrawal shall be made. If the Participant does not make an Investment Fund election under this Section 6.03, the withdrawal shall be made on a pro-rata basis from all of the applicable Investment Funds.
Section 6.04      DISTRIBUTION/REINVESTMENT ELECTIONS . Cash dividends that are payable on shares of Stock held in the portion of a Participant's or Beneficiary's Account that is invested in the ESOP Stock Fund, shall, at the election of the Participant or the Beneficiary, be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary or paid to the Plan and reinvested in Stock. Cash dividends that are paid to Participants and Beneficiaries pursuant to an election hereunder shall be paid, at the discretion of the Committee, directly by the Company in cash to such Participants and Beneficiaries, or paid to the Plan and distributed to Participants and Beneficiaries not later than 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which paid to the Plan. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine the scope, manner and timing of such elections, dividend distributions and reinvestments in any manner consistent with Section 404(k) of the Code.
Section 6.05      DIRECT ROLLOVER AND WITHHOLDING RULES .
A.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. The Plan Administrator may establish rules and procedures governing the processing of Direct Rollovers and limiting the amount or number of such Direct Rollovers in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations. Distributions not transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan in a Direct Rollover shall be subject to income tax withholding as provided under the Code and applicable state and local laws, if any.
B.
Definitions .
4.
Eligible Rollover Distribution .” An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (a) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years of more; (b) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); (c) any hardship distribution received after December 31, 1998; (d) any loan that is treated as a distribution under Code Section 72(p) and not excepted by Code Section 72(p)(2), or a loan in default that is a deemed distribution; and (e) any corrective distribution under Appendix F of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any portion of a distribution that consists of After-Tax Contributions which are not includible in gross income may be transferred only to: (1) an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Sections 408(a) or (b); or (2) a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a) (through a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred (and any related earnings), including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible. In addition, the portion of any distribution that consists of After-Tax Contributions which are not includible in gross income may be transferred (in a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer) to a qualified defined benefit plan or a Code Section 403(b) tax-sheltered annuity that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred (and the earnings thereon), including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
5.
Eligible Retirement Plan .” An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, and which accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. This definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). An Eligible Retirement Plan also includes a Roth individual retirement arrangement within the meaning of Code Section 408A which accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution.
6.
Distributee .” A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving Spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. A Distributee also includes the Participant’s non-Spouse Beneficiary.
7.
Direct Rollover .” A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee. In the case of a non-Spouse Beneficiary, a Direct Rollover may be made only to an IRA that is established on behalf of the designated Beneficiary and that will be treated as an inherited IRA pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 402(c)(1). Also, in this case, the determination of any minimum required distribution under Code Section 401(a)(9) that is ineligible for rollover shall be made in accordance with Notice 2007-7, Q&A-17 and 18.
C.
In Kind Rollovers of Loans . If a Participant has a Severance from Employment as a result of a divestiture of his Employer from the Company and the Participant's Employer no longer maintains the Plan, the Participant shall be eligible to elect a distribution of his Nonforfeitable Account balance. Provided that such Participant elects to make a direct rollover of the full amount of his Nonforfeitable Account balance to another tax-qualified retirement plan that permits participant loans, any outstanding loans of the Participant may be rolled over in kind to any other tax-qualified retirement plan that will accept such rollover of loans in kind.
Section 6.06      LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS . Loans may be granted to any Participant who is an Employee (except an Employee on an unpaid leave of absence) in accordance with applicable rules under the Code and ERISA, the Loan Policy set forth in Appendix I to the Plan, as amended from time to time, and the provisions of this Section 6.06.
C.
General Rules . The Loan Policy set forth in Appendix I to the Plan, as amended from time to time, sets forth the procedures a Participant must follow to request a loan from his Nonforfeitable Account balance under the Plan. Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis.
D.
Interest . The interest rate applicable to a Participant loan shall be determined in accordance with the Loan Policy set forth in Appendix I to the Plan, as amended from time to time. Notwithstanding any provision in the Loan Policy to the contrary, if necessary, the Plan Administrator will reduce the interest rate of an outstanding Participant loan to 6% during a period of Qualified Military Service, to the extent required by the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940.
E.
Direct Rollovers of Outstanding Loans . In the event of a corporate transaction, the Plan Administrator shall have the authority to cause the Plan to accept the transfer of outstanding loans.
F.
Spousal Consent . Participants are not required to obtain spousal consent at the time the loan is made, except as that a married Participant whose Account is subject to the provisions of Appendix B to the Plan or Appendix H (Hudson Respiratory Care, Inc. Profit Sharing Special Amendment) to the Plan must obtain his Spouse’s consent at the time the loan is made from the portion of his Account subject to the provisions of Appendix B or Appendix H, respectively. Such consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. A new consent is required if the Account balance is used for any increase in the amount of security.
G.
Nondiscrimination . Loans will not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Employees.
Section 6.07      SPECIAL WITHDRAWAL RULES APPLICABLE TO TRANSFER ACCOUNTS . Notwithstanding any other Plan provision to the contrary, if the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) requires distribution to be made (or offered) with respect to any or all amounts held on behalf of a Participant with respect to a predecessor or transferor plan, as a condition of preserving the tax-qualified status of this Plan or of said predecessor or transferor plan, or if a court of competent jurisdiction issues an order or decree in respect of the Plan or its fiduciaries which is determined under relevant federal law to be enforceable, and which compels the distribution of a Participant's Plan interest, the Plan Administrator will be entitled to direct the prompt distribution (or offer of distribution) of such amounts.
Section 6.08      QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTIONS . Any Participant who is a Qualified Reservist may withdraw the portion of his Account balance attributable to his own Elective Deferral Contributions regardless of age or employment status to the extent that such distribution is a Qualified Reservist Distribution. For purposes of this Section 6.08, a “Qualified Reservist Distribution ” is:
A.
A distribution of Elective Deferral Contributions;
B.
Made to a Participant who is a Qualified Reservist who (by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in Section 101 of Title 37 of the United States Code) was ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period; and
C.
Made during the period beginning on the date of such order or call and ending at the close of the active duty period.
For purposes of this Section 6.08, a “ Qualified Reservist ” is an individual who is a reservist or national guardsman (as defined in 37 U.S.C. Section 101(24)) ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001.
The following special rules apply to a Qualified Reservist Distribution:
D.
Exception from the 10% Excise Tax for Early Withdrawals . A Qualified Reservist Distribution shall be exempt from the 10% excise tax under Code Section 72(t) for early withdrawals.
E.
Qualified Reservist Distributions May Be Contributed to an IRA . The Participant who receives a Qualified Reservist Distribution may, at any time during the two-year period beginning on the day after the end of the active duty period, make one or more contributions to an individual retirement account of such individual in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such Qualified Reservist Distribution. The dollar limitations otherwise applicable to contributions to individual retirement accounts shall not apply to any contribution made pursuant to the preceding sentence; provided, however, that no deduction shall be allowed for any such contribution. In no event shall the Participant be permitted to re-contribute a Qualified Reservist Distribution to this Plan.

ARTICLE VII.     
VOTING AND TENDER OF STOCK AND ESOP STOCK
Section 7.01      VOTING OF STOCK AND ESOP STOCK . Except as provided in Section 7.04.A., the Trustee shall vote all shares of both Stock and ESOP Stock, including fractional shares, allocated to a Participant’s Account in the manner directed by the Participant to whose Account those shares are allocated, and vote all of the shares of ESOP Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account and any suspense account at the direction of the Committee.
Section 7.02      TENDER OF STOCK AND ESOP STOCK . In the event any person or entity makes a tender offer for, or a request or invitation for tenders of Stock or ESOP Stock, the Trustee shall, except as provided in Section 7.04.B. tender or not tender all of the shares of Stock and ESOP Stock, including fractional shares, allocated to a Participant's Account in the manner directed by the Participant to whose Account those shares are allocated. The Trustee shall tender or not tender all of the shares of ESOP Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account and any suspense account at the direction of the Committee.
Section 7.03      PROCEDURES FOR VOTING AND TENDER . The Committee shall establish and maintain procedures by which Participants shall be timely notified of their right to direct the voting and tender of Stock and ESOP Stock allocated to their Accounts and the manner in which any such directions are to be conveyed to the Trustee, and given information relevant to making such decision.
Section 7.04      FAILURE BY PARTICIPANT TO VOTE OR DETERMINE TENDER .
D.
Failure by Participant to Vote . If a Participant fails to direct the voting or shares of Stock or ESOP Stock allocated to his Account, the Trustee shall vote such shares of Stock or ESOP Stock pro rata in proportion to the shares for which the Trustee has received Participant direction.
E.
Failure by Participant to Determine Tender . If a Participant fails to direct the Trustee as to whether or not to tender shares of Stock or ESOP Stock allocated to such Participant's Account the Trustee shall not tender such Stock and ESOP Stock allocated to such Participant’s Account.

ARTICLE VIII.     
EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
Section 8.01      ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST . The Company or the Committee shall execute a Trust Agreement with one or more persons or parties who shall serve as the Trustee. The Trustee so selected shall serve as the Trustee until otherwise replaced or said Trust Agreement is terminated. The Company or the Committee may, from time to time, enter into such further agreements with the Trustee or other parties and make such amendments to said Trust Agreement as it may deem necessary or desirable to carry out this Plan. Any and all rights or benefits that may accrue to a person under this Plan shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.
Section 8.02      INFORMATION TO COMMITTEE, PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND BENEFITS GROUP . Each Employer shall supply current information to the Benefits Group as to the name, date of birth, date of employment, annual compensation, leaves of absence, Years of Service, and date of Severance from Employment of each Employee who is, or who will be eligible to become, a Participant under the Plan, together with any other information that the Benefits Group considers necessary. The Employer’s records as to the current information that the Employer furnishes to the Benefits Group shall be conclusive as to all persons. Similarly, each Employer shall supply such information to the Committee or the Plan Administrator.
Section 8.03      NO LIABILITY . The Company assumes no obligation or responsibility to any of its Employees, Participants or Beneficiaries for any act of, or failure to act, on the part of any Committee, Plan Administrator, or the Trustee.
Section 8.04      INDEMNITY OF COMMITTEE, PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND BENEFITS GROUP . Each Employer indemnifies and saves harmless the members of each Committee, the Plan Administrator, the Benefits Group, any committee of the Board and each of them individually, from and against any and all loss (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of defense) resulting from liability to which any such Committee, Plan Administrator, Benefits Group or the members of a committee, may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct (except willful misconduct or gross negligence) in their official capacities in the administration of the Trust or this Plan or both, including all expenses reasonably incurred in their defense, in case the Employer fails to provide such defense. The indemnification provisions of this Section 8.04 shall not relieve any members of the Committee, Plan Administrator or Benefits Group from any liability he or it may have under ERISA for breach of a fiduciary duty to the extent such indemnification is prohibited by ERISA. Furthermore, the Committee, Plan Administrator, Benefits Group and the Employer may execute a letter agreement further delineating the indemnification agreement of this Section 8.04, provided the letter agreement must be consistent with and shall not violate ERISA.
Section 8.05      INVESTMENT FUNDS . The Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall establish certain investment funds (the “ Investment Funds ”), rules governing the administration of the Investment Funds, and procedures for directing the investment of Participant Accounts among the Investment Funds. The Investment Funds are set forth in Appendix C, as it may be amended from time to time. The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the principal and income of each Account in the Trust Fund as required by ERISA and as directed by Participants. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall select a “default” Investment Fund. If a Participant fails to direct the investment of his Account among the Investment Funds, or any investment election is incomplete, the Participant will be deemed to have elected to have his Account invested in the default Investment Fund until effective investment directions are received from the Participant. Further, unless and until a Participant directs the investment of his Account among the Investment Funds, Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.02.C. shall be invested in the default Investment Fund. The default Investment Fund will satisfy the requirements of the regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Labor under Section 404(c)(5) of ERISA. The Plan Administrator, Committee and Employer reserve the right to change the investment options available under the Plan and the rules governing investment designations at any time and from time to time; provided, however, that there will always be a default Investment Fund that satisfies the requirements of the regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Labor under Section 404(c)(5) of ERISA.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee is specifically authorized to maintain the “ Employer Common Stock Fund ” as one of the Investment Funds available to Participants under the Plan. The Employer Common Stock Fund shall consist of Stock of the Company and cash or cash equivalents needed to meet obligations of such fund or for the purchase of Stock of the Company. One of the purposes of the Plan is to provide Participants with ownership interests in the Company through the purchase of common shares of the Company. To the extent practicable, all available assets of the Employer Common Stock Fund shall be used to purchase Stock, which shall be held by the Trustee and allocated to Participant Accounts until distribution in kind or sale for distribution of cash to Participants or Beneficiaries or until disposition is required to implement changes in investment designations. In addition to the Employer Common Stock Fund, all or any portion of the remaining Trust Fund may consist of Stock. The Trustee may acquire or dispose of Stock as necessary to implement Participant directions and may net transactions within the Trust Fund. In addition, when acquiring Stock, the Trustee may acquire Stock directly from the Company or on the open market as necessary to effect Participant directions. In either case, the price paid for such Stock shall not exceed the fair market value of the Stock. The fair market value of the Stock acquired directly from the Company shall mean the mean between the high and low bid and ask prices as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on the date of such transaction.
Each Investment Fund (other than the Employer Common Stock Fund) shall be established by the Trustee at the direction or with the concurrence of the Plan Administrator. Investment Funds may, as so determined, consist of preferred and common stocks, bonds, debentures, negotiable instruments and evidences of indebtedness of every kind and form, or in securities and units of participation issued by companies registered under the Investment Companies Act of 1940, master limited partnerships or real estate investment trusts, or in any common or collective fund established or maintained for the collective investment and reinvestment of assets of pension and profit sharing trusts that are exempt from federal income taxation under the Code, or any combination of the foregoing. The Trustee shall hold, manage, administer, invest, reinvest, account for and otherwise deal with the Trust Fund and each separate Investment Fund as provided in the Trust Agreement.
Anything in the Plan or Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall not sell, alienate, encumber, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or tender or withdraw, any Stock held by it under the Trust Agreement, except (A) as specifically provided for in the Plan or (B) in the case of a “ Tender Offer ” as directed in writing by a Participant (or Beneficiary, where applicable) on a form provided or approved by the Committee and delivered to the Trustee. For the purposes hereof, a Tender Offer shall mean any offer for, or request for or invitation for tenders of, or offer to purchase or acquire, any Stock that is directed generally to shareholders of the Employer or any transaction that may be defined as a Tender Offer under rules or regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. To the extent that any money or other property is received by the Trustee as a result of a tender of Stock not prohibited by the preceding sentence, such money or property shall be allocated to such other Investment Fund(s) as directed by the Participants in whose Account the Stock so tendered were held.
Section 8.06      EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN . The Employer Common Stock Fund is an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ ESOP ”) within the meaning of Code Section 4975(e). All dividends paid with respect to shares of Company Stock held in the Trust shall (i) be retained by the Trustee and added to the corpus of the Trust and the Employer Common Stock Fund, (ii) be paid in cash directly to Plan Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries, or (iii) be paid to the Trustee and distributed in cash to Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries not later than 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the dividend was paid. The Committee or Plan Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether dividends will be paid directly to Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries or will be paid to the Trustee for distribution within 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the dividend was paid. In the event of a distribution or payment of dividends to Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries, each Participant, Former Participant and Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall receive the dividends paid on the shares of Company Stock allocated to his Account in the Plan on the dividend record date. Each Participant, Former Participant and Beneficiary with an account in the ESOP portion of the Plan shall be permitted to elect whether to have the dividends allocable to the shares of Company Stock held in his Account payable in cash or deposited to his Account in the ESOP portion of the Plan and reinvested in shares of the Company's Stock. In the event a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary fails to make an election, dividends will be reinvested in the ESOP portion of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall establish procedures for the election to be offered to Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries that satisfy the following requirements:
F.
Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries must shall be given a reasonable opportunity in which to make the election before the dividends are paid or distributed to them;
G.
Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries shall be given a reasonable opportunity to change their elections at least annually; and
H.
If there is a change in the Plan terms governing the manner in which the dividends are paid or distributed, Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries shall be given a reasonable opportunity to make elections under the new Plan terms before the first dividends subject to such new Plan terms are paid or distributed.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant receives a hardship withdrawal under Section 6.01 of the Plan, such Participant must receive any dividends payable with respect to his interest in the ESOP portion of the Plan in cash. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.01 of the Plan, a Participant shall always be treated as fully vested in dividends payable with respect to his interest in the ESOP portion of the Plan without regard to whether or not such Participant is fully vested in his Account in the Plan and the shares of Company Stock allocable to the Participant's Account and on which such dividends are paid. The provisions of this Section 8.06 are intended to satisfy the requirements in Code Section 404(k)(2)(A)(iii) regarding the deductibility of dividends paid with respect to employer securities held by an employee stock ownership plan. Any modification or amendment of the Plan may be made retroactively, as necessary or appropriate, to meet any requirement of Code Section 404(k). The election provided under this Section is available only to the extent that the Company may deduct dividends paid with respect to employer securities held by the Employer Common Stock Fund under Code Section 404(k).

ARTICLE IX.     
PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
Section 9.01      PERSONAL DATA TO PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND BENEFITS GROUP . Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant must furnish to the Plan Administrator and/or Benefits Group such evidence, data or information as the Plan Administrator and/or Benefits Group considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The provisions of this Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the condition precedent that each Participant will furnish promptly full, true and complete evidence, data and information when requested by the Plan Administrator and/or Benefits Group, provided the Plan Administrator and/or Benefits Groups shall advise each Participant of the effect of his failure to comply with its request.
Section 9.02      ADDRESS FOR NOTIFICATION . Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall file with the Benefits Group, from time to time, in writing, or otherwise notify the Benefits Group (in accordance with its rules and procedures) of, his post office address and any change of post office address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant, or Beneficiary, at his last post office address filed with the Benefits Group, or as shown on the records of the Employer, shall bind the Participant, or Beneficiary, for all purposes of this Plan.
Section 9.03      ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION . Subject to Code Section 414(p) relating to qualified domestic relations orders, neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary shall anticipate, assign or alienate (either at law or in equity) any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee shall not recognize any such anticipation, assignment or alienation. Furthermore, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.
Section 9.04      NOTICE OF CHANGE IN TERMS . The Plan Administrator, within the time prescribed by ERISA and the applicable regulations, shall furnish all Participants and Beneficiaries a summary description of any material amendment to the Plan or notice of discontinuance of the Plan and all other information required by ERISA to be furnished without charge.
Section 9.05      PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT . The Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall establish rules governing the administration of Investment Funds and procedures for Participant direction of investment, including rules governing the timing, frequency and manner of making investment elections. Subject to the default Investment Fund requirement in Section 8.05, the Plan Administrator, Committee, and Company reserve the right to change the investment options available under the Plan and rules governing investment designations from time to time. Nothing in this or any other provision of the Plan shall require the Trustee, the Employer, the Committee, or the Plan Administrator to implement Participant investment directions or changes in such directions, or to establish any procedures, other than on an administratively practicable basis, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion.
Each Participant shall, in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, Committee and the Trustee, direct that his Account and contributions thereto attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions, Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, and Rollover Contributions, if any, be invested and reinvested in any one or more of the Investment Funds. The investment of any such monies shall be subject to such restrictions as the Plan Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, to be advisable or necessary under the circumstances. Moreover, in accordance with procedures established by the Trustee and agreed to by the Plan Administrator or Benefits Group, Participants may, when administratively practicable, be permitted to change their current and prospective investment designations through telephone, “on-line” or similar instructions to the Trustee or its authorized agent on a frequency established under such procedures, as in effect from time to time. The Investment Funds available Participants are listed in Appendix C, as the Plan Administrator may it amend from time to time.
The exercise of investment direction by a Participant will not cause the Participant to be a fiduciary solely by reason of such exercise, and neither the Trustee nor any other fiduciary of this Plan will be liable for any loss or any breach that results from the exercise of investment direction by the Participant. The investment designation procedures established under the Plan shall be and are intended to be in compliance with the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c) and the regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to direct the Trustee as to the investment of all or a portion of his Account among the Investment Funds available under the Plan, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be acting as a “named fiduciary” within the meaning of ERISA Section 403(a)(1); provided that, if by reason of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s exercise of independent control over the assets in his Account, a particular transaction satisfies the requirements for relief under ERISA Section 404(c), the Participant or Beneficiary shall not be deemed a fiduciary, named or otherwise, with respect to such transaction and no other person who is otherwise a fiduciary shall be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, that results from the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s exercise of independent control pursuant to such transaction.
In no event shall Participants be permitted to direct that any portion of their Accounts and/or any additional contributions be invested in the Employer Common Stock Fund until the Employer, the Plan, the Trustee and all other relevant parties have fully complied with such requirements, including, but not limited to, federal and state securities laws, as the Committee has determined to be applicable. The Committee may restrict the ability of any person covered under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other corporate insider of the Employer to direct the investment of his Account in the Employer Common Stock Fund. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the Committee, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee may, in their sole discretion in accordance with their delegated authority, and where the terms of any relevant investment contracts, regulated investment companies or pooled or group trusts so require, impose special terms, conditions and restrictions upon a Participant’s right to direct the investment in, or transfer into or out of, such contracts, companies or trusts, or the timing or terms applicable to such transaction.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to reasonable administrative procedures uniformly applied, Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan shall be permitted to change their investment direction both as to future contributions to the Plan, if any, and with respect to existing Account balances at any time. Accordingly, there are no restrictions on the rights of a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary to diversify any amounts credited to his Account within the Employer Common Stock Fund.
Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that the Trust is a part of any group trust (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Rulings 81-100 and 2011-1), such group trust may invest in the accounts and plans described in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2011-1; provided, that requirements of such ruling and superseding guidance are met. This paragraph shall be effective as provided in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2011-1 (as modified by Revenue Service Notice 2012-6 and any superseding guidance).
Section 9.06      CHANGE OF INVESTMENT DESIGNATIONS . Each Participant who is entitled to direct the investment of additional contributions to be allocated to his Account in accordance with Section 9.05 hereof may select how such additional contributions are to be invested. Such investment directions shall be made in accordance with applicable rules or procedures established by the Trustee, Plan Administrator and Benefits Group.
Each Participant may prospectively re-elect how those amounts then held in his Account are to be reinvested in the various Investment Funds until otherwise changed or modified. Such investment directions shall be made in accordance with applicable rules or procedures established by the Trustee, Plan Administrator and Benefits Group.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the Committee or the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion in accordance with its delegated authority, and where the terms of any relevant investment contracts, regulated investment companies or pooled or group trusts so require, or where ERISA fiduciary obligations and considerations so merit, impose special terms, conditions and restrictions upon a Participant's right to direct the investment in, or transfer into or out of, such contracts, companies or trusts.
Section 9.07      TRANSFERS AMONG INVESTMENTS . Subject to the rules and requirements found in the prospectus of each Investment Fund and the procedures established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant may transfer amounts from an Investment Fund, in even multiples of one percent of the amount held in any such Investment Fund, to any other Investment Fund effective as of any Valuation Date. A transfer shall be effected by electronic or telephonic instruction. Such election shall be effective as soon as administratively practicable.
Section 9.08      ESOP DIVERSIFICATION ELECTION . A Participant is eligible to direct the Trustee, in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, as to the investment of up to 100% of the value of the Participant’s Account, including the portion invested in the ESOP Stock Fund, even if the Participant is not 100% vested in his entire Account.
Section 9.09      LITIGATION AGAINST THE TRUST . If any legal action filed against the Trustee, Employer, Committee, Plan Administrator, Benefits Group, or any member or members of the Committee, Plan Administrator or Benefits Group, by or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary, results adversely to the Participant or to the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall reimburse itself, the Employer, Committee, Plan Administrator, Benefits Group, or member(s) of the Committee, Plan Administrator or Benefits Group, all costs and fees expended by it or them by surcharging all costs and fees against the sums payable under the Plan to the Participant or to the Beneficiary, but only to the extent a court of competent jurisdiction specifically authorizes and directs any such surcharges and only to the extent Code Section 401(a)(13) does not prohibit any such surcharges.
Section 9.10      INFORMATION AVAILABLE . Any Participant in the Plan or any Beneficiary may examine copies of the Plan, the Trust, the Plan description, the latest annual report, any bargaining agreement, contract or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Company will maintain all of the items listed in this Section 9.10 in its offices, or in such other place or places as it may designate from time to time in order to comply with the regulations issued under ERISA, for examination during reasonable business hours. Upon the written request of a Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator shall furnish him with a copy of any item listed in this Section 9.10. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy so furnished.
Section 9.11      PRESENTING CLAIMS FOR BENEFITS . Any Participant, alternate payee, Beneficiary, contingent Beneficiary, Spouse or other individual believing himself to be entitled to benefits under the Plan (“ Claimant ”) shall file a written claim for benefits with the Benefits Group. The Benefits Group shall decide such claim. If the claim is wholly or partially denied, the Benefits Group shall so notify the Claimant within 90 days after receipt of the claim for benefits by the Benefits Group, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the end of the initial 90 day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of such initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Benefits Group expects to render its final decision. Notice of the Benefits Group’s decision to deny a claim in whole or in part shall be set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall contain the following:
A.
The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
B.
Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
C.
A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
D.
An explanation of the Plan’s appeal procedure and the applicable time limits; and
E.
A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review, if applicable.
The Plan Administrator’s notice of denial of benefits shall also identify the address to which the Claimant may forward his appeal.
If notice of denial is not furnished, and if the claim is not granted within the period of time set forth above, the claim shall be deemed denied for purposes of proceeding to the review stage described in Section 9.12.
Section 9.12      APPEAL PROCEDURE FOR DENIAL OF BENEFITS .
A.
Filing of Appeal . Within 60 days after receipt of notice of the denial of a claim for benefits (or, if no such notice has been given, within 60 days after the claim is deemed denied under Section 9.11), the Claimant, or his duly authorized representative, will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to copies of all documents and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.
B.
Hearing . The Claimant may request that a hearing be held either in person or by conference call. The Plan Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine whether to grant the request for a hearing. If a hearing is held, the Claimant and/or his duly authorized representative, shall be entitled to present to the Plan Administrator all facts, evidence, witnesses and/or legal arguments which the Claimant feels are necessary for a full and fair review of his claim. The Plan Administrator may have counsel present at said hearing and shall be entitled to call such individuals as witnesses, including the Claimant, as it feels are necessary to fully present all of the facts of the matter. The terms and conditions pursuant to which any such hearing may be conducted, and any evidentiary matters, shall be determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.
C.
Ruling . The Plan Administrator shall issue a written ruling with regard to the appeal and, if the appeal is denied in whole or in part, the ruling shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth:
4.
The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
5.
Specific reference to pertinent plan provisions on which the denial is based;
6.
A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and
7.
A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring action under ERISA, if applicable.
The Plan Administrator shall advise the Claimant of its decision within 60 days of the Claimant’s written request for review, unless special circumstances (such as a hearing) would make the rendering of a decision within the 60 day limit unfeasible, but in no event shall the Plan Administrator render a decision respecting a denial for a claim for benefits later than 120 days after its receipt of a request for review. If such an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the commencement of the extension.
If the Plan Administrator’s decision on review is not furnished within the time period set forth above, the claim shall be deemed wholly denied on review on the latest date the Claimant should have received notice of an adverse benefits determination.
D.
Designation of Plan Administrator . Any appeal of a claim denial may be determined by the Plan Administrator as a whole or may be determined by a committee of one or more members of the Plan Administrator designated by the Plan Administrator to determine such claim. A decision by a majority of the members of the Plan Administrator or designated committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties involved.
Section 9.13      CLAIMS INVOLVING BENEFITS RELATED TO DISABILITY . The Benefits Group and Plan Administrator shall comply with and follow the applicable Department of Labor Regulations for claims involving a determination of Disability or benefits related to Disability, including, but not limited to:
D.
The Benefits Group shall advise a Claimant of the Plan’s adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 45 days after receipt of the claim by the Plan. If the Benefits Group determines that due to matters beyond control of the Plan, such decision cannot be reached within 45 days, an additional 30 days may be provided and the Benefits Group shall notify the claimant of the extension prior to the end of the original 45-day period. The 30-day extension may be extended for a second 30-day period, if before the end of the original extension, the Benefits Group determines that due to circumstances beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within the extension period.
E.
Claimants shall be provided at least 180 days following receipt of benefit denial in which to appeal such adverse determination.
F.
The Plan Administrator shall review the Claimant’s appeal and notify the Claimant of its determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 45 days after receipt of the Claimant’s request for review. Should the Plan Administrator determine that special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time for processing the appeal, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the extension before the end of the initial 45 day period. Such an extension, if required, shall not exceed 45 days.
G.
All claims for benefits under the Plan or other claims related thereto must be made within one year of the date the Claimant became entitled thereto or, if later, knew or should have known that such claim existed.
Section 9.14      DISPUTED BENEFITS . If any dispute shall arise between a Participant, or other person claiming a right to a Participant’s benefit, and the Plan Administrator after the review of a claim for benefits, or in the event any dispute shall develop as to the person to whom the payment of any benefit under the Plan shall be made, the Trustee may withhold the payment of all or any part of the benefits payable hereunder to the Participant, or other person claiming under the Participant, until such dispute has been resolved by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled by the parties involved.
Section 9.15      USE OF ALTERNATIVE MEDIA . The Committee, Plan Administrator and Benefits Group may include in any process or procedure for administering the Plan, the use of alternative media, including, but not limited to, telephonic, facsimile, computer or other such electronic means as available. Use of such alternative media shall be deemed to satisfy any Plan provision requiring a “written” document or an instrument to be signed “in writing” to the extent permissible under the Code, ERISA and applicable regulations.
Section 9.16      STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS FOR CIVIL ACTIONS . For purposes of filing any civil action against the Plan upon the exhaustion of all other available administrative remedies, including under Section 502(a) of ERISA, legal action may be brought no later than one year from the date of completion of the Plan’s claims appeal process, or if earlier, two years from the date the Claimant knew or should have known that such claim existed.


ARTICLE X.     
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
Section 10.01      ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY AMONG FIDUCIARIES FOR PLAN AND TRUST ADMINISTRATION . The fiduciaries shall have only those powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given to them under this Plan and the Trust. The Employers shall have the sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under Article III. The Board shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove members of the Committee, and to terminate, in whole or in part, this Plan or the Trust. The Board and the Committee shall have the authority to appoint and remove the Trustee. The Committee shall have the final responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described in this Plan and the Trust, and shall be the “Plan Administrator”, as defined in ERISA, and a named fiduciary of the Plan. The Committee shall have the specific delegated powers and duties described in the further provisions of this Article X and such further powers and duties as hereinafter may be delegated to it by the Board. The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Trust and the management of the assets held under the Trust, all as specifically provided in the Trust. The Trustee shall be responsible to ensure that contributions are made to the Trust only to the extent required by the terms of the Trust or applicable law. Each fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and the Trust, authorizing or providing for such direction, information or action. Furthermore, each fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another fiduciary as being proper under this Plan and the Trust, and is not required under this Plan or the Trust to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended under this Plan and the Trust that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under this Plan and the Trust and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary. No fiduciary guarantees the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value. The Committee shall determine the extent to which shares purchased with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan may or may not be pledged to secure the Plan's indebtedness under the ESOP Loan and, as required under the Code, the shares shall otherwise be held unallocated by the Plan in a suspense account. The Plan is prohibited from obligating itself to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the holder.
Section 10.02      APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF COMMITTEE . The Committee shall consist of three or more persons who shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board to assist in the administration of the Plan. In the event of any vacancies on any Committee, the remaining Committee member(s) then in office shall constitute the Committee and shall have full power to act and exercise all powers of the Committee as described in this Article X. All usual and reasonable expenses of the Committee may be paid in whole or in part by the Employer, and any expenses not paid by the Employer shall be paid by the Trustee out of the principal or income of the Trust Fund. Any members of the Committee who are Employees shall not receive compensation with respect to their services for the Committee.
Any Committee member may resign by giving written notice to the Board, which shall be effective 30 days after delivery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Committee member who is an Employee shall be deemed to have resigned from the Committee effective with his Severance from Employment. A Committee member may be removed by the Board upon written notice to such Committee member, which notice shall be effective upon delivery. The Board shall promptly select a successor following the resignation or removal of a Committee member if necessary to maintain a Committee of at least three members.
Section 10.03      COMMITTEE PROCEDURES . The Committee may act at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Committee may elect one of its members as chairperson, appoint a secretary, who may or may not be a Committee member, and advise the Trustee and Board of all relevant actions. The secretary shall keep a record of all meetings and forward all necessary communications to the Board, Plan Administrator, Employer, or the Trustee, as appropriate and each Committee shall report its activities at least annually to the Compensation Committee of the Board. The Committee may adopt such bylaws and regulations as it deems desirable for the conduct of its affairs. All decisions of the Committee shall be made by the vote of the majority then in office, including actions in writing taken without a meeting. No member of the Committee who is a Participant in the Plan shall vote upon any matter affecting only his Account. A dissenting Committee member who, within a reasonable time after he has knowledge of any action or failure to act by the majority, registers his dissent in writing delivered to the other Committee members, the Employer and the Trustee, shall not be responsible for any such action or failure to act.
Section 10.04      RECORDS AND REPORTS . The Plan Administrator or Benefits Group, on behalf of the Committee and in accordance with its delegated authority, shall exercise such authority and responsibility as it deems appropriate in order to comply with ERISA and governmental regulations issued thereunder relating to records of Participant’s Service, Account balances and the percentage of such Account balances that are Nonforfeitable under the Plan, notifications to Participants, annual registration with the IRS, and annual reports to the Department of Labor.
Section 10.05      OTHER COMMITTEE POWERS AND DUTIES . The Committee shall have one or more of the following powers and duties, as designated in the applicable Committee Charter and bylaws:
H.
To determine the rights of eligibility of an Employee to participate in the Plan, the value of a Participant’s Account, and the Nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant’s Account;
I.
To adopt rules of procedure and regulations necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan, provided the rules are not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan and the Trust;
J.
To construe and enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and regulations it adopts, including the discretionary authority to interpret the Plan documents, documents related to the Plan’s operation, and findings of fact;
K.
To direct the Trustee with respect to the crediting and distribution of the Trust;
L.
To review and render decisions respecting a claim for (or denial of a claim for) a benefit under the Plan;
M.
To furnish the Employer with information that the Employer may require for tax or other purposes;
N.
To engage the service of agents whom it may deem advisable to assist it with the performance of its duties;
O.
To engage the services of an Investment Manager or Investment Managers (as defined in ERISA Section 3(38)), each of whom shall have full power and authority to manage, acquire or dispose (or direct the Trustee with respect to acquisition or disposition) of any Plan asset under its control;
P.
As permitted by the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (“ EPCRS ”) issued by the IRS, as in effect from time to time, (i) to voluntarily correct any Plan qualification failure, including, but not limited to, failures involving Plan operation, impermissible discrimination in favor of highly compensated employees, the specific terms of the Plan document, or demographic failures; (ii) implement any correction methodology permitted under EPCRS; and (iii) negotiate the terms of a compliance statement or a closing agreement proposed by the IRS with respect to correction of a plan qualification failure; and
Q.
To delegate such of its duties, authority and obligations hereunder to the Plan Administrator, Benefits Group, existing committees of Company or its Board, subcommittees it may form, or third party providers as it may, in its discretion, determine necessary, advisable or useful.
Section 10.06      RULES AND DECISIONS . The Committee and Plan Administrator may adopt such rules as it deems necessary, desirable or appropriate. All rules and decisions of the Committee and Administrator shall be uniformly and consistently applied to all Participants in similar circumstances. When making a determination or calculation, the Committee and Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished by a Participant or Beneficiary, the Employer, the legal counsel of the Employer, or the Trustee.
Section 10.07      APPLICATION AND FORMS FOR BENEFITS . The Plan Administrator may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and file with the Benefits Group and/or the Trustee an application for a benefit and all other forms approved by the Benefits Group, and to furnish all pertinent information requested by the Benefits Group and Trustee. The Benefits Group and Trustee may rely upon all such information so furnished to it, including the Participant's or Beneficiary's current mailing address.
Section 10.08      APPOINTMENT OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR . The Committee may appoint an individual(s) or entity to act as the Plan Administrator and may remove such person as Plan Administrator at any time. The Committee shall supervise the day-to-day administration of the Plan by the Plan Administrator.
Section 10.09      PLAN ADMINISTRATOR . Unless an individual Plan Administrator is appointed by the Committee, the Financial Benefit Plan Committee or Benefits Group shall act as the Plan Administrator in accordance with its delegated authority. The Plan Administrator shall report to the Committee on a regular basis as the Committee shall direct. The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan on a day-to-day basis in accordance with its terms and in accordance with the Code, ERISA and all other applicable laws and regulations except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary herein. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, the Plan Administrator shall:
A.
Reporting and Disclosure . Comply with the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Code and ERISA, as applicable, including the preparation and dissemination of disclosure material to the Plan Participants and Beneficiaries and the filing of such necessary forms and reports with governmental agencies as may be required;
B.
Testing . Prepare, or cause to be prepared, all tests necessary to ensure compliance with the Code and, except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, ERISA, including, but not limited to, the participation and discrimination standards, and the limitations of Section 415 of the Code;
C.
Procedures and Forms . Establish such administrative procedures and prepare, or cause to be prepared, such forms, as may be necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Plan;
D.
Advisors . Subject to the approval of the Committee, retain the services of such consultants and advisors as may be appropriate to the administration of the Plan;
E.
Claims . Have the discretionary authority to determine all claims filed pursuant to Section 9.11, 9.12, and 9.13 of this Plan and shall have the authority to determine issues of fact relating to such claims;
F.
Payment of Benefits . Direct, or establish procedures for, the payment of benefits from the Plan;
G.
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . Establish such procedures as may be necessary for the determination of whether proposed qualified domestic relations orders comply with the provisions of the Code and ERISA, as applicable; and
H.
Plan Records . Maintain, or cause to be maintained, all documents and records necessary or appropriate to the maintenance of the Plan.
Section 10.10      FUNDING POLICY . The Plan Administrator shall, from time to time, review all pertinent Employee information and Plan data in order to establish the funding policy of the Plan and to determine the appropriate methods of carrying out the Plan’s objectives. The Plan Administrator or its delegate shall communicate periodically, as it deems appropriate, to the Trustee and to any Plan Investment Manager, the Plan's short-term and long-term financial needs so that investment policy can be coordinated with Plan financial requirements.
Section 10.11      FIDUCIARY DUTIES . In performing their duties, all fiduciaries with respect to the Plan shall act solely in the interest of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, and:
E.
For the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the Participants and their Beneficiaries;
F.
With the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims;
G.
To the extent a fiduciary possesses and exercises investment responsibilities, by diversifying the investments of the Trust Fund so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and
H.
In accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of Title I of ERISA.
Section 10.12      ALLOCATION OR DELEGATION OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES . In furtherance of their duties and responsibilities under the Plan, the Board and the Committee, subject always to the requirements of Section 10.11:
H.
Employ agents to carry out nonfiduciary responsibilities;
I.
Employ agents to carry out fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities as defined in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA);
J.
Consult with counsel, who may be of counsel to the Company; and
K.
Provide for the allocation of fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities as defined in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) between the members of the Board, in the case of the Board, and among the members of any Committee, in the case of any Committee.
The Committee may delegate such of its duties, authority and obligations hereunder to the Plan Administrator, corporate staff, existing committees of Company or its Board, subcommittees it may form, or third party providers as it may, in its discretion, determine. Any delegation of fiduciary duties hereunder must be approved by a majority of the Committee. Such delegation may be modified or rescinded at any time by further action of the Committee, which shall have an on-going duty to monitor the performance of any fiduciary obligations delegated to others under this provision.
Section 10.13      PROCEDURE FOR THE ALLOCATION OR DELEGATION OF FIDUCIARY DUTIES . Any action described in subsections B or D of Section 10.12 may be taken by a Committee or the Board only in accordance with the following procedure:
A.
Such action shall be taken by a majority of the Committee or by the Board, as the case may be, in a resolution approved by a majority of such Committee or by a majority of the Board.
B.
The vote cast by each member of the Committee or the Board for or against the adoption of such resolution shall be recorded and made a part of the written record of the Committee’s or the Board’s proceedings.
C.
Any delegation of fiduciary responsibilities or any allocation of fiduciary responsibilities among members of the Committee or the Board may be modified or rescinded by the Committee or the Board according to the procedure set forth in subsections A and B of this Section 10.13.
Section 10.14      SEPARATE ACCOUNTING . The amounts in a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contribution Account, Roth Elective Deferral Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account, and Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account shall at all times be separately accounted for from amounts in a Participant's After-tax Contribution Account, Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Additional Matching Contribution Account, Profit Sharing Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Transfer Contribution and other contribution accounts, if any. Amounts credited to such subaccounts shall be allocated among the Participant’s designated investments on a reasonable pro rata basis, in accordance with the valuation procedures of the Trustee and the Investment Funds. The Trustee and the Plan Administrator shall also establish uniform procedures that they may change from time to time, for the purpose of adjusting the subaccounts of a Participant’s Account for withdrawals, loans, distributions and contributions. Gains, losses, withdrawals, distributions, forfeitures and other credits or charges may be separately allocated among such subaccounts on a reasonable and consistent basis in accordance with such procedures.
Section 10.15      VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT . The value of each Participant’s Account shall be based on its fair market value on the appropriate Valuation Date. A valuation shall occur at least once every Plan Year, and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Trust and administratively practicable procedures approved by the Plan Administrator. Periodically, on a frequency determined by the Plan Administrator and the Trustee, the Participant will receive a statement showing the transaction activity and value of his Account as of a date set forth in the statement.
Section 10.16      REGISTRATION AND VOTING OF EMPLOYER COMMON STOCK . All Stock acquired by the Trustee shall be held in the possession of the Trustee until disposed of pursuant to the provisions of the Plan or the Trust Agreement. Such Stock may be registered in the name of the Trustee or its nominee. Before each annual or special meeting of the Employer’s shareholders, the Trustee shall send to each Participant a copy of the proxy solicitation material therefor, together with a form requesting confidential instructions to the Trustee on how to vote the Stock credited to his Account. Upon receipt of such instructions the Trustee shall vote the Stock as instructed. Any Stock held in Participants’ Accounts, as to which the Trustee does not receive instructions, shall be voted in proportion to the voting instructions the Trustee has actually received in respect of Stock, unless the Trustee determines that to do so is not prudent, or the Trust provides otherwise.
Section 10.17      INDIVIDUAL STATEMENT . As soon as practicable after the end of each calendar quarter effective January 1, 2008, but within the time prescribed by ERISA and the regulations under ERISA, and at such other times as determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion, the Plan Administrator will deliver to each Participant (and to each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) a statement reflecting the condition of his Account in the Trust as of that date and such other information ERISA requires be furnished to the Participant or Beneficiary. In addition, subject to the requirements of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall provide to any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant who so requests in writing, a statement indicating the total value of his Account and the Nonforfeitable portion of such Account, if any. The Plan Administrator shall also furnish a written statement to any Participant who has a Severance from Employment during the Plan Year and is entitled to a deferred Nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan as of the end of the Plan Year, if no retirement benefits have been paid with respect to such Participant during the Plan Year. No Participant, except a member of the Board of Directors, a member of the Committee, the Plan Administrator and their designees, shall have the right to inspect the records reflecting the Account of any other Participant. A Participant or Beneficiary shall notify the Trustee in writing if he believes there is an error in the statement of his Account in the Plan no more than one year after the date the statement was issued. Each statement of a Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be final and binding on the Participant or Beneficiary to whom it was issued upon the expiration of the one year period following the date the statement was issued.
Section 10.18      AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT NOTICE . At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Plan Administrator will provide each Eligible Employee a comprehensive notice of the Eligible Employee's rights and obligations under the Plan, in compliance with the notice requirements set forth in Code Sections 401(k)(13) and 414(w) and the Treasury Regulations and other guidance issued thereunder.
Section 10.19      FEES AND EXPENSES FROM FUND . The Trustee shall pay all expenses reasonably incurred by it or by the Employer, Committee, Plan Administrator, Benefits Group, other professional advisers or administrators in the administration of the Plan from the Trust Fund unless the Employer pays the expenses directly. Such expenses may include the reimbursement of the Employer for the salary and expenses incurred by the Employer for employees who perform Plan administration services. The Committee, as a named fiduciary, shall provide written direction to the Trustee regarding the expenses to be paid or reimbursed from the Trust Fund. The Committee shall not treat any fee or expense paid, directly or indirectly, by the Employer as an Employer contribution. No person who is receiving full pay from the Employer shall receive compensation for services from the Trust Fund. Brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, and other charges and expenses in connection with the purchase and sale of securities shall be charged to each Investment Fund and/or Participant’s Account, as applicable. Fees related to investments subject to Participant direction, and other fees resulting from or attributable to expenses incurred in relation to a Participant or Beneficiary or his Account may be charged to his Account to the extent permitted under the Code and ERISA.

ARTICLE XI.     
TOP HEAVY RULES
Section 11.01      MINIMUM EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION . If this Plan is Top Heavy, as defined below, in any Plan Year, the Plan guarantees a minimum contribution (subject to the provisions of this Article XI) of three percent of Compensation for each Non-Key Employee, as defined below, who is a Participant employed by the Employer on the Accounting Date of the Plan Year without regard to Hours of Service completed during the Plan Year or to whether he has elected to make Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 3.02, and who is not a Participant in a Top Heavy defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer. Participants who also participate in a Top Heavy defined benefit plan of the Employer shall receive the required minimum benefit in the defined benefit plan rather than in this Plan. The Plan satisfies the guaranteed minimum contribution for the Non-Key Employee if the Non-Key Employee's contribution rate is at least equal to the minimum contribution. For purposes of this paragraph, a Non-Key Employee Participant includes any Employee otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan but who is not a Participant because his Compensation does not exceed a specified level.
If the contribution rate for the Key Employee, as defined below, with the highest contribution rate is less than three percent, the guaranteed minimum contribution for Non-Key Employees shall equal the highest contribution rate received by a Key Employee. The contribution rate is the sum of Employer contributions (not including Employer contributions to Social Security) and forfeitures allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year divided by his Compensation, as defined below, not in excess of the compensation limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the Plan Year. For purposes of determining the minimum contribution for a Plan Year, the Committee shall consider contributions made to any plan pursuant to a compensation reduction agreement or similar arrangement as Employer contributions. To determine the contribution rate, the Committee shall consider all qualified Top Heavy defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer as a single plan.
Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 11.01, if a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer that benefits a Key Employee depends on this Plan to satisfy the anti-discrimination rules of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage rules of Code Section 410 (or another plan benefiting the Key Employee so depends on such defined benefit plan), the guaranteed minimum contribution for a Non-Key Employee is three percent of his Compensation regardless of the contribution rate for the Key Employees.
The minimum Employer contribution required (to the extent required to be Nonforfeitable under Section 416(b) of the Code) may not be forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).
Section 11.02      ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTION . If the contribution rate (excluding Elective Deferral Contributions) for the Plan Year with respect to a Non-Key Employee described in Section 11.01 is less than the minimum contribution, the Employer will increase its contribution for such Employee to the extent necessary so his contribution rate for the Plan Year will equal the guaranteed minimum contribution. Matching Contributions will be taken into account to satisfy the minimum contribution requirement under the Plan, or if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m). The additional contribution shall be allocated to the Account of a Non-Key Employee for whom the Employer makes the contribution.
Section 11.03      DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS . The Plan is Top Heavy for a Plan Year if the Top Heavy ratio as of the Determination Date exceeds 60%. The Top Heavy ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the present value of the Accounts of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date, and the denominator of which is a similar sum determined for all Employees. For purposes of determining the present value of the Accounts for the foregoing fraction, contributions due as of the Determination Date and distributions made for any purpose within the one-year period ending on the Determination Date shall be included. In addition, distributions made within the five-year period ending on the Determination Date shall be included if such distributions were made for reasons other than upon Severance from Employment, death or Disability (e.g., in-service withdrawals); provided, however, that no distribution shall be counted more than once. In addition, the Top Heavy ratio shall be calculated by disregarding the Account (including distributions, if any, of the Account balance) of an individual who has not received credit for at least one Hour of Service with the Employer during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date in such calculation. The Top Heavy ratio, including the extent to which it must take into account distributions, rollovers, and transfers, shall be calculated in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
If the Employer maintains other qualified plans (including a simplified employee pension plan), this Plan is Top Heavy only if it is part of the Required Aggregation Group, and the Top Heavy ratio for both the Required Aggregation Group and the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%. The Top Heavy ratio shall be calculated in the same manner as required by the first paragraph of this Section 11.03, taking into account all plans within the Aggregation Group. To the extent distributions to a Participant must be taken into account, the Committee shall include distributions from a terminated plan that would have been part of the Required Aggregation Group if it were in existence on the Determination Date. The present value of accrued benefits and the other amounts the Committee must take into account, under defined benefit plans or simplified employee pension plans included within the group, shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of those plans, Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. If an aggregated plan does not have a valuation date coinciding with the Determination Date, the accrued benefits or Accounts in the aggregated plan shall be valued as of the most recent valuation date falling within the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date. The Top Heavy ratio shall be valued with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.
Section 11.04      TOP HEAVY VESTING SCHEDULE . For any Plan Year for which the Plan is Top Heavy, as determined in accordance with this Article XI, the Participant's Nonforfeitable percentage of his Employer Contributions and Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions shall be calculated by applying the following schedule, to the extent that such schedule provides for vesting at a rate that is more rapid than the rate otherwise applicable to the Participant's benefit:
Years of Service
Percent Nonforfeitable
Less than three (3)
At least three (3) or more
0%
100%
Section 11.05      DEFINITIONS . For purposes of applying the provisions of this Article XI.
A.
Key Employee ” means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was an officer of the Employer having annual Compensation greater than $170,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2014), a five-percent owner of the Employer, or a one-percent owner of the Employer having annual Compensation of more than $150,000. The constructive ownership rules of Code Section 318 (or the principles of that section, in the case of an unincorporated Employer) will apply to determine ownership in the Employer. The determination of who is a Key Employee shall be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the Treasury Regulations under that Code Section.
B.
Non-Key Employee ” is an Employee who does not meet the definition of Key Employee.
C.
Compensation ” shall mean the first $200,000 (or such larger amount as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)) ($260,000 for 2014) of Compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement that are excludible from the Employee's gross income under Section 125, “deemed compensation” under Code Section 125 pursuant to Revenue Ruling 2002-27, Section 132(f)(4), Section 402(a)(8), Section 402(h) or Section 403(b) of the Code.
D.
Required Aggregation Group ” means:
(i)
Each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates at any time during the five Plan Year period ending on the Determination Date; and
(ii)
Any other qualified plan of the Employer that enables a plan described in (i) to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410.
The Required Aggregation Group includes any plan of the Employer that was maintained within the last five years ending on the Determination Date on which a top heaviness determination is being made if such plan would otherwise be part of the Required Aggregation Group for the Plan Year but for the fact it has been terminated.
E.
Permissive Aggregation Group ” is the Required Aggregation Group plus any other qualified plans maintained by the Employer, but only if such group would satisfy in the aggregate the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and Code Section 410. The Committee shall determine which plans to take into account in determining the Permissive Aggregation Group.
F.
Employer ” shall mean all the members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)), of a commonly controlled group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) (as defined in Code Section 414(c)), or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)), of which the Employer is a part. However, ownership interests in more than one member of a related group shall not be aggregated to determine whether an individual is a Key Employee because of his ownership interest in the Employer.
G.
Determination Date ” for any Plan Year is the Accounting Date of the preceding Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year of the Plan, the Accounting Date of that Plan Year.

ARTICLE XII.     
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01      EVIDENCE . Anyone required to give evidence under the terms of the Plan may do so by certificate, affidavit, document or other information that the person to act in reliance may consider pertinent, reliable and genuine, and to have been signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties. The Committee, the Plan Administrator, the Benefits Group and the Trustee shall be fully protected in acting and relying upon any evidence described under the immediately preceding sentence.
Section 12.02      NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR EMPLOYER ACTION . Neither the Trustee nor the Committee nor the Plan Administrator shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any action required by the Plan to be taken by the Employer, any Participant or eligible Employee, nor for the failure of any of the above persons to act or make any payment or contribution, or otherwise to provide any benefit contemplated under this Plan, nor shall the Trustee or the Committee or the Plan Administrator be required to collect any contribution required under the Plan, or determine the correctness of the amount of any Employer contribution. Neither the Trustee nor the Committee nor the Plan Administrator need inquire into or be responsible for any action or failure to act on the part of the others. Any action required of a corporate Employer shall be by its Board or its designee.
Section 12.03      FIDUCIARIES NOT INSURERS . The Trustee, the Committee, the Company, the Plan Administrator, the Benefits Group, and the Employer in no way guarantee the Trust Fund from loss or depreciation. The Employer does not guarantee the payment of any money that may be or becomes due to any person from the Trust Fund. The liability of the Committee, Plan Administrator and the Trustee to make any payment from the Trust Fund at any time and all times is limited to the then available assets of the Trust.
Section 12.04      WAIVER OF NOTICE . Any person entitled to notice under the Plan may waive the notice, unless the Code or Treasury Regulations require the notice, or ERISA specifically or impliedly prohibits such a waiver.
Section 12.05      SUCCESSORS . The Plan shall be binding upon all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, their respective heirs and legal representatives, upon the Employer, its successors and assigns, and upon the Trustee, the Committee, the Plan Administrator and their successors.
Section 12.06      WORD USAGE . Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine where applicable, and wherever the context of the Plan dictates, the plural shall be read as singular and the singular as the plural.
Section 12.07      HEADINGS . The headings are for reference only. In the event of a conflict between a heading and the content of a section, the content of the section shall control.
Section 12.08      STATE LAW . Pennsylvania law shall determine all questions arising with respect to the provisions of this agreement except to the extent a federal statute supersedes Pennsylvania law.
Section 12.09      EMPLOYMENT NOT GUARANTEED . Nothing contained in this Plan, and nothing with respect to the establishment of the Trust, any modification or amendment to the Plan or the Trust, the creation of any Account, or the payment of any benefit, shall give any Employee, Employee-Participant or Beneficiary any right to continue employment, or any legal or equitable right against the Employer, or an Employee of the Employer, the Trustee or its agents or employees, or the Plan Administrator. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed or construed to impair or affect in any manner the right of the Employer, in its discretion, to hire Employees and, with or without cause, to discharge or terminate the service of Employees.
Section 12.10      RIGHT TO TRUST ASSETS . No Employee or Beneficiary shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust Fund, upon his Severance from Employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable under the Plan to such Employee or Beneficiary out of the assets of the Trust Fund. All payments of benefits as provided for in this Plan shall be made solely out of the assets of the Trust Fund and none of the Fiduciaries shall be liable therefore in any manner.
Section 12.11      UNCLAIMED BENEFIT CHECKS . If a check in payment of a benefit payable under this Plan has been made by regular United States mail to the last address of the payee furnished to the Trustee and the check is returned unclaimed, payment to such payee shall be discontinued and shall be held in his respective accounts until the payee's correct address shall become known to the Trustee. Any such amounts shall be credited with fund earnings in accordance with Section 10.14 of the Plan. In the event the payee cannot be located after reasonable and diligent efforts of the Administrator, the amounts shall be forfeited, subject to the provisions of Section 5.14 of the Plan.

ARTICLE XIII.     
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION
Section 13.01      EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT . Except as provided under Article III, the Employer shall have no beneficial interest in any asset of the Trust and no part of any asset in the Trust shall ever revert to or be repaid to the Employer, either directly or indirectly; nor prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan, shall any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund, or any asset of the Trust, be (at any time) used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.
Section 13.02      AMENDMENT . The Company shall have the right at any time and from time to time:
R.
To amend this Plan in any manner it deems necessary or advisable in order to qualify (or maintain qualification of) this Plan and the Trust created under it under the appropriate provisions of the Code; and
S.
To amend this Plan in any other manner.
In addition, the Committee and Financial Benefit Plans Committee shall have the right to amend this Plan in accordance with its charter and bylaws.
However, no amendment shall authorize or permit any part of the Trust Fund (other than the part required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates. No amendment shall cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become a property of the Employer; and the Company shall not make any amendment that affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Plan Administrator or Committee without the written consent of the affected Plan Administrator or the affected member of the Committee. Furthermore, no amendment shall decrease a Participant’s Account balance or accrued benefit or reduce or eliminate any benefits protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) with respect to a Participant with an Account balance or accrued benefit at the date of the amendment, except to the extent permitted under Code Section 412(c)(8).
All amendments to the Plan shall be in writing. No oral representation shall act to amend the Plan in any manner or at any time. Amendments shall be considered properly authorized by the Company if approved or ratified by the Board, any committee of the Board, by an authorized Committee of the Plan, by an authorized officer of the Plan Administrator, or by an authorized officer of the Benefits Group unless the subject of the amendment has been reserved to the Board or another authorized party. Each amendment shall state the date to which it is either retroactively or prospectively effective, and may be executed by any authorized officer of the Company.
Section 13.03      AMENDMENT TO VESTING PROVISIONS . Although the Company and Committee reserve the right to amend the vesting provisions at any time, an amended vesting schedule shall not be applied to reduce the Nonforfeitable percentage of any Participant’s Account derived from Employer contributions (determined as of the later of the date the amendment is adopted, or the date the amendment becomes effective) to a percentage less than the Nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment. An amended vesting schedule will apply to a Participant only if the Participant receives credit for at least one Hour of Service after the new schedule becomes effective.
If a permissible amendment is made to the vesting provisions, each Participant having at least three Years of Service for vesting purposes with the Employer may elect to have the percentage of his Nonforfeitable Account balance computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment. The Participant must file his election with the Plan Administrator within 60 days of the latest of (A) the Company's adoption of the amendment; (B) the effective date of the amendment; or (C) his receipt of a copy of the amendment. The Plan Administrator, as soon as practicable, shall forward a true copy of any amendment to the vesting schedule to each affected Participant, together with an explanation of the effect of the amendment, the appropriate form upon which the Participant may make an election to remain under the vesting schedule provided under the Plan prior to the amendment and notice of the time within which the Participant must make an election to remain under the prior vesting schedule. The election described in this Section 13.03 does not apply to a Participant if the amended vesting schedule provides for vesting that is at least as rapid at all times as the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. For purposes of this Section 13.03, an amendment to the vesting schedule includes any amendment that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Nonforfeitable percentage of an Employee’s rights to his Employer-derived Account.
Section 13.04      DISCONTINUANCE . The Company, through action of the Board, shall have the right, at any time, to suspend or discontinue its contributions under the Plan, and to terminate, at any time, this Plan and the Trust. The Plan shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following:
A.
The date terminated by action of the Company;
B.
The date the Company shall be judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent; and
C.
The dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets, unless the successor or purchaser makes provision to continue the Plan, in which event the successor or purchaser shall substitute itself as the Company under this Plan.
If the Plan is terminated, no Employees of the Employer shall thereafter be admitted to the Plan as new Participants, and the Employer shall make no further contributions to the Trust Fund , except as may be necessary to satisfy the outstanding ESOP Loans. In connection with the termination, partial termination or discontinuance of the Plan, the Committee may direct the Trustee to sell some or all of the ESOP Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account and to apply the proceeds of such sale or sales to reduce the ESOP Loans.
The Plan may also be terminated by the Committee (with the approval of the Board of Directors if the amendment relates to or otherwise impacts the compensation of Section 16 Officers, as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).
In addition to the above, while each Participating Employer intends to continue the Plan indefinitely, each reserves the right to terminate or partially terminate the Plan at any time as to its Employees and former Employees. If the Plan is terminated or partially terminated by a Participating Employer, no Employees of the Participating Employer shall thereafter be admitted to the Plan as new Participants and the Participating Employer shall make no further contributions to the Trust Fund, except as may be necessary to satisfy the outstanding ESOP Loans.
Section 13.05      FULL VESTING ON TERMINATION . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, upon either full or partial termination of the Plan, or, if applicable, upon the date of complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, an affected Participant’s right to his Account shall be 100% Nonforfeitable.
Section 13.06      MERGER, DIRECT TRANSFER AND ELECTIVE TRANSFER . The Trustee shall not consent to, or be a party to, any merger or consolidation with another plan, or to a transfer of assets or liabilities to another plan, unless immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, the surviving plan provides each Participant a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit each Participant would have received had the Plan terminated immediately before the merger or consolidation or transfer. The Trustee possesses the specific authority to enter into merger agreements or direct transfer of assets agreements with the trustees of other retirement plans described in Code Section 401(a) and to accept the direct transfer of plan assets, or to transfer plan assets, as a party to any such agreement, only upon the consent or direction of the Committee.
If permitted by the Benefits Group or Plan Administrator in its discretion, the Trustee may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf of an Employee prior to the date the Employee satisfies the Plan’s eligibility condition(s). If the Trustee accepts such a direct transfer of plan assets, the Employee shall be treated as a Participant for all purposes of the Plan except that the Employee shall not share in Employer contributions or Participant forfeitures under the Plan until he actually becomes a Participant in the Plan. The Trustee shall hold, administer and distribute the transferred assets as a part of the Trust Fund, and the Trustee shall maintain a separate Transfer Account for the benefit of the Employee on whose behalf the Trustee accepted the transfer in order to reflect the value of the transferred assets.
The Trustee may not consent to, or be a party to, a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets with a defined benefit plan, except with respect to an elective transfer, unless the Committee consents and so directs, and the transfer is consistent with the Code and with ERISA. The Trustee will hold, administer and distribute the transferred assets as a part of the Trust Fund, and the Trustee shall maintain a separate Transfer Account for the benefit of the Employee on whose behalf the Trustee accepted the transfer in order to reflect the value of the transferred assets. Unless a transfer of assets to this Plan is an elective transfer, the Plan will preserve all Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits with respect to those transferred assets, in the manner described in Section 13.02.
A transfer is an elective transfer if: (A) the transfer satisfies the first paragraph of this Section 13.06; (B) the transfer is voluntary, under a fully informed election by the Participant; (C) the Participant has an alternative that retains his Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits (including an option to leave his benefit in the transferor plan, if that plan is not terminating); (D) the transfer satisfies the applicable spousal consent requirements of the Code; (E) the transferor plan satisfies the joint and survivor notice requirements of the Code, if the Participant's transferred benefit is subject to those requirements; (F) the Participant has a right to immediate distribution from the transferor plan, in lieu of the elective transfer; (G) the transferred benefit is at least the greater of the single sum distribution provided by the transferor plan for which the Participant is eligible or the present value of the Participant's accrued benefit under the transferor plan payable at that plan's normal retirement age; (H) the Participant has a 100% Nonforfeitable interest in the transferred benefit; and (I) the transfer otherwise satisfies applicable Treasury Regulations. An elective transfer may occur between qualified plans of any type.
If the Plan receives a direct transfer (by merger or otherwise) of elective contributions (or amounts treated as elective contributions) under a plan with a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, the distribution restrictions of Code Sections 401(k)(2) and (10) continue to apply to those transferred elective contributions.
Section 13.07      LIQUIDATION OF THE TRUST FUND . Upon complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, the Accounts of all Participants affected thereby shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and the Committee shall distribute the assets remaining in the Trust Fund, after payment of any expenses properly chargeable thereto, to Participants, Former Participants and Beneficiaries in proportion to their respective Account balances; provided, however, that no Participating Employer maintains a successor plan. All distributions on the plan termination will be made in accordance with Article V.
Section 13.08      TERMINATION . Upon termination of the Plan, the distribution provisions of Article V and Article VI shall remain operative, except that:
I.
If the present value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Account does not exceed $1,000, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute to the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Plan terminates; and
J.
If the present value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Account is greater than $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000, and the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) does not affirmatively elect to have such Nonforfeitable Account balance paid directly to him or to an Eligible Retirement Plan, his benefit shall be paid directly to an IRA established for the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) pursuant to a written agreement between the Committee and the IRA provider that meets the requirements of Section 401(a)(31) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder pursuant to the provisions in Section 5.03 as soon as administratively practicable after the Plan terminates.
C.
If the value of the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance is more than $5,000, the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) may, in addition to the distribution events permitted under the Plan, elect to have the Trustee commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable Account (in accordance with Articles V and VI) as soon as administratively practicable after the Plan terminates.
The Trust shall continue until the Trustee, after written direction from the Committee, has distributed all of the benefits under the Plan. To liquidate the Trust, the Committee will, to the extent required, purchase an immediate or deferred annuity contract for each Participant that protects the Participant’s distribution rights under the Plan, if the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account exceeds $5,000, and the Participant does not elect an immediate distribution. Upon termination of the Plan, the amount, if any, in a suspense account under Appendix F shall revert to the Employer, subject to the conditions of the Treasury Regulations permitting such a reversion.

This Plan has been executed on December 22, 2014.

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

By: /s/ Douglas R. Car
Title: Director of Benefits




TELEFLEX 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
APPENDIX A

DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRANSFER FROM
THE INMED CORPORATION EMPLOYEE SAVINGS/RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, distributions from a Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account attributable to amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to Section 3.14 of the Plan from the Inmed Corporation Employee Savings/Retirement Income Plan (the “ Inmed Plan ”), shall be subject to the distribution rules of this Appendix A to the extent the distribution rules of this Appendix A are inconsistent with the distribution rules of the Plan.
ARTICLE A. DEFINITIONS.
Except as provided below, all terms used herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context. For purposes of this Appendix A the following words and phrases have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context.
A.1    “ Annuity Starting Date ” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.
A.2    “ Earliest Retirement Age ” means the earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive his Transferred Amount.
A.3    “ Election Period ” means the period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant's death. If a Participant has a Severance from Employment prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is reached, with respect to the Transferred Amount as of the date of severance, the Election Period shall begin on the date of severance.
A.4    “ Late Retirement Date ” means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date a Participant has a Severance from Employment with the Employer and all Related Employers after his Normal Retirement Age, for any reason other than death.
A.5    “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the date the Participant reaches age 65.
A.6    “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of first day of the month coincident with or next following the date the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age or the first anniversary of his commencement of participation in the Plan.
A.7    “ Qualified Election ” means a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. A Qualified Election must be consented to by the Participant’s Spouse in writing, such election designates a Beneficiary (or form of benefit) that may not be changed without Spousal consent or the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the Spouse’s right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary (or form of benefit), and expressly and voluntarily permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by the Spouse and the Spouse’s consent to a waiver acknowledges the effect of such election and is witnessed by a notary public or a member of the Benefits Group. Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Benefits Group that such written consent cannot be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a Qualified Election. Any consent necessary under this provision will be valid only with respect to the Spouse who signs the consent, or in the event of a deemed Qualified Election, the designated Spouse. Additionally, a revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited.
A.8    “ Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity ” means an annuity contract for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity contract for the life of the Spouse that is equal to 50 percent and not more than 100 percent of the amount of the annuity contract that is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse and that is the amount of benefit that can be purchased with the Participant’s Transferred Amount.
A.9    “ Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity ” means a monthly annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse that can be purchased with the full fair market value of the Participant’s Transferred Amount.
A.10    “ Transferred Amount ” means the amount maintained in a Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account attributable to a transfer from the Inmed Plan.
ARTICLE B.      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS.
B.1     Normal Retirement . If a Participant experiences a Severance from Employment with the Employer on his Normal Retirement Date he shall receive a distribution of the entire value of his Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
B.2     Late Retirement . A Participant may continue in the service of the Employer after his Normal Retirement Age, and in such event he shall retire on his Late Retirement Date. The Participant shall receive a distribution of the entire value of his Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
B.3     Disability Retirement . A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment with the Employer on account of Total and Permanent Disability shall receive a distribution of the entire value of his Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
B.4     Termination of Employment . Upon a Participant’s Severance from Employment for any reason other than retirement, death or Total and Permanent Disability, he shall be entitled to a distribution of his entire Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
B.5     Death Benefits . If a Participant dies before distribution of his entire Transferred Amount, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to the balance of his Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
ARTICLE C.      PRERETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS.
Effective as of April 11, 2005, (i) the provisions of this Article C shall no longer apply and (ii) the Beneficiary of a Participant who has a Transferred Amount on the date of his death shall be entitled to receive the entire Transferred Amount in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Plan.
C.1     Eligibility for Spouse’s Preretirement Death Benefit . If a married Participant who has a Transferred Amount dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Spouse shall receive a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, unless pursuant to a Qualified Election, the Participant waived the Spouse’s Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and the Spouse consented to such waiver.
C.2     Payment of Spouse’s Preretirement Death Benefit . If the Participant dies after reaching his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse’s Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable for the Spouse’s life, beginning on the first day of the month following the date of the Participant’s death; provided, however, that if the Participant dies before reaching his Normal Retirement Date, the Spouse may elect to defer the payment of benefits until the first day of the month following the date on which the Participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Date. If the Participant dies before reaching his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse’s Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable for the Spouse’s life beginning on the first day of the month following the date the Participant would have attained his Earliest Retirement Age, or such later date as the Spouse may elect, but no later than the first day of the month following the date on which the Participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Date. However, upon written notice to the Plan Administrator, the Spouse may elect to have the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity begin within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death, or to have the Participant’s Transferred Amount paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Valuation Date next following the Participant’s death.
C.3     Notice Requirements . The Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the “applicable period” for each Participant a written explanation of:
C.3.1    The terms and conditions of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity;
C.3.2    The Participant’s rights to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity;
C.3.3    The rights of the Participant’s Spouse; and
C.3.4    The right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
The “applicable period” for a Participant is whichever of the following ends last: (1) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (2) if the Participant terminates employment before reaching age 35, the one year period beginning on the date the Participant terminates employment; or (3) if an Employee becomes a Participant after age 35, the one year period beginning on the date the Employee becomes a Participant.
C.4     Waiver of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity . A Participant who during the Election Period has made a Qualified Election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity may direct that, if the Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Transferred Amount will be paid:
C.4.1    To his Spouse, in a lump sum; or
C.4.2    To a designated Beneficiary other than his Spouse in a lump sum.
C.5     Preretirement Death Benefits - Unmarried Participants . If an unmarried Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive his entire Transferred Amount. Such amount shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Valuation Date next following the Participant’s death.
ARTICLE D.      PAYMENT AND FORM OF BENEFITS.
Except as provided in this Article D, a Participant’s Transferred Amount shall be distributed in accordance with Article V of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective April 11, 2005, (i) the provisions of this Article D shall no longer apply and (ii) a Participant’s Transferred Amount shall be payable only in a lump in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
D.1     Normal Form of Benefit . Subject to Section 5.03 of the Plan, unless an optional form of benefit has been selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 180-day period ending on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, a married Participant’s Transferred Amount will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried Participant’s Transferred Amount will be paid in the form of a life annuity.
D.2     Election of Benefits - Notice and Election Procedures . Within 180 days before a Participant’s anticipated Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator shall supply the Participant with a written explanation describing the terms and conditions of the normal form of benefit payable to him under Section D.1, and the effect of the other forms of benefit available to him under the Plan. The explanation shall also describe the Participant’s right to waive the normal form of benefit and the effect of such waiver, the rights of the Participant’s Spouse, the right to revoke a previous waiver of the normal form of benefit and the effect of such a revocation. Finally, the explanation shall advise the Participant that his benefit shall be paid in such normal form, unless pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 180-day period before his Annuity Starting Date, he notifies the Plan Administrator in writing of an election to receive a different form of benefit.
D.3     Extension of Election Period . If by not later than the day before his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant requests the Plan Administrator to furnish him with additional information relating to the effect of the normal form of benefit payable to him under Section D.1, the election period under Section D.2 shall be extended and his Annuity Starting Date shall be postponed to a date not later than 180 days following the date the Plan Administrator furnishes him with the additional information.
D.4     Change of Election . Any Participant electing an optional form of benefit under Section D.5 may revoke such election and file a new election with the Plan Administrator at any time prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. Upon the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, his election shall become irrevocable.
D.5     Optional Form of Benefit Payment . Subject to the Spousal consent requirements (if applicable) and in lieu of the normal form of benefit payment provided for in Section D.1, a Participant may elect to have his Transferred Amount paid in a lump sum.
ARTICLE E.      REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS.
Distributions under this Appendix A shall be made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, as generally described in this Article E. The provisions of this Article E shall override any distribution option otherwise provided in this Appendix A that is inconsistent with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article E shall not alter the forms of benefit provided under this Appendix A to the extent that these benefit forms satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.



TELEFLEX 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
APPENDIX B

DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRANSFER FROM THE
MATTATUCK MANUFACTURING CO. & UAW LOCAL #1251
MONEY PURCHASE PLAN
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, distributions from a Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account attributable to amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to Section 3.14 of the Plan from the Mattatuck Manufacturing Co. & UAW Local #1251 Money Purchase Plan (the “Mattatuck Plan”), shall be subject to the distribution rules of this Appendix B to the extent the distribution rules of this Appendix B are inconsistent with the distribution rules of the Plan.
ARTICLE A.      DEFINITIONS.
Except as provided below, all terms used herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context. For purposes of this Appendix B the following words and phrases have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context.
A.1    “ Annuity Starting Date ” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.
A.2    “ Earliest Retirement Age ” means the earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive his Transferred Amount.
A.3    “ Election Period ” means the period that begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant’s death. If a Participant has a Severance from Employment prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is reached, with respect to the Transferred Amount as of the date of severance, the Election Period shall begin on the date of severance.
A.4    “ Late Retirement Date ” means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date a Participant has a Severance from Employment with the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date, for any reason other than death.
A.5    “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the date the Participant reaches age 55.
A.6    “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of first day of the month coincident with or next following the date the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age or the first anniversary of his commencement of participation in the Plan.
A.7    “ Qualified Election ” means a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. A Qualified Election must be consented to by the Participant’s Spouse in writing, such election designates a Beneficiary (or form of benefit) that may not be changed without Spousal consent or the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the Spouse’s right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary (or form of benefit), and expressly and voluntarily permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by the Spouse and the Spouse’s consent to a waiver acknowledges the effect of such election and is witnessed by a notary public or a members of the Benefits Group. Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Benefits Group that such written consent cannot be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a Qualified Election. Any consent necessary under this provision will be valid only with respect to the Spouse who signs the consent, or in the event of a deemed Qualified Election, the designated Spouse. Additionally, a revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited.
A.8    “ Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity ” means an annuity contract for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity contract for the life of the Spouse that is equal to 50 percent of the amount of the annuity contract that is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse and that is the amount of benefit that can be purchased with the Participant’s Transferred Amount.
A.9    “ Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity ” means a monthly annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse that can be purchased with the full fair market value of the Participant’s Transferred Amount.
A.10    “ Transferred Amount ” means the amount maintained in a Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account attributable to a transfer from the Mattatuck Plan.
ARTICLE B.      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS.
B.1     Normal Retirement . If a Participant experiences a Severance from Employment with the Employer on his Normal Retirement Date he shall receive a distribution of the entire value of his Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
B.2     Late Retirement . A Participant may continue in the service of the Employer after his Normal Retirement Age, and in such event he shall retire on his Late Retirement Date. The Participant shall receive a distribution of the entire value of his Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
B.3     Disability Retirement . A Participant who experiences a Severance from Employment with the Employer on account of Total and Permanent Disability shall receive a distribution of the entire value of his Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
B.4     Termination of Employment . Upon a Participant’s Severance from Employment for any reason other than retirement, death or Total and Permanent Disability, he shall be entitled to a distribution of his entire Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
B.5     Death Benefits . If a Participant dies before distribution of his entire Transferred Amount, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to the balance of his Transferred Amount determined in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
ARTICLE C.      PRERETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS.
C.1     Eligibility for Spouse’s Preretirement Death Benefit . If a married Participant who has a Transferred Amount dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Spouse shall receive a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, unless pursuant to a Qualified Election, the Participant waived the Spouse’s Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and the Spouse consented to such waiver.
C.2     Payment of Spouse’s Preretirement Death Benefit . If the Participant dies after reaching his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse’s Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable for the Spouse’s life, beginning on the first day of the month following the date of the Participant’s death; provided, however, that if the Participant dies before reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Spouse may elect to defer the payment of benefits until the first day of the month following the date on which the Participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Age. If the Participant dies before reaching his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse’s Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable for the Spouse’s life beginning on the first day of the month following the date the Participant would have attained his Earliest Retirement Age, or such later date as the Spouse may elect, but no later than the first day of the month following the date on which the Participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Age. However, upon written notice to the Plan Administrator, the Spouse may elect to have the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity begin within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death, or to have the Participant’s Transferred Amount paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Valuation Date next following the Participant’s death.
C.3     Notice Requirements . The Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the “applicable period” for each Participant a written explanation of:
C.3.1    The terms and conditions of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity;
C.3.2    The Participant’s rights to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity;
C.3.3    The rights of the Participant’s Spouse; and
C.3.4    The right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
The “applicable period” for a Participant is whichever of the following ends last: (1) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (2) if the Participant terminates employment before reaching age 35, the one year period beginning on the date the Participant terminates employment; or (3) if an Employee becomes a Participant after age 35, the one year period beginning on the date the Employee becomes a Participant.
C.4     Waiver of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity . A Participant who during the Election Period has made a Qualified Election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity may direct that, if the Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Transferred Amount will be paid:
C.4.1    To his Spouse, in one of the optional forms described in Section D.5 as elected by the Participant as soon as administratively practicable following the date of the Participant’s death, or at such later time elected by the surviving Spouse, but no later than December 31 of the year in which the Participant would have reached age 70½ had he lived; or
C.4.2    To a designated Beneficiary other than his Spouse in one of the optional forms described in Section D.5 as elected by the Participant by December 31 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death.
Any election made under this Section C.4 shall comply with the requirements of Article E.
C.5     Preretirement Death Benefits - Unmarried Participants . If an unmarried Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive his entire Transferred Amount. Such amount shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Valuation Date next following the Participant’s death.
ARTICLE D.      PAYMENT AND FORM OF BENEFITS.
Except as provided below, a Participant’s Transferred Amount shall be distributed in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan.
D.1     Normal Form of Benefit . Subject to Section 5.03 of the Plan, unless an optional form of benefit has been selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 180-day period ending on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, a married Participant’s Transferred Amount will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried Participant’s Transferred Amount will be paid in the form of a life annuity.
D.2     Election of Benefits - Notice and Election Procedures . Within 180 days before but not later than 30 days (or seven (7) days, if the 30-day period is waived by the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse, if applicable) before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator shall supply the Participant with a written explanation describing the terms and conditions of the normal form of benefit payable to him under Section D.1., the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan, including the material features and relative values of those options, the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the normal form of benefit, the rights of the Participant’s Spouse, if applicable, regarding the waiver election, the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a waiver election, the Participant’s right to defer distribution until he attains the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62, and a description of how much larger benefits will be if the commencement of distribution is deferred, in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.417(a)(3)-1,
D.3     Extension of Election Period . If by not later than the day before his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant requests the Plan Administrator to furnish him with additional information relating to the effect of the normal form of benefit payable to him under Section D.1, the election period under Section D.2 shall be extended and his Annuity Starting Date shall be postponed to a date not later than 180 days following the date the Plan Administrator furnishes him with the additional information.
D.4     Change of Election . Any Participant electing an optional form of benefit under Section D.5 may revoke such election and file a new election with the Plan Administrator at any time prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. Upon the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, his election shall become irrevocable.
D.5     Optional Form of Benefit Payment . Subject to the Spousal consent requirements (if applicable) and in lieu of the normal form of benefit payment provided for in Section D.1, a Participant may elect one of the following forms of benefit payment:
D.5.1    A cash lump sum distribution;
D.5.2    Periodic equal installments over a period certain;
D.5.3    Distribution of a non-transferable fixed or variable annuity; or
D.5.4    Any combination of the above.
ARTICLE E.      REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS.
Distributions under this Appendix B shall be made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, as generally described in this Article E. The provisions of this Article E shall override any distribution option otherwise provided in this Appendix B that is inconsistent with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article E shall not alter the forms of benefit provided under this Appendix B to the extent that these benefit forms satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.



TELEFLEX 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
APPENDIX C

INVESTMENT FUNDS
The Investment Funds available to Participants are:
Core Funds
Vanguard Retirement Savings Trust IV
Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Fund
Vanguard Wellington Fund
Vanguard 500 Index Fund
Vanguard Windsor Fund
Vanguard Morgan Growth Fund
Vanguard Strategic Equity Fund
Vanguard Extended Market Index Fund
Vanguard Total International Stock Index Fund
Royce Total Return Fund Service Class
Vanguard Explorer Fund
Vanguard International Growth Fund
PIMCO Total Return Fund Administrative Class
Teleflex Incorporated Common Stock (par value $1 per share) (referred to as the “Teleflex Stock Fund”)

Target Retirement Funds
Vanguard Target Retirement 2060 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2055 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2050 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2045 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2040 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2035 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2030 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2025 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2020 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2015 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement 2010 Fund
Vanguard Target Retirement Income Fund

and such other investment options as the Plan Administrator may from time to time make available.

As of January 1, 2014





TELEFLEX 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
APPENDIX D

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
(AS OF APRIL 1, 2014)
Teleflex Medical Incorporated
TFX Medical Wire Products, Inc. (TFX Medical Extrusion Products – Plymouth, MN)
Arrow International, Inc. – effective January 1, 2008

Arrow Interventional, Inc. – effective January 1, 2008

Arrow Med Tech LLC – effective January 1, 2008

VasoNova – effective March 1, 2011
Semprus BioSciences Corp. – effective August 1, 2012

Hotspur Technologies, Inc. – effective September 1, 2012

LMA North America, Inc. – effective December 1, 2012

Wolfe Tory Medical, Inc. – effective December 1, 2012

VidaCare Corporation – effective April 1, 2014





TELEFLEX 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
APPENDIX E

SPECIAL RULES REGARDING PARTICIPANTS IN THE
ARROW INTERNATIONAL, INC. 401(K) PLAN
The portion of a Participant’s Plan Account that consists of Matching Contributions made under the Arrow Plan that are merged into the Plan shall continue to be subject to the following vesting schedule effective after March 31, 2008:
Years of Vesting Service
Percent Vested
Less than 1 year
0
%
   1 year
20
%
   2 Years
40
%
   3 years
60
%
   4 years
80
%
   5 or more years
100
%



TELEFLEX 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
APPENDIX F

LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
Section F.01.      LIMITATIONS APPLICABLE TO ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS .
A.     Definitions . For purposes of this Section F.01, the following definitions shall apply:
(i)    “ Actual Deferral Percentage ,” for each Plan Year, means the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Eligible Employee in a specified group) of:
1.
The amount of Elective Deferral Contributions (including Excess Compensation Deferrals) actually paid over to the Trust Fund on behalf of each such Eligible Employee, to
2.
The Eligible Employee's Compensation for such Plan Year.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating the above-described ratio, the Plan shall exclude the following: (i) Elective Deferral Contributions that are taken into account in the Contribution Percentage test (provided the Actual Deferral Percentage test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferral Contributions), (ii) Catch-Up Contributions, and (iii) Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to Code Section 414(u) by reason of Qualified Military Service. For purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages, an Eligible Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make Elective Deferral Contributions shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferral Contributions are made
(ii)    “ Excess Compensation Deferrals ,” with respect to any Plan Year, means the excess of:
1.
The aggregate amount of Employer contributions actually taken into account in computing the Actual Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
2.
The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the Actual Deferral Percentage test (determined by reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Actual Deferral Percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages).
B.     Actual Deferral Percentage Test . To the extent that a group of Employers that are Related Employers have elected to make Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (i.e., all Employers except those specifically designated by the Committee as a separate line of business), the limitations of this Section F.01.B. do not apply. This Section F.01.B. shall continue to apply to the portion of the Plan allocable to any group of Employers that are Related Employers that do not elect to make Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. In any Plan Year in which the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Employees, taking into account Employee elections, would be more than the greater of:
(i)    The Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Non-highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25, or
(ii)    The lesser of two percent plus the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Non-highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year or the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Non-highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by two,
the deferral elections of the Highly Compensated Employees shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the greater of subparagraphs (i) or (ii) of this subsection B. Under such reduction, the dollar amount of the Excess Compensation Deferrals is determined as described in subsection A(ii) above. Next, the Elective Deferral Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest dollar amount of Elective Deferral Contributions (not necessarily the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Deferral Percentage) is reduced to the extent required to equal the maximum deferral dollar amount for Highly Compensated Employees permitted by subparagraphs (i) or (ii) of this subsection B, or to cause such Highly Compensated Employee's Elective Deferral Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the Elective Deferral Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest dollar amount of Elective Deferral Contributions, whichever is less. This process is repeated until the aggregate dollar amount of all Highly Compensated Employee Elective Deferral Contributions is reduced to an amount that will cause the dollar amount of the Elective Deferral Contributions for all Highly Compensated Employees in the aggregate to equal the dollar amount of Elective Deferral Contributions that will cause the average of the Actual Deferral Percentages for the group of Highly Compensated Employees to equal the maximum amount permitted under this Section. Alternatively (or in addition to the reductions set forth above), if the Employer has made any Qualified Matching or Qualified Non-elective Contributions for the Plan Year in question, the Plan Administrator may elect to treat all or any part of any such contributions meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) as Elective Deferral Contributions to the extent necessary to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage test of this Section. Any Qualified Matching or Qualified Non-elective Contributions so applied shall not be included in the computation of the Actual Contribution Percentage test requirements of Code Section 401(m) otherwise applicable to such contributions.
C.     Testing Groups . The Actual Deferral Percentage test may be performed separately with respect to those Participants who have met the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A) from those who have not met such requirements.
D.     Code Section 415 Limitation . The Employer shall not make a contribution to the Trust to the extent the contribution would exceed the Participant’s “Maximum Permissible Amount” described in this Appendix F.
E.     Multiple Code Section 401(k) Plans . The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions (and Qualified Non-elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferral Contributions for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test) allocated to his Accounts under two or more arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Deferral Contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Non-elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that have different Plan Years, all Elective Deferral Contributions made under each such plan during the Plan Year of the plan being tested shall be aggregated in determining the Employee’s Actual Deferral Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, cash or deferred arrangements under plans that are not permitted to be aggregated under Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4) (determined without regard to the prohibition on aggregating plans with inconsistent testing methods set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4)(iii)(B) and the prohibition on aggregating plans with different plan years set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.410(b)-7(d)(5)) are not aggregated for purposes of determining a Highly Compensated Employee’s Actual Deferral Percentage.
F.     Optional Plan Aggregation In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the Actual Deferral Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(k) of the Code only if they have the same Plan Year.
G.     Time for Making Contributions . For purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage test, Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Non-elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the last day of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which such contributions relate. Elective Deferral Contributions must, in any event, be paid over by the Employer to the Trustee by the earlier of the date on which they can reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general assets or within 15 business days after the end of the calendar month in which the Elective Deferral Contributions were withheld from the Participant's Compensation.
H.     Recordkeeping . The Plan Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the Actual Deferral Percentage test and the amount of Qualified Non-elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.
I.     Compliance with the Code . The determination and treatment of the Actual Deferral Percentage amounts of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. In performing the required testing hereunder, any variations in procedures or methods permitted under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations may be employed.
Section F.02.      DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS COMPENSATION DEFERRALS . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Compensation Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess Compensation Deferrals were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Whenever possible, however, such distributions shall be made within two and one-half months after the end of the Plan Year during which the Excess Compensation Deferrals occurred. Such distributions shall be made to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective portions of the Excess Compensation Deferrals attributable to each of such Employees under the methodology described above. Excess Compensation Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.
A.     Determination of Income or Loss : Excess Compensation Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss. Such adjustments shall include any income or loss through the end of the Plan Year in which the excess arose. For corrective distributions that are made for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2006 and prior to January 1, 2008, such adjustments shall also include any income or loss for the period from the end of the taxable year in which the excess arose up to the date of distribution (or up to a date that is no more than seven days before the date of the corrective distribution) (the “ Gap Period ”). Gap Period adjustments shall not be made for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2006, Gap Period adjustments are made only in the discretion of the Committee. The income or loss allocable to Excess Compensation Deferrals is the sum of: (i) income or loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferral Account (and, if applicable, the Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account or the Qualified Matching Contribution Account or both) for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Compensation Deferrals for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant's Account balance attributable to Compensation Deferrals (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if any of such contributions are included in the Actual Deferral Percentage test) without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year; and (ii) ten percent of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15 th day of such month. Alternatively, the Committee may determine the income or loss allocable to Excess Compensation Deferrals under any reasonable method that does not violate the general nondiscrimination rules of Code Section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for all such corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants’ Accounts.
B.     Accounting for Excess Compensation Deferrals : Excess Compensation Deferrals shall be distributed from the Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account (if applicable) in proportion to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent used in the Actual Deferral Percentage test) for the Plan Year. Excess Compensation Deferrals shall be distributed from the Participant's Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account only to the extent that such Excess Compensation Deferrals exceed the balance in the Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account.
Section F.03.      DOLLAR LIMITATIONS ON ELECTIVE DEFERRALS .
A.     Definitions :
(i)    “ Elective Deferrals ” means any Employer contributions made to the Plan at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include contributions made pursuant to a compensation reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a Participant's Elective Deferral is the sum of all employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section 401(k) of the Code, any simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 402(h)(1)(B), any SIMPLE IRA described in Code Section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, any plan as described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any employer contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a compensation reduction agreement.
(ii)    “ Excess Elective Deferrals ” means those Elective Deferrals that are includible in a Participant's gross income under Section 402(g) of the Code to the extent such Participant's Elective Deferrals for a taxable year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code section. Excess Elective Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan, except to the extent they are distributed pursuant to subsection C below.
B.     Prohibition of Deferrals in Excess of Code Section 402(g) Dollar Limitations . No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan, during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code (as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living) in effect at the beginning of such taxable year, except to the extent Catch-up Contributions are permitted to be made to the Plan, as described in Code Section 414(v), or such Elective Deferrals are made by reason of a Participant's Qualified Military Service.
C.     Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals . A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the Plan Administrator on or before March 15 of the following taxable year of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose Account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year.
D.     Determination of Income or Loss . Excess Elective Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss. Such adjustments shall include any income or loss through the end of the Plan Year in which the excess arose. For corrective distributions that are made for the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2007, such adjustments shall also include any income or loss for the period from the end of the taxable year in which the excess arose up to the date of distribution (the “ Gap Period ”). Gap Period adjustments shall not be made for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2007, Gap Period adjustments are made only in the discretion of the Plan Administrator. The income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals is the sum of (i) income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Elective Deferrals for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year; and (ii) if the distribution is to be adjusted for income or loss during the Gap Period, ten percent of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the Participant’s taxable year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15 th day of such month. Alternatively, the Plan Administrator may determine the income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals under any reasonable method which does not violate the general nondiscrimination rules of Code §401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for all such corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants’ Accounts.
Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the preceding taxable year must submit their claims in writing to the Plan Administrator by March 15 of the calendar year following the Plan Year in which such Excess Elective Deferrals are claimed to have been made.
Section F.04.      LIMITATIONS APPLICABLE TO MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS . For a group of Employers that are Related Employers and that elect to make Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (i.e., all Employers except those specifically designated by the Committee as a separate line of business), the limitations of this Section F.04 on Matching Contributions shall be met by complying with the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(12) and the applicable Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. This Section F.04 shall continue to apply to the Matching Contributions of any Employer and its Related Employers that do not elect to make Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.
A.     Definitions . For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:
(i)    “ Actual Contribution Percentage ” shall mean the average of the Contribution Percentages of the eligible Participants in a group.
(iii)    “ Contribution Percentage ” shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Participant's Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year (whether or not the Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year).
(iv)    “ Contribution Percentage Amounts ” shall mean the sum of the Matching Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent not taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include the following: (a) Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Compensation Deferrals, Excess Elective Deferrals, or Excess Aggregate Contributions, (b) Matching Contributions made by reason of an Eligible Employee’s Qualified Military Service, and (c) disproportionate target Matching Contributions as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall include forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account, which shall be taken into account in the year in which such forfeiture is allocated. If it so desires, the Employer may make Qualified Non-elective Contributions designated for inclusion in the Contribution Percentage Amounts. The Employer also may elect to use Elective Deferral Contributions in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so long as the Actual Deferral Percentage test is met before the Elective Deferral Contributions are used in the Actual Contribution Percentage test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the Actual Contribution Percentage test.
(v)    “ Eligible Participant ” shall mean any Employee who is eligible to make an Employee Contribution or an Elective Deferral (if the Employer takes such contributions into account in the calculation of the Contribution Percentage), or to receive a Matching Contribution (including forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching Contribution.
(vi)    “ Employee Contribution ” shall mean any voluntary employee nondeductible contribution made to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that is included in the Participant's gross income in the year in which made and that is maintained under a separate account to which earnings and losses are allocated.
(vii)    “ Excess Aggregate Contributions ” shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
1.
The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the Actual Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
2.
The maximum Contribution Amounts permitted by the Actual Contribution Percentage test (determined by reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages).
Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Compensation Deferrals pursuant to Section F.01. After making such determination, the dollar amount of the Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be determined. The Excess Aggregate Contributions, on a dollar amount basis, shall be allocated to the Account(s) of the Highly Compensated Participant(s) with the highest dollar amount of Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his/their Account(s) in a reverse leveling process similar to the one described in Section F.01 applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions.
(viii)    “ Matching Contribution ” shall mean an Employer contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account of an Employee Contribution made by such Participant, or on account of a Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions under a Plan maintained by the Employer.
B.     Actual Contribution Percentage Test . The Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:
(i)    The Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
(ii)    The Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by two, provided that the Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed such Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees by more than two percentage points.
C.     Testing Groups . The Actual Contribution Percentage test may be performed separately with respect to those Participants who have met the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A) from those who have not met such requirements.
D.     Aggregation of Contribution Percentage Amounts . For purposes of this Section, the Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his Account under two or more Plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if the total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under each plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more plans of the Employer that have different Plan Years, all Matching Contributions and Employee Contributions made under each such plan during the Plan Year of the plan being tested shall be aggregated in determining the Participant’s Contribution Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, contributions under plans that are not permitted to be aggregated under Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(4) (determined without regard to the prohibition on aggregating plans with inconsistent testing methods set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(4)(iii)(B) and the prohibition on aggregating plans with different plans years set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.410(b)-7(d)(5)) are not aggregated for purposes of determining a Highly Compensated Employee’s Contribution Percentage
E.     Aggregation of Plans . In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the Contribution Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(m) of the Code only if they have the same Plan Year.
F.     Allocation of Amounts to Plan Years . For purposes of determining the Actual Contribution Percentage test, Employee Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Trust. Matching Contributions, Employee Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Non-elective Contributions shall be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year.
G.     Re cordkeeping . The Plan Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the Actual Contribution Percentage test and the amount of Qualified Non-elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.
H.     C ode Requirements . The determination and treatment of the Contribution Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. In performing the required testing hereunder, any variations in procedures or methods permitted under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations may be employed.
I.     Employer Matching Contributions in Excess of 100%. An Employer Matching Contribution with respect to an Elective Deferral for a Non-highly Compensated Employee shall not be taken into account under the Actual Contribution Percentage test to the extent it exceeds the greatest of:
(i)
5% of Compensation;
(ii)
The Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions for a Plan Year; and
(iii)
The product of 2 times this Plan's representative matching rate and the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions for a Plan Year.
For purposes of this Section, this Plan's “representative matching rate” is the lowest matching rate for any eligible Non-highly Compensated Employee among a group of Non-highly Compensated Employees that consists of half of all eligible Non-highly Compensated Employees in the Plan for the Plan Year who make Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest matching rate for all eligible Non-highly Compensated Employees in the Plan who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year). The “matching rate” for a Participant is the Matching Contributions made for such Participant divided by the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year. However, if the matching rate is not the same for all levels of Elective Deferral Contributions for a Participant, the Participant's matching rate is determined assuming that a Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions are equal to 6% of Compensation.
Section F.05.      DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.
A.     Determination of Income or Loss : Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss. Such adjustments shall include any income or loss through the end of the Plan Year in which the excess arose. For corrective distributions that are made for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2006 and prior to January 1, 2008, such adjustments shall also include any income or loss for the period from the end of the taxable year in which the excess arose up to the date of distribution (or up to a date that is no more than seven days before the date of the corrective distribution) (the “ Gap Period ”). Gap Period adjustments shall not be made for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2006, Gap Period adjustments will be made only in the discretion of the Committee. The income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions is the sum of: (i) income or loss allocable to the Participant's Matching Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account (if any, and only to the extent that amounts therein are not used in the Actual Deferral Percentage test), and Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account and Elective Deferral Account if any such amounts were used in calculating the Actual Contribution Percentage test, for the Plan Year, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Aggregate Contributions for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant's Account balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year; and (ii) ten percent of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15 th day of such month. Alternatively, the Committee may determine the income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions under any reasonable method that does not violate the general nondiscrimination rules of Code Section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for all such corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants’ Accounts.
B.     Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions : Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions may either be reallocated to the Accounts of Non-highly Compensated Employees or applied to reduce Employer contributions, as elected by the Employer.
C.     Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions : Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or distributed from the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account (and, if applicable, the Participant's Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account or Elective Deferral Contribution Account, or both). Amounts forfeited by Highly Compensated Employees under this Section F.06.5. will be used to reduce future Employer contributions to the Plan.
Section F.06.      ALTERNATIVE TO DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AMOUNTS . In lieu of distributing Excess Compensation Deferrals or Excess Aggregate Contributions and to the extent elected by the Employer, the Employer may make Qualified Non-elective Contributions on behalf of Non-highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Actual Contribution Percentage test, or both, pursuant to regulations under the Code, and in accordance this Appendix F of the Plan.
Section F.07.      ANNUAL ADDITIONS - DEFINITIONS . For purposes of Section F.08, the following definitions and rules of interpretation shall apply:
A.    “ Annual Additions ” are the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant’s Account for any Limitation Year:
(i)    Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions (excluding Catch-Up Contributions);
(ii)    After-Tax Contributions;
(iii)    Matching Contributions;
(iv)    Profit Sharing Contributions;
(v)    Matching Contributions that are applied to the reduce ESOP Loan multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares allocated to the Participant's Account as a Matching Contribution, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares released from the Unallocated Stock Account for such Limitation Year;
(vi)    Profit Sharing Contributions that are applied to reduce the ESOP Loan multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's Compensation and the denominator of which is the total of all Participants' Compensation;
(v)    Qualified Matching Contributions;
(vi)    Qualified Non-elective Contributions, if any;
(vii)    Forfeitures, if any; and
(viii)    Excess amounts reapplied to reduce Employer contributions under Section F.08.
Except to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, Annual Additions include any excess contributions described in Code Section 401(k), excess aggregate contributions described in Code Section 401(m), and excess deferrals described in Code Section 402(g), irrespective of whether the Plan distributes or forfeits such excess amounts. Annual Additions also include amounts allocated to an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)) included as part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer. Furthermore, Annual Additions include contributions attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee (as defined in Code Section 419(A)(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer. Allocations under a SEP which is maintained by the Employer are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan. Rollover or Transfer Contributions shall not constitute Annual Additions. Further, Annual Additions do not include Restorative Payments allocated to a Participant’s Account. “ Restorative Payments ” are payments made to restore some or all of the Plan's losses due to an action (or failure to act) by a Plan fiduciary that creates a reasonable risk of liability for a breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan) under Title I of ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law so long as Participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments. Restorative Payments include, but are not limited to, payments to the Plan made pursuant to a Department of Labor order, the Department of Labor's Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court-approved settlement, to restore losses to the Plan on account of a breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). In addition, dividends paid by an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) and reinvested in the ESOP under Code Section 404(k)(2)(iii)(II) are not Annual Additions.
An Annual Addition is credited to a Participant’s Account for a Limitation Year if it is allocated to the Participant’s Account under the terms of the Plan as of any date within that Limitation Year. Similarly, an Annual Addition that is made pursuant to a corrective amendment that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(4)-11(g) is credited to a Participant’s Account for a Limitation Year if it is allocated to the Participant's Account under the terms of the corrective amendment as of any date within that Limitation Year. However, if the allocation of an Annual Addition is dependent upon the satisfaction of a condition (such as continued employment or the occurrence of an event) that has not been satisfied by the date as of which the Annual Addition is allocated under the terms of the Plan, the Annual Addition is considered allocated as of the date the condition is satisfied.
Elective Deferral Contributions, Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions Qualified Non-elective Contributions, if any, are not treated as credited to a Participant's Account for a Limitation Year unless the contributions are actually made to the Plan no later than 30 days after the end of the period described in Code Section 404(a)(6) applicable to the taxable year with or within which the Limitation Year ends. If contributions are made to the Plan after the end of the period during which contributions can be made and treated as credited to a Participant's Account for a Limitation Year, allocations attributable to those contributions are treated as credited to the Participant's Account for the Limitation Year during which those contributions are made. After-Tax Contributions are not treated as credited to a Participant's Account for a particular Limitation Year unless the contributions are actually made to the Plan no later than 30 days after the close of that Limitation Year. A forfeiture is treated as an Annual Addition for the Limitation Year that contains the date as of which it is allocated to a Participant’s Account as a forfeiture. If the Employer contributes an amount to a Participant’s Account with respect to a prior Limitation Year and such contribution is required by reason of such Participant’s rights under Code Section 414(u)(1), then such contribution is considered an Annual Addition for the Limitation Year to which the contribution relates instead of the Limitation Year in which the contribution is made.
If the Employer contributes an amount to a Participant’s Account with respect to a prior Limitation Year and such contribution is required by reason of such Participant’s rights under Code Section 414(u)(1), then such contribution is considered an Annual Addition for the Limitation Year to which the contribution relates instead of the Limitation Year in which the contribution is made.
If an amount is allocated to a Participant’s Account in a Limitation Year because of an erroneous forfeiture in a prior Limitation Year or because of an erroneous failure to allocate amounts in a prior Limitation Year, the corrective allocation will not be considered an Annual Addition with respect to the Participant for the Limitation Year in which the correction occurs, but will be considered an Annual Addition for the Limitation Year to which it relates. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, if the amount so contributed in the Limitation Year takes into account actual investment gains attributable to the period subsequent to the year to which the contribution relates, the portion of the total contribution that consists of such gains is not considered an Annual Addition for any Limitation Year.
B.    “ Defined Benef it Plan .” A retirement plan that does not provide for individual accounts for Employer contributions. The Committee shall treat all Defined Benefit Plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan.
C.    “ Defined Contribution Plan .” A retirement plan that provides for an individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the participant's account, and any income, expenses, gains and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other participants that the Committee may allocate to such Participant's account. The Committee shall treat as a Defined Contribution Plan an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)) included as part of a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer and a welfare benefit fund under Code Section 419(e) maintained by the Employer to the extent there are post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)). The Committee shall treat all Defined Contribution Plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan.
D.    “ Limitation Year .” The Plan Year.
E.    “ Maximum Permissible Amount .” The maximum permissible amount with respect to any Participant shall be the lesser of:
(i)    $40,000 (as adjusted in accordance with Code Section 415(d)) ($52,000 for 2014), or
(ii)    100% of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year.
The Compensation limit set forth in (ii) above, shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after Severance from Employment (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or Code Section 419(f)(2)), which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition. If there is a short Limitation Year because of a change in Limitation Year, the Committee will multiply the $40,000 limitation (or larger limitation) by the following fraction:
Number of months in the short Limitation Year
12.
F.    “ Participating Employer .” Each Employer and any Related Employers. Solely for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section F.07., the Plan Administrator shall determine Related Employers by modifying Code Sections 414(b) and (c) in accordance with Code Section 415(h).
G.     Required Plan Aggregation . For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415(b), (c) and (e) applicable to a Participant for a particular Limitation Year, all qualified Defined Benefit Plans (without regard to whether a plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the Company will be treated as one Defined Benefit Plan and all qualified Defined Contribution Plans (without regard to whether a plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the Company will be treated as part of this Plan.
Section F.08.      ANNUAL ADDITION -- LIMITATIONS . The amount of the Annual Addition that may be credited under this Plan to any Participant's Account as of any allocation date shall not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the sum of any credits of Annual Additions made to the Participant's Account under all Defined Contribution Plans as of any preceding allocation date within the Limitation Year.
If an allocation date of this Plan coincides with an allocation date of any other qualified Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Company, the amount of the Annual Additions that may be credited under this Plan to any Participant's Account as of such date shall be an amount equal to the product of the amount to be credited under this Plan without regard to this Appendix F multiplied by the lesser of one or a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount described in this Section F.08 during the Limitation Year and the denominator of which is the amount that would otherwise be credited on this allocation date under all Defined Contribution Plans without regard to this Appendix F.
If contributions to this Plan on behalf of a Participant are to be reduced prior to their contribution to the Plan as a result of this Appendix F, such reduction shall be effected by first reducing the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions (along with any corresponding Matching Contributions) on behalf of such Participant, and then, if necessary, by reducing the Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, that would otherwise have been allocated to a Participant's Account. Corrections for excess Annual Additions shall be made in a manner consistent with the EPCRS issued by the IRS, as in effect from time to time.
In any Plan Year in which the Plan Administrator deems it necessary to do so to meet the requirements of this Section or the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the Plan Administrator may further reduce the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions that may be made to a Participant's Account. The rules under Code Section 415(j) shall apply as appropriate. In no event shall a Participant’s benefit be double counted in the application of these aggregation rules. The limitations of this Section F.08 shall be determined and applied taking into account the aggregation rules provided herein, and the aggregation rules not otherwise provided in this Section, as incorporated by reference from Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(f)-1. However, any increase in benefits resulting from the application of such rules in effect as of a Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2008, shall apply only to Participants who have completed at least one (1) Hour of Service with a Participating Employer after December 31, 2007.
Section F.09.      QSLOB TESTING PROVISIONS . For any testing year (as defined in Code Section 414(r)) the Company may elect (by filing with the IRS at the time and in the manner prescribed by the IRS) to use qualified separate lines of business (“QSLOB”) in order to satisfy nondiscrimination and/or coverage testing for the Plan.

TELEFLEX 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

APPENDIX G

SPECIAL RULES REGARDING PARTICIPANTS IN THE
VASONOVA, INC. 401(K) PLAN

On January 10, 2011, Teleflex Incorporated acquired VasoNova, Inc. Effective September 4, 2012, the VasoNova, Inc. 401(k) Plan shall be merged with and into the Plan and shall cease to exist as an independent plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to benefits accrued under the VasoNova, Inc. 401(k) Plan prior to February 17, 2011 (the date that participation in and contributions to the VasoNova, Inc. 401(k) Plan were frozen) that are merged into the Plan:
1.
Effective as of September 4, 2012, Section 5.08 of the Plan shall apply to benefits under the VasoNova, Inc. 401(k) Plan that are merged into the Plan. As a result, the only forms of payment available for benefits under the VasoNova, Inc. 401(k) Plan that are merged into the Plan are the forms set forth in Section 5.08 of the Plan.

2.
Effective as of September 4, 2012, the hardship withdrawal provisions in Section 6.01 of the Plan shall apply to benefits under the VasoNova, Inc. 401(k) Plan that are merged into the Plan.
TELEFLEX 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

APPENDIX H

DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO TRANSFER FROM

THE HUDSON RESPIRATORY CARE, INC. PROFIT SHARING PLAN
Effective as of February 1, 2004, the Hudson Respiratory Care, Inc. Pension Plan (“Hudson Pension Plan”), a money purchase pension plan, was merged with and into the Hudson Profit Sharing Plan. As a result, consistent with Code Section 411(d)(6), the Hudson Profit Sharing Plan preserved the annuity forms of distribution available under the Hudson Pension Plan for benefits transferred to the Hudson Profit Sharing Plan from the Hudson Pension Plan. On July 3, 2006, the Hudson Respiratory Care, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (“Hudson Profit Sharing Plan”) was merged with and into the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, distributions from the portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to amounts transferred to the Plan from the Hudson Profit Sharing Plan shall be subject to the distribution rules of this Appendix H to the extent the distribution rules of this Appendix H are inconsistent with the distribution rules of the Plan.
ARTICLE A      DEFINITIONS.
Except as provided below, all terms used herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context. For purposes of this Appendix H, the following words and phrases have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context.
A.1    “ Annuity Starting Date ” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity or, in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred that entitle the Participant to such benefit.
A.2    “ Earliest Retirement Age ” means the earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive his Transferred Amount.
A.3    “ Election Period ” means the period that begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant’s death. If a Participant has a Severance from Employment prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is reached, with respect to the Hudson Transfer Account as of the date of severance, the Election Period shall begin on the date of severance.
A.4    “ Hudson Transfer Account ” means the portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to amounts transferred to the Plan from the Hudson Profit Sharing Plan.
A.5    “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the later of the date on which a Participant reaches age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s Employment Commencement Date.
A.6    “ Qualified Election ” means a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. A Qualified Election must be consented to by the Participant’s Spouse (to whom the survivor annuity is payable under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) in writing, designate a Beneficiary (or form of benefit) that may not be changed without Spousal consent or the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the Spouse’s right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary (or form of benefit), and expressly and voluntarily permit designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by the Spouse and the Spouse’s consent to a waiver acknowledges the effect of such election and is witnessed by a notary public or a member of the Benefits Group. The Spouse’s consent is irrevocable, unless the Participant revokes the waiver election. Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Benefits Group that such written consent cannot be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a Qualified Election. If the Participant’s Spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the Spouse’s legal guardian (even if the guardian is the Participant) may give consent. Also, if the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, Spousal consent is not required unless a qualified domestic relations order provides otherwise. Any consent necessary under this provision will be valid only with respect to the Spouse who signs the consent, or in the event of a deemed Qualified Election, the designated Spouse. Additionally, a revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited.
A.7    “ Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity ” means an immediate annuity that is purchasable from a commercial insurer with a Participant’s Hudson Transfer Account balance and which is payable for the life of the Participant with, if the Participant is married on the Annuity Starting Date, a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s surviving Spouse equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his Spouse.
A.8    “ Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity ” means a monthly annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse that can be purchased with the full fair market value of the Participant’s Hudson Transfer Account.
ARTICLE B      PAYMENT AND FORM OF BENEFITS.
Except as provided below, a Participant’s Hudson Transfer Account shall be distributed in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
B.1     Normal Form of Benefit . Subject to Section 5.03 of the Plan, unless an optional form of benefit has been selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 180-day period ending on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, a married Participant’s Hudson Transfer Account will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. For purposes of applying this Appendix H, a former Spouse shall be treated as the Participant’s Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)).
B.2     Election of Benefits - Notice and Election Procedures . Within 180 days before but not later than 30 days (or seven (7) days, if the 30-day period is waived by the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse, if applicable) before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator shall supply the Participant with a written explanation describing the terms and conditions of the normal form of benefit payable to him under Section B.1., the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan, including the material features and relative values of those options, the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the normal form of benefit, the rights of the Participant’s Spouse, if applicable, regarding the waiver election, the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a waiver election, the Participant’s right to defer distribution until he attains the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62, and a description of how much larger benefits will be if the commencement of distribution is deferred, in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.417(a)(3)-1. Notices given in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, shall also include a description of how much larger benefits will be if the commencement of distribution is deferred. The written explanation shall advise the Participant that his benefit will be paid in the normal form of benefit unless, within the election period before his Annuity Starting Date, he makes a Qualified Election.
B.3     Extension of Election Period . If by not later than the day before his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant requests the Plan Administrator to furnish him with additional information relating to the effect of the normal form of benefit payable to him under Section B.1., the election period under Section B.2. shall be extended and his Annuity Starting Date shall be postponed to a date not later than 180 days following the date the Plan Administrator furnishes him with the additional information.
B.4     Change of Election . Any Participant electing an optional form of benefit under Section B.5 may revoke such election and file a new election with the Plan Administrator at any time prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. Upon the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, his election shall become irrevocable.
B.5     Optional Form of Benefit Payment . Subject to the Spousal consent requirements (if applicable) and in lieu of the normal form of benefit payment provided for in Section B.2., a Participant may elect one of the following forms of benefit payment for his Hudson Transfer Account:
B.5.1    A cash lump sum distribution; or
B.5.2    A life annuity payable for the life of the Participant.
ARTICLE C      PRERETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS.
C.1     Eligibility for Spouse’s Preretirement Death Benefit . If a married Participant who has a Hudson Transfer Account dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Spouse shall receive a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, unless pursuant to a Qualified Election, the Participant waived the Spouse’s Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and the Spouse consented to such waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance at the time the distribution commences is not greater than $5,000, the Participant’s Nonforfeitable Account balance shall be paid in a single lump sum to the Participant’s surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary in lieu of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity as soon as administratively practicable after his death.
C.2     Payment of Spouse’s Preretirement Death Benefit . If the Participant dies after reaching his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse’s Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable for the Spouse’s life, beginning on the first day of the month following the date of the Participant’s death; provided, however, that if the Participant dies before reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Spouse may elect to defer the payment of benefits until the first day of the month following the date on which the Participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Age. If the Participant dies before reaching his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse’s Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable for the Spouse’s life beginning on the first day of the month following the date the Participant would have attained his Earliest Retirement Age, or such later date as the Spouse may elect, but no later than the first day of the month following the date on which the Participant would have reached his Normal Retirement Age. However, upon written notice to the Plan Administrator, the Spouse may elect to have the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity begin within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death, or to have the Participant’s Hudson Transfer Account paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Valuation Date next following the Participant’s death.
C.3     Notice Requirements . The Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the “applicable period” for each Participant a written explanation of:
C.3.1    The terms and conditions of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity;
C.3.2    The Participant’s rights to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity;
C.3.3    The rights of the Participant’s Spouse; and
C.3.4    The right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
The “applicable period” for a Participant is whichever of the following ends last: (i) the period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending on the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 34; (ii) a reasonable period after an Employee becomes a Participant; (iii) a reasonable period after the joint and survivor rules become applicable to the Participant; or (iv) a reasonable period after a fully subsidized Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity no longer satisfies the requirements for a fully subsidized benefit. A reasonable period described in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) is the period beginning one year before and ending one year after the applicable event. If the Participant has a Severance from Employment before attaining age 35, clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) do not apply, and the written explanation shall be provided within the period beginning one year before and ending one year after the Severance from Employment. The Plan does not limit the number of times the Participant may revoke a waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity or make a new waiver during the applicable period.
C.4     Waiver of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity . A Participant who during the Election Period has made a Qualified Election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity may direct that, if the Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Hudson Transfer Account will be paid:
C.4.1    To his Spouse, in one of the optional forms described in Section B.5 as elected by the Participant as soon as administratively practicable following the date of the Participant’s death, or at such later time elected by the surviving Spouse, but no later than December 31 of the year in which the Participant would have reached age 70½ had he lived; or
C.4.2    To a designated Beneficiary other than his Spouse in one of the optional forms described in Section B.5 as elected by the Participant by December 31 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death.
Any election made under this Section C.4 shall comply with the requirements of Article D.
C.5     Preretirement Death Benefits - Unmarried Participants . If an unmarried Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive his entire Hudson Transfer Account. Such amount shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Valuation Date next following the Participant’s death.
ARTICLE D      REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS.
Distributions under this Appendix H shall be made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, as generally described in this Article D. The provisions of this Article D shall override any distribution option otherwise provided in this Appendix H that is inconsistent with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article D shall not alter the forms of benefit provided under this Appendix H to the extent that these benefit forms satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.




TELEFLEX 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

APPENDIX I

PARTICIPANT LOAN POLICY






















015184.000057 605080613.5



Exhibit 10.16
   
 
March 8, 2013
Cameron Hicks
[ADDRESS OMITTED]
[ADDRESS OMITTED]
 
Dear Cameron:
On behalf of Teleflex Incorporated (the “Company”), I am pleased to confirm our offer of employment as Vice President, Global Human Resources. Your starting date is Monday, April 8, 3013. You will be based at our corporate facility in Limerick, Pennsylvania and report directly to Benson F. Smith, Chairman, President and CEO.
The key provisions of the offer package are as follows:
Base Salary:    Your compensation package includes a bi-weekly salary of $10,576.92, which amounts to an annualized salary of $275,000.00.  

Employee Benefits:   You are eligible to sign up for benefits coverage on the first day of the month following the date your employment begins. You will have the option to enroll in medical, dental, and vision coverage, employee assistance program, 401(k) and short and long-term disability. In addition, your benefits package also includes $500,000 in life insurance coverage and 4 weeks of vacation.

Under the company’s current executive benefit policy subject to the company’s discretion, you will receive an auto allowance of $800.00 per month , which is treated as taxable income.

Annual Incentive Plan (AIP ): In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in the Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) with a target payout of 40% of your base salary. You will be eligible for full year participation in 2013. This Plan is designed to provide an annual cash incentive award to eligible exempt employees, subject to achievement of certain performance criteria established on an annual basis. I will work with you to establish these goals for the remainder of 2013.

Restricted Stock and Options : In recognition of your forgone 2013 Teleflex annual grant, you will be recommended for a grant of $146,000 (approximately 6,621 shares in Stock Options vesting 1/3 per year for three years, and approximately 717 shares of Restricted Stock vesting 100% on a 3 year cliff basis). In recognition of your unvested outstanding equity at your current employer, you also will be recommended for a new hire grant of $100,000 in Restricted Stock, vesting 100% on a 1 year cliff basis, and $150,000 in Stock Options vesting 1/3 per year for three years. Grants are subject to approval at a future meeting of the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors after your employment date. The final number of Shares / Options will be determined based on an internal value calculation on the date of the grants. Fidelity Investments, our stock plan administrator, will send you a welcome packet shortly after your grant is approved. It will include details on activating your account to view plan documents and vesting details. You will also be eligible for future grants based on your performance and the Company’s financial performance beginning in February 2014. Your guideline for future annual grants, subject to the discretion of the Compensation Committee, will be approximately $150,000 in Stock Options (65%) and Restricted Stock (35%).

While the Company does not currently have an approved policy in respect to executive severance agreements for corporate officers, your offer includes a commitment to pay you nine (9) months seve3rance in an amount equal to continued salary payable in installments consistent with existing payroll practices and to continue your medical and dental benefits for such nine (9) month period under terms and conditions in effect immediately prior to your termination. This severance obligation will be in lieu of any other severance obligation by the Company under existing Company practices or policies.
This offer of employment is contingent upon your successful completion of a background check and a drug test.  Neither this offer nor any other written or verbal communication is intended to create a contract of employment or a promise of long-term employment.  All employment with Teleflex is at-will.  As a condition of employment, you will be required to sign an acknowledgement form stipulating compliance with the Teleflex Code of Ethics Program, as well as a copy of our standard form agreement covering confidentiality, assignment of inventions, and competition.  
Cam, we are excited and pleased to extend this offer to you and look forward to having you join Teleflex. We believe you will make a significant contribution to our growth and future success. I sincerely hope that you are excited about this offer and opportunity to join the Teleflex Team.
Sincerely,
/s/ Laurence G. Miller
Laurence G. Miller
EVP, General Counsel, Secretary & CAO

Acceptance of Offer:

/s/ Cameron Hicks March 11, 2013

Cameron Hicks Date  

Exhibit 10.17



Contract of Employment

This agreement sets out the main particulars of the terms and conditions of employment in compliance with the Terms of Employment (Information) Acts, 1994-2001.

Date issued

5 th  November 2012
Employee

Karen Boylan
Address

[ADDRESS OMITTED]
Employer
Teleflex Medical Europe Ltd (the “Company”)

Registered Address
Garrycastle Business & Technology Park
Athlone
Co. Westmeath
Ireland
 
 


1.

Job Title

Vice President Quality Assurance and Regulatory Affairs International

2.

Function/Business


QA/RA

3.

Commencement


Your employment with the Company will begin on the 1 st of January 2013

The Company reserves the right to refer you to a Company Doctor to undergo a medical examination for occupational health reasons, before the date of commencement.


4.

Probation Period

Your employment will be probationary for the first 6 months . The probationary period may be extended at the Company’s discretion, but will not, in any case, exceed 9 months. Termination of this agreement during or at the end of the probationary period shall be at the discretion of the Company, giving two weeks  notice.


5.

Place of Work

It is a condition of employment that you may be required to work at any of the Company’s Offices. Your normal place of work will be in the Company's premises in Garrycastle Business & Technology Park Athlone Co. Westmeath Ireland  but you may be required to travel in the course of your work [within Ireland and abroad].



6.




Hours

Your normal working week will be 39  hours with a 45 min lunch period daily. The normal working week will be from 8.15 am  to 5.00 p.m . Monday to Thursday and 8.15 am  to 4.00 p.m . on Friday. The Company reserves the right to alter these working hours from time to time. You may from time to time be required to work overtime depending on the requirements of your work and at the discretion of management. Where possible you will be notified in advance. You may from time to time be required to work on [Bank holidays] depending on the requirements of your work, where possible you will be notified in advance.

7.

Duties

During the course of your employment, it may be necessary to expand or amend your job duties, within the general scope of your position, or change your function within the Company or the Teleflex (Medical) Group (the “Group”) . The Company reserves the right to change your function and/or assign other job duties to you at any time, it being understood that you will not be assigned duties which you cannot reasonably perform.


8.

Remuneration

Your basic salary is €177,500 per annum less statutory and agreed deductions. Salary is payable by Direct Debit, Monthly  in arrears. Salaries are reviewed annually at the Company’s discretion. You have the right to request a written statement of your hourly rate of pay for any pay reference period falling within the previous twelve months.

In addition to your base salary, you will be considered for participation in the Annual Incentive Award Program (AIP) with a target payout of 40%. This plan is designed to provide an annual cash incentive award to eligible exempt employees who meet certain performance criteria. Any potential award would be based on your performance and the financial performance of the Corporation.


You will receive on a yearly basis €18,000 gross as a car allowance, paid in 12 monthly instalments.


The Company will be entitled to deduct from your salary or any other amounts which may be due to you by the Company (including but not limited to wages, holiday pay, sick pay, pay in lieu of notice, incentive or bonus payments, allowances or expenses) any amounts that are owed by you to the Company or any Group company. After giving you written notice and by your agreeing to the terms and conditions set out in this agreement you consent to the deduction of such sums.


9.

Annual leave





















Annual leave entitlement 24 days per calendar year and proportionately less for less then twelve month’s service.

Further details can be found in our employee Handbook.

The Company holiday year runs from January 1st to December 31st. Unused holidays may not be carried forward from one year to the next unless otherwise agreed with the Company in writing.

During any continuous period of sickness absence of one month or more, you shall not accrue any statutory or contractual holiday entitlements.

Public Holidays shall be given in accordance with the Organisation of Working Time Act, 1997.

If a termination of this contract occurs and the paid holidays already exceed the paid holiday entitlement on the date of termination, the Company will deduct the excess holiday pay from any termination pay.

Annual Leave must be agreed with your manager as early as possible. Management will normally try to accommodate individual preferences for holiday dates, but the needs of the business may have to take precedence, particularly where inadequate notice is given.


10.

Private Health Cover

With immediate effect upon joining you are eligible to receive fully subsidised health insurance for you and your dependents  (Aviva – Business Plan Complete) , subject to completion of an application form.


11.

Pension

All employees over 18 years may be able to elect to join the Company’s Defined Contribution pension scheme (the “Scheme”) immediately on joining the Company, subject to the provisions of its trust deed and rules. [The current employee contribution is 5% of basic salary and the Company currently contributes 7% of basic salary.] The pension is a Defined Contribution Scheme administered by Irish Life.

Whilst the Company intends to continue the operation of the current Scheme indefinitely it must as a matter of ordinary business prudence reserve its right to amend or terminate the Scheme at its discretion.


12.

Retirement

The normal retirement date is when you reach 65 years  of age, when all benefits cease.


13.

Sick Pay

You must notify your department within two hours  of your normal start time that you are absent from work because of sickness or injury. For absences in excess of 3 working days (on a weekly basis thereafter) you must submit a doctor’s certificate in line with company sick pay requirements. The company operates a sick pay benefit for employees who cannot attend work as a result of a genuine illness.

The Company will continue to pay your basic salary for a period of six months. Sick pay is subject to your compliance with the Company’s absence/sick pay policy and absence reporting procedures. Any sick pay paid by the Company will be calculated by reference to your basic salary less any state disability benefit which you are eligible to receive, whether or not actually recovered by you.

For employees on Probation, the Company is not obliged to pay you during any absence on the grounds of illness, and in such event you should avail of the appropriate Department of Social Welfare Benefits



14.

Medical

You may, at the Company’s request, be required to undergo a medical examination for occupational health reasons at any time during your employment. In circumstances where a medical evaluation is required, you will be requested to sign an Access to Medical Records form to allow the Company to receive a report.


15.

Change in Benefits

All benefits will be subject to the terms and conditions of the benefit plan under which they are provided. The Company reserves the right at all times to vary or discontinue any benefit plans (including any Company pension contributions) in which you may be eligible to participate and or to substitute new benefit plans for any plan in which you may be eligible to participate. Any Company benefit plan which is insured will be subject to and conditional upon the terms and conditions of the relevant policy of insurance.


16.

Cessation of Benefits

All benefits payable or otherwise made available to you under any Company benefit plan(s) in which you may be entitled to participate from time to time shall automatically cease, as shall your eligibility to participate in such plan(s), upon the termination of your employment for any reason whatsoever. In the event of such termination, the Company shall be under no obligation to replace the terminated or discontinued benefit plan(s) and/or provide the same or similar benefits or compensation in lieu.


17.

Disclosure of
Information

It is a condition of employment that you will:

(a)      Not disclose to any unauthorised person any confidential information about the interest or business of the Company or the Group, or the customers of the Company or the Group. This restriction will continue to apply after the termination of your employment without limit on point of time but will cease to apply to information or knowledge which may reasonably be said to have come into the public domain other than by reason of breach of the provisions of this agreement;

(b)      On the termination of your employment for whatever reason, you will return to the Company all files, correspondence, records, data, computer files, specifications, models, notes, formulations, lists, papers, reports and other documents/papers and all copies thereof belonging to the Company;

(c)      Not disclose personal data held by the Company or the Group, or the customers of the Company or the Group, to any person without appropriate authorisation from the Company;

(d)      Agree to abide by the terms set out in the Company’s Security Declaration;

(e)      Agree to comply with all Company policies for the maintenance of confidentiality, integrity and availability of information and to protect personal data.


18.

Intellectual Property
Rights


You agree to irrevocably and unconditionally assign to the Company all rights to inventions, improvements, copyright and all other intellectual property rights of whatever nature acquired by you in the course of your duties.


19.

Personal Data

For the purposes of administration, it is necessary for the Company to hold and process personal information about you which is subject to the Data Protection Acts 1988 and 2003 (the “Acts”). In addition, the Company may from time to time, require that the personal information is transferred within the Group, outside the European Union. By signing this agreement you are giving explicit consent (as defined in the Acts) to the Company processing, both manually and by electronic means, your personal and sensitive personal data for the purposes of the administration and management of your employment and/or the Company’s business.

The Company will treat all personal/sensitive personal data as confidential and will not use or process it other than for legitimate purposes. The Company will ensure that the information is accurate, kept up to date and not kept for longer than is necessary. Measures will also be taken to safeguard against unauthorised or unlawful processing and accidental loss or destruction or damage to the data.

You have the right to inspect, review and, if necessary, update your personal details on an annual basis. Normally you will be able to inspect your file within 7 working days of this request. If your personal circumstances change at any time you should update your personal records accordingly. This will ensure that the information remains accurate.

The Group abides with the European Union – Unites States Safe Harbor Privacy Principles as set forth by the United States Department of Commerce regarding the collection, use and retention of personal information collected by the Group within the European Union.

The Group collects, processes and maintains limited personal information (i.e. name, address, telephone number, data of birth, hire date, title, position, benefit, salary data, etc.) about its employees as necessary for the administration of human resources function, policies and practices. The Group will take responsible steps to ensure that data is reliable for its intended use, accurate, complete and current. Employees should contact their local Human Resources representative for the following:

     Access to your data
     Correct, amend or delete information that is inaccurate or incomplete
     Opt-out of having personal information:
o      disclosed to a non-agent third party
o      used for a purpose other than the purpose for which it was originally collected or subsequently authorised by the employee.
     Opt-in and explicitly consent to the disclosure of the sensitive personal information to a non-agent third party or the use of the information for a purpose other than that for which it was originally collected or subsequently authorized by the individual.

The Group takes reasonable precautions to protect personal information it collect and maintains from loss, misuse (including unauthorised access), disclosure, alteration and destruction. When the Group deems it necessary to transmit your data to one of its agents, it will assure the data is adequately safeguarded.

Please refer to the EU Safe Harbor Privacy Policy HRP-017 for additional details.

20.

Other Employment

It is a condition of your employment that you will not work for any other company or business during your employment without first obtaining written permission from the Company. However, you must ensure that your combined hours of work do not exceed a total of 48 hours per week in accordance with the Organisation of Working Time Act, 1997.


21.

Termination

You or the Company may terminate your employment at any time by serving notice in writing as follows:

6 months of notice.

The Company reserves the right to pay your salary in lieu of notice instead of requiring you to work out any period of notice.

The Company shall have the right to terminate this agreement without notice (or payment in lieu of notice) in cases of gross misconduct, negligence or dishonesty.

On termination of your employment, for whatever reason, you will keep secret and not use for your benefit or for the benefit of others any confidential information obtained or which otherwise came into your possession during your employment.

In the event that notice of termination has been given by either you or the Company, provided always that the Company shall continue to pay your salary and contractual benefits until your employment terminates, the Company may in its absolute discretion without breaking the terms of your contract of employment or giving rise to any claim against the Company for all or part of your notice period :-

(a) exclude your from the premises of the Company;
(b) require you to carry out specified duties for the Company or to carry out no duties;
(c) announce to employees, suppliers and customers that you have been given notice of termination or have resigned (as the case may be);
(d) Instruct you not to communicate orally or in writing with suppliers, customers, employees, agents or representatives of the Company until your employment has terminated.

For the avoidance of doubt, your duties and obligations under this agreement continue to apply during such period, any such period to be referred to hereinafter as a “Garden Leave” period and you will remain subject to your duty of fidelity to the Company. However, subject to provisions of this clause you will be free to seek new employment to commence following the termination of the Garden Leave Period.


22.


Post-Termination Restrictions

After the termination of your employment, howsoever arising, you will not either directly or indirectly (without the prior consent of the Company) for a period of [six months] thereafter (such period to be reduced by the duration of any Garden Leave period):

(a)      work for, be engaged by, concerned with or interested in (except as the holder of any shares, stock or debentures which in aggregate do not exceed 1% of the total shares, stocks or debentures of a company quoted on any recognised stock exchange) in any [medical device] business and/or associated business which operates from or carries on business in Ireland in competition with the Company Business within [the island of Ireland];

(b)      canvass or solicit, or by any other means seek or solicit, in competition with the Company, business from any customer or client (or a prospective customer or client with whom the Company has reached an advanced stage of negotiation) at the time of the termination of your employment with whom you had material dealings during your employment in the twelve month period prior to your termination date;

a.      employ or solicit, or by any other means seek or solicit, whether on your own behalf or on behalf of others, any person who is or was employed or engaged by the Company or by the Group as [an executive director, senior manager or in a key or technical sales role]   at any time during the six month period immediately preceding the date on which your employment with the Company terminated, and who, by means of such employment, is or is likely to be in possession of confidential information relating to the Company or the Group.


For the purposes of this clause “Company Business” shall mean [insert definition] and any part of such business operated by the Company or any associated company at the date of termination of your employment.

You acknowledge and agree that all of the restrictions contained in this letter are reasonable and necessary to protect the interests of the Company, and you agree that the Company may seek equitable remedies to enforce them in addition to any other legal remedies it has.

Each of the restrictions set out in this clause is an entirely separate, severable and independent restriction and all such restrictions will (without prejudice to their generality) apply to any action taken by you whether as agent, representative, principal, employee or consultant or as a director or other officer of any company, or by any company controlled by you or any associate of yours.

In the event that any of the restrictions contained in this clause are adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to go beyond what is reasonable, in all the circumstances, for the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company and/or Group but would be adjudged reasonable if any particular restriction or restrictions, or part thereof, were deleted in any manner, then the restrictions in question shall apply with such deletions as may be decided by a court of competent jurisdiction, without affecting the remaining provisions thereof.


23.

Disciplinary & Grievance Procedures

Details of the Company’s Disciplinary Procedure can be found in the Employee Handbook. The Company reserves its rights to suspend you on full pay pending the outcome of any investigation or disciplinary inquiry.

Any work related grievances should initially be taken up with your line manager. There are subsequent steps, as outlined in the Company’s Grievance Procedure, details of which can be found in the Employee Handbook.


24.

Health and Safety

Employees are reminded that they have a statutory duty to observe all health and safety rules and take all reasonable care to promote the health and safety at work of themselves and their fellow employees. Wilful breaches of or any failure to comply with the terms of the policy by an employee, will be fully investigated and where appropriate may result in disciplinary action. Further details can be found in the Employee Handbook.



25.

Equal Opportunities

The Company is an Equal Opportunities Employer. We recognise the potential of a diverse workforce. The Company is committed to ensuring that no employee receives less favourable treatment on grounds of colour, race, religion, ethnic origin, gender, marital status, disability, age, sexual orientation, family status or membership of the Traveller Community.

The overall responsibility for the policy lies with the Company, however all staff are required to comply with the policy and to act in accordance with its objectives so as to remove any barriers to equal opportunity. Any act of discrimination, victimisation or any failure to comply with the terms of the policy by an employee, will be fully investigated and where appropriate may result in disciplinary action.


26.

Basis of Agreement

These terms of engagement form the sole basis of agreement between you and the Company and supersede any previous agreements (whether written or oral) between you and the Company and any other Teleflex Group Company. The Company reserves the right to change these conditions, but only by serving written notice by letter, circular or by posting notices.

If there is a conflict between these terms and those set out in any Company booklet or procedure, these terms will prevail.


27.

Search

The Company reserves the right to search employees on entering or leaving the Company’s premises, as well as any package, handbag, motor vehicle or other items which are brought by employees on to the Company’s premises.


28.

Computer Use

It is necessary for the Company to protect its interests by monitoring computer usage and all communications on its private networks (including office telephone networks and email systems).You understand and accept that the Company collects information on all Internet user account and email activity and that this information is periodically reviewed by authorised staff to ensure compliance with the Company’s computer use policy and to detect any unauthorised use of the Company’s computers. A breach of the Company’s computer use policy or any unauthorised use of a Company computer may result in disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.


29.

Collective Agreements

[There is no   collective agreement which directly affects your employment.]


30.

Lay off/Short time

The Company has the right to lay off employees without pay or to make a temporary reduction to your hours of work (with pro-rata reduction in your salary) should the Company consider this necessary. You will be given notice of any such action.


31.

Governing Law

This agreement and your employment shall at all times and in all respects be governed by the law of Ireland.




I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT SET OUT ABOVE AND AGREE TO ACCEPT THE APPOINTMENT UNDER THESE TERMS, SUBJECT TO ANY AMENDMENTS AND ADDITIONAL TERMS STATED IN THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER.


Signed:
/s/ Karen Boylan
Date:
6 th  December 2012
 
 
 
 
Signed:
/s/ Monika Vikander-Hegarty
Date:
3 rd  December 2012



1

Exhibit 10.15.1



Contract of Employment


This agreement sets out the main particulars of the terms and conditions of employment in compliance with the Terms of Employment (Information) Acts, 1994-2001.


Date issued

27 th   September 2011
Employee

Tony Kennedy
Address

[ADDRESS OMITTED]
Employer
Teleflex Medical Europe Ltd (the “Company”)

Registered Address
Garrycastle Business & Technology Park
Athlone
Co. Westmeath
Ireland

1.
Job Title
VP of Manufacturing EMEA

2.
Function/Business
Manufacturing

3.
Commencement
Your employment with the Company will begin on 2 nd  of July 2007(the “date of commencement”)

The Company reserves the right to refer you to a Company Doctor to undergo a medical examination for occupational health reasons, before the date of commencement.

4.
Probation Period
Your employment will be probationary for the first 6 months . The probationary period may be extended at the Company’s discretion, but will not, in any case, exceed 9 months. Termination of this agreement during or at the end of the probationary period shall be at the discretion of the Company, giving two weeks  notice.

5.
Place of Work
Your place of work will be home based but from time to time travel to offices will be required as appropriate for your role. Your contract and services will provide to the company which is based in Garrycastle Business & Technology Park Athlone Co. Westmeath Ireland.

6.
Hours
Your normal working week will be 39  hours with a 45 min lunch period daily. The normal working week will be from 8.15 am  to 5.00 p.m . Monday to Thursday and 8.15 am  to 4.00 p.m . on Friday. The Company reserves the right to alter these working hours from time to time. You may from time to time be required to work overtime depending on the requirements of your work and at the discretion of management. Where possible you will be notified in advance. You may from time to time be required to work on [Bank holidays] depending on the requirements of your work, where possible you will be notified in advance.

7.
Duties
During the course of your employment, it may be necessary to expand or amend your job duties, within the general scope of your position, or change your function within the Company or the Teleflex (Medical) Group (the “Group”) . The Company reserves the right to change your function and/or assign other job duties to you at any time, it being understood that you will not be assigned duties which you cannot reasonably perform.

8.
Remuneration
Your basic salary is €170,560 per annum less statutory and agreed deductions. Salary is payable by Direct Debit, Monthly  in arrears. Salaries are reviewed annually at the Company’s discretion. You have the right to request a written statement of your hourly rate of pay for any pay reference period falling within the previous twelve months.

In addition to your base salary, you may be considered for participation in the Company’s Annual Incentive Award Program (“AIP”) with a target payout of 25%. The AIP is designed to provide an annual cash incentive award to eligible employees. Any potential award would be based on your performance and the financial performance of the Company. The terms and conditions of the AIP will be determined by the Company in its absolute discretion and may be amended or terminated by it at any time.

You will receive on a yearly base €18,000 gross as a car allowance, paid in 12 monthly instalments.

The Company will be entitled to deduct from your salary or any other amounts which may be due to you by the Company (including but not limited to wages, holiday pay, sick pay, pay in lieu of notice, incentive or bonus payments, allowances or expenses) any amounts that are owed by you to the Company or any Group company. After giving you written notice and by you agreeing to the terms and conditions set out in this agreement you consent to the deduction of such sums.

9.
Annual leave
Annual leave entitlement 24 days per calendar year and proportionately less for less then twelve month’s service. Further details can be found in our employee Handbook.

The Company holiday year runs from January 1st to December 31st. Unused holidays may not be carried forward from one year to the next unless otherwise agreed with the Company in writing.

During any continuous period of sickness absence of one month or more, you shall not accrue any statutory or contractual holiday entitlements.

Public Holidays shall be given in accordance with the Organisation of Working Time Act, 1997.

If a termination of this contract occurs and the paid holidays already exceed the paid holiday entitlement on the date of termination, the Company will deduct the excess holiday pay from any termination pay.

Annual Leave must be agreed with your manager as early as possible. Management will normally try to accommodate individual preferences for holiday dates, but the needs of the business may have to take precedence, particularly where inadequate notice is given.

10.
Private Health Cover
With immediate effect upon joining you will be eligible to receive fully subsidised health insurance for yourself and your dependants  (Aviva Healthcare Cover – Company Care), subject to completion of an application form.
11.
Retirement
The normal retirement date is when you reach 65 years  of age, when all benefits cease.
12.
Retirement Benefit
All employees over 18 may be able to elect to join the Company’s Defined Contribution pension scheme (the “Scheme”) immediately on joining the Company, subject to the provisions of its trust deed and rules. The current employee contribution is 5% of basic salary and the Company currently contributes 5% of basic salary.   The pension is a Defined Contribution Scheme administered by Irish Life Assurance plc. Full details of the pension scheme will be provided to you and you will be required to complete an application form if you wish to join.

The normal retirement date from the Company’s employment is your 65 th  birthday. If you opt to join the Scheme your retirement benefits will become payable from this date.

Whilst the Company intends to continue the operation of the current Scheme indefinitely it must as a matter of ordinary business prudence reserve its right to amend or terminate the Scheme at its discretion.

13.
Life assurance Benefit
You will be eligible for life assurance to the value of 4 times your basic salary immediately on joining the Company. This benefit is currently insured with Friends First and cover will be subject to completion of whatever forms and provision of whatever information the Company and Friend First require. The cover will continue for as long as you are employed up to the retirement age of 65.

14.
Sick Pay
You must notify your department within two hours  of your normal start time that you are absent from work because of sickness or injury. For absences in excess of 3 working days (on a weekly basis thereafter) you must submit a doctor’s certificate in line with company sick pay requirements. The company operates a sick pay benefit for employees who cannot attend work as a result of a genuine illness.

The Company will continue to pay your basic salary for a period of six months. Sick pay is subject to your compliance with the Company’s absence/sick pay policy and absence reporting procedures. Any sick pay paid by the Company will be calculated by reference to your basic salary less any state disability benefits which you are eligible to receive, whether or not actually recovered by you.

15.
Long Term Disability Benefits
If you are continuously absent from work due to accident or illness for a period in excess of 6 months you may be eligible to receive a long-term disability benefit equal to 2/3rds of your basic annual salary (inclusive of any state disability benefit payable to a single person to which you may be entitled, whether or not actually recovered by you)  subject to a medical certification. Payment of the benefit ceases on return to work, death or attainment of age 65. This benefit is insured with Friends First. The provision of the cover for this benefit is subject to completion of whatever forms and provision of whatever information the Company and Friends First require.

16.
Medical
You may, at the Company’s request, be required to undergo a medical examination for occupational health reasons at any time during your employment. In circumstances where a medical evaluation is required, you will be requested to sign an Access to Medical Records form to allow the Company to receive a report.

17.
Change in Benefits
All benefits will be subject to the terms and conditions of the benefit plan under which they are provided. The Company reserves the right at all times to vary or discontinue any benefit plans (including any Company pension contributions) in which you may be eligible to participate and or to substitute new benefit plans for any plan in which you may be eligible to participate. Any Company benefit plan which is insured will be subject to and conditional upon the terms and conditions of the relevant policy of insurance.

18.
Cessation of Benefits
All benefits payable or otherwise made available to you under any Company benefit plan(s) in which you may be entitled to participate from time to time shall automatically cease, as shall your eligibility to participate in such plan(s), upon the termination of your employment for any reason whatsoever. In the event of such termination, the Company shall be under no obligation to replace the terminated or discontinued benefit plan(s) and/or provide the same or similar benefits or compensation in lieu.

19.
Disclosure of Information
It is a condition of employment that you will:

(a)      Not disclose to any unauthorised person any confidential information about the interest or business of the Company or the Group, or the customers of the Company or the Group. This restriction will continue to apply after the termination of your employment without limit on point of time but will cease to apply to information or knowledge which may reasonably be said to have come into the public domain other than by reason of breach of the provisions of this agreement;

(b)      On the termination of your employment for whatever reason, you will return to the Company all files, correspondence, records, data, computer files, specifications, models, notes, formulations, lists, papers, reports and other documents/papers and all copies thereof belonging to the Company;

(c)      Not disclose personal data held by the Company or the Group, or the customers of the Company or the Group, to any person without appropriate authorisation from the Company;

(d)      Agree to abide by the terms set out in the Company’s Security Declaration;

Agree to comply with all Company policies for the maintenance of confidentiality, integrity and availability of information and to protect personal data.

20.
Personal Data
For the purposes of administration, it is necessary for the Company to hold and process personal information about you which is subject to the Data Protection Acts 1988 and 2003 (the “Acts”). In addition, the Company may from time to time, require that the personal information is transferred within the Group, outside the European Union. By signing this agreement you are giving explicit consent (as defined in the Acts) to the Company processing, both manually and by electronic means, your personal and sensitive personal data for the purposes of the administration and management of your employment and/or the Company’s business.

The Company will treat all personal/sensitive personal data as confidential and will not use or process it other than for legitimate purposes. The Company will ensure that the information is accurate, kept up to date and not kept for longer than is necessary. Measures will also be taken to safeguard against unauthorised or unlawful processing and accidental loss or destruction or damage to the data.

You have the right to inspect, review and, if necessary, update your personal details on an annual basis. Normally you will be able to inspect your file within 7 working days of this request. If your personal circumstances change at any time you should update your personal records accordingly. This will ensure that the information remains accurate.

The Group abides with the European Union – Unites States Safe Harbor Privacy Principles as set forth by the United States Department of Commerce regarding the collection, use and retention of personal information collected by the Group within the European Union.

The Group collects processes and maintains limited personal information (i.e. name, address, telephone number, data of birth, hire date, title, position, benefit, salary data, etc.) about its employees as necessary for the administration of human resources function, policies and practices. The Group will take responsible steps to ensure that data is reliable for its intended use, accurate, complete and current. Employees should contact their local Human Resources representative for the following:

     Access to your data
     Correct, amend or delete information that is inaccurate or incomplete
     Opt-out of having personal information:
o      disclosed to a non-agent third party
o      Used for a purpose other than the purpose for which it was originally collected or subsequently authorised by the employee.
     Opt-in and explicitly consent to the disclosure of the sensitive personal information to a non-agent third party or the use of the information for a purpose other than that for which it was originally collected or subsequently authorized by the individual.

The Group takes reasonable precautions to protect personal information it collect and maintains from loss, misuse (including unauthorised access), disclosure, alteration and destruction. When the Group deems it necessary to transmit your data to one of its agents, it will assure the data is adequately safeguarded.

Please refer to the EU Safe Harbor Privacy Policy HRP-017 for additional details.

21.
Other Employment
It is a condition of your employment that you will not work for any other company or business during your employment without first obtaining written permission from the Company. However, you must ensure that your combined hours of work do not exceed a total of 48 hours per week in accordance with the Organisation of Working Time Act, 1997.

22.
Termination
You or the Company may terminate your employment at any time by serving notice in writing as follows:

6 months of Notice

The Company reserves the right to pay your salary in lieu of notice instead of requiring you to work out any period of notice.

The Company shall have the right to terminate this agreement without notice (or payment in lieu of notice) in cases of gross misconduct, negligence or dishonesty.

On termination of your employment, for whatever reason, you will keep secret and not use for your benefit or for the benefit of others any confidential information obtained or which otherwise came into your possession during your employment.

In the event that notice of termination has been given by either you or the Company, provided always that the Company shall continue to pay your salary and contractual benefits until your employment terminates, the Company may in its absolute discretion without breaking the terms of your contract of employment or giving rise to any claim against the Company for all or part of your notice period :-

(a) exclude your from the premises of the Company;
(b) require you to carry out specified duties for the Company or to carry out no duties;
(c) announce to employees, suppliers and customers that you have been given notice of termination or have resigned (as the case may be);
(d) Instruct you not to communicate orally or in writing with suppliers, customers, employees, agents or representatives of the Company until your employment has terminated.

For the avoidance of doubt, your duties and obligations under this agreement continue to apply during such period, any such period to be referred to hereinafter as a “Garden Leave” period and you will remain subject to your duty of fidelity to the Company. However, subject to provisions of this clause you will be free to seek new employment to commence following the termination of the Garden Leave Period.

23.
Post-termination Restrictions
After the termination of your employment, howsoever arising, you will not either directly or indirectly (without the prior consent of the Company) for a period of six months thereafter (such period to be reduced by the duration of any Garden Leave period):

(a)      work for, be engaged by, concerned with or interested in (except as the holder of any shares, stock or debentures which in aggregate do not exceed 1% of the total shares, stocks or debentures of a company quoted on any recognised stock exchange) in any medical device business and/or associated business which operates from or carries on business in Ireland in competition with the Company Business within the island of Ireland;

(b)      canvass or solicit, or by any other means seek or solicit, in competition with the Company, business from any customer or client (or a prospective customer or client with whom the Company has reached an advanced stage of negotiation) at the time of the termination of your employment with whom you had material dealings during your employment in the twelve month period prior to your termination date;

a.      employ or solicit, or by any other means seek or solicit, whether on your own behalf or on behalf of others, any person who is or was employed or engaged by the Company or by the Group   at any time during the six month period immediately preceding the date on which your employment with the Company terminated, and who, by means of such employment, is or is likely to be in possession of confidential information relating to the Company or the Group.

For the purposes of this clause “Company Business” shall mean Teleflex Medical Europe Limited and any part of such business operated by the Company or any associated company at the date of termination of your employment.

You acknowledge and agree that all of the restrictions contained in this letter are reasonable and necessary to protect the interests of the Company, and you agree that the Company may seek equitable remedies to enforce them in addition to any other legal remedies it has.

Each of the restrictions set out in this clause is an entirely separate, severable and independent restriction and all such restrictions will (without prejudice to their generality) apply to any action taken by you whether as agent, representative, principal, employee or consultant or as a director or other officer of any company, or by any company controlled by you or any associate of yours.

In the event that any of the restrictions contained in this clause are adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to go beyond what is reasonable, in all the circumstances, for the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company and/or Group but would be adjudged reasonable if any particular restriction or restrictions, or part thereof, were deleted in any manner, then the restrictions in question shall apply with such deletions as may be decided by a court of competent jurisdiction, without affecting the remaining provisions thereof.

24.
Disciplinary & Grievance Procedures
Details of the Company’s Disciplinary Procedure can be found in the Employee Handbook. The Company reserves its rights to suspend you on full pay pending the outcome of any investigation or disciplinary inquiry.

Any work related grievances should initially be taken up with your line manager. There are subsequent steps, as outlined in the Company’s Grievance Procedure, details of which can be found in the Employee Handbook.

25.
Health and Safety
Employees are reminded that they have a statutory duty to observe all health and safety rules and take all reasonable care to promote the health and safety at work of themselves and their fellow employees. Wilful breaches of or any failure to comply with the terms of the policy by an employee, will be fully investigated and where appropriate may result in disciplinary action. Further details can be found in the Employee Handbook.

26.
Equal Opportunities
The Company is an Equal Opportunities Employer. We recognise the potential of a diverse workforce. The Company is committed to ensuring that no employee receives less favourable treatment on grounds of colour, race, religion, ethnic origin, gender, marital status, disability, age, sexual orientation, family status or membership of the Traveller Community.

The overall responsibility for the policy lies with the Company, however all staff are required to comply with the policy and to act in accordance with its objectives so as to remove any barriers to equal opportunity. Any act of discrimination, victimisation or any failure to comply with the terms of the policy by an employee, will be fully investigated and where appropriate may result in disciplinary action.

27.
Basis of Agreement
These terms of engagement form the sole basis of agreement between you and the Company and supersede any previous agreements (whether written or oral) between you and the Company and any other Teleflex Group Company. The Company reserves the right to change these conditions, but only by serving written notice by letter, circular or by posting notices.

If there is a conflict between these terms and those set out in any Company booklet or procedure, these terms will prevail.

28.
Search
The Company reserves the right to search employees on entering or leaving the Company’s premises, as well as any package, handbag, motor vehicle or other items which are brought by employees on to the Company’s premises.

29.
Computer Use
It is necessary for the Company to protect its interests by monitoring computer usage and all communications on its private networks (including office telephone networks and email systems). You understand and accept that the Company collects information on all Internet user account and email activity and that this information is periodically reviewed by authorised staff to ensure compliance with the Company’s computer use policy and to detect any unauthorised use of the Company’s computers. A breach of the Company’s computer use policy or any unauthorised use of a Company computer may result in disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.

30.
Collective Agreements
There is no   collective agreement which directly affects your employment.

31.
Governing Law
This agreement and your employment shall at all times and in all respects be governed by the law of Ireland.

32.
Intellectual Property Rights
As an employee of the Company, you agree to give the Company full written details of all Inventions and of all works embodying Intellectual Property Rights made wholly or partially by you at any time during the course of your employment with the Company which relate to, or are reasonably capable of being used in, the business of the Company or the Group.

You acknowledge that all Intellectual Property Rights subsisting (or which may in the future subsist) in all such Inventions and works shall automatically, on creation, vest in the Company and you waive any moral rights in relation to the same. To the extent that they do not vest automatically, you will hold them on trust for the Company. You agree to promptly execute all documents and do all acts as may, in the opinion of the Company, be necessary to give effect to this provision.

You agree to appoint the Company to be your attorney to execute and do any such instrument or thing and generally to use your name for the purpose of giving the Company or its nominee the full benefit of these provisions.

To the extent that you cannot assign any Intellectual Property Rights in all such Inventions and works to the Company (or its nominee), it is agreed that any such right (including, where applicable, any moral right such as a right of paternity or integrity) will be waived as against the Company. You may not under any circumstances exercise any Intellectual Property Rights against the Company or the Group or any nominee of any of them.

Please note that the following definitions apply to the above provisions:

“Intellectual Property Rights”: patents, rights to Inventions, copyright and related rights, trade marks, trade names and domain names, moral rights, rights in get-up, rights in goodwill or to sue for passing off, rights in designs, rights in computer software, database rights, rights in confidential information (including know-how and trade secrets) and any other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including all applications (or rights to apply) for, and renewals or extensions of, such rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which may now or in the future subsist in any part of the world;

“Inventions”: inventions, ideas and improvements, whether or not patentable, and whether or not recorded in any medium.



I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT SET OUT ABOVE AND AGREE TO ACCEPT THE APPOINTMENT UNDER THESE TERMS, SUBJECT TO ANY AMENDMENTS AND ADDITIONAL TERMS STATED IN THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER.



Signed:
/s/ Tony Kennedy
 
 
Signed:
/s/ Monika Vikander-Hegarty
 
Monika Vikander-Hegarty on behalf of the Company







Exhibit 10.15.2

Teleflex Incorporated
155 South Limerick Road
Limerick, PA 19468 USA
Phone: 610-948-5100
www.teleflex.com
Tony Kennedy
[ADDRESS OMITTED]
[ADDRESS OMITTED]

29 April 2013
Dear Tony
Changes to term and conditions of employment
Farther to our recent discussions, I am delighted to confirm your new position as Senior Vice President of Global Operations for Teleflex Incorporated (the “Parent Company”), regarding which the contract of employment entered into between you and Teleflex Medical Europe Ltd. (the “ Company” ), which was signed as of 27 September 2011 (the “Contract” ), will apply henceforward as if made between you and the Parent Company, save for the changes below.
The following clauses in the Contract are replaced in their entirety.     For ease or reference I have followed the same numbering used in the Contract.

1. Job Title
With effect from 1 May 2013, your title will be Senior Vice President of Global Operations of the Parent Company.
Your new position with the Parent Company will commence on 1 May 2013.
3. Commencement
For the avoidance of doubt, your employment with the Company commenced on 2 July 2007.
Your new position with the Parent Company will commence on 1 May 2013.
7. Duties
You will have global responsibility for all aspects of manufacturing operations in Teleflex, including but not limited to: adherence with all regulatory, safety, and compliance standards; operating efficiency within established financial goals and performance expectations; product delivery to customer and/or R&D specifications; and overall management and development of the operations organization. During the course of your employment, it may be necessary to expand or amend your job duties, within the general scope of your position, or change your function within the Company or the Parent Company. The Company reserves the right to change your function and/or assign other job duties to you at any time, it being understood that you will not be assigned duties which you cannot reasonably perform.
8. Remuneration
Your basic salary is €251,680.00 per annum less statutory and agreed deductions. Salary is payable by direct debit, monthly in arrears. Salaries are reviewed at the Parent Company’s discretion. You have the right to request a written statement of your hourly rate  of pay for any pay reference period falling within the previous twelve months.
In addition to your base salary, you may be considered for participation in the Parent Company’s Annual Incentive Award Program (“ AIP ”) with a target payout of 45%. The AIP is designed to provide an annual cash incentive award to eligible employees. Any potential award would be based on your performance and the performance of the Parent Company. The terms and conditions of the AIP will be determined by the Parent Company in its absolute discretion and may be amended or terminated by it at any time.
You will receive on a yearly basis €18,000 gross as a car allowance, paid in 12 monthly installments.
The Parent Company will be entitled to deduct from your salary or any other amounts which may be due to you by the Parent Company (including but not limited to wages, holiday pay, sick pay, pay in lieu of notice, incentive or bonus payments, allowances or expenses) any amounts that are owed by you to the Parent Company or any Group company. After giving you written notice and by you agreeing to the terms and conditions set out in the Contract and this letter, you consent to the deduction of such sums.
11. Retirement
Your normal retirement date will be your 65 th  birthday and this statement constitutes notice that your contract of employment will expire on that date (unless it has terminated at an earlier date) without any further notice being issued to you.
13. Life assurance benefit
You will be eligible for life assurance to the value of four times your basic salary. This benefit is currently insured with Friends First and is subject to the completion of such forms and the provision of such information as the Company and Friends First shall require. The cover will continue for as long as you are employed up to the retirement age of 65.
23. Post-termination restrictions
For the purposes of this clause:
Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person;
Group ” means the Parent Company and all Affiliates;
Person ” means an individual, a corporation or other entity or a government or governmental agency or institution, which may include a Restricted Competitor;
Relevant Business ” means the business or businesses from time to time carried on by the Group limited to the activities with which you are materially concerned or involved in the course of your employment during the 12 month period prior to the Termination Date;
Restricted Area ” means Ireland, the UK, Italy, Germany, Japan or any country in which the Group carries on a significant amount of Relevant Business at the Termination Date. For this purpose, a country shall be regarded as significant if at the Termination Date or in the most recent financial year of the Group derived at least 10 per cent of its revenues or pre-tax profits in that country, and you were materially involved in the Group’s activities in that country in the twelve months prior to the Termination Date;
Restricted Competitor ” means CR Bard, Covidian, Coloplast, Astratech, Smiths Medical, Intersurgical B Brawn, Vigon and/or Datascope, or any merged, acquiring or successor entity of any one of these organisations, or any third party that may, between the commencement of this Agreement and the Termination Date, acquire all or a substantial part of the assets or business of any one of these organisations;
Termination Date ” means the date on which your employment is terminated by either party.
23.1 You acknowledge:
(a) that the Group is in a unique and highly specialized business;
(b) that the Group’s market is international in scope with a limited number of competitors;
(c) that the Group possess a valuable body of confidential information;
(d) that the Group will give you access to confidential information in order to carry out your duties;
(e) that your duties include, without limitation, a duty of trust and confidence and a duty to act at all times in the best interests of the Group;
(f) that your knowledge of confidential information directly benefits you by enabling you to perform your duties;
(g) that unless required for the performance of your duties the disclosure of any confidential information to any actual or potential competitor of the Group will place the Group at a serious competitive disadvantage and would cause immeasurable (financial and other) damage to the Relevant Business;
(h) that if, on leaving the employment of the Parent Company, you were to hold any position in any actual or potential competitor to the Relevant Business, it could place the Group at a serious competitive disadvantage and would cause immeasurable (financial and other) damage to the Relevant Business.
23.2 Competition and Non-Solicitation
During the continuance of this Agreement and for a period of 12 months (such period to be reduced by such period spent on garden leave) from the Termination Date, whether terminated by the Parent Company or by you, you shall not within the Restricted Area, without the prior written consent of the Parent Company;
(a) directly or indirectly in any capacity either on your own behalf or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other Person;
(i) be engaged, concerned or interested in any capacity either on your own behalf or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other Person in the Relevant Business or in any business wholly or partly in competition with the Relevant Business;
(ii) solicit or entice or endeavor to solicit or entice away from the Parent Company or any Affiliate or employ any Person who was employed in a senior executive, supervisory, technical, sales or administrative capacity by the Parent Company or any Affiliate, at any time during the 12 months preceding the Termination Date;
(iii) directly or indirectly call on or solicit for the purpose of diverting or taking away from the Parent Company or any Affiliate (including, by divulging any confidential information to any competitor or potential competitor of the Parent Company or any Affiliate) any Person who is at the Termination Date, or at any time during the 12 month period prior to the Termination Date had been a material or regular customer of the Parent Company or any Affiliate with whom you had direct personal contact as a representative of the Parent Company or any Affiliate, or a potential material or regular customer whose identity is known to you at the Termination Date as one whom the Parent Company or any Affiliate was actively soliciting as a potential customer within 12 months prior to the Termination Date;
(iv) interfere or seek to interfere or take steps as may interfere with the continuance of supplies to the Parent Company or any Affiliate (or the terms relating to such supplies) from any Persons who are or who have been supplying components, materials, goods or services to the Parent Company or to any Affiliate at any time during the 12 month period immediately preceding Termination Date; or
(v) be engaged, concerned or interested in any Person who is or was at any time during the period of 12 months immediately preceding the Termination Date a significant or regular customer of or supplier to the Parent Company or any Affiliate, or who is or had been during the said 12 month period negotiating with the Parent Company for the supply of a significant volume of services or goods, if such engagement, concern or interest causes or would cause the supplier or customer to cease or materially to reduce its orders or contracts with, or the volume of goods and services received from the Parent Company or any Affiliate.
23.3 You acknowledge and agree as follows:
(i) that the restrictions set out in clause 23.2(a)(i) apply in the Restricted Area to Restricted Competitors only; and
(ii) that the list of Restricted Competitors does not represent the entirety of the market in which the Group and you are engaged and excludes a number of significant multinational competitors covering the markets that you are responsible for on behalf of the Parent Company and Group, and as such, the restrictions set out in this clause 23 do not in any way impact on your ability to obtain employment outside of the Parent Company or Group.
23.4 You agree that if during the continuance in force of the restrictions set out in this clause 23, you receive an offer of employment from any person, you will immediately provide that person with a complete and accurate copy of this clause.
23.5 You acknowledge that while it is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that the restrictions set out in this clause 23 are no greater than is necessary for the protection of the interests of the Parent Company and any affiliate, nevertheless in the event that any of the said restrictions be adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction but would be adjudged fair and reasonable if any part of the wording thereof were amended, modified, deleted or reduced in scope, then this clause shall apply with such amendments, modifications, deletions and reductions in scope as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.
23.6 Nothing contained in this clause 23 shall act to prevent you from using generic skills learnt while employed by the Parent Company in any business or activity which is not in competition with the Parent Company or Group.

In addition to the foregoing, your employment with the Parent Company will be on the basis that your prior service with the Company will be fully recognized. The Contract as amended by this letter, sets out your terms and conditions of employment with the Parent Company.
Finally, I would be grateful if you would, on or before May 1, 2013, sign this letter to confirm that you have read, understand and accept the terms and conditions set out above and the amendments to your contract.

Yours sincerely,

/s/ Cam Hicks        

Cam Hicks
Vice President, Global Human Resources
For and on behalf of Teleflex Incorporated



I hereby agree to the variation of my contract set out in the latter above

Signed: /s/ Tony Kennedy        
Dated: 30th day of March 2013




Exhibit 21


 
Entity Name
Jurisdiction of Formation
1.     
1902 Federal Road, LLC
Delaware
2.     
Airfoil Technologies International-Ohio, Inc.
Delaware
3.     
Arrow Internacional de Chihuahua, S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
4.     
Arrow Internacional de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
5.     
Arrow International CR, a.s.
Czech Republic
6.     
Arrow International Investment Corp.
Delaware
7.     
Arrow International, Inc.
Pennsylvania
8.     
Arrow Interventional, Inc.
Delaware
9.     
Arrow Medical Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
10.     
Distribuidora Arrow, S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
11.     
Eon Surgical Ltd.
Israel
12.     
GF Holdings GmbH
Austria
13.     
Hotspur Technologies, Inc.
Delaware
14.     
Hudson Euro Co. S.a.r.l.
Luxembourg
15.     
Hudson Respiratory Care Tecate, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Mexico
16.     
ICOR AB
Sweden
17.     
IH Holding LLC
Delaware
18.     
Inmed Manufacturing Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
19.     
Intavent Direct Ltd
UK
20.     
LMA Medical Innovations Limited
Seychelles
21.     
LMA Urology B.V.
Netherlands
22.     
LMA Urology Limited
Seychelles
23.     
LMA Urology Schweiz AG
Switzerland
24.     
Mayo Healthcare Pty Ltd.
Australia
25.     
Medical Innovation B.V.
Netherlands
26.     
Medical Services GmbH
Germany
27.     
Osprey Insurance Company
Arizona
28.     
Productos Aereos, S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
29.     
Rusch Asia Pacific Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
30.     
Rüsch Austria GmbH
Austria
31.     
Rusch Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
32.     
Rusch Uruguay Ltda.
Uruguay
33.     
Saving Lives Limited
Seychelles
34.     
Semprus BioSciences Corp.
Delaware
35.     
Simal SA
Belgium
36.     
Sometec Holdings, S.A.S.
France
37.     
Technology Development Corporation
Pennsylvania
38.     
Technology Holding Company II
Delaware
39.     
Technology Holding Company III
Delaware
40.     
Teleflex Care
Bermuda
41.     
Teleflex Funding Corporation
Delaware
42.     
Teleflex Grundstücks GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
43.     
Teleflex Health Ltd.
Bermuda
44.     
Teleflex Holding Netherlands B.V.
Netherlands
45.     
Teleflex Holding Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
46.     
Teleflex Korea Ltd.
South Korea
47.     
Teleflex Life Sciences
Ireland
48.     
Teleflex Lux Holding S.a.r.l.
Luxembourg
49.     
Teleflex Medical Asia Pte Ltd.
Singapore
50.     
Teleflex Medical Australia Pty Ltd
Australia
51.     
Teleflex Medical Brasil Servicos e Comercio de Produtos Medicos Ltda.
Brazil
52.     
Teleflex Medical B.V.
Netherlands
53.     
Teleflex Medical BVBA
Belgium
54.     
Teleflex Medical Canada Inc.
Canada
55.     
Teleflex Medical Chile SpA
Chile
56.     
Teleflex Medical Colombia SAS
Colombia
57.     
Teleflex Medical de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Mexico
58.     
Teleflex Medical Devices S.a.r.l.
Luxembourg
59.     
Teleflex Medical EDC BVBA
Belgium
60.     
Teleflex Medical Europe Limited
Ireland
61.     
Teleflex Medical GmbH
Germany
62.     
Teleflex Medical GmbH
Switzerland
63.     
Teleflex Medical Hellas s.a.
Greece
64.     
Teleflex Medical Incorporated
California
65.     
Teleflex Medical Japan, Ltd.
Japan
66.     
Teleflex Medical New Zealand
New Zealand
67.     
Teleflex Medical Private Limited
India
68.     
Teleflex Medical (Proprietary) Limited
South Africa
69.     
Teleflex Medical SAS
France
70.     
Teleflex Medical, S.A.
Spain
71.     
Teleflex Medical Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
72.     
Teleflex Medical s.r.l.
Italy
73.     
Teleflex Medical, s.r.o.
Czech Republic
74.     
Teleflex Medical, s.r.o.
Slovakia
75.     
Teleflex Medical Trading (Shanghai) Company Ltd.
China
76.     
Teleflex Medical Tuttlingen GmbH
Germany
77.     
Teleflex Research S.a.r.l.
Luxembourg
78.     
Teleflex Swiss Holding GmbH
Switzerland
79.     
TFX Aviation Inc.
California
80.     
TFX Beteiligungsverwaltungs GmbH
Germany
81.     
TFX Development LLC
Delaware
82.     
TFX Engineering Ltd.
Bermuda
83.     
TFX Equities Incorporated
Delaware
84.     
TFX Group Limited
UK
85.     
TFX Holding GmbH
Germany
86.     
TFX International Corporation
Delaware
87.     
TFX International  SAS
France
88.     
TFX Medical Wire Products, Inc.
Delaware
89.     
TFX North America Inc.
Delaware
90.     
The Laryngeal Mask Company Limited
Seychelles
91.     
The Laryngeal Mask Company (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Malaysia
92.     
The Laryngeal Mask Company (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
93.     
VasoNova, Inc.
Delaware
94.     
Vidacare Australia Pty Ltd
Australia
95.     
Vidacare B.V.
Netherlands
96.     
Vidacare LLC
Delaware
97.     
Willy Rusch GmbH
Germany
98.     
Willy Rüsch + Seidel Medicalprodukte GmbH
Germany
99.     
WIRUTEC Rusch Medical Vertriebs GmbH
Germany
100.     
Wolfe-Tory Medical, Inc.
Utah


1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File Nos. 033-53385, 333-77601, 333-38224, 333-101005, 333-120245, 333-127103, 333-157518 and 333-199665) of Teleflex Incorporated of our report dated February 20, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10‑K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 20, 2015






Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, Benson F. Smith, certify that:
1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Teleflex Incorporated;
2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.     The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a.     designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.     designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.     evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.     disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.     The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.     all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.     any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 20, 2015
/s/ Benson F. Smith
 
Benson F. Smith
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer





Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, Thomas E. Powell, certify that:
1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Teleflex Incorporated;
2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.     The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a.     designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.     designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.     evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.     disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.     The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.     all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.     any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 20, 2015
/s/ Thomas E. Powell
 
Thomas E. Powell
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer





Exhibit 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report of Teleflex Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Benson F. Smith, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)     The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)     The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of the Company.
 
Date: February 20, 2015
/s/ Benson F. Smith
 
Benson F. Smith
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer





Exhibit 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report of Teleflex Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Thomas E. Powell, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)    The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)    The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of the Company.
 
Date: February 20, 2015
/s/ Thomas E. Powell
 
Thomas E. Powell  
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer